false00018554570.15 0001855457 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 2021-09-30 0001855457 2020-12-31 0001855457 2019-12-31 0001855457 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 0001855457 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 0001855457 2019-11-22 0001855457 2018-12-31 0001855457 2020-09-30 0001855457 2021-06-30 0001855457 2021-03-31 0001855457 2020-06-30 0001855457 2020-03-31 0001855457 2019-12-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember kore:TFoneBVMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember kore:InterfusionBVMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:AccruedTransactionCostsRelatingToTheBusinessCombinationMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CerberusTelecomAcquisitionCorpMember kore:SponsorMember kore:MergerAgreementMember us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CerberusTelecomAcquisitionCorpMember kore:SponsorMember kore:MergerAgreementMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CerberusTelecomAcquisitionCorpMember kore:PIPEInvestorsMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BusinessCombinationMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CerberusTelecomAcquisitionCorpMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeniorUnsecuredExchangeableNotesDue2028Member kore:BackstopAgreementMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BelgiumSubsidiaryMember kore:BankOverdraftFacilityMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BackstopNotesMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BankOverdraftFacilityMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BackstopAgreementMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CapitalStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:PublicWarrantsMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:KoreWarrantsMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SharePriceEqualOrExceedsTenPointZeroRupeesPerDollarMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:IPOMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:PublicStockholdersMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:PrivateOfferingAndMergerFinancingMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:KoreGroupHoldingsInc.Member us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:ExchangeableNotesPurchaseAgreementMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:StandbyLettersOfCreditAndBankGuaranteeMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember kore:TFoneBVMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember kore:InterfusionBVMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:BankOverdraftFacilityMember kore:BelgiumSubsidiaryMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:KoreWarrantsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:LongTermCashIncentivePlanMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:TermLoanBnpParibasMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:ComputerSoftwareMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:ComputerHardwareMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:NetworkingEquipmentMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerContractsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TrademarksMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:StandbyLettersOfCreditAndBankGuaranteeMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:FederalTaxAuthorityMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:FederalTaxAuthorityMember kore:IndefinitelyPeriodMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember kore:IndefinitelyPeriodMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ForeignCountryMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:U.s.FederalResearchAndDevelopmentTaxCreditMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:ForeignResearchAndDevelopmentTaxCreditMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember kore:LeaseAndProfessionalServicesAgreementMember kore:KoreTmDataBrasilProcessamentoDeDadosLtdaMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ServiceMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ProductMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:DeploymentServicesProfessionalServicesAndOtherMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesBillAndHoldMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:ConnectivityMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:AfterEffectOfRecapitalizationMember 2020-01-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember kore:InterfusionBVAndtFonebVMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:KoreTmDataBrasilProcessamentoDeDadosLtdaMember kore:LeaseAndProfessionalServicesAgreementMember us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ServiceMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ProductMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:DeploymentServicesProfessionalServicesAndOtherMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesBillAndHoldMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:ConnectivityMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:InterfusionBVAndtFonebVMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CerberusTelecomAcquisitionCorpMember kore:PIPEInvestorsMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CerberusTelecomAcquisitionCorpMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:BaseRateMember kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember srt:MinimumMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember srt:MinimumMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:BaseRateMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BankOverdraftFacilityMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CancellationAgreementsMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:CancellationAgreementsMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:AfterEffectOfRecapitalizationMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:KoreWarrantsMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:PublicWarrantsMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SharePriceEqualOrExceedsTenPointZeroRupeesPerDollarMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BackstopNotesMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ServiceMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ProductMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:ConnectivityMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:DeploymentServicesProfessionalServicesAndOtherMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesBillAndHoldMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 kore:BackstopNotesMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ServiceMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:ProductMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:DeploymentServicesProfessionalServicesAndOtherMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesBillAndHoldMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:ConnectivityMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-07-01 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-01-01 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-04-01 2020-06-30 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2018-12-21 0001855457 us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember 2018-12-21 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2018-12-21 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2018-12-21 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember 2018-12-21 2018-12-21 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2019-11-12 2019-11-12 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2019-11-12 2019-11-12 0001855457 kore:UBSTermLoanMember 2019-11-12 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2019-11-12 0001855457 kore:TermLoanBnpParibasMember 2021-01-01 2021-01-31 0001855457 kore:TermLoanBnpParibasMember 2021-01-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2021-01-31 0001855457 kore:BelgiumSubsidiaryMember kore:BankOverdraftFacilityMember 2018-10-08 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2020-12-21 0001855457 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2021-10-01 2021-10-01 0001855457 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember kore:SponsorMember 2021-10-01 0001855457 us-gaap:ServiceMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ProductMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:MajorCustomerOneMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:MajorCustomerOneMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:AccountsReceivableMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:CancellationAgreementsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember kore:CancellationAgreementsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:KoreWarrantsMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:ComputerSoftwareMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:NetworkingEquipmentMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerContractsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TrademarksMember srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TrademarksMember srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:NoncompeteAgreementsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember srt:MaximumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:TermLoanBnpParibasMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:DeploymentServicesProfessionalServicesAndOtherMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesBillAndHoldMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:ConnectivityMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TrademarksMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:MaximumMember kore:HardwareAndSoftwareLeasesMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:MinimumMember kore:HardwareAndSoftwareLeasesMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:TmobileUsIncMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:MinimumMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:GlobalIntangibleLowtaxedIncomeMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2020-01-01 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ServiceMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ProductMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:MinimumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:AfterEffectOfRecapitalizationMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:DeploymentServicesProfessionalServicesAndOtherMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesBillAndHoldMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:HardwareSalesMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ConnectivityMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:RacoWirelessLlcMember us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:IntegronLlcMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:StandbyLettersOfCreditMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:GlobalIntangibleLowtaxedIncomeMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:InterfusionBVMember kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:TFoneBVMember kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:RelatedPartyLoansMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:KoreWarrantsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ComputerSoftwareMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ComputerHardwareMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:NetworkingEquipmentMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CustomerContractsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:TrademarksMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:TermLoanUbsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:TermLoanBnpParibasMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesCConvertiblePreferredStockMember srt:ParentCompanyMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:IntegronLlcMember 2019-11-22 0001855457 kore:UbsBankMember 2019-11-22 0001855457 srt:MinimumMember 2019-11-22 0001855457 kore:IntegronLlcMember 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 0001855457 kore:IntegronLlcMember srt:MaximumMember 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 0001855457 kore:IntegronLlcMember srt:MinimumMember 2019-11-22 2019-11-22 0001855457 kore:AfterEffectOfRecapitalizationMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:AfterEffectOfRecapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-09-30 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-06-30 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2020-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-03-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-06-30 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:ReverseCapitalizationMember us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesCPreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesA1PreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:AfterEffectOfRecapitalizationMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 kore:SeriesAOnePreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember 2018-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-12-31 0001855457 srt:ParentCompanyMember 2018-12-31 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares xbrli:pure iso4217:EUR utr:Year utr:Day utr:Month iso4217:USD xbrli:shares
Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 
2
, 2021
Registration No. 333-
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM
S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
KORE Group Holdings, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
 
 
Delaware
 
7370
 
86-3078783
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300
Alpharetta, GA 30022
877-710-5673
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
Romil Bahl
President, Chief Executive Officer
3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300
Alpharetta, GA 30022
877-710-5673
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
Copies to:
Joshua Korff, P.C.
Jennifer L. Lee
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Tel: (212)
446-4800
Fax: (212)
446-4900
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) check the following box:  ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following b
o
x and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer
 
  
Accelerated filer
 
       
Non-accelerated filer
 
  
Smaller reporting company
 
       
 
 
 
  
Emerging growth company
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
 
Title of each class of
securities to be registered
 
Amount
to be
registered
(1)
 
Proposed
maximum
offering price
per security
 
Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price
 
Amount of
registration fee
Common stock
(2)
 
12,000,000
 
$12.50
 
$150,000,000.00
(4)
 
$13,905.00
Common stock
(3)
 
8,911,745
 
$11.50
 
$102,485,067.50
(5)
 
$9
,497.86
Common stock
 
186,326
(6)
 
$7.24
 
$1,349,000.24
(7)
 
$1
25.05
Total
 
21,098,071
 
—  
 
$
253,807,067.70
 
$2
3,527.92
 
 
(1)
Pursuant to Rule 416(a) of the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(2)
Represents 12,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the exchangeable notes.
(3)
Represents 8,911,745 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
(4)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, based on the exercise price of the exchangeable notes.
(5)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, based on the exercise price of the warrants.
(6)
The number of shares of common stock being registered represents 186,326 shares of common stock issued as compensation to certain advisors of the Company in connection with the Business Combination.
(7)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, based on the average of the high and low prices of common stock, on the New York Stock Exchange on November 26, 2021 ($7.24 per share of common stock) (such date being within five business days of the date that this registration statement was first filed with the SEC). This calculation is in accordance with Rule 457(f)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the SEC, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 

Table of Contents
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 
2
, 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
 
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
8,911,745 COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF WARRANTS
12,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE EXCHANGEABLE NOTES 186,326 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
This prospectus relates to the sale of 21,098,071 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “common stock”) of KORE Group Holdings, Inc., which consists of an aggregate of (i) 8,911,745 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants; (ii) 12,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the exchangeable notes; and (iii) 186,326 shares of common stock issued as compensation to certain advisors of the Company in connection with the Business Combination. We collectively refer to the selling securityholders covered by this prospectus as the “Selling Securityholders.”
We will receive the proceeds from any exercise of the warrants and exchangeable notes for cash, but not from the resale of the shares of common stock registered hereby by the Selling Securityholders. We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the shares of common stock. The Selling Securityholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their respective sales of the shares of common stock.
We are registering the offer and sale of the securities described above to satisfy certain registration rights we have granted. Our registration of the securities covered by this prospectus does not mean that either we or the Selling Securityholders will issue, offer or sell, as applicable, any of the securities. The Selling Securityholders and any of their permitted transferees may offer and sell the securities covered by this prospectus in a number of different ways and at varying prices. Additional information on the Selling Securityholders, and the times and manner in which they may offer and sell the securities under this prospectus, is provided under “Selling Securityholders” and “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus.
Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “KORE” and our warrants trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “KORE WS”. On November 26, 2021, the closing sale price of our common stock as reported by NYSE was $7.39 per share and the closing price of our warrants was $1.30.
Investing in shares of our common stock or warrants involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 5 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is                 , 2021.

Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
  
Page
 
  
 
iii
 
   
  
 
v
 
   
  
 
1
 
   
  
 
5
 
   
  
 
26
 
   
  
 
27
 
   
  
 
28
 
   
  
 
36
 
   
  
 
47
 
   
  
 
69
 
   
  
 
76
 
   
  
 
81
 
   
  
 
83
 
   
  
 
86
 
   
  
 
88
 
   
  
 
97
 
   
  
 
101
 
   
  
 
102
 
   
  
 
105
 
   
  
 
105
 
   
  
 
105
 
   
  
 
F-1
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form
S-1
that we filed with the SEC using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, the Selling Securityholders may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Securityholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants. We will receive proceeds from any exercise of the warrants for cash.
Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the
 
i

Table of Contents
Selling Securityholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders will make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale are not permitted. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any related free writing prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate as of the date on the front of those documents only, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement, or any sale of a security. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.
The Selling Securityholders and their permitted transferees may use this shelf registration statement to sell securities from time to time through any means described in the section titled “Plan of Distribution”. More specific terms of any securities that the Selling Securityholders and their permitted transferees offer and sell may be provided in a prospectus supplement that describes, among other things, the specific amounts and prices of the securities being offered and the terms of the offering.
We may also provide a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. Any statement contained in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified will be deemed to constitute a part of this prospectus only as so modified, and any statement so superseded will be deemed not to constitute a part of this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the sections of this prospectus titled “Where You Can Find More Information”.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “KORE,” “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to the business of KORE Group Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiaries following the closing of the Business Combination.
This prospectus contains summaries of certain provisions contained in some of the documents described herein, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have been filed, will be filed or will be incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described below under “Where You Can Find More Information”.
 
ii

Table of Contents
MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts and projections, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies, reports by market participants and research firms and other independent sources, as well as our own estimates, forecasts and projections based on our management’s knowledge of and experience in the market sectors in which we compete.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.
TRADEMARKS
This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by any other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the
®
or
symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
SELECTED DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus or the context otherwise requires, references to:
Backstop Agreement
” are to that certain backstop agreement dated July 27, 2021 between KORE Wireless Group, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of KORE, and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP, an affiliate of Fortress Credit Corp., in connection with the Backstop Financing.
Backstop Financing
” are to the backstop financing to be provided by an affiliate of Fortress Credit Corp. pursuant to the Backstop Agreement.
Backstop Notes
” are to the senior unsecured convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $120,000,000 to be issued, from time to time, by KORE Wireless Group, Inc. pursuant to the Backstop Financing.
business combination
” are to the Pubco Merger, First Merger and Second Merger;
CaaS
” are to
Connectivity-as-a-Service;
CEaaS
” are to Connectivity
Enablement-as-a-Service;
Closing
” are to the consummation of the Transactions;
Code
” are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;
Commitment Letter
” are to that certain commitment letter dated as of September 21, 2021, by and among an affiliate of Fortress Credit Corp., KORE, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub.
 
iii

Table of Contents
Commitment Letter Financing
” are to the financing under the Commitment Letter;
Corp Merger Sub
” are to King Corp Merger Sub, Inc.;
COVID-19
” are to
SARS-CoV-2
or
COVID-19,
any evolution or variations existing as of or following the date of the Merger Agreement, or any epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks;
DGCL
” are to the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended;
eSIM
” are to embedded subscriber identity module;
Exchange Act
” are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;
GAAP
” are to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States;
Incentive Plan
” are to the KORE 2021 Incentive Award Plan;
IoT
” are to Internet of Things;
KORE Common Stock
” are to the shares of common stock of KORE, par value $0.0001 per share;
KORE Wireless
” are to Kore Wireless Group Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of KORE;
LLC Merger Sub
” are to King LLC Merger Sub, LLC;
Merger Agreement
” are to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and September 21, 2021, by and among CTAC, KORE, Corp Merger Sub, LLC Merger Sub and Maple;
Mergers
” are to the First Merger and Second Merger, collectively;
mPERS
” are to mobile Personal Emergency Response System;
PIPE Investment
” are to the private placement pursuant to which CTAC entered into subscription agreements (containing commitments to funding that are subject only to conditions that generally align with the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement) with certain investors whereby such investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 22,500,000 shares of KORE Common Stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for an aggregate commitment of $225,000,000;
PIPE Investors
” are to the investors participating in the PIPE Investment;
SaaS
” are to
software-as-a-service;
SEC
” are to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;
Shareholder Representative
” are to ABRY Partners VII, L.P., or such other person or entity who is identified as the replacement Shareholder Representative by the then existing Shareholder Representative giving prior written notice to KORE;
Sponsor
” are to Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;
 
iv

Table of Contents
Subscription Agreements
” are to the subscription agreements entered into by and between CTAC and the PIPE Investors, in each case, dated as of March 12, 2021 in connection with the PIPE Investment;
Transactions
” are to, collectively, the business combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the other related transaction agreements;
Treasury Regulations
” are to the regulations promulgated under the Code; and
Warrant Agreement
” are to a certain warrant agreement entered into by and between CTAC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, dated as of October 26, 2020.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions, forecasts or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “seeks,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs and current expectations and projections concerning, among other things, the Transactions, the benefits of the Transactions, including results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the markets in which we operate. Such forward-looking statements are based on available current market material and management’s expectations, beliefs, forecasts and projections concerning future events impacting our business.
Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:
 
   
our ability to develop and introduce new products and services successfully;
 
   
our ability to compete in the market in which we operate;
 
   
our ability to meet the price and performance standards of the evolving 5G New Radio products and technologies;
 
   
our ability to expand our customer reach/reduce customer concentration;
 
   
our ability to grow the IoT and mobile portfolio outside of North America;
 
   
our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness;
 
   
our ability to introduce and sell new products that comply with current and evolving industry standards and government regulations;
 
   
our ability to develop and maintain strategic relationships to expand into new markets;
 
   
our ability to properly manage the growth of our business to avoid significant strains on our management and operations and disruptions to our business;
 
   
our reliance on third parties to manufacture components of our solutions;
 
   
our ability to accurately forecast customer demand and timely delivery of sufficient product quantities;
 
   
our reliance on sole source suppliers for some products and devices used in our solutions;
 
   
the continuing impact of uncertain global economic conditions on the demand for our products;
 
v

Table of Contents
   
the impact of geopolitical instability on our business;
 
   
the emergence of global public health emergencies, such as the outbreak of the 2019 novel coronavirus, now known as
“COVID-19,”
which could extend lead times in our supply chain and lengthen sales cycles with our customers;
 
   
direct and indirect effects of
COVID-19
on our employees, customers and supply chain and the economy and financial markets;
 
   
the impact that new or adjusted tariffs may have on the costs of components or our products, and our ability to sell products internationally;
 
   
our ability to be cost competitive while meeting
time-to-market
requirements for our customers;
 
   
our ability to meet the product performance needs of our customers in wireless broadband data access markets;
 
   
demand for
software-as-a-service
telematics solutions;
 
   
our dependence on wireless telecommunication operators delivering acceptable wireless services;
 
   
the outcome of any pending or future litigation, including intellectual property litigation;
 
   
infringement claims with respect to intellectual property contained in our solutions;
 
   
our continued ability to license necessary third-party technology for the development and sale of our solutions;
 
   
the introduction of new products that could contain errors or defects;
 
   
conducting business abroad, including foreign currency risks;
 
   
the pace of 5G wireless network rollouts globally and their adoption by customers;
 
   
our ability to make focused investments in research and development;
 
   
our ability to hire, retain and manage additional qualified personnel to maintain and expand our business;
 
   
the projected financial information, anticipated growth rate, and market opportunity of KORE, and estimates of expenses and profitability;
 
   
the potential liquidity and trading of public securities; and
 
   
the ability to raise financing in the future.
These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
 
vi

Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” See also the section entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
We offer IoT services and solutions. We are one of the largest global independent IoT enabler, delivering critical services to customers globally to deploy, manage and scale their IoT application and use cases. KORE provides advanced connectivity services, location-based services, device solutions, managed and professional services used in the development and support of IoT technology for the
Machine-to-Machine
market. KORE’s IoT platform is delivered in partnership with the world’s largest mobile network operators and provides secure, reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices. This technology enables KORE to expand its global technology platform by transferring capabilities across the new and existing vertical markets and delivers complimentary products to channel partners and resellers worldwide. We began operations in 2003. Our predecessor entity, Maple Holdings Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware as a corporation on July 29, 2014. After the Closing, Maple Holdings Inc. ceased to exist as a separate legal entity.
KORE has operating subsidiaries located in Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, the Dominican Republic, Ireland, Malta, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States.
We believe KORE is one of the largest global enablers of IoT, providing mission-critical CaaS (or simply referred to as “
Connectivity
” for reporting purposes) and IoT Solutions and Analytics (both collectively referred to as “
IoT Solutions
” for reporting purposes) to enterprise customers across five key industry verticals, comprising (i) Connected Health, (ii) Fleet Management, (iii) Asset Monitoring, (iv) Communications Services and (v) Industrial IoT (or “
IIoT
”).
KORE has built a business at scale with revenue of $183.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, $156.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, $214 million for year ended December 31, 2020 and $169 million for the year ending December 31, 2019. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $12.5 million and $47.0 million, respectively. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $19.5 million and $44.5 million, respectively. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $35 million and $58 million, respectively. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $23.4 million and $51 million, respectively.
Already a large market, KORE believes that IoT shows the promise and potential to be a significant technological revolution. IoT adoptions often result in significant productivity increases while creating entirely new business models in many cases, and the Company believes that IoT has the ability to have a significant impact worldwide. KORE enables this IoT adoption and is at the center of this revolution.
Diverse, Blue-chip Customer Base
KORE enables mission-critical IoT applications for enterprise and solution provider customers across approximately 14 million and 12 million devices for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. KORE provided connectivity to over 3,600 customers for the nine months
 
1

Table of Contents
ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020. Examples of how our customers use KORE’s products and services across KORE’s five key verticals are illustrated below:
 
   
Connected Health
: Remote patient monitoring and telemedicine enabled by connected medical devices, IoT device enabled clinical drug trials, mPERS connected emergency devices, connected medical equipment diagnostics, electronic visit verification.
 
   
Fleet Management
: Stolen vehicle recovery location tracking, connected cameras for tracking vehicle driving conditions and driver behavior, connected route optimization, fuel consumption optimization, connected preventive maintenance, usage-based insurance, connected cars.
 
   
Asset Monitoring
: Home/business security sensor and camera solutions, offender tracking through ankle bracelets, tank monitoring, supply chain inventory and asset tracking, fuel pipeline flow monitoring.
 
   
Communication Services
: IoT and consumer service providers, carrier IoT business units, enterprise connectivity / failsafe, private networking—KORE may provide CEaaS for some of these customers.
 
   
Industrial IoT
: Smart utilities / meters, smart cities / buildings, smart factories, field service automation, manufacturers of smart or connected products
Across the above-mentioned use cases and others, IoT is already a large and fast-growing industry comprised of IoT hardware, software, connectivity and services.
Customer and Key Partners
KORE enables mission-critical applications for over 3,600 customers comprising over 12 million devices. KORE is a leader in enabling
end-to-end
IoT Solutions for enterprises across high growth end markets including Connected Health, Industrial IoT, Fleet Management and Remote Asset Monitoring. KORE serves an expansive group of some of the largest blue-chip enterprises with low customer concentration (approximately 300 customers comprising approximately 89% and 87% of its revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively).
KORE’s customers operate in a wide variety of sectors, including healthcare, fleet and vehicle management, asset management, communication services and industrial/manufacturing. KORE’s largest customer, comprising approximately 21% and 14% of KORE’s revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, is a large-scale medical device manufacturer with worldwide reach.
KORE has a B2B (business to business) model where any given customer may have hundreds, or thousands of devices deployed in the field. The structure of KORE’s relationships with its connectivity customers is “sticky,” meaning that any exit by a connectivity customer from KORE’s platform generally will take place over a period of time. Additionally, it may not be clear to KORE that a customer is exiting.
The speed at which a customer may exit the KORE platform depends upon many factors including the time and cost of switching SIM cards (generally one SIM card represents one connection), which are embedded in IoT devices deployed by customers. In many cases, the act of switching subscriber identity modules (“SIMs”) for devices involves significant logistics at a high cost. For example, in order for a smart utility customer to leave KORE, a customer has to send a person to the location of the meter, access the meter, take it offline, remove KORE’s SIM card and finally replace it with that of another provider. This process can cost more than one hundred dollars per device, after taking into account the costs of deploying a technician to the field and down-time of the connected device. Customers often prefer to phase out business as devices are replaced instead of conducting a wide-scale migration as a wide-scale migration may take months or years to fully transition all devices from KORE’s services. Because customers are not required to notify KORE of an intention to exit the KORE platform, it is often difficult for KORE to judge whether a customer has made a decision to stop using its services.
 
2

Table of Contents
The difficulty in determining if a customer is moving away from KORE is furthered by the fact that the number of Total Connections that KORE has with any particular customer can increase or decrease over time depending on a variety of factors, including pricing, customer satisfaction, fit with a particular customer product, etc. In some cases, customers may choose to allocate a portion of their business to other service providers alongside KORE. This allocation can change from period to period. As a result, a decline in Total Connections by a customer is not necessarily an indicator that the customer has decided to move away from KORE. Customers often keep their volume allocation decisions confidential in order to prevent KORE from making commercial adjustments (such as price increases).
KORE’s strong customer and partner relationships provide it with the opportunity to expand its market reach and sales. KORE partners with leading cellular providers such as in relation to its CaaS business. KORE’s IoT ecosystem partners include enterprise-level IoT software providers as application platform partners, top of the line commercial hardware manufacturers as hardware original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) partners, well-known electronics solutions providers as semi-conductor and module OEM partners, globally recognized cloud platforms as cloud providers as well as multinational system integrators as systems integration services partners. These partnerships allow KORE to enable its customers in deploying their IoT Solutions.
Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary, that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of shares of our common stock or warrants and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:
 
   
KORE is dependent on new products and services, and if it is unable to successfully introduce them into the market or to effectively compete with new, disruptive product alternatives, KORE’s customer base may decline or fail to grow as anticipated.
 
   
The 5G market may take longer to materialize than KORE expects or, if it does materialize rapidly, KORE may not be able to meet the development schedule and other customer demands.
 
   
If KORE is unable to support customers with low latency and/or high throughput IoT use cases, its revenue growth and profitability will be harmed.
 
   
If KORE is unable to effectively manage its increasingly diverse and complex businesses and operations, its ability to generate growth and revenue from new or existing customers may be adversely affected.
 
   
The loss of KORE’s largest customers, particularly its single largest customer could significantly impact its revenue and profitability.
 
   
KORE’s financial condition and results of operations have been and may continue to be adversely affected by the
COVID-19
pandemic.
 
   
KORE’s products are highly technical and may contain undetected errors, product defects, security vulnerabilities, or software errors.
 
   
If there are interruptions or performance problems associated with the network infrastructure used to provide KORE’s services, customers may experience service outages, this may impact its reputation and future sales.
 
   
KORE’s inability to adapt to rapid technological change in its markets could impair its ability to remain competitive and adversely affect its results of operations.
 
3

Table of Contents
   
The market for the products and services that KORE offers is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. KORE may be unable to compete effectively.
 
   
If KORE is unable to protect its intellectual property and proprietary rights, its competitive position and its business could be harmed.
 
   
Failure to maintain the security of KORE’s information and technology networks, including information relating to its customers and employees, could adversely affect KORE. Furthermore, if security breaches in connection with the delivery of KORE’s services allow unauthorized third parties to obtain control or access of its solutions, KORE’s reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
 
   
KORE’s internal and customer-facing systems, and systems of third parties they rely upon, may be subject to cybersecurity breaches, disruptions, or delays.
 
   
KORE is subject to evolving privacy laws in the United States and other jurisdictions that are subject to potentially differing interpretations and which could adversely impact its business and require that it incur substantial costs.
 
   
Some of KORE’s products rely on third party technologies, which could result in product incompatibilities or harm availability of its products and services.
 
   
KORE may not be able to maintain and expand its business if it is not able to hire, retain and manage additional qualified personnel.
 
   
KORE faces risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to its international operations.
 
   
KORE may be subject to legal proceedings and litigation, including intellectual property and privacy disputes, which are costly to defend and could materially harm its business and results of operations.
 
   
KORE’s management has identified internal control deficiencies that may be considered significant deficiencies or potential material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting.
Corporate Information
KORE began operations in 2003. KORE’s predecessor entity, Maple Holdings Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware as a corporation on July 29, 2014. KORE and its subsidiaries offer IoT services and solutions. KORE, together with its subsidiaries, is one of the largest global independent IoT enabler, delivering critical services to customers globally to deploy, manage and scale their IoT application and use cases. KORE provides advanced connectivity services, location-based services, device solutions, managed and professional services used in the development and support of IoT technology for the
Machine-to-Machine
market. KORE’s IoT platform is delivered in partnership with the world’s largest mobile network operators and provides secure, reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices. This technology enables KORE to expand its global technology platform by transferring capabilities across the new and existing vertical markets and delivers complimentary products to channel partners and resellers worldwide.
The mailing address of KORE’S principal executive office is 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300 Alpharetta, GA 30022. Its telephone number is
877-710-5673.
 
4

Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be harmed by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment.
In the course of conducting our business operations, we are exposed to a variety of risks. Any of the risk factors we describe below have affected or could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The market price of our securities could decline, possibly significantly or permanently, if one or more of these risks and uncertainties occurs. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to Our Products and Technology
The 5G market may take longer to materialize than we expect or, if it does materialize rapidly, we may not be able to meet the development schedule and other customer demands.
Growth of the 5G market and its emerging standards, including the newly defined 5G NR standard, is accelerating and we believe that we are at the forefront of this newly emerging standard. However, this market may take longer to materialize than we expect which could delay important commercial milestones. Even if the market does materialize at the rapid pace that we are expecting, we may have difficulties meeting aggressive timing expectations of our current customers and getting our target products to market on time to meet the demands of our target customers. We may have difficulties meeting the market and technical specifications and timelines. Additionally, our target customers have no guarantee that the configurations of their respective target products will be successful or that they can reach the appropriate target client base to provide a positive return on the research and development investments we are making in the 5G market. We are pursuing 5G opportunities in the United States and abroad. 5G markets outside of the United States will develop at different rates and we will encounter these challenges to varying degrees in different countries. Failure to manage challenges related to 5G markets and opportunities could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to support customers with low latency and/or high throughput IoT use cases, our revenue growth and profitability will be harmed
As wireless networks have evolved to support higher speeds, IoT devices have included more advanced capabilities such as video, real-time event logging, edge compute services and voice controls. As a result, customers have developed IoT applications that consume more network resources and require much lower network latency. In order to support these new customers and the increasing number of 5G use cases, we must continue to make significant investments in network capacity, infrastructure and edge virtualization solutions. The timely deployment of higher capacity infrastructure and edge virtualization to support high throughput, low latency IoT applications is critical to keeping and attracting key customers, the failure of which could result in reduced revenue and loss of market share.
Our products are highly technical and may contain undetected errors, product defects, security vulnerabilities, or software errors.
Our products and solutions, including our software products, are highly technical and complex and, when deployed, may contain errors, defects, or security vulnerabilities including but not limited to vulnerabilities resulting from the use of third party hardware and software. We must develop our products quickly to keep pace with the rapidly changing market, and we have a history of frequently introducing new products. Products and
 
5

Table of Contents
services as sophisticated as ours could contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new models or versions are released. Such occurrences could result in damage to our reputation, lost revenue, diverted development resources, increased customer service and support costs, warranty claims, and litigation.
We warrant that our products will be free of defect for various periods of time, depending on the product. In addition, certain of our contracts include epidemic failure clauses. If invoked, these clauses may entitle the customer to return or obtain credits for products and inventory, or to cancel outstanding purchase orders even if the products themselves are not defective.
Errors, viruses, or bugs may be present in software or hardware that we acquire or license from third parties and incorporate into our products or in third party software or hardware that our customers use in conjunction with our products. Our customers’ proprietary software and network firewall protections may corrupt data from our products and create difficulties in implementing our solutions. Changes to third party software or hardware that our customers use in conjunction with our software could also render our applications inoperable. Any errors, defects, or security vulnerabilities in our products or any defects in, or compatibility issues with, any third-party hardware or software or customers’ network environments discovered after commercial release could result in loss of revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers, theft of trade secrets, data or intellectual property and increased service and warranty cost, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Undiscovered vulnerabilities in our products alone or in combination with third party hardware or software could expose them to hackers or other unscrupulous third parties who develop and deploy viruses, and other malicious software programs that could attack our products. Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in our products could harm our reputation and lead some customers to return products, to reduce or delay future purchases, or use competitive products.
If there are interruptions, outages or performance degradation problems associated with the network infrastructure used to provide our services, customers may experience service outages, this may impact our reputation and future sales
Our continued success depends, in part, on our ability to provide highly available services to our customers. The majority of our current and future customers expect to use our services 24 hours a day, seven days a week, without interruption or degradation of performance. Since a large majority of customer network traffic routes through hardware managed by us, any outage or performance problem that occurs within this infrastructure could impair the ability of our customers to transmit wireless data traffic to our destination servers, which could negatively impact the customers’ IoT devices or solutions. Potential outages and performance problems may occur due to a variety of factors, including hardware failure, equipment configuration changes, capacity constraints, human error and introduction of new functionality. Additionally, we depend on services from various third parties to support IoT networks and platforms. If a third party experiences a service outage, a product defect or bug, or performance degradation, such failures could interrupt customers’ ability to use our services, which could also negatively affect their perception of our service reliability. Our services are hosted in our 3
rd
party data centers and our any outages in these centers from any source including catastrophic events such as terrorist attack, flood, power failure, earthquake, etc. can impact the availability of our services.
Our internal and customer-facing systems, and systems of third parties we rely upon, may be subject to cybersecurity breaches, disruptions, ransom attacks or delays.
A cybersecurity incident in our own systems or the systems of our third-party providers may compromise the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our own internal data, the availability of our products and websites designed to support our customers, or our customer data. Computer hackers, ransom attacks, foreign governments, or cyber terrorists may attempt to or succeed in penetrating our network security and our website.
 
6

Table of Contents
The recent discovery of wide-scale cybersecurity intrusions into U.S. government and private company computer networks by alleged Russian state actors underscores the ongoing threat posed by sophisticated and foreign state-sponsored attacks. The frequency of ransomware and malware attacks has also been increasing over time. Unauthorized access and theft to our proprietary business information or customer data or rendering them unusable for our use through encryption, may be accomplished through
break-ins,
sabotage, theft of IoT data streams and transmissions, breach of our secure network by an unauthorized party, computer viruses, computer
denial-of-service
attacks, employee theft or misuse, ransomware attacks, breach of the security of the networks of our third-party providers, or other misconduct. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or users to disclose sensitive or confidential information in order to gain access to data.
Despite our efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our systems, it is impossible to eliminate this risk. Because the techniques used by computer hackers who may attempt to penetrate and sabotage our network security or our website change frequently, they may take advantage of weaknesses in third-party technology or standards of which we are unaware or that we do not control and may not be recognized until long after they have been launched against a target. We may be unable to anticipate or counter these techniques. It is also possible that unauthorized access to customer data or confidential information may be obtained through inadequate use of security controls by customers, vendors, or business partners. Efforts to prevent hackers from disrupting our service or otherwise accessing our systems are expensive to develop, implement, and maintain. Such efforts require ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become more sophisticated and may limit the functionality of, or otherwise adversely impact our service offering and systems. A cybersecurity incident affecting our systems may also result in theft of our intellectual property, proprietary data, or trade secrets, which would compromise our competitive position, reputation, and operating results. We also may be required to notify regulators about any actual or perceived personal data breach (including the EU Lead Data Protection Authority) as well as the individuals who are affected by the incident within strict time periods.
The systems we rely upon also remain vulnerable to damage or interruption from a number of other factors, including access to the internet, the failure of our network or software systems, or significant variability in visitor traffic on our product websites, earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunication failures, computer viruses, human error, and similar events or disruptions. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. Our systems are also subject to intentional acts of vandalism. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision by any of our third-party hosting providers to close a facility we use without adequate notice for financial or other reasons, or other unanticipated problems at our hosting facilities could cause system interruptions and delays, and result in loss of critical data and lengthy interruptions in our services.
We rely on our information systems and those of third parties for activities such as processing customer orders, delivery of products, hosting and providing services and support to our customers, billing and tracking our customers, hosting and managing our customer data, and otherwise running our business. Any disruptions or unexpected incompatibilities in our information systems and those of the third parties upon whom we rely could have a significant impact on our business.
An increasing portion of our revenue comes from subscription solutions and other hosted services in which we store, retrieve, communicate, and manage data that is critical to our customers’ business systems. Disruption of our systems that support these services and solutions could cause disruptions in our customers’ systems and in the businesses that rely on these systems. Any such disruptions could harm our reputation, create liabilities to our customers, hurt demand for our services and solutions, and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
7

Table of Contents
Some of our products rely on third party technologies, which could result in product incompatibilities or harm availability of our products and services.
We license software, technologies, and intellectual property underlying some of our products and services from third parties. The third-party licenses we rely upon may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and the software and technologies may not be appropriately supported, maintained, or enhanced by the licensors, resulting in development delays. Some software licenses are subject to annual renewals at the discretion of the licensors. In some cases, if we were to breach a provision of these license agreements, the licensor could terminate the agreement immediately. The loss of licenses to, or inability to support, maintain, and enhance, any such third-party software or technology could result in increased costs, or delays in software releases or updates, until such issues have been resolved. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We also incorporate open source software into our products. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or sell our products or to develop new products. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, to disclose and offer royalty-free licenses in connection with our own source code, to
re-engineer
our products, or to discontinue the sale of our products in the event
re-engineering
cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Failure to maintain the security of our information and technology networks, including information relating to our customers and employees, could adversely affect us. Furthermore, if security breaches in connection with the delivery of our services allow unauthorized third parties to obtain control or access of our solutions, our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
We are dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information and, in the normal course of our business, we collect and retain certain information pertaining to our customers and employees. The protection of customer and employee data is critical to us. We devote significant resources to addressing security vulnerabilities in our products and information technology systems, however, the security measures put in place by us cannot provide absolute security, and our information technology infrastructure may be vulnerable to criminal cyber-attacks, ransomware attacks, or data security incidents due to employee or customer error, malfeasance, backdoors in third party software and hardware, or other vulnerabilities. Cybersecurity attacks are increasingly sophisticated, change frequently, and often go undetected until after an attack has been launched. We may fail to identify these new and complex methods of attack or fail to invest sufficient resources in security measures. We cannot be certain that advances in cyber-capabilities or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting the networks that access our services.
As cyber-attacks become more sophisticated, the need to develop our infrastructure to secure our business and customer data can lead to increased cybersecurity protection costs. Such costs may include making organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants. These efforts come at the potential cost of revenue and human resources that could be utilized to continue to enhance our product offerings.
If a security breach occurs, our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. We may also be subject to costly notification and remediation requirements if we, or a third party, determines that we have been the subject of a data breach involving personal information of individuals. Though it is difficult to determine what harm may directly result from any specific interruption or security breach, any failure or perceived failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of systems or the actual or potential theft, loss, fraudulent use or misuse of our products or the personally identifiable data of a customer
 
8

Table of Contents
or employee, could result in harm to our reputation or brand, which could lead some customers to seek to stop using certain of our services, reduce or delay future purchases of our services, use competing services, or materially and adversely affect the overall market perception of the security and reliability of our services. A security breach also exposes us to litigation and legal risks, including regulatory actions by state and federal governmental authorities and
non-U.S.
authorities. We may not have adequate insurance coverages for a cybersecurity breach or may realize increased insurance premiums as a result of a security breach. Ultimately, a security breach exposes the Company to potential reputational harm among its customers and investors, along with uncertain damages to our competitiveness, stock price, and long-term shareholder value.
Risks Related to Customers and Demand for Our Solutions
The loss of our large customers, particularly our single largest customer could significantly impact our revenue and profitability
Our largest customer in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was approximately 21% of our total revenue in that same period and while we maintain a good relationship with the customer at this moment, its potential loss could significantly impact our revenue and profitability. Our next largest customer in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was approximately 3% of our total revenue in that same period and while its potential loss would not be as significant as the loss of the largest customer, it usually takes many years to win and grow customers to this level of revenue.
An increase in customer churn could significantly impact the business
Customer churn is an important driver for our revenue and has been high in our history. While such customer churn has been trending directionally downwards in the last few years, it could increase because of a variety of factors, including a potential decrease in our levels of customer service or other performance failures, our inability or unwillingness to maintain competitive pricing, or our inability to keep up with the technological, operational or functional needs of our customers, a loss of key personnel or other factors.
Transitions of cellular network technologies from 2G/3G to LTE,
Cat-M,
NB-IoT
or 5G or other cellular telecommunications technologies could impact our revenue due to the loss of subscribers or reduced pricing
In the United States, the major carriers have announced intentions to phase out their 2G and 3G networks by the end of 2022. As of September 30, 2021, KORE estimates that it has approximately 2.0 million connections that operate on 2G and 3G networks in the United States. European carriers have also announced their intentions to begin 2G and 3G network shutdowns starting in 2025.
While KORE has strong relationships with many of the affected customers and expects to retain most of the connections which will not be retired on 4G or 5G technologies, some of these connections may be lost as a result of competitive bidding processes. LTE rate plans are typically lower in price than legacy 2G and 3G rate plans. As a result, the phase out of 2G and 3G may result in lower revenue per unit and/or lower revenue to KORE. While the projected impact of this is incorporated in KORE’s projections, if the projected impact of this phase out is more significant than projected, including if KORE loses more connections than anticipated or if LTE rate plans are priced lower than currently expected, this transition could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our inability to adapt to rapid technological change in our markets could impair our ability to remain competitive and adversely affect our results of operations.
All of the markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products, services and solutions and evolving customer demands. In addition, we are affected by changes in the many industries related to the products or services we offer, including Connectivity services and IoT
 
9

Table of Contents
Solutions offered to our Connected Health, Fleet Management, Communication Services, Asset management and industrial verticals. As the technologies used in each of these industries evolves, we will face new integration and competition challenges. For example, eSIM standards may evolve and the Company will have to evolve its technology to such standards. If we are unable to adapt to rapid technological change, it could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to remain competitive.
Additionally, the deployment of 5G network technology is subject to a variety of risks, including those related to equipment and spectrum availability, unexpected costs, and regulatory permitting requirements that could cause deployment delays or network performance issues. These issues could result in significant costs or reduce the anticipated benefits of the enhancements to our networks. If our services or solutions fail to gain acceptance in the marketplace, or if costs associated with the implementation and introduction of these services or solutions materially increase, our ability to retain and attract customers could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to retain and increase sales to our existing customers, which could negatively impact our financial results.
We generally seek to license our platform and solutions pursuant to customer subscriptions. However, our customers have no obligation to maintain the subscription and can often terminate with
30-days
notice. We also actively seek to sell additional solutions to our existing customers. If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not successful, we may not be able to retain them or sell additional functionality to them and, as a result, our revenue and ability to grow could be adversely affected. Customers may choose not to renew their subscriptions for many reasons, including the belief that our service is not required for their business needs or is otherwise not cost-effective, a desire to reduce discretionary spending, or a belief that our competitors’ services provide better value. Additionally, our customers may not renew for reasons entirely out of our control, such as the dissolution of their business or an economic downturn in their industry. A significant increase in our churn rate would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.
A part of our growth strategy is to sell additional new features and solutions to our existing customers. Our ability to sell new features to customers will depend in significant part on our ability to anticipate industry evolution, practices and standards and to continue to enhance existing solutions or introduce or acquire new solutions on a timely basis to keep pace with technological developments both within our industry and in related industries, and to remain compliant with any regulations mandated by federal agencies or state-mandated or foreign government regulations as they pertain to our customers. However, we may prove unsuccessful either in developing new features or in expanding the third-party software and products with which our solutions integrate. In addition, the success of any enhancement or new feature depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of the enhancement or feature. Any new solutions we develop or acquire might not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and might not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If any of our competitors implement new technologies before we are able to implement them or better anticipate the innovation and integration opportunities in related industries, those competitors may be able to provide more effective or cheaper solutions than ours.
Adverse economic conditions or reduced spending on information technology solutions may adversely impact our revenue and profitability.
Uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult for us to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of adverse economic conditions in the United States and other countries, but the longer the duration, the greater risks we face in operating our business. We cannot assure you that current economic conditions, worsening economic conditions or prolonged poor economic conditions will not have a significant adverse impact on the demand for our solutions, and consequently on our results of operations and prospects.
 
10

Table of Contents
The marketability of our products may suffer if wireless telecommunications operators do not deliver acceptable wireless services.
The success of our business depends, in part, on the capacity, affordability, reliability and prevalence of wireless data networks provided by wireless telecommunications operators and on which our products and solutions operate. Currently, various wireless telecommunications operators, either individually or jointly with us, sell our products in connection with the sale of their wireless data services to their customers. Growth in demand for wireless data access may be limited if, for example, wireless telecommunications operators cease or materially curtail operations, fail to offer services that customers consider valuable at acceptable prices, change the terms of trade to us including offering us meaningful volume discounts without unduly high volume commitments, fail to maintain sufficient capacity to meet demand for wireless data access, delay the expansion of their wireless networks and services, fail to offer and maintain reliable wireless network services or fail to market their services effectively.
Reduction in regulation in certain markets may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions by reducing the necessity for, or desirability of, our solutions.
Regulatory compliance and reporting is driven by legislation and requirements, which are often subject to change, from regulatory authorities in nearly every jurisdiction globally. For example, in the United States, fleet operators can face numerous complex regulatory requirements, including mandatory Compliance, Safety and Accountability driver safety scoring, hours of service, compliance and fuel tax reporting. The reduction in regulation in certain markets may adversely impact demand for certain of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, an increase in regulation could increase KORE’s cost of providing services.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We are dependent on proprietary technology, which could result in litigation that could divert significant valuable resources.
Our future success and competitive position is dependent upon our proprietary technology. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain our software or develop software with the same functionality or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology or duplicate our technology. In addition, effective copyright, patent, and trade secret protection may be unavailable, limited, or not applied for in certain countries. The steps taken by us to protect our technology might not prevent the misappropriation of such technology.
The value of our products relies substantially on our technical innovation in fields in which there are many current patent filings. Third parties may claim that we or our customers (some of whom are indemnified by us) are infringing their intellectual property rights. For example, individuals and groups may purchase intellectual property assets for the purpose of asserting claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from us or our customers. The number of these claims has increased in recent years. As new patents are issued or are brought to our attention by the holders of such patents, it may be necessary for us to secure a license from such patent holders, redesign our products, or withdraw products from the market. In addition, the legal costs and engineering time required to safeguard intellectual property or to defend against litigation could become a significant expense of operations. Any such litigation could require us to incur substantial costs and divert significant valuable resources, including the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
11

Table of Contents
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed.
We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Any failure by us to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering products that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our products and solutions. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us.
An assertion by a third party that we are infringing its intellectual property could subject us to costly and time- consuming litigation or expensive licenses and our business could be harmed.
The technology industries involving mobile data communications, IoT devices, software and services are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Much of this litigation involves patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue of their own, and against whom our own patent portfolio may provide little or no deterrence. One or more patent infringement lawsuits from
non-practicing
entities are brought against us or our subsidiaries each year in the ordinary course of business.
We cannot assure you that we or our subsidiaries will prevail in any current or future intellectual property infringement or other litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in such litigation. Defending such claims, regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and distracting to management, result in costly litigation or settlement, cause development delays, or require us or our subsidiaries to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. In addition, we or our subsidiaries could be obligated to indemnify our customers against third parties’ claims of intellectual property infringement based on our products or solutions. If our products or solutions violate any third-party intellectual property rights, we could be required to withdraw them from the market,
re-develop
them or seek to obtain licenses from third parties, which might not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any efforts to
re-develop
our products or solutions, obtain licenses from third parties on favorable terms or license a substitute technology might not be successful and, in any case, might substantially increase our costs and harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Withdrawal of any of our products or solutions from the market could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
In addition, we incorporate open source software into our products and solutions. Given the nature of open source software, third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of certain open source software programs. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. courts or courts of other jurisdictions, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products and solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products and solutions, to
re-develop
our solutions, to discontinue sales of our solutions, or to release our proprietary software source code under the terms of an open source license, any of which could adversely affect our business.
 
12

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Competition
The market for the products and services that we offer is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We may be unable to compete effectively.
The market for the products and services that we offer is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. We expect competition to continue to increase and intensify, especially in the 5G market. Many of our competitors or potential competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, operational and marketing resources than we do. These competitors, for example, may be able to respond more rapidly or more effectively than we can to new or emerging technologies, changes in customer requirements, supplier-related developments, or a shift in the business landscape. They also may devote greater or more effective resources than we do to the development, manufacture, promotion, sale, and post-sale support of their respective products and services.
Many of our current and potential competitors have more extensive customer bases and broader customer, supplier and other industry relationships that they can leverage to establish competitive dealings with many of our current and potential customers. Some of these companies also have more established and larger customer support organizations than we do. In addition, these companies may adopt more aggressive pricing policies or offer more attractive terms to customers than they currently do, or than we are able to do. They may bundle their competitive products with broader product offerings and may introduce new products, services and enhancements. Current and potential competitors might merge or otherwise establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products, services or market position. In addition, at any time any given customer or supplier of ours could elect to enter our then existing line of business and thereafter compete with us, whether directly or indirectly. As a result, it is possible that new competitors or new or otherwise enhanced relationships among existing competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share to the detriment of our business.
Our products compete with a variety of solutions, including other Subscription-based IoT platforms and solutions. Our current competitors include:
For Connectivity services: telecom carriers such as
T-Mobile
and Vodafone; Mobile Virtual Network Operators such as Aeris and Wireless Logic;
For IoT Solutions and Analytics: device management services providers such as Velocitor and Futura, fleet management SaaS providers such as Fleetmatics and GPS Trakit, and analytics services providers such as Galooli and Intellisite.
We expect our competitors to continue to improve the features and performance of their current products and to introduce new products, services and technologies which, if successful, could reduce our sales and the market acceptance of our products, generate increased price competition and make our products obsolete. For our products to remain competitive, we must, among other things, continue to invest significant resources (financial, human and otherwise) in, among other things, research and development, sales and marketing, and customer support. We cannot be sure that we will have or will continue to have sufficient resources to make these investments or that we will be able to make the technological advances in the marketplace, meet changing customer requirements, achieve market acceptance and respond to our competitors’ products.
The market for IoT Connectivity and IoT Solutions is very competitive. If we do not compete effectively, our operating results may be harmed.
The market for IoT Connectivity and IoT Solutions is very competitive. Competition in the addressable markets is based primarily on the functionality and scalability of the underlying platforms, proprietary intellectual property, access to favorable terms of trade from cellular carriers and other vendors, the ability and willingness to offer competitive pricing to customers, customer service and responsiveness, the depth of customer relationships, product performance, the demonstrated ability to maintain compliance with laws such as HIPAA in certain industries, having the expertise required to resolve difficulties in installing, using and maintaining solutions,
 
13

Table of Contents
brand and reputation, and the financial resources of the vendor. We expect competition to be maintained at current levels and potentially even intensify in the future with the introduction of new technologies such as 5G and market entrants. In addition, wireless carriers, such as Vodafone may offer solutions that benefit from the carrier’s scale which we may be unable to match for larger customer opportunities. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to compete effectively in this ecosystem as the competitive landscape continues to develop. Competition could result in reduced operating margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and the loss of market share, any of which would likely cause serious harm to our operating results.
Risks Related to Developing and Delivering Our Solutions
We are dependent on telecommunications carriers to provide our IoT Connectivity Services and a disruption in one or more of these relationships could significantly adversely impact our business
Our IoT Connectivity services are built on top of cellular connectivity provided by large telecommunications carriers and while we have a large number of carrier relationships, revenue derived from connectivity built on top of cellular networks provided by our top 3 carrier relationships are approximately 32% of the business. Our inability to keep an
on-going
contractual relationship with our existing or desired future telecommunications carrier partners or to maintain favorable terms of trade with them including competitive pricing, reasonable or no volume commitments, payment terms, access to latest cellular and network technologies including 5G and eSIMs, could adversely affect our ability to sell our connectivity services to customers. KORE’s contracts with large telecommunications carriers are not long term, and so are subject to frequent renegotiation. Certain of these contracts also contain change of control provisions which may be triggered by the Transactions. The outcome of any renegotiation cannot be guaranteed.
We are dependent on limited number of suppliers for certain critical components to our solutions; a disruption in our supply chain could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.
Our current reliance on a limited group of suppliers involves risks, including a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required products or components to meet customers’ IoT Solutions delivery requirements, a risk that we may accumulate excess inventories if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, reduced control over pricing and delivery schedules, discontinuation of or increased prices for certain components, and economic conditions that may adversely impact the viability of our suppliers and contract manufacturers. Any disruption in our supply chain could reduce our revenue and adversely impact our financial results. Such a disruption could occur as a result of any number of events, including, but not limited to, increases in wages that drive up prices or labor stoppages, the imposition of regulations, quotas or embargoes on components, a scarcity of, or significant increase in the price of, required electronic components for our products, trade restrictions, tariffs or duties, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, transportation failures affecting the supply chain and shipment of materials and finished goods, third party interference in the integrity of the products sourced through the supply chain, the unavailability of raw materials, severe weather conditions, natural disasters, civil unrest, military conflicts, geopolitical developments, war or terrorism, regional or global pandemics like
COVID-19,
and disruptions in utility and other services. Any inability to obtain adequate deliveries or any other circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources of supply or to manufacture, assemble, and test such components internally could significantly delay our ability to ship our products, which could damage relationships with current and prospective customers and could harm our reputation and brand as well as our results of operations.
We currently rely on third parties to manufacture and warehouse the components of our solutions, which exposes us to a number of risks and uncertainties outside our control.
We currently rely on third parties to manufacture and warehouse the components of our solutions. If one of these third-party manufacturers were to experience delays, disruptions, capacity constraints or quality control problems in its manufacturing operations, product shipments to our customers could be delayed or rejected or our customers could consequently elect to cancel the underlying subscription. These disruptions would negatively
 
14

Table of Contents
impact our revenue, competitive position and reputation. Further, if we are unable to manage successfully our relationship with a manufacturer, the quality and availability of products used in our services and solutions may be harmed. None of our third-party manufacturers is obligated to supply us with a specific quantity of products, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order that we have submitted to, and that has been accepted by, such third-party manufacturer. Our third-party manufacturers could, under some circumstances, decline to accept new purchase orders from us or otherwise reduce their business with us. If a manufacturer stopped manufacturing our products for any reason or reduced manufacturing capacity, we may be unable to replace the lost manufacturing capacity on a timely and comparatively cost-effective basis, which would adversely impact our operations. In addition, we generally do not enter into long-term contracts with our manufacturers. As a result, we are subject to price increases due to availability, and subsequent price volatility, in the marketplace of the components and materials needed to manufacture our products. If a third-party manufacturer were to negatively change the product pricing and other terms under which it agrees to manufacture for us and we were unable to locate a suitable alternative manufacturer, our manufacturing costs could increase.
Because we outsource the manufacturing of the components of our solutions, the cost, quality and availability of third-party manufacturing operations is essential to the successful production and sale of our products. Our reliance on third-party manufacturers exposes us to a number of risks which are outside our control, including:
 
   
unexpected increases in manufacturing costs;
 
   
interruptions in shipments if a third-party manufacturer is unable to complete production in a timely manner;
 
   
inability to control quality of finished products;
 
   
inability to control delivery schedules;
 
   
inability to control production levels and to meet minimum volume commitments to our customers;
 
   
inability to control manufacturing yield;
 
   
inability to maintain adequate manufacturing capacity; and
 
   
inability to secure adequate volumes of acceptable components at suitable prices or in a timely manner.
Although we promote ethical business practices and our operations personnel periodically monitor the operations of our manufacturers, we do not control the manufacturers or their labor and other legal compliance practices. If our current manufacturers, or any other third-party manufacturer which we may use in the future, violate U.S. or foreign laws or regulations, we may be subjected to extra duties, significant monetary penalties, adverse publicity, the seizure and forfeiture of products that we are attempting to import or the loss of our import privileges. The effects of these factors could render the conduct of our business in a particular country undesirable or impractical and have a negative impact on our operating results.
We depend on sole source suppliers for some products used in our IoT Solutions. The availability and sale of those services would be harmed if there is a disruption to our relationship with any of these sole-source suppliers, or if they are not able to meet our demand and alternative suitable products are not available on acceptable terms, or at all.
Our services use hardware, software and services from various third parties, some of which are procured from single suppliers. For example, some of our healthcare devices are sourced from JACS. From time to time, certain components used in our products or solutions have been in short supply or their anticipated commercial introduction has been delayed or their availability has been interrupted for reasons outside our control. If there is a shortage or interruption in the availability to us of any such components or products and we cannot timely obtain a commercially and technologically suitable substitute or make sufficient and timely design or other modifications to permit the use of such a substitute component or product, we may not be able to timely deliver sufficient quantities of our products or solutions to satisfy our contractual obligations and may not be able to
 
15

Table of Contents
meet particular revenue expectations. Moreover, even if we timely locate a substitute part or product, but its price materially exceeds the original cost of the component or product, then our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Natural disasters, public health crises, political crises and other catastrophic events or other events outside of our control could damage our facilities or the facilities of third parties on which we depend, and could impact consumer spending.
If any of our facilities or the facilities of our third-party service providers including for example our telecommunications carrier partners, other suppliers of products that are components of our IoT Solutions, or our data center providers, or our other partners is affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, tsunamis, wildfires, power shortages, floods, public health crises (such as pandemics and epidemics), political crises (such as terrorism, war, political instability or other conflict) or other events outside our control, including a cyberattack, our critical business or IT systems could be destroyed or disrupted and our ability to conduct normal business operations and our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. Moreover, these types of events could negatively impact consumer spending in the impacted regions or, depending upon the severity, globally, which could adversely impact our operating results.
We rely on third-party intellectual property to develop and provide our solutions and significant increases in licensing costs or defects in third-party software could harm our business.
We rely on intellectual property licensed from third parties to develop and offer our solutions. In addition, we may need to obtain future licenses from third parties to use intellectual property associated with our solutions. We cannot assure you that these licenses will be available to us on acceptable terms, without significant price increases or at all. Any loss of the right to use any such intellectual property required for the development and maintenance of our solutions could result in delays in the provision of our solutions until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available from others, is identified, obtained, and integrated, which could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third-party intellectual property could result in errors or a failure of our solutions, which could harm our business.
Our solutions integrate with third-party technologies and if our solutions become incompatible with these technologies, our solutions would lose functionality and our customer acquisition and retention could be adversely affected.
Our solutions integrate with third-party software and devices to allow our solutions to perform key functions. Errors, viruses or bugs may be present in third-party software that our customers use in conjunction with our solutions. Changes to third-party software that our customers use in conjunction with our solutions could also render our solutions inoperable. Customers may conclude that our software is the cause of these errors, bugs or viruses and terminate their subscriptions. The inability to easily integrate with, or any defects in, any third-party software could result in increased costs, or in delays in software releases or updates to our products until such issues have been resolved, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and future prospects and could damage our reputation.
Our solutions rely on cellular and GPS networks and any disruption, failure or increase in costs could impede our profitability and harm our financial results.
The critical links in our current solutions are between devices or customer premise equipment and cellular networks, which allow us to obtain data and transmit it to our system. Increases in the fees charged by cellular carriers for data transmission or changes in the cellular networks, such as a cellular carrier discontinuing support of the network currently used by our
in-vehicle
devices or customer premise equipment, requiring retrofitting of our devices could increase our costs and impact our profitability. In addition, technologies that rely on GPS depend on the use of radio frequency bands and any modification of the permitted uses of these bands may
 
16

Table of Contents
adversely affect the functionality of GPS and, in turn, our solutions. If we are unable to maintain good relationships and favorable terms and conditions with the cellular network carrier on which we rely, it may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The mobile carriers can and will discontinue radio frequency technologies as they become obsolete. If we are unable to design our solutions into new technologies such as 4G, 4G LTE and 5G or 5G NR, our future prospects and revenue could be limited.
Any significant disruption in service on our websites or in our computer systems could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers, which would harm our business and operating results.
Our brand, reputation, and ability to attract, retain, and serve our customers are dependent upon the reliable performance of our services and our customers’ ability to access our solutions at all times. Our customers rely on our solutions to make operating decisions related to their businesses, as well as to measure, store and analyze valuable data regarding their businesses. Our solutions are vulnerable to interruption and our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, computer viruses or hackers, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures, and similar events, any of which could limit our customers’ ability to access our solutions. Prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with adding capacity or upgrading our network architecture may cause our service quality to suffer. Any event that significantly disrupts our service or exposes our data to misuse could damage our reputation and harm our business and operating results, including reducing our revenue, causing us to issue credits to customers, subjecting us to potential liability, harming our churn rates, or increasing our cost of acquiring new customers.
Risks Related to International Operations
We face risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations
These laws and regulations include data privacy requirements, labor relations laws, tax laws, anti-competition regulations, import and trade restrictions, export control laws, and laws that prohibit corrupt payments to governmental officials or certain payments or remunerations to customers, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“
FCPA
”), the U.K. Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption laws that have recently been the subject of a substantial increase in global enforcement. Many of our products are subject to U.S. export law restrictions that limit the destinations and types of customers to which our products may be sold or that require an export license in connection with sales outside the United States. Given the high level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for example through fraudulent or negligent behavior of individual employees, our failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements or otherwise. Also, we may be held liable for actions taken by our local partners. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or our employees, and prohibitions or conditions on the conduct of our business. Any such violations could include prohibitions or conditions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries and could materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, our business, and our operating results.
We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced significant governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. We may be subject to competitive disadvantages to the extent that our competitors are able to secure business, licenses, or other preferential treatment by making payments to government officials and others in positions of influence or through other methods that relevant law and regulations prohibit us from using. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate these risks and manage these difficulties.
 
17

Table of Contents
Our substantial international operations may increase our exposure to potential liability under anti-corruption, trade protection, tax and other laws and regulations.
The FCPA and other anti-corruption laws and regulations (“
Anti-Corruption Laws
”) prohibit corrupt payments by our employees, vendors or agents. From time to time, we may receive inquiries from authorities in the United States and elsewhere about our business activities outside of the United States and our compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws. While we devote substantial resources to our global compliance programs and have implemented policies, training and internal controls designed to reduce the risk of corrupt payments, our employees, vendors or agents may violate our policies.
Our failure to comply with Anti-Corruption Laws could result in significant fines and penalties, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business, and damage to our reputation. Operations outside of the United States may be affected by changes in trade protection laws, policies and measures, and other regulatory requirements affecting trade and investment.
As a result of our international operations we are subject to foreign tax regulations. Such regulations may not be clear, not consistently applied and subject to sudden change, particularly with regard to international transfer pricing. Our earnings could be reduced by the uncertain and changing nature of such tax regulations.
Our software contains encryption technologies, certain types of which are subject to U.S. and foreign export control regulations and, in some foreign countries, restrictions on importation and/or use. Any failure on our part to comply with encryption or other applicable export control requirements could result in financial penalties or other sanctions under the U.S. or foreign export regulations, including restrictions on future export activities, which could harm our business and operating results. Regulatory restrictions could impair our access to technologies needed to improve our solutions and may also limit or reduce the demand for our solutions outside of the United States.
We may be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates
We are potentially exposed to adverse as well as beneficial movements in currency exchange rates. Although the majority of our sales are transacted in U.S. dollars, expenses may be paid in local currencies. An increase in the value of the dollar could increase the real cost to our customers of our products in those markets outside the U.S. where we sell in dollars, and a weakened dollar could increase the cost of local operating expenses, procurement of raw materials from sources outside the United States, and overseas capital expenditures. We also conduct certain investing and financing activities in local currencies. Our foreign exchange forward contracts reduce, but do not eliminate, the impact of currency exchange rate movements; therefore, changes in exchange rates could harm our financial condition and results of operations.
Risk Related to Regulation
We are subject to evolving privacy laws in the United States and other jurisdictions that are subject to potentially differing interpretations and which could adversely impact our business and require that we incur substantial costs
Existing privacy-related laws and regulations in the United States and other countries are evolving and are subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various U.S. federal and state or other international legislative and regulatory bodies may expand or enact laws regarding privacy and data security-related matters. For example, the
EU-U.S.
Privacy Shield, a basis for data transfers from the EU to the U.S., was invalidated by the European Court of Justice, and we expect that the international transfer of personal data will present ongoing compliance challenges and complicate our business transactions and operations. Brexit, the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union, could also lead to further legislative and regulatory changes with regard to personal data transfers between the two territories. New privacy laws have come into effect in Brazil and New Zealand in 2020, and revisions of privacy laws are currently pending in countries like Canada and China. Some
 
18

Table of Contents
countries are considering or have passed legislation that requires local storage and processing of data, including geospatial data. In addition, in June 2018, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “
CCPA
”), which took effect in January 2020 and has been amended by the California Privacy Rights Act (the “
CPRA
”) passed via ballot initiative in November 2020 and will fully take effect in January 2023. The CCPA and CPRA, among other things, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. Other states and the U.S. Congress have introduced data privacy legislation that may impact our business. Data privacy legislation, amendments and revisions to existing data privacy legislation, and other developments impacting data privacy and data protection may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, increase the complexity of providing our products and services, and cause us to incur substantial costs in an effort to comply. Failure to comply may lead to significant fines and business interruption.
We are subject to the impact of governmental and other certifications processes and regulations, which could adversely affect our products and our business
We market many solutions that are subject to governmental regulations and certifications before they can be sold. The European Union increasingly regulates the use of our products on agriculture, construction, and other types of machinery. As we develop and enhance features which support automated and autonomous operation of our customer’s products, we are increasingly subject to functional safety regulation. CE certification is required for GNSS receivers and data communications products, which must also conform to the European harmonized GNSS receiver requirements and the radio equipment directive to be sold in the European community. In the future, U.S., European, or other governmental authorities may propose GPS receiver testing and certification for compliance with published GPS signal interface or other specifications. Governmental authorities may also propose other forms of GPS receiver performance standards, which may limit design alternatives, hamper product innovation, or impose additional costs. Some of our products that use integrated radio communication technology require product type certification and some products require an
end-user
to obtain licensing from the FCC and other national authorities for frequency-band usage. Compliance with evolving product regulations in our major markets could require that we redesign our products, cease selling products in certain markets, and increase our costs of product development. An inability to obtain required certifications in a timely manner could adversely affect our ability to bring our products to market and harm our customer relationships. Failure to comply with evolving requirements could result in fines and limitations on sales of our products.
Regulations and changes in applicable laws relating to data privacy may increase our expenditures related to compliance efforts or otherwise limit the solutions we can offer, which may harm our business and adversely affect our financial condition.
Our products and solutions enable us to collect, manage and store a wide range of data, such as data related to vehicle tracking and fleet management, including vehicle location and fuel usage, speed and mileage. Some of the data we collect or use in our business is subject to data privacy laws, which are complex and increase our cost of doing business. The U.S. federal government and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information. Many foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and the United Kingdom, have adopted legislation (including directives or regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection and storage in these jurisdictions. We market our products in over 50 countries, and accordingly, we are subject to many different, and potentially conflicting, privacy laws. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply, or are perceived to fail to comply, with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities.
Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors and agents will comply with the policies and procedures we establish regarding data privacy and data security, particularly as we expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions. While our employees may violate our policies and procedures, the Company remains responsible for, and obligated to implement, policies and procedures and enter into contracts
 
19

Table of Contents
with service providers that require appropriate protection. Any violations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or prohibitions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries, and could also materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The transmission of data over the Internet and cellular networks is a critical component of our SaaS business model. Additionally, as cloud computing continues to evolve, increased regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely, particularly in the areas of data privacy and data security. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies, or by private organizations for accessing the Internet, may be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet, could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.
Our solutions and products enable us to collect, manage and store a wide range of customer data. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal data, as well as requirements that must be followed if a breach of such personal data occurs. The European Union and the United Kingdom have adopted legislation (including directives, national laws and regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal data in these jurisdictions. The current European Union legislation related to data protection is the General Data Protection Regulation, which came into effect on May 25, 2018. We have updated and will continue to evaluate our group data protection and security policies, charters, and procedures to assist in maintaining data privacy and data security in line with international practices.
We may also be subject to costly notification and remediation requirements if we, or a third party, determines that we have been the subject of a data breach involving personal data of individuals. Data breach notification regulations vary among the countries where we conduct business, and also vary among the states of the United States, and any breach of personal data could be subject to any number of these requirements.
As noted above, we have sought to implement internationally recognized practices regarding data privacy and data security. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply, or are perceived to fail to comply, with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our customers’ ability to use and share this data or our ability to store, process and share data with our customers over the Internet, demand for our solutions could decrease and our costs could increase. We might also have to limit the manner in which we collect data, the types of personal data that we collect, or the solutions we offer. Any of these risks would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Enhanced United States fiscal, tax and trade restrictions and executive and legislative actions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and various other countries, most significantly China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, tariffs and taxes. The current and former U.S. administrations have called for substantial changes to U.S. foreign trade policy with respect to China and other countries, including significant new and increased tariffs on goods imported into the United States. In 2018, the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative (the “USTR”) enacted tariffs on imports into the U.S. from China, including communications equipment products and components manufactured and imported from China. The tariff became effective in September 2018, with an initial rate of 10% and was scheduled to increase from 10% to 25% on January 1, 2019. The scheduled increase was delayed until March 2, 2019, however trade negotiations between the U.S. and China continue and the scheduled increase has been further delayed indefinitely. Our business may also be affected by tariffs set by countries into which we sell our products, whether as a response to U.S. foreign trade policy or otherwise. In addition, changes in international trade agreements, regulations, restrictions and tariffs, including new tariffs, may increase our operating costs, reduce
 
20

Table of Contents
our margins and make it more difficult for us to compete in the U.S. and overseas markets, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.
In some cases, the U.S. government’s imposition of trade restrictions involving products sold by certain Chinese manufacturers has caused U.S. wireless carriers to divert business from international providers to the Company, and accordingly, the Company has invested resources in satisfying the needs of such customers. If the U.S. government were to remove or reduce such trade restrictions, it could cause such carriers to reduce their business with the Company and we may be unable to recoup or attain a return on such investments.
Risk Related to Financial Reporting
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention, and the increases in legal, accounting, insurance and compliance expenses may be greater than we anticipate.
We are a public company, and as such (and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company”), will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that KORE did not incur prior to the business combination. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and are required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as the rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the listingstandards of The New York Stock Exchange, including changes in corporate governance practices and the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Compliance with these rules and regulations can be burdensome. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our historical legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board as compared to KORE prior to the business combination as well as significantly more expensive to provide the required insurance. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff, and engage outside consultants, all with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and maintain an internal audit function, which will increase our operating expenses. Moreover, we could incur additional compensation costs in the event that we decide to pay cash compensation closer to that of other public companies, which would increase our general and administrative expenses and could materially and adversely affect our profitability. We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
We were not required to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting nor has our management been required to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls and our auditors have not been required to opine on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Failure to maintain adequate financial, information technology and management processes and controls could result in material weaknesses which could lead to errors in our financial reporting, which could adversely affect our business.
We were not required to thoroughly document and test our internal controls over financial reporting nor was our management required to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls and our auditors were not required to opine on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will cease to be an emerging growth company status and become subject to the SEC’s internal control over financial reporting management and auditor attestation requirements upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1.07 billion; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years; (iv) the date on which we are deemed a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC, which will occur at such time as we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business
 
21

Table of Contents
day of our most recently completed second quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act. Additionally, our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form
10-K
(
i.e.
, for the year ending December 31, 2022). We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. In addition, our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of poor design and changes in our business, including increased complexity resulting from any international expansion. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could adversely affect the results of assessments by our independent registered public accounting firm and their attestation reports.
KORE has identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. If remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if it fails to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, KORE’s ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, comply with applicable laws and regulations, or access the capital markets could be impaired.
As a public company, KORE is actively evaluating its internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404. The process of designing and implementing effective internal control over financial reporting is a continuous effort that requires KORE to anticipate and react to changes in its business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain internal control over financial reporting that is adequate to satisfy its reporting obligations as a public company. The rules governing the standards that must be met for its management to assess its internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Testing and maintaining its internal control over financial reporting may divert KORE management’s attention from other matters that are important to its business.
KORE initiated a review of internal controls over financial reporting to determine any challenges for management to report the effectiveness of KORE’s internal control over financial reporting in the upcoming annual report following the completion of the offering. The review identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting and over information technology (“IT”) general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of its financial statements. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. KORE did not have a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate US GAAP accounting and tax knowledge and experience that contributed to the control deficiencies noted below:
 
   
We did not design and maintain formal accounting policies, procedures, and controls over significant accounts and disclosures, including segregation of duties, to ensure complete, accurate and timely financial accounting, reporting, and disclosures. In addition, we did not have the formal processes to identify, review and account for nonroutine transactions and/or events, nor to review journal entries, reconcile journal entries to underlying support, or evaluate if journal entries are in compliance with GAAP before the entries are manually posted . Lastly, we did not have a process to ensure all balance sheet accounts had reconciliations that properly supported the balances, including proper review and approvals.
 
   
We did not design and maintain effective control over IT general controls for information systems and company-wide End User Computing (“EUCs”) spreadsheets that are relevant to the preparation of its financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain: (i) program change management control for financial systems relevant to our financial reporting to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial
 
22

Table of Contents
 
applications, programs, and data to appropriate KORE personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure critical data interfaces between systems are appropriately identified and monitored, data backups are authorized and monitored, and restorations are tested; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements.
The material weaknesses related to the financial reporting control environment and to the IT control environments have not resulted in material adjustments to accounts and disclosures. However, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim condensed consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.
To address its material weaknesses, KORE has taken the following steps thus far in 2021 to enhance its internal control over financial reporting and IT general controls and it plans to take additional steps to remediate the material weaknesses:
 
   
Hired new leadership in the accounting and finance team, including a Corporate Controller and Tax Senior Manager, with appropriate technical accounting knowledge and public company experience in finance and accounting;
 
   
Actively pursuing the hire of a qualified Controller of IoT Solutions, a technical accounting and SEC reporting professionals and additional accounting associates to execute key controls related to various financial reporting processes, in addition to utilizing third-party consultants to supplement KORE’s internal resources focused on technical accounting, application of new accounting standards, tax matters and valuations;
 
   
Engaged a global accounting advisory firm to assist with the documentation, evaluation, remediation and testing of KORE’s internal control over financial reporting and ITGC’s, and corrective action has already begun;
 
   
Consolidating finance, accounting, and reporting operations, with a common set of comprehensive accounting and financial reporting procedures and controls to improve the completeness and accuracy of financial accounting, reporting and disclosures; and
 
   
Developed a roadmap to migrate from multiple legacy billing platforms to a single billing platform by the end of 2022, and also have initiated other projects to improve and streamline the financial operations of our acquired entities.
While KORE is designing and implementing measures to remediate its existing material weaknesses, it cannot predict the success of such measures or the outcome of its assessment of these measures at this time. KORE can give no assurance that these measures will remediate any of the deficiencies in its internal control over financial reporting or that additional material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. KORE’s current controls and any new controls that it develops may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in its business, personnel, IT systems and applications, or other factors. Any failure to design or maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could increase compliance costs, negatively impact share trading prices, or otherwise harm KORE’s operating results or cause loss of investor confidence or delisting and cause the market price of our shares to decline.
Risks Related to our Common Stock
The price of our securities may be volatile.
Our securities may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including:
 
   
the success of competitive services or technologies;
 
23

Table of Contents
   
developments related to our existing or any future collaborations;
 
   
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;
 
   
developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
 
   
the recruitment or departure of key personnel;
 
   
actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;
 
   
variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;
 
   
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
 
   
the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.
These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock regardless of our operating performance.
Future resales of our common stock may cause the market price of our securities to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreements (as defined below), the Sponsor and the KORE stockholders party thereto are contractually restricted from selling or transferring any of its shares of our common stock (the
“Lock-up
Shares”), other than (i) any transfer to an affiliate of a holder, (ii) distribution to profit interest holders or other equity holders in such holder or (iii) as a pledge in a bona fide transaction to third parties as collateral to secure obligations under lending arrangements with third parties. Such restrictions end on the date that is 12 months after the Closing. However, following the expiration of such lockup, the Sponsor and the KORE equity holders party to the Investor Rights Agreement will not be restricted from selling shares of our common stock held by them, other than by applicable securities laws.
The Selling Securityholders are not restricted from selling any of their shares of our common stock, other than by applicable securities laws. As such, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. The shares of common stock offered by the Selling Securityholders represent approximately 29.3% of our outstanding common stock.
As restrictions on resale end, the sale or possibility of sale of these shares could have the effect of increasing the volatility in our share price or the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, we may issue additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities without the approval of investors, which would reduce investors’ proportionate ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common stock.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
The market price of our securities may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the price and trading volume of our common stock.
Securities research analysts may establish and publish their own periodic projections for us. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieves. Our share price may decline if
 
24

Table of Contents
its actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on our downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our securities price or trading volume could decline. While we expect research analyst coverage following consummation of the business combination, if no analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and volume for our securities could be adversely affected.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and does not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and future agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE.
Our common stock are currently listed on NYSE. If NYSE delists our common stock from trading on its exchange for any reason, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:
 
   
a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
 
   
a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;
 
   
a limited amount of analyst coverage; and
 
   
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
 
25

Table of Contents
USE OF PROCEEDS
All of the shares of common stock offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by them for their respective accounts. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales, except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of the warrants to the extent such warrants are exercised for cash. We intend to use any proceeds from the exercise of any warrants for cash for general corporate and working capital purposes.
The Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses incurred by such Selling Securityholders in disposing of their shares of common stock, and we will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of such securities covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, NYSE listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.
 
26

Table of Contents
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenue and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of our board of directors. Our ability to declare dividends may be limited by the terms of financing or other agreements entered into by us or our subsidiaries from time to time.
 
27

Table of Contents
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the same meanings ascribed thereto in the final prospectus and definitive proxy statement, dated August 12, 2021 and filed by King Pubco, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Introduction
KORE is providing the following unaudited pro forma combined financial information to aid you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the business combination.
In May 2020, the SEC adopted Release
No. 33-10786
“Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses. Release
No. 33-10786
is effective on January 1, 2021.
The registration statement for the CTAC IPO became effective on October 21, 2020. On October 26, 2020, CTAC consummated the CTAC IPO of 25,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $250.0 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $14.5 million, inclusive of approximately $8.8 million in deferred underwriting commissions. The underwriters were granted a
45-day
option from the date of the final prospectus relating to the CTAC IPO to purchase up to 3,750,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, at $10.00 per unit. On November 9, 2020, the underwriters partially exercised the over-allotment option and purchased an additional 916,900 units (the “
Over-Allotment Units
”), generating gross proceeds of approximately $9.2 million, and incurring additional offering costs of approximately $0.5 million in underwriting fees (inclusive of approximately $0.3 million in deferred underwriting fees).
Simultaneously with the closing of the CTAC IPO, CTAC consummated the private placement (“
Private Placement
”) of 800,000 units (the “
Private Placement Units
”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $8.0 million. Subsequently, along with the closing of the Over-Allotment Units, CTAC consummated a private placement on November 10, 2020 for an additional 18,338 Private Placement Units (“
Over-Allotment Private Placement Units
”) to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to CTAC of $183,380 (“
Over-Allotment Private Placement
”).
Upon the closing of the CTAC IPO, the Over-Allotment, the Private Placement and the Over-Allotment Private Placement, approximately $259.2 million ($10.00 per unit) of the net proceeds of the CTAC IPO, the Over- Allotment, the Over-Allotment Private Placement and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement were placed in a trust account.
CTAC had 24 months from the closing of the CTAC IPO (by October 26, 2022) to complete an initial business combination.
KORE is one of the largest global independent IOT enablers, delivering critical services to customers globally to deploy, manage & scale their IoT application and use cases. KORE provides advanced connectivity services, location-based services, device solutions, managed and professional services used in the development and support of IoT technology for the
Machine-to-Machine
market. KORE’s IoT platform is delivered in partnership with the world’s largest mobile network operators and provides secure, reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices. This technology enables KORE to expand its global technology platform by transferring capabilities across new and existing vertical markets and delivers complimentary products to channel partners and resellers worldwide.
The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, combine the historical statements of operations of KORE and CTAC. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, combine the historic statements of operations of Maple and CTAC. The periods are presented on a pro forma basis with the business combination and related transactions, summarized below, consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period
 
28

Table of Contents
presented. The related transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement that are given pro forma effect include:
 
   
Transaction accounting adjustments, which represent adjustments that are done in connection with the closing of the business combination, including the following: (i) the reverse recapitalization between CTAC and Maple; (ii) the net proceeds from the issuance of KORE Common Stock in the PIPE Investment; and (iii) the partial utilization of the Backstop Note.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of KORE.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not include an unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 as the business combination was consummated on September 30, 2021, and is reflected in KORE’s historical unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2021, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The historical financial information of KORE was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of KORE for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and the audited financial statements of Maple for the year ended December 31, 2020. The historical financial information of CTAC was derived from the books and records of CTAC for the period from January 1, 2021 to September 29, 2021, and the audited financial statements of CTAC for the period from September 8, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020.
The business combination closed on September 30, 2021 and was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Maple was determined to be the accounting acquirer, and CTAC was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the business combination was treated as the equivalent of Maple issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of CTAC were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination are those of Maple.
Maple was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:
 
   
The equity holders of Maple hold the majority (54%) of voting rights in KORE;
 
   
The senior management team of Maple became the senior management of KORE;
 
   
In comparison with CTAC, Maple has significantly more revenue and total assets and a larger net loss.
 
   
The operations of Maple comprise the ongoing operations of KORE and KORE assumed Maple’s headquarters.
Description of the Business Combination
The aggregate consideration for the Business Combination is $627.0 million, payable in the form of shares of the KORE Common Stock and cash.
 
29

Table of Contents
The following summarizes the purchase consideration:
 
Total shares transferred
     39,200,000  
  
 
 
 
Value per share
(1)
     10.00  
  
 
 
 
Total share consideration
  
$
392,000,000
 
  
 
 
 
A-1
Preferred Stock
     86,861,830  
A Preferred Stock
     85,217,671  
B Preferred Stock
     97,835,184  
Option Cash Consideration
     4,075,000  
First LTIP Payment
     1,050,000  
Less: Preferred stock settled in common shares
     (40,000,000
  
 
 
 
Total cash consideration
  
$
235,039,685
 
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
  
$
627,039,685
 
  
 
 
 
 
(1)
Closing Share Consideration is calculated using $10.00 reference price. As the business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, the value per share is disclosed for informational purposes only in order to indicate the fair value of shares transferred.
The following summarizes the pro forma KORE Common Stock outstanding in thousands: *
 
     Shares
Outstanding
     %  
Maple Stockholders
     39,200        54.3
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total Maple Stockholders
     39,200        54.3
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
CTAC Public Shares
     3,659        5.0
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
CTAC Founder Shares
     6,698        9.3
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total CTAC Shares
     10,357        14.3
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
PIPE investors
     22,686        31.4
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Pro Forma KORE Common Stock at September 30, 2021
     72,243        100.0
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
*
Amounts and percentages exclude all Maple Options (including vested Maple Options) as they were not outstanding common stock at the time of Closing.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 was prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, KORE’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and Maple’s audited consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
30

Table of Contents
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
    
For the Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
   
January 1,
2021 –
September 29,
2021
                
For the Nine
Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
 
    
KORE

(Historical)
   
CTAC

(Historical)
   
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          
Pro Forma
Combined
 
Revenue:
           
Revenue
     183,919       —         —            183,919  
Cost of revenue:
           
Cost of revenue
     88,675       —         —            88,675  
Operating expenses:
           
Selling, general and administrative
     66,525       6,083       (6,038    
B
       62,006  
     —           (4,564    
D
       —    
Selling, general and administrative – related party
     —         753       (753    
B
       —    
Depreciation and amortization
     37,947       —              37,947  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
  
 
104,472
 
 
 
6,836
 
 
 
(11,355
    
 
99,953
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Operating profit (loss)
  
 
(9,228
 
 
(6,836
 
 
11,355
 
    
 
(4,709
Other income (expense):
           
Interest expense, including amortization of debt financing costs, net
     (16,155     —         1,056      
E
       (20,251
         30      
F
    
         (5,182    
G
    
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     5,281       3,119       (5,281    
H
       95  
         (3,024    
I
    
Investment income from trust account
     —         19       (19    
K
       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
  
 
(20,102
 
 
(3,698
 
 
(1,065
    
 
(24,865
Income tax provision (benefit)
           
Current
     569       —         1,810      
L
       2,379  
Deferred
     (8,197     —              (8,197
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Total income tax provision (benefit)
  
 
(7,628
 
 
—  
 
 
 
1,810
 
    
 
(5,818
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net loss
  
 
(12,474
 
 
(3,698
 
 
(2,875
    
 
(19,047
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
    
KORE
(Historical)
   
CTAC
(Historical)
                
Pro Forma
Combined
 
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares
     30,433,641       26,735,238            72,242,919  
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A ordinary Shares
   $ (1.03   $ —            $ (0.26
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares
     —         6,479,225            —    
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B ordinary Shares
   $ —       $ (0.57        $ —    
 
31

Table of Contents
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
    
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
 
    
Maple

(Historical)
   
CTAC

(Historical)
   
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
          
Pro Forma
Combined
 
Revenue:
           
Revenue
     213,760       —         —            213,760  
Cost of revenue:
           
Cost of revenue
     97,930       —         —            97,930  
Operating expenses:
           
Selling, general and administrative
     72,883       515       2,100      
A
       80,881  
         819      
B
    
         4,564      
C
    
Selling, general and administrative – related party
     —         158       (158    
B
       —    
Depreciation and amortization
     52,488       —              52,488  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
  
 
125,371
 
 
 
673
 
 
 
7,325
 
      
133,369
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Operating profit (loss)
  
 
(9,541
 
 
(673
 
 
(7,325
    
 
(17,539
Other income (expense):
           
Interest expense, including amortization
of debt financing costs, net
     (23,493       40      
F
       (30,246
         (6,793    
G
    
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     (7,485     (3,779     7,485      
H
       (116
         3,663      
I
    
Offering costs attributable to warrants
       (446     433      
J
       (13
Investment income from trust account
     —         4       (4    
K
       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
  
 
(40,519
 
 
(4,894
 
 
(2,501
    
 
(47,914
Income tax provision (benefit)
           
Current
     1,051       —         (3,412    
L
       (2,361
Deferred
     (6,369     —              (6,369
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Total income tax benefit
  
 
(5,318
 
 
—  
 
 
 
(3,412
    
 
(8,730
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Net loss
  
 
(35,201
 
 
(4,894
 
 
911
 
    
 
(39,184
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
      
 
 
 
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares
     31,650,173       26,386,269            72,242,919  
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A ordinary Shares
   $ (1.96   $ —            $ (0.49
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding of Class B ordinary shares
     —         6,355,484            —    
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B ordinary Shares
   $ —       $ (0.77        $ —    
 
32

Table of Contents
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
1.
Basis of Presentation
The business combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Maple was determined to be the accounting acquirer, and CTAC was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the business combination was treated as the equivalent of Maple issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of CTAC were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination are those of Maple.
The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the business combination as if it was completed on January 1, 2020.
The historical financial information of KORE was derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of KORE for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and the audited financial statements of Maple for the year ended December 31, 2020. The historical financial information of CTAC was derived from the books and records of CTAC for the period from January 1, 2021 to September 29, 2021, and the audited financial statements of CTAC for the period from September 8, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:
 
   
KORE’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 was prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:
 
   
Maple’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus
 
   
CTAC’s audited statement of operations for the period from September 8, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and the related notes, contained in CTAC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.
Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. As the Unaudited Pro Forma Information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the business combination.
The pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the business combination are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the unaudited pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. Management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the business combination based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the Unaudited Pro Forma Information.
 
33

Table of Contents
2.
Accounting Policies
Upon consummation of the business combination, KORE performed a comprehensive review of the two entities’ accounting policies. As a result of the review, management did not identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, would have a material impact on the financial statements of the KORE.
 
3.
Adjustments to Summary Pro Forma Information
The Unaudited Pro Forma Information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the business combination and has been prepared for informational purposes only.
The following Unaudited Pro Forma Information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation
S-X
as amended by the final rule, Release
No. 33-10786
“Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” Release
No. 33-10786
replaces the existing pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). KORE has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.
The pro forma basic and diluted loss per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are based upon the number of the combined company’s shares outstanding, assuming the business combination occurred on January 1, 2020.
Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations
The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:
 
  (A)
Reflects expense related to the First LTIP Payment as part of the deal closing and the recognition of the Second LTIP (i.e. an amount not to exceed $1,050,000) rateably over the associated one year service period.
 
  (B)
Reflects the reversal of capitalizable transaction costs and related party expenses which would not have been expensed and the recognition of
non-capitalizable
transaction cost which would have been expensed immediately had the transaction taken place January 1, 2020.
 
  (C)
Reflects an expense for the payment of cash and shares made in accordance with the Option Cancellation Agreement.
 
  (D)
Reflects the reversal of compensation costs recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 related to options settled in the Option Cancellation Agreement.
 
  (E)
Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 on the revolving credit facility repaid through the transaction proceeds.
 
  (F)
Reflects the elimination of historical interest expense on the related party notes repaid through the transaction proceeds.
 
  (G)
Reflects interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Backstop Notes.
 
  (H)
Reflects the elimination of the historical change in fair value of the Maple warrant liability of $(5.3) million and $7.5 million due to the settlement of the Maple Warrants through KORE Common Stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.
 
  (I)
Reflects the elimination of the historical change in fair value of the CTAC public warrant liability of $3.0 million and $(3.7) million due to the reclassification of the public warrants from liability
 
34

Table of Contents
  classified to equity instruments at the close of the business combination for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.
 
  (J)
Reflects the elimination of offering costs attributable to public warrants due to the reclassification of the public warrants from liability classified to equity instruments at the close of the business combination for the year ended December 31, 2020.
 
  (K)
Reflects the elimination of investment income on the trust account.
 
  (L)
Reflects tax effects of income statement pro forma adjustments above.
 
4.
Loss per Share
Represents the net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the business combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the business combination and related equity transactions reflect as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income (loss) per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the business combination have been outstanding for the entirety of the period presented.
 
    
For the year ended
December 31, 2020
    
For the nine months ended
September 30, 2021
 
Pro forma net loss
     (39,184      (19,047
Premium on preferred conversion to common shares
     4,074        —    
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
     (35,110      (19,047
Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock
     72,242,919        72,242,919  
Net loss per share (Basic and Diluted) attributable to common stockholders
   $ (0.49    $ (0.26
 
35

Table of Contents
BUSINESS
Overview
We offer IoT services and solutions. We are one of the largest global independent IoT enabler, delivering critical services to customers globally to deploy, manage and scale their IoT application and use cases. KORE provides advanced connectivity services, location-based services, device solutions, managed and professional services used in the development and support of IoT technology for the
Machine-to-Machine
market. KORE’s IoT platform is delivered in partnership with the world’s largest mobile network operators and provides secure, reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices. This technology enables KORE to expand its global technology platform by transferring capabilities across the new and existing vertical markets and delivers complimentary products to channel partners and resellers worldwide. KORE began operations in 2003. KORE’s predecessor entity, Maple Holdings Inc., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware as a corporation on July 29, 2014. After the Closing, Maple Holdings Inc. ceased to exist as a separate legal entity.
KORE has operating subsidiaries located in Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, the Dominican Republic, Ireland, Malta, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States.
We believe KORE is one of the largest global enablers of IoT, providing Connectivity and IoT Solutions to enterprise customers across five key industry verticals, comprising (i) Connected Health, (ii) Fleet Management, (iii) Asset Monitoring, (iv) Communications Services and (v) Industrial IoT (or “
IIoT
”).
KORE has built a business at scale with revenue of $183.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, $156.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, $214 million for year ended December 31, 2020 and $169 million for the year ending December 31, 2019. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $12.5 million and $47.0 million, respectively. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were $19.5 million and $44.5 million, respectively. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $35 million and $58 million, respectively. KORE’s net loss and adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $23.4 million and $51 million, respectively.
Already a large market, KORE believes that IoT shows the promise and potential to be a significant technological revolution. IoT adoptions often result in significant productivity increases while creating entirely new business models in many cases, and the Company believes that IoT has the ability to have a significant impact worldwide. KORE enables this IoT adoption and is at the center of this revolution.
Diverse, Blue-chip Customer Base
KORE enables mission-critical IoT applications for enterprise and solution provider customers across approximately 14 million and 12 million devices for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. KORE provided connectivity to over 3,600 customers for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020. Examples of how our customers use KORE’s products and services across KORE’s five key verticals are illustrated below:
 
   
Connected Health
: Remote patient monitoring and telemedicine enabled by connected medical devices, IoT device enabled clinical drug trials, mPERS connected emergency devices, connected medical equipment diagnostics, electronic visit verification.
 
   
Fleet Management
: Stolen vehicle recovery location tracking, connected cameras for tracking vehicle driving conditions and driver behavior, connected route optimization, fuel consumption optimization, connected preventive maintenance, usage-based insurance, connected cars.
 
   
Asset Monitoring
: Home/business security sensor and camera solutions, offender tracking through ankle bracelets, tank monitoring, supply chain inventory and asset tracking, fuel pipeline flow monitoring.
 
36

Table of Contents
   
Communication Services
: IoT and consumer service providers, carrier IoT business units, enterprise connectivity / failsafe, private networking—KORE may provide CEaaS for some of these customers.
 
   
Industrial IoT
: Smart utilities / meters, smart cities / buildings, smart factories, field service automation, manufacturers of smart or connected products
Across the above-mentioned use cases and others, IoT is already a large and fast-growing industry comprised of IoT hardware, software, connectivity and services.
Customer and Key Partners
KORE enables mission-critical applications for over 3,600 customers comprising over 12 million devices. KORE is a leader in enabling
end-to-end
IoT Solutions for enterprises across high growth end markets including Connected Health, Industrial IoT, Fleet Management and Remote Asset Monitoring. KORE serves an expansive group of some of the largest blue-chip enterprises with low customer concentration (approximately 300 customers comprising approximately 89% and 87% of its revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively).
KORE’s customers operate in a wide variety of sectors, including healthcare, fleet and vehicle management, asset management, communication services and industrial/manufacturing. KORE’s largest customer, comprising approximately 21% and 14% of KORE’s revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, is a large-scale medical device manufacturer with worldwide reach.
KORE has a B2B (business to business) model where any given customer may have hundreds, or thousands of devices deployed in the field. The structure of KORE’s relationships with its connectivity customers is “sticky,” meaning that any exit by a connectivity customer from KORE’s platform generally will take place over a period of time. Additionally, it may not be clear to KORE that a customer is exiting.
The speed at which a customer may exit the KORE platform depends upon many factors including the time and cost of switching SIM cards (generally one SIM card represents one connection), which are embedded in IoT devices deployed by customers. In many cases, the act of switching SIMs for devices involves significant logistics at a high cost. For example, in order for a smart utility customer to leave KORE, a customer has to send a person to the location of the meter, access the meter, take it offline, remove KORE’s SIM card and finally replace it with that of another provider. This process can cost more than one hundred dollars per device, after taking into account the costs of deploying a technician to the field and down-time of the connected device. Customers often prefer to phase out business as devices are replaced instead of conducting a wide-scale migration as a wide-scale migration may take months or years to fully transition all devices from KORE’s services. Because customers are not required to notify KORE of an intention to exit the KORE platform, it is often difficult for KORE to judge whether a customer has made a decision to stop using its services.
The difficulty in determining if a customer is moving away from KORE is furthered by the fact that the number of Total Connections that KORE has with any particular customer can increase or decrease over time depending on a variety of factors, including pricing, customer satisfaction, fit with a particular customer product, etc. In some cases, customers may choose to allocate a portion of their business to other service providers alongside KORE. This allocation can change from period to period. As a result, a decline in Total Connections by a customer is not necessarily an indicator that the customer has decided to move away from KORE. Customers often keep their volume allocation decisions confidential in order to prevent KORE from making commercial adjustments (such as price increases).
KORE’s strong customer and partner relationships provide it with the opportunity to expand its market reach and sales. KORE partners with leading cellular providers such as in relation to its CaaS business. KORE’s IoT ecosystem partners include enterprise-level IoT software providers as application platform partners, top of the line commercial hardware manufacturers as hardware OEM partners, well-known electronics solutions providers
 
37

Table of Contents
as semi-conductor and module OEM partners, globally recognized cloud platforms as cloud providers as well as multinational system integrators as systems integration services partners. These partnerships allow KORE to enable its customers in deploying their IoT Solutions.
Market Opportunity
Key highlights of KORE’s market and business opportunity include:
Large and Growing IoT Market
. The IoT market is growing at a very rapid pace and KORE aims to capitalize on this momentum. KORE’s addressable market is anticipated by industry analysts to grow from $382 billion with 12 billion IoT devices in the market in 2020 to $906 billion with 25 billion IoT devices in the market by 2025. The IoT market is projected by industry analysts to be $7 trillion by 2030 with an accelerated growth of 50.5% CAGR. In addition to the proliferation of IoT endpoints, the adoption of 5G connectivity and enterprise digital transformation are major drivers for the growth of the IoT market.
 
 
 
38

Table of Contents
Full stack product suite
. The KORE mission is clear—to simplify the complexities of IoT and help clients deploy, manage, and scale their mission critical IoT Solutions. KORE has built a platform that allows it to be a trusted advisor to its clients in serving them in three areas CaaS, IoT Managed Services/Solutions, and Analytics, which KORE refers to as “CSA,” or connectivity, solutions, and analytics. KORE offers a
one-stop
shop for enterprise customers seeking to obtain multiple IoT services and solutions from a single provider. Its product scope is as described below:
 
Product line
 
Products
 
Product description
 
Primary pricing method
IoT Connectivity
 
68% of nine months ended Q3 2021 and 74% of full year 2020 revenue
 
IoT Connectivity
as a Service
(CaaS)
 
•  IoT Connectivity services offered through our IoT platform ‘KORE One’
 
 
Per subscriber per month
for lifetime of device
(7-10
years and growing)
 
Long-term customer relationships
 
•  Our connectivity solutions allow devices to seamlessly and securely connect anywhere in the world across any connected network, which we call our multiple devices, multiple locations, multiple carriers CaaS value prop
 
 
IoT Connectivity
Enablement
as a Service
(CEaaS)
 
•  IoT Connectivity Management Platform as a Service (or individual KORE One engine)
 
•  Cellular Core Network as a Service (cloud native HyperCore)
 
 
IoT Device
Management
Services
 
•  Outsourced platform-enabled services (e.g., logistics, configuration, device management)
 
•  Sourcing of 3rd party devices globally, device design and selection services
 
 
Upfront fee per device or per device per month
IoT Solutions
 
32% of nine months ended Q3 2021 and 26% of full year 2020 revenue
 
IoT Security
 
•  KORE’s SecurityPro SaaS platform
 
Per subscriber per month
 
 
Location
Based
Services
(LBS)
 
•  KORE’s PositionLogic SaaS platform and LBS APIs
IoT Connectivity
KORE’s heritage is in delivering IoT Connectivity services, particularly cellular connectivity, which is needed in a large number of IoT use cases. Managing cellular connectivity for IoT devices is complex. Companies deploying IoT devices often do so in multiple countries and sometimes across multiple continents. Even within an individual country, it is often the case that no single carrier offers 100% network coverage or coverage across all cellular technologies. Among other IoT deployment complexities, this lack of a single carrier across territories often necessitates negotiating, establishing and maintaining a large number of cellular carrier contracts. On a
day-to-day
level this requires potentially accessing a large number of cellular carrier portals in order to provision,
 
39

Table of Contents
de-provision,
maintain, change rate plans for, change states for, and perform other transactions for SIMs deployed in IoT devices. A company deploying IoT would also expect to get multiple cellular carrier bills every month, and to work with multiple customer support organizations when something goes wrong. This complexity is very hard to manage at scale, especially since it is only a part of the complexity of the overall IoT deployment. KORE’s connectivity services simplify this complexity and provide a single connectivity relationship managed through a single source with our KORE One platform which is purpose built for IoT. On the
back-end,
KORE leverages 44 carrier integrations with its cellular carrier partners.
KORE IoT Connectivity Services Coverage
 
 
KORE also believes that eSIMs have significant potential for IoT providers and for KORE in particular. eSIM is a new SIM standard defined by the Global System for Mobile Communications Association (“GSMA”), the organization that supports and defines cellular standards. The transition from the current standard, where a SIM is “locked in” to a specific cellular carrier, to an “unlocked” eSIM model that allows a company deploying IoT to switch cellular carriers at the push of a button, “over the air,” without the need to physically change SIM cards, will allow a provider in KORE’s position to offer a single eSIM card that works across multiple cellular carriers. This evolution will provide KORE clients the ability to easily switch cellular carriers for any reason, without the need for expensive and labor-intensive physical SIM replacements.
Within IoT Connectivity services, KORE offers CaaS and CEaaS.
CaaS is cellular connectivity via KORE’s IoT platform ‘KORE One’ and it is offered to enterprise customers such as large medical device manufacturers, or to IoT software and solutions providers such as fleet tracking companies who may bundle connectivity with their own software and solutions. Fees for CaaS services generally consist of a monthly subscription fee for each connection, and additional data usage fees. Connectivity services also include charges for each SIM sold to a customer and other miscellaneous charges.
CEaaS is provided to communication service providers (MVNOs, telecom carriers etc.), device OEMs or other providers who wish to provide IoT cellular services to the market. The infrastructure software and services offered to such providers are cellular Core Network as a Service (including cloud native Hypercore, or “CNaaS”), Connectivity Management Platform as a Service (“CMPaaS”) and Private Networking as a Service (“PNaaS”). Fees for CEaaS generally consist of a monthly subscription fee and other miscellaneous charges.
 
40

Table of Contents
IoT Connectivity services represent 68% and 74% of KORE’s revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.
IoT Solutions and Analytics
Successful deployment of IoT is extremely complex. Some of the significant challenges in IoT deployment include:
Top challenges in IoT deployments
 
 
To simplify IoT deployment complexity, KORE offers a comprehensive portfolio of IoT Solutions capabilities, including:
 
   
IoT Device Management Services
: outsourced platform enabled services (logistics, configuration, device management). Among other logistics services, KORE offers access to a global supply chain access to a global supply base at competitive prices which may include custom device design and manufacture;
 
   
Location Based Services
: KORE’s SaaS cloud-based APIs (Position Logic) platform for location and asset tracking; and
 
   
IoT Security (SecurityPro)
: KORE’s SaaS platform for IoT device security.
KORE is experienced in providing industry-specific solutions and increasingly with
pre-configured
industry solutions with a focus in areas such as regulatory and medical device compliance. It offers a
one-stop
shop for its customers with the capability to deliver large solutions for enterprise customers.
Fees charged for device management services includes the cost of the underlying IoT device and the cost of deploying and managing such devices and are usually charged on a fee per deployed IoT device basis, with the ultimate amount of such fee depending on the scope of the underlying services and the IoT device being deployed. Location-based software services and IoT security software services are charged on a per subscriber basis.
IoT Solutions represented approximately 32% and 26% of KORE’s revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.
 
41

Table of Contents
Partner Ecosystem
KORE is a differentiated player providing comprehensive IoT Solutions – CaaS, Solutions & Analytics through its robust partner ecosystem. This partner ecosystem offers a unique
“one-stop-shop”
solution specializing across the full IoT stack in a secure and cost-efficient manner while enabling a rapid time to market. The Company partners with mobile carriers around the world as well as application platforms, hardware OEMs, semiconductor and module OEMs, cloud infrastructure providers and systems integrators.
Participation in 5G Adoption
 
   
Massive TAM and Disruptive
End-Market
Use Cases
. KORE believes that 5G adoption will result in a $13.2 trillion global economic value by 2035. Market growth is expected to be driven by key segments including smart manufacturing, mobile, smart city, intelligent retail, construction and mining, connected healthcare, and precision agriculture.
 
   
KORE Touchpoints
. KORE expects to be the leading enabler of 5G adoption across 5G IoT, 5G broadband, and 5G ultrareliable segments because it:
 
   
Provides 5G connectivity and simplified management with
5G-ready
eSIM and multi value proposition enabled by the proprietary KORE One platform.
 
   
Enables seamless transition to 5G with its strength in carrier relationships and experience in managing network transitions.
 
   
Accelerates 5G use cases with
pre-configured
solutions and an industry-specific IoT Managed Services portfolio.
 
   
Enables edge deployments with a roadmap for a fully virtualized multi-carrier gateway on the Edge (KORE Anywhere).
 
   
Enables private network deployments with a fully virtualized core network (KORE HyperCore).
 
   
Leveraging eSIM Technology
. eSIM is a next-generation technology driving rapid adoption of Enterprise IoT Connectivity
.
With the massive growth of new
IoT-connected
devices coming online, 25 billion by 2025 according to Ericsson, one of the bigger challenges to achieving this growth is current SIM card technology. Today, the vast majority of cellular connected devices are using SIM cards which are locked into a specific cellular carrier. The GSMA has helped develop a new standard called eSIM technology. eSIM or embedded universal integrated circuit card (“eUICC”) is a form of programmable SIM card. eSIM technology offers several benefits, including:
 
   
Enables devices to store multiple operator profiles on a device simultaneously and switch between them remotely.
 
   
Allows over air (remote) updates.
 
   
Permits remote SIM provisioning of any mobile device.
 
   
Delivers an effective way to significantly increase data security.
 
   
Offers protection from evolving network technologies, such as the retirement of legacy services like 2G and 3G in some cases eSIM technology plays a critical role providing secure
out-of-the
box connectivity to support IoT. It enables KORE’s customers to maintain a flexible approach towards carrier and network management. Moreover, eSIM technology future-proofs devices in the field against changes in network technology. The Company offers advanced connectivity solutions through its proprietary eSIM offering and believes that it will be a key vector for SIM volume growth. The Company shipped approximately one million eSIMs in 2020 and expects to continue successfully implementing the eSIM technology into customer IoT deployments.
 
42

Table of Contents
KORE’s Competition and Differentiators
KORE believes that it is one of the few players in the current market that can provide
end-to-end
IoT services, delivering CaaS, IoT Solutions and Analytics in a comprehensive manner. However, the individual markets for KORE’s products and solutions are rapidly evolving and are highly competitive. These markets are likely to continue to be affected by new product introductions and industry participants. Below are some of KORE’s key competitors across various segments of its business:
 
   
For IoT Connectivity services:
telecom carriers such as
T-Mobile
and Vodafone; Mobile Virtual Network Operators such as Aeris and Wireless Logic; and
 
   
For IoT Solutions and Analytics:
device management services providers such as Velocitor Solutions and Futura Mobility, fleet management SaaS providers such as Fleetmatics and GPS Trackit, and analytics services providers such as Galooli and Intellisite.
KORE competes in the IoT Connectivity services market on the basis of the number of carrier integrations (44), its KORE One platform (7 engines), ConnectivityPro service and related APIs, the eSIM technology stack/ proprietary IP, Hypercore technology. KORE competes in the IoT Solutions market on the basis of its deep industry vertical knowledge and experience (
e.g.
, in Connected Health through the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and ISO 9001/13485 certification and HIPAA compliance), its breadth of solutions and analytics services and 3,400+ connectivity-only customers for cross-sell opportunities.
Sales, Marketing and Growth Strategy
The five pillars of KORE’s growth strategy are as follows:
 
   
Significant organic volume growth from existing customer base
:
Leverage strong IoT industry and average customers’ double digit percentage growth, maintain high customer retention, leverage eSIMs to gain wallet share and market share.
 
   
Cross-sell and upsell KORE’s growing portfolio of IoT Solutions to our large base of IoT Connectivity services only customers
:
23 of KORE’s top 30 customers are IoT Connectivity services only customers and do not yet buy the IoT Solutions that KORE has developed over the past two years.
 
   
Deepening our presence in focus industry sector
: Leverage KORE’s presence in Connected Health and Fleet Management, deepening its presence in other verticals in the next 12 to 18 months, and deploying
pre-configured
industry solutions .
 
   
Enhance “AIoT” (Artificial Intelligence + IoT) and Edge Analytics capabilities in target industries.
 
   
Drive growth through strategic, accretive acquisitions, which add key capabilities.
Intellectual Property
Our service offerings are supported by KORE proprietary intellectual property that provides a meaningful differentiation in the market place:
 
   
KORE’s IoT Connectivity Services
:
 
   
CaaS
is supported by KORE One, ConnectivityPro, KORE eSIM, and KORE HyperCore
 
   
CEaaS
is supported by KORE HyperCore and ConnectivityPro
 
   
KORE’s IoT Solutions and Analytics
is supported by PositionLogic and SecurityPro
 
43

Table of Contents
KORE’s proprietary intellectual property and technologies work together as illustrated below:
 
 
Key areas of KORE’s intellectual property as illustrated above are:
 
 
1.
KORE One Platform
The KORE One Platform was built using a microservices-based proprietary architecture and consists of seven (7) key engines.
 
 
2.
KORE eSIM
KORE has developed its eSIM which helps in providing global connectivity using a single SIM which can be remotely updated with a preferred carrier profile over the air, or OTA. The key pieces of intellectual property in this portfolio include KORE’s eSIM profile, eSIM Validation Tool, and its APIs.
 
 
3.
KORE HyperCore (Cellular Network as a Service)
Any cellular network is comprised of a Radio Access Network (“RAN”), fiber optic backhaul and a “core network”, the functions of which constitute the “brains” of this network (including switching, authentication etc.). KORE HyperCore provides KORE as well as some of its customers a cellular “core network” (built on top of a RAN and backhaul from a cellular carrier). KORE’s intellectual property consists of both a traditional and a cloud-native core network component.
 
 
4.
IoT Network and Application Services
 
  a.
ConnectivityPro
TM
: IoT Connectivity Management Platform that provides an array of global IoT Connectivity services such as provisioning connectivity, provisioning users, rating and charging, distribution management, eSIM orchestration, diagnostics and support.
 
  b.
SecurityPro
TM
: IoT security service that enables deep network traffic monitoring for IoT connections. It helps mitigate the risk of data breaches and provides packet-level visibility into IoT communications. With SecurityPro, customers can setup rules on groups of devices and not only detect anomalies in traffic based on these rules but also take appropriate action upon detection.
 
44

Table of Contents
  c.
PositionLogic
TM
:
Location based services (“LBS”) platform for position mapping, global fleet tracking, intelligent routing and integrated telematics services such as
in-vehicle
video, cargo monitoring, safety & security etc.
Apart from the intellectual property listed above, KORE maintains one active patent, several trademarks and ownership of domain and website names, all of which we consider our intellectual property.
KORE manages its research and development efforts through a structured life-cycle process covering identification of customer requirements, preparing a product roadmap, ongoing agile development, and commercial introduction to eventual
phase-out.
During product development, emphasis is placed on quality, reliability, performance,
time-to-market,
meeting industry standards and customer-product specifications, ease of integration, cost reduction, and maintainability.
Employees and Human Capital
As of September 30, 2021, KORE had 494 full-time employees. None of KORE’s employees are represented by a labor union. KORE has not experienced any employment-related work stoppages, and KORE consider relations with its employees to be good.
KORE’s human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating its existing and additional employees. The principal purposes of KORE’s equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and motivate selected employees and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.
Deployment Operations, Training and Customer Support
IoT deployments are extremely complex. KORE’s mission is to simplify the complexities of IoT and help clients deploy, manage and scale their mission-critical IoT Solutions.
In the CaaS business, KORE deploys connectivity solutions using local SIMs, eSIMs and in certain cases core network platforms for customers to manage their connectivity base. We ship custom configured SIMs/eSIMs from our Rochester, New York and Woerden, The Netherlands facilities. We deliver our core network services with our staff based out of The Netherlands and UK.
KORE’s IoT Solutions include IoT device management services, IoT location-based services software, and IoT device security services software for the
Machine-to-Machine
market. KORE’s IoT Solutions ensure that customer operations, whether built on asset trackers, telematics equipment, routers, gateways, tablets or smartphones has devices and equipment fully assembled and configured when they reach eventual users.
KORE offers IoT device management services for deployment and sustainment of devices, including sourcing, configuration, mobile data management, and device lifecycle management. Configuration services include software configuration, SIM card installation, firmware updates, mobile data management, accessory integration, and custom component packaging.
KORE has key IoT Solutions configuration centers located in Rochester, New York, and Ulestraten, the Netherlands which act as bases of operations before products and devices are sent to customers for final installation before use.
In addition, KORE also has the ability to bring partners required for site assessments in evaluating deployment locations prior to installation in order to validate and remediate RF signal strength, network performance, and other key metrics.
 
45

Table of Contents
We train our customers using our customer success group which helps onboard the customers on our platform, conduct periodic refresher training, educate customers about KORE products and also conduct additional training sessions. KORE offers ongoing customer support through a number of functions, including customer success teams that help train and support the customers at the start of their engagement with KORE, call center for triage support (to resolve issues quickly and easily by troubleshooting malfunctioning endpoints), technical support, network operations center to monitor network and notify customers, and support for returns management of IoT devices. Our customer support teams are spread across the world.
Facilities
KORE’s corporate headquarters are located in Alpharetta, GA (part of the Atlanta Metropolitan Area) and consists of approximately 18,350 square feet of office space. KORE has a key IoT Solutions configuration center located in Rochester, NY. Our Rochester facility is FDA and
ISO-9001/13485
certified and HIPAA compliant. KORE believes that its existing properties are in good condition and are sufficient and suitable for the conduct of its business for the foreseeable future. To the extent its needs change as its business grows, KORE expects that additional space and facilities will be available.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, KORE may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the ordinary course of business. There are no material legal proceedings, other than routine litigation incidental to the business, to which KORE or any of its subsidiaries are a party or of which any of KORE or its subsidiaries property is subject as of the filing date of this prospectus.
Government Regulations and Compliance
KORE is required to comply with increasingly complex and changing federal, state and international laws, regulations and industry standards regarding privacy, data protection and data security, including those related to the collection, storage, use, transmission and security of personally identifiable information, health information and individual credit data, for various business purposes, including medical reasons and promotional and marketing purposes. Such privacy and data protection laws and regulations, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“
HIPAA
”), as well as industry standards, in each case relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personally identifiable information, health information and individual credit data. Several jurisdictions have passed laws in this area, and other jurisdictions are considering imposing additional restrictions. These laws continue to develop and may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Any entities covered by HIPAA (including entities such as KORE which track health-related data) are required by the HIPAA Privacy Rule to protect and prevent the unauthorized disclosure of patient health information known as protected health information. HIPAA also requires that covered entities comply with the HIPAA Security Rule which requires, among other things that, all covered entities (i) ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all electronic protected health information; (ii) detect and safeguard against anticipated threats to the security of the information; (iii) protect against anticipated impermissible uses or disclosures; and (iv) certify compliance by their workforce.
 
46

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of KORE Group Holdings, Inc. should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, together with related notes thereto. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors”. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “the Company” “KORE,” “us,” “our” or “we” refer to Maple Holdings, Inc. prior to the Business Combination, and to KORE Group Holding, Inc. following the consummation of the Business Combination on September 30, 2021.
Overview
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. is the parent entity of KORE Wireless, its wholly owned and principal operating subsidiary. KORE Wireless’ corporate headquarters are located in Alpharetta, Georgia and incorporated in Delaware.
KORE is one of the largest global independent IoT companies enabling mission-critical CaaS, or “IoT Connectivity” for reporting purposes, IoT solutions and Analytics (or simply “IoT Solutions” for reporting purposes) to enterprise customers across five key industry verticals, comprising (i) Connected Health, (ii) Fleet Management, (iii) Asset Monitoring, (iv) Communications Services and (v) Industrial IoT (or “
IIoT
”).
Example customer use cases across our five key verticals are illustrated below:
 
   
Connected Health
: Remote patient monitoring and telemedicine enabled by connected medical devices, IoT device enabled clinical drug trials, mPERS connected emergency devices, connected medical equipment diagnostics, electronic visit verification
 
   
Fleet Management
: Stolen vehicle recovery location tracking, connected cameras for tracking vehicle driving conditions and driver behaviour, connected route optimization, fuel consumption optimization, connected preventive maintenance, usage-based insurance, connected cars
 
   
Asset Monitoring
: Home/business security sensor and camera solutions, offender tracking through ankle bracelets, tank monitoring, supply chain inventory and asset tracking, fuel pipeline flow monitoring
 
   
Communication Services
: IoT and consumer service providers, carrier IoT business units, enterprise connectivity / failsafe, private networking - we may provide IoT Connectivity Enablement as a Service for some of these customers
 
   
Industrial IoT
: Smart utilities / meters, smart cities / buildings, smart factories, field service automation, manufacturers of smart or connected products Providing global connectivity to devices across the globe, over different networks and protocols is a highly complex undertaking.
KORE’s portfolio of IoT connectivity services capabilities, proprietary technology and IP stack, combined with its vast network of 44 carrier integrations globally enables the Company to be a market leader in working with enterprise customers. Apart from basic IoT connectivity services, we also provide connectivity enablement services to enable other service providers to provide IoT connectivity.
Successful deployment of IoT solutions is extremely complex; notably, some of the significant challenges in IoT deployment include:
 
   
Lack of readily
available in-house IoT
resources and expertise
 
47

Table of Contents
   
Significant time required to get to market
 
   
High failure rate of IoT initiatives
 
   
A highly fragmented vendor landscape
 
   
Ecosystem that is quickly evolving and changing rapidly
 
   
Substantial and increasing regulatory/compliance issues
 
   
Interoperability and compatibility with assorted technologies
Starting with the hiring of the current management team in late 2017 and early 2018, KORE has been executing a multi-year strategic transformation program to transform from a ‘connectivity only’ player to a market leading, global enabler of IoT providing IoT Connectivity, IoT Solutions and Analytics. The elements of this transformation program are building the core technology platform of the future ‘KORE One’, building IoT Solutions products and a strategic repositioning of the company in the market including strategic M&A. This multi-year strategic transformation program is expected to be complete by end of 2022. As a result of this transformation program:
 
   
We believe KORE One is now an industry leading platform for IoT subscription and network management, and which provides us with a competitive edge in the market.
 
   
Amongst industry analysts, KORE has continued to establish and improve its position as the only pure play IoT enabler. Recognized in 2019 by Gartner as the only independent service provider to be named a “Leader” in the Magic Quadrant for Managed IoT Connectivity Services, KORE continued its upward momentum in 2020 as it improved upon its position to be ranked among the top global services providers within the same category.
 
   
KORE’s product portfolio has expanded significantly. A few years ago KORE was primarily IoT Connectivity Services focused while today its product portfolio includes IoT Solutions such as IoT Deployment Services and Security Software and Services. KORE’s IoT Connectivity Services have also become richer through the addition of the eSIMs and “Connectivity Enablement as a Service” to the IoT Connectivity Services product portfolio.
 
   
IoT Solutions has increased as a proportion of KORE’s total revenue each year since 2018. In the nine months ended September 31, 2021, IoT Solutions represented 32% of KORE’s total revenue while in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, IoT Solutions represented 26% of revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2020, IoT Solutions represented 26% of KORE’s total revenue while in the year ended December 31, 2019, IoT Solutions represented 11% of revenue.
KORE’s IoT and analytics solutions include IoT device management services, IoT location-based services software, and IoT device security services software for the
Machine-to-Machine
market.
Customers of KORE’s products include fleet owners and transportation companies, fleet management software providers, healthcare companies including healthcare device manufacturers, healthcare payors and healthcare contract research organizations, telecommunications service providers, manufacturers and industrial automation providers, application service providers and enterprises in various other industries, including consumer electronic devices, retail, home and office security and safety etc. KORE’s largest customers include Fortune 500 enterprises and innovative solution providers across multiple high growth vertical markets.
KORE’s products compete with a variety of solutions, including other Subscription-based IoT platforms and solutions. Our current competitors include:
 
   
For IoT Connectivity
- telecom carriers such as
T-Mobile
and Vodafone; Mobile Virtual Network Operators such as Aeris and Wireless Logic;
 
48

Table of Contents
   
For IoT Solutions and Analytics
 - device management services providers such as Velocitor and Futura, fleet management SaaS providers such as Fleetmatics and GPS Trakit, and analytics services providers such as Galooli and Intellisite. KORE has made several key acquisitions that have enhanced solutions to new and existing customers. Most recently, in November 2019, KORE completed the acquisition of Integron LLC, purchasing all of the outstanding share capital of lntegron LLC in exchange for cash and equity (the “
Integron Acquisition
”). The Integron Acquisition further enhances KORE’s strategic position as the global leader in enabling powerful healthcare IoT solutions for the largest global organizations.
Trends Affecting Our Business
All of the markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent introductions of new products, services and solutions and evolving customer demands. We expect our market to be competitive especially with the focus on IoT with the development and deployment of 5G technologies. In addition, we are affected by changes in the many industries related to the products or services we offer, including the fleet management, connected biomedical devices and home security industries. As the technologies used in each of these industries evolves, we will face new integration and competition challenges.
Our ability to expand our business through new solutions and penetration into new sectors
The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary technologies, information, processes and
know-how.
We rely primarily on trademark, copyright and other Intellectual Property laws in the U.S. and similar laws in other countries, confidentiality agreements and procedures and other contractual arrangements to protect our technology. The growing number of IoT, eSIM and 5G use cases presents opportunity for us to deliver critical solutions in these rapidly growing industries. We expect that product offerings such as the highly scalable KORE One platform and the growth of eSIMs will position us for growth in the connectivity market.
Our growth strategy consists of the following:
 
   
Organic volume growth - leveraging the strong IoT industry growth expressed in terms of our customers’ revenue, device and data usage growth, while continuing to maintain high customer retention
 
   
Cross-sell and upsell - selling KORE’s growing portfolio of IoT solutions developed during the prior two years and going-forward, to our large base of IoT connectivity services only customers
 
   
Deepening our presence in focus industry sector - developing more of a vertical orientation in our business and deepening industry domain knowledge that will in turn allow the development and deployment of
pre-configured industry
solutions
 
   
Enhancing AIoT (Artificial Intelligence + IoT) and Edge Analytics capabilities
 
   
Strategic acquisitions that will allow KORE to expand our IoT solutions and advanced IoT connectivity capabilities while ensuring a highly disciplined use of capital for such acquisitions
We operate in a highly competitive market
The market for KORE’s products and solutions is rapidly evolving and highly competitive. It is likely to continue to be affected by new product introductions and industry participants. The unique expertise required to design its product offerings and customers’ reluctance to try unproven products has confined the number of competing firms to a relatively small number.
KORE competes in the IoT connectivity market on the basis of the following factors:
 
   
The number of carrier integrations (44)
 
49

Table of Contents
   
KORE One platform (7 engines)
 
   
ConnectivityPro service and related APIs
 
   
eSIM technology stack/ proprietary IP
 
   
Hypercore technology
KORE competes in the IoT Solutions market on the basis of the following factors:
 
   
Deep industry vertical knowledge and experience (
e.g.
, in Connected Health through FDA, HIPAA, ISO 9001/13485 compliance)
 
   
Breadth of solutions and analytics services
 
   
3,400+ connectivity-only customers for cross-sell opportunities
While the abovementioned factors provide KORE with certain competitive advantages, KORE’s market is highly competitive, and we expect it to continue to be so especially with the greater focus on the IoT market with the development and deployment of 5G technologies.
Impact of transitions of IoT connections from 2G/3G to LTE
In the United States, the major carriers have announced intentions to phase out their 2G and 3G networks by the end of 2022.
LTE rate plans are typically lower in price than legacy 2G and 3G rate plans. As a result, the phase out of 2G and 3G may result in lower revenue per unit and/or lower revenue to KORE. While KORE has strong relationships with many of the affected customers and expects to retain most of the connections which will not be retired on 4G or 5G technologies, some of these connections may be lost as a result of competitive bidding processes. The projected impact of this is incorporated in KORE’s projections.
Business Combination
On March 12, 2021, KORE entered into a definitive merger agreement with CTAC, a special purpose acquisition company affiliated with Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. On September 30, 2021, as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (i) CTAC merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and Pubco as parent of the surviving entity, (ii) immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”) contributed 100% of its equity interests in Corp Merger Sub to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub merged with and into KORE (the “First Merger”), with KORE being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, and (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, KORE merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions” and the closing (the “Closing”) of the Transactions, the “Business Combination”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub. In connection with the Business Combination, Pubco changed its name to “KORE Group Holdings, Inc.”
The most significant change in the post-combination Company’s reported financial position and result was an increase in cash of $63.2 million. We paid $19.0 million in transaction costs relating to the Business Combination at the closing. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had accrued $3.0 million of transaction costs to be paid after the Closing, including $1.1 million of transaction costs due to related parties.
 
50

Table of Contents
As a consequence of the Business Combination, the Company trades under the ticker symbol “KORE” on the NYSE. We anticipate that we will need to hire additional personnel and implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. We expect to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting and legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees.
COVID-19
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the
COVID-19
a global pandemic, which has resulted in significant disruption and uncertainty in the global economic markets, which in turn has impacted our business. Given the amount of uncertainty currently regarding the scope and duration of the
COVID-19
pandemic, we are unable to predict the precise impact the
COVID-19
pandemic will have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, we may be exposed to certain negative impacts from the pandemic; for example we had one major customer and multiple smaller customers experience financial distress, resulting in delays in payments and a reduction in revenue with those customers. However, the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic to our business as a whole is uncertain, and bad debt expense decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the previous year.
We believe
COVID-19’s
continued impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations will be significantly driven by a number of factors that we are unable to predict or control, including, for example: the severity and duration of the pandemic, including the timing of availability of a treatment or vaccine for
COVID-19;
the pandemic’s impact on the U.S. and global economies; the timing, scope and effectiveness of additional governmental responses to the pandemic; the timing and path of economic recovery; and the negative impact on our clients, counterparties, vendors and other business partners that may indirectly adversely affect us.
Operating Segments
We have determined that we operate in a single operating and reportable segment, consistent with how our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenue
We derive revenue from:
-Services: IoT Connectivity services and IoT Solutions services.
-Product sales: SIMs (IoT Connectivity) and IoT devices (IoT Solutions).
KORE views our business as being constituted of two services lines: IoT Connectivity and IoT Solutions.
The fees for IoT Connectivity generally consist of a monthly subscription fee and additional data usage fees that are part of a bundled solution which enable other Providers and Enterprise customers to complete their platform for solutions to provide IoT Connectivity. IoT Connectivity also includes charges for each subscriber identity modules (SIMs) sold to a customer.
In IoT Solutions, we derive revenue from IoT device management services, location-based software services and IoT security software services. Fees charged for device management services includes the cost of the underlying IoT device and the cost of deploying and managing such devices and is usually charged for on a fee per deployed IoT device basis which such fee depends on the scope of the underlying services and the IoT device being deployed. Location based software services and IoT security software services are charged on a per subscriber basis.
 
51

Table of Contents
Costs and Expenses
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs associated with IoT Connectivity and those associated with IoT Solutions. IoT Connectivity costs include carrier costs, network operations, technology licenses, and other costs such as shipping a SIM. IoT Solution costs include the cost of devices, shipping costs, warehouse lease and related facilities expenses, and personnel costs. Total cost of revenue excludes depreciation and amortization.
Operating expenses
We incur expenses associated with sales, marketing, customer support, and administrative activities related to the operation of our business, including significant charges for depreciation and amortization of our intangible assets and other acquired intellectual property and intangible assets we acquired or developed. We also incur engineering expenses developing and supporting the operation of our communications system and the early stage engineering work on new products and services that are not yet determined to be technologically feasible.
Key Metrics
KORE reviews a number of metrics to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. The calculation of the key metrics and other measures discussed below may differ from other similarly titled metrics used by other companies, securities analysts, or investors.
Number of Connections
Total Connections constitutes the total of all KORE IoT Connectivity services connections, including both CaaS and CEaaS connections, but excluding certain connections where mobile carriers license KORE’s subscription management platform from KORE. Total Connections include the contribution of eSIMs and is the principal measure used by management to assess the performance of the business on a periodic basis.
DBNER
DBNER (Dollar Based Net Expansion Rate) tracks the combined effect of cross-sales of IoT Solutions to KORE’s existing customers, its customer retention and the growth of its existing business. KORE calculates DBNER by dividing the revenue for a given period (“given period”) from existing
go-forward
customers by the revenue from the same customers for the same period measured one year prior (“base period”).
The revenue included in the current period excludes revenue from (i) customers that are non
go-forward
customers, meaning customers that have either communicated to KORE before the last day of the current period their intention not to provide future business to KORE or customers that KORE has determined are transitioning away from KORE based on a sustained multi-year time period of declines in revenue and (ii) new customers that started generating revenue after the end of the base period. For example, to calculate our DBNER for the trailing 12 months ended September 30, 2021, we divide (i) revenue, for the trailing 12 months ended September 30, 2021, from
go-forward
customers that started generating revenue on or before September 30, 2020 by (ii) revenue, for the trailing 12 months ended September 30, 2020, from the same cohort of customers. For the purposes of calculating DBNER, if KORE acquires a company during the given period or the base period, then the revenue of a customer before the acquisition but during either the given period or the base period is included in the calculation. Further, it is often difficult to ascertain which customers should be deemed not to be
go-forward
customers for purposes of calculating DBNER. Customers are not required to give notice of their intention to transition off of the KORE platform, and as discussed above in “Information about KORE—Customer and Key Partners”, a customer’s exit from the KORE platform can take months or longer, and total connections of any particular customer can at any time increase or decrease for any number of reasons, including
 
52

Table of Contents
pricing, customer satisfaction or product fit - accordingly, a decrease in total connections may not indicate that a customer is intending to exit the KORE platform, particularly if that decrease is not sustained over a period of several quarters. DBNER would be lower if it were calculated using revenue from non
go-forward
customers.
As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, DBNER excludes approximately 0.6 million and 1.0 million connections, respectively, from non
go-forward
customers, in each case, the vast majority of which are connections from
Non-Core
Customers. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, DBNER excludes approximately 1.1 million and 1.4 million connections, respectively, from non
go-forward
customers, in each case, the vast majority of which are connections from
Non-Core
Customers. KORE defines
“Non-Core
Customers” to be customers that management has judged to be lost as a result of the integration of Raco, Wyless and other acquisitions completed during in the 2014-2017 period, but which continue to have some connections (and account for some revenue) each year with KORE.
Non-Core
Customers are a subset of non
go-forward
customers.
DBNER is used by management as a measure of growth at KORE’s existing customers (i.e., “same store” growth). It is not intended to capture the effect of either new customer wins or the declines from non
go-forward
customers on KORE’s total revenue growth. This is because DBNER excludes new customers which started generating revenue after the base period, and also excludes any customers which are non go-forward customers on the last day of the current period. Revenue increases from new customer wins, and a decline in revenue from non
go-forward
customers are also important factors in assessing KORE’s revenue growth, but these factors are independent of DBNER.
Results of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Revenue
The table below presents our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, together with the percentage of total revenue represented by each revenue category:
(in ‘000)
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
Years Ended
December 31,
 
    
2021
   
2020
   
2020
   
2019
 
Services
   $ 139,866       76   $ 127,113       81   $ 172,845       81   $ 159,425       94
Products
     44,053       24     29,184       19     40,915       19     9,727       6
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
$
183,919
 
 
 
100
 
$
156,297
 
 
 
100
 
$
213,760
 
 
 
100
 
$
169,152
 
 
 
100
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $27.6 million, or 18%, to $183.9 million from $156.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Services revenue growth of $12.7 million was driven by the growth in IoT Connectivity services revenue of $9.9 million, and an increase in IoT Solutions service revenue of $2.8 million due to an increase in product deployments by KORE related to its IoT Solutions. IoT Connectivity services revenue growth of $9.9 million was driven by the organic growth of our existing IoT customers of $16.3 million and new customers acquired of $0.8 million These increases were offset partially by a decrease of $4.7 million in revenue from Non Core Customers (customers lost from integration of old acquisitions in
2014-17)
and the migration of customers from 2G and 3G technologies to LTE (“Long Term Evolution”) cellular technologies involving a
one-time
adjustment in price estimated at $2.5 million. Product revenue growth of $14.9 million was driven primarily by an increase in the number of devices deployed by KORE related to its IoT Solutions. Within product revenue, there was a $7.3 million increase driven by our largest customer and their additional one-time volumes related to transitions from 2G and 3G technologies.
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $44.6 million, or 26%, to $213.8 million from $169.2 million in 2019. Service revenue growth of $13.4 million was driven by the acquisition of Integron in
 
53

Table of Contents
November 2019 (resulting in an increase in services revenue of $12.8 million), the addition of new services customers (resulting in an increase in services revenue of $4.1 million), and the organic growth of KORE’s existing services customers (resulting in an increase in services revenue of $14.6 million). These increases were offset partially a $11.2 million decline of revenue from
Non-Core
Customers and the LTE cellular technologies involving a
one-time
adjustment in average price revenue per unit (decline estimated at $6.9 million). Product revenue growth of $31.2 million was mainly driven by the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 which resulted in an incremental $22.5 million revenue and an increase in devices deployed by KORE at its IoT Solutions customers which resulted in an incremental $8.7 million revenue.
The table below presents how management views our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, together with the percentage of total revenue represented by each revenue category:
(in ‘000)
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
Years Ended
December 31,
 
    
2021
   
2020
   
2020
   
2019
 
IoT Connectivity
   $ 125,590       68   $ 115,180       74   $ 158,748       74   $ 150,358        89
IoT Solutions
     58,329       32     41,117       26     55,012       26     18,794        11
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
$
183,919
 
 
 
100
 
$
156,297
 
 
 
100
 
$
213,760
 
 
 
100
 
$
169,152
 
  
 
100
Period End Connections Count
     13.6 million       11.0 million       11.8 million       9.7 million  
Average Connections Count for the Period
     13.1 million       10.2 million       10.7 million    
 
9.2 million
 
Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased by $27.6 million, or 18%, to $183.9 million from $156.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Overall IoT Connectivity growth of $10.4 million, which includes SIM revenue, was driven by the organic growth of our existing IoT customers of $16.8 million and new customers acquired of $0.8 million. These increases were offset partially by Non Core Customers (customers lost from the integration of old acquisitions in
2014-17)
by $4.8 million and the migration of customers from 2G and 3G technologies to LTE (“Long Term Evolution”) cellular technologies involving a
one-time
adjustment in price estimated at $2.5 million. IoT Solutions growth of $17.2 million was driven by the organic growth of our Connected Health IoT Solutions. Notably, new IoT Connectivity customers relationships usually start small and often expand significantly in the first three to four years of the relationship. KORE grew its total number of connections from 11.0 million on September 30, 2020 to 13.6 million on September 30, 2021, mostly at existing customers, which resulted in the growth of KORE IoT Connectivity revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 with respect to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Within IoT Solutions, there was an increase in devices deployed and provided by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers, and a proportionate increase in IoT deployment services revenue associated with each device shipped. Directionally, we expect the growth in IoT Solutions to continue to be driven primarily by an increase in device deployments although actual deployment volumes may vary from quarter to quarter.
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $44.6 million, or 26%, to $213.8 million in 2020 from $169.2 million in 2019. Overall IoT Connectivity growth of $8.4 million was driven by the organic growth of our existing IoT customers of $15.0 million, new customers acquired of $4.1 million and the addition of IoT Connectivity revenue from the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 of $7.4 million. These increases were offset partially by a decline of $11.2 million from Non Core Customers (customers lost from the integration of old acquisitions in
2014-17)
and the LTE cellular technologies involving a
one-time
adjustment in price (decline estimated at $6.9 million). IoT Solutions growth was driven by the acquisition of Integron in November 2019 and the organic growth of our Connected Health IoT Solutions contributing $27.9 million and $8.3 million growth, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2020 over the year ended December 31, 2019. The organic growth of IoT Solutions was comprised of an increase in revenue based on the growth in devices provided and
 
54

Table of Contents
shipped by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers, and a proportionate increase in IoT deployment and device management services revenue associated with each device shipped. Further details are provided in Note 4 to KORE’s audited consolidated financial statements.
For the twelve months ended September 30, 2021, KORE’s DBNER was 114% compared to 103% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2020. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, KORE’s DBNER was 106% compared to 111% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.
Costs of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
 
(in ‘000)
  
For nine months ended
   
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
    
Change
   
December 31,
    
Change
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
Dollars
    
%
   
2020
    
2019
    
Dollars
    
%
 
Cost of services
   $ 51,417      $ 47,594        3,823        8   $ 64,520      $ 57,621        6,899        12
Cost of products
     37,258        22,921        14,337        63     33,410        6,044        27,366        453
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total cost of revenue
  
$
88,675
 
  
$
70,515
 
  
$
18,160
 
  
 
26
 
$
97,930
 
  
$
63,665
 
  
 
34,265
 
  
 
54
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $18.2 million, or 26%, to $88.7 million from $70.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The $3.8 million increase in the cost of services for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, was driven by increased carrier costs associated with the growth in IoT Connectivity revenue offset by the $1.1 million settlement of a disputed amount owed to a Carrier from 2020. The $14.3 million increase in cost of products for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, from the nine months ended September 30, 2020, was primarily driven by the increase in the cost of devices associated with the growth in IoT Solutions. Notably, in the nine months ended September 30, 2021, there was an increase in devices deployed by KORE to its Connected Health IoT Solutions customers.
Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $34.3 million, or 54%, to $97.9 million from $63.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The $6.9 million increase in cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by the increased carrier costs associated with the growth in IoT Connectivity revenue. The $27.4 million increase in the cost of products was driven by a $25.1 million increase in the cost of devices deployed by KORE at its IoT Solutions customers and a $2.3 million increase in SIM shipments due to the growth in IoT Connectivity revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, there was an increase in devices deployed by KORE at its IoT Solutions customers. This increase was due to the acquisition of Integron which resulted in increased business volumes, as well as organic growth of KORE’s Connected Health IoT Solutions.
The table below presents how management views our costs of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, exclusive of depreciation and amortization:
 
(in ‘000)
  
For nine months ended
   
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
    
Change
   
December 31,
    
Change
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
Dollars
    
%
   
2020
    
2019
    
Dollars
    
%
 
Cost of IoT Connectivity
   $ 48,729      $ 45,975        2,754        6   $ 63,706      $ 56,139        7,567        13
Cost of IoT Solutions
     39,946        24,540        15,406        63     34,224        7,526        26,698        355
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total cost of revenue
  
$
88,675
 
  
$
70,515
 
  
$
18,160
 
  
 
26
 
$
97,930
 
  
$
63,665
 
  
 
34,265
 
  
 
54
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 increased $18.2 million, or 26%, to $88.7 million from $70.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The $2.8 million increase in cost of IoT Connectivity for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended
 
55

Table of Contents
September 30, 2020, was driven by increased carrier costs associated with the growth in IoT Connectivity revenue offset by a $1.1 million settlement of a disputed amount owed to a Carrier from 2020. The $15.4 million increase in cost of IoT Solutions for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, was primarily driven by the increased cost of devices and labor associated with the volume growth in IoT Solutions. Notably, in the nine months ending September 30, 2021, there was an increase in devices provided and shipped by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers. This resulted in an increase in the cost of devices provided and shipped, and a proportionate increase in IoT deployment and device management services revenue associated with each device shipped which also resulted in an increase in the labor and other costs of providing such IoT deployment and device management services.
Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $34.3 million, or 54%, to $97.9 million from $63.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cost of IoT connectivity for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by the increased carrier costs associated with the growth in IoT Connectivity revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, there was an increase in devices deployed by KORE to its IoT Solutions customers. This increase was due to the acquisition of Integron which resulted in increased business volumes, as well as organic growth of KORE’s Connected Health IoT Solutions. This increase in device shipments resulted in an increase in the cost of devices, and additionally, a proportionate increase in IoT deployment and device management services revenue associated with each device shipped which resulted in an increase in the labor and other costs of providing such IoT deployment and device management services.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(in ‘000)
 
    
For nine months ended
    
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
    
Change
    
December 31,
    
Change
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
Dollars
    
%
    
2020
    
2019
    
Dollars
    
%
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   $ 66,525      $ 49,907        16,618        33    $ 72,883      $ 65,298        7,585        12
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses relate primarily to expenses for general management, sales and marketing, finance, audit and legal fees and general operating expenses. The increase in SG&A expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, was primarily due to a decreased foreign currency gain of $1.1 million, an increase in salary and benefit related items of $9.7 million and costs associated with going public of $4.5 million. All other items, which includes marketing, travel, information technology and facilities related items increased $1.3 million.
The increase in SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to the acquisition of Integron LLC in November 2019 contributing $9 million in additional expense. This increase was partially offset by decreases in marketing and travel expenses.
Depreciation and amortization
(in ‘000)
 
    
For nine months ended
   
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
    
Change
   
December 31,
    
Change
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
Dollars
   
%
   
2020
    
2019
    
Dollars
    
%
 
Depreciation and amortization
   $ 37,947      $ 38,884        (937     (2 )%    $ 52,488      $ 48,131        4,357        9
There were no significant changes in depreciation and amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
 
56

Table of Contents
The increase in depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to amortization on the intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Integron LLC in November 2019.
Intangible asset impairment loss
(in ‘000)
 
    
For nine months ended
   
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
    
Change
   
December 31,
   
Change
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
Dollars
    
%
   
2020
    
2019
   
Dollars
   
%
 
Intangible asset impairment loss
   $ —      $ —        —            $ —      $ (3,892     (3,892     (100 )% 
The Company did not recognize an impairment event for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 or September 30, 2020.
Intangible asset impairment loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 relates to a loss incurred due to a technology asset which came in through a prior acquisition being retired prior to the end of its anticipated useful life due to the expected sunsetting of 2G and 3G networks by certain carriers. The decrease in loss amount is due to the Company not recognizing an impairment event for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Other income (expense)
(in ‘000)
 
    
For nine months ended
   
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
   
Change
   
December 31,
   
Change
 
    
2021
   
2020
   
Dollars
    
%
   
2020
   
2019
   
Dollars
   
%
 
Interest expense including amortization of debt issuance
   $ (16,155   $ (18,359     2,204        (12 )%    $ (23,493   $ (24,785     1,292       (5 )% 
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     5,281       (3,482     8,763        (252 )%      (7,485     235       (7,720     (3,285 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total other income (expense)
  
$
(10,874
 
$
(21,841
 
 
10,967
 
  
 
(50
)% 
 
$
(30,978
 
$
(24,550
 
 
(6,428
 
 
(26
)% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The decrease in other expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, was primarily due to a decrease in our interest expense which was a result of a reduction in London InterBank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) compared to the prior period (KORE’s term loans are indexed to LIBOR) plus a $8.8 million decrease in the expense related to the change in fair value of our warrant liability.
The increase in other expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to a $7.7 million increase in expense related to the change in fair value of our warrant liability. This increase was partially offset by a $1.3 million decrease in our interest expense which decreased because of a reduction in LIBOR rates compared to the prior year.
Income taxes
(in ‘000)
 
    
For nine months ended
   
For the years ended
 
    
September 30,
   
Change
   
December 31,
   
Change
 
    
2021
   
2020
   
Dollars
   
%
   
2020
   
2019
   
Dollars
    
%
 
Provision for (benefit from) income
   $ (7,628   $ (5,376     (2,252     42   $ (5,318   $ (12,941     7,623        (59 )% 
 
57

Table of Contents
The change to the income tax benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the income tax benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to changes in the jurisdictional mix of earnings period over period.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recognized an income tax benefit of $5.3 million and $12.9 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.
The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to a federal and state deferred tax benefit of $4.8 million, a foreign deferred tax benefit of $1.5 million, a federal and state current income tax expense of $0.5 million, and a foreign current income tax expense of $0.5 million. This aggregate income tax benefit of $5.3 million includes $0.2 million of reserves provided for unrecognized tax benefits.
The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to a federal and state deferred tax benefit of $10.7 million, a foreign deferred tax benefit of $0.8 million, a federal and state current income tax benefit of $1.2 million, and a foreign current income tax benefit of $0.3 million. This aggregate income tax benefit of $12.9 million includes a reversal of $0.9 million of reserves provided for unrecognized tax benefits.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Our liquidity requirements arise from our working capital needs, our obligations to make scheduled payments of interest on our indebtedness and our need to fund capital expenditures to support our current operations and to facilitate growth and expansion. We have financed our operations and expansion with a combination of debt and equity.
At September 30, 2021, we had total equity of $284.0 million, net of an accumulated deficit of $(126.2) million. Our primary sources of liquidity consist of cash and cash equivalents totaling $72.7 million and a Revolving Credit Facility of $30.0 million of which the full $30.0 million was available for use for working capital and general business purposes. We believe this will be sufficient to provide working capital, make interest payments and make capital expenditures to support operations and facilitate growth and expansion for the next twelve months.
Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of agreements governing our indebtedness. Subject to the full terms and conditions under the agreements governing our indebtedness, we may be permitted to make dividends and distributions under such agreements if there is no event of default and
certain pro-forma financial
ratios (as defined by such agreements) are met.
In July 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that it would no longer require banks to submit rates for the LIBOR after 2021. In November 2020, the ICE Benchmark Administration (IBA), LIBOR’s administrator, proposed extending the publication of USD LIBOR through June 2023. Subsequently, in March of 2021, IBA stated it will cease publication of certain LIBOR rates after December 31, 2021. USD LIBOR rates that do not cease on December 31, 2021 will continue to be published through June 30, 2023. The Company has reviewed its debt facilities and continues to evaluate commercial contracts that may utilize LIBOR as the reference rate. The Company will continue its assessment and monitor regulatory developments during the transition period.
Cash flows from operating activities
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, operating activities used $9.4 million and provided $18.7 million of cash, respectively. The decrease in cash used by operating activities was primarily impacted by
 
58

Table of Contents
increases in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other receivables, and inventories of $12.5 million, $5.1 million, and $6.5 million, respectively, as a result of Integron contributing an increase of $18.2 million in revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the same period in the prior year.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, operating activities provided $26.5 million and $14.3 million of cash flows, respectively. The increase in cash provided by operating activities resulted primarily from the growth of our overall business organically and because of the acquisition of Integron in November 2019. This growth in our business resulted in greater cash collections from customers which was offset by increased cash employee and vendor expenses. Cash paid for interest decreased by $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 due to a lower LIBOR interest rate. In the year ended December 31, 2020, we also had a net benefit from working capital management, and while accounts receivable and inventories increased to support the growth of the business, these were offset by increased vendor payables.
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash used in our investing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $9.8 million and $9.3 million, respectively, resulting primarily from capital expenditures during the period related to technology equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software.
Cash used in our investing activities in 2020 was $11.6 million, resulting primarily from capital expenditures during the period related to technology equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software.
Cash used in our investing activities in 2019 was $50.4 million, resulting from capital expenditures during the period related to equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software of $12.9 million and an additional $37.5 million related to the acquisition of lntegron LLC.
Cash flows from financing activities
Cash provided in our financing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $81.8 million, primarily from net proceeds from long-term debt of $82.6 million and net proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $223.0 million, offset by the settlement of preferred stock of $229.9 million, repayment of long-term debt of $2.4 million, repayment of related party note of $1.5 million, and payment of capital lease obligations of $0.8 million.
Cash used in our financing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was $6.1 million, primarily due to draw of our revolving credit facility of $21.7 million, offset by term loan principal payments of $2.4 million, revolving credit facility repayments of $25.0 million, $0.1 million capital lease repayment, and repurchase of common stock of $0.2 million.
Cash used in our financing activities in 2020 was $12.7 million, primarily due to repayment of revolving credit facility of $8.3 million, and $3.5 million of term loan principal payments.
Cash provided by our financing activities in 2019 was $37.0 million, primarily due to proceeds of $35.0 million received from a term loan to finance the acquisition of Integron, and $8.1 million from revolving credit facility. These were partially offset by $2.1 million of deferred financing fees from the incremental term loan issued in 2019, and by term loan principal payments of $2.9 million.
Future Liquidity and Capital Resource Requirements
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents along with expected cash flows from operating activities and additional funds available under our Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient over the next 12 months to provide working capital, cover interest payments on our debt facilities and fund growth initiatives, and capital expenditures.
 
59

Table of Contents
As of September 30, 2021, the Company has a total of $16.2 million of supplier and carrier-related purchase and lease commitments and a total of $0.8 million of scheduled debt principal payments relating to the term loan with UBS for the remainder of the year ended December 31, 2021.
Additionally, the Company has a total of $17.1 million of supplier and carrier-related purchase & lease commitments for the years ended December 31, 2022 through 2025. We also have scheduled debt payments relating to the term loan with UBS of $3.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2022 through 2024, with all outstanding principal due on December 24, 2024.
From 2021 to 2025, KORE expects to fund supplier and carrier-related purchase & lease commitments - all of which are costs of operating the business - entirely from cash inflows from its customers. We currently expect that the excess cash flows after paying the abovementioned contractual commitments, as well as other costs of business, such as payroll, costs incurred on suppliers and carrier spend (which is not currently committed contractually in addition to the committed spend), interest and taxes - will be sufficient to meet outstanding debt principal payments from 2021 to 2023.
The outstanding principal on our term loan is dependent on the future growth of KORE’s business. The working capital needed to fund such growth net of the abovementioned excess of customer inflows with respect to the outflows from the abovementioned expenses of the business may or may not be sufficient to pay off the final balloon payment on the outstanding principle on December 24, 2024. In the event the outstanding principal is not fully paid off by December 24, 2024, when the balloon payment is due, KORE expects to refinance this debt. KORE may consider refinancing the debt well in advance of December 24, 2024 and may do so to take advantage of favorable credit markets, to reduce interest rates and to extend the maturity.
Notably, additional capital may be needed to fund future Mergers & Acquisitions.
Key activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
 
   
The Company closed the Business Combination on September 30, 2021, resulting in a net increase in cash of $63.2 million and a recapitalization of the Company’s equity structure.
 
   
The Company used $9.4 million and provided $18.7 million of cash flows from operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
 
   
The Company’s investment activity used $9.8 million and $9.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, resulting primarily from capital expenditures during the period related to technology equipment, software licenses, and internally developed software.
 
   
The Company drew $25.0 and $21.7 million on and repaid $25.0 and $25.0 million of its revolving line of credit during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Key activities during the years 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
 
   
The Company generated $26.5 million and $14.3 million of cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
   
The Company invested $10.1 million and $10.5 million to internally develop computer software (either through internal employees or third-party service providers) for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
   
On November 12, 2019, the Company amended its term loan with UBS in order to raise an additional $35 million. Under the amended agreement, the maturity date of the term loan (December 21, 2024) and interest rate (LIBOR plus 5.5%) remained unchanged. However, the quarterly principal repayment changed to $0.8 million. The principal and quarterly interest are paid on the last business day of each quarter, except at maturity. The Company used the additional term loan to finance the Integron Acquisition. The Company also drew $8.1 million from its revolving credit facility primarily to finance the Integron Acquisition and to support its operations immediately following the acquisition.
 
60

Table of Contents

   
On November 22, 2019, the Company completed the Integron Acquisition for cash consideration of $37.5 million and issuance of 4,118 shares of common stock.
 
   
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repaid $8.3 million of its revolving credit facility.
Non-GAAP Financial
Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following
non-GAAP
measures are useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use the following
non-GAAP
financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that
non-GAAP
financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
“EBITDA” is defined as net income (loss) before other
non-operating
expense or income, income tax expense or benefit, and depreciation and amortization. “Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as EBITDA adjusted for unusual and other significant items that management views as distorting the operating results from period to period. Such adjustments may include stock-based compensation, integration and acquisition-related charges, tangible and intangible asset impairment charges, certain contingent liability reversals, transformation, and foreign currency transaction gains and losses. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. We believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing the Company’s financial measures with those of comparable companies, which may present similar
non-GAAP
financial measures to investors. However, you should be aware that when evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA we may incur future expenses similar to those excluded when calculating these measures. In addition, our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or
non-recurring
items. Our computation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same fashion.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods shown:
 
(in ‘000)
  
For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
 
Net loss
   $ (12,474   $ (19,474
Income tax expense (benefit)
     (7,628     (5,376
Interest expense
     16,155       18,359  
Depreciation and amortization
     37,947       38,884  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
EBITDA
  
 
34,000
 
 
 
32,393
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Change in fair value of warrant
liabilities (non-cash)
     (5,281     3,482  
Transformation expense
     6,174       5,448  
Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs
     7,290       3,399  
Stock-based
compensation (non-cash)
     4,564       846  
Foreign currency loss
(gain) (non-cash)
     (163     (1,356
Other
     390       289  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  
$
46,974
 
 
$
44,501
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
61

Table of Contents
Transformational expenses are related to the implementation of our strategic transformation plan, which include the costs of a
re-write
of our core technology platform, expenses incurred to design certain new IoT solutions and
“go-to-market”
capabilities.
Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 relate to legal, accounting, advisory, and other professional services costs associated with the Integron Acquisition and Integron’s integration into KORE, certain synergies related to our acquisitions, certain
one-time
severance costs associated with our transformation, and accounting and advisory fees related to the Business Combination. The Business Combination is the primary driver of the increase in acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs period over period.
 
    
For the years ended
December 31,
 
(in 000’s)
  
2020
   
2019
 
Net loss
   $ (35,201   $ (23,443
Income tax expense (benefit)
     (5,318     (12,941
Interest expense
     23,493       24,785  
Depreciation and amortization
     52,488       48,131  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
EBITDA
  
 
35,462
 
 
 
36,532
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Intangible asset impairment loss
     —         3,892  
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
(non-cash)
     7,485       (235
Transformation expense
     7,354       8,959  
Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs
     5,709       6,475  
Contingent carrier liability reversal
(non-cash)
     —         (3,984
Sales tax liability reversal
(non-cash)
     —         (2,200
VAT liability reversal
(non-cash)
     —         (1,456
Stock-based compensation
(non-cash)
     1,161       1,682  
Other income tax liability reversal
(non-cash)
     80       121  
Foreign currency loss (gain)
(non-cash)
     233       1,440  
Other
     335       (341
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  
$
57,819
 
 
$
50,885
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA for 2019 does not include estimated pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of Integron for the portion of 2019 prior to its acquisition in November 2019, which is estimated by KORE based on Integron financial information available at the time of the acquisition to be approximately $7.5 million. Adjusted EBITDA in 2019 and 2020 does not include any estimated increase in the
on-going
cost base of KORE to reflect the costs associated with being a public company.
Intangible asset impairment loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 relates to impairment of certain software acquired in a business combination that we determined to be obsolete due to the expected sunsetting of 2G and 3G networks by certain carriers.
Transformation expenses decreased $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Transformational expenses are related to the implementation of our strategic transformation plan, which include the costs of
a re-write of
our core technology platform, expenses incurred to design certain new IoT solutions
and “go-to-market” capabilities.
Acquisition and integration-related restructuring costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 relate to legal, accounting, advisory, and other professional services costs associated with the Integron Acquisition and Integron’s integration into KORE, certain synergies related to our acquisitions and certain
one-time
severance costs associated with our transformation.
 
62

Table of Contents
Contingent carrier liability reversal, sales tax liability reversal, VAT liability reversal, and other income tax liability reversal for the year ended December 31, 2019 relate primarily to the release of certain liability reserves.
Concentration of Credit Risk
and Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited in accounts at large financial institutions, and amounts may exceed federally insured limits. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial strength of the depository institutions in which the cash and cash equivalents are held.
The Company has a total of $34.6 million of purchase and lease commitments payable that are not recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet as of September 30, 2021. Additionally, the Company has $0.4 million standby letter of credit and bank guarantees as of September 30, 2021. The Company has no other financial instruments or commitments with
off-balance-sheet
risk of loss.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.
While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to understanding our financial condition and historical and future results of operations:
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue primarily from IoT Connectivity and IoT Solutions. IoT Connectivity arrangements provide customers with secure and reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices through various mobile network carriers. Revenue from IoT Connectivity consists of monthly recurring charges (“
MRC’s
”) and overage/usage charges, and contracts are generally short-term in nature (
i.e.
,
month-to-month
arrangements). Customers generally may cancel with 30 days’ notice without substantive cost or fees. Revenue for MRC’s and overage/usage charges are recognized over time as the Company satisfies the performance obligation (generally starting when an enrolled device is activated on the Company’s platform). MRC’s are billed monthly in advance (generally in the last week of a month); any amounts billed for which the service has not been provided as of the balance sheet dates are reported as a contract liability and components of deferred revenue. Overage/usage charges are billed in arrears on a monthly cycle. Overage/usage charges are evaluated on a monthly basis, and any overage/usage charges determined by management as unlikely to be collected due to a customer disputing the charge or due to a concession are reserved. Reserved items are written off when deemed uncollectible or recognized as revenue if collected. Certain IoT Connectivity customers also have the option to purchase products and/or equipment (
e.g.
, subscriber identification module or “SIM” cards, routers, phones, or tablets) from us on an as needed basis. Product sales to IoT Connectivity customers are recognized when control is transferred to the customer, which is typically upon shipment of the product.
 
63

Table of Contents
IoT Solutions arrangements includes device solutions (including connectivity), deployment services, and/or technology-related professional services. We evaluate each IoT Solutions arrangement to determine the contract for accounting purposes. If a contract contains more than one performance obligation, we allocate consideration to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling prices of each performance obligation. Standalone selling prices are based on analyses performed by management based on readily observable prices or utilizing a cost-plus-margin approach if prices are not observable. Hardware, deployment services, and connectivity services generally have readily observable prices. The standalone selling price of our warehouse management services (which is associated with our
bill-and-hold
inventory and determined to be immaterial as discussed below) was determined using a cost-plus-margin approach with the primary assumptions including Company profit objectives, internal cost structure, and current market trends. Device and other hardware sales in IoT Solutions arrangements are generally accounted for as separate contracts since the customer is not obligated to purchase additional services when committing to the purchase of any products. Such sales are typically recognized upon shipment to the customer. However, in certain contracts, the customer has requested us to hold the products ordered for later shipment to the customer’s remote location or to the customer’s end user as a part of a vendor managed inventory model. In these situations, we have concluded that transfer of control to the customer occurs prior to shipment. In these
“bill-and-hold”
arrangements, the right to invoice, transfer of legal title and transfer of the risk and rewards associated with the products occurs when we receive the hardware from a third party vendor and have deemed it to be functional. Additionally, the products are identified both physically and systematically as belonging to a specific customer, are usable by the customer, and are only shipped, used, or disposed as directed by the specific customer. Based on these factors, we recognize revenue on
bill-and-hold
hardware when the hardware is received by us and deemed functional.
Deployment services consist of us preparing hardware owned by a customer for use by a customer’s end user. Deployment and connectivity may both be included within a single IoT Solutions contract and are considered separate performance obligations. While consideration for deployment services is generally fixed when ordered by the client, consideration for connectivity services is variable and solely related to the connectivity services. Therefore, the fixed consideration is allocated to the deployment services and is recognized as revenue when the services are provided (
i.e.
, when the related hardware is shipped to the customer). Connectivity within IoT Solutions contracts are recognized similar to the IoT Connectivity as described above, since such contracts are generally short term in nature and variability is resolved each month as the services are provided.
Professional services are generally provided over a contract term of one to two months. Revenue is recognized over time on an input method basis (typically, based on hours completed to date and an estimate of total hours to complete the project).
Accounting for business combinations
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their respective fair values on the date of acquisition. We assign fair value of the consideration paid to the underlying net assets of the acquired business based on their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded to goodwill. Intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of the asset. We recognize acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs separately from the business combination and expense as incurred. All changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period are recognized as a component of provision for income taxes. We make significant assumptions and estimates in determining the preliminary estimated purchase price and the preliminary allocation of the estimated purchase in the consolidated financial statements. These preliminary estimates and assumptions are subject to change as we finalize the valuations. The final valuations may change significantly from the preliminary estimates. Fair value determinations and useful life estimates are based on, among other factors, estimates of expected future cash flows from revenue of the intangible assets acquired, estimates of appropriate discount rates used to calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired, customer attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness, and
 
64

Table of Contents
other factors. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience, information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and future expectations. For these and other reasons, actual results may vary significantly from estimated results. During the preliminary purchase price measurement period, which may be up to one year from the business combination date, we will record adjustments to the provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. After the preliminary purchase price measurement period, we will record adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed subsequent to the purchase price measurement period in our operating results in the period in which the adjustments were determined.
Internal Use Software
Certain costs of platform and software applications developed for internal use are capitalized as intangible assets. Capitalization of costs begins when two criteria are met: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed (
i.e.
, application development stage) and (ii) it is probable that the software will be completed and used for its intended function. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Costs incurred for maintenance, minor upgrades and enhancements are recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. Costs related to preliminary project activities and postimplementation operating activities are also recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. The Company amortizes the capitalized costs on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. The average useful life for capitalized internal use computer software is between
3-5 years.
Capitalized internal use computer software, net of accumulated amortization, was $24.5 million and $23.2 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and was included in intangible assets.
Intangible Assets
Identifiable intangible assets acquired individually or as part of a group of other assets are initially recognized and measured at cost. The cost of a group of intangible assets acquired in a transaction, including those acquired in a business combination that meet the specified criteria for recognition apart from goodwill, is the sum of the individual assets acquired based on their acquisition date fair values. The cost incurred to enhance the service potential of an intangible asset is capitalized as a betterment.
Identifiable intangible assets comprise assets that have a definite life. Customer relationship intangibles are recognized on an accelerated basis and the other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
 
Customer Relationships
     10-13 years  
Technology
     5-9 years  
Carrier Contracts
     10 years  
Trademarks
     9-10 years  
Non-compete agreements
     3 years  
Internally developed and computer acquired software
     3-5 years  
As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company determined that there were no indicators of impairment and did not recognize any impairment of its intangible assets. As of December 31, 2019, the Company determined that there was an indicator of impairment and recognized a $3.9 million impairment on its acquired computer software.
Goodwill
Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested
 
65

Table of Contents
for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment, or one level below the operating segment. We operate in one operating segment, which is our only reporting unit.
We test for an indication of goodwill impairment on December 31st of each year or when indicators of impairment exist. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not the fair value of the reporting units is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors that we consider include macroeconomics conditions such as geographical location and fluctuations in foreign exchange, industry and market conditions, financial performance, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, unanticipated competition, entity-specific events and share price trends. If, based on the evaluation, we determine that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Under a quantitative test, we obtain a third-party valuation of the fair value of the reporting unit. Assumptions we use in the fair value calculation include revenue growth and profitability, terminal values, discount rates, and implied control premium. Impairments, if any, are recorded to the statement of operations in the period the impairment is recognized. As of September 30, 2021, September 30, 2020, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019 the Company determined there were no indicators of impairment and did not recognize any impairment of its goodwill.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
We recognize the financial statement effect of an uncertain income tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred income tax assets to an amount, which in the opinion of management is more likely than not to be realized.
Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. We consider factors such as the cumulative income or loss in recent years; reversal of deferred tax liabilities; projected future taxable income exclusive of temporary differences; the character of the income tax asset, including income tax positions; tax planning strategies and the period over which we expect the deferred tax assets to be recovered in the determination of the valuation allowance. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust our estimates in the future, we may need to adjust our valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.
Stock based compensation
Our share-based compensation plans consist of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “
Plan
”), under which the board is authorized to grant stock options to eligible employees, and directors of the Company. See “Note 10—
Share-Based Payment and Related Stock Option Plan”
in our accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for information on the Plan and related stock options.
We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the fair value of each option award on the date of grant, which uses assumptions for expected volatility, expected dividends, expected term, and the risk-free interest rate. We expense the fair value of the option awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.
 
66

Table of Contents
Recent accounting pronouncements
As an emerging growth company (“
EGC
”), the JOBS Act allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act until such time the Company is no longer considered to be an EGC.
See Note 2 to the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for more information about recent accounting pronouncements, the timing of their adoption, and our assessment, to the extent we have made one, of their potential impact on our financial condition and our results of operations.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of business, including sensitivities as follows:
Interest Rate Risk
As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $72.7 million and $10.3 million, respectively, and restricted cash of $0.4 million and $0.4 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than 90 days or the ability to redeem amounts on demand. Restricted cash consist primarily of cash deposits held with financial institutions for letters of credit and is not available for general corporate purposes. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. We estimate a 100 basis- point change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our interest revenue on an annualized basis.
We are subject to risk from fluctuations in the interest rates related to our long-term debt. The interest rates are based upon the applicable LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin for such loans or the lender’s base rate plus an applicable margin for such loans. Based on September 30, 2021 estimated LIBOR rates, we estimate a 100 basis point change in the LIBOR rate would have a $3.9 million impact on our interest expense on an annualized basis. Based on December 31, 2020 estimated LIBOR rates, we estimate a 100 basis- point change in the LIBOR rate would have a $3.1 million impact on our interest expense on an annualized basis.
Exchange Rate Risk
Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, although we transact business in various foreign locations and currencies. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. As a result, their reported financial results could be significantly affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates upon translation to U.S. dollars. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against other currencies, the translated value of the foreign functional currency income and expense amounts results in lower net income (or lower net loss). When the U.S. dollar weakens, the translated value of the foreign functional currency income and expense amounts results in higher net income (or higher net loss). Our reported results are therefore adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to major currencies worldwide when foreign operations are net profitable.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, we recognized average net loss of $11.9 million per nine month period from operations located outside the U.S., virtually all of which was originally accounted for in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Upon translation into U.S. dollars, such reported net income would have increased or decreased, assuming a hypothetical 10% change in weighted-average foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, by approximately $1.2 million. Similarly, during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recognized average net income of $2.7 million per year from operations located outside the U.S., virtually all of which was originally accounted for in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Upon translation
 
67

Table of Contents
into U.S. dollars, such reported net income would have increased or decreased, assuming a hypothetical 10% change in weighted- average foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, by approximately $0.3 million
 
68

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT
The following sets forth certain information, as of the date hereof, concerning the persons who serve as our directors and executive officers.
 
Name
  
Age
  
Title
Romil Bahl
   53   
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Paul Holtz
   45   
Senior Vice President of Corporate Performance, Planning and Analytics and Interim Chief Financial Officer
Bryan Lubel
   57   
Executive Vice President, Connected Health
Cheemin
Bo-Linn
   67   
Director
Timothy M. Donahue
   72   
Director
Chan W. Galbato
   58   
Director
Robert P. MacInnis
   55   
Director
Michael K. Palmer
   35   
Director
Tomer
Yosef-Or
   42   
Director
Executive Officers
Romil Bahl.
Mr. Bahl serves as our President, Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Bahl brings 30 years of experience delivering high growth among SaaS and IoT companies and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of KORE since October 2017. Prior to joining KORE, Mr. Bahl served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lochbridge, a leading technology consulting and solutions provider in the IoT and digital enablement space, from November 2015 to October 2017. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Global Industries for Computer Sciences Corporation, a global provider of information technology and professional services and solutions, where he managed a ~$9B business from April 2014 to November 2015, and as Chief Executive officer of PRGX Global, Inc., a data focused analytics company, from January 2009 to November 2013. Mr. Bahl has also had leadership roles at A.T. Kearney, Infosys and Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Bahl holds a Masters of Business Administration from The University of Texas at Austin and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the Directorate of Marine Engineering & Technology in Kolkata, West Bengal, India.
Mr. Bahl’s qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his nearly 30 years of experience working with SaaS and IoT companies, his deep expertise in managing companies in the IoT and technology solutions space and his leadership skills developed over his career with various companies.
Paul Holtz.
Mr. Holtz serves as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Performance, Planning and Analytics and Interim Chief Financial Officer. He has served as Interim Chief Financial Officer since November 2021 and as a Vice President of Corporate Performance, Planning and Analytics since May 2017. Prior to joining KORE, Mr. Holtz held several roles at BlackBerry from 2004 to 2017, including, most recently, as the Head of Finance in the Office of the Chief Operating Officer, a position he held from August 2014 until April 2017. Mr. Holtz holds Bachelor of Business Administration from Wilfrid Laurier University.
Bryan Lubel.
Mr. Lubel serves as our Executive Vice President of Connected Health. Mr. Lubel has served as Executive Vice President of Connected Health since January 2021, and Executive Vice President of IoT Managed Services at Kore from November 2019 to December 2020. Prior to joining KORE, Mr. Lubel served as President of Integron Inc., a leading IoT Managed Services provider in the healthcare and life sciences market, from January 2008 to November 2019. Previously, he served as Vice President and General Manager of North American Office Services—Xerox Global Services, the leading provider of enterprise document managed services, from April 2006 to January 2008. Mr. Lubel served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Gyricon, LLC, a technology spinout of Xerox’s famed PARC laboratories (Palo Alto Research Center) where
 
69

Table of Contents
SmartPaper
TM
was developed from August 2003 to January 2006. Mr. Lubel has also had leadership roles at Xerox Corp., The Sutherland Group Ltd, Ziff-Davis Education Inc. and Compaq Computer Corp. Mr. Lubel holds a B.S. of Business Administration – Management Information Systems from The State University of New York at Fredonia.
Non-Employee
Directors
Cheemin
Bo-Linn.
 Dr. Bo-Linn
serves as member of our board of directors.
Dr. Bo-Linn
is the Chief Executive Officer of Peritus Partners Inc., a global analytics and valuation accelerator company which provides strategy and operations expertise in information technology, cybersecurity resolution, financial structures, and digital marketing for various companies and has held this position since January 2013. From September 2010 to November 2012,
Dr. Bo-Linn
was Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Revenue Officer at NetLine Corporation, an internet digital content syndication network and mobile applications company. Prior to NetLine Corporation,
Dr. Bo-Linn
held a number of senior executive roles including at IBM as Vice-President, and other roles with responsibilities ranging from strategy to finance, investments, digital transformation, and marketing and sales, across storage, cloud software, consumer products, and consulting services.
Dr. Bo-Linn
presently serves as Lead Independent Board of Director of Blackline Safety Corp., a public company and global SaaS leader in IoT connected worker technologies and gas
detection. Dr. Bo-Linn
was previously elected as board of director of multiple private and midcap public companies in
e-commerce
retail, manufacturing and distribution, telecommunications, SaaS software, and marketing, including serving as the Audit Chair on two public company’s board of directors.
Dr. Bo-Linn
holds a Doctorate of Education in “Computer-based Management Information Systems and Organizational Change” from the University of Houston.
Dr. Bo-Linn’s
qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include her extensive knowledge of the IoT industry and experience as audit chair and executive and director of private and public high growth technology and SaaS companies.
Timothy M. Donahue.
Mr. Donahue serves as member of our board of directors. Mr. Donahue served as the Chief Executive Officer of Nextel Communications Inc., a nationwide wireless telecommunications company, from 1999 until 2005, when Nextel was merged with Sprint Corporation to form Sprint Nextel Corporation. Thereafter, and until 2006, Mr. Donahue was the Executive Chairman of Sprint Nextel and the Chairman of the Sprint Nextel Corporation. From 1996 until his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Donahue served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Nextel. During his tenure at Nextel, Nextel experienced significant improvements in financial performance, including significant growth in revenue and EBITDA. Over that same period, the market capitalization of the company increased from approximately $16 billion to approximately $40 billion. Mr. Donahue started his telecommunications career with McCaw Cellular in 1986 as president of its paging division. Mr. Donahue is currently a member of the board of directors of Ligado Networks (wireless network), and AURA Network Systems (communications), and former member of the board of directors of NVR Inc. (home builder). Mr. Donahue is a former director of ADT Corporation (home security); Covidien plc (medical devices); Eastman Kodak Company (imaging); Nextel Partners Inc. (telecommunications); and Tyco International Ltd. (diversified). Mr. Donahue also served on the board of John Carroll University and is the former chairman of the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association. In 2004, Institutional Investor Magazine honored Mr. Donahue as the best chief executive officer in the telecommunications services and wireless sector based on ratings by investors and brokerage firm analysts. Mr. Donahue received his BA in English Literature from John Carroll University.
Mr. Donahue’s qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his deep IoT industry knowledge and experience in leadership roles at numerous wireless and telecommunications companies. Mr. Donahue has previously served on the boards of both public and private companies.
Chan W. Galbato.
Mr. Galbato serves as member of our board of directors. Mr. Galbato is the Chief Executive Officer of Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company LLC. He oversees the platform’s operating executives
 
70

Table of Contents
and functional experts to integrate operating expertise within Cerberus’ portfolio companies and investment strategies. He serves on the board of directors of various Cerberus portfolio companies, including Albertsons, Electrical Components International, FirstKey Homes and Staples Solutions. He also is a Board member for Blue Bird, a former Cerberus portfolio company where he previously served as Chairman, and AutoWeb. Mr. Galbato held Board memberships for prior Cerberus investments, including Chairman of Avon Products, Chairman of YP, Chairman of North American Bus Industries, Chairman of Guilford Mills, Director of Steward Health Care, Director of DynCorp International, Director of New Avon and Director of Tower International. Separately, he served as the Lead Director for Brady Corporation, a publicly-traded manufacturing company.
Prior to joining Cerberus in 2009, Mr. Galbato was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Controls Division of Invensys plc and separately, was the President of Services at The Home Depot. Mr. Galbato also held the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Armstrong Floor Products and prior to that, was the Chief Executive Officer of Choice Parts. He spent 14 years with General Electric, holding several operating and Finance leadership positions within their various industrial divisions as well as holding the role of President and Chief Executive Officer of Coregis, a GE Capital company.
Before beginning his corporate career, he played professional baseball with the Montreal Expos in their minor league system. Mr. Galbato graduated from the State University of New York and received an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.
Mr. Galbato’s qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his significant operational experience with large companies and prior service on the boards of various public and private companies.
Rob MacInnis.
Mr. MacInnis serves as member of our board of directors. Mr. MacInnis has worked at ABRY Partners since December 1998 where he is currently a Partner. Mr. MacInnis also currently serves on the board of directors of Aegis Sciences Corp. and Automated Healthcare Solutions. In the past, Mr. MacInnis has served on the board of Consolidated Theatres, RCN Cable, Sidera Networks, Network Communications, Inc., XAnd, Datapipe, North American Dental Group, Muzak LLC, Proquest, Psychological Services, Inc., and several others. Prior to working at ABRY Partners, Mr. MacInnis was a senior manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from June 1991 through May 1997. Mr. MacInnis graduated summa cum laude from Merrimack College with a B.S. in business and received an M.B.A. summa cum laude from Boston University.
Mr. MacInnis’ qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his significant transactional and management experience developed over his career with ABRY Partners.
Michael K. Palmer.
Mr. Palmer serves as member of our board of directors. Mr. Palmer is a Managing Director at Cerberus within Cerberus’ private equity platform, which invests in global companies across various industries and geographies. In this role, Mr. Palmer helps support Cerberus’ private equity investments in healthcare, telecommunications and technology companies. Mr. Palmer has assisted in the identification of opportunities to collaborate with innovative managers and invest in sectors undergoing transformation. Mr. Palmer has also contributed to the development of Cerberus’ investing practice in emerging markets and he currently serves on Cerberus’ Emerging Markets Investment Committee. Mr. Palmer is also on the board of directors of Stratolaunch, an American aerospace company that develops and operates technologies to fulfill national priorities; and AURA Network Systems, a company focused on developing a dedicated nationwide
air-to-ground
wireless communications network. Mr. Palmer previously served on the board of directors of Steward Health Care (an accountable care organization), Covis Pharma (a specialty pharmaceuticals company), PaxVax Global (a global specialty vaccines business), and Print Media Holdings (a division of YP Holdings, which was an advertising solutions platform that Cerberus carved out of AT&T). Mr. Palmer is a graduate of Duke University.
Mr. Palmer’s qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his significant management experience developed over his career with Cerberus and prior service on the boards of various companies.
 
71

Table of Contents
Tomer
Yosef-Or.
 Mr. Yosef-Or
serves as member of our board of directors.
Mr. Yosef-Or
is a Partner at ABRY Partners and joined the firm in 2005. Prior to joining ABRY Partners,
Mr. Yosef-Or
was a member of the Financial Institution Group at Bear Stearns Investment Banking Department. Previously, he was a member of the Securitization Transaction Group at Deloitte & Touche.
Mr. Yosef-Or
is involved in media, communications, and business information services investments in the datacenter, managed cloud, satellite communication, digital media, IoT, contact center software, and HCIT sectors.
Mr. Yosef-Or
currently serves as a director of Alvaria, MobileHelp, Options IT, and Recovery Point Systems. Previously,
Mr. Yosef-Or
served on the boards of Basefarm, CapRock, Casamba, CyrusOne, Datapipe, EMC, Hosted Solutions, Root Datacenters, Telx, Q9 Networks, and Xand.
Mr. Yosef-Or
is s an honors graduate of the Rutgers Business School New Brunswick Undergraduate Program.
Mr. Yosef-Or’s
qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his ability to provide the insight and perspectives of a former investment banker at one of the world’s largest investment banks. He brings experience with financing and capitalization strategies. His service on the boards of several private companies in diverse industries allows him to offer a broad perspective on risk management and operating issues facing corporations today.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among our directors and executive officers.
Composition of the Board of Directors
In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated bylaws, our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Our board of directors consists of 7 members. In accordance with the our charter, our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors are divided among the three classes as follows:
 
   
the Class I directors are Timothy Donahue and Cheemin
Bo-Linn
and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;
 
   
the Class II directors are Michael Palmer and Chan Galbato and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and
 
   
the Class III directors are Robert MacInnis, Tomer
Yosef-Or
and Romil Bahl and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.
As nearly as possible, each class will consist of
one-third
of the directors. From 2028, the board of directors will no longer be classified under Section 141(d) of the DGCL and the directors shall no longer be divided into three classes.
Timothy Donahue serves as Chairman of the our board of directors.
Director Independence
As a result of our common stock being listed on NYSE, we are required to comply with the applicable rules of such exchange in determining whether a director is independent. The parties undertook a review of the independence of the individuals named above and have determined that Cheemin
Bo-Linn,
Chan W. Galbato, Robert P. MacInnis and Tomer
Yosef-Or
qualify as “independent” as defined under the applicable NYSE rules. The listing standards of NYSE define an “independent director” as an individual who the board of directors affirmatively determines has no material relationship with the company, either directly or as an officer, partner or
 
72

Table of Contents
stockholder of a company that has a relationship with the company. Further, the NYSE Listed Company Manual warns that boards making independence determinations should “broadly consider all relevant facts and circumstances.” Additionally, audit committee members must meet certain criterion as defined for audit committee members under NYSE listing standards and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors directs the management of its business and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its business through meetings of the board of directors and standing committees. We have a standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operate under a written charter.
In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when the board deems it necessary or advisable to address specific issues. Copies of our committee charters will be posted on its website, www.korewireless.com, as required by applicable SEC and NYSE rules. The information on or available through any of such website is not deemed incorporated in this prospectus and does not form part of this prospectus.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Cheemin
Bo-Linn,
Michael Palmer and Chan Galbato, with Cheemin
Bo-Linn
serving as the chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Cheemin
Bo-Linn
and Chan Galbato meet the independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
Rule 10A-3
under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of NYSE. At the time of listing, the audit committee needs at least one independent director. However, within 90 days of listing, the audit committee shall be comprised by a majority of independent directors and at the one year anniversary of listing the audit committee will need to be comprised of all independent directors. In such regard, the board will appoint one new member to meet the independence criteria to comply with the listing requirements. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with NYSE audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment.
Our board of directors has determined that Cheemin
Bo-Linn
qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial literacy requirements of the NYSE rules. In making this determination, our board has considered Cheemin
Bo-Linn’s
formal education and previous and current experience in financial and accounting roles. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically will meet privately with our audit committee.
The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
 
   
appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
   
discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;
 
   
reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;
 
   
pre-approving
all audit and permissible
non-audit
services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
   
overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that the Company files with the SEC;
 
73

Table of Contents
   
reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and
 
   
establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Timothy Donahue, Robert MacInnis and Michael Palmer, with Timothy Donahue serving as the chair of the committee. All of the committee members are
non-employee
directors, as defined in Rule
16b-3
promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that at the time of listing only Robert MacInnis is “independent” as defined under the applicable NYSE listing standards, including the standards specific to members of a compensation committee. At the time of listing, the compensation committee needs at least one independent director. However, within 90 days of listing, the compensation committee shall be comprised by a majority of independent directors and at the one year anniversary of listing the compensation committee will need to be comprised of all independent directors. In such regard, the board will appoint new members to meet the independence criteria to comply with the listing requirements. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
 
   
reviewing and setting or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of our executive officers;
 
   
making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of our directors;
 
   
reviewing and approving or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity-based plans and arrangements; and
 
   
appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.
We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current NYSE listing standards.
Nominating and Governance Committee
The primary purposes of the nominating and governance committee of our board of directors is to assist our board in: (i) identifying individuals qualified to become new board of directors members, consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, (ii) reviewing the qualifications of incumbent directors to determine whether to recommend them for reelection and selecting, or recommending that the board of directors select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, (iii) identifying members of the board of directors qualified to fill vacancies on any board of directors committee and recommending that the board of directors appoint the identified member or members to the applicable committee, (iv) reviewing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance principles applicable to us, (v) overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management and (vi) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the committee by our board of directors from time to time.
The nominating and governance committee of the our board consists of Robert MacInnis, Tomer
Yosef-Or
and Cheemin
Bo-Linn,
each of whom qualifies as an independent director according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and NYSE with respect to nominating and governance committee membership. Robert MacInnis serves as chair of the nominating and governance committee.
Code of Ethics
We have a code of ethics that applies to all of its executive officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons
 
74

Table of Contents
performing similar functions. The code of ethics is available on our website, www.korewireless.com. We intend to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of its code of ethics on its website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form
8-K.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
We have corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. The corporate governance guidelines will be available on our website, www.korewireless.com.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity, other than KORE, that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors.
 
75

Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2020 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2020, the “named executive officers” and their positions with us were as follows:
 
   
Romil Bahl, President and Chief Executive Officer;
 
   
Puneet Pamnani, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and
 
   
Bryan Lubel, Executive Vice President, Connected Health.
Mr. Bahl serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer, Puneet Pamnani serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Bryan Lubel serves as our Executive Vice President, Connected Health.
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of the business combination may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
2020 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of the named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020:
 
Name and Principal Position
  
Salary ($)
    
Bonus
($)(1)
    
Option
Awards
($)
    
Non-Equity

Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
    
All Other
Compensation ($)(3)
    
Total ($)
 
Romil Bahl
     750,000        100,000.00        0.00        982,969.00        36,201.00        1,869,170  
President and Chief Executive Officer
                 
Puneet Pamnani
     330,000        0.00        0.00        490,174.00        23,213.00        843,387  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                 
Bryan Lubel
     330,000        0.00        0.00        417,966.00        8,137.00        756,103  
Executive Vice President, Connected Health
                 
 
(1)
Mr. Bahl entered into two retention bonus agreements with KORE Wireless on March 31, 2020 and October 31, 2020, pursuant to which he received a retention bonus in an amount equal to $100,000 in the aggregate (the “
Retention Bonus
”). The Retention Bonus was paid $50,000 on the first payroll date following March 31, 2020 and $50,000 on the first payroll date following October 31, 2020. Mr. Bahl is obligated to repay the net amount of the Retention Bonus if he voluntarily terminates his employment or upon a termination by KORE Wireless due to misconduct or poor performance within 2 years of the respective date of payment.
(2)
The amounts reported in this column represent annual cash bonuses to our named executive officers earned during the 2020 fiscal year, as further described below under “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — 2020 Bonuses.”
(3)
The amounts reported in this column represent (a) the aggregate matching contributions to the KORE 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan made by the Company that vested in 2020 and (b) health insurance premiums paid by the Company on behalf of each of our named executive officers.
 
76

Table of Contents
Narrative to Summary Compensation Table
2020 Salaries
In 2020, the named executive officers received an annual base salary to compensate them for services rendered to the Company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. The annual base salaries for Messrs. Bahl, Pamnani, and Lubel for 2020 were $750,000, $330,000 and $330,000, respectively, and the actual base salaries earned by our named executive officers for 2020 are set forth above in the “2020 Summary Compensation Table.”
2020
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation
Historically, we have incentivized our named executive officers, with annual cash bonuses that are intended to reward the achievement of corporate performance objectives. In 2020, our board of directors established the target percentage amounts for the cash bonuses for each of our named executive officers. For 2020, Messrs. Bahl, Pamnani, and Lubel were eligible to receive annual target cash bonuses of up to 75%, 85% and 75%, respectively, of their fiscal year 2020 base salaries. The actual amount of the annual bonus awarded to each named executive officer for 2020 performance is set forth above in the “2020 Summary Compensation Table” in the column entitled “
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation
.”
Equity Compensation
In connection with the business combination, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Incentive Plan in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers), consultants and other service providers of our Company and certain of our affiliates and to enable us to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success.
In addition, we granted certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, equity awards in connection with the business combination.
Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Plans
In 2020, the named executive officers participated in a 401(k) retirement savings plan maintained by KORE. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a
pre-tax
basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. In 2020, contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan were matched up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions on behalf of the named executive officers. These matching contributions are generally unvested as of the date on which the contribution is made, and vest 25% over a four-year period, subject to continued service. Our named executive officers will continue to participate in this 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees.
Employee Benefits and Perquisites
Health/Welfare Plans.
In 2020, the named executive officers participated in health and welfare plans maintained by KORE, including:
 
   
medical, dental and vision benefits for which the Company pays the full amount of the premiums on behalf of our named executive officers;
 
   
medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;
 
   
short-term and long-term disability insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance;
 
77

Table of Contents
   
life insurance; and
 
   
vacation and paid holidays.
No Tax
Gross-Ups
In 2020, KORE did not make
gross-up
payments to cover the named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by KORE.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal
Year-End
The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2020. Each equity award listed in the following table was granted under our 2014 equity incentive plan.
 
         
Option Awards
 
Name
 
Grant Date
   
Vesting
Commencement
Date
   
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
(1)
   
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
   
Option
Exercise Price
($)
   
Option
Expiration
Date
 
Romil Bahl
    May 7, 2018       April 1, 2018       1,840       2,760       1,000       May 7, 2028  
        1,840       2,760       1,750    
        1,840       2,760       2,500    
Puneet Pamnani
    May 7, 2018       April 1, 2018       460       690       1,000       May 7, 2028  
        460       690       1,750    
        460       690       2,500    
Bryan Lubel
    November 22, 2019       November 22, 2019       184       736       1,000       November 22, 2029  
        184       736       1,750    
        184       736       2,500    
 
(1)
The stock options are divided
pro-rata
among three class of stock options: (a) the Tranche A stock options, with an exercise price of $1,000, (b) the Tranche B stock options with an exercise price of $1,750 and (c) the Tranche C stock options, with an exercise price of $2,500. The stock options vest and become exercisable over a five-year period with respect to 20% of the shares underlying the stock option on each annual anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service. In connection with the business combination, Maple entered into an option cancellation agreement with each of the named executive officers under which each named executive officer agreed to forfeit all vested and unvested stock options in return for cash and shares of our common stock.
Executive Compensation Arrangements—Existing Employment Agreements
Romil Bahl Employment Agreement
On September 22, 2017, Mr. Bahl entered into an employment agreement with KORE Wireless to serve as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Bahl’s employment agreement provides for an initial five-year term ending on September 30, 2022, which term automatically renews for successive
one-year
periods unless either party provides written notice of
non-renewal
at least 30 days prior to the end of the applicable employment term. Mr. Bahl’s current base salary is $750,000 and the annual target bonus opportunity is 75% of base salary upon the achievement of 100% of the
pre-established
performance objectives as reasonably determined by our board
 
78

Table of Contents
of directors after consultation with Mr. Bahl. Mr. Bahl’s employment agreement also provides for reimbursement of reasonable business expenses (with airplane travel at business class level or above) and eligibility for other customary employee benefits.
If Mr. Bahl’s employment is terminated by KORE Wireless without “cause” or by Mr. Bahl for “good reason” (each as defined in Mr. Bahl’s employment agreement), in addition to the payment of accrued rights, Mr. Bahl will be entitled to, subject to his execution and
non-revocation
of a release of claims, (i) 12 months of continued base salary (as in effect as of the termination date), payable in installments in accordance with the normal payroll schedule, (ii) a pro rata bonus for the year during which the date of termination occurs, based on the number of days from the commencement of the KORE Wireless fiscal year until the date of termination of employment and based on actual results, payable when bonuses are otherwise paid for such year, and (iii) payment of the employer portion of his premium under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“
COBRA
”) for 12 months.
If Mr. Bahl’s employment is terminated due to his death or “disability” (as defined in Mr. Bahl’s employment agreement), Mr. Bahl will be entitled to his accrued rights, including any bonus earned but unpaid with respect to our fiscal year ending or preceding the date of termination, and any COBRA benefits to which he is entitled to by law at his sole expense.
Mr. Bahl’s employment agreement subjects Mr. Bahl to a perpetual confidentiality obligation, intellectual property assignment and
12-month
post-employment
non-competition
and
non-solicitation
covenants.
Puneet Pamnani Employment Agreement
On May 15, 2018, Mr. Pamnani entered into an employment agreement with KORE Wireless to serve as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Pamnani’s employment agreement provides for an initial five-year term, which is set to end on April 3, 2023 and the employment term automatically renews for successive
one-year
periods unless either party provides written notice of
non-renewal
at least 30 days prior to the end of the applicable employment term. Mr. Pamnani’s current base salary is $330,000 and the annual target bonus opportunity is 85% of base salary upon the achievement of 100% of the
pre-established
performance objectives as reasonably determined by the Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Pamnani is not entitled to any bonus if KORE Wireless does not achieve at least 90% of the
pre-established
performance objectives. Mr. Pamnani’s employment agreement also provides for reimbursement of reasonable business expenses (with airplane travel at business class level or above) and eligibility for other customary employee benefits.
If Mr. Pamnani’s employment is terminated by KORE Wireless without “cause” or by Mr. Pamnani for “good reason” (each as defined in Mr. Pamnani’s employment agreement), in addition to the payment of accrued rights, Mr. Pamnani will be entitled to, subject to his execution and
non-revocation
of a release of claims, (i) 12 months of continued base salary (as in effect as of the termination date), payable in installments in accordance with the normal payroll schedule, and (ii) payment of the employer portion of his premium under COBRA for 12 months.
If Mr. Pamnani’s employment is terminated due to his death or “disability” (as defined in Mr. Pamnani’s employment agreement), Mr. Pamnani will be entitled to his accrued rights, including any bonus earned but unpaid with respect to our fiscal year ending or preceding the date of termination, and any COBRA benefits to which he is entitled to by law at his sole expense.
Mr. Pamnani’s employment agreement subjects Mr. Pamnani to a perpetual confidentiality obligation, intellectual property assignment and
12-month
post-employment
non-competition
and
non-solicitation
covenants.
Bryan Lubel Employment Agreement
On November 22, 2019, Mr. Lubel entered into an employment agreement with KORE Wireless to serve as Executive Vice President, Healthcare IoT Solutions & Managed Services. Mr. Lubel’s employment agreement
 
79

Table of Contents
provides for an
“at-will”
employment relationship which can be terminated by either party pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.
As set forth in his employment agreement, Mr. Lubel’s base salary is $330,000 and the annual target bonus opportunity is 75% of base salary upon the achievement of 100% of the
pre-established
performance objectives as reasonably determined by the Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Lubel is not entitled to any bonus if KORE Wireless does not achieve at least 90% of the
pre-established
performance objectives. Mr. Lubel’s employment agreement also provides for reimbursement of reasonable business expenses and eligibility for other customary employee benefits.
If Mr. Lubel’s employment is terminated by KORE Wireless without “cause” or by Mr. Lubel for “good reason” (each as defined in Mr. Lubel’s employment agreement), in addition to the payment of accrued rights, Mr. Lubel will be entitled to, subject to his execution and
non-revocation
of a release of claims, (i) 12 months of continued base salary (as in effect immediately prior to such termination), payable in installments in accordance with the normal payroll schedule, and (ii) payment of the employer portion of his premium under COBRA for 12 months.
If Mr. Lubel’s employment is terminated due to his death or “disability” (as defined in Mr. Lubel’s employment agreement), Mr. Lubel will be entitled to his accrued rights, including any bonus earned but unpaid with respect to our fiscal year ending or preceding the date of termination, and any COBRA benefits to which he is entitled to by law at his sole expense.
Mr. Lubel’s employment agreement subjects Mr. Lubel to a perpetual confidentiality obligation, intellectual property assignment,
24-month
post-employment
non-competition
covenant and five-year post-employment
non-solicitation
covenant.
Equity Incentive Plan
Equity Awards Under the Incentive Plan
In connection with the business combination, our board of directors adopted the Incentive Plan. We have entered into individual letter agreements with each of our named executive officers, which provide each of them with a right to receive an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) under the Incentive Plan. The RSUs will not be awarded until the underlying shares of our common stock are registered under the Securities Act pursuant to an
S-8
filing, which will not be filed prior to 60 days following the Closing. Once granted, a portion of the RSUs will vest upon our common stock attaining a closing price equal to or greater than $13 per share and an additional portion of the RSUs will vest upon our common stock attaining a closing price equal to or greater than $15 per share and for Mr. Bahl only, an additional portion of the RSUs will vest upon our common stock attaining a closing price equal to or greater than $18 per share, in each case, determined on a per share basis and over any
20-trading
days within any 30 consecutive trading day period and not to exceed 100% of the RSUs granted to the named executive officers, subject to each named executive officer’s continued employment with KORE or a subsidiary. As a condition to the grant of RSUs, each of our named executive officer will become a party to the investors rights agreement, which will restrict each named executive officer’s ability to sell or transfer any interest in any of our common stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire our common stock for a period of 12 months following the Closing.
Director Compensation
We did not have any
non-employee
directors who received compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors during 2020. In connection with the business combination, the Company adopted a new compensation program for our
non-employee
directors, which is designed to provide competitive compensation necessary to attract and retain high quality
non-employee
directors.
 
80

Table of Contents
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our voting shares by:
 
   
each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting shares;
 
   
each of our executive officers and directors; and
 
   
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of November 16, 2021.
Percentage ownership of our voting securities is based on 71,989,432 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of November 16, 2021.
Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them.
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
)
  
Number
of KORE
Shares
    
%
 
CTAC Sponsor (our sponsor)
(1)
     6,970,342        9.7 %
Entities affiliated with ABRY Partners LLC
(2)(3)
     24,252,912        33.7 %
Dotmar Investments Limited
(4)
     4,000,711        5.6 %
TDJ Company LLC
(5)
     4,983,527        6.9 %
Directors and Executive Officers
     
Romil Bahl
     158,804        *  
Paul Holtz
     —          *  
Bryan Lubel
     18,171        *  
Cheemin Bo-Linn
     —          —    
Timothy M. Donahue
     —          —    
Chan W. Galbato
     —          —    
Robert P. MacInnis
     —          —    
Michael K. Palmer
     —          —    
Tomer Yosef-Or
     —          —    
All KORE directors and executive officers as a group (9 individuals)
     40,384,467        56.1 %
 
*
Less than one percent
(1)
Sponsor is the recordholder of the shares reported herein. The Sponsor is controlled by a board of managers comprised of Stephen A. Feinberg and Frank W. Bruno. Messrs. Feinberg and Bruno, as members of the board of managers of the Sponsor, have the sole right to exercise voting power with respect to the common stock held of record by the Sponsor, and have the sole right to consent to the transfer of such shares of common stock. The business address of the Sponsor is 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
(2)
21,500,782 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Partners VII, L.P. 1,240,202 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Partners VII
Co-Investment
Fund, L.P. 24,316 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P. 1,288,506 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Senior Equity IV, L.P. 199,106 of the shares reported herein are owned directly by ABRY Senior Equity
Co-Investment
Fund IV, L.P.P.
(3)
ABRY Partners VII, L.P., ABRY Partners VII
Co-Investment
Fund, L.P., ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity IV, L.P. and ABRY Senior Equity
Co-Investment
Fund IV, L.P. (collectively the “ABRY Funds”) are managed and/or controlled by ABRY Partners, LLC (“ABRY I”) and ABRY Partners
 
81

Table of Contents
  II, LLC (“ABRY II”) and/or their respective affiliates. ABRY I and ABRY II are investment advisors registered with the SEC. Royce Yudkoff, as managing member of ABRY I and sole member of certain of its affiliates, has the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P. Peggy Koenig and Jay Grossman, as equal members of ABRY II and of certain of its affiliates, have the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of the ABRY Funds. Each of the Messrs. Yudkoff, Messrs. Grossman and Mses. Koenig disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the ABRY Funds other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. The business address of ABRY is 888 Boylston Street, Suite 1600, Boston, Massachusetts.
(4)
Dotmar Investments Limited is the recordholder of the shares reported herein. Richard Burston, as Chairman of Dotmar Investments Limited, has the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of Dotmar Investments Limited. Richard Burston disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the Dotmar Investments Limited other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. The business address of Dotmar Investments Limited is First Floor, 7 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE2 3QA Channel Islands.
(5)
TDJ Company LLC is the recordholder of the shares reported herein. TDJ Company LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Terrdian CCPC. Terence Jarman, as President of Terrdian CCPC and Administrator of TDJ Company LLC, has the right to exercise investment and voting power on behalf of each of Terrdian CCPC and TDJ LLC. Mr. Jarman disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by the TDJ Company LLC, other than to the extent of any pecuniary interest he may have therein, directly or indirectly. The business address of TDJ Company LLC is 10 High Point Rd, Toronto, Ontario M3B 2A4, Canada.
 
82

Table of Contents
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
We are registering the resale of common stock to permit each of the selling securityholders identified below to resell or otherwise dispose of the common stock in the manner contemplated under “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus (as may be supplemented and amended). The Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the shares of common stock set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Securityholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Securityholders’ interest in the common stock other than through a public sale.
The following table is prepared based on information provided to us by the Selling Securityholders. The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Securityholders, and the aggregate number of shares of common stock that the Selling Securityholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus.
 
Name of Selling Security holders
  
Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned Prior
to the
Offering
    
Principal
Amount of
Exchangeable
Notes Owned
and Offered
Hereby
    
Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Underlying
Exchangeable
Notes
(1)
    
Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
After this
Offering
(2)
    
Percentage
of
Outstanding
Shares of
Common
Stock
 
Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP
(3)
     4,364,898      $ 43,438,000        3,475,040        676,443        *  
Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund Ltd.
(4)
     1,089,487      $ 7,771,000        621,680        352,474        *  
DBSO TRG Fund (A) L.P.
(5)
     279,772      $ 2,029,000        162,320        88,512        *  
Fortress Vintage Securities Fund LP
(6)
     489,702      $ 3,552,000        284,160        154,897        *  
Fortress Lending Fund II Holdings LP
(7)
     4,623,665      $ 57,200,000        4,576,000        47,665        *  
Fortress Lending Fund II MA-CRPTF LP
(8)
     485,809      $ 6,010,000        480,800        5,009        *  
Cowen Investments II LLC
(9)
     186,326        —          —          —          *  
Total
  
 
11,519,659
 
  
$
120,000,000
 
  
 
9,600,000
 
  
 
1,325,000
 
  
 
*
 
 
*
Less than 1%
(1)
Assumes for each $1,000 in principal amount of the Exchangeable Notes an exchange ratio, as of the date of this prospectus, of 80.000 ordinary share (based on the initial exchange price of $12.50 per share) upon exchange and full physical settlement of the $120,000,000 in aggregate initial principal amount of Exchangeable Notes. The number of common stock issuable upon exchange is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the indenture governing the Exchangeable Notes and described herein. The number of common stock registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part includes an indeterminate number of common stock that may be issued in connection with any share split, share dividend, dividend or other distribution, recapitalization or similar event or pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions set forth in the indenture governing the Exchangeable Notes in addition to such additional common stock potentially issuable in payment of interest on the Exchangeable Notes. However, additional common stock potentially issuable as a result of the foregoing or other adjustments to the exchange price are not included in the share amounts set forth in the table.
(2)
Assumes the sale of all common stock registered pursuant to this prospectus, although the selling securityholders are under no obligation known to us to sell any common stock at this time.
(3)
The number of shares reported herein consists of (i) 676,443 common stock; (ii) 115,333 common stock underlying warrants; and (iii) 621,680 common stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes held by Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP (“DBSO”). Drawbridge Special Opportunities Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DBSO Advisors”), is the investment manager of DBSO. As the Co-
 
83

Table of Contents
  Chief Investment Officers of DBSO Advisors, each of Peter L. Briger, Jr., Dean Dakolias, Drew McKnight and Joshua Pack participates in the voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by DBSO, but each of them disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, NY 10105.
(4)
The number of shares reported herein consists of (i) 352,474 common stock; (ii) 115,333 common stock underlying warrants; and (iii) 621,680 common stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes held by Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund Ltd. (“DBSO Ltd”). Drawbridge Special Opportunities Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“DBSO Advisors”), is the investment manager of DBSO Ltd. As the Co-Chief Investment Officers of DBSO Advisors, each of Peter L. Briger, Jr., Dean Dakolias, Drew McKnight and Joshua Pack participates in the voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by DBSO Ltd, but each of them disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, NY 10105.
(5)
The number of shares reported herein consists of (i) 88,512 common stock; (ii) 28,940 common stock underlying warrants; and (iii) 162,320 common stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes held by DBSO TRG Fund (A) L.P. (“TRG”). DBSO TRG Fund (A) Advisors LLC (“TRG Advisors”), is the investment manager of TRG, and TRG’s general partner is DBSO TRG Fund (A) GP LLC (“TRG GP”). As the Co-Chief Investment Officers of TRG Advisors and TRG GP, each of Peter L. Briger, Jr., Dean Dakolias, Drew McKnight and Joshua Pack participates in the voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by TRG, but each of them disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, NY 10105.
(6)
The number of shares reported herein consists of (i) 154,897 common stock; (ii) 50,645 common stock underlying warrants; and (iii) 284,160 common stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes held by Fortress Vintage Securities Fund LP (“Vintage”). Fortress Vintage Securities Fund Advisors LLC (“Vintage Advisors”), is the investment manager of Vintage and Fortress Vintage Securities Fund GP LLC (“Vintage GP”) is the general partner of Vintage. As the Co-Chief Investment Officers of Vintage Advisors and Vintage GP, each of Peter L. Briger, Jr., Dean Dakolias, Drew McKnight and Joshua Pack participates in the voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by Vintage, but each of them disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, NY 10105.
(7)
The number of shares reported herein consists of (i) 47,665 common stock; and (ii) 480,800 common stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes held by Fortress Lending Fund II Holdings LP (“Lending Fund”). Fortress Lending Advisors II LLC (“FLA Advisors II”) is the investment manager of Lending Fund. As the Co-Chief Investment Officers of FLF II Advisors, each of Andrew McKnight, Joshua Pack, Dominick Ruggiero and Aaron Blanchette participates in the voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by CRPTF, but each of them disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, NY 10105.
(8)
The number of shares reported herein consists of (i) 5,009 common stock; and (ii) 4,576,000 common stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes held by Fortress Lending Fund II MA-CRPTF LP (“CRPTF”). FLF II MA-CRPTF Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“FLF II Advisors”) is the investment manager of CRPTF. As the Co-Chief Investment Officers of FLA Advisors II, each of Andrew McKnight, Joshua Pack, Dominick Ruggiero and Aaron Blanchette participates in the voting and investment decisions with respect to the shares held by Lending Fund, but each of them disclaims beneficial ownership thereof. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, NY 10105.
(9)
The common stock report herein is held by Cowen Investments II LLC. As the sole member of Cowen Investments II LLC, RCG LV Pearl LLC may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned directly by Cowen Investments II LLC. As the sole member of RCG LV Pearl LLC, Cowen Inc. may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned directly by Cowen Investments II LLC. As Chief Executive Officer of Cowen Inc., Mr. Jeffrey Solomon may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned directly by Cowen Investments II LLC. Mr. Solomon disclaims beneficial ownership. The business address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 599 Lexington Ave., New York, NY 10022. Cowen Investments II LLC is an affiliate of Cowen and Company, LLC, a registered broker-dealer and FINRA member.
 
84

Table of Contents
Selling Securityholder information for each additional Selling Securityholder, if any, will be set forth by prospectus supplement to the extent required prior to the time of any offer or sale of such Selling Securityholder’s shares pursuant to this prospectus. To the extent permitted by law, a prospectus supplement may add, update, substitute or change the information contained in this prospectus, including the identity of each Selling Securityholder and the number of shares of common stock registered on its behalf. A Selling Securityholder may sell or otherwise transfer all, some or none of such shares of common stock in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
85

Table of Contents
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Indemnification Agreements
In connection with the Closing, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under the terms of such indemnification agreements, we are required to indemnify each of our directors and executive officers, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, if the basis of the indemnitee’s involvement was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was our director or officer or was serving at our request in an official capacity for another entity. We must indemnify our directors and executive officers against all reasonable direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including all other disbursements, obligations or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding. The indemnification agreements also require us to advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses that such director or executive officer incurred, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us.
Leasing and Professional Services Agreement
KORE TM Data Brasil Processamento de Dados Ltda., a wholly owned subsidiary of KORE, maintains a lease and a professional services agreement with a company controlled by a key member of such subsidiary’s management team.
Aggregated related party transactions, which have been recorded at the exchange amount, representing the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties, was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The amount was recorded under general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Upon the closing of the Business Combination on September 30, 2021, the Company repaid its outstanding loans of $1.6 million due to Interfusion B.V and T-Fone B.V., companies related though common ownership resulting from the acquisition of Aspider in 2018. The amounts outstanding at December 31, 2020 are recorded under due to related parties in the consolidated balance sheet. The amounts were as follows:
(in ‘000)
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
Interfusion B.V.
     —        $ 985  
T-Fone
B.V.
     —        $ 630  
Interest was accrued quarterly, at a fixed rate of 2.5%. The Company accrued interest of $0.03 million for both of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
Investor Rights Agreement
On September 30, 2021, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, we thereto entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with the Sponsor, certain stockholders of KORE and the other parties (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), setting forth the parties’ rights and obligations with respect to the designation, removal and replacement of directors of KORE and the registration for resale of certain shares of our common stock and other equity securities of KORE that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.
 
86

Table of Contents
Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
We have adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. A “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which KORE or any of its subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person” means:
 
   
any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or directors;
 
   
any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting stock;
 
   
any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling,
mother-in-law,
father-in-law,
son-in-law,
daughter-in-law,
brother
in-law
or
sister-in-law
of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting stock; and
 
   
any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal, or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
We have policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings it may have with its affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the disclosure of any real or potential conflicts of interest that may exist from time to time. Specifically, pursuant to its audit committee charter, the audit committee has the responsibility to review related party transactions.
 
87

Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES
The following summary of certain provisions of our securities does not purport to be complete and is subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the Warrant Agreement and the provisions of applicable law. Copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the Warrant Agreement are attached as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Capital Stock
Authorized and Outstanding Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 350,000,000 shares of capital stock, each with a par value of $0.0001, consisting of (a) 315,000,000 shares of common stock and (b) 35,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
Voting Power
Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders and shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of common stock will at all times vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of common stock under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Dividends
Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, dividends and distributions may be declared and paid ratably on the common stock out of our assets that are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as our Board in its discretion shall determine.
Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up
Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any shares of any outstanding series of preferred stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or
winding-up,
whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the company and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the common stock with respect to the distribution of assets upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company, the holders of common stock will be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the company available for distribution to stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.
Preemptive or Other Rights
The holders of common stock do not have preemptive or other subscription rights and there will be no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to common stock.
Preferred Stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes 35,000,000 shares of preferred stock and provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board
 
88

Table of Contents
authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board will be able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of our common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of the our board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have issued no preferred stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in the Transactions.
Warrants
Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of 12 months from the closing of the CTAC’s initial public offering and thirty (30) days after the completion of the Business Combination. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of our common stock. This means only a whole warrant may be exercised at a given time by a warrant holder. The warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
We are not obligated to deliver any shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of common stock is available, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis (unless permitted by us in certain circumstances specified in the Warrant Agreement), and we are not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a warrant, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised warrants, the purchaser of a unit containing such warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the share of our common stock underlying such unit.
Redemption of Warrants for Cash when the price per share of our common stock equals or exceeds $10.00
Once the warrants become exercisable, we may call the warrants for redemption:
 
   
in whole and not in part;
 
   
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of shares of our common stock except as otherwise described below;
 
   
if, and only if, the closing price of our common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per public share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock recapitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any twenty (20) trading days within the thirty (30)-trading day period ending three trading days before we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and
Beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given until the warrants are redeemed or exercised, holders may elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of shares of our common stock that a warrant holder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a
 
89

Table of Contents
redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of shares of our common stock on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their warrants and such warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on volume weighted average price of shares of our common stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide warrant holders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the
10-trading
day period described above ends.
The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant or the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted as set forth under the heading “—Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant. If the exercise price of a warrant is adjusted, (a) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the fifth paragraph under the heading “—Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price as set forth under the heading “—Anti-Dilution Adjustments” and the denominator of which is $10.00 and (b) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the second paragraph under the heading “—Anti-Dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price less the decrease in the exercise price of a warrant pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.
 
Redemption Date
  
Fair Market Value of Our Common Stock
 
(period to expiration of warrants)
  
$10.00
    
$11.00
    
$12.00
    
$13.00
    
$14.00
    
$15.00
    
$16.00
    
$17.00
    
$18.00
 
60 months
     0.261        0.281        0.297        0.311        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  
57 months
     0.257        0.277        0.294        0.310        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  
54 months
     0.252        0.272        0.291        0.307        0.322        0.335        0.347        0.357        0.361  
51 months
     0.246        0.268        0.287        0.304        0.320        0.333        0.346        0.357        0.361  
48 months
     0.241        0.263        0.283        0.301        0.317        0.332        0.344        0.356        0.361  
45 months
     0.235        0.258        0.279        0.298        0.315        0.330        0.343        0.356        0.361  
42 months
     0.228        0.252        0.274        0.294        0.312        0.328        0.342        0.355        0.361  
39 months
     0.221        0.246        0.269        0.290        0.309        0.325        0.340        0.354        0.361  
36 months
     0.213        0.239        0.263        0.285        0.305        0.323        0.339        0.353        0.361  
33 months
     0.205        0.232        0.257        0.280        0.301        0.320        0.337        0.352        0.361  
30 months
     0.196        0.224        0.250        0.274        0.297        0.316        0.335        0.351        0.361  
27 months
     0.185        0.214        0.242        0.268        0.291        0.313        0.332        0.350        0.361  
24 months
     0.173        0.204        0.233        0.260        0.285        0.308        0.329        0.348        0.361  
21 months
     0.161        0.193        0.223        0.252        0.279        0.304        0.326        0.347        0.361  
18 months
     0.146        0.179        0.211        0.242        0.271        0.298        0.322        0.345        0.361  
15 months
     0.130        0.164        0.197        0.230        0.262        0.291        0.317        0.342        0.361  
12 months
     0.111        0.146        0.181        0.216        0.250        0.282        0.312        0.339        0.361  
9 months
     0.090        0.125        0.162        0.199        0.237        0.272        0.305        0.336        0.361  
6 months
     0.065        0.099        0.137        0.178        0.219        0.259        0.296        0.331        0.361  
3 months
     0.034        0.065        0.104        0.150        0.197        0.243        0.286        0.326        0.361  
0 months
     —          —          0.042        0.115        0.179        0.233        0.281        0.323        0.361  
The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of shares of our common stock to be issued for each warrant exercised will be determined by a
 
90

Table of Contents
straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or
366-day
year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our common stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.277 shares of our common stock for each whole warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of shares of our common stock during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their warrants for 0.298 shares of our common stock for each whole warrant. In no event will the warrants be exercisable on a cashless basis in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 shares of our common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any shares of our common stock.
This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in many other blank check offerings, which typically only provide for a redemption of warrants for cash (other than the private placement warrants) when the trading price for the Class A ordinary shares exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding warrants to be redeemed when the shares of our common stock are trading at or above $10.00 per public share, which may be at a time when the trading price of shares of our common stock is below the exercise price of the warrants. This redemption feature provides flexibility to redeem the warrants without the warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold set forth above under “—Redemption of Warrants for Cash when the price per share of our common stock equals or exceeds $18.00.” Holders choosing to exercise their warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of shares for their warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of the of the CTAC IPO. This redemption right provides us with an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding warrants, and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to warrant holders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the warrants if we determine it is in our best interest to do so. As such, we would presumably redeem the warrants in this manner when we believes it is in our best interest to update its capital structure to remove the warrants and pay the redemption price to the warrant holders.
As stated above, we can redeem the warrants when the shares of our common stock are trading at a price starting at $10.00, which is below the exercise price of $11.50, because it will presumably provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing warrant holders with the opportunity to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of shares. If we choose to redeem the warrants when the shares of our common stock are trading at a price below the exercise price of the warrants, this could result in the warrant holders receiving fewer shares of our common stock than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their warrants for shares of common stock of KORE if and when such shares of our common stock were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50.
No fractional shares of our common stock will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of shares of our common stock to be issued to the holder. We will use commercially reasonable efforts to register under the Securities Act the shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants.
Redemption Procedures
A holder of a warrant may notify us in writing in the event we elect to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such
 
91

Table of Contents
person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or other amount as specified by the holder) of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.
Anti-Dilution Adjustments
If the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is increased by a capitalization or stock dividend payable in shares of our common stock or by a
split-up
of shares of our common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such capitalization, stock dividend,
split-up
or similar event, the number of shares of our common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of our common stock. A rights offering made to all or substantially all holders of our common stock entitling holders to purchase shares of our common stock at a price less than the “historical fair market value” (as defined below) will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of our common stock equal to the product of (1) the number of shares of our common stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for our common stock) multiplied by (2) one minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of our common stock paid in such rights offering and (y) the “historical fair market value.” For these purposes (1) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for our common stock, in determining the price payable for our common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (2) historical fair market value means the volume weighted average price per share of our common stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of our common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.
In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of our common stock on account of such shares of our common stock (or other securities of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above or (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the shares of our common stock during the
365-day
period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 (as adjusted to appropriately reflect any other adjustments and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that result in an adjustment to the exercise price or to the number of shares of our common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50 per share,, then the warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of our common stock in respect of such event.
If the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of our common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of our common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of our common stock.
Whenever the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of our common stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.
In addition, if (x) we issue additional shares of our common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination, at an issue price or effective issue
 
92

Table of Contents
price of less than $9.20 per share of our common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board of directors), (the “
Newly Issued Price
”) (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of our common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day after the day on which we consummate our initial business combination (such price, the “
Market Value
”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.
In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of our common stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of our common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of our common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our common stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1)
under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule
12b-2
under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3
under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock, the holder of a warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such warrant holder had exercised the warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the shares of our common stock held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustment (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the Warrant Agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of our common stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established
over-the-counter
market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the warrant properly exercises the warrant within thirty (30) days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Warrant Agreement based on the per share consideration minus Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) of the warrant. The purpose of such exercise price reduction is to provide additional value to holders of the warrants when an extraordinary transaction occurs during the exercise period of the warrants pursuant to which the holders of the warrants otherwise do not receive the full potential value of the warrants.
The warrants were issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement, which in connection with the Business Combination, CTAC assigned and KORE assumed the obligations and rights set forth therein. If you
 
93

Table of Contents
hold warrants, you should review a copy of the Warrant Agreement, which was filed as an exhibit to the registration statement pertaining to the CTAC IPO, for a description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in the CTAC prospectus, or defective provision, (ii) amending the provisions relating to cash dividends on ordinary shares as contemplated by and in accordance with the warrant agreement or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.
The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of our common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of our common stock. After the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders.
No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number shares of our common stock to be issued to the warrant holder.
The parties to the Warrant Agreement have agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and such parties irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. This provision applies to claims under the Securities Act but does not apply to claims under the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenue and earnings, if any, capital requirements, the terms of any outstanding indebtedness and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. Our Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.
Exclusive Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (iv) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our bylaws or the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or (v) any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer or stockholder governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought in a state court located within the state of Delaware (or if no state court of the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware), in all cases subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. The foregoing provision will not apply to claims arising
 
94

Table of Contents
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The provisions of the our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of the DGCL summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares of common stock.
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of us, unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.
These provisions include:
Business Combination:
 
   
We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a corporation that has voting stock traded on a national security exchange from engaging in certain business combinations with an interested stockholder (defined as the owner of 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock), or an interested stockholder’s affiliates or associates, for a three-year period unless, among other exceptions, certain board approvals are received.
 
   
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation generally prohibits us from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
   
Prior to such time, the board approved the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
   
Upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer);
 
   
At or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
   
The stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceased to be an interested stockholder and (ii) was not, at any time within the 3-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such stockholder, an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership.
No Written Consent
: Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and shall not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
 
95

Table of Contents
Amendments
: For a period of seven years following closing of this offering, a substantial portion of the provisions under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation may not be amended without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
Stockholder Proposals:
 
   
Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders who wish to present a proposal before an annual meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws provide that the only business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders is business that is (i) specified in the notice of such meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of our board of directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before such meeting by the our board of directors or the chairperson of the board, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before such meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A) (1) was a record owner of shares both at the time of giving the notice and at the time of such meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at such meeting, and (3) has complied with notice procedures specified in our bylaws in all applicable respects or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule
14a-8 under
the Exchange Act. To be timely for our annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholders’ notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the corporation. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of timely notice as described above.
 
   
We currently anticipate the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders of will be held no later than September 2022. Nominations and proposals also must satisfy other requirements set forth in our bylaws.
 
   
Under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, a stockholder proposal to be included in the proxy statement and proxy card for the 2022 annual general meeting pursuant to Rule 14a-8 must be received at our principal office a reasonable time before we begin to print and send its proxy materials and must comply with Rule 14a-8.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and provides that we will provide them with customary indemnification and advancement of expenses. We expect to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of its executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent
The transfer agent for our common stock and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and warrant agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any claims and losses due to any gross negligence or intentional willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.
 
96

Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
The following is a summary of certain of our indebtedness that is currently outstanding. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the agreements and related documents referred to herein, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
On December 21, 2018, KORE Wireless Group Inc. (“KORE Wireless”), and Maple Intermediate Holdings Inc., as the Guarantor, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of KORE (“Maple Holdings”), entered into a Credit Agreement with certain lenders, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, collateral agent, and a letter of credit issuer, and UBS Securities LLC and Antares Capital LP, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, which is referred to as the “KORE Credit Agreement”.
The KORE Credit Agreement provides for a term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan”), in an original aggregate principal amount of $280.0 million and a senior secured revolving credit facility with commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $30.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”, and together with the Initial Term Loan, the “Credit Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $15.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. The Initial Term Loan matures on December 21, 2024. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility mature on December 21, 2023.
On November 12, 2019, KORE Wireless and Maple Intermediate Holdings Inc. entered into an Incremental Amendment No. 1 to the KORE Credit Agreement with certain incremental lenders and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Incremental Amendment”).
The Incremental Amendment provides for an increase to the Initial Term Loan in an aggregate principal amount of $35.0 million in the form of incremental term loans. The Incremental Term Loans are fungible with, and part of the same class as, the term loans under the Initial Term Loan. References to the Initial Term Loan include the Incremental Term Loans.
As of December 31, 2020, there was $302 million outstanding under the Initial Term Loan (inclusive of the Incremental Term Loans), net of discount and debt issuance costs.
Amortization, Interest Rates and Fees
The KORE Credit Agreement requires KORE Wireless to repay the principal of the Initial Term Loan in equal quarterly repayments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of Initial Term Loan.
The Initial Term Loan bears interest at a floating rate which can be, at KORE Wireless’ option, from the Credit Agreement Closing Date to and including the Closing Date, either (1) a LIBOR rate for a specified interest period plus an applicable margin of 5.50% or (2) a base rate plus an applicable margin of 4.50%.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate which can be, at KORE Wireless’s option, from the Credit Agreement Closing Date to and including the Closing Date, either (1) a LIBOR rate for a specified interest period plus an applicable margin of up to 5.50% or (2) a base rate plus an applicable margin of up to 4.50%. After the Closing Date, the applicable margins for LIBOR rate and base rate borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are each subject to a reduction to 5.25% and 4.25%, respectively, based on KORE Wireless’s total net leverage ratio.
The LIBOR rate applicable to the Initial Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to a “floor” of 0.0%.
 
97

Table of Contents
The base rate for any day is a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the “prime rate” last quoted by The Wall Street Journal, (b) half of 1.00% per annum of the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day and (c) the Eurocurrency rate for dollar deposits of
a one-month interest
period plus 1.00%.
In addition to paying interest on loans outstanding under the Credit Facilities, KORE Wireless is required to pay a commitment fee of up to 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, subject to reduction to 0.375% per annum based on KORE Wireless’s first lien net leverage ratio. KORE Wireless is also required to pay letter of credit fees on a per annum basis equal to (x) the maximum amount available to be drawn under each letter of credit, multiplied by (y) the applicable margin for LIBOR loans under the Revolving Credit Facility. KORE Wireless is required to pay customary fronting, issuance, and administrative fees for the issuance of letters of credit.
Voluntary Prepayments
KORE Wireless is permitted to voluntarily prepay or repay outstanding loans under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Initial Term Loans, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts, and, with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility only, to
subsequently re-borrow amounts
prepaid, in each case, without premium or penalty.
KORE Wireless is permitted to reduce commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts.
Mandatory Prepayments
The KORE Credit Agreement requires KORE Wireless to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Initial Term Loan with a portion of KORE Wireless’s excess cash flow in an amount ranging from 0% to 50% of excess cash flow depending on KORE Wireless’s total net leverage ratio, with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions, and with 100% of the proceeds from certain debt issuances, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and thresholds.
Guarantees
Subject to certain exceptions, all obligations under the Credit Facilities, as well as certain hedging and cash management arrangements, are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally, guaranteed on a senior secured basis by current and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of KORE Wireless and certain other future direct and indirect subsidiaries of Kore Wireless (other than unrestricted subsidiaries, joint ventures, subsidiaries prohibited by applicable law from becoming guarantors, immaterial subsidiaries and certain other excluded subsidiaries).
Security
The obligations of KORE Wireless, and the obligations of the guarantors under the Credit Facilities are secured by first priority pledges of and security interests in (i) substantially all of the existing and future equity interests of Kore Wireless and each of its subsidiaries organized in the U.S., as well as 65% of the existing and future equity interests of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries held by the borrower or the guarantors under the KORE Credit Agreement and (ii) substantially all of the KORE Wireless’s and each guarantor’s tangible and intangible assets, in each case subject to certain exceptions and thresholds.
Certain Covenants
The KORE Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions and thresholds, KORE Wireless’s ability to:
 
   
incur additional indebtedness;
 
98

Table of Contents
   
incur liens;
 
   
pay dividends and distributions on, or redeem, repurchase or retire its capital stock;
 
   
create negative pledge or restrictions on the payment of dividends or payment of other amounts owed from subsidiaries;
 
   
make investments, acquisitions, loans, or advances;
 
   
engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions;
 
   
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;
 
   
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
 
   
change its lines of business;
 
   
make payments of certain debt that is subordinated with respect to right of payment, junior lien debt and unsecured debt;
 
   
modify certain documents governing certain debt that is subordinated with respect to right of payment, junior lien debt, or unsecured debt; and
 
   
change its fiscal year.
In addition, the terms of the KORE Credit Agreement include a financial maintenance covenant applicable to the Credit Facilities which requires that, at the end of each fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2019), KORE Wireless’s total net leverage ratio cannot exceed 8.50 to 1.00, with step-downs to 8.125 to 1.00, 7.75 to 1.00, 7.50 to 1.00, 7.25 to 1.00 and 7.00 to 1.00, on the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2021, March 31, 2022, March 31, 2023, September 30, 2023 and March 31, 2024 and thereafter, respectively.
Events of Default
The KORE Credit Agreement contains certain customary events of default (subject to customary grace periods and other exceptions), including, among others, failure to pay principal, interest or other amounts; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; violation of covenants; specified cross-default and cross-acceleration to other material indebtedness; certain bankruptcy and insolvency events; certain ERISA events; certain undischarged judgments; material invalidity of guarantees or grant of security interest; and change of control.
5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028
On July 27, 2021, KORE Wireless entered into a backstop financing agreement (the “Backstop Agreement”) with an affiliate of Fortress Credit Corp. (“Fortress”) pursuant to which Fortress made additional financing available to help satisfy any shortfall in the minimum cash condition arising as a result of redemptions by the public shareholders of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (“CTAC”) at the closing of the proposed business combination of CTAC and KORE.
The Backstop Agreement provides the Company with the ability to borrow up to $120 million from Fortress in the form of senior unsecured exchangeable notes due 2028 (the “Exchangeable Notes”). On September 30, 2021, KORE Wireless issued $95.1 million aggregate principal amount of Exchangeable Notes pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated September 30, 2021, by and among KORE Group Holdings, Inc., KORE Wireless and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. The Exchangeable Notes were issued at par, bearing interest at the rate of 5.50% per annum which is paid quarterly, and a maturity of seven years. The Backstop Notes are guaranteed by the Company and are exchangeable into common stock of the Company at $12.50 per share (the “Base Exchange Rate”) at any time at the option of Fortress. The Base Exchange Rate may be adjusted for certain dilutive events or change in control events as defined by the Indenture Agreement (the “Adjusted
 
99

Table of Contents
Exchange Rate”). Additionally, if after September 30, 2023, the Company’s shares of common stock are trading at a defined premium to the Base Exchange Rate or applicable Adjusted Exchange Rate, the Company may redeem the Exchangeable Notes for cash, force an exchange into shares of its common stock at an amount per share based on a time-value make whole table, or settle with a combination of cash and an exchange.
On October 28, 2021, the Company and KORE Wireless entered into an exchangeable notes purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and among the Company, KORE Wireless and Fortress pursuant to which KORE Wireless agreed to issue the remaining $24.9 million aggregate principal amount of Exchangeable Notes available pursuant to the Backstop Agreement
On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into a certain Amended and Restated Indenture, by and among the Company, KORE Wireless and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, governing the Exchangeable Notes (the “A&R Indenture”). The A&R Indenture was entered into to cure a defect in the make-whole table.
Concurrently with the entry into the A&R Indenture, the Company and KORE Wireless entered into amendments to the Backstop Agreement, dated September 30, 2021, by and among KORE Wireless and certain affiliates of Fortress and the Purchase Agreement (together, the “Amendments”). The Amendments were entered into in order to amend the registration rights of Fortress with respect to the Notes and underlying common stock of the Company.
 
100

Table of Contents
SECURITIES ACT RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OF OUR SECURITIES
Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted common stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted common stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:
 
   
1% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or
 
   
the average weekly reported trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and by the availability of current public information about us.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:
 
   
the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;
 
   
the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
 
   
the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form
8-K
reports; and
 
   
at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.
As a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, we are no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.
 
101

Table of Contents
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The Selling Securityholders, which, as used herein, includes donees, pledgees, transferees, distributees or other
successors-in-interest
selling shares of our common stock received after the date of this prospectus from the Selling Securityholders as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer, may, from time to time, sell, transfer, distribute or otherwise dispose of certain of their shares of common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which shares of our common stock are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.
The Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of their shares of common stock:
 
   
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
 
   
one or more underwritten offerings on a firm commitment or best efforts basis;
 
   
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares of common stock as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
 
   
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its accounts;
 
   
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
 
   
privately negotiated transactions;
 
   
distributions or transfers to their members, partners or shareholders;
 
   
short sales effected after the date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC;
 
   
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;
 
   
in market transactions, including transactions on a national securities exchange or quotations service or
over-the-counter
market;
 
   
through trading plans entered into by a Selling Securityholder pursuant to Rule
10b5-1
under the Exchange Act that are in place at the time of an offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement hereto that provide for periodic sales of their securities on the basis of parameters described in such trading plans;
 
   
directly to one or more purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;
 
   
in “at the market” offerings, as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act, at negotiated prices, at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;
 
   
through agents;
 
   
through broker-dealers who may agree with the Selling Securityholders to sell a specified number of such shares of common stock at a stipulated price per share;
 
   
by entering into transactions with third parties who may (or may cause others to) issue securities convertible or exchangeable into, or the return of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of, our shares of common stock; and
 
   
a combination of any such methods of sale or any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
 
102

Table of Contents
The Selling Securityholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some shares of our common stock owned by them and, if a Selling Securityholder defaults in the performance of its secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell such shares of common stock, as applicable, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment or supplement to this prospectus amending the list of the Selling Securityholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as the Selling Securityholders under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders also may transfer shares of our common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
In connection with the sale of shares of our common stock or interests therein, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholders may also sell shares of our common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge shares of our common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Securityholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities that require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Securityholders from the sale of shares of our common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of such shares of our common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. The Selling Securityholders reserve the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of share of our common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from any offering by the Selling Securityholders.
There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders also may in the future resell a portion of our common stock in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of that rule, or pursuant to other available exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
The Selling Securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of shares of our common stock or interests therein may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of shares of our common stock may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. If any Selling Securityholder is an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, then the Selling Securityholder will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Underwriters and their controlling persons, dealers and agents may be entitled, under agreements entered into with us and the Selling Securityholders, to indemnification against and contribution toward specific civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
To the extent required, our common stock to be sold, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agent, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.
To facilitate the offering of shares of our common stock offered by the Selling Securityholders, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. This may include over-allotments or short sales, which involve the sale by persons participating in the offering of more shares of common stock than were sold to them. In these circumstances, these persons would cover such over-allotments or short positions by making purchases in the open market or by
 
103

Table of Contents
exercising their over-allotment option, if any. In addition, these persons may stabilize or maintain the price of our common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares of common stock in the open market or by imposing penalty bids, whereby selling concessions allowed to dealers participating in the offering may be reclaimed if shares of common stock sold by them are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.
The Selling Securityholders may solicit offers to purchase shares of our common stock directly from, and they may sell such shares of our common stock directly to, institutional investors or others. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The terms of any of those sales, including the terms of any bidding or auction process, if utilized, will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement to the extent required.
It is possible that one or more underwriters may make a market in our shares of our common stock, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. We cannot give any assurance as to the liquidity of the trading market for our shares of our common stock.
Our common stock and warrants are listed on NYSE under the symbols “KORE” and “KORE.WS”, respectively.
The Selling Securityholders may authorize underwriters, broker-dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase shares of our common stock at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth any commissions we or the Selling Securityholders pay for solicitation of these contracts. The underwriters, broker-dealers and agents may engage in transactions with us or the Selling Securityholders, or perform services for us or the Selling Securityholders, in the ordinary course of business.
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the Selling Securityholders party thereto against certain liabilities that they may incur in connection with the sale of the securities registered hereunder, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the Selling Securityholders may be required to make with respect thereto. In addition, we and the Selling Securityholders may agree to indemnify any underwriter, broker-dealer or agent against certain liabilities related to the selling of the securities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
We have agreed to maintain the effectiveness of this registration statement until all such securities have been sold under this registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are no longer outstanding. We have agreed to pay all expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriter marketing costs, and certain legal expenses. The Selling Securityholders will pay any underwriting commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriter marketing costs, and certain legal expenses relating to the offering.
Selling Securityholders may use this prospectus in connection with resales of shares of our common stock. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will identify the Selling Securityholders, the terms of our common stock and any material relationships between us and the Selling Securityholders. Selling Securityholders may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act in connection with shares of our common stock they resell and any profits on the sales may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Unless otherwise set forth in a prospectus supplement, the Selling Securityholders will receive all the net proceeds from the resale of shares of our common stock.
A Selling Securityholder that is an entity may elect to make an
in-kind
distribution of common stock to its members, partners or shareholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus. To the extent that such members, partners or shareholders are not affiliates of ours, such members, partners or shareholders would thereby receive freely tradable shares of common stock pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement.
 
104

Table of Contents
We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of shares of our common stock and warrants to be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus.
LEGAL MATTERS
Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York has passed upon the validity of the securities of KORE Group Holdings, Inc. offered by this prospectus and certain other legal matters related to this prospectus.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Maple Holdings Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We have also filed a registration statement on Form
S-1,
including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the exhibits. Our SEC filings are available to the public on the internet at a website maintained by the SEC located at http://www.sec.gov. Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our website under the heading “Investors” at www.korewireless.com. The information on our web site, however, is not, and should not be deemed to be, a part of this prospectus.
 
105

Table of Contents
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. — UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  
     F-2  
     F-4  
     F-5  
     F-6  
     F-9  
     F-10  
MAPLE HOLDINGS INC. — AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  
     F-28  
     F-29  
     F-31  
     F-32  
     F-33  
     F-34  
     F-35  
Financial Statement Schedule:
  
     F-62  
 
F-1

Table of Contents
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
 
 
  
September 30, 2021
(unaudited)
 
  
December 31,
2020
 
Assets
  
     
  
     
Current assets
  
     
  
     
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 72,689      $ 10,321  
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for credits and doubtful accounts of $1,601 and $2,804, at September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively
     52,638        40,661  
Inventories, net
     12,147        5,842  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables
     14,540        5,429  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total current assets
  
 
152,014
 
  
 
62,253
 
Non-current
assets
                 
Restricted cash
     367        372  
Property and equipment, net
     12,630        13,709  
Intangible assets, net
     212,633        240,203  
Goodwill
     382,190        382,749  
Deferred tax assets
     114        122  
Other long-term assets
     458        611  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total assets
  
$
760,406
 
  
$
 700,019
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
                 
Current liabilities
                 
Accounts payable
   $ 20,522      $ 22,978  
Accrued liabilities
     26,362        17,209  
Income taxes payable
     288        244  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
     528        856  
Deferred revenue
     6,797        7,772  
Current portion of long-term debt
     3,153        3,161  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
  
 
57,650
 
  
 
52,220
 
Long-term liabilities
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
     34,580        42,840  
Due to related parties
     1,122        1,615  
Warrant liability
     273        15,944  
Capital lease obligations
     304        508  
Long-term debt
     378,356        298,404  
Other long-term liabilities
     4,154        4,377  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total liabilities
  
$
476,439
 
  
$
415,908
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (note 7)
 
F-2
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets - Continued
(In thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
 
 
  
September 30, 2021
(unaudited)
 
 
December 31,
2020
 
Temporary equity
  
     
 
     
Series A Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; none authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2021; 7,765,229 shares authorized, and 7,756,158 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020
   $ —       $ 77,562  
Series
A-1
Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; none authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2021; 10,480,538 shares authorized, 7,862,107 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020
     —         78,621  
Series B Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; none authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2021; 9,090,975 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020
     —         90,910  
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; none authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2021; 6,872,894 shares authorized, 2,566,186 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020
     —         16,802  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total temporary equity
     —      
 
263,895
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
                
Common stock, voting; par value $0.0001 per share, 315,000,000 shares authorized, 71,810,419 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2021; 55,659,643 shares authorized, 30,281,520 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020
     7       3  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     413,316       135,616  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (3,156     (1,677
Accumulated deficit
     (126,200 )     (113,726
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  
 
283,967
 
 
 
20,216
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
  
$
760,406
 
 
$
700,019
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands USD, except share and per share amounts) (unaudited)
 
 
  
For the three months ended
September 30,
 
 
For the nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  
2021
 
 
2020
 
 
2021
 
 
2020
 
Revenue
  
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
Services
   $ 48,428     $ 43,436     $ 139,866     $ 127,113  
Products
     19,450       11,821       44,053       29,184  
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
  
 
67,878
 
 
 
55,257
 
 
 
183,919
 
 
 
156,297
 
Cost of revenue
                                
Cost of services
     17,379       15,675       51,417       47,594  
Cost of products
     17,585       9,853       37,258       22,921  
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
  
 
34,964
 
 
 
25,528
 
 
 
88,675
 
 
 
70,515
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operating expenses
                                
Selling, general and administrative
     26,001       17,792       66,525       49,907  
Depreciation and amortization
     12,440       13,176       37,947       38,884  
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
  
 
38,441
 
 
 
30,968
 
 
 
104,472
 
 
 
88,791
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operating loss
  
 
(5,527
)  
 
(1,239
 
 
(9,228
)  
 
(3,009
Interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs, net
     5,589       5,276       16,155       18,359  
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     (2,898     651       (5,281 )     3,482  
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
  
 
(8,218
)  
 
(7,166
 
 
(20,102
)  
 
(24,850
Income tax provision (benefit)
                                
Current
     179       201       569       711  
Deferred
     (3,889 )     (1,719     (8,197 )     (6,087
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total income tax benefit
  
 
(3,710
)  
 
(1,518
 
 
(7,628
)  
 
(5,376
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
  
$
(4,508
)  
$
(5,648
 
$
(12,474
)
 
 
$
(19,474
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
                                  
Loss per share:
                                
Basic
   $ (0.27 )   $ (0.42   $ (1.03 )   $ (1.32
Diluted
     (0.27 )     (0.42     (1.03 )     (1.32
Weighted average shares outstanding (in Number):
                                
Basic
     30,732,921       30,281,520       30,433,641       30,285,684  
Diluted
     30,732,921       30,281,520       30,433,641       30,285,684  
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(In thousands USD) (unaudited)
 
 
  
    For the three months    
ended September 30,
 
 
    For the nine months ended    
September 30,
 
 
  
2021
 
 
2020
 
 
2021
 
 
2020
 
Net loss
   $ (4,508 )   $ (5,648   $ (12,474 )   $ (19,474
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                
Foreign currency translation adjustment
     (1,322     1,387       (1,479     (896
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
  
$
(5,830
)  
$
(4,261
 
$
(13,953
)  
$
(20,370
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
(In thousands, USD or shares) (unaudited)
 
 
 
Series A
Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series A-1 Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series B Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
Total
Temporary
Equity
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
Additional paid-in

capital
 
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporary Equity
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
Balance at December 31, 2020 (as previously reported)
    43     $ 77,562       60     $ 78,621       57     $ 90,910       17     $ 16,802     $ 263,895       218      $ 2      $ 135,617     $ (1,677   $ (113,726   $ 20,216  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Conversion of stock
    7,713       —         7,802       —         9,034       —         2,549       —         —         30,064        1        (1     —         —         —    
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2020, effect of reverse recapitalization
    7,756     $ 77,562       7,862     $ 78,621       9,091     $ 90,910       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 263,895       30,282      $ 3      $ 135,616     $ (1,677   $ (113,726   $ 20,216  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Repurchase of stock
    —                                                                                                                      
Accrued dividends payable
    249       2,486       267       2,666       224       2,241       —         —         7,393       —          —          (7,393     —         —         (7,393
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —          —         (900     —         (900
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —          315       —         —         315  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —          —         —         (1,081     (1,081
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2021
    8,005     $ 80,048       8,129     $ 81,287       9,315     $ 93,151       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 271,288       30,282      $ 3      $ 128,538     $ (2,577   $ (114,807   $ 11,157  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Derecognition of shares
    —         —         —         —         —         —         (46     (300     (300     —          —          —         —         —         —    
Accrued dividends payable
    251       2,514       270       2,695       232       2,323       —         —         7,532       —          —          (7,532     —         —         (7,532
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —          —         743       —         743  
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —          315       —         —         315  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —          —         —         (6,885     (6,885
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2021
    8,256     $ 82,562       8,399     $ 83,982       9,547     $ 95,474       2,520     $ 16,502     $ 278,520       30,282      $ 3      $ 121,321     $ (1,834   $ (121,692   $ (2,202
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-6
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity - (Continued)
(In thousands, USD or shares) (unaudited)
 
 
 
Series A
Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series A-1 Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series B Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
Total
Temporary
Equity
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
Additional paid-in

capital
 
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporary Equity
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
Redemption of stock
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
 
 
—  
 
Accrued dividends payable
    266       2,656       288       2,880       236       2,361       —         —         7,897       —         —          (7,897     —         —         (7,897
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —         (1,322     —         (1,322
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          (3,519 )     —         —         (3,519 )
Distributions to
and
conversions of
preferred stock
    (8,522     (85,218     (8,687     (86,862     (9,783     (97,835     (2,520     (16,502     (286,417     7,120       1        56,502       —         —         56,503  
CTAC shares recapitalized, net of equity issuance costs of $15,912
    —         —         —         —        
     
     
     
     
      10,356       1        6,456       —         —         6,457  
Conversion of
 

KORE
warrants
    —         —         —         —        
     
     
     
     
      1,366       —          10,663       —         —         10,663  
Private offering
and merger
financing, net
of equity
issuance costs
of $7,718
    —         —         —         —        
     
     
     
     
      22,686       2        217,280       —         —         217,282  
Equity portion
 
of
convertible
debt, net of
issuance cost
s
of $224
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,510
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,510
 
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —          —         —         (4,508 )     (4,508 )
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2021
    —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —         —       $ —       $ —         71,810     $ 7      $ 413,316     $ (3,156   $ (126,200 )   $ 283,967  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2019 (as previously reported)
    43     $ 68,360       60     $ 69,495       57     $ 82,338       17     $ 16,802     $ 236,995       218     $ 2     $ 161,556     $ (3,792   $ (78,526   $ 79,240  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Conversion of Stock
    6,793       —         6,890       —         8,177       —         2,549       —         —         30,092       1       (1     —         —         —    
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-7

Table of Contents
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity -
(
Continued
)
(In thousands, USD or shares) (unaudited)
 
 
 
Series A
Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series A-1 Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series B Preferred

Stock
 
 
Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
Total
Temporary
Equity
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
Additional paid-in

capital
 
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
 
Total
Stockholders’
(Deficit)
Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporary Equity
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
 
Amount
 
Balanceat December 31, 2019, effect of reverse recapitalization
    6,836     $ 68,360       6,950       69,495       8,234       82,338       2,566       16,802       236,995       30,310       3       161,555       (3,792     (78,526     79,240  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Repurchase of common stock
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (28     —         (200     —         —         (200
Accrued dividends payable
    222       2,216       238       2,383       205       2,053       —         —         6,652       —         —         (6,652     —         —         (6,652
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (3,113     —         (3,113
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         216       —         —         216  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (2,768     (2,768
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2020
    7,058     $ 70,576       7,188     $ 71,878       8,439     $ 84,391       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 243,647       30,282     $ 3     $ 154,919     $ (6,905   $ (81,294   $ 66,723  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Accrued dividends payable
    222       2,215       238       2,382       210       2,104       —         —         6,701       —         —         (6,701     —         —         (6,701
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         830       —         830  
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         315       —         —         315  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (11,058     (11,058
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at June 30, 2020
    7,280     $ 72,791       7,426     $ 74,260       8,649     $ 86,495       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 250,348       30,282     $ 3     $ 148,533     $ (6,075   $ (92,352   $ 50,109  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Accrued dividends payable
    239       2,385       257       2,574       218       2,180       —         —         7,139       —         —         (7,139     —         —         (7,139
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,387       —         1,387  
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         315       —         —         315  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (5,648     (5,648
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at September 30, 2020
    7,519     $ 75,176       7,683     $ 76,834       8,867     $ 88,675       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 257,487       30,282     $ 3     $ 141,709     $ (4,688   $ (98,000   $ 39,024  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-8
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands USD) (unaudited)
 
 
  
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
  
        2021        
 
 
        2020        
 
Cash flows from operating activities
  
     
 
     
Net loss
  
$
(12,474
)
 
$
(19,474
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
  
 
37,947
 
 
 
38,884
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs
  
 
1,569
 
 
 
1,584
 
Deferred income taxes
  
 
(8,197
)
 
 
(6,087
Non-cash
foreign currency loss (gain)
  
 
(163
 
 
(1,356
Share-based compensation
  
 
4,564
 
 
 
846
 
Provision for doubtful accounts
  
 
117
 
 
 
888
 
Change in fair value of warrant liability
  
 
(5,281
 
 
3,482
 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of operating assets and liabilities acquired:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
  
 
(12,792
)
 
 
(3,572
)
Inventories
  
 
(6,461
 
 
(2,668
)
Prepaid expenses and other receivables
  
 
(5,054
 
 
(2,485
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  
 
(2,366
)
 
 
8,119
 
Deferred revenue
  
 
(911
 
 
307
 
Income taxes payable
  
 
63
 
 
 
225
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  
$
(9,439
)
 
$
18,693
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash flows used in investing activities
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions to intangible assets
  
 
(6,626
 
 
(8,224
Additions to property and equipment
  
 
(3,156
 
 
(1,450
Acquisition of Integron LLC, net of
 
cash acquired
  
 
—  
 
 
 
366
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  
$
(9,782
 
$
(9,308
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
  
 
25,000
 
 
 
21,700
 
Repayments on revolving credit
 
facility
  
 
(25,000
)
 
 
(25,000
Repayment of long-term debt
  
 
(2,373
)
 
 
(2,436
Proceeds from
convertible
debt
  
 
82,351
 
 
 
—  
 
Proceeds from equity portion of convertible debt
,
n
e
t of issuance costs
 
 
 
 
12,510
 
 
 
 
 
 
Payment 
of
 deferred financing
costs, relating to convertible debt
 
 
(1,449
)
 
 
 
Repayment of related party note
  
 
(1,538
 
 
 
 
Repurchase of common stock
  
 
—  
 
 
 
(200
Proceeds from CTAC and PIPE financing, net
of
 
issuance costs
  
 
223,001
 
 
 
—  
 
Settlement of preferred shares
  
 
(229,915
)
 
 
—  
 
Payment of capital lease obligations
  
 
(815
 
 
(137
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  
$
81,772
 
 
$
(6,073
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash and Cash Equivalents
  
 
(188
 
 
(88
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
  
 
62,363
 
 
 
3,224
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, beginning of period
  
 
10,693
 
 
 
8,692
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, end of period
  
$
73,056
 
 
$
11,916
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-cash
financing activities:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital leases
  
$
346
 
 
$
263
 
Equity financing fees accrued
  
 
3,025
 
 
 
—  
 
Common shares issued to preferred shareholders
  
 
56,502
 
 
 
—  
 
Equity financing fees settled in common shares
 
 
1,863
 
 
 
 
Common shares issued to warrant holders
 
 
10,663
 
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
  
$
14,762
 
 
$
16,879
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-9

Table of Contents
KORE Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands USD, except share amounts) (unaudited)
NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Business Combination
On March 12, 2021, Maple Holdings Inc. (“Maple” or “pre-combination KORE”) entered into
 
a definitive merger agreement (the “Business Combination”) with Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: CTAC) (“CTAC”). On September 29, 2021, CTAC held a special meeting, at which CTAC’s shareholders voted to approve the proposals outlined in the proxy statement filed by CTAC with the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 13, 2021, including, among other things, the adoption of the Business Combination and approval of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.
On September 30, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), as contemplated by the merger agreement, (i) CTAC merged
 with and into King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”) (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”) as
parent of the surviving entity, (ii) immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the
“Sponsor”) contributed 100%
of its equity interests in King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”) to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub merged with and Maple into (the “First Merger”), with Maple being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, and (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Maple merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, the “Transactions” and the closing of the Transactions, the Business Combination), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub. In connection with the Business Combination, Pubco changed its name to “KORE Group Holdings, Inc.” (the “Company”). The combined Company remained listed on the NYSE under the new ticker symbol “KORE
.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
These statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and, in accordance with those rules and regulations, do not include all information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows for the interim periods presented herein. The preparation of unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures.
Accordingly, these interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with Maple’s the audited financial statements and accompanying notes for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 previously filed with the SEC. The Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2020, included herein, was derived from the audited financial statements of the Company as of that date. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year.
The Business Combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization as
pre-combination
KORE was determined to be the accounting acquirer under FASB’s ASC Topic 805, Business Combination (“ASC 805”).
 
F-10

Pre-combination KORE was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on the evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:
 
 
 
the equity holders of
pre-combination
KORE hold the majority (54%) of voting rights in the Company;
 
 
 
the senior management of
pre-combination
KORE became the senior management of the Company; and
 
 
 
In comparison with CTAC,
pre-combination
KORE has significantly more revenue and total assets and a larger net loss;
 
 
 
the operations of
pre-combination
KORE comprise the ongoing operations of the Company, and the Company assumed
pre-Combination
KORE’s headquarters.
Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company represent a continuation of the financial statements of pre-combination KORE with the acquisition being treated as the equivalent of pre-combination KORE issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of CTAC were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Pre-combination KORE was deemed to be the predecessor and the consolidated assets and liabilities and results of operations prior to September 30, 2021 are those of pre-combination KORE. Reported shares and earnings per share available to common stockholders, prior to the Business Combination, have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio established in the merger agreement. The number of shares of preferred stock was also retroactively restated based on the exchange ratio. 
COVID-19
Impact
During the period ended September 30, 2021, an outbreak of the novel coronavirus
(“COVID-19”)
has continued to spread across the globe and continued to result in significant economic disruption. The extent of the impact of
COVID-19
on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak; however as of this filing,
COVID-19
has not had a negative impact on the Company.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than 90 days from the date of purchase or the ability to redeem amounts on demand. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates their fair value.
Restricted cash represents cash deposits held with financial institutions for letters of credit and is not available for general corporate purposes.
Emerging Growth Company
Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The Company qualifies as an “Emerging Growth Company” and has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act. This election allows the Company to adopt the new or revised standard at the same time as private companies. 
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncement
In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)
2019-12,
Income Taxes
:
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
. ASU
2019-12
simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain
 
F-11

exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments
 
also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU
2019-12
is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2021, and depending on the amendment, adoption was applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective, or prospective basis. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU
2016-02,
Leases
, to increase transparency and
 
comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. In July 2018, ASU
2018-10
, Codification Improvements to ASC
2016-02
,
Leases
, was issued to provide more detailed guidance and additional clarification for implementing ASU
2016-02.
Furthermore, in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU
2018-11,
Leases: Targeted Improvements
, which provides an optional transition method in addition to the existing modified retrospective transition method by allowing a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the
period of adoption. Furthermore, on June 3, 2020, the FASB deferred by one year the effective date of the new leases standard for private companies, private
not-for-profits
and public
not-for-profits
that have not yet issued (or made available for issuance) financial statements reflecting the new standard. Additionally, in March 2020, ASU
2020-03,
Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, Leases
, was issued to provide more detailed guidance and additional clarification for implementing ASU
2016-02.
Furthermore, in June 2020, ASU
2020-05,
Revenue from Contracts with
Customers and Leases
, was issued to defer effective dates of adoption of the new leasing standard beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022.
These new leasing standards (collectively “ASC 842”) are effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted.
 
The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on the consolidated financial statements. However, based on the Company’s lease obligations, the Company expects to recognize material assets and liabilities for
right-of-use
assets and operating lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet upon adoption of ASC 842. ASC 842 will also require additional footnote disclosures to the Company’s financial statements
.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU
2016-13
, Financial
Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,
which requires the use of a new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model in estimating allowances for doubtful accounts with respect to accounts receivable and notes receivable. Receivables from revenue transactions, or trade receivables, are recognized when the corresponding revenue is recognized under ASC 606,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
. The CECL model requires that the Company estimate its lifetime expected credit loss with respect to these receivables and record allowances when deducted from the balance of the receivables, which represent the estimated net amounts expected to be collected. Given the generally short-term nature of trade receivables, the Company does not expect to apply a discounted cash flow methodology. However, the Company will consider whether historical loss rates are consistent with expectations of forward-looking estimates for its trade receivables. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU
2018-19,
Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses
to clarify that operating lease receivables recorded by lessors are explicitly excluded from the scope of ASU
2016-13.
This ASU (collectively “ASC 326”) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU
.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU
2018-15,
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract
, which requires a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to apply the guidance on
internal-use
software to determine which implementation costs to recognize as an asset and which costs to expense. Costs to develop or obtain
internal-use
software that cannot be capitalized under Subtopic
350-40,
Internal-Use
Software
, such as training costs and certain data conversion
 
F-
1
2

costs, also cannot be capitalized for a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. The amendments require a customer in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to determine whether an implementation activity relates to the preliminary project stage, the application development stage, or the post-implementation stage. Costs for implementation activities in the application development stage will be capitalized depending on the nature of the costs, while costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages will be expensed immediately. The ASU is effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for all entities. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU
2020-04,
Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting,
to provide guidance on easing the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform on financial reporting. ASU 2020-04 is effective from March 12, 2020 and may be applied prospectively through December 31, 2022. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU
2020-03,
Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments
, which clarifies specific issues raised by stakeholders. Specifically, the ASU:
 
   
Clarifies that all entities are required to provide the fair value option disclosures in ASC 825,
Financial Instruments
.
 
   
Clarifies that the portfolio exception in ASC 820,
Fair Value Measurement
, applies to nonfinancial items accounted for as derivatives under ASC 815,
Derivatives and Hedging
.
 
   
Clarifies that for purposes of measuring expected credit losses on a net investment in a lease in accordance with ASC 326,
Financial Instruments - Credit Losses
, the lease term determined in accordance with ASC 842,
Leases
, should be used as the contractual term.
 
   
Clarifies that when an entity regains control of financial assets sold, it should recognize an allowance for credit losses in accordance with ASC 326.
 
   
Aligns the disclosure requirements for debt securities in ASC 320,
Investments—Debt Securities
, with the corresponding requirements for depository and lending institutions in ASC 942,
Financial Services—Depository and Lending
.
The amendments in the ASU have various effective dates and transition requirements, some depending on whether an entity has previously adopted ASU
2016-13
about measurement of expected credit losses. The Company will adopt the guidance in ASU
2020-03
as it adopts the related ASU effected by these codification improvements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06,
Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)
(“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU
2021-04,
Issuer’s Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options
,
which provides guidance on modifications or exchanges of
 
F-13

a freestanding equity-classified written call option that is not within the scope of another Topic. An entity should treat a modification of the terms or conditions or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange as an exchange of the original instrument for a new instrument, and provides further guidance on measuring the
effect
of a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange. ASU
2021-04
also provides guidance on the recognition of the effect of a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange on the basis of the substance of the transaction, in the same manner as if cash had been paid as consideration. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years.
Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.
NOTE 3 – REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognized all deferred
 
revenue related to the connectivity performance
 
obligations that
 
were not fully satisfied in previous periods in the amount of $7.1 million and
 $7.8 
million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively. The Company does not have material unfulfilled performance obligation balances for contracts with an original length greater than one year in any periods presented. Additionally, the Company does not have material costs related to obtaining a contract with amortization periods greater than one year for any period presented. Th
e

Company applies ASC 606 utilizing the following allowable exemptions or practical expedients: 
 
   
Exemption to not disclose the unfulfilled performance obligation balance for contracts with an original length of one year or less.
 
   
Practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.
 
   
Election to present revenue net of sales taxes and other similar taxes.
 
   
Election from recognizing shipping and handling activities as a separate performance obligation.
 
   
Practical expedient not requiring the entity to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.
Contract Balances
Deferred revenue as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, was $6.8 million and $7.8 
million, respectively, and primarily relates to revenue that is recognized over time for
 
IoT
 Connectivity monthly recurring charges, the changes in balance of which are related to the satisfaction or partial satisfaction of these contracts. The balance also contains a deferral for goods that are
in-transit
at period end for which control transfers to the customer upon delivery. All of the December 31, 2020, balance was recognized as revenue during the period ended September 30, 2021.
 
F-14

Table of Contents
Disaggregated Revenue Information
The Company views the following disaggregated disclosures as useful to understand the composition of revenue recognized during the respective three-month and nine-month reporting periods:
 
 
  
Three months ended
September 30,
 
  
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in ‘000)
  
2021
 
  
2020
 
  
2021
 
  
2020
 
Connectivity*
   $ 40,738      $ 37,932      $ 122,444      $ 111,583  
Hardware Sales
     19,221        9,345        40,602        23,276  
Hardware Sales -
bill-and-hold
     229        2,476        3,451        5,908  
Deployment services, professional services and other
     7,690        5,504        17,422        15,530  
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
67,878
 
  
$
55,257
 
  
$
183,919
 
  
$
156,297
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
*
Includes connectivity-related revenue from IoT Connectivity and IoT Solutions
Significant Customer
The Company has one customer representing 28% and 18% of the Company’s total revenue for the three months ending September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively, and 21% and 16% of the Company’s total revenue for the nine months ending September 30, 2021, and September 30, 2020, respectively.
NOTE 4 – REVERSE RECAPITALIZATION
On September 30, 2021,
pre-combination
KORE and CTAC consummated the merger contemplated by the merger agreement (see Note 1 – Nature of Operations).
Immediately following the Business Combination, there were 71,810,419 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001. Additionally, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 8,911,744 shares of common stock.
The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP as pre-combination KORE was determined to be the accounting acquirer. Under this method of accounting, while CTAC was the legal acquirer, it has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of pre-combination KORE issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of CTAC were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination are those of pre-combination KORE. Reported shares and earnings per share available to holders of the Company’s common stock, prior to the Business Combination, have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio established in the Business Combination (approximately one pre-combination KORE share to
 139.15 of the Company’s shares).
The most significant change in the post-combination Company’s reported financial position and results was an increase in cash, net of transactions costs, paid at close of $63.2 million including: $225.0 million in gross proceeds from the private placements (the “PIPE”), $20.0 million in proceeds from CTAC after redemptions, $95.1 million in proceeds from the Backstop Notes (see Note 5), and payments of $229.9 million to KORE’s preferred shareholders. In connection with the Business Combination, $19.0 million of transaction costs were paid on the Closing Date. The Company overpaid certain underwriting costs by $4.0 million on the Closing Date. The Company recorded the receivable related to this overpayment within prepaid expenses and other receivables in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2021. The Company received payment of this amount subsequent to September 30, 2021. Additionally, on the Closing Date, the Company repaid the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility with UBS of $25 million. The Company also repaid the outstanding related party loans due to Interfusion B.V and
T-Fone
B.V. of $1.6 million. Refer to Note 5 – Short-term and Long-term Debt and Note 13 – Related Party Transactions.
 
F-15

The Company incurred $
23.7
 million in transaction costs relating to the Business Combination, of which $
23.6
 million has been recorded against additional
paid-in
capital in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and the remaining amount of $
0.1
 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021.
Upon closing of the Business Combination, the shareholders of CTAC, including
 
CTAC founders, were issued 10,356,593 shares of common stock of the Company. In connection with the closing, holders of 22,240,970 shares of common stock of CTAC were redeemed at a price per share of $10.00. In
connection with the Closing,
 22,500,000 shares of the Company were issued to PIPE investors at a price per share of $10.00.
The number of shares of Class A common stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination were:
 
 
  
Shares
 
  
Percentage
 
Pre-combination KORE shareholders
 
 
38,767,500
 
  
 
54.0
%
Public stockholders
 
 
10,356,593
 
  
 
14.4
%
Private offering and merger financing
 
 
22,686,326
 
  
 
31.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
71,810,419
 
  
 
100.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5 – SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT
Term Loan - UBS
On December 21, 2018, the Company entered into
a
 credit agreement with UBS that consisted of a term loan of $280.0 million and required quarterly principal and interest payments with a
l
l remaining principal and interest due on December 21, 2024. The term loan had an interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.5%.
On November 12, 2019, the Company amended its term loan with UBS in order to raise an additional $35.0 million. Under the amended agreement, the maturity date of the term loan and interest rate remained unchanged. However, the quarterly principal repayment changed to $0.8 million. The principal and quarterly interest are paid on the last business day of each quarter, except at maturity.
As a result of this debt modification, the Company incurred $1.5 
million in debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and is being amortized over the remaining term of the loan along with the unamortized debt issuance costs of the original debt. 
The Company’s principal outstanding balances on the UBS Term Loan were $306.6 million and $309.0 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility - UBS
On December 21, 2018, the Company entered into a $30 million revolving credit facility with UBS. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, no outstanding amounts were drawn on the revolving credit facility. Immediately prior to the Business Combination, the Company had an outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility of $25 million, which was paid off in full at the close of the transaction on September 30, 2021.
Borrowings under the revolving debt facility bear interest at a floating rate which can be, at the Company’s option, either (1) a LIBOR rate for a specified interest period plus an applicable margin of up to 5.50% or (2) a base rate plus an applicable margin of up to 4.5%. After the Closing Date, the applicable margins for LIBOR rate and base rate borrowings are each subject to a reduction to 5.25% and 4.25%, respectively, if the Company maintains a total leverage ratio of less than or equal to 5.00:1.00. The LIBOR rate applicable to the revolving credit facility is subject to a “floor” of 0.0%. Additionally, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of up to 0.50% per annum of the unused balance.
 
F-16

Term Loan - BNP Paribas
The loan matured in
January 2021
and bore interest at 2.15% per annum with fixed payments of $7,740, which were payable monthly. On January 2, 2021, the Company extinguished the term loan outstanding with BNP Paribas by making the final fixed monthly payment.
Bank Overdraft Facility – BNP Paribas Fortis N.V.
On October 8, 2018, a Belgium subsidiary of the Company entered into a €250,000 bank overdraft facility with BNP Paribas Fortis. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had €0 drawn on the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the bank overdraft facility have an indefinite term.
Borrowings under the bank overdraft facility bear interest at a floating rate which is a base rate plus an applicable margin of up to 2.0%. The base fee amounts to 9.4% as of September 30, 2021 and is variable. Any overages are charged against a percentage of 6% on a yearly basis. There is no commitment fee payable for the unused balance of the bank overdraft facility.
Backstop Agreement
On September 30, 2021, KORE Wireless Group Inc. borrowed $95.1 million in exchange for senior unsecured exchangeable notes due 2028 (“Backstop Notes”) pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated September 30, 2021, by and among KORE Group Holdings, Inc., KORE Wireless Group Inc. and Fortress Credit Corp. (“Fortress”). The Backstop Notes were issued at par, bearing interest at the rate of 5.50%
per annum which is paid quarterly, and a maturity of
seven
years. The Backstop Notes are guaranteed by the Company and are exchangeable into common stock of the Company at $12.50
per
share (the “Base Exchange Rate”)
at any time at the option of Fortress.
At the Base Exchange Rate, the Backstop Notes are exchangeable into 7.6 million shares of common stock.
 
The Base Exchange Rate may be adjusted for certain dilutive events or change in control events as defined by the Indenture Agreement (the “Adjusted Exchange Rate”). Additionally, if after the
2
-year anniversary of the issuance of the Backstop Notes the Company’s shares are trading at a defined premium to the Base Exchange Rate or applicable Adjusted Exchange Rate, the Company may redeem the Backstop Notes for cash, force an exchange into shares of its common stock at an amount per share based on a time-value make whole table, or settle with a combination of cash and an exchange
 
(the “Company Option”). Since the Company may use the Company Option to potentially settle all or part of the Backstop Notes for the cash equivalent of the fair value of the common stock for which the notes may be exchanged, a portion of the proceeds of the Backstop Notes have been allocated to equity, based on the estimated fair value of Backstop Notes had they not contained the exchange features. As of September 30, 2021: the carrying amount of the equity component was $12.5 million, net of allocation issuance costs of $0.2 million; the liability component consisted of principal, unamortized discount, and unamortized issuance costs of $95.1 million, $12.7 million, and $1.5 million, respectively; and the net carrying amount is $80.9 million. The unamortized discount and issuance costs will be amortized through September 30, 2028. The effective interest rate of the liability component is
8.4
%. No interest cost was recognized on the Backstop Notes for the three month and nine month periods ended September 30, 2021.
The Backstop Agreement contains a customary
six-month
lock up following the closing, which prohibits Fortress from hedging the Backstop Notes by short selling the Company’s common stock or hedging the notes via the Company’s warrants or options.
NOTE 6 – INCOME TAXES
The Company determines its estimated annual effective tax rate at the end of each interim period based on estimated
pre-tax income (loss) and
facts known at that time. The estimated annual effective tax rate is applied to the
year-to-date
pre-tax income (loss) at
the end of each interim period with certain adjustments. The tax effects
 
F-17

of significant unusual or extraordinary items are reflected as discrete adjustments in the periods in which they occur. The Company’s estimated annual effective tax rate can change based on the mix of jurisdictional
pre-tax income (loss) and
other factors. However, if the Company is unable to make a reliable estimate of its annual effective tax rate, then the actual effective tax rate for the year to date period may be the best estimate. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company determined that its annual effective tax rate approach would provide for a reliable estimate and therefore used this method to calculate its tax provision.
The Company’s effective income tax rate was
 45.1% and 21.2%
for
 
the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The income tax provision (benefit) was
$(3,710) and ($1,518)
for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The change in the income tax benefit for the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to changes in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and the impact of the change in fair value of warrant liability which is not taxable.
The Company’s effective income tax rate was 37.9% and 21.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The provision for (benefit from) income taxes was $(7,628) and ($5,376) for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The change in the provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily due to changes in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and the impact of the change in fair value of warrant liability which is not taxable.
The effective income tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the geographical mix of earnings and related foreign tax rate differential, permanent differences, research and development tax credits, and the valuation allowance maintained against certain deferred tax assets.
NOTE 7 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases
The Company leases various office spaces under
non-cancellable
operating leases expiring through 2029. Rent expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Rent expense for both the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $2.0 million.
The future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of September 30, 2021 for the next five years is as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
From October 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021
   $ 781  
2022
     2,437  
2023
     1,448  
2024
     1,076  
2025
     749  
Thereafter
     2,157  
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
 8,648
 
    
 
 
 
Off-Balance-Sheet
Credit Exposures
The Company has standby letters of credit and bank guarantees of $0.4 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. These contingent liabilities are secured by highly liquid instruments included in restricted cash.
 
F-18

Purchase Obligations
The Company has vendor commitments primarily relating to carrier and open purchase obligations that the Company incurs in the ordinary course of business. As of September 30, 2021, the purchase commitments were as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
From October 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021
   $ 15,195  
2022
     6,871  
2023
     1,286  
2024
     1,286  
2025
     1,286  
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
 
25,924
 
    
 
 
 
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation arising out of the ordinary course of our business. There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries are a party or of which any of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ property is subject.
NOTE 8 – PREPAID AND
OTHER RECEIVABLES 
Prepaid Expenses and Other Receivables
The Company’s prepaid expenses and other receivables consist of the following:
 
 
  
September 30,
2021
 
  
December 31,
2020
 
Prepaid Deposits
   $ 4,906      $ 1,734  
Prepaid Expenses
     5,598        3,695  
Other
Receivables
 
 
4,036
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total Prepaid Expenses and Other Receivables
   $ 14,540      $ 5,429  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
NOTE 9 – TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The Company operates subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) dated September 30, 2021.
Capital Stock
As of September 30, 2021; the Company authorized up to 350,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 315,000,000 shares of common stock and 35,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of September 30, 2021, 71,810,419 shares of common stock and zero shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.
Series A Preferred Stock
The Board authorized up to 7,765,229 Series A preferred shares. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were zero and 7,756,158 Series A preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. The shares were issued at a discount of 2%. Series A preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per year on the sum of the par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series
A-1
and Series B shareholders
 
F-19

and in preference to all other shareholders. The Company had the option to redeem the Series A preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends. Series A preferred shareholders had an option to put the shares back to the Company for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends on or after April 
11
,
2027
. The Company determined that the put option is a redemption event not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series A preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value. Upon closing of the Business Combination, all Series A preferred shares were settled with a redemption value of $
85.2
 
million in cash. The Company no longer had shares of Series A Preferred Stock authorized, issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The terms and rights of the Series A Preferred Stock described previously represent the terms and rights prior to the closing of the Business Combination. 
Series
A-1
Preferred Stock
The Board authorized up to 10,480,538 Series
A-1
preferred shares. As
 
of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were zero and 7,862,107 Series
A-1
preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. The shares were issued at a discount of 2%. Series
A-1
preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of thirteen-point seven five percent (13.75%) per year on the sum of the par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A and Series B shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. The Company had the option to redeem the Series
A-1
Preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends subject to a current redemption premium of 1%. Series
A-1
preferred shareholders had an option to put the shares back to the Company for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends on or after April 11, 2027. The Company determined that the put option is a redemption event not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series
A-1
Preferred Stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value. Upon closing of the Business Combination, all Series
A-1
preferred shares were settled with a redemption value of $86.9 
million. Certain Series A-1 preferred shareholders elected to received shares of common stock of the Company in lieu of cash. The Company no longer had shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock authorized, issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The terms and rights of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock described previously represent the terms and rights prior to the closing of the Business Combination. 
Series B Preferred Stock
The Board authorized up to 9,090,975 Series B preferred shares. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were zero and 9,090,975 Series B preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Series B preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of ten percent (10%) per year on the sum of the unreturned par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A and Series
A-1
shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. On or after October 11, 2018, the Company has the option to redeem the Series B Preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends. Because the controlling shareholder is the majority holder of Series B preferred shares, the Company redemption option functions as a holder put option. Accordingly, the Company determined that the option could result in a redemption that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series B Preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value each period. Upon closing of the Business Combination, all Series B preferred shares were settled with a redemption value of $97.8 million. Certain Series B preferred shareholders elected to received shares of common stock of the Company in lieu of cash. The Company no longer had shares of Series B Preferred Stock authorized, issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The terms and rights of the Series B Preferred Stock described previously represent the terms and rights prior to the closing of the Business Combination.
 
F-20

A summary of the accumulated but unpaid preferred dividends for the Series A, Series
A-1
and Series B preferred shares as of March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2021 and March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2020, is as follows:
 
                                                                            
(in ‘000)
  
Series A
    
Series
A-1
    
Series B
 
Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2020
  
$
34,812
 
  
$
18,608
 
  
$
33,910
 
Accumulated
  
 
2,486
 
  
 
2,666
 
  
 
2,241
 
Distributed
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, March 31, 2021
  
$
37,298
 
  
$
21,274
 
  
$
36,151
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated
  
 
2,514
 
  
 
2,695
 
  
 
2,323
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Distributed
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, June 30, 2021
  
$
39,812
 
  
$
23,969
 
  
$
38,474
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated
  
 
2,656
 
  
 
2,880
 
  
 
2,361
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Distributed
  
 
(42,468
  
 
(26,849
  
 
(40,835
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, September 30, 2021
  
$
—  
 
  
$
—  
 
  
$
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
                                                                            
(in ‘000)
  
Series A
    
Series A-1
    
Series B
 
Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2019
  
$
25,610
 
  
$
8,794
 
  
$
25,338
 
Accumulated
  
 
2,216
 
  
 
2,359
 
  
 
2,053
 
Distributed
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, March 31, 2020
  
$
27,826
 
  
$
11,153
 
  
$
27,391
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated
  
 
2,215
 
  
 
2,359
 
  
 
2,104
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Distributed
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, June 30, 2020
  
$
30,041
 
  
$
13,512
 
  
$
29,495
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated
  
 
2,385
 
  
 
2,548
 
  
 
2,180
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Distributed
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, September 30, 2020
  
 
32,426
 
  
 
16,060
 
  
 
31,675
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The redemption value of Series A, Series
A-1
and Series B preferred stock is equal to the par value of $1,000 per share plus the above accumulated unpaid dividends and any applicable redemption premium.
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
The Board authorized up to 6,872,894 Series C convertible preferred shares. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were zero and 2,566,186 Series C convertible preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Subordinate to the payment of dividends to Series A, Series
A-1
and Series B preferred shareholders, the Series C shareholders are entitled to receive dividends equal to 1.5X initial investment in conjunction with common stock, then subject to a
catch-up,
followed by pro rata sharing thereafter. Series C convertible preferred shareholders have a de facto option to put the shares back to the Company for liquidation value. The Company determined that the option could result in a deemed liquidation that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series C convertible preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity).
Series C convertible preferred shares are convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a rate of 1 to 1 initially, subject to adjustments for dilution.
 
F-21

Upon closing of the Business Combination, 16,802 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
(pre-combination)
converted into 2,520,368 shares of common stock of the Company. The Company no longer had Series C Convertible Preferred Stock authorized, issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The terms and rights of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock described previously represent the terms and rights prior to the closing of the Business Combination.
NOTE 10 – SHARE-BASED PAYMENT AND RELATED STOCK
 
OPTION PLAN
During 2020, the Company granted awards to certain employees
 
and Board members of the Company. Under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Board is authorized to grant stock options to eligible employees and directors of the Company. The fair value of the options was expensed
on
a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.
In connection with the Business Combination a modification in the existing terms of the options was introduced to add contingent cash-settlement feature pursuant to which each option holder entered into option cancellation agreement (“Cancellation Agreements”), whereby option holders agreed to surrender all options outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination for cancellation effective immediately prior to the closing. In exchange for the cancellation of the vested and unvested options, option holders are entitled to right to receive payment of Option Cash Consideration equal to

$4,075,000 and Option Share Consideration,
 
of
432,500 common shares ($3,377,825
value)
 
in the surviving entity less applicable withholding taxes and without interest, paid on the first payroll cycle following the closing of the Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company recognized a liability for the fair value of the Option Cash Consideration and Option Share Consideration. An expense was recognized for the difference between the previously recognized portion of grant date fair value and the fair value of the recorded liability.
Stock based compensation expense during the three-month period ended September 
30
,
2021
, and September 
30
,
2020
was $
3.9
and $
0.3
 million respectively. Stock based compensation expense during the nine-month period ended September 
30
,
2021
and September 
30
,
2020
was $
4.6
 million and $
0.8
 million, respectively.
The Company has determined its share-based payments to be a Level 3 fair value measurement and has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate its fair value using the following assumptions:
 
    
September 30, 2020
 
Risk-free interest rate
    
1.58 - 2.47%
 
Expected term (life) of options (in years)
    
2-4
 
Expected dividends
     0%
 
Expected volatility
    
67.9 - 86.3%
 
The Company did not grant any awards during the nine month period ended September 30, 2021. The expected term of the options granted are determined based on the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. In selecting similar entities for determining expected volatility, the Company considered industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The dividend yield on the Company’s options is assumed to be zero since the Company has not historically paid dividends.
 
F-22

Table of Contents
The following is a summary of the Company’s stock options as of September 30, 2021
 
and September
 
30, 2020 and the stock option activity from December 31, 2020 through September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2019 thro
u
gh September 30, 2020:
 
     
                     
     
                     
     
                     
     
                     
 
 
  
Number
of Options
 
  
Weighted
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
per
Option
(Amount)
 
  
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(Amount)
 
  
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
 
                                                                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2020
  
 
432,500
 
  
$
15.45
 
  
$
141.53
 
  
 
7.7
 
Granted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Forfeited
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Expired
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Cancelled
  
 
(432,500
)   
 
(15.45
)   
 
(141.53
)   
 
(7.7
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance, September 30, 2021
  
 
—  
 
  
$
—  
 
  
$
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
     
                     
     
                     
     
                     
     
                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Number
of Options
 
  
Weighted
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
per
Option
(Amount)
 
  
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(Amount)
 
  
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
 
                                                                                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2019
 
 
399,151
 
 
$
15.82
 
 
$
141.53
 
 
 
8.4
 
Granted
  
 
64,065
 
  
 
13.50
 
  
 
141.53
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Exercised
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Forfeited
  
 
(30,716
)   
 
15.80
 
  
 
141.53
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Expired
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
  
 
—  
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance, September 30, 2020
  
 
432,500
 
  
$
15.45
 
  
$
141.53
 
  
 
7.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The number of options, weighted average grant date fair value per option, and weighted average exercise price in the table above have been revised from those disclosed in the previously issued unaudited quarterly financial statements for the periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 to reflect the exchange ratio implied by the ultimate settlement of the Company’s stock options on the Closing Date. These adjustments had no effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and statements of operations, comprehensive loss, temporary equity and stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for any period presented herein. The Company has concluded that this revision is not material to the unaudited quarterly financial statements for the periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
The following is a summary of the Company’s share-based compensation expense during the respective three-month and nine-month reporting periods:
 
 
  
Three months ended
September 30,
 
  
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in ‘000)
  
2021
 
  
2020
 
  
2021
 
  
2020
 
Total share-based compensation expense
   $  3,933      $  315      $  4,564      $  846  
As of September 30, 2021, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding stock options.
NOTE 11 – WARRANTS ON COMMON STOCK
KORE Warrants
In connection with the sale of Series B preferred stock,
pre-combination
KORE issued warrants (“KORE Warrants”) for the purchase of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per warrant. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were zero and 9,814 KORE Warrants issued and outstanding, respectively. Upon closing of the Business Combination, all KORE Warrants were exercised and converted into 1,365,312 shares of commo
n
 stock.
 
F-
23

The Company evaluated the KORE Warrants for liability or equity classification in accordance with the provisions of ASC 480,
 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity
, and ASC
815-40,
 Derivatives and Hedging
. Based on the provisions governing the warrants in the applicable agreement, the Company determined that the KORE Warrants met the criteria and were required to be classified as a liability subject to the guidance in ASC
815-10
and
815-40
and should effectively be treated as outstanding common shares in both basic and diluted EPS calculations.
Public and Private Placement Warrant
As part of CTAC’s initial public offering (“IPO”) in 2020, CTAC issued warrants to third party investors, and each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “Public Warrants”). Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, CTAC completed the private sale of warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”), and each Private Placement Warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at $11.50 per share. Subsequent to the Business Combination, 8,638,966 Public Warrants and 272,778 Private Placement Warrants remained outstanding as of September 30, 2021.
Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of common shares. The Public
 
Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12
 
months from the closing of the proposed public offering; provided in each case that the Company has an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the common shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act). Per the Warrant Agreement, the Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than twenty business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the common shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within
 
60
business days after the closing of the initial Business Combination, and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and a current prospectus relating to those common shares until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement provided that if the common shares are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 
18
(b)
(1)
of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 
3
(a)
(9)
of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement. If a registration statement covering the common shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the
60
th day after the closing of the initial Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 
3
(a)
(9)
of the Securities Act or another exemption, but the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.
The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
The Private Placement Warrants and the common shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination (except pursuant to limited exceptions to the Company’s officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with the initial purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants) and they will not be redeemable by the Company (except as described below under “Redemption of warrants for Class A ordinary shares when the price per common share equals or exceeds $10.00”) so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The Sponsor, or its permitted transferees, has the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants on a cashless basis. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrant.
 
F-24

The Company evaluated the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants for liability or equity classification in accordance with the provisions of ASC 480,
 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity
, and ASC
815-40,
 Derivatives and Hedging
. Based on the provisions governing the warrants in the applicable agreement, the Company determined that the Private Placement Warrants met the criteria and were required to be classified as a liability subject to the guidance in ASC
815-10
and
815-40
and should effectively be treated as outstanding common shares in both basic and diluted EPS calculations. As the surviving entity following the Business Combination has a single class of shares, the Public Warrants are classified as equity, with the fair value of the Public Warrants as of the date of the Business Combination closed to additional
paid-in
capital.
Initial Measurement
The KORE Warrants were initially measured at fair value. The estimated fair value of the warrants prior to entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with CTAC on March 12, 2021, was determined to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The fair value of each KORE Warrant was approximately the fair value per share of common stock.
The aforementioned warrant liabilities related to KORE Warrants are not subject to qualified hedge accounting.
The Public and Private Placement Warrants were initially measured at fair value. The fair value of the Public Warrants as of September 30, 2021, based on the closing price of KORE.WS, was closed to additional paid-in capital. As the transfer of Private Placement Warrants to anyone outside of a small group of individuals who are permitted transferees would result in the Private Placement Warrants having substantially the same terms as the Public Warrants, the Company determined that the fair value of each Private Placement Warrant is equivalent to that of each Public Warrant, with an insignificant adjustment for short-term marketability restrictions. As such, the Private Placement Warrants are classified as Level 2.
As of September 30, 2021, the aggregate values of the Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants were $0.3 million and $8.6 million, respectively, based on the closing price of KORE.WS on that date of $1.00.
Subsequent Measure:
The KORE Warrants were converted to common stock through the Business Combination and are no longer outstanding. The Private Placement Warrants are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Private Placement Warrants are classified as Level 2, with subsequent measurement of fair value based on the closing price of KORE.WS on the relevant date. The Public Warrants are equity classified not requiring subsequent measurement.
The change in fair value of the warrant liability for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020 was ($2.9) million and $0.7 million, respectively. The change in fair value of the warrant liability for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020 was ($5.3) million and $3.5 million, respectively.
NOTE 12 – NET LOSS PER SHARE
The Company follows the
two-class
method when computing net loss per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The
two-class
method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The
two-class
method also requires losses for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based on their respective rights if the participating security contractually participates in losses. As holders of participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to fund losses, undistributed net losses are not allocated to Series A, Series
A-1,
Series B and Series C preferred shares for purposes of the loss per share calculation. Earnings per share calculations for all periods prior to the Business Combination have been retrospectively restated to the equivalent number of shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the merger agreement.
 
F-25

Presented in the table below is a reconciliation of the numerator and d
e
nominator for the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) calculations for the periods ended:
 
 
  
Three months ended
September 30,
 
  
Nine months ended

September 30,
 
(in ‘000)
  
2021
 
  
2020
 
  
2021
 
  
2020
 
Numerator:
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
Net loss attributable to the Company
   $ (4,508    $ (5,648    $ (12,474    $ (19,474
Less dividends to preferred shareholder
     (7,897      (7,139      (22,822      (20,492
Add premium on preferred conversion to common shares
     4,074                 4,074           
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common shareholders
  
$
(8,331
  
$
(12,787
  
$
(31,222
  
$
(39,966
Denominator:
                                   
Weighted average common shares, basic and
diluted
 
(in number)
     30,732,921        30,281,520        30,433,641        30,285,684  
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss per share attributable to common shareholder, basic and diluted
  
$
(0.27
  
$
(0.42
  
$
(1.03
  
$
(1.32
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive:
 
(number of shares)
  
September 30,
2021
 
  
September 30,
2020
 
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
     —          2,566,186  
Stock Options
     —          432,500  
NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Leasing and Professional Services Agreement
KORE TM Data Brasil Processamento de Dados Ltda., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, maintains a lease and a professional services agreement with a company controlled by a key member of the subsidiary’s management team
.
Aggregated related party transactions, which have been recorded at the exchange amount, representing the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties, was $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020. The amount was recorded under general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Due to Related Parties
Upon the closing of the Business Combination on September 30, 2021, the
Company
repaid its outstanding loans of $1.6 
million due to Interfusion B.V and T-Fone B.V., companies related though common ownership resulting from the acquisition
of
Aspider in 2018. The amounts outstanding at December 31, 2020 are recorded under due to related parties in the consolidated balance sheet. The amounts were as follows: 
 
For the period ended
(in ‘000)
  
September 30,
2021
 
  
December 31,
2020
 
Interfusion B.V.
   $ —        $ 985  
T-Fone
B.V.
   $ —        $ 630  
 
F-26

Interest was accrued quarterly, at a fixed rate of 2.5%. The Company accrued interest of $0.03 million for both of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
As of September 30, 2021, the Company accrued $1.1 million of transaction costs relating to the Business Combination to be paid to related parties under due to related parties on the consolidated balance sheet.
NOTE 14 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through November
15
, 2021 to ensure that these consolidated financial statements include appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the consolidated financial statements and events which occurred but were not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.
On October 1, 2021, KORE Group Holdings, Inc. countersigned a commitment letter (the “Commitment Letter”) pursuant to which Fortress will make additional financing available to the Company subject to certain terms and conditions, for up to $25.0
 
million of
 additional notes under the Indenture
entered into in connection with the Backstop Notes dated as of July 27, 2021 by and among KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Fortress. Upon entering into definitive documentation, the Sponsor has agreed to contribute 100,000 shares of common stock of the Company to LLC Merger Sub, which shares will be transferred by LLC Merger Sub to Fortress, as a commitment fee, pursuant to the terms and upon the
conditions set forth in the Commitment Letter. The Company executed the Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement on October 28, 2021, issuing $24.9 million in additional
exchangeable notes
.
 
F-27
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Shareholders and Board of Directors
Maple Holdings Inc.
Atlanta, Georgia
Opinion on the
Consolidated
Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Maple Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), temporary equity and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying table of contents (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended
,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Atlanta, Georgia
April 7, 2021, except for the effects of the recapitalization described in Note 1, as to which the date is December 2, 2021

 
F-28

Table of Contents
Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
 
    
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Assets
                 
Current assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 10,321      $ 8,295  
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for credits and doubtful accounts of $2,804 and $2,700, respectively
     40,661        34,803  
Inventories, net
     5,842        2,710  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables
     5,429        3,331  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total current assets
  
 
62,253
 
  
 
49,139
 
Non-current
assets
                 
Restricted cash
     372        397  
Property and equipment, net
     13,709        15,311  
Intangible assets, net
     240,203        276,902  
Goodwill
     382,749        382,247  
Deferred tax assets
     122        37  
Other long-term assets
     611        813  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total assets
  
$
700,019
 
  
$
724,846
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
                 
Current liabilities
                 
Bank indebtedness
   $ —        $ 8,300  
Accounts payable
     22,978        15,962  
Accrued liabilities
     17,209        11,934  
Income taxes payable
     244        290  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
     856        828  
Deferred revenue
     7,772        6,068  
Current portion of term loan payable
     3,161        3,248  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
  
 
52,220
 
  
 
46,630
 
Long-term liabilities
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
     42,840        48,915  
Due to related parties
     1,615        1,472  
Warrant liability
     15,944        8,459  
Capital lease obligations
     508        484  
Term-loan payable, net
     298,404        299,734  
Other long-term liabilities
     4,377        2,917  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total liabilities
  
$
415,908
 
  
$
408,611
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (note 9)
                 
 
F-29

Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets – Continued
(in thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
 
    
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Temporary equity
                
Series A Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 7,765,229 shares authorized; 7,756,158 and 6,836,003 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
   $ 77,562     $ 68,360  
Series
A-1
Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 10,480,538 shares authorized; 7,862,107 and 6,949,524 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
     78,621       69,495  
Series B Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 9,090,975 shares authorized; 9,090,975 and 8,233,774 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
     90,910       82,338  
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 6,872,894 shares authorized; 2,566,186 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
     16,802       16,802  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total temporary equity
  
 
263,895
 
 
 
236,995
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
                
Common stock, voting; par value $0.0001 per share; 55,659,643 shares authorized; 30,281,520 and 30,309,350 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
     3       3  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     135,616       161,555  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (1,677     (3,793
Accumulated deficit
     (113,726     (78,525
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  
 
20,216
 
 
 
79,240
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
  
$
700,019
 
 
$
724,846
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-30

Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
 
For the years ended
  
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Revenue
                
Services
   $ 172,845     $ 159,425  
Products
     40,915       9,727  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
revenue
  
 
213,760
 
 
 
169,152
 
Cost of
revenue
                
Cost of services
     64,520       57,621  
Cost of products
     33,410       6,044  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total cost of
revenue
(exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
  
 
97,930
 
 
 
63,665
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operating expenses
                
Selling, general and administrative
     72,883       65,298  
Depreciation and amortization
     52,488       48,131  
Intangible asset impairment loss
     —         3,892  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
  
 
125,371
 
 
 
117,321
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operating loss
  
 
(9,541
 
 
(11,834
Interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, net
     (23,493     (24,785
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     (7,485     235  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
  
 
(40,519
 
 
(36,384
Income tax provision (benefit)
                
Current
     1,051       (1,450
Deferred
     (6,369     (11,491
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total income tax benefit
  
 
(5,318
 
 
(12,941
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
  
$
(35,201
 
$
(23,443
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
Loss per share:
                
Basic
   $ (1.96   $ (1.45
Diluted
     (1.96     (1.45
     
Weighted average shares outstanding (in Number):
                
Basic
     31,650,173       31,169,435  
Diluted
     31,650,173       31,169,435  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-31

Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands USD)
 
For the years ended
  
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Net loss
   $
(35,201
)
 
  $
(23,443
)
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                
Foreign currency translation adjustment
     2,116       517  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
  
$
(33,085
 
$
(22,926
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-32

Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands USD)
 
   
Series A
Preferred Stock
   
Series
A-1

Preferred Stock
   
Series B
Preferred Stock
   
Series C
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
Total
Temporary
Equity
   
Common Stock
   
Additional
paid-in

capital
   
Accumulated

Other
Comprehensive
Income

(Loss)
   
Accumulated
Deficit
   
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
   
Temporary Equity
   
Stockholders’ Equity
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Amount
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Amount
   
Amount
   
Amount
   
Amount
 
Balance at December 31, 2018 (as previously reported)
    43     $ 60,270       60     $ 61,444       57     $ 76,832       17     $ 16,802     $ 215,348       214     $ 2     $ 174,601     $ (4,310   $ (55,082   $ 115,211  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Conversion of stock.
    5,984       —         6,085       —         7,626       —         2,549       —         —         29,531       1       (1     —         —         —    
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2018, effect of reverse recapitalization.
    6,027       60,270       6,145     $ 61,444       7,683     $ 76,832       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 215,348       29,745     $ 3     $ 174,600     $ (4,310   $ (55,082   $ 115,211  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Issuance of stock
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         573       —         7,000       —         —         7,000  
Repurchase of stock
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (8     —         (80     —         —         (80
Accrued dividends payable
    809       8,090       805       8,051       551       5,506       —         —         21,647       —         —         (21,647     —         —         (21,647
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         517       —         517  
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,682       —         —         1,682  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (23,443     (23,443
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2019
    6,836     $ 68,360       6,950     $ 69,495       8,234     $ 82,338       2,566     $ 16,802     $ 236,995       30,310     $ 3     $ 161,555     $ (3,793   $ (78,525   $ 79,240  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Repurchase of stock
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (28     —         (200     —         —         (200
Accrued dividends payable
    920       9,202       912       9,126       857       8,572       —         —         26,900       —         —         (26,900     —         —         (26,900
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    —         —         —         —         —                 —         —         —         —         —         —         2,116       —         2,116  
Share-based compensation
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,161       —         —         1,161  
Net loss
    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —                 —         —         —         (35,201     (35,201
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2020
 
 
7,756
 
 
$
77,562
 
 
 
7,862
 
 
$
78,621
 
 
 
9,091
 
 
$
90,910
 
 
 
2,566
 
 
$
16,802
 
 
$
263,895
 
 
 
30,282
 
 
$
3
 
 
$
135,616
 
 
$
(1,677
 
$
(113,726
 
$
20,216
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-33

Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands USD)
 
For the years ended
  
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                
Net loss
   $ (35,201   $ (23,443
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
                
Depreciation and amortization
     52,488       48,131  
Intangible asset impairment loss
     —         3,892  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
     2,313       2,063  
Deferred income taxes
     (6,178     (11,419
Non-cash
foreign currency loss (gain)
     233       1,440  
Share-based compensation
     1,161       1,682  
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     7,485       (235
Settlement gain on carrier commitment liability
     —         (2,269
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of operating assets and liabilities acquired:
                
Accounts receivable
     (5,432     1,765  
Inventories
     (3,027     (566
Prepaid expenses and other receivables
     (2,020     169  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
     13,100       (2,458
Deferred revenue
     1,583       (44
Income taxes payable
     (34     (1,158
Change in minimum carrier commitment liability
     —         (3,297
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash provided by operating activities
  
$
26,471
 
 
$
14,253
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                
Additions to intangible assets
     (10,135     (10,491
Additions to property and equipment
     (1,834     (2,391
Acquisition Integron, LLC, net of cash acquired
     366       (37,488
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash used in investing activities
  
$
(11,603
 
$
(50,370
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
     —         8,135  
Repayment of revolving credit facility
     (8,300     —    
Repayment of term loan
     (3,526     (2,888
Proceeds from term loan
     —         35,000  
Deferred finance fees
     —         (2,089
Repurchase of common stock
     (200     (80
Repayment of capital lease obligations
     (692     (1,080
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
  
$
(12,718
 
$
36,998
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash and Cash Equivalents
     (149     (162
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
     2,001       719  
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, beginning of year
     8,692       7,973  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, end of year
  
$
10,693
 
 
$
8,692
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-cash
investing and financing activities:
                
Equity issued for acquisition of Integron LLC
   $ —       $ 7,000  
Capital leases
     622       1,120  
Supplemental cash flow information:
                
Interest paid
   $ 21,544     $ 23,977  
Taxes paid (net of refunds)
     379       417  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-34

Maple Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands USD, except share amounts)
NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Formation and Business Combination
Maple Holdings Inc., which was incorporated in the United States, and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively known as “Maple”, the “Company”, or “pre-combination KORE”) is one of the largest global independent Internet of Things (“IoT”) enabler, delivering critical services to customers in over 180 countries to deploy, manage & scale their IoT application and use cases.
On March 12, 2021, Maple entered into a definitive merger agreement (the “Business Combination”) with
 
Cerberus
 
Telecom Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: CTAC). On September 29, 2021, CTAC held a special meeting, at which CTAC’s shareholders voted to approve the proposals outlined in the proxy statement filed by CTAC with the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 13, 2021, including, among other things, the adoption of the Business Combination and approval of the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.
On September 30, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), as contemplated by the merger agreement, (i) CTAC merged with and into King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”) (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger and King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”) as parent of the surviving entity, (ii) immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”) contributed 100%
of
its equity interests in King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”) to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, (iii) following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Corp Merger Sub merged with and into Maple (the “First Merger”), with Maple being the surviving corporation of the First Merger, and (iv) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Maple merged with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, being collectively referred to as the “Mergers” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, the “Transactions” and the closing of the Transactions, the Business Combination), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger and Pubco being the sole member of LLC Merger Sub. In connection with the Business Combination, Pubco changed its name to “KORE Group Holdings, Inc.”, and the combined company remained listed on the NYSE under the new ticker symbol “KORE”.
The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization
whereby pre-combination KORE was determined to be the accounting acquirer 
and CTAC was treated as the “acquired” company for accounting purposes. The Business Combination was accounted as the equivalent of pre-combination KORE issuing stock for the net assets of CTAC, accompanied by a recapitalizat
i
on whereby pre-combination KORE was determined to be the accounting acquirer.
The consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of stockholders’ equity and these notes to the consolidated financial statements reflect the reverse recapitalization as discussed above. Reported shares and earnings per share available to common stockholders, prior to the Business Combination, have been retroactively restated to reflect the exchange ratio established in the merger agreement. The number of shares of preferred stock was also retroactively restated based on the exchange ratio.
Organization
The Company provides advanced connectivity services, location-based services, device solutions, managed and professional services used in the development and support of IoT technology for the Machine-to-Machine (“M2M”) market. The Company’s IoT platform is delivered in partnership with the world’s largest mobile network operators and provides secure, reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices. This
 
F-35

technology enables the Company to expand its global technology platform by transferring capabilities across new and existing vertical markets and delivers complimentary products to channel partners and resellers worldwide.
The Company has operating subsidiaries located in Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Dominican Republic, Ireland, Malta, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The Company’s consolidated financial statements (the “consolidated financial statements”) reflect its financial statements and those of its wholly owned subsidiaries.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). These Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Foreign Currency
The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Any transactions recorded in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries denominated in a currency other than the local currency are remeasured using current exchange rates each reporting period with the resulting unrealized gains or losses being included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Such unrealized gains and losses primarily relate to intercompany balances and amounted to unrealized losses of $0.2 million and $1.4 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For consolidation purposes, all assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as part of a separate component of stockholders’ equity and reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
Segments
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to the individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.
COVID-19
Impact
During the period ended December 31, 2020, an outbreak of the novel coronavirus
(“COVID-19”)
has spread across the globe and has been declared a public health emergency by the World Health Organization and a National Emergency by the President of the United States. The
COVID-19
pandemic has resulted, and is likely to continue to result, in significant economic disruption. Federal, state and local governments mobilized to implement containment mechanisms to minimize impacts to their populations and economies. Various containment measures, which include the quarantining of cities, regions and countries, while aiding in the prevention of further outbreak, have resulted in a severe drop in general economic activity. In addition, the global economy has experienced a significant disruption to global supply chains. The extent of the impact of
COVID-19
on the Company’s operational and financial
 
F-36

performance will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak. As of December 31, 2020,
CODIV-19
has not had a negative impact on the Company.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements, in conformity with US
 GAAP,
 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to revenue recognition such as determining the nature and time of the satisfaction of performance obligations, revenue reserves, allowances for accounts receivable, inventory obsolescence, the recognition and measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations at fair value, assessment of indicators of goodwill impairment, determination of useful lives of the Company’s intangible assets and equipment, the assessment of expected cash flows used in evaluating long-lived assets for impairment, the calculation of capitalized software costs, accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions, and the value of securities underlying stock-based compensation. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future, actual results may be different from these estimates.
Revenue Recognition
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 606,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
, using the modified retrospective method for those contracts with customers which were not completed as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
The guidance provides that an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation. Payments are generally due and received within
30-60
days from the point of billing customers.
The Company derives revenue from services and products related to its two service lines: IoT Connectivity and IOT Solutions. IoT Connectivity arrangements provide customers with secure and reliable wireless connectivity to mobile and fixed devices through various mobile network carriers. Revenue from IoT Connectivity consists of monthly recurring charges (“MRC’s”) and overage/usage charges, and contracts are generally short-term in nature (i.e.,
month-to-month
arrangements). Customers generally may cancel with 30 days’ notice without substantive cost or fees. Revenue for MRC’s and overage/usage charges are recognized over time as the Company satisfies the performance obligation (generally starting when an enrolled device is activated on the Company’s platform). MRC’s are billed monthly in advance (generally in the last week of a month); any amounts billed for which the service has not been provided as of the balance sheet dates are reported as a contract liability and components of deferred revenue. Overage/usage charges are billed in arrears on a monthly cycle. Overage/usage charges are evaluated on a monthly basis, and any overage/usage charges determined by management as unlikely to be collected due to a customer disputing the charge or due to a concession are reserved. Reserved items are written off when deemed uncollectible or recognized as revenue if collected. Certain IoT Connectivity customers also have the option to purchase products and/or equipment (e.g. subscriber identification module or “SIM” cards, routers, phones, or tablets) from the Company on an as needed basis. Product sales to IoT Connectivity customers are recognized when control is transferred to the customer, which is typically upon shipment of the product.
IoT Solutions arrangements includes device solutions (including connectivity), deployment services, and/or technology-related professional services. Management evaluates each IoT Solutions arrangement to determine the contract for accounting purposes. If a contract contains more than one performance obligation, the Company allocates consideration to each performance obligation based on the standalone selling prices of each
F-37

performance obligation. Standalone selling prices are based on analyses performed by management based on readily observable prices or utilizing a cost-plus margin approach if prices are not observable. Hardware, deployment services, and connectivity services generally have readily observable prices. The standalone selling price of our warehouse management services (which is associated with our bill-and-hold inventory and determined to be immaterial as discussed below) was determined using a cost-plus-margin approach with the primary assumptions including Company profit objectives, internal cost structure, and current market trends. Device and other hardware sales in IoT Solutions arrangements are generally accounted for as separate contracts since the customer is not obligated to purchase additional services when committing to the purchase of any products. Such sales are typically recognized upon shipment to the customer. However, in certain contracts, the customer has requested the Company to hold the products ordered for later shipment to the customer’s remote location or to the customer’s end user as a part of a vendor managed inventory model. In these situations, management has concluded that transfer of control to the customer occurs prior to shipment. In these
“bill-and-hold”
arrangements, the right to invoice, transfer of legal title and transfer of the risk and rewards associated with the products occurs when the Company receives the hardware from a third party vendor and has deemed it to be functional. Additionally, the products are identified both physically and systematically as belonging to a specific customer, are usable by the customer, and are only shipped, used, or disposed as directed by the specific customer. Based on these factors, management recognizes revenue on
bill-and-hold
hardware when the hardware is received by the Company and deemed functional. As part of the
bill-and-hold
arrangements, the Company performs a service related to the storage of the hardware. The Company has determined that any storage fee related to
bill-and-hold
inventory is immaterial to the financial statements taken as a whole.
Deployment services consist of the Company preparing hardware owned by a customer for use by a customer’s end user. Deployment and connectivity may both be included within a single IoT Solutions contract and are considered separate performance obligations. While consideration for deployment services is generally fixed when ordered by the client, consideration for connectivity services is variable and solely related to the connectivity services. Therefore, the fixed consideration is allocated to the deployment services and is recognized as revenue when the services are provided (i.e. when the related hardware is shipped to the customer). Connectivity within IoT Solutions contracts are recognized similar to the IoT Connectivity as described above, since such contracts are generally short term in nature and variability is resolved each month as the services are provided.
Professional services are generally provided over a contract term of one to two months. Revenue is recognized over time on an input method basis (typically, based on hours completed to date and an estimate of total hours to complete the project).
There are no material instances where variable consideration is constrained and not recorded at the initial time of sale. Product returns are recorded as a reduction to revenue based on anticipated sales returns that occur in the normal course of business and are immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company primarily has assurance-type warranties that do not result in separate performance obligations.
The Company did not recognize any material revenue in the current reporting period for performance obligations that were fully satisfied in previous periods.
The Company does not have material unfulfilled performance obligation balances for contracts with an original length greater than one year in any years presented. Additionally, the Company does not have material costs related to obtaining a contract with amortization periods greater than one year for any year presented.
The Company applies ASC 606 utilizing the following allowable exemptions or practical expedients:
 
 
 
Exemption to not disclose the unfulfilled performance obligation balance for contracts with an original length of one year or less.
 
F-38


   
Practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.
 
   
Election to present revenue net of sales taxes and other similar taxes.
 
   
Election from recognizing shipping and handling activities as a separate performance obligation.
 
   
Practical expedient not requiring the entity to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments
 
with an original maturity of less than 90 days or the ability to redeem amounts on demand. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates their fair value.
Restricted cash represents cash deposits held with financial institutions for letters of credit and is not available for general corporate purposes.
Concentrations of Credit Risk and
Off-Balance-Sheet
Risk
Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments that are potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited in accounts at large financial institutions, and amounts may exceed federally insured limits. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial strength of the depository institutions in which the cash and cash equivalents are held. The Company has no other financial instruments with
off-balance-sheet
risk of loss.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects management’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. Management reviews all accounts receivable balances that exceed terms from the invoice date individually, and based on an assessment of current creditworthiness, past payment history, and historical loss experience, and provides an allowance for the portion, if any, of the balance not expected to be collected. All accounts or portions thereof considered uncollectible or require excessive collection costs are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts and recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
Inventories
The Company records its inventory, which primarily consists of finished goods such as SIM cards, other hardware and packaging materials, using the
first-in,
first-out
method (“FIFO”). Certain items in inventory require limited assembly procedures to be performed before shipping the items to customers. Due to the insignificant nature and cost associated with the assembly procedures, the Company classifies these items as finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company performs ongoing evaluations and maintains a reserve for slow-moving and obsolete items, based upon factors surrounding the inventory age, amount of inventory on hand and projected sales.
 
F-39

Property and Equipment
The Company’s property and equipment primarily consist of office equipment and furniture, computer hardware, and networking equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the declining-balance method at the following annual rates:
 
Computer hardware
     30
Computer software
     30
Furniture and fixtures
     20
Networking equipment
     20
Maintenance, repairs, and ordinary replacements are recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. Expenditures for improvements that extend the physical or economic life of the property are capitalized.
Leases
Leases entered into by the Company, in which substantially all the benefits and risk of ownership are transferred to the Company, are recorded as obligations under capital leases. Obligations under capital leases reflect the present value of future lease payments, discounted at an appropriate interest rate, and are reduced by rental payments, net of imputed interest. Assets under capital leases are amortized based on the useful lives of the assets. All other leases are classified as operating leases, and leasing costs, including any rent holidays, leasehold incentives and rent concessions, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
Internal Use Software
Certain costs of platform and software applications developed for internal use are capitalized as intangible assets. Capitalization of costs begins when two criteria are met: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed (i.e. application development stage) and (ii) it is probable that the software will be completed and used for its intended function. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Costs incurred for maintenance, minor upgrades and enhancements are recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. Costs related to preliminary project activities and postimplementation operating activities are also recorded under selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. The Company amortizes the capitalized costs on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. The average useful life for capitalized internal use computer software is between
3-5
years. Capitalized internal use computer software, net of accumulated amortization, was $23.2 million and $19.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and was included in intangible assets.
Business Combinations
The Company allocates the fair value of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and expensed as incurred. All changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period are recognized as a component of provision for income taxes. When determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include expected future cash flows based on consideration of future growth rates and margins, customer attrition rates, future changes in technology and brand awareness and discount rates. Fair value estimates are based on the
 
F-40

assumptions management believes a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the business combination date, its estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the preliminary purchase price measurement period, which may be up to one year from the business combination date, the Company records adjustments to the provisional amounts recognized at the acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. After the preliminary purchase price measurement period, the Company records adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed subsequent to the purchase price measurement period in its operating results in the period in which the adjustments were
determined
.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company applies the provisions of ASC 820,
Fair
 
Value Measurements
, for fair value measurements of financial assets and financial liabilities and for fair value measurements of
non-financial
items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The Company also applied the provisions of the subtopic to fair value measurements of
non-financial
assets and
non-financial
liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
non-recurring
basis. The subtopic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The subtopic also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The fair value framework requires the Company to categorize certain assets and liabilities into three levels, based upon the assumptions used to price those assets or liabilities. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
The Company has determined the estimated fair value of its financial instruments based on appropriate valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates. Accordingly, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The estimated fair values can be materially affected by using different assumptions or methodologies. The methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments are based on carrying values and future cash flows.
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash are stated at cost, which approximates their fair value. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value, due to their short-term maturities.
The carrying amounts of the Company’s outstanding borrowings are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, therefore, are not required to be remeasured and adjusted to the then-current fair values at the end of each reporting period. Instead, the carrying values of the Company’s outstanding borrowings are disclosed at the end of each reporting period in Note 7,
Long-Term Debt
, to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company has outstanding warrants issued for the purchase of common stock. Warrants are classified as a liability, are
marked-to-market
and are evaluated at level 3 for fair value as disclosed in Note 12,
Warrants on Common Stock
.
Intangible Assets
Identifiable intangible assets acquired individually or as part of a group of other assets are initially recognized and measured at cost. The cost of a group of intangible assets acquired in a transaction, including those acquired
F-41

in a business combination that meet the specified criteria for recognition apart from goodwill, is the sum of the individual assets acquired based on their acquisition date fair values. The cost incurred to enhance the service potential of an intangible asset is capitalized as a
betterment.
Identifiable intangible assets comprise assets that have a definite life. Customer relationship intangibles are
recognized
on an accelerated basis and
the
other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
 
Customer relationships
     10 –
 
13 years
 
Technology
     5 – 9 years  
Carrier contracts
     10 years  
Trademarks
     9 – 10 years  
Non-compete
agreements
     3 years  
Internally developed and acquired computer software
     3 – 5 years  
As of December 31, 2019, the Company determined that there was an indicator of impairment and recognized a $3.9 million impairment on its acquired computer software. As of December 31, 2020, the Company determined that there were no indicators of impairment and did not recognize any impairment of its intangible assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess fair value of consideration transferred over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is evaluated annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators are present. A qualitative assessment is performed to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not the fair value of the reporting units is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors considered are macroeconomics conditions such as geographical location and fluctuations in foreign exchange, industry and market conditions, financial performance, entity-specific events and share price trends. If, based on the evaluation, it is determined that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, then an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Under a quantitative test, the Company obtains a third-party valuation of the fair value of the reporting unit. Assumptions used in the fair value calculation include revenue growth and profitability, terminal values, discount rates, and implied control premium. These assumptions are consistent with those the Company believes hypothetical marketplace participants would use. The Company has not recorded an impairment to goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Deferred Financing Fees
Deferred financing fees consist principally of debt issuance costs which are being amortized using the effective interest method over the terms of the related debt agreements and are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as direct deductions from long-term debt. Issuance costs for revolving credit facilities are recorded in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over the term of the agreement using the straight-line method.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to
 
F-42

be disposed of by sale would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheet. There were no assets classified as held for sale at any of the balance sheet dates presented.
Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes under the
 
asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the year that includes the date of enactment. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount, which, in the opinion of management, is more likely than not to be realized. The Company considers factors such as the cumulative income or loss in recent years; reversal of deferred tax liabilities; projected future taxable income exclusive of temporary differences; the character of the income tax asset, including income tax positions; tax planning strategies and other factors in the determination of the valuation allowance.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The Company calculates basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per common share.
Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing earnings/(loss) for the period by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period including outstanding warrants. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share includes the effect of dilutive instruments and uses the average share price for the period in determining the number of shares that are to be added to the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Cumulative dividends on preferred shares are subtracted from net income/(loss) to arrive at earnings/(loss) attributable to common stockholders.
In periods of net income, the Company allocates net income to the common shares under the
two-class
method for the Series C Preferred shares and unvested share-based payment awards that contain participating rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid). Because the Series C Preferred share and share-based payment awards do not have an obligation to fund losses, they are not included in the calculation during periods of losses because their effect would be antidilutive.
Long Term Cash Incentive Plan
The Company has a Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide a long-term retention and added compensation reward structure for key employees considered essential to the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. The Plan is intended to provide cash-based incentives conditioned on the attainment of one or more Performance Conditions, as defined in the Plan for one or more Plan years, as established by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2020, realization events have not occurred and, accordingly, no expense was recorded.
Warrants
The Company accounts for its warrants that were issued with other equity instruments as separate, freestanding financial instruments in accordance with the applicable authoritative accounting guidance. In the event the terms of the warrants qualify as a liability, the Company accounts for the instrument as a liability recorded at fair value each reporting period.
 
F-43

Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense was $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a share-based compensation plan, which is more fully described in Note 10,
Share-Based Payment and Related Stock Option Plan,
below. The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model that uses assumptions for expected volatility, expected dividends, expected term, and the risk-free interest rate. The Company generally expenses the fair value of the option awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.
Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The Company has included the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, which include the effects of the translation of currency for foreign operations. No amounts have been reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, during the years presented in the consolidated financial statements.
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)
2017-04,
“Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. ASU
2017-04
simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU
2017-04
is effective for the Company in fiscal year 2022 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company elected to early adopt ASU
2017-04
relating to our impairment test performed during the year ended December 31, 2019. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2016, the issued FASB ASU
2016-02,
Leases
, to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. In July 2018, ASU
2018-10
, Codification Improvements to ASC
2016-02
,
Leases
, was issued to provide more detailed guidance and additional clarification for implementing ASU
2016-02.
Furthermore, in July 2018, the FASB issued ASU
2018-11,
Leases: Targeted Improvements
, which provides an optional transition method in addition to the existing modified retrospective transition method by allowing a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Furthermore, on June 3, 2020, the FASB deferred by one year the effective date of the new leases standard for private companies, private
not-for-profits
and public
not-for-profits
that have not yet issued (or made available for issuance) financial statements reflecting the new standard. Additionally, in March 2020, ASU
2020-03,
Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, Leases
, was issued to provide more detailed guidance and additional clarification for implementing ASU
2016-02.
Furthermore, in June 2020, ASU
2020-05,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers and Leases
, was issued to defer effective dates of adoption of the new leasing standard
 
F-44

beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022.
These new leasing standards (collectively “ASC 842”) are effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance in the consolidated financial statements. However, based on the Company’s lease obligations, the adoption of ASC 842 will require the Company to recognize material assets and liabilities for
right-of-use
assets and operating lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet. ASC 842 will also require additional footnote disclosures to the Company’s financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU
2016-13,
Financial
Instruments –
 
Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,
which requires the use of a new current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model in estimating allowances for doubtful accounts with respect to accounts receivable and notes receivable. Receivables from revenue transactions, or trade receivables, are recognized when the corresponding revenue is recognized under ASC 606,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
. The CECL model requires that the Company estimate its lifetime expected credit loss with respect to these receivables and record allowances when deducted from the balance of the receivables, which represent the estimated net amounts expected to be collected. Given the generally short-term nature of trade receivables, the Company does not expect to apply a discounted cash flow methodology. However, the Company will consider whether historical loss rates are consistent with expectations of forward-looking estimates for its trade receivables. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU
2018-19,
Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses
. to clarify that operating lease receivables recorded by lessors are explicitly excluded from the scope of ASU
2016-13.
This ASU (collectively “ASC 326”) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU
2020-04,
Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting,
to provide guidance on easing the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform on financial reporting. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU.
NOTE 3 – BUSINESS COMBINATION
Integron LLC
On November 22, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding share capital of lntegron LLC, a provider of specialized managed services and device solutions with a focus in connected health and life sciences for customers in the United States and Europe. This acquisition further enhances the strategic position of the Company as the global leader in enabling powerful IoT solutions for the largest global organizations.
The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, and assets and liabilities were recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. The transaction was funded by amendment to the existing credit facility between the Company and UBS Bank (UBS) via a term loan in the amount of $35.0 million, and the issuance of the equivalent of 573,016 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $7.0 million.
Transaction costs for legal, consulting, accounting, and other related costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of lntegron LLC were $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
 
F-45

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation including the consideration paid for lntegron LLC, the recognized amounts of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed on November 22, 2019:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
Cash paid to sellers
   $ 37,500  
Common stock issued to sellers
     7,000  
    
 
 
 
Total consideration
  
$
44,500
 
Cash
     12  
Accounts receivable
     7,776  
Inventories
     489  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables
     341  
Property, plant and equipment
     458  
Identifiable intangible assets
     32,000  
Deferred tax liabilities
     (1,285
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
     (1,818
    
 
 
 
Net identifiable assets acquired
  
 
37,973
 
    
 
 
 
Goodwill (excess of consideration transferred over net identifiable assets acquired)
  
$
6,527
 
    
 
 
 
The consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss reflect the operations of the combined entity, beginning on the acquisition date, November 22, 2019. Goodwill arises largely from the growth potential that exists and efficiencies that will be realized under the Company’s new strategic objectives.
The total consideration for the acquisition was $44.5 million, including $37.5 million in cash and $7.0 million in rollover equity. The fair value of the equity consideration represented the issuance of 573,016 common shares of the Company’s stock to Integron’s former shareholders, in the amount of approximately $12 per share. The fair value of accounts receivable, other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates the carrying amount of those assets and liabilities, at the acquisition date.
Identifiable intangible assets acquired by the Company include customer relationships, trademark, and current technology. The customer relationships, trademark, and current technology are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 13 years. The fair values and useful lives of the identified intangible assets were primarily determined by using several significant unobservable inputs such as forecasted cash flows, discount rate, attrition rates, and royalty rates.
The goodwill attributable to the Integron Acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.
The Company recorded a measurement period adjustment resulting from a working capital shortfall settled with the sellers through escrowed consideration being returned to the Company in May 2020. The adjustment is recognized as a reduction of goodwill in the amount of $0.4 million. There were no income effects that would have been recognized in previous periods if the adjustment to provisional amounts were recognized as of the date of acquisition.
Unaudited pro forma information
Had the acquisition of Integron been completed on January 1, 2019, net
revenue
would be $207.0 million and the net loss would be approximately $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This unaudited pro forma financial information presented is not necessarily indicative of what the operating results actually would have been if the Acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2019, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The pro forma amounts include the historical operating results of the Company prior to the acquisition, with adjustments factually supportable and directly attributable to the Acquisition, primarily related to transaction costs, the amortization of intangible assets, and interest expense. Acquisition-related costs of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019
are non-recurring pro
forma adjustments.
 
F-46

NOTE 4 – REVENUE RECOGNITION
Contract Balances
Deferred revenue (current portion) as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $7.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively, and primarily relates to revenue that is recognized over time for
IoT 
Connectivity monthly recurring charges, the changes in balance of which are related to the satisfaction or partial satisfaction of these contracts. The balance also contains a deferral for goods that are
in-transit
at
 
period end for which control transfers to the customer upon delivery. Approximately $6.1 million of the December 31, 2019 balance was
 
recognized as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Disaggregated Revenue Information
The Company views the following disaggregated disclosures as useful to understanding the composition of revenue recognized during the respective reporting periods:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Connectivity*
   $ 152,996      $ 147,927  
Hardware Sales
     29,601        8,767  
Hardware Sales –
bill-and-hold
     11,314        960  
Deployment services, professional services and other
     19,849        11,498  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
213,760
 
  
$
169,152
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
*
Includes connectivity-related revenue from IoT Connectivity and IoT Solutions 
Significant Customer
The Company has one customer representing 16.7% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ending December 31, 2020. No individual customer had revenue greater than 10% of the Company’s total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.
The Company has one customer representing 20.1% of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant risk due to the financial strength of this customer and their historical trend of
on-time
payment No individual customer had accounts receivable greater than 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2019.
NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Computer hardware
   $ 13,634      $ 11,383  
Computer software
     8,211        7,907  
Furniture and fixtures
     2,284        2,170  
Networking equipment
     8,151        6,537  
Leasehold improvements
     2,803        2,739  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total property and equipment
  
 
35,083
 
  
 
30,736
 
Less: accumulated depreciation
     (21,374      (15,425
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Property and equipment (Net)
  
$
13,709
 
  
$
15,311
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-47

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $4.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company’s goodwill balance consists of the following:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
December 31, 2019
  
$
376,000
 
Integron acquisition
     6,527  
Measurement period adjustment – Aspider
     (98
Currency translation
     (182
    
 
 
 
December 31, 2019
  
$
382,247
 
Measurement period adjustment – Integron
     (366
Currency translation
     868  
    
 
 
 
December 31, 2020
  
$
382,749
 
    
 
 
 
The Company’s other intangible assets consist of the following:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Gross
Carrying
Amount
    
Accumulated
Amortization
    
Net
Carrying
Value
 
Customer relationships
   $ 307,355      $ (143,230    $ 164,125  
Technology
     46,229        (33,394      12,835  
Carrier contracts
     65,700        (33,918      31,782  
Trademarks
     15,828        (7,608      8,220  
Internally developed and acquired computer software
     45,148        (21,908      23,240  
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total as of December 31, 2020
  
$
480,260
 
  
$
(240,058
  
$
240,203
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
(in ‘000)
  
Gross
Carrying
Amount
    
Accumulated
Amortization
    
Net
Carrying
Value
 
Customer relationships
   $ 306,656      $ (116,655    $ 190,001  
Technology
     45,953        (26,927      19,026  
Carrier contracts
     65,700        (27,348      38,352  
Trademarks
     15,721        (5,955      9,766  
Internally developed and acquired computer software
     34,176        (14,419      19,757  
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total as of December 31, 2019
  
$
468,206
 
  
$
(191,304
  
$
276,902
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
                         
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $48.0 million and $43.4 million,
respectively.
The following table shows
 the weighted average remaining useful lives per intangible asset category as of December 31, 2020.
 
    
Years
 
Customer relationships
     6.7  
Technology
     4.1  
Carrier contracts
     4.9  
Trademarks
     5.1  
Internally developed and acquired computer software
     5.2  
 
F-48

The following table shows the estimated amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2020.
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
2021
   $ 46,304  
2022
     44,615  
2023
     41,735  
2024
     37,020  
2025
     34,482  
Thereafter
     36,047  
    
 
 
 
Total
   $ 240,203  
    
 
 
 
Impairment of Internally Developed Computer Software
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded a $3.9 million impairment
 
charge for internally developed and acquired computer software associated with the RACO Wireless, LLC acquisition in December 2014. The impairment was a direct result of technological advancements resulting in 2G and 3G networks being sunset and is recorded under intangible asset impairment loss in the consolidated statement of operations.
NOTE 7 – LONG-TERM DEBT
The fair values of the Company’s outstanding borrowings approximate the carrying values. The following is a summary of long-term debt:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Term Loan – UBS
   $ 308,959      $ 312,112  
Term Loan – BNP Paribas
     9        103  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total
  
 
308,968
 
  
 
312,215
 
Less – current portion
     3,161        3,248  
Less – debt issuance cost, net of accumulated amortization of $3.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively
     7,403        9,233  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total – Long-term, net
  
$
298,404
 
  
$
299,734
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The following is the summary of future principal repayments on long-term debt:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
2021
   $ 3,161  
2022
     3,153  
2023
     3,153  
2024
     299,501  
2025
     —    
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
308,968
 
    
 
 
 
Term Loan – UBS
On December 21, 2018, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with UBS that consisted of a term loan of $280.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $30.0 million. The term loan with UBS required quarterly principal and interest payments with all remaining principal and interest due on
 
F-49

December 21, 2024. The term loan had an interest rate of LIBOR plus 5.5%. The revolving credit facility expires on December 21, 2023. The revolving credit facility had an interest rate of Prime plus 4.5%. The revolving credit facility also had a commitment fee of 0.50% of the unused balance. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no amounts outstanding on the revolving line of credit.
On November 12, 2019, the Company amended its term loan with UBS in order to raise an additional $35.0 million. Under the amended agreement, the maturity date of the term loan and interest rate remained unchanged. However, the quarterly principal repayment changed to $0.8 million. The principal and quarterly interest are paid on the last business day of each quarter, except at maturity. The Company used the additional term loan to finance the acquisition of lntegron. The Company drew $8.3 million from its revolving credit facility to support its operations immediately following the acquisition.
As a result of this debt modification, the Company incurred $1.5 million in debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and will be amortized over the remaining term of the loan along with the unamortized debt issuance costs of the original debt.
The term loan agreement limits cash dividends and other distributions from the Company’s subsidiaries to Maple Holdings Inc. and also restricts the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends to its shareholders. At December 31, 2020, restricted net assets of the consolidated subsidiaries were $299.0 million.
The term loan agreement contains, among other things, financial covenants related to maximum total debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio and a minimum total leverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with these covenants for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The credit agreement is substantially secured by all the Company’s assets.
Term Loan – BNP Paribas
The loan matured in January 2021 and beared interest at 2.15% per annum with fixed blended payments of $7,740, which were payable monthly. On January 2, 2021, the Company extinguished the term loan outstanding with BNP Paribas by making the final fixed monthly payment.
NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES
Income (Loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
United States
   $ (25,283    $ (27,728
Foreign
     (15,236      (8,656
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total loss before income taxes
  
$
(40,519
  
$
(36,384
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-50

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations
 
consisted of the following:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Current:
                 
Federal
   $ —        $ (1,136
State
     546        (44
Foreign
     505        (270
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total current provision (benefit)
  
 
1,051
 
  
 
(1,450
Deferred:
                 
Federal
     (7,120      (8,626
State
     2,285        (2,117
Foreign
     (1,534      (748
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total deferred benefit
  
$
(6,369
  
$
(11,491
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total benefit
  
$
(5,318
  
$
(12,941
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The reconciliation between income taxes computed at the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Benefit for income taxes at 21% rate
   $ (8,509    $ (7,641
State taxes, net of federal benefit
     (947      (2,161
Change in valuation allowance
     1,016        —    
Rate change
     2,856        —    
Credits
     (811      (541
Permanent differences and other
     307        (41
Revaluation of warrants
     1,572        (49
Uncertain tax provision
     226        (984
Foreign withholding tax
     420        —    
Foreign rate differential
     (1,448      (1,524
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Benefit for income taxes
  
$
(5,318
  
 
(12,941
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-51

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Deferred tax assets:
                 
Net operating loss carry-forward
   $ 10,604      $ 11,618  
Credit carry-forward
     2,468        1,476  
Interest expense limitation carry-forward
     7,811        7,087  
Non-deductible
reserves
     520        444  
Accruals and other temporary differences
     1,047        423  
Stock compensation
     698        439  
Property and equipment
     1,089        855  
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Gross deferred tax assets
  
$
24,237
 
  
$
22,342
 
Less valuation allowance
     (7,164      (6,148
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance)
  
$
17,073
 
  
$
16,194
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
                 
Property and equipment
     (4,089      (3,849
Intangible assets
     (49,461      (56,329
Goodwill
     (6,241      (4,894
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
  
$
(59,791
  
$
(65,072
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net deferred tax liabilities
  
$
(42,718
  
$
(48,878
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The valuation allowance increased by $1.0 million during 2020, primarily as the result of an increase in foreign tax attributes deemed not realizable. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company has given consideration to its cumulative income or loss position on a jurisdiction basis when assessing the weight of the sources of taxable income that can be used to support the realization of deferred tax assets. The Company has assessed, on a jurisdictional basis, the available means of recovering deferred tax assets, including the ability to carry-back net operating losses, the existence of reversing temporary differences, the availability of tax planning strategies and available sources of future taxable income. The Company has also considered the ability to implement certain strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented to accelerate taxable income and use expiring deferred tax assets. The Company believes it is able to support the deferred tax assets recognized as of the end of the year based on all of the available evidence.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has U.S. federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7.5 million and $36.5 million respectively, which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and expire at various dates beginning in 2032 through 2040. Additionally, the Company has U.S. federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1.2 million and $13.6 million, respectively, which carryforward indefinitely. Additionally, the Company has generated $28.7 million of foreign operating loss carryforwards which expire at various dates.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has U.S. federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of $1.8 million which expire beginning in 2035 through 2040. Additionally, the Company has $0.4 million of foreign research and development tax credit carry-forwards that do not expire.
Due to provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the Company has a carry-forward of disallowed interest expense of $32.2 million, which has an indefinite carry-forward period.
Utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future.
 
F-52

These ownership changes may limit the amount of interest expense limitation, NOL, and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively.
For taxable years beginning after January 1, 2018, taxpayers are subjected to the global intangible
low-taxed
income provisions, or GILTI provisions. The GILTI provisions require the Company to currently recognize in U.S. taxable income a deemed dividend inclusion of foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign subsidiary’s tangible assets. The ability to benefit from a deduction and foreign tax credits against a portion of the GILTI income may be limited under the GILTI rules as a result of the utilization of foreign net operating losses, and other potential limitations within the foreign tax credit calculation. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded
 
an income tax charge of $0 and $0.3 million, respectively, related to GILTI. The Company has made an accounting policy election, as allowed by the SEC and FASB, to recognize the impacts of GILTI within the period incurred. Therefore, no U.S. deferred tax liability is provided on GILTI inclusions of future foreign subsidiary earnings.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has not provided U.S. taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries that it considers indefinitely reinvested. This indefinite reinvestment determination is based on the future operational and capital requirements of the Company’s domestic and foreign operations. The Company expects that the cash held by its foreign subsidiaries of $4.4 million as of December 31, 2020, will continue to be used for its foreign operations and, therefore, does not anticipate repatriating these funds.
The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, its subsidiaries file income tax returns in U.S. federal and state and various foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company may be subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as Australia, Canada, Malta, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Since the Company is in a loss carry-forward position, the Company is generally subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for all years for which a loss carry-forward is generated and remains unutilized. As of December 31, 2020, the Company is not under income tax examination in any jurisdiction.
During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company establishes reserves for
tax-related
uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. These reserves are established when the Company believes that certain positions might be challenged despite its belief that its tax return positions are fully supportable. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of tax examinations.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, included on the balance sheet.
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year
   $ 3,658      $ 4,508  
Additions for tax positions of current year
                 
Additions for tax positions of prior years
     209           
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
              (850
Expirations statutes of limitation
                 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year
  
$
3,867
 
  
$
3,658
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
If the unrecognized tax benefit balance as of December 31, 2020 were recognized, it would decrease the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company does not anticipate any material changes to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company recognized $17 and ($133) in
 
F-53

interest and penalties, respectively. The Company had $17 and $0 of interest and penalties accrued at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The CARES Act was enacted on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act is an emergency economic stimulus package that includes spending and tax cuts to strengthen the United States economy and fund a nationwide effort to curtail the effect of
COVID-19.
While the CARES Act provides sweeping tax changes in response to the
COVID-19
pandemic, some of the more significant provisions which are expected to impact the Company’s financial statements include increasing the ability to deduct interest expense, as well as amending certain provisions of the previously enacted TCJA. Based on the Company’s assessments, the CARES Act allows the Company to defer the payment of the employer portion of its FICA taxes to 2021 and 2022; deduct additional US interest expense for 2019 and 2020 based on 50% of adjusted taxable income; accelerate a refund of its available alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credits; and increase its permitted level of 2019 federal net operating loss carry-forwards. The enactment of the CARES Act did not have a material impact on the financial statements or disclosure for 2019 and 2020.
NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases
The Company leases various office spaces under
non-cancellable
operating leases expiring through 2026. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $2.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively.
The future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2020 for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
2021
   $ 2,401  
2022
     1,895  
2023
     942  
2024
     566  
2025
     218  
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
6,022
 
    
 
 
 
Capital Leases
The Company has capital lease obligations in the Netherlands for hardware and software leases. Payments range from $667 to $43,146 per month with maturity dates that expire from March 2021 to May 2025.
The future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2020 for the next five years is as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
2021
   $ 903  
2022
     243  
2023
     155  
2024
     130  
2025
     30  
    
 
 
 
Total minimum lease payments
  
$
1,461
 
Interest expense
     (97
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
1,364
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-54

Off-Balance-Sheet
Credit Exposures
The Company has standby letters of credit and bank guarantees of $0.4 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These contingent liabilities are secured by highly liquid instruments included in restricted cash.
Purchase Obligations
The Company has vendor commitments primarily relating to connectivity services that the
 
Company incurs in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2020, the purchase commitments were as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Amount
 
2021
   $ 24,317  
2022
     8,351  
2023
     1,351  
2024
     1,351  
2025
     1,351  
    
 
 
 
Total
  
$
36,721
 
    
 
 
 
The Company previously entered into a purchase commitment with
T-Mobile
US, Inc.
(“T-Mobile”)
as a part of the Wyless, Inc. acquisition in fiscal year 2014. Due to product pricing becoming less competitive compared to competitors, the Company negotiated with
T-Mobile
and was able to extinguish the agreement during the year ended December 31, 2019. This purchase commitment extinguishment resulted in a gain of $2.3 million which the Company recorded under cost of connectivity in the consolidated statement of operations.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation arising out of the ordinary course of our business. There are no material legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries are a party or of which any of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries’ property is subject.
NOTE 10 – TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The Company operates subject to the terms and conditions of the Certificate of Incorporation of Maple Holdings Inc. (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) dated September 18, 2019.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides for overall management and control of the Company to be vested in the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The shareholders’ interests are represented by five classes: common stock, Series A preferred stock, Series
A-1
preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock. Shareholders owning a majority of the common stock are required to elect directors to the Board to serve shareholder interests. Each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share held. The holders of Series A preferred stock, Series
A-1
preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock do not have voting rights in respect to their units held. No shareholder shall be liable for any debts or losses of capital or profits of the Company or be required to guarantee the liabilities of the Company.
Common Stock
The Board authorized the equivalent of up to 55,659,643 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, 30,281,520 and 30,309,350 shares are issued and outstanding, respectively.
 
F-55

Series A Preferred Stock
The Board authorized the equivalent of up to 7,765,229 Series A preferred shares. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, there are 7,756,158 and 6,836,003 Series A preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. The shares were issued at a discount of 2%. Series A preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per year on the sum of the par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series
A-1
and Series B shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. The Company has the option to redeem the Series A preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends subject to a current redemption premium of 1%. Series A preferred shareholders have an option to put the shares back to the Company for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends on or after April 11, 2027. The controlling shareholder is a holder of preferred shares junior in liquidation preference to Series A for which they can force redemption not solely within the control of the Company. Such redemption of preferred shares with junior liquidation preferences would force the Company to redeem Series A due to senior liquidation preference. Such event would result in a redemption event not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series A preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and stated at its redemption value. In addition, upon a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), the Series A preferred share are required to be redeemed prior to and in preference to any other shares at par value plus unpaid cumulative dividends.
Series
A-1
Preferred Stock
The Board authorized the equivalent of up to 10,480,538 Series A-1 preferred shares. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, there are 7,862,107 and 6,949,524 Series A-1 preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. The shares were issued at a discount of 2%. Series
A-1
preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of thirteen point seven five percent (13.75%) per year on the sum of the par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A and Series B shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. The Company has the option to redeem the Series
A-1
Preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends subject to a current redemption premium of 1%. Series
A-1
preferred shareholders have an option to put the shares back to the Company for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends on or after April 11, 2027. Because the controlling shareholder is a holder of Series
A-1
preferred shares, the Company redemption option functions as a holder put option. Accordingly, the Company determined that the option could result in a redemption that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series
A-1
Preferred Stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and stated at its redemption value. In addition, upon a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), the Series
A-1
Preferred share are required to be redeemed prior to and in preference to any other shares at par value plus unpaid cumulative dividends.
Series B Preferred Stock
The Board authorized the equivalent of up to 9,090,975 Series B preferred shares. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, there are 9,090,975 and 8,233,774 Series B preferred shares issued and outstanding, respectively. Series B preferred shareholders are entitled to receive a cumulative preferred dividend at the rate of ten percent (10%) per year on the sum of the unreturned par value plus unpaid preferred dividends through the date of such distribution on a pari passu basis with Series A and Series
A-1
shareholders and in preference to all other shareholders. On or after October 11, 2018, the Company has the option to redeem the Series B Preferred shares for par value plus unpaid preferred dividends. Because the controlling shareholder is the majority holder of Series B preferred shares, the Company redemption option functions as a holder put option. Accordingly, the Company determined that the option could result in a redemption that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series B Preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity) and presented at its redemption value each period.
 
F-56

A summary of the accumulated but unpaid dividends for the Series A, Series
A-1
and Series B preferred shares as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
Series A
    
Series A-1
    
Series B
 
Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2018
  
$
17,520
 
  
$
226
 
  
$
17,594
 
Accumulated
     8,090        8,568        7,744  
Distributed
     —          —          —    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2019
  
$
25,610
 
  
$
8,794
 
  
$
25,338
 
Accumulated
     9,202        9,814        8,572  
Distributed
     —          —          —    
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accumulated and unpaid, December 31, 2020
  
$
34,812
 
  
$
18,608
 
  
$
33,910
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
The Board authorized the equivalent of
 
up to 6,872,894 Series C
 
convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, there are 2,566,186 Series C convertible preferred shares issued and outstanding. Subordinate to the payment of dividends to Series A, Series
A-1
and Series B preferred shareholders, the Series C shareholders are entitled to receive dividends equal to
1.5X
initial investment
in
conjunction with common stock, then subject to a
catch-up,
followed by pro rata sharing thereafter. Series C preferred shareholders have a de facto option to put the shares back to the Company for liquidation value. The Company determined that the option could result in a deemed liquidation that is not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the Series C preferred stock is classified outside of permanent equity (i.e., temporary equity).
Series C preferred shares are convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a rate of 1 to 1 initially, subject to adjustments for dilution.
Distribution Preference
Distributions are authorized at the discretion of the Board. Distributions shall be made first to the holders of Series A, Series
A-1
and Series B preferred stock, ratably among such holders based on the relative aggregate unpaid dividends with respect to all outstanding preferred shares held by each such holder immediately prior to such distribution, until the aggregate unpaid dividends for the preferred shares has been reduced to $0.
Distributions shall be made second to the holders of Class C convertible preferred stock, ratably among such holders based on the relative aggregate unpaid dividends with respect to all outstanding preferred shares held by each such holder immediately prior to such distribution, until the aggregate unpaid dividends for the preferred shares has been reduced to $0.
Distributions shall be made third to the holders of common stock, ratably among such holders of a Common Catch Up Amount, as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Distributions will then be made to holders of Series C convertible preferred and common stock in proportion to their ownership percentages.
Liquidation Preference
In the event of the dissolution of the Company, the Company’s cash and proceeds obtained from the disposition of the Company’s noncash assets shall be distributed. Distributions shall be made first to the Company’s creditors, to satisfy the liabilities of the Company. The remaining cash will then be distributed first to holders of Series A and Series
A-1
preferred stock and second to holders of Series B preferred stock. Remaining undistributed proceeds are to be distributed following the distribution preferences for Series C convertible preferred and common stock described above.
 
F-57

NOTE 11 – SHARE-BASED PAYMENT AND RELATED STOCK OPTION PLAN
During 2020 and 2019, the Company granted awards to certain employees and board members of the Company. Under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the board is authorized to grant stock options to eligible employees, and directors of the Company. The fair value of the options is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Stock based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
On March 12, 2021 and in connection with the Business Combination a modification in the existing terms of the options was introduced to add a contingent cash-settlement feature pursuant to which each option holder entered into option cancellation agreement (“Cancellation Agreements”), whereby option holders agreed to surrender all options outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination for cancellation effective immediately prior to the closing. In exchange for the cancellation of the vested and unvested options, option holders are entitled to right to receive payment of Option Cash Consideration equal to $4,075,000 and Option Share Consideration of 432,500 common shares ($4,325,000 value) in the surviving entity less applicable withholding taxes and without interest, paid on the first payroll cycle following the closing of the Business Combination.
The Company has determined its share-based payments to be a Level 3 fair value measurement and has used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate its fair value using the following assumptions:
 
    
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Risk-free interest rate
     1.58     1.58 – 2.47
Expected term (life) of options (in years)
     2       2 – 4  
Expected dividends
     0     0
Expected volatility
     86.3     67.9 – 86.3
The expected term of the options granted are determined based on the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. In determining similar entities, the Company considered industry, stage of life cycle, size and financial leverage. The dividend yield on the Company’s options is assumed to be zero since the Company has not historically paid dividends. The fair value of the underlying Company options was determined using the Black Scholes method.
The following is a summary of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2020 and the st
o
ck option activity from January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2020:
 
 
  
Number of
Options
 
  
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
per Option
(Amount)
 
  
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(Amount)
 
  
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
 
Balance, December 31, 2018
 
 
414,434
 
 
$
15.80
 
 
$
141.53
 
 
 
9.3
 
Granted
     52,083        15.91        141.53           
Exercised
     —          —          —             
Forfeited
     (67,366 )      15.80        141.53           
Expired
     —          —          —             
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2019
  
 
399,151
 
  
 
15.82
 
  
 
141.53
 
  
 
8.4
 
Granted
     64,064        13.50        141.53           
Exercised
     —          —          —             
Forfeited
     (30,715 )      15.80        141.53           
Expired
     —          —          —             
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2020
  
 
432,500
 
  
$
15.45
 
  
$
141.53
 
  
 
7.7
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-58

The following is a summary of the Company’s share-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Total share-based compensation expense
   $ 1,161      $ 1,682  
Unrecognized compensation cost
     3,416        3,793  
Remaining recognition period (in years)
     2.7        3.4  
The following is a summary of the Company’s exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:
 
 
  
December 31, 2020
 
  
December 31, 2019
 
Range of exercise prices
   $ 80.87 – $202.18      $ 80.87 – $202.18  
Number
     153,898        85,110  
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)
     7.3        8.3  
Weighted average exercise price
   $ 141.53      $ 141.53  
The fair value of the Company’s vested shares for the
 
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $2.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 was $8.9 million. The intrinsic value of options exercisable was $2.6 million as of December 31, 2020. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
NOTE 12 – WARRANTS ON COMMON STOCK
In connection with the sale of Series B preferred stock, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per warrant. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, there are 9,814
 warrants issued and outstanding. Warrants are exercisable at any time, at the option of the holder, into common stock at a rate of
approximately 
1 to 139 initially, subject to adjustments for dilution. Upon closing of the Business Combination described in Note 1, all warrants were converted into 
1,365,312
 of common stock of the Company. 
The Company evaluated the warrants for liability or equity classification in accordance with the provisions of ASC 480,
 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity
, and ASC
815-40,
 Derivatives and Hedging
. Based on the provisions governing the warrants in the applicable agreement, the Company determined that the warrants meet the criteria required to be classified as a liability subject to the guidance in ASC
815-10
and
815-40
and should effectively be treated as outstanding common shares in both basic and diluted EPS calculations.
The Company has determined its warrants to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The fair value of each warrant is approximately the fair value of common shares.
NOTE 13 – NET LOSS PER SHARE
The Company follows the
two-class
method when computing net loss per common share when shares are issued that meet the definition of participating securities. The
two-class
method requires income available to common shareholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The
two-class
method also requires losses for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based on their respective rights if the participating security contractually participates in losses. As holders of participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to fund losses, undistributed net losses are not allocated to Class A,
Class A-1,
Class B and Class C preferred shares for purposes of the loss per share calculation. Earnings per share calculations for all periods prior to the Business Combination have been retrospectively restated to the equivalent number of shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the merger agreement.
 
F-59

Presented in the table below is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator for the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) calculations for the year ended:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Numerator:
                
Net loss attributable to the Company
   $ (35,201   $ (23,443
Less dividends to preferred shareholder
     (26,899 )       (21,647
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common shareholders
  
$
(62,100
 
$
(45,090
)
Denominator:
                
Weighted average common shares, basic and diluted (in number)
     31,650,173       31,169,435  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss per share attributable to common shareholder, basic and diluted
  
$
(1.96
 
$
(1.45
)
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding because the effect would be anti-dilutive:
 
(number of shares)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
     2,566,186        2,566,186  
Stock Options
     432,500        399,151  
NOTE 14 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Leasing and Professional Services
 
Agreement
KORE TM Data Brasil Processamento de Dados Ltda., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, maintains a lease and a professional services agreement with a company controlled by a key member of the subsidiary’s management team.
Aggregated related party transactions, which have been recorded at the exchange amount, representing the amount of consideration established and agreed by the related parties, was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The amount was recorded under general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Due to Related Parties
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding loans due to Interfusion B.V and T-Fone B.V., companies related though common ownership resulting from the acquisition of Aspider in 2018. These amounts are recorded under due to related parties in the consolidated balance sheet. The amounts were as follows:
 
(in ‘000)
  
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Interfusion B.V.
   $ 985      $ 898  
T-Fone B.V.
   $ 630      $ 574  
The loans between the Company and Interfusion B.V. and T-Fone B.V. are payable upon change in control. Interest is accrued quarterly, at a fixed rate of 2.5%. The Company accrued interest of $40 thousand and $33 thousand, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
F-60

NOTE 15 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has determined that no additional material events outside of those disclosed below occurred that would require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements after the balance sheet date of December 31, 2020 through March 17, 2021, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
On March 12, 2021, the Company entered into a definite merger agreement with Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (NYSE: CTAC). On September 30, 2021, the Business Combination contemplated by the merger agreement was completed. Refer to Note 1 for additional information.
 
F-61

Financial Statement Schedule
(in thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
SCHEDULE I – PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following presents condensed parent company only financial information of Maple Holdings Inc.
Condensed Balance Sheets (in thousands USD, except share and per share amounts)
 
    
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Assets
                
Non-current
assets
                
Investment in subsidiaries
   $ 300,055     $ 324,694  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total
non-current
assets
     300,055       324,694  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
  
$
300,055
 
 
$
324,694
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
                
Long-term liabilities
                
Warrant liability
   $ 15,944     $ 8,459  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
  
 
15,944
 
 
 
8,459
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Temporary equity
                
Series A Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 7,765,229 shares authorized; 7,756,158 and 6,836,003 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019
     77,562       68,360  
Series
A-1
Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 10,480,538 shares authorized; 7,862,107 and 6,949,524 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019
     78,621       69,495  
Series B Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 9,090,975 shares authorized; 9,090,975 and 8,233,774 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019
     90,910       82,338  
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; par value $1,000 per share; 6,872,894 shares authorized; 2,566,186 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019
     16,802       16,802  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total temporary equity
  
 
263,895
 
 
 
236,995
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
                
Common stock, voting; par value $.0001 per share; 55,659,643 shares authorized; 30,281,520 and 30,309,350 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
     3       3  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     135,616       161,555  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (1,677     (3,793
Accumulated deficit
     (113,726     (78,525
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  
 
20,216
 
 
 
79,240
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
  
$
300,055
 
 
$
324,694
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-62

Condensed Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss (in thousands USD)
 
For the years ended
  
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries
   $ (27,716   $ (23,678
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     (7,485     235  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
  
 
(35,201
 
 
(23,443
Income tax provision (benefit)
     —         —    
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
  
$
(35,201
 
$
(23,443
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss:
                
Foreign currency translation adjustment
     2,116       517  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
  
$
(33,085
 
$
(22,926
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-63

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands USD)
 
For the years ended
  
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                
Net loss
   $ (35,201   $ (23,443
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
                
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries
     27,716       23,678  
Change in fair value of warrant liability
     7,485       (235
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash provided by operating activities
     —         —    
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                
Distribution from subsidiary
     200       80  
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash provided by investing activities
  
 
200
 
 
 
80
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                
Repurchase of common stock
     (200     (80
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash used in financing activities
  
 
(200
 
 
(80
Effect of exchange rate change on cash and cash equivalents
     —         —    
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash
     —         —    
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year
     —         —    
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year
  
$
—  
 
 
$
—  
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                
Equity issued for acquisition of Integron, LLC
   $ —       $ 7,000  
Share-based payment awards issued to employees of subsidiaries
   $ 1,161     $ 1,682  
 
F-64

(i)
Basis of presentation
In the condensed parent-company-only financial statements, Maple Holdings Inc.’s (“Maple” or the “Company”) investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The Company’s share of net loss of its subsidiaries is included in the condensed statements of loss and comprehensive loss using the equity method of accounting. These condensed parent-company-only financial statements should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Maple Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company has no purchase commitments, capital commitments and operating lease commitments.
 
(ii)
Restricted Net Assets
Schedule I of Rule
5-04
of Regulation
S-X
requires the condensed financial information of a registrant to be filed when the restricted net assets of the registrant’s consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of the registrant’s consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. For purposes of this test, restricted net assets of the consolidated subsidiaries means the amount of the registrant’s proportionate share of net assets of the consolidated subsidiaries (after intercompany eliminations) which as of the end of the most recent fiscal year may not be transferred to the parent company by subsidiaries in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends without the consent of a third party (e.g., lender, regulatory agency, foreign government).
The condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule
12-04,
Schedule I of Regulation
S-X
as the restricted net assets of the Company’s subsidiaries exceed 25% of the Company’s consolidated net assets. The Company is a holding company that conducts substantially all its business operations through its subsidiaries. The Company’s ability to pay dividends on the Company’s preferred and common stock is limited by restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of agreements governing the indebtedness of the Company’s subsidiaries. Subject to the full terms and conditions under the agreements governing its indebtedness, the Company and its subsidiaries may be permitted to make dividends and distributions under such agreements if there is no event of default and certain
pro-forma
financial ratios (as defined by such agreements) are met.
 
F-65

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be borne by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of common stock and warrants being registered hereby.
* These fees are calculated based on the securities offered and the number of issuances and accordingly cannot be determined at this time.
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
   $ 23,527.92  
Accounting fees and expenses
     *  
Legal fees and expenses
     *  
Financial printing and miscellaneous expenses
     *  
Total
     *  
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or who is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and the indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Section 145 also empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
 
II-1

Table of Contents
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liabilities under Section 145.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Additionally, our Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, and our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We have entered into and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. Under the terms of such indemnification agreements, we are required to indemnify each of our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, if the basis of the indemnitee’s involvement was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was our director or officer or was serving at our request in an official capacity for another entity. We must indemnify our officers and directors against all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including all other disbursements, obligations or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding. The indemnification agreements also require us to advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses that such director or officer incurred, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us. Any claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
The financial statements filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Exhibit
  Number  
  
Description
    2.1†    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, by and among the Registrant, King Pubco, Inc., King Corp Merger Sub Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, and Maple Holdings Inc.
    2.2    Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 27, 2021, by and among the Registrant, King Pubco, Inc., King Corp Merger Sub Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC and Maple Holdings Inc.
    2.3    Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 21, by and among the Registrant, King Pubco, Inc., King Corp Merger Sub Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC and Maple Holdings Inc.
    3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
II-2

Table of Contents
Exhibit
  Number  
  
Description
    4.1    Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020, by and between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.
    4.2    Specimen Common Stock Share Certificate.
    5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
  10.1    Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2021, by and between the Registrant and the undersigned subscriber party thereto.
  10.2    Investor Rights Agreement dated as of September 30, 2021, by and among KORE, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings LLC, certain stockholders of KORE and the other parties thereto.
  10.3    Amended & Restated Indenture, dated November 15, 2021, by and among the Company, KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association.
  10.4    Backstop Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2021, by and between KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP.
  10.5    Amendment to Backstop Agreement, dated November 15, 2021, by and among the Company, KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP.
  10.6    Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2021, by and among the Company, KORE Wireless Group, Inc., and the entities set forth on Schedule 1 therein.
  10.7    Amendment to Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement, dated November 15, 2021, by and among the Company, KORE Wireless Group, Inc. and the entities set forth on Schedule 1 thereto.
  10.8    Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, among KORE Wireless Group, Inc, Maple Intermediate Holdings Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, the lenders party thereto, and the other loan parties thereto.
  10.9    Incremental Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2019, among KORE Wireless Group, Inc., Maple Intermediate Holdings Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, the lenders party thereto, and the other loan parties thereto.
  23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
  23.4    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included on Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).
101.INS    Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
101.SCH    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL    InlineXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF    InlineXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE    InlineXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
104    Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).
† The annexes, schedules, and certain exhibits to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation
S-K.
The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted annex, schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.
 
II-3

Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1)    to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
provided
,
however
, that paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply if the registration statement is on Form
S-1
and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement;
(2)    that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(3)    to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(4)    that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness.
Provided
,
however
, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
(5)    that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(a)    any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
II-4

(b)    any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(c)    the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of an undersigned registrant; and
(d)    any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
II-5

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Alpharetta, Georgia, on December 2, 2021.
 
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
/s/ Romil Bahl
Name: Romil Bahl
Title:   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Romil Bahl and Paul Holtz, acting alone or together with another attorney-in-fact, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all further amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (and any additional registration statement related hereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments, thereto)), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on December 2, 2021.
 
Signature
  
Title
 
Date
/s/ Romil Bahl
Romil Bahl
   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   December 2, 2021
/s/ Paul Holtz
Paul Holtz
   Senior Vice President of Corporate Performance, Planning and Analytics and Interim Chief Financial Officer   December 2, 2021
/s/ Cheemin Bo-Linn
Cheemin
Bo-Linn
  
Director
  December 2, 2021
/s/ Chan Galbato
Chan W. Galbato
  
Director
  December 2, 2021
/s/ Robert P. MacInnis
Robert P. MacInnis
  
Director
  December 2, 2021
/s/ Michael K. Palmer
Michael K. Palmer
  
Director
  December 2, 2021
/s/ Tomer Yosef-Or
Tomer
Yosef-Or
  
Director
  December 2, 2021

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 12, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (“Acquiror”), a Cayman Islands exempted company, King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”), a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”), a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, and Maple Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation. Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub, LLC Merger Sub and the Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.” Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Section 1.01.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Acquiror is a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and formed to acquire one or more operating businesses through a Business Combination (as defined below);

WHEREAS, Pubco is a newly formed wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Sponsor;

WHEREAS, LLC Merger Sub is a newly formed wholly owned direct subsidiary of Pubco;

WHEREAS, on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date and on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Act”) and the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware (as amended, “DLLCA”) and other applicable Laws, Acquiror will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Pubco Merger”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Pubco Merger, as a result of which, among other things, (i) each class A ordinary share of Acquiror, par value $0.0001 (“Acquiror Class A Shares”) outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be converted into the right of the holder thereof to receive a share of common stock, par value $0.0001 (“Pubco Common Stock”) of Pubco on identical terms, (ii) each class B ordinary share of Acquiror, par value $0.0001 (“Acquiror Class B Share”) outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be converted into the right of the holder thereof to receive a share of Pubco Common Stock on identical terms, and (iii) each outstanding warrant (“Acquiror Warrant”) to purchase Acquiror Class A Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger will become a warrant of Pubco (“Pubco Warrant”) exercisable for shares of Pubco Common Stock on identical terms

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and for purposes of any applicable state or local Income Tax that follows the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Pubco Merger), each of the Parties intends that (i) the Pubco Merger qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder to which Acquiror and Pubco are parties under Section 368(b) of the Code and (ii) this Agreement be and hereby is, adopted as a “plan of reorganization” for purposes of Section 368 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-2(g);

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date (as defined below) and immediately prior to the First Merger (as defined below) and on terms and subject to the conditions of a contribution agreement between Sponsor and Pubco in the form to be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company, Sponsor will contribute 100% of its equity interests in Corp Merger Sub to Pubco (the “Corp Merger Sub Contribution”), as a result of which Corp Merger Sub will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco;

 

1


WHEREAS, following the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended, the “DGCL”), the DLCCA and other applicable Laws, the Parties intend to enter into a business combination transaction by which: (i) Corp Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “First Merger”), with the Company being the surviving corporation of the First Merger (the Company, in its capacity as the surviving corporation of the First Merger, is sometimes referred to as the “Surviving Corporation”); and (ii) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the Surviving Corporation will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub (the “Second Merger” and, together with the First Merger, the “Mergers”), with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity of the Second Merger (LLC Merger Sub, in its capacity as the surviving entity of the Second Merger, is sometimes referred to as the “Surviving Entity”);

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to Acquiror’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Requisite Company Stockholders have each executed and delivered to Acquiror a Company Holders Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto, pursuant to which the Requisite Company Stockholders have agreed to, among other things, provide their written consent to adopt and approve, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Agreement and the other documents contemplated hereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, in each case, to which the Company is a party;

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and for purposes of any applicable state or local Income Tax that follows the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Mergers), each of the Parties intends that (i) the First Merger and the Second Merger, taken together, will constitute an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder to which Pubco and the Company are parties under Section 368(b) of the Code, and (ii) this Agreement be, and hereby is, adopted as a “plan of reorganization” for the purposes of Section 368 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-2(g);

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company has unanimously (i) determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and the stockholders of the Company, and declared it advisable, to enter into this Agreement providing for the Mergers, (ii) approved this Agreement and the Transactions to which the Company is a party, including the Mergers, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and (iii) adopted a resolution recommending that this Agreement and the Transactions to which the Company is a party, including the First Merger, be approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Acquiror has unanimously (i) determined that it is in the best interests of Acquiror and the Acquiror Shareholders, and declared it advisable, to enter into this Agreement providing for the Pubco Merger and the Mergers, (ii) approved this Agreement, the Plan of Merger and the Transactions, including the Pubco Merger and the Mergers, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and (iii) adopted a resolution recommending that this Agreement, the Plan of Merger and the Transactions, including the Pubco Merger and the Mergers, be approved and adopted by the Acquiror Shareholders (the “Acquiror Board Recommendation”);

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the Mergers and in accordance with the terms hereof, Acquiror shall provide an opportunity to Acquiror Shareholders to have their outstanding shares of Acquiror Class A Shares redeemed on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and Acquiror’s Governing Documents in connection with obtaining the Acquiror Shareholder Approval (as defined below);

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the Company’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Sponsor, the Company, Acquiror and Pubco have entered into the Sponsor Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B hereto;

 

2


WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, Acquiror has obtained commitments from certain investors for a private placement of shares of Pubco Common Stock (the “PIPE Investment”) pursuant to the terms of one or more subscription agreements (each, a “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, such investors have agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and Acquiror has agreed to issue and sell to such investors, an aggregate number of shares of Pubco Common Stock set forth in the Subscription Agreements in exchange for an aggregate purchase price of $225,000,000 on the Closing Date, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the closing of the PIPE Investment, Pubco shall (i) subject to obtaining the Acquiror Shareholder Approval, amend and restate the certificate of incorporation of Pubco to be substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Pubco Charter”), and (ii) amend and restate the bylaws of Acquiror to be substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Pubco Bylaws”); and

WHEREAS, at the Closing, the Sponsor, Pubco, the Company, certain of the Pre-Closing Holders and certain other parties will enter into an Investor Rights Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (as amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time, the “Investor Rights Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

2020 Audited Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 7.11.

Acquiror” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Acquiror Arrangements” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04.

Acquiror Board Recommendation” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Acquiror Class A Shares” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Acquiror Class A Unit” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12.

Acquiror Class B Shares” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Acquiror Closing Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(a).

Acquiror Counsel” has the meaning specified in Section 12.17(a).

Acquiror Cure Period” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01(c).

Acquiror Disclosure Letter” has the meaning specified in the introduction to Article VI.

Acquiror Group” has the meaning specified in Section 12.17(a).

 

3


Acquiror Parties” means Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub.

Acquiror Party Representations” means the representations and warranties of Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub expressly and specifically set forth in Article VI of this Agreement, as qualified by the Acquiror Disclosure Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, the Acquiror Party Representations are solely made by each of Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub.

Acquiror Preferred Shares” means the preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of Acquiror.

Acquiror Privileged Communications” has the meaning specified in Section 12.17(a).

Acquiror Shareholder Approval” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

Acquiror Shareholder Matters” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(v).

Acquiror Shareholder Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(v).

Acquiror Shareholders” means the holders of shares of Acquiror Shares.

Acquiror Shares” means the Acquiror Class A Shares and the Acquiror Class B Shares.

Acquiror Tail” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(b).

Acquiror Transaction Expenses” means (i) all fees, costs and expenses of Acquiror incurred prior to and through the Closing Date in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the performance and compliance with all Transaction Agreements and conditions contained herein to be performed or complied with by Acquiror at or before Closing, and the consummation of the Transactions, including the fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of counsel, accountants, advisors, underwriters and consultants of Acquiror, 100% of any filing fees payable to the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice or the United States Federal Trade Commission under the HSR Act or Regulatory Law authorities of any other jurisdiction in connection with the Transactions, the cost of the Acquiror Tail to be obtained pursuant to Section 8.01 and 100% of the Transfer Taxes, in each case, whether paid or unpaid prior to the Closing.

Acquiror Warrant” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Intended Income Tax Treatment” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b).

Acquisition Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 9.03(a).

Action” means any claim, action, suit, assessment, arbitration or legal, judicial or administrative proceeding (whether at law or in equity) or arbitration.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, through one or more intermediaries or otherwise. The term “control” means the ownership of a majority of the voting securities of the applicable Person or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the applicable Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto; provided that, in no event shall the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries be considered an Affiliate of any portfolio company (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with, managed or controlled by, any direct or indirect equityholder of the Company nor shall any portfolio company (other than the Company and its

 

4


Subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with any equityholder of the Company be considered to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided further, that in no event shall Acquiror or any of Acquiror’s Subsidiaries be considered an Affiliate of any portfolio company (other than Acquiror and its Subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with, managed or controlled by, any direct or indirect equityholder of Acquiror nor shall any portfolio company (other than Acquiror and its Subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with any equityholder of Acquiror (including Sponsor and its affiliates) be considered to be an Affiliate of Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries.

Affiliate Agreements” has the meaning specified in Section 5.25.

Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Allocation Schedule” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b).

Alternative PIPE Financing” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(b).

Alternative Subscription Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(b).

Anti-Corruption Laws” means any or all of: (a) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA); (b) the UK Bribery Act 2010; and (c) any other applicable Laws related to combating bribery or corruption.

Antitrust Division” has the meaning specified in Section 9.08(a).

Articles of Association” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of Acquiror adopted by Acquiror on October 21, 2020.

Available Closing Acquiror Cash” means an amount equal to (i) all amounts in the Trust Account (after reduction for the aggregate amount of payments required to be made in connection with the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of cash that has been funded to and remains with Acquiror pursuant to the Subscription Agreements as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Business Combination” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles of Association.

Business Combination Proposal” has the meaning specified in Section 9.03(b)

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Alpharetta, Georgia are authorized or required by Law to close.

Certificates” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(c).

Change in Recommendation” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(vi).

Closing” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01.

Closing Cash Consideration” means the aggregate amount of cash payable in respect of (i) the Company A and B Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Governing Documents, (ii) the Option Cash Consideration pursuant to Section 3.06, and (iii) the First LTIP Payment, in each case, as set forth on the Company Closing Statement.

Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01.

Closing Merger Consideration” means the Closing Cash Consideration plus the Closing Share Consideration.

 

5


Closing Share Consideration” means the number of shares (rounded to the nearest whole share) of Pubco Common Stock determined by dividing (a) an equity value equal to $346,000,000, by (b) $10.00.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Companies Act” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Company A and B Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock.

Company Bank Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).

Company Benefit Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(a).

Company Closing Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(b).

Company Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Company Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement dated as of December 21, 2018 among KORE Wireless, Maple Intermediate Holdings Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, the lenders party thereto, and the other loan parties thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof.

Company Cure Period” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01(b).

Company Disclosure Letter” has the meaning specified in the introduction to Article V.

Company Employees” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(a).

Company Holders Support Agreement” means that certain Support Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Requisite Company Stockholders, Acquiror and the Company, as amended or modified from time to time.

Company Incentive Plans” means that certain Maple Holdings Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

Company Option” means an option to acquire shares of Company Common Stock granted under the Company Incentive Plan.

Company Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, which shares have been designated as: (i) Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock)”, (ii) Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), (iii) Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and (iv) Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock”).

Company Representations” means the representations and warranties of the Company expressly and specifically set forth in Article V of this Agreement, as qualified by the Company Disclosure Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company Representations are solely made by the Company.

Company Software” has the meaning specified in Section 5.20(f).

 

6


Company Stock” means the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Stockholder Approval” means the approval of this Agreement and the Transactions, including the First Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and the making of any filings, notices or information statements in connection with the foregoing, by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Company Common Stock in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Company’s Governing Documents and applicable Law.

Company Subsidiary Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 5.07(b).

Company Tail” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(b).

Company Transaction Expenses” means all unpaid, whether accrued for or otherwise, fees, costs and expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred or accrued prior to and through the Closing Date in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements, the performance and compliance with all Transaction Agreements and conditions contained herein to be performed or complied with at or before Closing, and the consummation of the Transactions, including, but not limited to, (i) the fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of counsel, accountants, advisors and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) any retention bonuses and transaction bonuses, including incentive program payments paid or payable to employees, directors or independent contractors of the Company or its Subsidiaries by or at the direction of the Company in connection with the Closing (including, in each case, the employer portion of any payroll or employment Taxes related to such amounts), and including the employer portion of any payroll or employment Taxes related to the Option Consideration, and (iii) the cost of the Company Tail to be obtained pursuant to Section 8.01; provided, however, that “Company Transaction Expenses” shall not include any (i) retention, severance or transaction payments or other payments pursuant to arrangements entered into by Acquiror or any of its Affiliates (or the Company at the direction of the Acquiror or any of its Affiliates) that is effect on or after the Closing Date, and (ii) the Second LTIP Payment.

Company Warrants” means the warrants issued by the Company to purchase Company Common Stock.

Compliance Laws” means Sanctions Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Export Control Laws.

Confidentiality Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 12.09.

Continuing Employee” has the meaning specified in Section 9.07(a).

Contracts” means any legally binding contracts, agreements, subcontracts and leases, whether written or oral, and all material amendments, written modifications and written supplements thereto.

Corp Merger Sub” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Corp Merger Sub Contribution” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Counsel” means each of Acquiror Counsel and Seller Counsel.

COVID-19” means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, any evolution or variations existing as of or following the date hereof, or any other epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks.

COVID-19 Measures” means any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down, closure, sequester or any other Law, Governmental Order, Action, directive, pronouncement, guidelines or recommendations by any Governmental Authority (including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization) in connection with, related to or in response to COVID-19, including, but not limited to, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act and the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, or any changes thereto.

 

7


D&O Tail” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(b).

DGCL” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Disclosure Letter” means, as applicable, the Company Disclosure Letter or the Acquiror Disclosure Letter.

Dissenting Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

DLLCA” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Domestication Intended Income Tax Treatment” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b).

Effect” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”.

Enforceability Exceptions” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.

Environmental Laws” means any applicable Laws relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including all those relating to the use, storage, emission, disposal or release of Hazardous Materials, each as in effect as of the date hereof.

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, any share, share capital, capital stock, partnership, membership, joint venture or similar interest in such Person (including any stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights), and any option, warrant, right or security (including debt securities) convertible, exchangeable or exercisable therefor.

ERISA” has the meaning specified in Section 5.13(a).

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) (i) under common control within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) which together with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is treated as a single employer under Section 414(t) of the Code.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(a).

Exchange Agent Agreement” means a paying and exchange agent agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Acquiror and the Company.

Excluded Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(a)(i).

Export Control Laws” means any or all of (a) the U.S. Export Administration Regulations and all other Laws adopted by Governmental Authorities of the United States and other countries relating to import and export controls and (b) the anti-boycott regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Final Prospectus” has the meaning specified in Section 6.06(a).

FIRPTA Documentation” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05.

First Certificate of Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b).

First Effective Time” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b).

 

8


First LTIP Payment” means an amount not to exceed $1,050,000.

First Merger” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Fraud” means actual and intentional fraud under Delaware common law with a specific intent to deceive brought against a Party to the extent based on the making of any representation or warranty by such Party in Article V or Article VI and any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement (in each case, as applicable).

FTC” has the meaning specified in Section 9.08(a).

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Governing Documents” means the legal document(s) by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs, in each case as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time. For example, the “Governing Documents” of a corporation are its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the “Governing Documents” of a limited partnership are its limited partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, the “Governing Documents” of a limited liability company are its operating agreement and certificate of formation and the “Governing Documents” of an exempted company are its memorandum and articles of association.

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign government, governmental authority including any supranational authority such as the European Union, regulatory or administrative agency, governmental commission, department, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, court or tribunal.

Governmental Order” means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, writ, stipulation, determination or award, in each case, entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Material” means any material, substance or waste that is listed, regulated, or otherwise defined as “hazardous,” “toxic,” or “radioactive”, or as a “pollutant” or “contaminant” or words of similar intent or meaning, under applicable Environmental Laws as in effect as of the date hereof, including petroleum, petroleum by-products, asbestos or asbestos-containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, flammable or explosive substances, or pesticides, in each case, which are regulated under Environmental Law and as to which liability may be imposed pursuant to Environmental Law.

Healthcare Information Laws” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(b).

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Incentive Equity Plan” has the meaning specified in Section 8.09.

Income Tax” means any Tax imposed upon or measured by net income or gain (however denominated).

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, all (i) indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person or indebtedness issued by such Person in substitution or exchange for borrowed money, (ii) indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other debt security, in each case, as of such time of such Person, (iii) that portion of the obligations with respect to capital leases in accordance with GAAP, (iv) the net settlement value of all interest rate or currency swaps, collars, caps, and similar hedging obligations or other derivative agreements and (v) all reimbursement or other obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers acceptances or similar instruments, in each case, solely to the extent drawn.

Indemnitee Affiliates” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(c).

 

9


Intellectual Property” means all worldwide intellectual property and proprietary rights, existing now or in the future, in any jurisdiction, whether registered or unregistered, including, but not limited to rights in and to (a) patents, published, or unpublished patent applications (and any patents that issue as a result of those patent applications), including the right to file other or further applications, inventions (whether or not patentable or whether or not reduced to practice), invention disclosures, and industrial designs, together with all parents, improvements, reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, divisional, extensions and re-examinations, (b) copyrights and rights in works of authorship and copyrightable subject matter, together with any moral rights related thereto, including all rights of authorship, use, publication, reproduction, distribution, and performance, transformation and ownership and all registrations and applications for registration of such copyrights, together with all other interests accruing by reason of international copyright conventions, rights of endorsement, publicity and personality of individuals, (c) trade secrets, know-how and confidential information, (d) trademarks, trade names, logos, service marks, trade dress, business names (including any fictitious or “dba” names), Internet domain names, designs, emblems, signs, insignia, slogans, symbols, all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations of the foregoing and other similar designations of source or origin and general intangibles of like nature, whether or not registrable as a trademark in any given country, together with the goodwill of the business symbolized by or associated with any of the foregoing, and registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing, (e) rights in Software, (f) technical data, and databases, compilations and collections of technical data as well as analyses and other work product derived from technical data, (g) any registrations or applications for registration for any of the foregoing, including any provisional, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, renewals, reissuances, re-examinations and extensions (as applicable) and (h) all claims, causes of action, rights to sue for past, present and future infringement or unconsented use of any of the foregoing, the right to file applications and obtain registrations, and all products, proceeds, rights of recovery and revenues arising from or relating to any and all of the foregoing.

Intentional Breach” means, with respect to any covenant or agreement in this Agreement, an action or omissions (including a failure to cure circumstances) taken or omitted to be taken that the breaching Party intentionally takes (or intentionally fails to take) and knows (or reasonably should have known) would, or would reasonably be expected to, cause a material breach of such agreement or covenant.

Interim Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Investor Rights Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

IT Systems” means any information technology and computer systems, servers, networks, databases, websites, computer hardware and equipment used to process, store, generate, analyze, maintain and operate data or information that are owned by, licensed or leased to or otherwise under the control of the Company, including any Software embedded or installed thereon.

JOBS Act” has the meaning specified in Section 8.11.

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation or Governmental Order, in each case, of any Governmental Authority.

Leased Real Property” has the meaning specified in Section 5.19(b).

Leases” has the meaning specified in Section 5.19(b).

Letter of Transmittal” means a letter of transmittal in customary form and containing such provisions as Acquiror and the Company reasonably agree prior to the First Effective Time.

Licensed Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 5.20(b).

 

10


Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, easement, license, option, right of first refusal, security interest or other lien of any kind.

LLC Merger Sub” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

LTIP” means the KORE Wireless Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan maintained by Kore Wireless Group Inc.

LTIP Award” means an award of cash-based incentive award payable pursuant to the LTIP.

M&A Contract” has the meaning specified in Section 5.12(a)(ii).

Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, any effect, occurrence, development, fact, condition or change (“Effect”) that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event would any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a “Material Adverse Effect”: (i) any change in applicable Laws or GAAP or any interpretation thereof, (ii) any change in interest rates or economic, political, business, financial, commodity, currency or market conditions generally, (iii) the announcement of this Agreement or any of the Transactions, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, landlords, licensors, distributors, partners, providers and employees, (iv) any Effect generally affecting any of the industries or markets in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operate or the economy as a whole, (v) any earthquake, hurricane, epidemic, pandemic, tsunami, tornado, flood, mudslide, wild fire or other natural disaster, act of God or other force majeure event, (vi) any national or international political or social conditions in countries in which, or in the proximate geographic region of which, the Company operates, including the engagement by the United States or such other countries in hostilities or the escalation thereof, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence or the escalation of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States or such other country, or any territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices of the United States or such other countries or upon any United States or such other country military installation, equipment or personnel, (vii) any failure of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to meet any projections, forecasts or budgets; provided that clause (vii) shall not prevent a determination that any Effect not otherwise excluded from this definition of Material Adverse Effect underlying such failure to meet projections or forecasts has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, (viii) COVID-19, any COVID-19 Measures, or the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ compliance therewith, and (ix) the taking of any action expressly required by this Agreement or with the express written consent of Acquiror; provided that, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iv), (v) and (vi), such changes may be taken into account to the extent (but only to the extent) that such changes have had a materially disproportionate and adverse impact on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to other similarly situated competitors or other entities operating in the industries and markets in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate.

Material Carriers” has the meaning specified in Section 5.24(c).

Material Contracts” has the meaning specified in Section 5.12(b).

Material Customers” has the meaning specified in Section 5.24(a).

Material Suppliers” has the meaning specified in Section 5.24(b).

Maximum Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02(d).

Mergers” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

11


Most Recent Balance Sheet” has the meaning specified in Section 5.08(a).

NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Offer Documents” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(i).

Option Cancellation Agreement” means those option cancellation agreements entered into between the Company and holders of Company Options

Option Cash Consideration” means $4,075,000.

Option Consideration” means the aggregate amount of cash and stock payable in respect of the Option Cash Consideration and the Option Share Consideration.

Option Share Consideration” means a portion of the Closing Share Consideration equal to the number of shares (rounded to the nearest whole share) of Pubco Common Stock determined by dividing (a) $4,325,000, by (b) $10.00.

Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property that is owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Parties” and “Party” have the meanings specified in the preamble hereto.

Permits” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.

Permitted Liens” means (i) statutory or common law Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, landlords, carriers, repairmen, construction contractors and other similar Liens that arise in the ordinary course of business, that relate to amounts not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith through appropriate Actions for which reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (ii) Liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith through appropriate Actions for which reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (iv) Liens, encumbrances and restrictions on real property (including easements, covenants, rights of way and similar restrictions of record) or zoning, building, entitlement and other land use and environmental regulations that (A) are matters of record, (B) would be disclosed by a current, accurate survey or physical inspection of such real property, or (C) do not materially interfere with the present uses of such real property, (v) with respect to any Leased Real Property (A) the interests and rights of the respective lessors with respect thereto, including any statutory landlord liens and any Lien thereon, (B) any Lien permitted under a Lease, and (C) any Liens encumbering the underlying fee title of the real property of which the Leased Real Property is a part, (vi) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vii) any right, interest, Lien or title of a licensor, sublicensor, licensee, sublicensee, lessor or sublessor under any license, lease or other similar agreement or other property being leased or licensed including licenses of Intellectual Property and (viii) Liens described on Section 1.01(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental agency or instrumentality or other entity of any kind.

Personal Information” means, in addition to the definition for any similar term (e.g., “personal data” or “personally identifiable information”) provided by applicable Law, any information that identifies, could be used to identify, or is otherwise associated with an individual person.

PIPE Investment” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

12


PIPE Investment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 6.13(a).

PIPE Investor” means an investor party to a Subscription Agreement.

Plan of Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

Policies” has the meaning specified in Section 5.16.

Pre-Closing Holders” means all Persons who hold one or more shares of Company Stock or Company Warrants as of the record date established by the board of directors of the Company for the First Merger.

Privacy Laws” means any and all applicable Laws relating to the receipt, collection, compilation, use, storage, processing, sharing, safeguarding, security (both technical and physical), disposal, destruction, disclosure or transfer (including cross-border) of Personal Information, including California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), and Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS), and any and all applicable Laws relating to breach notification in connection with Personal Information. “Privacy Laws” expressly excludes the Healthcare Information Laws.

Privacy Policies” has the meaning specified in Section 5.20(i).

Proxy Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(i).

Proxy Statement/Registration Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(i).

Pubco” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

Pubco Bylaws” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Pubco Charter” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Pubco Common Stock” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Pubco Merger” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Pubco Merger Certificate of Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

Pubco Merger Effective Time” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

Pubco Warrant” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

R&W Policy” has the meaning specified in Section 7.09.

Registered Intellectual Property” has the meaning specified in Section 5.20(a).

Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-4, or other appropriate form, including any pre-effective or post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, to be filed with the SEC by Acquiror under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration Statement Securities.

Registration Statement Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(i).

Regulatory Laws” has the meaning specified in Section 9.08(b).

 

13


Representative” means, as to any Person, any of the officers, directors, managers, employees, counsel, accountants, financial advisors, and consultants of such Person.

Requisite Company Stockholders” means those stockholders listed on Section 1.01(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, which represent, in the aggregate, the requisite majority of holders of Company Common Stock required to approve the Company’s entry into this Agreement and the First Merger.

Sanctions Laws” means any Law related to economic sanctions imposed, administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the European Union or any of its Member States, the United Nations, or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Reports” has the meaning specified in Section 6.08(a).

Second Certificate of Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b).

Second Effective Time” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b).

Second LTIP Payment” means an amount not to exceed $1,050,000.

Second Merger” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Laws” means the securities Laws of any state, federal or foreign entity and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Seller Counsel” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.17(b).

Seller Group” has the meaning specified in Section 12.17(b).

Seller Privileged Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.17(b).

Series A Preferred Stock” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Company Preferred Stock”.

Series A-1 Preferred Stock” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Company Preferred Stock”.

Series B Preferred Stock” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Company Preferred Stock”.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Company Preferred Stock”.

Software” means any and all (a) computer programs, including any and all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (c) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (d) all documentation including user manuals and other training documentation relating to any of the foregoing.

Special Meeting” has the meaning specified in Section 9.02(a)(v).

 

14


Specified Representations” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(a)(i).

Sponsor” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Sponsor Support Agreement” means that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Sponsor, the Company, Acquiror and the other parties signatory thereto, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Subscription Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to a Person, any corporation or other organization (including a limited liability company or a partnership), whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which such Person directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization or any organization of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

Summary Allocation Schedule” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(c).

Surrender Documentation” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(c).

Surviving Corporation” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Surviving Entity” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Surviving Provisions” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02.

Tax” means any federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, foreign or other net income, alternative or add-on minimum, franchise, gross income, adjusted gross income or gross receipts, employment related (including employee withholding or employer payroll), ad valorem, transfer, franchise, license, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, personal property, real property, capital stock, profits, disability, registration, value added, estimated, customs duties, sales or use, or other tax or like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed with respect thereto by a Governmental Authority.

Tax Return” means any return, report, statement, refund, claim, declaration, information return, statement, estimate or other document filed or required to be filed with a Governmental Authority in respect of Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and including any amendments thereof.

Terminating Acquiror Breach” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01(c).

Terminating Company Breach” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01(b).

Termination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01(b).

Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

Transaction Agreements” shall mean this Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company Holders Support Agreement, the Sponsor Support Agreement, the Subscription Agreements, the Exchange Agent Agreement, each Letter of Transmittal, the Pubco Charter, the Pubco Bylaws, and all the other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates entered into in connection herewith and/or therewith and any and all exhibits and schedules hereto and/or thereto.

 

15


Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Pubco Merger and the Mergers.

Transfer Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(a).

Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated under the Code.

Trust Account” has the meaning specified in Section 6.06(a).

Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 6.06(a).

Trustee” has the meaning specified in Section 6.06(a).

Unaudited Financial Statements” has the meaning specified in Section 5.08(a).

Updated Acquiror Closing Statement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.02(a).

Waived 280G Benefits” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04.

WARN Act” has the meaning specified in Section 5.14(b).

Warrant Agreement” means that certain Warrant Agreement, dated October 26, 2020, by and between Acquiror and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent.

Warrant Cancellation Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(c).

Section 1.02 Construction.

(a) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (i) words of any gender include each other gender, (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (iv) the terms “Article”, “Section”, “Disclosure Letter”, “Exhibit” and “Annex” refer to the specified Article, Section, Disclosure Letter, Exhibit or Annex of or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified, (v) the word “including” shall mean “including without limitation,” (vi) the word “or” shall be disjunctive but not exclusive, (vii) the phrase “to the extent” means the degree to which a thing extends (rather than if), and (viii) references to “$” or dollar shall be references to United States dollars.

(b) When used herein, “ordinary course of business” or “past practice” means an action taken, or omitted to be taken, in the ordinary and usual course of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business, consistent with past practice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, recent past practice in light of COVID-19).

(c) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, references to agreements and other documents shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto.

(d) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, references to statutes shall include all regulations promulgated thereunder and references to statutes or regulations shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing the statute or regulation.

(e) Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified. If any action is to be taken or given on or by a particular calendar day, and such calendar day is not a Business Day, then such action may be deferred until the next Business Day. When calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period to be excluded.

 

16


(f) All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined herein shall have the meanings given to them under GAAP.

Section 1.03 Knowledge. As used herein, the phrase “to the knowledge” and phrases of similar import shall mean the actual knowledge of, in the case of the Company, the individuals identified on Section 1.03 of the Company Disclosure Letter, none of whom shall have any personal liability or obligations regarding such knowledge, and, in the case of any or all of the Acquiror Parties, the individuals identified on Section 1.03 of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter, none of whom shall have any personal liability or obligations regarding such knowledge.

Section 1.04 Equitable Adjustments. If, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, shares of Company Preferred Stock or Acquiror Shares shall have been changed into a different number of shares or a different class, by reason of any stock or share dividend, subdivision, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, split, combination or exchange of shares, or any similar event shall have occurred, then any number, value (including dollar value) or amount contained herein which is based upon the number of shares of Company Common Stock, shares of Company Preferred Stock or Acquiror Shares, as applicable, will be appropriately adjusted to provide to the holders of Company Common Stock, the holders of Company Preferred Stock or the holders of Acquiror Shares, as applicable, the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such event; provided, however, that this Section 1.04 shall not be construed to permit Acquiror, the Company, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub or LLC Merger Sub to take any action with respect to their respective securities that is prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and/or any other Transaction Agreement.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGERS

Section 2.01 The Mergers.

(a) At the Pubco Merger Effective Time, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and the DLLCA, Acquiror and LLC Merger Sub shall consummate the Pubco Merger, pursuant to which Acquiror shall be merged with and into LLC Merger Sub, following which the separate corporate existence of Acquiror shall cease and LLC Merger Sub shall continue as LLC Merger Sub after the Pubco Merger, such entity being a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (provided that references to Acquiror for periods after the Pubco Merger Effective Time shall include Pubco).

(b) At the First Effective Time, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL, Corp Merger Sub and the Company shall consummate the First Merger, pursuant to which Corp Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, following which the separate corporate existence of Corp Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the Surviving Corporation after the First Merger and as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (provided that references to the Company for periods after the First Effective Time until the Second Effective Time shall include the Surviving Corporation).

(c) At the Second Effective Time, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL and the DLLCA, the Surviving Corporation shall be merged with and into LLC Merger Sub, following which the separate corporate existence of the Surviving Corporation shall cease and LLC Merger Sub shall continue as the Surviving Entity after the Second Merger and as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (provided that references to the Company or the Surviving Corporation for periods after the Second Effective Time shall include the Surviving Entity).

 

17


Section 2.02 Effective Times.

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date, Pubco, Acquiror and LLC Merger Sub shall cause the Pubco Merger to be consummated by (i) filing the certificate of merger in the form to be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company (the “Pubco Merger Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DLLCA and (ii) executing a plan of merger in the form to be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company (the “Plan of Merger”) and filing such Plan of Merger and other documents required under the Companies Act with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act (the time of the latter of such filings, or such later time as may be specified in the Pubco Merger Certificate of Merger, being the “Pubco Merger Effective Time”).

(b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on the Closing Date, but after the Corp Merger Sub Contribution, Pubco, the Company and Corp Merger Sub shall cause the First Merger to be consummated by filing the certificate of merger in the form to be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company (the “First Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL (the time of such filing, or such later time as may be agreed in writing by the Company and Acquiror and specified in the First Certificate of Merger, being the “First Effective Time”). As soon as practicable following the First Effective Time and in any case on the same day as the First Effective Time, Pubco, the Surviving Corporation and LLC Merger Sub shall cause the Second Merger to be consummated by filing the certificate of merger in the form of Exhibit I to be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company (the “Second Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL and DLLCA (the time of such filing, or such later time as may be agreed in writing by the Company and Acquiror and specified in the Second Certificate of Merger, being the “Second Effective Time”).

Section 2.03 Effect of the Pubco Merger. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the Pubco Merger Effective Time, by virtue of the Pubco Merger and without any further action on the part of any Party or the holders of any securities of Acquiror, the following shall occur:

(a) Acquiror Class A Shares. Each Acquiror Class A Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time (other than those described in Section 2.03(e)) shall be automatically cancelled and extinguished and converted into one share of Pubco Common Stock, following which, all Acquiror Class A Shares shall cease to be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and extinguished and shall cease to exist by virtue of the Pubco Merger and without any action on the part of any Party or the holders of Acquiror Class A Shares. The holders of Acquiror Class A Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such shares, except as expressly provided herein or by Law. Each certificate previously evidencing Acquiror Class A Shares (other than those described in Section 2.03(e) below), if any, shall thereafter represent only the right to receive the same number of shares of Pubco Common Stock and shall be exchanged for a certificate (if requested) representing the same number of shares of Pubco Common Stock upon the surrender of such certificate in accordance with Section 2.03(f).

(b) Acquiror Class B Shares. Each Acquiror Class B Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time (other than those described in Section 2.03(e)) shall be automatically cancelled, extinguished and converted into one share of Pubco Common Stock, following which, all Acquiror Class B Shares shall cease to be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and extinguished and shall cease to exist by virtue of the Pubco Merger and without any action on the part of any Party or the holders of Acquiror Class B Shares. The holders of Acquiror Class B Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such shares, except as expressly provided herein or by Law. Each certificate previously evidencing Acquiror Class B Shares (other than those described in Section 2.03(e) below), if any, shall thereafter represent only the right to receive the same number of shares of Pubco Common Stock and shall be exchanged for a certificate (if requested in writing) representing the same

 

18


number of shares of Pubco Common Stock upon the surrender of such certificate in accordance with Section 2.03(f).

(c) Acquiror Warrants. Each Acquiror Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time will automatically become a Pubco Warrant exercisable (where a whole Pubco Warrant) for one share of Pubco Common Stock at the same exercise price per share and on the same terms in effect immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time, and the rights and obligations of Acquiror under the Warrant Agreement will be irrevocably assigned and assumed by Pubco.

(d) Acquiror Units. Each Acquiror Class A Unit shall for purposes of this Section 2.03 be deemed to be one Acquiror Class A Share and one-third of an Acquiror Warrant, in each case, without duplication of those Acquiror Class A Shares and Acquiror Warrants being converted pursuant to Section 2.03(a) and Section 2.03(c), respectively.

(e) Cancellation of Acquiror Shares Owned by Acquiror. If there are any shares of Acquiror that are owned by Acquiror or any Subsidiary of Acquiror, or that are held as treasury shares, in each case as of the Pubco Merger Effective Time, such shares shall automatically be canceled, retired and extinguished and shall cease to exist, without any conversion thereof or payment therefor.

(f) Transfers of Ownership. If any certificate for securities of Acquiror is to be issued in a name other than that in which the certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed (or accompanied by an appropriate instrument of transfer) and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such exchange shall have paid to Pubco or any agent designated by it any transfer or other Taxes required by reason of the issuance of a certificate for securities of Pubco in any name other than that of the registered holder of the certificate surrendered, or established to the satisfaction of Pubco or any agent designated by it that such Tax has been paid or is not payable.

(g) No Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.03, none of Acquiror, Pubco or any other Party shall be liable to any Person for any amount properly paid to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law.

(h) General Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Pubco Merger Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of Acquiror shall become the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of LLC Merger Sub.

Section 2.04 Effect of the Mergers.

(a) At the Pubco Merger Effective Time, the effect of the Pubco Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Plan of Merger and the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and the DLLCA.

(b) At the First Effective Time, the effect of the First Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the First Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the First Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of Corp Merger Sub shall become the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Surviving Corporation.

(c) At the Second Effective Time, the effect of the Second Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Second Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL and the DLLCA. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Second Effective Time, all the property, rights,

 

19


privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Surviving Corporation shall become the property, rights, privileges, agreements, powers and franchises, debts, liabilities, duties and obligations of the Surviving Entity.

Section 2.05 Governing Documents.

(a) Subject to Section 8.01, at the Pubco Merger Effective Time, the Governing Documents of Pubco shall be amended to change the name of Pubco to such name as is mutually agreed between the Company and Acquiror.

(b) Subject to Section 8.01, at the First Effective Time, the Governing Documents of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended in their entirety to read the same as the Governing Documents of Corp Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the First Effective Time, except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be such name as is mutually agreed between the Company and Acquiror.

(c) Subject to Section 8.01, at the Second Effective Time, the certificate of formation and operating agreement of LLC Merger Sub shall be the certificate of formation and operating agreement of the Surviving Entity until thereafter amended in accordance with their respective terms and as provided by applicable Law, except that the name of the Surviving Entity shall be such name as is mutually agreed between the Company and Acquiror.

Section 2.06 Directors/Managers and Officers of Pubco, the Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Entity. Immediately after the Pubco Merger Effective Time, the board of directors and officers of Pubco shall be the same as the directors and officers of Acquiror. Immediately after the First Effective Time, the board of directors and officers of Pubco shall be determined in accordance with Section 8.08 and the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be as Pubco may determine and the officers of the Surviving Corporation shall be the same as the officers of the Company. Immediately after the Second Effective Time, the governing body, if any, of the Surviving Entity shall be as Pubco may determine and the officers of the Surviving Entity shall be the same as the officers of the Surviving Corporation.

ARTICLE III

TOTAL PRE-CLOSING HOLDER CONSIDERATION; CONVERSION OF SECURITIES;

MERGER CONSIDERATION

Section 3.01 Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration. The aggregate consideration to be paid at the Closing to (a) the Pre-Closing Holders and holders of Company Options as of the date hereof in respect of shares of Company Stock, Company Warrants or Company Options held by them as of immediately prior to the First Merger and (b) the recipients of the First LTIP Payment, shall consist of (i) the Closing Cash Consideration and (ii) the Closing Share Consideration (collectively, the “Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration”).

Section 3.02 Effect of First Merger on Company Stock and Warrants.

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the First Effective Time, by virtue of the First Merger and without any further action on the part of any Party or the holders of any securities of Acquiror, the following shall occur:

(i) Each share of Company Common Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Company Stock (i) held in the Company’s treasury or owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) held by stockholders of the Company who have validly perfected and not withdrawn a demand for appraisal rights pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL

 

20


(clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “Excluded Shares”)) will be cancelled and automatically deemed for all purposes to represent the right to receive the applicable portion of the Closing Share Consideration set forth on the Allocation Schedule, without interest and otherwise in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Allocation Schedule shall provide that each issued and outstanding share of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock shall receive, as merger consideration, such number of Pubco Common Stock equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Company in effect as of the date hereof) of such Series C Convertible Preferred Stock divided by $10.00 and no other merger consideration of any kind.

(ii) Each Company Warrant issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time will be cancelled and automatically deemed for all purposes to represent the right to receive the applicable portion of the Closing Share Consideration set forth on the Allocation Schedule, without interest and otherwise in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Allocation Schedule shall provide that each issued and outstanding Company Warrant shall receive for each share of Company Common Stock it is exercisable for, the same number of shares of Pubco Common Stock received in respect of each issued and outstanding share of Company Common Stock, net of the value of the per share exercise price of such Company Warrant.

(iii) Each share of Company A and B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Shares) will be cancelled and automatically deemed for all purposes to represent the right to receive the applicable portion of the Closing Cash Consideration set forth on the Allocation Schedule, without interest and otherwise in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(iv) Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Corp Merger Sub shall be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation, which shall constitute the only outstanding shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation. From and after the First Effective Time, all certificates representing the common stock of Corp Merger Sub (if any) shall be deemed for all purposes to represent the number of shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation into which they were converted in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

(v) Each share of Company Stock held in the Company’s treasury or owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company immediately prior to the First Effective Time shall be cancelled and no consideration shall be paid or payable with respect thereto.

(b) From and after the First Effective Time, each of the Pre-Closing Holders shall cease to have any other rights in and to the Company, the Surviving Corporation or the Surviving Entity, and each Certificate relating to the ownership of shares of Company Stock (other than Excluded Shares) shall thereafter represent only the right to receive the applicable portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration as set forth in Section 3.02(a) in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. At the First Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed, and no transfer of the Company Stock or the Company Warrants shall be made thereafter.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary no fraction of a share of Pubco Common Stock will be issued by virtue of the First Merger, and any such fractional share (after aggregating all fractional shares of Pubco Common Stock that otherwise would be received by a Pre-Closing Holder) shall, (i) if the aggregate amount of such fraction of a share is equal to or exceeds 0.50, be rounded up to the nearest whole share, and (ii) if the aggregate amount of such fraction of a share is less than or equal to 0.50, be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration is being allocated among the Pre-Closing Holders, the holders of Company Options and the recipients of the First LTIP Payment pursuant to the Allocation Schedule to be delivered to Acquiror in connection with the Company

 

21


Closing Statement pursuant to Section 4.02(b) and such allocation (x) in respect of (A) the Company Stock and Company Warrants will be made in accordance with the Governing Documents of the Company (and, in the case of the payment of the Closing Share Consideration to be paid in respect of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company Common Stock, and the Company Warrants, in accordance with such Governing Documents, after giving effect to the cancellation of the Company A and B Preferred Stock in exchange for the right of the holders thereof to receive the payment of the applicable portion of the Closing Cash Consideration set forth on the Allocation Schedule, as though the Closing Share Consideration less the Option Share Consideration were distributed in a liquidation of the Company) and applicable Law, (B) the Company Options will be made in accordance with the Option Cancellation Agreements, and (C) the First LTIP Payment will be made in accordance with the Allocation Schedule, and (y) will set forth (A) the number and class of Equity Securities owned by each Pre-Closing Holder, and (B) the portion of the Closing Cash Consideration and/or the Closing Share Consideration, as applicable, allocated and payable to each Pre-Closing Holder, holder of Company Options and recipients of the First LTIP Payment, (ii) subject to the immediately following sentence, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the consideration payable by Acquiror under this Agreement in connection with the Transactions in respect of all outstanding shares of Company Stock, Company Warrants, Company Options and the First LTIP Payment exceed (A) an amount in cash equal to the Closing Cash Consideration and (B) a number of shares of Pubco Common Stock equal to the Closing Share Consideration (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Option Share Consideration) (the “Maximum Consideration”) and (iii) to the extent the Allocation Schedule provided by the Company provides for aggregate consideration in excess of the Maximum Consideration, the Parties shall work together in good faith to correct such errors prior to the Closing. In no event shall the immediately preceding sentence in any way be construed to limit or otherwise modify the Second LTIP Payment or the grant of the Future Vesting Awards (as defined in the Company Disclosure Letter). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon delivery, payment and issuance of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration in accordance with Section 3.03(a) and Section 3.03(b) and completion of the transactions contemplated with respect to Company Options in Section 3.06, Acquiror and its respective Affiliates shall be deemed to have irrevocably satisfied all obligations outstanding as of the Closing Date with respect to the payment of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration, and none of them shall have (i) any further obligations to any Pre-Closing Holder, holder of Company Options or recipients of the First LTIP Payment with respect to the payment of any consideration under this Agreement (including with respect to the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration), or (ii) any liability with respect to the allocation of the consideration under this Agreement, and the Company hereby irrevocably discharges, waives and releases Acquiror and its Affiliates (including, on and after the Closing, the Surviving Entity and its Affiliates) from all claims arising from or related to the allocation of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration among each Pre-Closing Holder, holder of a Company Option and recipients of the First LTIP Payment, in each case, as set forth in the Allocation Schedule.

Section 3.03 Merger Consideration.

(a) Deposit with Exchange. Prior to the First Effective Time, Acquiror shall appoint a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Company to act as paying and exchange agent hereunder (the “Exchange Agent”) and enter into an agreement with respect thereto, reasonably acceptable to the Company. Immediately prior to the First Effective Time, Pubco shall deposit with the Exchange Agent (i) the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock equal to the Closing Share Consideration (subject to applicable withholding with respect to the Option Share Consideration) and (ii) the Closing Cash Consideration.

(b) Closing Payments. On the Closing Date, Pubco shall use the Available Closing Acquiror Cash and freely available cash in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ bank accounts (the “Company Bank Accounts), in each case, without interest and to the extent funds are available to make such payment or reserve for such payment if such payment is otherwise specified to be paid on a later date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (in which case Pubco shall make payment on such later date), as follows:

(i) First, to make or cause to be made payments to the holders of Company A and B Preferred Stock as set forth in
Section 3.02(a)(iii);

 

22


(ii) Second, on the first payroll date following the Closing Date, to make or cause to be made payments of the Option Cash Consideration to the holders of Company Options as set forth in Section 3.06;

(iii) Third, on the first payroll date following the Closing Date, to make or cause to be made the First LTIP Payment;

(iv) Fourth, to pay or cause to be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds, all Acquiror Transaction Expenses and Company Transaction Expenses; and

(v) Fifth, to pay, or cause to be paid, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, such Indebtedness as Acquiror and the Company may mutually agree.

(c) Letter of Transmittal; Warrant Cancellation Agreement; Surrender of Certificates. Promptly after the First Effective Time (and in any event within five (5) Business Days thereafter), the Exchange Agent shall mail to each Pre-Closing Holder: (i) a Letter of Transmittal and/or warrant cancellation acknowledgment in form satisfactory to the Company and Acquiror (the “Warrant Cancellation Agreement”); and (ii) instructions for surrendering the outstanding certificate or certificates for Company Stock (collectively, the “Certificates”) (or affidavits of loss in lieu of the Certificates as provided in Section 3.03(d)) to the Exchange Agent (the “Surrender Documentation”); provided that the Exchange Agent shall deliver the Surrender Documentation to any Pre-Closing Holder designated by the Company prior to the Closing; provided further that the Exchange Agent shall not be required to deliver the Surrender Documentation to any such Pre-Closing Holder, or to any Pre-Closing Holder that has delivered (or to any Pre-Closing Holder on behalf of which the Company has delivered such Surrender Documentation) its Surrender Documentation with respect to such Pre-Closing Holder’s Company Stock or Company Warrants (where applicable) to the Exchange Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. Upon surrender, (i) in the case of a Pre-Closing Holder that holds Company Stock, of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and a Certificate (or affidavit of loss in lieu of the Certificate as provided in Section 3.03(d)) to the Exchange Agent in accordance with the terms of the Surrender Documentation, and (ii) in the case of a Pre-Closing Holder that holds Company Warrants, of a properly completed and duly executed Warrant Cancellation Agreement to the Exchange Agent in accordance with the terms of the Surrender Documentation, the Exchange Agent will deliver to the holder of such Company Stock or Company Warrants (as applicable) in exchange therefor such holder’s portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration in accordance with the Allocation Schedule, with: (A) any cash portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration being delivered via wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with instructions provided by such Pre-Closing Holder in the Letter of Transmittal or Warrant Cancellation Agreement (as applicable); and (B) the equity portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration being delivered via book-entry issuance, in each case, subject to any Tax withholdings as provided in Section 3.07; provided, however, that if the holder of such Company Stock or Company Warrants delivers (or the Company delivers on behalf of such holder) to the Exchange Agent the properly completed and duly executed Surrender Documentation with respect to such Pre-Closing Holder’s Company Stock or Company Warrants at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Exchange Agent shall deliver to the holder of such Company Stock or Company Warrant in exchange therefor such holder’s portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration covered by such Surrender Documentation in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) of this sentence on the Closing Date. In the case of the Company Stock, the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. No interest will be paid or accrued on any amount payable upon due delivery of the Surrender Documentation in accordance herewith. In the event of a transfer of ownership of shares of Company Stock or Company Warrants that is not registered in the transfer records of the Company, the applicable portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration to be delivered upon due delivery of the Surrender Documentation in accordance herewith may be issued to such transferee if the Certificate or Company Warrant (as applicable) formerly representing such shares of Company Stock or Company Warrants is presented to the Exchange Agent, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and to evidence that any applicable stock transfer Taxes have been paid or are not applicable. Following the date hereof and until such date that is the first to occur of the date of valid termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article XI and the Closing

 

23


Date, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to direct each Pre-Closing Holder holding Company Warrants to properly complete and duly execute a Warrant Cancellation Agreement with respect to such holder’s Company Warrants and to deliver such Warrant Cancellation Agreement to such Person and address as the Company so directs.

(d) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed: (i) upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed; and (ii) if required by Acquiror, provision of an indemnity against any claim that may be made against it (including the posting of a bond where reasonably necessary to secure such indemnity (which shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be required where such Person is a private equity fund or an Affiliate thereof)), the Surviving Corporation or the Surviving Entity with respect to such Certificate, the Exchange Agent will issue the portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration attributable to such Certificate (after giving effect to any required Tax withholdings as provided in Section 3.07).

Section 3.04 Exchange Agent. Promptly following the date that is one year after the First Effective Time, Pubco shall instruct the Exchange Agent to deliver to Pubco all cash, certificates and other documents in its possession relating to the Transactions, and the Exchange Agent’s duties shall terminate. Thereafter, each Pre-Closing Holder who has not surrendered a Certificate and/or delivered a Letter of Transmittal may surrender such Certificate or deliver such Letter of Transmittal to Pubco and (subject to applicable abandoned property, escheat and similar Laws) receive in consideration therefor, and Pubco shall promptly pay, the portion of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration deliverable in respect thereof as determined in accordance with this Article III and the Allocation Schedule without any interest thereon. None of any Acquiror Party, the Company, Surviving Corporation, the Surviving Entity or the Exchange Agent shall be liable to any Person in respect of any Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration delivered to a public official pursuant to and in accordance with any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Laws. If any Certificate shall not have been surrendered immediately prior to such date on which any amounts payable pursuant to this Article III and the Allocation Schedule would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any Governmental Authority, any such amounts shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of the Surviving Entity, free and clear of all claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto.

Section 3.05 Effect of Second Merger. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the Second Effective Time, by virtue of the Second Merger and without any action on the part of any Person (including any Party or the holders of any securities of Pubco or the Surviving Corporation): (a) each share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Second Effective Time shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist without any conversion thereof or payment therefor; and (b) the limited liability company interests of LLC Merger Sub outstanding immediately prior to the Second Effective Time shall be converted into and become the limited liability company interests of the Surviving Entity, which shall constitute one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding equity of the Surviving Entity. From and after the Second Effective Time, the limited liability company interests of the LLC Merger Sub shall be deemed for all purposes to represent the percentage of membership interests into which they were converted in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

Section 3.06 Treatment of Company Options. As of immediately prior to the First Effective Time, the Company shall take all necessary and appropriate actions (including obtaining any applicable Option Cancellation Agreements and taking formal action on behalf of the Company’s board of directors) so that, as of the First Effective Time, (i) each Company Option that is then outstanding shall be cancelled and converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the Option Consideration set forth in the Allocation Schedule (as described in the corresponding Option Cancellation Agreement), less applicable Tax withholding and without interest and otherwise in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or (ii) shall be cancelled for no consideration. Immediately following the Closing, there shall be no Company Options outstanding.

 

24


Section 3.07 Withholding Rights. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub, LLC Merger Sub, the Company, the Surviving Corporation, the Surviving Entity, the Exchange Agent and their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement any amount required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under applicable Law; provided that a party that proposes to so deduct and withhold from any amount payable to a holder of Company Stock shall use reasonable best efforts to (1) give written notice of no less than ten business days prior to any such deduction or withholding and (2) cooperate in good faith to minimize, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, the amount of any such deduction or withholding, including by cooperating with the submission of any certificates or forms to establish an exemption from, reduction in, or refund of any such deduction or withholding, it being understood that the requirements in clauses (1) and (2) shall not apply to any deduction or withholding (i) in respect of backup withholding or (ii) attributable to the Company’s failure to deliver the FIRPTA Documentation to Pubco at Closing. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

Section 3.08 Dissenting Shares. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shares of Company Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time and held by a holder who has not voted in favor of adoption of this Agreement or consented thereto in writing and who is entitled to demand and has properly exercised appraisal rights of such shares in accordance with, and has complied in all respects with, Section 262 of the DGCL (such shares of Company Stock being referred to collectively as the “Dissenting Shares” until such time as such holder fails to validly perfect or otherwise waives, withdraws, or loses such holder’s appraisal rights under the DGCL with respect to such shares) shall not be converted into a right to receive a portion of the Closing Merger Consideration, but instead shall be entitled to only such rights as are granted by Section 262 of the DGCL and shall not be entitled to exercise any voting rights or other rights of a stockholder of the Surviving Corporation; provided, however, that if, after the First Effective Time, such holder fails to validly perfect, waives, withdraws, or loses such holder’s right to appraisal pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL or if a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such holder is not entitled to the relief provided by Section 262 of the DGCL such shares of Company Stock shall be treated as if they had been converted as of the First Effective Time into the right to receive the Closing Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 3.02 without interest thereon, upon delivery of a duly completed and validly executed Letter of Transmittal and the surrender of the Certificates in accordance with Section 3.03(c) or delivery of a lost certificate affidavit. The Company shall provide Acquiror prompt notice of any written demands received by the Company for appraisal of shares of Company Stock, any waiver or withdrawal of any such demand, and any other demand, notice, or instrument delivered to the Company prior to the First Effective Time that relates to such demand. Except with the prior written consent of Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), the Company shall not make any payment with respect to, or settle, or offer to settle, any such demands.

ARTICLE IV

CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

Section 4.01 Closing. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the Mergers (the “Closing”) shall take place (a) electronically by the mutual exchange of electronic signatures (including portable document format (.PDF)) commencing as promptly as practicable (and in any event no later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the third (3rd) Business Day) following the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) waiver of the conditions set forth in Article X (other than those conditions that by their terms or nature are to be satisfied at the Closing; provided that such conditions are satisfied or (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) waived at the Closing), or (b) at such other place, time or date as Acquiror and the Company may mutually agree in writing; provided that, subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) waiver of the conditions set forth in Article X (other than those conditions that by their terms or

 

25


nature are to be satisfied at the Closing), the Closing shall in any event occur one day following the Pubco Merger. The date on which the Closing shall occur is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”.

Section 4.02 Closing Statements.

(a) Acquiror Closing Statement. On the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Acquiror shall prepare and deliver to the Company a written statement certified by Acquiror’s Chief Financial Officer (the “Acquiror Closing Statement”) setting forth its good faith estimate as of the Closing Date and calculation of: (a) the aggregate amount of cash in the Trust Account (prior to giving effect to the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption) and the amount of the PIPE Investment proceeds received and to be received by Acquiror prior to the Closing; (b) the aggregate amount of all payments required to be made in connection with the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption; (c) the Available Closing Acquiror Cash resulting therefrom; (d) the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock to be outstanding as of the Closing after giving effect to the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption and the issuance of shares of Pubco Common Stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreements; (e) the Acquiror Transaction Expenses, and (f) the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of all Pubco Warrants issued and outstanding as of the Closing, in each case, including a detailed itemization of the components and calculations made thereof, with all underlying documentation and workpapers supporting the calculations thereof (including, in the case of Acquiror Transaction Expenses, invoices) reasonably sufficient for the Company to validate Acquiror’s computations of the amounts set forth therein. The Acquiror Closing Statement and each component thereof shall be prepared and calculated in accordance with the definitions contained in this Agreement. From and after delivery of the Acquiror Closing Statement and through the Closing Date, (1) Acquiror shall promptly provide to the Company any changes to the Acquiror Closing Statement (including any component thereof) (the “Updated Acquiror Closing Statement”), and (2) the Company shall have the right to review and comment on such calculations and estimates, Acquiror shall consider in good faith any such reasonable comments made by the Company, and the Company and Acquiror shall cooperate with each other through the Closing Date and use good faith efforts to resolve any differences regarding the calculations and estimates contained in the Updated Acquiror Closing Statement (and any updates or revisions as may be agreed to by the Company and Acquiror shall be included in the Updated Acquiror Closing Statement). Acquiror shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, (i) reasonably cooperate with the Company and its Representatives to the extent related to the Company’s review of the Acquiror Closing Statement and Updated Acquiror Closing Statement and the calculations and estimates contained therein (including engaging in good faith discussions related thereto) and (ii) provide access (which access may be limited to remote access) to personnel, books, records and other information during normal business hours to the extent related to the preparation of the Acquiror Closing Statement and Updated Acquiror Closing Statement and reasonably requested by the Company or its Representatives in connection with such review; provided that the Company shall not, and shall cause its Representatives to not, unreasonably interfere with the business of Acquiror and its Subsidiaries in connection with any such access.

(b) Company Closing Statement. On the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Acquiror a written statement certified by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (the “Company Closing Statement”) setting forth (i) its good faith estimates as of the Closing Date of (A) the Company Transaction Expenses and (B) the freely available cash in the Company Bank Accounts, in each case, to the extent funds are available to make the payments contemplated to be made pursuant to Section 3.03(b), and (ii) an allocation schedule prepared on the same basis and using the same methodologies and assumptions (except for an assumed Closing Date of the Termination Date) as were used in preparing the Summary Allocation Schedule and setting forth on a holder-by-holder basis (1) (I) the number and class of Equity Securities of the Company owned by each Pre-Closing Holder, and (II) the number of Company Warrants owned by each Pre-Closing Holder, and (2) the amount of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration that each Pre-Closing Holder is entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, further divided into the amount of the Closing Share Consideration (net of the Option Share Consideration) and the amount of the Closing Cash Consideration (net of the Option Cash Consideration) each Pre-Closing Holder is entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (3) the amount of the (I) Option Share Consideration and (II) Option Cash

 

26


Consideration each holder of a Company Option is entitled to receive in respect thereof pursuant to the terms of his or her Option Cancellation Agreement and (4) the portion of the Closing Cash Consideration allocated by Person in respect of the First LTIP Payment (such portion of the Company Closing Statement referred to in this clause (ii), the “Allocation Schedule”). The Company, upon delivery of the Company Closing Statement, shall also deliver to Acquiror a detailed itemization of the components and calculations made thereof, with all underlying documentation and workpapers supporting the calculations thereof reasonably sufficient for Acquiror to validate the Company’s computations of the amounts set forth therein (including, in the case of Company Transaction Expenses, invoices). Following Acquiror’s receipt of the Company Closing Statement, Acquiror shall have the right to review and comment on the components of the Company Closing Statement contemplated in the foregoing (i), the Company shall consider in good faith any such reasonable comments made by Acquiror, and the Company and Acquiror shall cooperate with each and use good faith efforts to resolve any differences regarding the calculation of the items set forth therein (and any updates or revisions as may be mutually agreed to by the Company and Acquiror shall be included in the Company Closing Statement). The Company shall, and shall cause its Representatives to, (i) reasonably cooperate with Acquiror and its Representatives to the extent related to Acquiror’s review of the Company Closing Statement and the calculations and estimates contained therein (including engaging in good faith discussions related thereto) and (ii) provide access to personnel, books, records and other information during normal business hours to the extent related to the preparation of the Company Closing Statement and reasonably requested by Acquiror or its Representatives in connection with such review; provided that Acquiror shall not, and shall cause its Representatives to not, unreasonably interfere with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with any such access.

(c) The Company has delivered to Acquiror a schedule setting forth the Company’s good faith calculations of (1) the aggregate amount of (i) the Closing Share Consideration and (ii) the Closing Cash Consideration, in each case, that holders of each class of Equity Securities of the Company and any recipient of the First LTIP Payment will be entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (2) the aggregate amount of (i) the Option Share Consideration and (ii) the Option Cash Consideration, in each case, that holders of Company Options will be entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (3) the aggregate amount of the First LTIP Payment that recipients thereof will be entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, in the case of each of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above calculated on the basis of an assumed Closing Date of the Termination Date (such schedule, the “Summary Allocation Schedule”). The Summary Allocation Schedule is set forth on Section 4.02(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter. In no event shall the Maximum Consideration exceed the aggregate amount of Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration set forth in the Summary Allocation Schedule if the Closing occurs on or prior to the Termination Date.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as set forth in the disclosure letter delivered to Acquiror Parties by the Company (the “Company Disclosure Letter”) (each section of which qualifies (a) the correspondingly numbered representation, warranty or covenant if specified therein and (b) such other representations, warranties or covenants where its relevance as an exception to (or disclosure for purposes of) such other representation, warranty or covenant is reasonably apparent on its face), the Company represents and warrants to Acquiror as follows as of the date hereof:

Section 5.01 Corporate Organization of the Company. The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware, except as would not be material to the Company. The copies of the certificate of incorporation of the Company certified by the Secretary of the State of Delaware and the bylaws, as in effect on the date hereof, previously made available by the Company to Acquiror, are true, correct and complete. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease all of its properties, rights and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the ownership of its property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or

 

27


qualified, except where failure to have such corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease and to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.02 Subsidiaries. The Subsidiaries of the Company and their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement are set forth on Section 5.02 of the Company Disclosure Letter. The Subsidiaries have been duly formed or organized, are validly existing under the laws of their jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and have the power and authority to own, operate and lease their properties, rights and assets and to conduct their business as it is now being conducted, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Subsidiary is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation (or other entity, if applicable) in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be in good standing or so licensed or qualified, except where the failure to be duly licensed or qualified and in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.03 Due Authorization. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Transaction Agreement to which it is or will be a party to perform all obligations to be performed by it hereunder and thereunder and, subject to the Company Stockholder Approval, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and such Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the board of directors of the Company, and subject to the Company Stockholder Approval, no other corporate proceeding on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize this Agreement or such Transaction Agreements or the Company’s performance hereunder or thereunder. This Agreement has been, and each such Transaction Agreement (when executed and delivered by the Company) will be, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto and thereto, this Agreement constitutes, and each such Transaction Agreement will constitute, a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law (the “Enforceability Exceptions”).

Section 5.04 No Conflict. Subject to the receipt of the consents, approvals, authorizations and other requirements set forth on Section 5.05 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Transaction Agreement to which the Company is or will be a party by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of, or result in the breach of or default under, the Governing Documents of the Company, (b) violate any provision of, or result in the breach of or default by the Company under, or void any license required for the Company to conduct its business under, or require any filing, registration or qualification under, any applicable Law, (c) except as set forth on Section 5.04(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, require any consent, waiver or other action by any Person under, violate, or result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration, cancellation, termination or modification of, or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, cancel or modify, the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract with any Material Contract, (d) result in the creation of any Lien (except for Permitted Liens) upon any of the material properties, rights or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (e) constitute an event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would result in any such violation, breach, termination, acceleration, modification, cancellation or creation of a Lien (except for Permitted Liens) or (f) result in a violation or revocation of any license, permit or approval from any Governmental Authority or other Person, except, in each case of clauses (b) through (f), as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.05 Governmental Authorities; Consents. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Acquiror Parties contained in this Agreement, no action by, notice to, consent, approval,

 

28


waiver, permit or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required on the part of the Company with respect to the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions, except for (i) applicable requirements of the HSR Act and Securities Law, (ii) the filing of the First Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL and the filing of the Second Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL and the DLLCA, (iii) any actions, consents, approvals, permits or authorizations, designations, declarations or filings, the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform or comply with on a timely basis any material obligation of the Company under this Agreement or to consummate the Transactions in accordance with the terms hereof and (iv) as otherwise disclosed on Section 5.05 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Section 5.06 Current Capitalization.

(a) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (1) 400,000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 217,619.2176 shares are issued and outstanding and (2) 224,800 shares of Company Preferred Stock, of which 42,800 are designated Series A Preferred Stock (of which 42,750.0000 are issued and outstanding), 80,000 are designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock (of which 60,013.4506 are issued and outstanding), 57,000 are designated Series B Preferred Stock (of which 57,000.0000 are issued and outstanding) and 45,000 are designated Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (of which 16,802.4526 are issued and outstanding). As of the date hereof, the number of shares of Company Common Stock set forth on Section 5.06(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter are issuable pursuant to Company Options. The outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. As of the date hereof, Company Warrants exercisable for 9,814.0220 shares of Company Common Stock are issued and outstanding. The Company’s Governing Documents, the “put rights” under subscription agreements in respect of Company Preferred Stock entered into between the Company and certain holders of Company Preferred Stock set forth on Section 5.06(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements are the only documents that set forth the entitlement of the holders of Company A and B Preferred Stock in respect of the Transactions.

(b) Section 5.06(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and accurate list, as of March 1, 2021, (i) of holders of capital stock (including the number of shares owned by such person) and warrants (including the number of shares of Company Common Stock underlying such warrants and the exercise price thereof) and (ii) of holders of outstanding Company equity awards (including Company Options), including, on an award-by-award basis, the type of award, the name of the holder, the number of shares of Company Common Stock underlying the award, the vesting schedule, where applicable, and the exercise price, where applicable. Other than as set forth in Section 5.06(a) or (b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are (i) no subscriptions, calls, options, warrants, rights (including preemptive rights), puts or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Company Stock or, or other equity interests in, the Company, or any other Contracts to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties are bound obligating the Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, other equity interests in or debt securities of, the Company, (ii) no equity equivalents, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock ownership interests or similar rights in the Company, (iii) (A) no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any securities or equity interests of the Company and (B) no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of the Company having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matter for which the Company’s stockholders may vote, (iv) no shareholders agreements, voting agreements, proxies, registration rights agreements or other similar agreements relating to the Company’s equity interests to which the Company is a party and (v) no shares of common stock, preferred stock or other equity interests of the Company issued and outstanding.

Section 5.07 Capitalization of Subsidiaries.

(a) The outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. Except as set forth on

 

29


Section 5.07(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all of the outstanding ownership interests in each Subsidiary of the Company are owned by the Company, directly or indirectly, free and clear of any Liens (other than the restrictions under applicable Securities Laws, transfer restrictions existing under the terms of the Governing Documents of such Subsidiary, and Permitted Liens) and free of any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of such ownership interests) and have not been issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 5.07(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no outstanding (i) securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries convertible into or exchangeable for ownership interests in any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) obligations, options, warrants or other rights (including preemptive rights), commitments or arrangements to acquire from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or other obligations or commitments of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, sell or otherwise transfer, any ownership interests in, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any ownership interests in, any Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) restricted shares, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, contingent value rights, “phantom” stock or similar securities or rights that are derivative of, or provide economic benefits based, directly or indirectly, on the value or price of, any ownership interests in, any Subsidiary of the Company (the items in clauses, in addition to all ownership interests in the Company’s Subsidiaries, being referred to collectively as the “Company Subsidiary Securities”). There are no (x) voting trusts, proxies, equityholders agreements or other similar agreements or understandings to which any Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which any Subsidiary of the Company is bound with respect to the voting or transfer of any shares of capital stock of such Subsidiary, or (y) obligations or commitments of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Company Subsidiary Securities or make payments in respect of such shares, including based on the value thereof, or to make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in any other Person. Except for the Company Subsidiary Securities, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any equity, ownership, profit, voting or similar interest in or any interest convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity, profit, voting or similar interest in, any Person.

Section 5.08 Financial Statements.

(a) Attached as Section 5.08(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter hereto are true, correct, accurate and complete copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and as of December 31, 2019, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), temporary equity and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended (the “Unaudited Financial Statements”, and the December 31, 2020 balance sheet set forth in the Unaudited Financial Statements, the “Most Recent Balance Sheet”).

(b) The Unaudited Financial Statements (i) have been prepared from, and reflect in all material respects, the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, cash flows and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated in such Unaudited Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby. To the knowledge of the Company, the 2020 Audited Financial Statements, when delivered by the Company and its Subsidiaries for inclusion in the Registration Statement for filing with the SEC following the date of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.02 will comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act applicable to registrant, in effect as of the respective dates thereof.

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries have established and maintained systems of internal controls sufficient to (i) provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial reporting and (ii) permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been kept and maintained in all material respects in accordance with applicable Laws.

 

30


Section 5.09 Undisclosed Liabilities. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability, debt or obligation, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, in each case, that are required to be disclosed on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, except for liabilities, debts or obligations (a) adequately reflected or reserved for on the Most Recent Balance Sheet or disclosed in the notes thereto, (b) that have arisen since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries consistent with past practice, (c) arising under this Agreement, any Transaction Agreement and/or the performance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of its obligations hereunder or thereunder, including Company Transaction Expenses, (d) disclosed on Section 5.09 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (e) for future performance under Contracts, or (f) that would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material and adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 5.10 Litigation and Proceedings. Except as set forth on Section 5.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing Actions against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, rights or assets which, if determined adversely, would, individually, reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000 individually and $1,500,000 in the aggregate. Except as set forth on Section 5.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter there is no Governmental Order imposed upon or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties, rights or assets that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. There is no unsatisfied judgment or any open injunction binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which, if determined adversely, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the Company from consummating the Mergers in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 5.11 Compliance with Laws.

(a) Except (i) with respect to compliance with Tax Laws (which are the subject of Section 5.15), Environmental Laws (which are the subject of Section 5.21) and Sanctions Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and Export Control Laws (which are the subject of Section 5.27) and (ii) as set forth on Section 5.11 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (A) the Company and its Subsidiaries are, and since December 31, 2018 have been, in compliance with all applicable Laws and Governmental Orders, except as would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (B) since December 31, 2018 through the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Company, (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice of any material violations of applicable Laws, Governmental Orders or Permits, and (iv) no charge, claim, assertion or Action of any material violation of any Law, Governmental Order or material Permit by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is currently threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except in each case as would not, or would not reasonably be expected to, result in liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000 individually or $5,000,000 in the aggregate, and (v) as of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Company, (A) no material investigation or review by any Governmental Authority with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is pending or threatened in writing, and (B) no such investigations have been conducted by any Governmental Authority since December 31, 2018, other than those the outcome of which would not reasonably be expected to or did not, individually or in the aggregate, result in material liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(b) The Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses are in compliance, to the extent applicable, with the terms and provisions of all Laws or other rules or regulations of any Governmental Authority relating to patient or individual healthcare information, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub. L. No. 104 191, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder and similar state Laws (collectively, the “Healthcare Information Laws”), except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as specified in Section 5.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company and its Subsidiaries have undertaken all surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses, or assessments (including any

 

31


necessary risk assessments) on all privacy, security and other areas reasonably required for compliance under all Healthcare Information Laws to the extent applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries’ operations.

Section 5.12 Contracts; No Defaults.

(a) Except for the Leases and Company Benefit Plans, Section 5.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and accurate list of all of the following Contracts to which the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or is otherwise bound as of the date hereof:

(i) Contracts with any Material Customer, Material Carrier or Material Supplier;

(ii) (x) Contracts entered into during the two (2) years prior to the date hereof with respect to mergers or acquisitions, sales or repurchases of securities or material assets or investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than such Contracts between the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or their direct or indirect equityholders (each an “M&A Contract”), and (y) M&A Contracts in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have any material obligations or liabilities, including deferred purchase price payments, earn-out payments or indemnification obligations;

(iii) Contracts establishing partnerships or joint ventures, in each case, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(iv) each Contract with Governmental Authorities that is not terminable by any party with ninety days’ notice or less requiring aggregate future payments to the Company and its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000 in any calendar year;

(v) Contracts relating to any Indebtedness or any guarantee thereof, including any mortgage, indenture, note, installment obligation or other instrument or agreement related thereto, except any such Contract (A) with an aggregate outstanding principal amount not exceeding $300,000 or (B) between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(vi) Contracts that relate to the settlement or final disposition of any material Action within the last three (3) years pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has material ongoing obligations or liabilities;

(vii) each material Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party whereby the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has granted any Person any license under any material Owned Intellectual Property or whereby the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is granted a license to any material Intellectual Property (excluding (A) non-exclusive licenses granted by or to customers in the ordinary course of business, (B) licenses to open source software, (C) nondisclosure agreements, (D) invention assignment agreements with current and former employees, consultants, and independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (E) employment agreements with any current or former employee, and (F) licenses in respect of commercially available off-the-shelf software);

(viii) Affiliate Agreements;

(ix) Contract for the employment or engagement of each current executive, officer, director or current employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries providing for (i) an annual base salary in excess of $300,000 and (ii) severance benefits or payments (excluding Contracts for at-will employment that are terminable without any liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); and

(x) each employee collective bargaining agreement or similar Contract between the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any labor union, works council or other recognized body representing employees or other service providers of the Company or the Company’s Subsidiaries, on the other hand.

(b) All of the foregoing set forth on Section 5.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, including all amendments and modifications thereto, are referred to as “Material Contracts”. The Company has furnished or

 

32


otherwise made available to Acquiror true, complete and correct copies of all Material Contracts. Each Material Contract sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and the other parties thereto. Each Material Contract is valid, binding and in full force and effect (subject to the Enforceability Exceptions and assuming such Material Contract is a valid and legally binding obligation of the counterparty thereto). None of the Company, its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in default or violation of any Material Contract in any material respect. There is no event or condition that exists that constitutes or, with or without notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute any such default or violation by the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, or give rise to any acceleration of any obligation or loss of rights or any right of termination of a Material Contract. Since January 1, 2020, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice or request, in each case, in writing, on behalf of any other party to a Material Contract to terminate, cancel or not renew such Material Contract, to significantly reduce the purchase, supply or availability of any products, services, capacity, equipment or goods provided by the Company and/or such other party under such Material Contract, or to renegotiate any material term thereof that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or alleging or disputing any material breach or default under such Material Contract.

Section 5.13 Company Benefit Plans.

(a) Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of each Company Benefit Plan. “Company Benefit Plan” means each “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and any stock purchase, stock option, equity compensation, severance, retirement, employment, individual consulting, retention, change-in-control, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, in each case, (i) which are contributed to (or required to be contributed to), sponsored by or maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director or individual consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries (the “Company Employees”), or (ii) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have liability (other than any multiemployer pension plans (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or Section 4001(a)(3) of the Code) and other than any plan that is not maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries but to which contributions are required to be made by a Governmental Authority). Any Company Benefit Plan which is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States or covers any employee or service provider residing or working outside the United States is referred to as a “Foreign Plan”.

(b) Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Company Benefit Plan has been administered in compliance with its terms and all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code, (ii) all contributions required to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Company Benefit Plan on or before the date hereof have been made, and (iii) there is no Action pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Company Benefit Plan or the assets of any Company Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits).

(c) With respect to each Company Benefit Plan, that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, such arrangement has, at all times while subject to Section 409A of the Code, been operated in material compliance (including documentary compliance) with, Section 409A of the Code and all applicable guidance thereunder.

(d) Except as set forth on Section 5.13(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Company Benefit Plan or other Contract to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or otherwise bound provides any Person with a “gross up” or similar payment in respect of any Taxes that may become payable under Sections 409A or 4999 of the Code.

 

33


(e) Each Company Benefit Plan which is intended to be qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (i) has received a favorable determination or opinion letter as to its qualification or (ii) has been established under a standardized master and prototype or volume submitter plan for which a current favorable Internal Revenue Service advisory letter or opinion letter has been obtained by the plan sponsor and is valid as to the adopting employer, and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, that could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

(f) Except to the extent required under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code (or any other similar state or local legal requirement), neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material present or future obligation to provide for post-retirement medical, group health, or retiree life insurance benefits to any individual.

(g) None of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries sponsors, maintains or is required to contribute to, and at any point during the six-year period prior to the date hereof sponsored, maintained or was required to contribute to, or had any liability (including on account of an ERISA Affiliate) in respect of, (i) a multiemployer pension plan (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or Section 4001(a)(3) of the Code) or (ii) a plan subject to Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or Section 4971 of the Code. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has, either directly or through an ERISA Affiliate, any liability pursuant to Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or Section 4971 of the Code. No event has occurred and no condition exists that would reasonably be expected to subject the Company or its Subsidiaries to any material tax, fine, lien, or penalty imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable Law with respect to any Company Benefit Plan. Neither the Company any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any other Person, has engaged in a “prohibited transaction” (as that term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to any Company Benefit Plan that would result in material liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(h) Except as set forth on Section 5.13(h) of the Company Disclosure Letter, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation of the Mergers will (whether alone or in connection with any subsequent event(s)) (i) result in the payment, acceleration, vesting, funding or creation of any rights of any director, officer or employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries to payments or benefits or increases in any payments or benefits (including any loan forgiveness) under any Company Benefit Plan (or under any arrangement that would be a Company Benefit Plan if in effect as of the date of this Agreement), (ii) result in severance pay or any increase in severance pay upon any termination of employment, or (iii) require any contributions or payments to fund any obligations under any Company Benefit Plan, or cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to transfer or set aside any assets to fund any Company Benefit Plan.

(i) Except as set forth on Section 5.13(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no amount or benefit that could be, or has been, received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property or the cancellation of Indebtedness) by any current or former employee, officer, or director, other individual service provider or shareholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who is a “disqualified individual” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code could reasonably be expected to be characterized as an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code) as a result of the consummation of the Transactions.

(j) Each Foreign Plan required to be registered or approved has been registered or approved and has been maintained and administered in all material respects in good standing with the applicable Governmental Authority. With respect to each Foreign Plan that is intended to qualify for favorable tax benefits under the applicable Laws of any jurisdiction, to the Company’s knowledge no conditions exist and no event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to result in the loss or revocation of such status that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Company or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as set forth on Section 5.13(j) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Foreign Plan is a defined benefit pension plan.

 

34


Section 5.14 Labor Matters.

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or similar labor agreement with a labor organization. None of the Company Employees are represented by any union, works council or other labor organization with respect to their employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have satisfied any notice, consultation or bargaining obligations owed to their employees or their employees’ representatives under any applicable collective bargaining agreement or other analogous contract in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein. As of the date of this Agreement, (i) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no proceedings of any labor organization to organize any of the Company Employees, and (ii) there is no, and since December 31, 2018 has been no, material labor dispute or strike, slowdown, concerted refusal to work overtime, or work stoppage against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, pending or threatened in writing.

(b) Since December 31, 2018, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has implemented any plant closings or employee layoffs that would trigger notice obligations under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, and any analogous state law (the “WARN Act”) or trigger any liability under similar local law(s) relating to layoffs or reductions in force.

(c) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries are, and at all times since December 31, 2018 have been, in compliance with all applicable Laws regarding employment and employment practices, including, without limitation, all laws respecting terms and conditions of employment, health and safety, non-discrimination, wages and hours, immigration, disability rights or benefits, equal opportunity, plant closures and layoffs, affirmative action, workers’ compensation, labor relations, “whistle blower” rights, sexual harassment policies, employee leave issues, the proper payment of overtime and minimum wage, and unemployment insurance, and (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not since December 31, 2018 committed any unfair labor practice as defined by the National Labor Relations Board or received written notice of any unfair labor practice complaint against it pending before the National Labor Relations Board that remains unresolved. The Company and its Subsidiaries are, and at all times since December 31, 2018 have been, in compliance with all applicable laws relating to the proper classification of employees and independent contractors and the proper classification of employees as exempt and non-exempt, in each case, except as has not been, and would not reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(d) Except as would not likely result in liability for the Company or the Company’s Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate, there are no, and during the prior three (3) years have not been, any administrative charges or court complaints pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries before the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other Governmental Authority concerning alleged employment discrimination.

(e) To the knowledge of the Company, during the prior two (2) years, no allegation of sexual harassment or other sexual misconduct have been made by any Company Employee against any other Company Employee who is in a management position with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company has not entered into and it is not a party to any settlement agreement with any Person that involved allegations relating to sexual harassment or other sexual misconduct by any Company Employee.

(f) Section 5.14(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth all (i) material salary or benefit reductions, and (ii) furloughs and lay-offs implemented by the Company, in each case, in response to COVID-19.

Section 5.15 Taxes.

(a) All income and other material Tax Returns required by Law to be filed by the Company or its Subsidiaries have been filed, and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

35


(b) All material amounts of Taxes due and owing by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been paid, and since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any material Tax liability outside the ordinary course of business (other than Taxes, if any, resulting from the Transactions).

(c) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has (i) withheld and deducted all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld or deducted by it in connection with amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or any other third party; (ii) timely remitted, or will remit on a timely basis, such amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority; and (iii) complied in all material respects with applicable Law with respect to Tax withholding, including all reporting and record keeping requirements.

(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any audit, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding with respect to Taxes. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice from a Governmental Authority of a dispute or claim with respect to Taxes, other than disputes or claims that have since been resolved, and no such claims have been threatened in writing that have been received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. No written claim has been made, and to the knowledge of the Company, no oral claim has been made, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries since December 31, 2017, by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not file a Tax Return that such entity is or may be subject to Taxes by, or required to file a Tax Return in, that jurisdiction. There are no outstanding agreements extending or waiving the statutory period of limitations applicable to any claim for, or the period for the collection or assessment or reassessment of, material Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and no written request for any such waiver or extension is currently pending.

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (or any predecessor thereof) has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution of stock qualifying for Income Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code) since December 31, 2018.

(f) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has been a party to any “reportable transaction” (other than a “loss transaction”) within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), (ii) has executed or entered into any “closing agreement” or other binding written agreement with respect to Taxes with a Governmental Authority or (iii) has a permanent establishment or branch in a jurisdiction outside the country of its organization.

(g) Except with respect to deferred revenue or prepaid revenues collected by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date and made prior to the Closing; (ii) election pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code made prior to the Closing; (iii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing; or (iv) prepaid amount received prior to the Closing.

(h) There are no Liens with respect to Taxes on any of the assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Liens.

(i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) (i) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), (ii) as a transferee or successor or (iii) by Contract (except, in the case of Contract, for liabilities pursuant to commercial contracts not primarily relating to Taxes).

(j) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, is bound by, or has any obligation to any Governmental Authority or other Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) under any Tax allocation,

 

36


Tax sharing, Tax indemnification or similar agreements (except, in each case, for any such agreements that are commercial contracts not primarily relating to Taxes).

(k) The Company has not taken any action (nor permitted any action to be taken), and is not aware of any fact or circumstance, that would reasonably be expected to prevent the First Merger and the Second Merger, taken together, from constituting an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(l) As of the date hereof, the Company is not a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

Section 5.16 Insurance. Section 5.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all material policies of property, fire and casualty, product liability, workers’ compensation and directors and officers insurance held by, or for the benefit of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof (collectively, the “Policies”). The Policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries are consistent in all material respects with that which is customarily maintained by companies in the industry in which the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries operate and otherwise comply in all material respects with all contractual and statutory obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not be material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole: (a) all of the Policies with respect to policy periods that include the date of this Agreement are in full force and effect and all premiums due and payable for such Policies have been duly paid, (b) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received a written notice of cancellation of any of the Policies or of any material changes that are required in the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a condition to the continuation of coverage under, or renewal of, any of such Policies, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) except as set forth on Section 5.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter there is no material claim by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Policy. The Company and its Subsidiaries have reported to their respective insurers all claims and circumstances known by Company and Subsidiary employees with such reporting responsibilities that would reasonably be likely to give rise to a material claim by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Policy, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.17 Permits. As of the date of this Agreement, (a) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all material licenses, approvals, consents, registrations, franchises and permits that are required to own, lease or operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as currently conducted (except with respect to licenses, approvals, consents, registrations and permits required under applicable Environmental Laws (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section 5.21), the “Permits”), (b) all Permits are validly held by the Company or its applicable Subsidiary (as the case may be) and in full force and effect, (c) no Permit is subject to revocation, suspension, modification, nonrenewal or impairment, and (d) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) are in default or violation of such Permits, (ii) have failed to fulfill or perform any required action with respect to any Permit, including filing or submitting all required reports, filings, notifications, payments, and renewal and other applications, or (iii) are the subject of, or has taken action that would reasonably be expected to result in, any pending action by a Governmental Authority seeking the revocation, suspension, modification, nonrenewal or impairment of any Permit, in each case of the foregoing, except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.18 Personal Property and Assets. As of the date hereof, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries owns and has good title to or a valid leasehold, license or similar interest in each item of material tangible personal property reflected on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries as owned by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, except as would not be material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The tangible assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in good operating condition in all respects (normal wear and tear excepted) and are fit, in all respects, for use in the ordinary course of business, and no uninsurable damage has, since the

 

37


date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, occurred with respect to such assets and properties, except in each case as would not have, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.19 Real Property.

(a) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any real property.

(b) Section 5.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth the address of each interest in real property leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Leased Real Property”) and each Contract pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries lease such property, except for any Contract for which the aggregate rental payments in the most recent annual period did not exceed $500,000 (such Contracts, collectively, the “Leases”). Each Lease sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and the other parties thereto. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) none of the Company, its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in default or violation of any Lease in any material respect, (ii) there is no event or condition that exists that constitutes or, with or without notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute any such default or violation by the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, so as to give rise to any acceleration of any obligation or loss of rights or any right of termination of a Lease, and (iii) each lease is valid, binding and in full force and effect (subject to the Enforceability Exceptions).

Section 5.20 Intellectual Property and IT Security.

(a) Section 5.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists all Owned Intellectual Property for which applications have been filed or registrations have been obtained, whether in the United States or internationally as of the date of this Agreement (“Registered Intellectual Property”). Each item of material Registered Intellectual Property is subsisting and unexpired, and, to the knowledge of the Company, valid and enforceable and has not been abandoned, canceled or otherwise terminated. The Company or one of its Subsidiaries (i) solely and exclusively owns all Owned Intellectual Property free and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens and (ii) has the right to use all other material Intellectual Property used in the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as presently conducted (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be interpreted to be a representation regarding non-infringement).

(b) The Company or one of its Subsidiaries has entered into Contracts or has an implied license or other right to use to use all material Intellectual Property other than Owned Intellectual Property that is used in the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted (the “Licensed Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be interpreted to be a representation regarding non-infringement.

(c) The Registered Intellectual Property, Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property (when used within the scope of the applicable license, right, or permission), constitutes all of the material Intellectual Property necessary for the Company and its Subsidiaries to conduct their respective business as currently conducted in all material respects (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be interpreted to be a representation regarding non-infringement).

(d) (i) To the knowledge of the Company, the conduct and operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted is not infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any material Intellectual Property rights of any Person, and have not infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise violated any material Intellectual Property rights of any Person, at any time after December 31, 2019, (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party is infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any material Owned Intellectual Property, (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not received from any Person at any time after December 31, 2019 (or earlier, for matters that are or become unresolved) any written notice

 

38


that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property rights of any Person, and (iv) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not since December 31, 2019 received any written notice, and no Action to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party is currently pending, that challenges the validity or enforceability of any Owned Intellectual Property or the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ right to use or otherwise exploit any Owned Intellectual Property or any Licensed Intellectual Property.

(e) The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of any material confidential or proprietary information pertaining to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their business from unauthorized disclosure and use and, to the knowledge of the Company there has been no unauthorized access to or disclosure of such material confidential or proprietary information. All employees, consultants, contractors, agents and other Persons who have contributed to or participated in the conception or development of any material Owned Intellectual Property on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as part of such Person’s employment, consultancy or engagement have assigned all right, title and interest in and to such material Owned Intellectual Property to the Company or a Subsidiary to the extent that such material Owned Intellectual Property was not assigned to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries by operation of applicable Law. Without limiting the foregoing, no former or current employees, consultants, contractors, agents, or other Persons who have contributed to or participated in the conception or development of any material Owned Intellectual Property on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, owns or has any right, claim, interest or option, including the right to further remuneration or consideration, with respect to any material Owned Intellectual Property.

(f) No material Software that is owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Company Software”) has been incorporated into or combined with any open source software in a manner which requires that such Company Software be licensed or disclosed under any license that (i) requires the distribution of source code in connection with the distribution of such Company Software in object code form; (ii) limits the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ freedom to seek full compensation in connection with marketing, licensing, and distributing such applications; or (iii) allows a customer, or requires that a customer have the right, to decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse engineer the Company Software. All use and distribution of Company Software by or through the Company or any of its Subsidiaries complies in all material respects with all licenses applicable thereto. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has disclosed, licensed, made available or delivered any material Company Software in source code form to any escrow agent or any Person other than (i) third party service providers for the purpose of performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) employees, consultants, agents and contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and no event has occurred that legally required or will occur as a result of this Agreement that legally requires the Company or a Subsidiary to do any of the foregoing. Neither this Agreement, nor any other Transaction Agreement to which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party, nor the consummation of the Transactions will result in the disclosure, licensing, making available or delivery to a third Person of any source code included in the Company Software.

(g) The Company and its Subsidiaries take, and have taken, commercially reasonable actions and measures to protect and maintain the security of their material IT Systems and Software (and all data stored therein or transmitted thereby).

(h) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or has a valid right to access and use all material IT Systems necessary for the conduct of their businesses, respectively, as currently conducted. The Company and its Subsidiaries have back-up and disaster recovery arrangements, including, where applicable, under and with respect to each Contract with a Material Carrier, designed in the event of a failure of their IT Systems and associated third-party networks that are, in the reasonable determination of the Company and its Subsidiaries, consistent with commercially reasonable practice in all material respects. Neither the IT Systems nor any Company Software: (i) contains any bug, defect or error (including any bug, defect or error relating to or resulting from the display, manipulation, processing, storage, transmission or use of data); or (ii) fails to comply, or would cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to fail to comply, with any applicable warranty or other

 

39


contractual commitment relating to any services rendered or products offered by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case of (i) or (ii) in a manner that would be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. To the knowledge of the Company, neither the IT Systems nor any Company Software contains any “back door,” “drop dead device,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “virus” or “worm” or any other code designed or intended to have any of the following functions: (X) disrupting, disabling, harming or otherwise impeding in any manner the operation of, or providing unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which such code is stored or installed; or (Y) damaging or destroying any data or file without the user’s consent.

(i) The Company and its Subsidiaries have, since December 31, 2019 through and including the date of this Agreement, materially complied with (i) the Privacy Laws, (ii) the Company’s published policies and notices regarding Personal Information, and (iii) the Company’s contractual obligations with respect to Personal Information. The Company and its Subsidiaries have implemented and maintained one or more commercially reasonable privacy policies or materials regarding the handling and security of Personal Information in connection with the operation of its business (the “Privacy Policies”) and the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ privacy practices are and have been in material compliance with all such Privacy Policies. The Company and its Subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable technical and organizational safeguards to protect Personal Information in its possession or under its control against loss, theft, misuse or unauthorized access, use, modification, alteration, destruction or disclosure. To the knowledge of the Company, there have been no material breaches, security incidents, misuse of, unauthorized access to or disclosure of any Personal Information in the possession or control of the Company or collected, used or processed by or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries. No Person (including any Governmental Authority) has made any written material claim or commenced any Action of which the Company has been given written notice, and to the knowledge of the Company, no claim or Action is threatened (i) alleging a violation of any Person’s privacy or confidentiality rights under any Privacy Policy, the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ contractual obligations with respect to Personal Information or a Privacy Law or (ii) with respect to the security, use, transfer or disclosure of Personal Information specifically, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 5.21 Environmental Matters. Except as would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) the Company and its Subsidiaries are, and since December 31, 2018 have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;

(b) the Company and its Subsidiaries hold all material Permits required under applicable Environmental Laws to permit the Company and its Subsidiaries to operate their assets in a manner in which they are now operated and maintained and to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted;

(c) there are no Actions pending against or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries alleging any violations of or liability under any Environmental Law or any violations or liability concerning any Hazardous Materials, nor to the knowledge of the Company is there any reasonable basis for such claims; and

(d) there is no unresolved Governmental Order relating to any Environmental Law imposed upon or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of their properties, rights or assets.

Section 5.22 Absence of Changes.

(a) Since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

(b) Since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, except (i) as set forth on Section 5.22(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (ii) for any actions taken in response to COVID-19, COVID-19 Measures and (iii) in connection

 

40


with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Agreement, through and including the date of this Agreement, the Company and its Subsidiaries have (in each case) carried on their respective businesses and operated their respective properties in all material respects in the ordinary course of business.

(c) Since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, except (i) as set forth on Section 5.22(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (ii) for any actions taken in response to COVID-19, COVID-19 Measures and (iii) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Agreement, through the date of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken or permitted to occur any action that, were it to be taken from and after the date hereof, would require the prior written consent of Acquiror pursuant to Section 7.01.

Section 5.23 Brokers Fees. Except as set forth on Section 5.23 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no broker, finder, financial advisor, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other similar fee, commission or other similar payment in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates for which Acquiror, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries has any obligation.

Section 5.24 Business Relationships.

(a) Section 5.24(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and correct list of the twenty (20) largest customers (measured by projected revenue during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021) (collectively, the “Material Customers”).

(b) Section 5.24(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and correct list of the five (5) largest and current vendors, suppliers and service providers to the Company and its Subsidiaries that are not Material Carriers (measured by aggregate spend during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020) (collectively, the “Material Suppliers”).

(c) Section 5.24(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and correct list of the five (5) largest telecom carriers of the Company and its Subsidiaries (measured by aggregate spend during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020) (collectively, the “Material Carriers”).

(d) The Company has not received any notice or threat in writing from any Material Customer, Material Supplier or Material Carrier prior to the date hereof and since January 1, 2020 of any intention to terminate or not renew its business dealings with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or to materially decrease or reduce purchasing or selling (as the case may be) services or products to the Company and its Subsidiaries, or to otherwise adversely modify its business dealings with the Company and its Subsidiaries in a way that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(e) Other than as set forth on Section 5.24(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter, prior to the date hereof and since January 1, 2020, no Material Carrier has experienced any network outages that have adversely affected connectivity for, or the delivery of services by the Company and its Subsidiaries to, any Material Customers in a material respect, and no Material Customer has experienced any material failure, nonperformance or outages with respect to devices, products, services or systems provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries that has resulted in any services credits, refunds, nonrenewal, termination rights or other adverse consequences under any contract with any such Material Customers.

Section 5.25 Related Party Transactions. Except for the Contracts set forth on Section 5.25 of the Company Disclosure Letter (the “Affiliate Agreements”), (a) there are no Contracts (excluding Contracts related to employee compensation and other ordinary incidents of employment (including participation in Company Benefit Plans or as otherwise set forth on Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter)) between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company, on the

 

41


other hand, and (b) to the Company’s knowledge, none of the officers, directors, managers or Affiliates of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries owns any asset or property (intellectual, real or personal) used in and material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except in its capacity as a security holder of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding loans or other extensions of credit owned to the Company or any Subsidiary by any officer, director or other current or former employee of the Company.

Section 5.26 Information Supplied. None of the information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries supplied or to be supplied by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries specifically in writing for inclusion in the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement will, at the date on which the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement is first mailed to the Acquiror Shareholders or at the time of the Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company makes no representation, warranty or covenant with respect to any information supplied by or on behalf of Acquiror or its Affiliates.

Section 5.27 Regulatory Compliance.

(a) None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the officers or directors or, to the Company’s knowledge, other Representatives of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is currently or, in the past five (5) years, has been: (i) a Person named on any Sanctions Laws-related or Export Control Laws-related list of designated Persons; (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory which is itself the subject of or target of any comprehensive financial or economic sanctions or trade embargo under applicable Sanctions Laws or Export Control Laws; (iii) owned, directly or indirectly, individually or in the aggregate, fifty percent or more by one or more Persons described in clause (i) or (ii); (iv) acting for or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, engaged in dealings with or for the benefit of any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) or any country or territory described in clause (ii), in violation of applicable Sanctions Laws or applicable Export Control Laws; or (v) acting for or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, otherwise in violation of applicable Sanctions Laws or applicable Export Control Laws.

(b) In the past five (5) years, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the officers or directors or, to the Company’s knowledge, other Representatives of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case acting for or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has: (i) made, offered, promised, paid or received any bribes, kickbacks or other similar payments or items of value to or from any Person, or (ii) made or paid any unlawful contributions, directly or indirectly, to a domestic or foreign political party or candidate, in any such case in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) To the Company’s knowledge, there are no Actions, filings, Governmental Orders, inquiries or governmental investigations alleging any violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, Sanctions Laws or Export Control Laws by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any the Representatives of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person acting for or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and, to the Company’s knowledge, in the past five (5) years, no such Actions, filings, Governmental Orders, inquiries or governmental investigations have been threatened or are pending and there are no circumstances likely to give rise to any such Actions, filings, Governmental Orders, inquiries or governmental investigations.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR PARTIES

Except as set forth in the disclosure letter delivered by Acquiror on behalf of the Acquiror Parties to the Company (the “Acquiror Disclosure Letter”) (each section of which qualifies (a) the correspondingly numbered representation, warranty or covenant if specified therein and (b) such other representations, warranties or

 

42


covenants where its relevance as an exception to (or disclosure for purposes of) such other representation, warranty or covenant is reasonably apparent on its face) or in the SEC Reports filed or furnished by Acquiror prior to the date hereof (excluding (a) any disclosures in such SEC Reports under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” or “Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and other disclosures that are predictive, cautionary or forward looking in nature and (b) any exhibits or other documents appended thereto), each of the Acquiror Parties represents and warrants on behalf of each Acquiror Party to the Company as follows:

Section 6.01 Corporate Organization. Each of Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub is duly incorporated or formed and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease or operate its assets and properties and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. The copies of the Governing Documents of each of the Acquiror Parties previously delivered by Acquiror to the Company are true, correct and complete and are in effect as of the date of this Agreement. Each of the Acquiror Parties is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with all restrictions, covenants, terms and provisions set forth in its respective Governing Documents. Each of the Acquiror Parties is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation or foreign limited liability company, as applicable, in all jurisdictions in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except where failure to be so licensed or qualified has not and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Acquiror Parties to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the Transactions.

Section 6.02 Due Authorization.

(a) Each of the Acquiror Parties has all requisite corporate or entity power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which it is or will be a party and, upon receipt of approval of the Acquiror Shareholder Matters by the Acquiror Shareholders, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and such Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly, validly and unanimously authorized and approved by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the applicable Acquiror Party and, no other corporate or equivalent proceeding on the part of any Acquiror Party is necessary to authorize this Agreement or such Transaction Agreements or any Acquiror Party’s performance hereunder or thereunder. By Acquiror’s execution and delivery hereof, it has provided all approvals on behalf of equityholders of Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub required for the Transactions. This Agreement has been, and each such Transaction Agreement to which such Acquiror Party is or will be a party has been or will be, duly and validly executed and delivered by such Acquiror Party and, assuming due authorization and execution by each other Party hereto and thereto, this Agreement constitutes, and each such Transaction Agreement to which such Acquiror Party is or will be a party, constitutes or will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Acquiror Party, enforceable against each Acquiror Party in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

(b) Assuming a quorum is present at the Special Meeting, as adjourned or postposed, the only votes of any of Acquiror’s members necessary in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, including the Closing, and the approval of the Acquiror Shareholder Matters are as set forth on Section 6.02(b) of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter (such votes, collectively, the “Acquiror Shareholder Approval”).

(c) At a meeting duly called and held, the board of directors of Acquiror has unanimously: (i) determined that this Agreement and the Transactions are fair to and in the best interests of the Acquiror Shareholders; (ii) determined that the fair market value of the Company is equal to at least 80% of the amount held in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned) as of the date hereof; (iii) approved the Transactions as a Business Combination; and (iv) resolved to recommend to the stockholders of Acquiror approval of the Transactions.

 

43


Section 6.03 No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Agreement to which any Acquiror Party is or will be a party by such Acquiror Party and, upon receipt of approval of the Acquiror Shareholder Matters by the Acquiror Shareholders, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Transaction Agreement do not and will not (a) conflict with or violate any provision of, or result in the breach of the Articles of Association or any other Governing Document of any Acquiror Party, (b) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of, or result in the breach of or default under, or void any license required for any Acquiror Party to conduct its business under, any Law or Governmental Order applicable to any Acquiror Party, any Subsidiaries of any Acquiror Party or any of their respective properties or assets, (c) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or the loss of any benefit under, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination or acceleration of, or a right of termination, cancellation, modification, acceleration or amendment under, accelerate the performance required by, or result in the acceleration or trigger of any payment, posting of collateral (or right to require the posting of collateral), time of payment, vesting or increase in the amount of any compensation or benefit payable pursuant to, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract to which any Acquiror Party or any Subsidiaries of any Acquiror Party is a party or by which any of their respective assets or properties may be bound or affected, or (d) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of any Acquiror Party or any Subsidiaries of any Acquiror Party, except (in the case of clauses (b), (c) or (d) above) for such violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Acquiror Parties to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which any of the Acquiror Parties is or will be a party, as applicable.

Section 6.04 Litigation and Proceedings. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, threatened in writing Actions against any Acquiror Party or any of their respective properties, rights or assets, which, if determined adversely, could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Acquiror Parties to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement to which any of them is or will be a party, as applicable. There is no Governmental Order imposed upon or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, threatened in writing against any Acquiror Party or any of their respective properties, rights or assets which, if determined adversely, could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Acquiror Parties to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which any of the Acquiror Parties is or will be a party, as applicable. There is no unsatisfied judgment or any open injunction binding upon any Acquiror Party which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any of the Acquiror Parties to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement to which any of the Acquiror Parties is or will be a party, as applicable.

Section 6.05 Governmental Authorities; Consents. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, no action by, notice to, consent, approval, waiver, permit or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required on the part of any Acquiror Party with respect to any Acquiror Party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements to which it is or will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for (i) applicable requirements of the HSR Act and Securities Laws, (ii) the filing of the Pubco Merger Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DLLCA, the filing of the Plan of Merger in accordance with the Companies Act, the filing of the First Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL and the filing of the Second Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL and the DLLCA, (iii) any actions, consents, approvals, permits or authorizations, designations, declarations or filings, the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of any Acquiror Party to perform or comply with on a timely basis any material obligation under this Agreement or to consummate the Transactions in accordance with the terms hereof and (iv) as otherwise disclosed on Section 6.05 of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter.

 

44


Section 6.06 Financial Ability; Trust Account.

(a) As of the date hereof, there is at least $259,000,000 invested in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, acting as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to the Investment Management Trust Agreement, effective as of October 26, 2020, by and between Acquiror and the Trustee on file with the SEC Reports of Acquiror as of the date of this Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”). Prior to the Closing, none of the funds held in the Trust Account may be released except in accordance with the Trust Agreement, the Articles of Association and Acquiror’s final prospectus dated October 21, 2020 (the “Final Prospectus”). Amounts in the Trust Account are invested in United States Government securities or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Acquiror has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under, and is not in material default, breach or delinquent in performance or any other respect (claimed or actual) in connection with, the Trust Agreement, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default or breach thereunder. As of the date hereof, there are no claims or proceedings pending with respect to the Trust Account. Since October 26, 2020, Acquiror has not released any money from the Trust Account (other than interest income earned on the principal held in the Trust Account as permitted by the Trust Agreement). As of the First Effective Time, the obligations of Acquiror to dissolve or liquidate pursuant to the Articles of Association shall terminate, and, as of the First Effective Time, Acquiror shall have no obligation whatsoever pursuant to the Articles of Association to dissolve and liquidate the assets of Acquiror by reason of the consummation of the Transactions. To Acquiror’s knowledge, as of the date hereof, following the First Effective Time, no stockholder of Acquiror shall be entitled to receive any amount from the Trust Account except to the extent such stockholder shall have elected to tender its shares of Acquiror Class A Shares for redemption pursuant to the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption. The Trust Agreement is in full force and effect and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Acquiror and, to the knowledge of Acquiror, the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. The Trust Agreement has not been terminated, repudiated, rescinded, amended or supplemented or modified, in any respect, and, to the knowledge of Acquiror, no such termination, repudiation, rescission, amendment, supplement or modification is contemplated. There are no side letters and there are no Contracts, arrangements or understandings, whether written or oral, with the Trustee or any other Person that would (i) cause the description of the Trust Agreement in the SEC Reports to be inaccurate or (ii) entitle any Person (other than stockholders of Acquiror who shall have elected to redeem their shares of Acquiror Class A Shares pursuant to the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption or the underwriters of Acquiror’s initial public offering in respect of their Deferred Discount (as defined in the Trust Agreement)) to any portion of the proceeds in the Trust Account.

(b) As of the date hereof, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the compliance by the Company with its respective obligations hereunder, Acquiror has no reason to believe that any of the conditions to the use of funds in the Trust Account will not be satisfied or funds available in the Trust Account will not be available to Acquiror on the Closing Date.

(c) As of the date hereof, Acquiror does not have, or have any present intention, agreement, arrangement or understanding to enter into or incur, any obligations with respect to or under any Indebtedness.

Section 6.07 Brokers Fees. Except as set forth on Section 6.07 of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter, no broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee, underwriting fee, deferred underwriting fee, commission or other similar payment in connection with the Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf Acquiror or any of its Affiliates, including the Sponsor.

Section 6.08 SEC Reports; Financial Statements; Sarbanes-Oxley Act; Undisclosed Liabilities.

(a) Acquiror has filed in a timely manner all required registration statements, reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC since October 26, 2020 (collectively, as they have been amended since the time of their filing and including all exhibits thereto, the “SEC Reports”).

 

45


None of the SEC Reports, as of their respective dates (or if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, then on the date of such filing), contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements (including, in each case, the notes and schedules thereto) included in the SEC Reports complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated therein or in the notes thereto and except with respect to unaudited statements as permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC) and fairly present (subject, in the case of the unaudited interim financial statements included therein, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes) in all material respects the financial position of Acquiror as of the respective dates thereof and the results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods then ended. No Acquiror Party has any material off-balance sheet arrangements that are not disclosed in the SEC Reports.

(b) Acquiror has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act). Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to Acquiror is made known to Acquiror’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. To Acquiror’s knowledge, such disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting Acquiror’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in Acquiror’s periodic reports required under the Exchange Act.

(c) Acquiror has established and maintained a system of internal controls. To Acquiror’s knowledge, such internal controls are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of Acquiror’s financial reporting and the preparation of Acquiror’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

(d) There are no outstanding loans or other extensions of credit made by Acquiror to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of Acquiror. Acquiror has not taken any action prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(e) Neither Acquiror (including, to the knowledge of the Acquiror, any employee thereof) nor Acquiror’s independent auditors has identified or been made aware of (i) any significant deficiency or material weakness in the system of internal accounting controls utilized by Acquiror, (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves Acquiror’s management or other employees who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls utilized by Acquiror or (iii) any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

(f) As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding SEC comments from the SEC with respect to the SEC Reports. To the knowledge of Acquiror, none of the SEC Reports filed on or prior to the date hereof is subject to ongoing SEC review or investigation as of the date hereof.

Section 6.09 Business Activities.

(a) Since its incorporation, Acquiror has not conducted any business activities other than activities directed toward or in furtherance of the accomplishment of a Business Combination. There is no agreement, commitment, or Governmental Order binding upon any Acquiror Party or to which any Acquiror Party is a party which has or would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or impairing any business practice of any Acquiror Party or any acquisition of property by any Acquiror Party or the conduct of business by any Acquiror Party as currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted as of the Closing other than such effects, individually or in the aggregate, which have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of any Acquiror Party to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each of Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the

 

46


Transactions, has not conducted any business prior to the date hereof and has no assets, liabilities or obligations of any nature other than those incident to its formation and pursuant to this Agreement and any Transaction Agreement to which it is or will be a party, as applicable, and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Transaction Agreements, as applicable.

(b) No Acquiror Party owns or has a right to acquire, directly or indirectly, any interest or investment (whether equity or debt) in any corporation, partnership, joint venture, business, trust or other entity. Except for this Agreement and the Transactions, neither Acquiror nor any of its Subsidiaries has any interests, rights, obligations or liabilities with respect to, or is party to, bound by or has its assets or property subject to, in each case whether directly or indirectly, any Contract or transaction which is, or could reasonably be interpreted as constituting, a Business Combination.

(c) There is no liability, debt or obligation for or against any Acquiror Party or its Subsidiaries, except for liabilities and obligations (i) reflected or reserved for on Acquiror’s unaudited consolidated balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2020 or disclosed in the notes thereto (other than any such liabilities not reflected, reserved or disclosed as are not and would not be, in the aggregate, material to Acquiror and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), (ii) that have arisen since the date of Acquiror’s unaudited consolidated balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2020 in the ordinary course of the operation of business of Acquiror and its Subsidiaries, (iii) disclosed in Section 6.09(c) of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter or (iv) incurred in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Transactions.

(d) Except for this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby (including any agreements permitted by Section 8.02) or as set forth on Section 6.09(d) of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter, no Acquiror Party is, and at no time has been, party to any Contract with any other Person that would require payments by any Acquiror Party in excess of $10,000 monthly, $100,000 in the aggregate with respect to any individual Contract or more than $500,000 in the aggregate when taken together with all other Contracts (other than this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby (including any agreements permitted by Section 8.02) and Contracts set forth on Section 6.09(d) of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter).

Section 6.10 Tax Matters.

(a) All income and other material Tax Returns required by Law to be filed by any Acquiror Party have been filed, and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.

(b) All material amounts of Taxes due and owing by any Acquiror Party have been paid, and since the date of Acquiror’s unaudited consolidated balance sheet for the year ended December 31, 2020, no Acquiror Party has taken any action that would reasonably be expected to result in the occurrence of any material Tax liability outside the ordinary course of business (other than Taxes, if any, resulting from the Transactions).

(c) Each Acquiror Party has (i) withheld and deducted all material amounts of Taxes required to have been withheld or deducted by it in connection with amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder or any other third party, (ii) timely remitted, or will remit on a timely basis, such amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority and (iii) complied in all material respects with applicable Law with respect to Tax withholding, including all reporting and record keeping requirements.

(d) No Acquiror Party is engaged in any audit, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding with respect to Taxes. No Acquiror Party has received any written notice from a Governmental Authority of a dispute or claim with respect to Taxes, other than disputes or claims that have since been resolved, and no such claims have been threatened in writing that have been received by any Acquiror Party. No written claim has been made, and to the knowledge of Acquiror, no oral claim has been made, against any Acquiror Party since December 31, 2017 by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where an Acquiror Party does not file a Tax Return that such Acquiror Party is or may be subject to Taxes by, or required to file a Tax Return in, that jurisdiction. There are no

 

47


outstanding agreements extending or waiving the statutory period of limitations applicable to any claim for, or the period for the collection or assessment or reassessment of, material Taxes of an Acquiror Party and no written request for any such waiver or extension is currently pending.

(e) Neither Acquiror nor any predecessor thereof has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution of stock qualifying for Income Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code) since December 31, 2018.

(f) No Acquiror Party (i) has been a party to any “reportable transaction” (other than a “loss transaction”) within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), (ii) has executed or entered into any “closing agreement” or other binding written agreement with respect to Taxes with a Governmental Authority or (iii) has a permanent establishment or branch in a jurisdiction outside the country of its organization.

(g) There are no Liens with respect to Taxes on any of the assets of any Acquiror Party, other than Permitted Liens.

(h) No Acquiror Party has any material liability for the Taxes of any Person (i) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), (ii) as a transferee or successor or (iii) by Contract (except, in the case of Contract, for liabilities pursuant to commercial contracts not primarily relating to Taxes).

(i) No Acquiror Party is a party to, is bound by, or has any obligation to any Governmental Authority or other Person under any Tax allocation, Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement (except, in each case, for any such agreements that are commercial contracts not primarily relating to Taxes).

(j) Except with respect to deferred revenue or prepaid revenues collected by an Acquiror Party in the ordinary course of business, no Acquiror Party will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (A) change in method of accounting for a taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date and made prior to the Closing; (B) election pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code made prior to the Closing; (C) installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing; or (D) prepaid amount received prior to the Closing.

(k) No Acquiror Party has taken any action (or permitted any action to be taken), or is aware of any fact or circumstance, that would reasonably be expected to prevent the First Merger and the Second Merger, taken together, from constituting an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(l) All of the membership interests in LLC Merger Sub are owned by Pubco, and LLC Merger Sub is, and has been since formation, disregarded as an entity (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3) separate from Pubco for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(m) As of the date hereof, Acquiror is not a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

Section 6.11 Capitalization.

(a) The authorized capital stock of Acquiror consists of (i) 500,000,000 shares of Acquiror Class A Shares, (ii) 50,000,000 shares of Acquiror Class B Shares and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of Acquiror Preferred Shares of which (A) 26,735,238 shares of Acquiror Class A Shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, (B) 6,479,225 shares of Acquiror Class B Shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and (C) 0 shares of Acquiror Preferred Shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this

 

48


Agreement. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Acquiror Class A Shares, Acquiror Class B Shares, Acquiror Preferred Shares and Acquiror Warrants (1) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, (2) were issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable Law, (3) were not issued in breach or violation of any preemptive rights or Contract and (4) are fully vested and not otherwise subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code, except as disclosed in the SEC Reports with respect to certain Acquiror Shares held by the Sponsors. As of the date hereof, Acquiror has issued 8,911,745 Acquiror Warrants that entitle the holder thereof to purchase 8,911,745 Acquiror Class A Shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (subject to adjustment) on the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable warrant agreement.

(b) Except for this Agreement, the Acquiror Warrants and the Subscription Agreements, as of the date hereof, there are (i) no subscriptions, calls, options, warrants, rights or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Acquiror Shares or any other equity interests of Acquiror, or any other Contracts to which Acquiror is a party or by which Acquiror is bound obligating Acquiror to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, other equity interests in or debt securities of, Acquiror, and (ii) no equity equivalents, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock ownership interests or similar rights in Acquiror. Except as disclosed in the SEC Reports, the Articles of Association or in the Sponsor Support Agreement, there are no outstanding contractual obligations of Acquiror to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any securities or equity interests of Acquiror. There are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of Acquiror having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matter for which Acquiror’s stockholders may vote. Except as disclosed in the SEC Reports, Acquiror is not a party to any shareholders agreement, voting agreement or registration rights agreement relating to Acquiror Shares or any other equity interests of Acquiror. Acquiror does not own any capital stock or any other equity interests in any other Person or has any right, option, warrant, conversion right, stock appreciation right, restricted share, phantom equity, redemption right, repurchase right, agreement, arrangement or commitment of any character under which a Person is or may become obligated to issue or sell, or give any right to subscribe for or acquire, or in any way dispose of, any shares of the capital stock or other equity interests, or any securities or obligations exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any shares of the capital stock or other equity interests, of such Person.

(c) No Person and no syndicate or “group” (as defined in the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder) of a Person owns directly or indirectly beneficial ownership (as defined in the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder) of securities of Acquiror representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the issued and outstanding securities of Acquiror.

Section 6.12 NYSE Listing. The issued and outstanding units of the Acquiror (each, an “Acquiror Class A Unit”), each such unit comprised of one share of Acquiror Class A Shares and one-third of one Acquiror Warrant, are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “CTAC. U”. The issued and outstanding shares of Acquiror Class A Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “CTAC”. The issued and outstanding Acquiror Warrants are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “CTAC WS”. Acquiror is in compliance with the rules of the NYSE and there is no Action pending or, to the knowledge of Acquiror, threatened against Acquiror by the NYSE or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to deregister the Acquiror Class A Shares or Acquiror Warrants or terminate the listing of Acquiror Class A Shares or Acquiror Warrants on the NYSE. None of Acquiror or its Affiliates has taken any action to terminate the registration of the Acquiror Class A Shares or Acquiror Warrants under the Exchange Act except as contemplated by this Agreement. Acquiror has not received any notice from the NYSE or the SEC regarding the revocation of such listing or otherwise regarding the delisting of the Acquiror Class A Shares or Acquiror Warrants from the NYSE or the SEC.

 

49


Section 6.13 PIPE Investment.

(a) Acquiror has delivered to the Company true, correct and complete copies of each of the Subscription Agreements entered into by Acquiror with the applicable PIPE Investors named therein, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors have committed to provide equity financing to Acquiror solely for purposes of consummating the Transactions in the aggregate amount of not less than $225,000,000 (the “PIPE Investment Amount”). To the knowledge of Acquiror, with respect to each PIPE Investor, the Subscription Agreement with such PIPE Investor is in full force and effect and has not been withdrawn or terminated, or otherwise amended or modified, in any respect, and no withdrawal, termination, amendment or modification is contemplated by Acquiror. Each Subscription Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Acquiror and, to the knowledge of Acquiror, each PIPE Investor, and neither the execution or delivery by any party thereto nor the performance of any party’s obligations under any such Subscription Agreement violates or will violate any Laws. There are no other agreements, side letters, or arrangements between Acquiror and any PIPE Investor that could affect the obligation of such PIPE Investors to contribute to Acquiror the applicable portion of the PIPE Investment Amount set forth in the Subscription Agreement of such PIPE Investors, and, as of the date hereof, Acquiror does not know of any facts or circumstances that may reasonably be expected to result in any of the conditions set forth in any Subscription Agreement not being satisfied, or the PIPE Investment Amount not being available to Acquiror, on the Closing Date. No event has occurred that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of Acquiror under any material term or condition of any Subscription Agreement and, as of the date hereof, Acquiror has no reason to believe that it will be unable to satisfy in all respects on a timely basis any condition to closing or material term to be satisfied by it contained in any Subscription Agreement. The Subscription Agreements contain all of the conditions precedent (other than the conditions contained in this Agreement) to the obligations of the PIPE Investors to contribute to Acquiror the applicable portion of the PIPE Investment Amount set forth in the Subscription Agreements on the terms therein.

(b) No fees, consideration or other discounts are payable or have been agreed by Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries (including, from and after the Closing, the Surviving Entity and its Subsidiaries) to any PIPE Investor in respect of its PIPE Investment, except as set forth in the Subscription Agreements.

Section 6.14 Related Party Transactions. Except as described in the SEC Reports or in connection with the PIPE Investment, there are no transactions, Contracts, side letters, arrangements or understandings between any Acquiror Party, on the one hand, and any director, officer, employee, stockholder, warrant holder or Affiliate of such Acquiror Party.

Section 6.15 Investment Company Act. Neither the Acquiror nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section 6.16 Registration Statement, Proxy Statement and Proxy Statement/Registration Statement. On the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement, and when first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act and/or filed pursuant to Section 14A of the Exchange Act, the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), shall comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. On the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. On the date of any filing in accordance with Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act and/or pursuant to Section 14A of the Exchange Act, the date the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and the Proxy Statement, as applicable, is first mailed to the Acquiror Shareholders and certain of the Company’s stockholders, as applicable, and at the time of the Special Meeting, the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and the Proxy Statement, as applicable, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Acquiror makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement,

 

50


Proxy Statement or the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to Acquiror by or on behalf of the Company specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, Proxy Statement or the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 7.01 Conduct of Business. From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms (the “Interim Period”), the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, except as required by this Agreement, required by applicable Law, set forth on Section 7.01 of the Company Disclosure Letter or consented to in writing by Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied), (i) operate its business in the ordinary course of business (provided that any action taken, or omitted to be taken that relates to, or arises out of, COVID-19 or COVID-19 Measures shall be deemed to be in the ordinary course) and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) continue to accrue and collect accounts receivable, accrue and pay accounts payable and other expenses and establish reserves for uncollectible accounts in accordance with past custom and practice, and (b) generally seek to enhance or maintain consistent with the Company’s past practice assets, properties, goodwill and relationships of carriers, suppliers, vendors and customers, in each case, having business relationships with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as required by Law, as required by this Agreement, as set forth on Section 7.01 of the Company Disclosure Letter or as consented to in writing by Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied, except, in the case of clause (a) and (b) below, as to which Acquiror’s consent may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion), the Company shall not, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, during the Interim Period:

(a) change or amend the Governing Documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) make, declare, set aside, establish a record date for or pay any dividend or distribution, other than any dividends or distributions from any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any other wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company;

(c) (i) issue, deliver, sell, transfer, pledge, dispose of or place any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any shares of capital stock or any other equity or voting securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) issue, grant or agree to provide any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain any shares of capital stock or any other equity or equity-based or voting securities of the Company;

(d) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease, license, abandon, subject to or grant any Lien (other than any Liens granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Company Credit Agreement) on, or otherwise dispose of, any assets or properties (in each case, with a fair market value in excess of $500,000) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than (i) the sale of goods and services to customers, (ii) the sale or other disposition of assets or equipment deemed by the Company in its good faith reasonable business judgment to be obsolete or no longer be material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each such case, in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) non-exclusive licensing of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) cancel or compromise any claim or Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) settle any pending or threatened Action (A) if such settlement would require payment by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries in an amount greater than $2,000,000, (B) to the extent such settlement includes an agreement by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries to accept or concede injunctive relief or (C) to the extent such settlement is materially adverse to the Company or its Subsidiaries or involves an Action brought by a Governmental Authority or alleged criminal wrongdoing;

 

51


(f) except as required by applicable Law or the terms of any existing Company Benefit Plans as in effect on the date hereof and set forth on Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (i) increase the annual base compensation or benefits of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except for salary increases that do not exceed, in the aggregate, 5% of the aggregate salary paid by the Company and its Subsidiaries in calendar year 2020 (and that would not, in the case of an employee with a current annual base salary in excess of $250,000, exceed 20% of such employee’s current annual base salary), (ii) make any material grant of or promise any severance, retention, incentive or termination payment to any Person, or any material increase in any of the foregoing, except severance or termination payments in connection with the termination of any employee in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (iii) make any change in the key management structure of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the hiring of additional officers or the termination (other than for “cause”) of existing officers, or (iv) hire any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries other than any employee with an annual base salary of less than $300,000;

(g) directly or indirectly acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by purchasing all of or a substantial equity interest in, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity or Person or division thereof;

(h) make any loans or advance any money or other property to any employees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for advances in the ordinary course of business to employees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for expenses not to exceed $10,000 individually or $200,000 in the aggregate;

(i) implement any employee layoffs, plant closing, reductions in force, furloughs, temporary layoffs, salary or wage reductions, work schedule changes or other such actions that would implicate the WARN Act or any similar local law(s) relating to layoffs or reductions in force;

(j) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock (or other equity interests) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any securities or obligations convertible (whether currently convertible or convertible only after the passage of time or the occurrence of certain events) into or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock (or other equity interests) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(k) adjust, split, combine, subdivide, recapitalize, reclassify or otherwise effect any change in respect of any shares of capital stock or other equity interests or securities of the Company;

(l) make any change in its customary accounting principles or methods of accounting materially affecting the reported consolidated assets, liabilities or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than as may be required by applicable Law, GAAP, SEC guidelines or regulatory guidelines;

(m) adopt or enter into a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(n) make (in a manner inconsistent with past practice), change or revoke any material Tax election adopt or change (or request any Governmental Authority to change) any material accounting method or accounting period with respect to Taxes, file any amended material Tax Return, settle or compromise any material Tax liability or claim for a refund of a material amount of Taxes, enter into any closing agreement or other binding written agreement with respect to any Tax with a Governmental Authority, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment (other than pursuant to an extension of time to file any Tax Return obtained in the ordinary course of business), file any Tax Return in a manner inconsistent in any material respect with past practice, or enter into any Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement or similar agreement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, commercial Contracts not primarily relating to Taxes);

(o) issue any debt securities, incur Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 or assume, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise become responsible for, the obligations of any Person for Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under

 

52


the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ current debt documents (including any borrowings its revolving credit facility up to the limits of this facility) or capital leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, in each case, which shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, be restricted in any manner);

(p) terminate without replacement any material insurance policies covering the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective properties, assets and businesses;

(q) enter into any agreement that materially restricts the ability of the Company or its Subsidiaries to engage or compete in any line of business or enter into a new line of business other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(r) enter into, assume, materially amend, or terminate any collective bargaining or similar labor contract, other than in the ordinary course of business or as required by applicable Law;

(s) enter into, modify or supplement in any material adverse respect, waive any material rights under or terminate any Contract that is (or would be if entered into prior to the date of this Agreement) a Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business or as required by Law;

(t) acquire any ownership interest in any real property; or

(u) enter into any agreement, or otherwise become obligated, to do any action prohibited under this Section 7.01.

Section 7.02 Inspection. Subject to confidentiality obligations and similar restrictions that may be applicable to information furnished to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by third parties that may be in the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ possession from time to time, and except for any information which (x) relates to interactions with prospective buyers of the Company or the negotiation of this Agreement or the Transactions, (y) is prohibited from being disclosed by applicable Law or (z) on the advice of legal counsel of the Company is subject to, or would result in the loss of attorney-client privilege or other privilege from, disclosure, during the Interim Period the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, afford to Acquiror and its Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice, in such manner as to not unreasonably interfere with the normal operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries and so long as permissible under applicable Law, to their respective properties, assets, books, Contracts, commitments, Tax Returns, records and appropriate officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and shall use its and their commercially reasonable efforts to furnish such Representatives with financial and operating data and other information concerning the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are in the possession of the Company or its Subsidiaries, in each case, as Acquiror and its Representatives may reasonably request solely for purposes of consummating the Transactions; provided, however, that Acquiror shall not be permitted to perform any environmental sampling or testing at any Leased Real Property, including sampling of soil, groundwater, surface water, building materials, or air or wastewater emissions; provided further, however, that remote access may be provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries in lieu of physical access in response to COVID-19 to the extent reasonably necessary. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make alternative arrangements for such disclosure where the restrictions in the preceding sentence apply. Any request, and the provision of access or information, in each case pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall be made in a time and manner so as not to materially delay the Closing. All information obtained by Acquiror and its Representatives under this Agreement shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement prior to the Closing.

Section 7.03 No Claim Against the Trust Account. The Company acknowledges that it has read the Final Prospectus and other SEC Reports, the Articles of Association, and the Trust Agreement and understands that Acquiror has established the Trust Account described therein for the benefit of Acquiror’s public stockholders and that disbursements from the Trust Account are available only in the limited circumstances set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Company further acknowledges that, if the Transactions, or, in the event of a termination

 

53


of this Agreement, another Business Combination, are not consummated by October 26, 2022 or such later date as approved by the stockholders of Acquiror to complete a Business Combination, Acquiror will be obligated to return to its stockholders the amounts being held in the Trust Account. Accordingly, the Company (on behalf of itself and its controlled Affiliates) hereby irrevocably waives any past, present or future right, title, interest or claim of any kind against, and any right to access, the Trust Account or any distributions therefrom or to collect from the Trust Account any monies that may be owed to them by Acquiror or any of its Affiliates for any reason whatsoever, and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account at any time for any reason whatsoever. The Company agrees and acknowledges that such irrevocable waiver is material to this Agreement and specifically relied upon by Acquiror and its Affiliates to induce the Company to enter in this Agreement, and the Company further intends and understands such waiver to be valid, binding and enforceable against the Company and each of its Affiliates under applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 7.03 shall not serve to limit or prohibit the Company’s or its controlled Affiliates’ rights to pursue a claim against Acquiror or any of its Affiliates for legal relief against assets held outside the Trust Account (including from and after the consummation of a Business Combination other than as contemplated by this Agreement) or pursuant to Section 12.12 for specific performance or other injunctive relief. This Section 7.03 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

Section 7.04 Code Section 280G. To the extent that any “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G(c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) of the Company has the right to receive or retain any payments or benefits that could be deemed to constitute “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A) of the Code and the regulations thereunder), then, the Company will: (a) solicit and use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain from each such “disqualified individual” a waiver of such disqualified individual’s rights to some or all of such payments or benefits (the “Waived 280G Benefits”) so that any remaining payments and/or benefits shall not be deemed to be “excess parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder); and (b) no later than ten days prior to the Closing Date, with respect to each individual who agrees to the waiver described in clause (a), submit to a vote of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote on such matters, in the manner required under Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, along with adequate disclosure intended to satisfy such requirements (including Q&A 7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such regulations), the right of any such “disqualified individual” to receive the Waived 280G Benefits. Prior to, and in no event later than five days prior to soliciting such waivers and approval, the Company shall provide drafts of such waivers and approval materials to Acquiror for its review and comment. No later than two days prior to soliciting the waivers, the Company shall provide Acquiror with the calculations and related documentation to determine whether and to what extent the vote described in this Section 7.04 is necessary in order to avoid the imposition of Taxes under Section 4999 of the Code. Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Acquiror evidence that a vote of the stockholders of the Company was solicited in accordance with the foregoing and whether the requisite number of votes of the stockholders of the Company was obtained with respect to the Waived 280G Benefits or that the vote did not pass and the Waived 280G Benefits will not be paid or retained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any contract, agreement, term sheet, plan or other arrangement (whether written or unwritten) is entered into by Acquiror, the Surviving Corporation, the Surviving Entity or any of their respective Affiliates and a “disqualified individual” in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement prior to the Closing Date (the “Acquiror Arrangements”), Acquiror shall provide a copy of such contract, agreement, plan or summary of such other arrangement to the Company at least ten days prior to the Closing Date and shall cooperate with the Company or its counsel in good faith in order to calculate or determine the value (for purposes of Section 280G of the Code) of any payments or benefits granted or contemplated therein, which may be paid, granted or provided in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that could constitute a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code; provided, however, that the Company’s failure to include the Acquiror Arrangements as Waived 280G Benefits shall not result in a breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 7.04 if Acquiror fails to provide a copy of such contract, agreement, plan or summary of such other arrangement to the Company at least ten days before the Closing Date and/or fails to cooperate with the Company or its counsel in good faith in order to calculate or determine the value as required pursuant to this Section 7.04. In no event shall the Company be deemed in breach of this Section 7.04 if any

 

54


“disqualified individual” refuses to execute a waiver that has been timely solicited by the Company or the stockholder vote is not obtained due to the Company’s stockholder not approving such Waived 280G Benefits. With respect to each time period set forth in this Section 7.04, such period may be shorter as agreed by the Parties, with such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld.

Section 7.05 FIRPTA. At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Pubco (i) a certificate conforming to the requirements of Section 1.897-2(h)(1)(i) and 1.1445-2(c)(3)(i) of the Treasury Regulations, and (ii) evidence in reasonably satisfactory form and substance that the Company has delivered to the IRS the notification required under Section 1.897-2(h)(2) of the Treasury Regulations (the certificate and evidence described in clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, the “FIRPTA Documentation”). The sole remedy with regard to any failure by the Company to deliver the FIRPTA Documentation at the Closing shall be to withhold in accordance with Section 1445 of the Code if required by Law; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 3.03(c)), if the Company fails to deliver the FIRPTA Documentation at the Closing, the Exchange Agent shall be authorized to delay payment of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration to Pre-Closing Holders (if and to the extent required, and other than with respect to any Pre-Closing Holders that have delivered a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-9 certifying as to non-foreign status) until such time as the Exchange Agent has established procedures to withhold and make payments in accordance with Section 1445 of the Code. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to notify Pubco in writing no later than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date if it expects that it will not deliver the FIRPTA Documentation at the Closing.

Section 7.06 Company Stockholder Approval. The Company shall obtain and deliver to Acquiror, the Company Stockholder Approval, (A) in the form of a written consent executed by each of the Requisite Company Stockholders (pursuant to the Company Holders Support Agreement), as soon as reasonably practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act and delivered or otherwise made available to stockholders and the Company, and in any event within forty-eight (48) hours after the Registration Statement is declared effective and delivered or otherwise made available to stockholders and the Company, and (B) in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Company’s Governing Documents. As promptly as practicable following the receipt of the Company Stockholder Approvals, the Company shall prepare and deliver to each holder of Company Stock who has not executed and delivered the written consent referenced above an information statement, in form and substance required under the DGCL and will provide Acquiror with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the information statement, which shall include (i) copies of this Agreement and the Registration Statement, (ii) a description of any dissenters’ rights of the holders of Company Stock available under Section 262 of the DGCL and any other disclosure with respect to dissenters’ rights required by applicable Law and (iii) in accordance with the requirements of Section 228(e) of the DGCL, notice to any holder of Company Stock who has not executed and delivered the written consent referenced above notice of the corporate action by those holders of Company Stock who did execute the written consent.

Section 7.07 Affiliate Agreements. Prior to the Closing, the Company shall (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to) (i) terminate, or cause to be terminated, without liability to Acquiror, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, all Affiliate Agreements entered into solely between the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Abry Partner II, LLC or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to terminate, or cause to be terminated, without liability to Acquiror, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, all other Affiliate Agreements, in each case, with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror that such Affiliate Agreements have been terminated effective prior to the Closing, except, in each case, for the Affiliate Agreements set forth on Section 7.07 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Section 7.08 Financing Cooperation. Prior to the Closing, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its and their officers, directors, managers, employees, consultants, counsel, accounts, agents and other representatives to, reasonably cooperate in a timely

 

55


manner in connection with any financing (or refinancing or any amendment or waiver in respect of the Company Credit Agreement) arrangement the Parties may seek in connection with the Transactions (it being understood and agreed that the decision to seek any such financing (or refinancing, amendment or waiver) and the terms of any such financing (or refinancing or any amendment or waiver in respect of the Company Credit Agreement) shall be subject to the Parties’ mutual agreement), including (i) by providing such information and assistance as the other Party may reasonably request (including the Company providing such financial statements and other financial data relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries), (ii) granting such access to the Parties and their respective representatives as may be reasonably necessary for their due diligence, and (iii) participating in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, road shows, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions with respect to such financing or refinancing efforts or amendment or restatement in respect of the Company Credit Agreement (including direct contact between senior management and other representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries at reasonable times and locations). All such cooperation, assistance and access shall be granted during normal business hours and shall be granted under conditions that shall not unreasonably interfere with the business and operations of the Parties or their auditors and shall be subject to any limitations under applicable Law and to any applicable COVID-19 Measures.

Section 7.09 R&W Insurance. During the Interim Period, Acquiror may (but shall not be required to) obtain a buyer-side representations and warranties insurance policy with respect to the representations and warranties of the Company, in the name of and for the benefit of Pubco (the “R&W Policy”), which the Acquiror shall give the Company and its Representatives a reasonable opportunity to review and must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Acquiror, during the Interim Period, reasonable assistance as is reasonably required so as to permit the binding and issuance of the R&W Policy at or prior to the Closing, including the execution and delivery of such no-claims declarations as is reasonably necessary (with such exceptions as deemed necessary by the Company) in connection with the issuance of the R&W Policy; provided that any such no-claims declaration given by an officer of the Company shall only be required to be given in such individuals’ capacity as an officer of the Company, and not in any individual capacity; provided further that the failure to deliver any no-claims declaration or breach of the covenants set forth in this Section 7.09, shall not constitute a failure of the condition set forth in Section 10.02(b) to be satisfied. If obtained by Acquiror, the R&W Policy shall provide that (i) the insurer or a Person claiming through the insurer shall have no, and shall waive and not pursue any and all, subrogation rights against the Company (including any successor entities) or any of its (including any successor entities) Affiliates (including any Pre-Closing Holder) with respect to any claim made by any insured thereunder (except against such Person to the extent a claim is paid by the insurer under the R&W Policy as a direct result of such Person’s Fraud); (ii) the Company (including any successor entities) is a third-party beneficiary of such waiver with the express right to enforce such waiver; and (iii) no Person shall amend the R&W Policy in a manner adverse to the Company (including any successor entities) or any of its Affiliates (including any Pre-Closing Holder) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, to provide that the insurer or any other Person may bring a claim against the Company (including any successor entity) or its Affiliates (including any Pre-Closing Holder) by way of subrogation (except as a direct result of such Person’s Fraud)), without the Company’s prior written consent. All reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Acquiror and the Company in obtaining the R&W Policy, including all premiums, brokers fees, and related costs, shall be treated as Acquiror Transaction Expenses.

Section 7.10 Investor Rights Agreement. The Company shall deliver to Acquiror a copy of the Investor Rights Agreement, duly executed by each Pre-Closing Holder listed on Section 1.01(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter receiving Pubco Common Stock at Closing.

Section 7.11 2020 Audited Financial Statements. Within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date hereof, the Company shall deliver to Acquiror true, correct, accurate and complete copies of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and as of December 31, 2019, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), temporary equity and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, audited in accordance with the

 

56


standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, together with the signed auditor’s report thereon (the “2020 Audited Financial Statements”), which shall comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and with the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Exchange Act and the Securities Act applicable to registrants, in effect as of the date thereof. The Company shall promptly make available to Acquiror any underlying documentation and workpapers supporting the 2020 Audited Financial Statements, in each case, to the extent reasonably requested by Acquiror, and use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Company’s auditor available to Acquiror to assist in Acquiror’s review of the 2020 Audited Financial Statements. Upon delivery of the 2020 Audited Financial Statements to Acquiror, all references in Section 5.08 (Financial Statements) to the Unaudited Financial Statements shall be deemed to refer to the 2020 Audited Financial Statements.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS OF ACQUIROR

Section 8.01 Indemnification and Insurance.

(a) From and after the Closing Date, Pubco agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless each present and former director, manager and officer of the Company and Acquiror and each of their respective Subsidiaries against any costs or expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred in connection with any Action, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of or pertaining to matters existing or occurring on or prior to the Closing Date, whether asserted or claimed prior to, on or after the Closing Date, to the fullest extent that the Company, Acquiror or their respective Subsidiaries, as the case may be, would have been permitted under applicable Law and their respective Governing Documents in effect on the date of this Agreement to indemnify such Person (including the advancing of expenses as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law). Without limiting the foregoing, Pubco shall cause the Surviving Entity and each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) maintain for a period of not less than six years from the Closing Date provisions in its Governing Documents concerning the indemnification and exoneration (including provisions relating to expense advancement) of officers and directors/managers that are no less favorable to those Persons than the provisions of such Governing Documents as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) not amend, repeal or otherwise modify such provisions in any respect that would adversely affect the rights of those Persons thereunder, in each case, except as required by Law.

(b) Each of Acquiror, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand shall purchase, at or prior to the Closing, and, in each case, Pubco shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, or shall cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to use commercially reasonable efforts to, maintain in effect for a period of six years from the Closing Date, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering those Persons who are currently covered by Acquiror’s, the Company’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies (true, correct and complete copies of which have been heretofore made available to Acquiror, the Company or their respective agents or Representatives, as applicable) on terms not materially less favorable in the aggregate than the terms of such current insurance coverage; provided, however, that (i) each of Acquiror and the Company to the extent unable to otherwise maintain such insurance using commercially reasonable efforts may (as applicable) cause coverage to be extended under their respective current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance by obtaining a six-year “tail” policy containing terms not materially less favorable in the aggregate than the terms of such current insurance coverage with respect to claims existing or occurring at or prior to the Closing Date (the policy purchased in respect of the Company, the “Company Tail”, the policy purchased in respect of the Acquiror, the “Acquiror Tail” and each, a “D&O Tail”) and (ii) if any claim is asserted or made within such six-year period, any insurance required to be maintained under this Section 8.01 shall be continued in respect of such claim until the final disposition thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Pubco be required to expend an annual premium for either such D&O Tail in excess of 300% of the last annual payment made (as applicable) by Acquiror or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates for such directors’ and

 

57


officers’ liability insurance policies currently in effect as of the date hereof; provided that, in such event, Pubco shall purchase the maximum coverage available for 300% of the most recent annual premium paid (as applicable) by Acquiror and the Company and/or their respective Subsidiaries prior to the date of this Agreement.

(c) Acquiror and the Company hereby acknowledge (on behalf of themselves and their respective Subsidiaries) that the indemnified Persons under this Section 8.01 may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by current stockholders, members, or other Affiliates of such stockholders or members (“Indemnitee Affiliates”) separate from the indemnification obligations of the Acquiror, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries hereunder. The Parties hereby agree (i) that the Acquiror, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries are the indemnitors of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the indemnified Persons under this Section 8.01 are primary and any obligation of any Indemnitee Affiliate to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the indemnified Persons under this Section 8.01 are secondary), (ii) that the Acquiror, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the indemnified Persons under this Section 8.01 and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and required by the Acquiror’s, the Company’s and their respective Subsidiaries’ Governing Documents or any director or officer indemnification agreements, without regard to any rights the indemnified Persons under this Section 8.01 may have against any Indemnitee Affiliate, and (iii) that the Parties (on behalf of themselves and their respective Subsidiaries) irrevocably waive, relinquish and release the Indemnitee Affiliates from any and all claims against the Indemnitee Affiliates for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof (and the Indemnitee Affiliates shall be subrogated to the Acquiror, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries for any claim paid by such Indemnitee Affiliate pursuant to this Section 8.01 paid by first resort to the Company, Acquiror or their respective Subsidiaries).

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 8.01 shall survive the consummation of the Pubco Merger and each of the Mergers indefinitely and shall be binding, jointly and severally, on Acquiror, Pubco, the Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Entity and all successors and assigns of Acquiror, Pubco, the Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Entity. In the event that Acquiror, Pubco, the Surviving Corporation or the Surviving Entity or any of their respective successors or assigns consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Acquiror, Pubco the Surviving Corporation or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 8.01.

Section 8.02 Conduct of Acquiror During the Interim Period.

(a) During the Interim Period, except as set forth on Section 8.02 of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter, as required by this Agreement, as required by applicable Law or as consented to by the Company in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld, delayed or denied, except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) below, as to which the Company’s consent may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion), Acquiror and each other Acquiror Party shall not, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries not to:

(i) change, modify, supplement, restate or amend the Trust Agreement, the Articles of Association or any of the other Governing Documents of the Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub or LLC Merger Sub;

(ii) (A) declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distribution in respect of any outstanding capital stock of, or other equity interests in, Acquiror; (B) split, combine or reclassify any capital stock of, or other equity interests in, Acquiror; or (C) other than in connection with the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or offer to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any capital stock of, or other equity interests in, Acquiror;

 

58


(iii) make (in a manner inconsistent with past practice), change or revoke any material Tax election, adopt or change (or request any Governmental Authority to change) any material accounting method or accounting period with respect to Taxes, file any amended material Tax Return, settle or compromise any material Tax liability or claim for a refund of a material amount of Taxes, enter into any closing agreement or other binding written agreement with respect to any Tax with a Governmental Authority, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment (other than pursuant to an extension of time to file any Tax Return obtained in the ordinary course of business), file any Tax Return in a manner inconsistent in any material respect with past practice, or enter into any Tax sharing or Tax indemnification agreement or similar agreement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, commercial Contracts not primarily relating to Taxes);

(iv) enter into, renew, modify, supplement or amend any transaction or Contract with an Affiliate of Acquiror (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Sponsor, and, where applicable, (x) anyone related by blood, marriage or adoption to the Sponsor or (y) any Person in which the Sponsor has a direct or indirect legal, contractual or beneficial ownership interest of 5% or greater); provided that Acquiror and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted to enter into statements of work under Contracts existing on the date hereof between Acquiror and any of its Affiliates and disclosed in the SEC Reports;

(v) waive, release, compromise, settle or satisfy any pending or threatened Action or compromise or settle any liability that would involve (x) payment of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, (y) an agreement to accept or concede injunctive relief or (z) an Action brought by a Governmental Authority or alleged criminal wrongdoing;

(vi) incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any Indebtedness;

(vii) (A) offer, issue, deliver, grant or sell, or authorize or propose to offer, issue, deliver, grant or sell, any capital stock of, other equity interests, equity equivalents, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock ownership interests or similar rights in, Acquiror, any other Acquiror Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any securities convertible into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such capital stock or equity interests, other than (x) issuance of Acquiror Class A Shares in connection with the exercise of any Acquiror Warrants outstanding on the date hereof, or (y) issuance of Acquiror Class A Shares at not less than $10 per share on the terms set forth in the Subscription Agreements, or (B) amend, modify or waive any of the terms or rights set forth in, any Acquiror Warrant or the Warrant Agreement, including any amendment, modification or reduction of the warrant price set forth therein;

(viii) make any capital contributions in any Person other than Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ix) authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution; or

(x) enter into any agreement, or otherwise become obligated, to take any action prohibited under this Section 8.02.

(b) During the Interim Period, each Acquiror Party shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to comply with, and continue performing under, as applicable, the Articles of Association, the Trust Agreement, the Transaction Agreements, their respective Governing Documents and all other agreements or Contracts to which any Acquiror Party or their respective Subsidiaries may be a party.

Section 8.03 PIPE Investment.

(a) Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Company, no Acquiror Party shall permit any amendment or modification to be made to, any waiver (in whole or in part) or provide consent to (including consent to termination), of any provision under any of the Subscription Agreements in a manner adverse to

 

59


the Company and/or its Subsidiaries. Acquiror shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements on the terms and conditions described therein, including maintaining in effect the Subscription Agreements and to: (i) satisfy in all respects on a timely basis all conditions and covenants applicable to Acquiror in the Subscription Agreements and otherwise comply with its obligations thereunder, (ii) in the event that all conditions in the Subscription Agreements (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied, consummate transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof; (iii) confer with the Company regarding timing of the Expected Closing Date (as defined in the Subscription Agreements); and (iv) deliver notices to counterparties to the Subscription Agreements sufficiently in advance of the Closing to cause them to fund their obligations immediately prior to the First Merger. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Acquiror shall give the Company, prompt written notice: (A) of any amendment to any Subscription Agreement; (B) of any material breach or default (or any event or circumstance that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, could give rise to any material breach or default) by any party to any Subscription Agreement known to any Acquiror Party; (C) of the receipt of any material notice or other communication from any party to any Subscription Agreement with respect to any actual, potential, threatened or claimed expiration, lapse, withdrawal, breach, default, termination or repudiation by any party to any Subscription Agreement or any provisions of any Subscription Agreement in any material respects; and (D) if Acquiror does not expect to receive all or any portion of the PIPE Investment Amount on the terms, in the manner or from the PIPE Investors as contemplated by the Subscription Agreements.

(b) If all or any portion of the PIPE Investment becomes unavailable, (i) Acquiror shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain promptly the PIPE Investment or such portions thereof from alternative sources in an amount, when added to any portion of the PIPE Investment that is available, equal the PIPE Investment Amount (any alternative source(s) of financing, “Alternative PIPE Financing”) and (ii) in the event that Acquiror is able to obtain any Alternative PIPE Financing, Acquiror shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a subscription agreement (each, an “Alternative Subscription Agreement”) that provides for the subscription and purchase of Pubco Common Stock containing terms and conditions no less favorable from the standpoint of the Company, Acquiror and the Affiliates of Acquiror party thereto than those in the Subscription Agreements entered into as of the date hereof (as determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Acquiror). In such event, the term “PIPE Investment” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include any Alternative PIPE Financing, the term “Subscription Agreements” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include any Alternative Subscription Agreement and the term “PIPE Investor” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to include any Person that is subscribing for Pubco Common Stock under any Alternative Subscription Agreement.

Section 8.04 Inspection. Subject to confidentiality obligations and similar restrictions that may be applicable to information furnished to any Acquiror Party or their respective Subsidiaries by third parties that may be in an Acquiror Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ possession from time to time, and except for any information which on the advice of legal counsel of Acquiror is subject to, or would result in the loss of, attorney-client privilege or other privilege from disclosure, each Acquiror Party shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, afford to the Company, its Affiliates and their respective Representatives reasonable access during the Interim Period, during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice, to their respective properties and assets, books, Contracts, commitments, Tax Returns, records and appropriate officers and employees of the Acquiror Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and shall use its and their commercially reasonable efforts to furnish such Representatives with all financial and operating data and other information concerning the business and affairs of the Acquiror Parties and their respective Subsidiaries that are in the possession of any of the Acquiror Parties or their respective Subsidiaries, in each case as the Company and its Representatives may reasonably request solely for purposes of consummating the Transactions; provided, however, that remote access may be provided by Acquiror lieu of physical access in response to COVID-19 to the extent reasonably necessary. The Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make alternative arrangements for such disclosure where the restrictions

 

60


in the preceding sentence apply. Any request, and the provision of access or information, in each case pursuant to this Section 8.04, shall be made in a time and manner so as not to materially delay the Closing. All information obtained by the Company, its Affiliates and their respective Representatives under this Agreement shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement prior to the Second Effective Time.

Section 8.05 Acquiror NYSE Listing. From the date hereof through the Closing, Acquiror shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure Acquiror remains listed as a public company on, and for shares of Pubco Common Stock and Acquiror Warrants (but, in the case of Acquiror Warrants, only to the extent issued as of the date hereof) to be listed on, the NYSE.

Section 8.06 Acquiror Public Filings. From the date hereof through the Closing, Acquiror shall keep current and timely file all reports required to be filed or furnished with the SEC and otherwise comply in all material respects with its reporting obligations under applicable Securities Laws.

Section 8.07 Section 16 Matters. Prior to the First Effective Time, Acquiror shall take all reasonable steps as may be required (to the extent permitted under applicable Law) to cause any acquisition or disposition of the Acquiror Shares or any derivative thereof that occurs or is deemed to occur by reason of or pursuant to the Transactions by each Person who is or will be or may be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to Acquiror to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, including by taking steps in accordance with the No-Action Letter, dated January 12, 1999, issued by the SEC regarding such matters.

Section 8.08 Pubco Board of Directors, Committees and Officers.

(a) Within sixty (60) days following the date hereof, each of Acquiror and the Company shall deliver a written notice to the other Party listing the names of the individuals such Party wishes to designate as directors to the board of directors of Pubco in accordance with the criteria set forth on Section 8.08(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter. Each of Acquiror and the Company may (in its sole discretion) replace their respective director designees set forth on Section 8.08(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter with any other individual prior to the filing of the Registration Statement with the SEC by amending such Section 8.08(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter to include such replacement individual. The individuals designated by Acquiror and the Company pursuant to this Section 8.08(a) shall constitute the board of directors of Pubco as of the First Effective Time.

(b) Acquiror and the Company shall mutually agree (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either Acquiror or the Company) on the directors to be appointed to the audit, compensation and nominating committees prior to the filing of the Registration Statement with the SEC.

(c) The sole officers of Pubco effective at the Closing shall be the officers of the Company as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time, with each such individual holding the title he or she held with the Company as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time. Acquiror and the Company may mutually agree by written agreement (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by either the Company or Acquiror) to replace any such individual with any other individual prior to the filing of the Registration Statement with the SEC.

Section 8.09 Incentive Equity Plan. Prior to the Closing Date, Acquiror shall approve, subject to approval of the Acquiror Shareholders, an omnibus management incentive equity plan in a form and substance mutually agreeable to the Company and Acquiror providing for a share reserve pool equal to 10% of the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing (such plan, the “Incentive Equity Plan”).

Section 8.10 Compensation Matters. Following the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, the Acquiror will utilize the services of an independent compensation consultant to review and make recommendations with respect to post-Closing compensation arrangements for the Company’s senior executives, including terms and conditions relating to initial awards under the Incentive Equity Plan and customary employment agreements for key employees, subject to approval by the new board of directors.

 

61


Section 8.11 Qualification as an Emerging Growth Company. Acquiror shall, at all times during the period from the date hereof until the Closing: (a) take all actions necessary to continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”); and (b) not take any action that would cause Acquiror to not qualify as an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the JOBS Act.

Section 8.12 Investor Rights Agreement. Acquiror shall deliver to the Company a copy of the Investor Rights Agreement, duly executed by Sponsor and Pubco.

ARTICLE IX

JOINT COVENANTS

Section 9.01 Support of Transaction. Without limiting any covenant contained in Article VII or Article VIII, including the obligations of the Company and Acquiror with respect to the notifications, filings, reaffirmations and applications described in Section 9.08, which obligations shall control to the extent of any conflict with the succeeding provisions of this Section 9.01, each of the Acquiror Parties and the Company shall each, and shall each cause their respective Subsidiaries to: (a) use reasonable best efforts to assemble, prepare and file any information (and, as needed, to supplement such information) as may be reasonably necessary to obtain as promptly as practicable all governmental and regulatory consents required to be obtained in connection with the Transactions, (b) use reasonable best efforts to obtain all material consents and approvals of third parties that any of the Acquiror Parties, the Company, or their respective Affiliates are required to obtain in order to consummate the Transactions (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, any consents and approvals of third parties set forth on Section 5.04(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter that the Company and the Acquiror mutually agree are to be obtained prior to Closing (but shall not include any other consents or approvals set forth on Section 5.04(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter)); and (c) take such other action as may reasonably be necessary or as another Party may reasonably request to satisfy the conditions of the other Party set forth in Article X or otherwise to comply with this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub, LLC Merger Sub, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be obligated to bear any material expense or pay any material fee or grant any material concession in connection with obtaining any consents, authorizations or approvals pursuant to the terms of any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or otherwise required in connection with the consummation of the Transactions.

Section 9.02 Proxy Statement/Registration Statement; Acquiror Special Meeting.

(a) Registration Statement and Prospectus.

(i) As promptly as practicable following the execution and delivery of this Agreement (and the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to do so within twenty-eight (28) calendar days), (x) Acquiror and the Company shall, in accordance with this Section 9.02(a), jointly prepare and Acquiror shall file, or cause to be filed, with the SEC, mutually acceptable materials which shall include the proxy statement to be filed with the SEC as part of the Registration Statement and sent to the Acquiror Shareholders relating to the Special Meeting (such proxy statement, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Proxy Statement”) and (y) Acquiror shall prepare (with the Company’s reasonable cooperation (including causing and/or directing its Subsidiaries and Representatives to reasonably cooperate)) and file with the SEC the Registration Statement, in which the Proxy Statement will be included as a prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Registration Statement”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of (A) the shares of Pubco Common Stock that constitute the Closing Share Consideration and (B) the shares of Pubco Common Stock that are issuable upon exercise of the Pubco Warrants (collectively, the “Registration Statement Securities”). Each of Acquiror and the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Proxy Statement/Registration

 

62


Statement to comply with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing and to keep the Registration Statement effective as long as is necessary to consummate the Transactions. Acquiror also agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary state Securities Law or “Blue Sky” Permits required to carry out the Transactions, and the Company shall furnish all information concerning the Company, its Subsidiaries and any of their respective members or stockholders as may be reasonably necessary or advisable or as may be reasonably requested in connection with any such action. Each of Acquiror and the Company agrees to furnish to the other party all information concerning itself, its Subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, stockholders, and other equityholders and information regarding such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable or as may be reasonably requested in connection with the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement, a Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any other statement, filing, notice or application made by or on behalf of Acquiror, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries to any regulatory authority (including the NYSE or Nasdaq, as applicable) in connection with the Transactions (the “Offer Documents”). Acquiror will cause the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement to be mailed to the Acquiror Shareholders in each case promptly after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act.

(ii) To the extent not prohibited by Law, Acquiror will advise the Company, reasonably promptly after Acquiror receives notice thereof, of the time when the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement has become effective or any supplement or amendment has been filed, of the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of the qualification of the Pubco Common Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or written threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplement of the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement or for additional information. To the extent not prohibited by Law, the Company and its counsel shall be given a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement and any Offer Document each time before any such document is filed with the SEC, and Acquiror shall give reasonable and good faith consideration to any comments made by the Company and its counsel. To the extent not prohibited by Law, Acquiror shall provide the Company and its counsel with (A) any comments or other communications, whether written or oral, that Acquiror or its counsel may receive from time to time from the SEC or its staff with respect to the Proxy Statement/Registration Statement or Offer Documents promptly after receipt of those comments or other communications and (B) a reasonable opportunity to participate in the response of Acquiror to those comments and to provide comments on that response (to which reasonable and good faith consideration shall be given), including by participating with the Company or its counsel in any discussions or meetings with the SEC.

(iii) Each of Acquiror and the Company shall ensure that none of the information supplied by or on its behalf for inclusion or incorporation by reference in (A) the Registration Statement will, at the time the Registration Statement is filed with the SEC, at each time at which it is amended and at the time it becomes effective under the Securities Act, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading or (B) the Proxy Statement will, at the date it is first mailed to the Acquiror Shareholders and at the time of the Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

(iv) If at any time prior to the First Effective Time any information relating to the Company, Acquiror or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates, directors or officers is discovered by the Company or Acquiror, which is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement or the Registration Statement, so that neither of such documents would include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, with respect to the Proxy Statement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the party which discovers such information shall promptly notify the other parties and

 

63


an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information shall be promptly filed with the SEC and, to the extent required by Law, disseminated to the Acquiror Shareholders.

(v) Acquiror Special Meeting. Acquiror shall, prior to or as promptly as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act, establish a record date (which date shall be mutually agreed with the Company, acting reasonably) for, give notice of and duly call an extraordinary general meeting of the Acquiror Shareholders (the “Special Meeting”), which meeting shall be held not more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective, for the purpose of, among other things: (A) providing Acquiror Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem shares of Acquiror Class A Shares by tendering such shares for redemption not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the Special Meeting (the “Acquiror Shareholder Redemption”); and (B) soliciting proxies from holders of Acquiror Shares to vote at the Special Meeting, as adjourned or postponed, in favor of: (1) the adoption of this Agreement, the authorization of the Plan of Merger and approval of the Transactions (including the Pubco Merger and the Mergers); (2) the issuance of shares of Pubco Common Stock in connection with the Pubco Merger and the First Merger (including as may be required under NYSE); (3) the amendment and restatement of the certificate of incorporation of Pubco in the form of the Pubco Charter attached as Exhibit C hereto; (4) the appointment of the individuals to Pubco’s board of directors in accordance with Section 8.08, and the designation of the classes of such appointees to the Acquiror’s board of directors; (5) the approval of the adoption of the Incentive Equity Plan; (6) any other proposals as either the SEC or NYSE (or the respective staff members thereof) may indicate are necessary in its comments to the Registration Statement or in correspondence related thereto, or any other proposals the Parties agree are necessary or desirable to consummate the Transactions; (7) adoption and approval of any other proposals as reasonably agreed by Acquiror and the Company to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the Transactions; and (8) the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to permit further solicitation of proxies in the event that the board of directors of Acquiror determines that there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Acquiror Shareholder Matters”). Acquiror shall include the Acquiror Board Recommendation in the Proxy Statement. The board of directors of Acquiror shall not (and no committee or subgroup thereof shall) change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, or publicly propose to change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify, the Acquiror Board Recommendation for any reason, except in accordance with Section 9.02(a)(vi).

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, at any time prior to the obtaining the Acquiror Shareholder Approval, the board of directors of Acquiror may change, withdraw, withhold, qualify or modify its recommendation (a “Change in Recommendation”) if such Change in Recommendation is required by applicable Cayman law, including Cayman law regarding fiduciary duties. Acquiror agrees that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, its obligation to establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Special Meeting for the purpose of seeking approval of the Acquiror Shareholder Matters shall not be affected by any Change in Recommendation or other intervening event or circumstance, and Acquiror agrees to establish a record date for, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Special Meeting and submit for the approval of its shareholders the Acquiror Shareholder Matters, in each case, in accordance with this Agreement, regardless of any Change in Recommendation or other intervening event or circumstance.

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Acquiror shall be entitled to (and, in the case of the following clauses (ii) and (iii), at the request of the Company, shall) postpone or adjourn the Special Meeting for a period of no longer than fifteen (15) days: (i) to ensure that any supplement or amendment to the Proxy Statement that the board of directors of Acquiror has determined in good faith is required by applicable Law is disclosed to Acquiror Shareholders and for such supplement or amendment to be promptly disseminated to Acquiror Shareholders prior to the Special Meeting; (ii) if, as of the time for which the Special Meeting is originally scheduled (as set forth in the Proxy Statement), there are insufficient shares of Acquiror Class A Shares represented

 

64


(either in person or by proxy) to constitute a quorum necessary to conduct the business to be conducted at the Special Meeting; (iii) in order to solicit additional proxies from shareholders for purposes of obtaining approval of the Acquiror Shareholder Matters; or (iv) for purposes of satisfying the condition set forth in Section 10.01(f) hereof; provided that, notwithstanding any longer adjournment or postponement period specified at the beginning of this sentence, in the event of any such postponement or adjournment, the Special Meeting shall be reconvened as promptly as practicable following such time as the matters described in such clauses have been resolved.

Section 9.03 Exclusivity.

(a) During the Interim Period, the Company shall not take, nor shall it permit any of its Affiliates or Representatives to take, whether directly or indirectly, any action to (i) solicit, initiate, continue or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or enter into any agreement with, or encourage, respond to, or provide information to, any Person (other than Acquiror and/or any of its Affiliates or Representatives) concerning any merger, recapitalization or similar business combination transaction, or any sale of substantial assets involving the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than immaterial assets or assets sold in the ordinary course of business (each such acquisition transaction, but excluding the Transactions, an “Acquisition Transaction”) or (ii) commence, continue or renew any due diligence investigation regarding, or that is reasonably likely to give rise to or result in, any offer, inquiry, proposal or indication of interest, written or oral, with respect to, or which is reasonably likely to give rise to or result in, an Acquisition Transaction; provided that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 9.03(a). The Company shall, and shall direct its Affiliates and Representatives to, immediately cease any and all existing discussions or negotiations with any Person conducted prior to the date hereof with respect to, or which is reasonably likely to give rise to or result in, an Acquisition Transaction.

(b) During the Interim Period, each Acquiror Party shall not take, nor shall it permit any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective Representatives to take, whether directly or indirectly, any action to (i) solicit, initiate, continue or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or enter into any agreement with, or encourage, respond to, provide information to or commence due diligence with respect to, any Person (other than the Company, its equityholders and/or any of their Affiliates or Representatives), concerning, relating to or which is intended or is reasonably likely to give rise to or result in, any offer, inquiry, proposal or indication of interest, written or oral relating to any Business Combination (a “Business Combination Proposal”) or (ii) approve, endorse or recommend, or make any public statement approving, endorsing or recommending, any Business Combination Proposal, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), other than a Business Combination Proposal with the Company, its equityholders and/or their respective Affiliates and Representatives; provided that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the Transactions shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 9.03(b). Each Acquiror Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives to, immediately cease any and all existing discussions or negotiations with any Person conducted prior to the date hereof with respect to, or which is reasonably likely to give rise to or result in, a Business Combination Proposal, other than with the Company, its equityholders or their respective controlled Affiliates.

Section 9.04 Tax Matters.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Pubco shall pay all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value-added or other similar Taxes incurred in connection with the Transactions (collectively “Transfer Taxes”). Pubco shall, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns with respect to all such Taxes, and, if required by applicable Law, the Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns.

(b) For U.S. federal income tax purposes (and for purposes of any applicable state or local Income Tax that follows the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Pubco Merger), each of the Parties intends that the Pubco

 

65


Merger will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder to which Acquiror and Pubco are parties under Section 368(b) of the Code (the “Domestication Intended Income Tax Treatment”). For U.S. federal income tax purposes (and for purposes of any applicable state or local Income Tax that follows the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Mergers), each of the Parties intends that the First Merger and the Second Merger, taken together, will constitute an integrated transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder to which each of Pubco and the Company are parties under Section 368(b) of the Code (collectively, the “Acquisition Intended Income Tax Treatment”). The Parties will prepare and file all Tax Returns consistent with the Domestication Intended Income Tax Treatment and the Acquisition Intended Income Tax Treatment and will not take any inconsistent position on any Tax Return or during the course of any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes, except as otherwise required by a change in applicable Law after the date hereof or a determination within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code. Each of the Parties agrees to promptly notify all other Parties of any challenge to the Domestication Intended Income Tax Treatment or the Acquisition Intended Income Tax Treatment by any Governmental Authority.

(c) No Party shall take or cause to be taken any action, or fail to take or cause to be taken any action, which action or failure to act would reasonably be expected to prevent (i) the Pubco Merger from so qualifying for the Domestication Intended Income Tax Treatment or (ii) the First Merger and Second Merger from so qualifying for the Acquisition Intended Income Tax Treatment.

(d) Acquiror, Pubco and LLC Merger Sub hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) with respect to the Pubco Merger.

(e) The Company, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) with respect to the Mergers.

(f) Any and all Tax allocation or Tax sharing agreements between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Pre-Closing Holder or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, shall be terminated as of the Closing Date and, from and after the Closing Date, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be obligated to make any payment pursuant to any such agreement for any past or future period.

Section 9.05 Confidentiality; Publicity.

(a) Acquiror acknowledges that the information being provided to it in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby is subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference and which shall, notwithstanding anything therein to the contrary, terminate at the Closing and no longer remain in force or effect. The Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall apply to all information furnished thereunder or hereunder and any other activities contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company acknowledges that, in connection with the PIPE Investment, Acquiror shall be entitled to disclose, pursuant to the Exchange Act, any information contained in any presentation to the PIPE Investors, which information may include “Confidential Information” (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement); provided that Acquiror provides the Company with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments to such presentation and the Company consents to the contents thereof.

(b) The Company and the Acquiror shall reasonably cooperate to create and implement a communications plan regarding the Transactions promptly following the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of Acquiror, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates shall make any public announcement or issue any public communication regarding this Agreement or the Transactions, or any matter related to the foregoing, without first obtaining the prior consent of the Company or Acquiror, as applicable (which consent shall not be

 

66


unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except (i) if such announcement or other communication is required by applicable Law or legal process (including pursuant to the Securities Laws or the rules of any national securities exchange), in which case Acquiror or the Company, as applicable, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent with respect to such announcement or communication with the other Party, prior to announcement or issuance; and (ii) subject to this Section 9.05, each Party and its Affiliates may make announcements regarding the status and terms (including price terms) of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby to their respective directors, officers, employees, direct and indirect current or prospective limited partners and investors or otherwise in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, in each case, so long as such recipients are obligated to keep such information confidential, without the consent of any other Party; and provided further that subject to Section 7.02 and this Section 9.05, the foregoing shall not prohibit any Party from communicating with third parties to the extent necessary for the purpose of seeking any third party consent; provided further that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.05(b), nothing herein shall modify or affect Acquiror’s obligations pursuant to Section 9.02.

(c) The initial press release concerning this Agreement and the Transactions shall be a joint press release in the form mutually agreed by the Company and Acquiror prior to the execution of this Agreement, and such initial press release shall be released as promptly as practicable after the execution of this Agreement.

Section 9.06 Cooperation; Further Assurances.

(a) Following the Closing, each Party shall, on the request of any other Party, execute such further documents, and perform such further acts, as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to give full effect to the allocation of rights, benefits, obligations and liabilities contemplated by this Agreement and the Transactions.

(b) (i) The Company and Acquiror shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate promptly after signing to design and implement compliance policies and procedures appropriate for an exchange listed company, and (ii) the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with applicable Compliance Laws in a manner consistent with past practice.

Section 9.07 Employee Matters.

(a) Acquiror shall, or shall cause an Affiliate of Acquiror to, for the period lasting until twelve (12) months after the Closing Date (or, if earlier, until the date of the applicable employee’s termination of employment with Acquiror or its Affiliates), provide to each employee employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing who continues as an employee immediately following the Closing (each a “Continuing Employee”) (a) a base salary or hourly wage rate and annual cash bonus opportunity that are no less favorable than the base salary or wage rate and annual cash bonus opportunity provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to such Continuing Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date, and (b) other employee benefits (excluding equity, retention, defined benefit pension and retiree medical benefits, except as required by applicable Law) that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to those provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to such Continuing Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Effective as of the Closing and thereafter, Acquiror and its Affiliates shall recognize, or shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to recognize, each Continuing Employee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any current or former Affiliate thereof or any predecessor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) prior to the Closing for all purposes, including for purposes of determining, as applicable, eligibility for participation, vesting and entitlement of the Continuing Employee under all employee benefit plans maintained by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, Acquiror or an Affiliate of Acquiror, including vacation plans or arrangements, 401(k) or other retirement plans and any severance or welfare plans (excluding benefit accruals under a defined benefit pension plan); provided, that no such credit will result in any duplication of benefits. With respect to any welfare benefit plan in which Continuing Employees participate in the plan year in which the Closing occurs, Acquiror shall cause each Continuing Employee (and any eligible

 

67


dependent) to be able to participate without regard to preexisting condition limitations, waiting periods, evidence of insurability or other exclusions and shall credit the Continuing Employees with any expenses covered by a comparable plan prior to Closing for purposes of determining deductibles, co-pays and other applicable limits.

(c) This Section 9.07 shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each of the parties to this Agreement, and nothing in this Section 9.07, express or implied, shall confer upon any other Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Company Employee or Continuing Employee) any rights (including third-party beneficiary rights) or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Section 9.07. Nothing contained herein, express or implied, shall be construed to establish, amend or modify any benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the terms set forth in this Section 9.07 shall not create any right in any employee or any other Person to any continued employment with Acquiror or any of its Affiliates for any specific period of time or compensation or benefits of any nature or kind whatsoever.

(d) Without duplication to the payments made pursuant to Section 3.03(b)(iii), each participant holding an LTIP Award that is outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing Date shall be eligible to be paid an amount set forth in individual letters to such participants in respect of the LTIP for an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,100,000, which shall be paid in accordance with the criteria set forth in this Section 9.07(d), as follows: (i) the First LTIP Payment shall be paid on the first payroll date following the Closing Date to the recipients and in such amounts set forth on the Allocation Schedule, and (ii) the Second LTIP Payment shall be paid on the first payroll date following the first anniversary of the Closing Date, subject in each case, to the participant’s continuous employment or service with Pubco or any of its Subsidiaries on each such payment date. No other amounts under the LTIP are required to be paid in connection with or following the Closing.

Section 9.08 HSR Act and Regulatory Approvals.

(a) Each of Acquiror and the Company shall use, and the Company shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to use, its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain at the earliest practical date all consents, waivers, approvals, Governmental Orders, Permits, authorizations and declarations from, make all filings with, and provide all notices to, all Governmental Authorities which are required to consummate, or in connection with, the Transactions, including the consents, waivers, approvals, Governmental Orders, Permits, authorizations, declarations, filings and notices referred to in Section 5.05 and Section 6.05. Without limiting the foregoing, Acquiror and the Company shall (i) make all filings required of each of them or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates under the HSR Act or other Regulatory Laws with respect to the Transactions as promptly as practicable and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of this Agreement in the case of all filings required under the HSR Act, (ii) comply at the earliest practicable date with any request under the HSR Act or other Regulatory Laws for additional information, documents, or other materials received by each of them or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates from the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the “Antitrust Division”) or any other Governmental Authority in respect of such filings or such transactions, and (iii) cooperate with each other in connection with any such filing (including, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, providing copies of all such documents to the non-filing parties prior to filing and considering all reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested in connection therewith) and in connection with resolving any investigation or other inquiry of any of the FTC, the Antitrust Division or other Governmental Authority under any Regulatory Laws with respect to any such filing or any such transaction. Each such party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each other party hereto all information required for any application or other filing to be made pursuant to any applicable Law in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each such party shall promptly inform the other parties hereto of any oral communication with, and provide copies of written communications with, any Governmental Authority regarding any such filings or any such transaction and permit the other party to review in advance any proposed communication by such party to any Governmental Authority. No party hereto shall independently participate in any formal meeting with any Governmental Authority in respect of any such filings, investigation, or other inquiry without giving the other parties hereto prior notice of the meeting and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, the opportunity to attend and/or

 

68


participate. Subject to applicable Law, the Parties shall consult and cooperate with one another in connection with the matters described in this Section 9.08, including in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any party hereto relating to proceedings under the HSR Act or other Regulatory Laws.

(b) Each of Acquiror and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under any Law, including the HSR Act, the Sherman Act, as amended, the Clayton Act, as amended, the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended, and any other Laws that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade in the jurisdictions, or to regulate foreign investment, in which the Company and its Subsidiaries carry on business (collectively, the “Regulatory Laws”). In connection therewith, if any Action is instituted (or threatened to be instituted) challenging any transaction contemplated by this Agreement as in violation of any Law, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts, and Acquiror shall cooperate with the Company, to contest and resist any such Action, and to have vacated, lifted, reversed, or overturned any decree, judgment, injunction or other order whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that is in effect and that prohibits, prevents, or restricts consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including by pursuing all available avenues of administrative and judicial appeal unless, by mutual agreement, Acquiror and the Company decide that litigation is not in their respective best interests. Each of Acquiror and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such action as may be required to cause the expiration of the notice periods under the HSR Act or other Regulatory Laws with respect to such transactions as promptly as possible after the execution of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Acquiror nor any of its Affiliates (which for purposes of this sentence shall include the Company) shall be required, in connection with the matters covered by this Section 9.08, (i) to pay any amounts (other than the payment of filing fees and expenses and fees of counsel), (ii) to commence or defend any litigation, (iii) to hold separate (including by trust or otherwise) or divest any of their respective businesses, product lines or assets, (iv) to agree to any limitation on the operation or conduct of their or the Company’s or any of the Subsidiaries’ respective businesses.

(c) Each of the Company and Acquiror shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of all of the conditions to their respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.09 Post-Closing Transaction Expenses. All Company Transaction Expenses and Acquiror Transaction Expenses not paid on the Closing Date shall be paid by Pubco as promptly as practicable thereafter.

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS

Section 10.01 Conditions to Obligations of All Parties. The obligations of the Parties to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Transactions are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived (if legally permitted) in writing by the Company and Acquiror:

(a) Governmental Approvals. (i) The applicable waiting period(s) under the HSR Act in respect of the Transactions (and any extension thereof, or any timing agreements, understandings or commitments obtained by request or other action of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission and/or the U.S. Department of Justice, as applicable) shall have expired or been terminated and (ii) the Parties shall have received the authorizations, consents, clearances, waivers and approvals set forth on Section 10.01(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter from the applicable Governmental Authority.

(b) No Prohibition. There shall not be in force any Governmental Order enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Transactions.

 

69


(c) Net Tangible Assets. Acquiror shall have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets (as determined in accordance with Rule 3a51-1(g)(1) of the Exchange Act) remaining after the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption.

(d) Acquiror Shareholder Approval. The Acquiror Shareholder Approval shall have been duly obtained in accordance with the Companies Act, the Articles of Association and the rules and regulations of NYSE.

(e) Registration Statement. The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the Securities Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC and not withdrawn.

(f) Available Closing Acquiror Cash. The Available Closing Acquiror Cash and freely available cash in the Company Bank Accounts shall not be less than $345,000,000.

(g) Company Stockholder Approval. The Company Stockholder Approval shall have been duly obtained in accordance with the DGCL and the Company’s Governing Documents.

Section 10.02 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Acquiror Parties. The obligations of the Acquiror Parties to consummate, or cause to be consummated, the Transactions are subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by Acquiror:

(a) Representations and Warranties.

(i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 5.01 (Corporate Organization of the Company), Section 5.03 (Due Authorization) and Section 5.23 (Brokers Fees) (collectively, the “Specified Representations”) shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein) in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date).

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 5.06(a) (Current Capitalization) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date other than de minimis inaccuracies; provided that this condition shall be deemed satisfied so long as such inaccuracy does not increase the Closing Cash Consideration or the Closing Share Consideration.

(iii) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 5.22(a) (Absence of Changes) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date.

(iv) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article V (other than the Specified Representations and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 5.06(a) (Current Capitalization) and Section 5.22(a) (Absence of Changes)), shall be true and correct (without giving any effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein) as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date), except, in either case, where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Agreements and Covenants. The covenants and agreements of the Company in this Agreement and the applicable stockholders of the Company in the Company Holders Support Agreement to be performed as of or prior to the Closing shall have been performed in all material respects or, if not complied with or performed in all material respects, such noncompliance or failure to perform shall have been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach has been delivered by Acquiror (or if earlier, the Termination Date).

 

70


(c) Officers Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to Acquiror a certificate signed by an officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such officer, the conditions specified in Section 10.02(a) and Section 10.02(b) have been fulfilled.

(d) Company Credit Facility. No default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Company Credit Agreement.

Section 10.03 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of the Company. The obligation of the Company to consummate or cause to be consummated the Transactions is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions, any one or more of which may be waived in writing by the Company:

(a) Representations and Warranties.

(i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Acquiror Parties contained in Article VI (other than the representations and warranties of the Acquiror Parties contained in Section 6.11 (Capitalization)) shall be true and correct (without giving any effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein) in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though then made (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, and in such case, shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date).

(ii) The representations and warranties of the Acquiror Parties contained in Section 6.11 (Capitalization) shall be true and correct other than de minimis inaccuracies, as of the Closing Date, as though then made.

(b) Agreements and Covenants. The covenants and agreements of the Sponsor and the Acquiror Parties in this Agreement and the Sponsor Support Agreement to be performed as of or prior to the Closing shall have been performed in all material respects or, if not complied with or performed in all material respects, such noncompliance or failure to perform shall have been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach has been delivered by the Company.

(c) Officers Certificate. Acquiror shall have delivered to the Company a certificate signed by an officer of Acquiror, dated the Closing Date, certifying that, to the knowledge and belief of such officer, the conditions specified in Section 10.03(a), Section 10.03(b) and Section 10.03(c) have been fulfilled.

Section 10.04 Frustration of Conditions. None of the Acquiror Parties or the Company may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Article X to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such Party’s failure to take such actions as may be necessary to cause the conditions of the other Party to be satisfied, as required by Section 9.01.

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION/EFFECTIVENESS

Section 11.01 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Transactions abandoned:

(a) by mutual written consent of the Company and Acquiror;

(b) prior to the Closing, by written notice to the Company from Acquiror if (i) there is any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company set forth in this Agreement, such that the conditions specified in Section 10.02(a) or Section 10.02(b) would not be satisfied at the Closing (a “Terminating Company Breach”), except that, if such Terminating Company Breach is curable by the Company, then, for a period of up to 20 days (or any shorter period of the time that remains between the date Acquiror

 

71


provides written notice of such violation or breach and the Termination Date) after receipt by the Company of notice from Acquiror of such breach, but only as long as the Company continues to use its reasonable efforts to cure such Terminating Company Breach (the “Company Cure Period”), such termination shall not be effective, and such termination shall become effective only if the Terminating Company Breach is not cured within the Company Cure Period, (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before September 12, 2021 (the “Termination Date”); (iii) the consummation of the Pubco Merger or the Mergers is permanently enjoined, prohibited or prevented by the terms of a final, non-appealable Governmental Order, (iv) if the Company does not deliver the Company Stockholder Approval duly executed by the Requisite Company Stockholders within forty-eight (48) hours after the Registration Statement is declared effective and delivered or otherwise made available to the stockholders and the Company or (v) the 2020 Audited Financial Statements (x) have not been delivered to Acquiror within 15 Business Days after the date hereof, (y) are not accompanied by an unqualified opinion from the Company’s auditor and/or (z) with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, differ in any material and adverse respect from the Unaudited Financial Statements; provided that, the right to terminate this Agreement under subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) shall not be available if an Acquiror Party’s failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the primary cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date;

(c) prior to the Closing, by written notice to Acquiror from the Company if (i) there is any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of any Acquiror Party set forth in this Agreement, such that the conditions specified in Section 10.03(a) or Section 10.03(b) would not be satisfied at the Closing (a “Terminating Acquiror Breach”), except that, if any such Terminating Acquiror Breach is curable by such Acquiror Party, then, for a period of up to 20 days (or any shorter period of the time that remains between the date the Company provides written notice of such violation or breach and the Termination Date) after receipt by Acquiror of notice from the Company of such breach, but only as long as Acquiror continues to use its reasonable efforts to cure such Terminating Acquiror Breach (the “Acquiror Cure Period”), such termination shall not be effective, and such termination shall become effective only if the Terminating Acquiror Breach is not cured within the Acquiror Cure Period, (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before the Termination Date, (iii) the consummation of the Pubco Merger or the Mergers is permanently enjoined, prohibited or prevented by the terms of a final, non-appealable Governmental Order; provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) shall not be available if the Company’s failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the primary cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date; or

(d) by written notice from either the Company or Acquiror to the other if the Special Meeting has been held, Acquiror Shareholders have duly voted, and approval of the Acquiror Shareholder Matters by the Acquiror Shareholders has not been obtained (subject to any adjournment, postponement or recess of the meeting); provided that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 11.01(d) shall not be available to Acquiror if, at the time of such termination, Acquiror is in material breach of Section 9.02(a)(v)

Section 11.02 Effect of Termination. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 11.02 or Section 12.13 (Enforcement), in the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.01, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any Party or its respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or stockholders, other than liability of any Party for any Fraud or Intentional Breach by such Party occurring prior to such termination. The provisions of Section 7.03 (No Claim Against the Trust Account), Section 9.05 (Confidentiality; Publicity), this Section 11.02 (Effect of Termination) and Article XII (Miscellaneous) (collectively, the “Surviving Provisions”) and the Confidentiality Agreement, and any other Section or Article of this Agreement referenced in the Surviving Provisions which are required to survive in order to give appropriate effect to the Surviving Provisions, shall in each case survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

72


ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Waiver. Any Party may, at any time prior to the Closing, by action taken by its board of directors or equivalent governing body, or officers thereunto duly authorized, waive in writing any of its rights or conditions in its favor under this Agreement or agree to an amendment or modification to this Agreement in the manner contemplated by Section 12.10 (Amendments) and by an agreement in writing executed in the same manner (but not necessarily by the same Persons) as this Agreement.

Section 12.02 Notices. All notices and other communications among the Parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered in person, (ii) when delivered after posting in the United States mail having been sent registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) when delivered by FedEx or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service or (iv) when e-mailed during normal business hours (and otherwise as of the immediately following Business Day), addressed as follows; provided that any notice or other communication delivered pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) shall be accompanied by an e-mail during normal business hours (and otherwise as of the immediately following Business Day):

(a) If to Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub or LLC Merger Sub, to:

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

875 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nick Robinson, Mike Palmer

E-mail: nrobinson@cerberus.com, mpalmer@cerberus.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

Attn: Neil Whoriskey, Scott Golenbock and Iliana Ongun

E-mail: nwhoriskey@milbank.com, sgolenbock@milbank.com and iongun@milbank.com

(b) If to the Company, to:

KORE Wireless Group Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Attention:  Romil Bahl (President & CEO)

        Puneet Pamnani (Executive VP and CFO)

Email: RBahl@korewireless.com

  PPamnani@korewireless.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

c/o ABRY Partners II, LLC

888 Boylston St, Suite 1600

Boston, MA 02199

Attention:  Rob MacInnis

        Tomer Yosef-Or

        Garrett Blank

Email: rmacinnis@abry.com

  tyosefor@abry.com

  gblank@abry.com

 

73


and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:  Joshua Kogan, P.C.

        Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

        Amanda C. Border

Email: joshua.kogan@kirkland.com

  jkorff@kirkland.com

  amanda.border@kirkland.com

If to Pubco, Surviving Corporation or Surviving Entity, to:

KORE Wireless Group Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Attention:  Romil Bahl (President & CEO)

        Puneet Pamnani (Executive VP and CFO)

Email: RBahl@korewireless.com

  PPamnani@korewireless.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

c/o ABRY Partners II, LLC

888 Boylston St, Suite 1600

Boston, MA 02199

Attention:  Rob MacInnis

        Tomer Yosef-Or

        Garrett Blank

Email: rmacinnis@abry.com

  tyosefor@abry.com

  gblank@abry.com

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention:  Joshua Kogan, P.C.

        Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

        Amanda C. Border

Email: joshua.kogan@kirkland.com

  jkorff@kirkland.com

  amanda.border@kirkland.com

or to such other address or addresses as the Parties may from time to time designate in writing.

Section 12.03 Assignment. No Party shall assign this Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the Company and Acquiror. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Any attempted assignment in violation of the terms of this Section 12.03 shall be null and void, ab initio.

Section 12.04 Rights of Third Parties. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the Parties, any right or remedies under or by reason

 

74


of this Agreement; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing (a) in the event the Closing occurs, the present and former officers and directors of the Company and Acquiror (and their successors, heirs and Representatives) and each of their respective Indemnitee Affiliates are intended third-party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, Section 8.01, (b) the past, present and future directors, officers, employees, incorporators, members, partners, stockholders, Affiliates, agents, attorneys, advisors and Representatives of the Parties, and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (and their successors, heirs and Representatives), are intended third-party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, Section 12.13 and Section 12.14, and (c) Counsel are intended third-party beneficiaries of, and may enforce, Section 12.17.

Section 12.05 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the transactions herein and therein contemplated whether or not such transactions shall be consummated, including all fees of its legal counsel, financial advisers and accountants; provided that if the Closing occurs, then the Acquiror shall pay or cause to be paid, the Company Transaction Expenses, Acquiror Transaction Expenses, in each case in accordance with Section 3.03(b)(iv) and Section 9.09.

Section 12.06 Governing Law. This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement and/or the Transactions, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal Laws of the State of Delaware, including its statute of limitations, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of Laws or statute of limitations of another jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 12.07 Captions; Counterparts. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 12.08 Schedules and Exhibits. The Disclosure Letters and Exhibits referenced herein are a part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. All references herein to Disclosure Letters and Exhibits shall be deemed references to such parts of this Agreement, unless the context shall otherwise require. Certain information set forth in the Disclosure Letters is included solely for informational purposes. No disclosure in the Disclosure Letters shall be construed as an admission that such information is material to, or required to be disclosed by, the Company or Acquiror, as applicable, nor shall any disclosure be construed to establish a standard of materiality or the existence or likelihood of a material adverse effect.

Section 12.09 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the Disclosure Letters and Exhibits to this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements) and that certain Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2020, by and between Kore Wireless Inc. and Acquiror (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Confidentiality Agreement”), constitute the entire agreement among the Parties relating to the Transactions and supersede any other agreements, whether written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by or among any of the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries relating to the Transactions. No representations, warranties, covenants, understandings, agreements, oral or otherwise, relating to the Transactions exist between the Parties except as expressly set forth or referenced in this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement.

Section 12.10 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed by each of Acquiror and the Company which makes reference to this Agreement.

Section 12.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. The Parties

 

75


further agree that if any provision contained herein is, to any extent, held invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Laws governing this Agreement, they shall take any actions necessary to render the remaining provisions of this Agreement valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law and, to the extent necessary, shall amend or otherwise modify this Agreement to replace any provision contained herein that is held invalid or unenforceable with a valid and enforceable provision giving effect to the intent of the Parties.

Section 12.12 Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. Any Action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the Transactions may only be brought in federal and state courts located in the State of Delaware, and each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such Action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Transactions in any other court. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any Party to serve process in any manner permitted by Law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other Party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any Action brought pursuant to this Section 12.12. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.13 Enforcement. The Parties agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the Parties do not fully and timely perform their respective obligations under the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of them hereunder to consummate this Agreement) or any other Transaction Agreement in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance, or other equitable relief, to prevent breaches of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof and thereof, without proof of damages, prior to the valid termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 11.01, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, and (ii) the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of the Transactions and without that right, none of the Parties would have entered into this Agreement. Each Party agrees that it will not oppose the granting of specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other Parties have an adequate remedy at Law. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any Party seeking an injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement in accordance with this Section 12.13 shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such injunction.

Section 12.14 Non-Recourse. Subject in all respects to the last sentence, this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the Transactions may only be brought against, the entities that are expressly named as Parties and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party. Except to the extent a Party (and then only to the extent of the specific obligations undertaken by such Party in this Agreement), (a) no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or Representative or Affiliate of any Party and (b) no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or Representative or Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall have any liability (whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or liabilities of any one or more of the Company, Acquiror, Pubco Merger Sub, Corp Merger Sub or LLC Merger Sub under this Agreement of or for any claim based on, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the Transactions, and each Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, any and all rights, claims, causes of actions and liabilities related thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 12.14 shall limit, amend or waive any rights or obligations of any party to any Transaction Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such rights or obligations.

 

76


Section 12.15 Nonsurvival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. None of the representations, warranties, covenants, obligations or other agreements in this Agreement or in any certificate, statement or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, including any rights arising out of any breach of such representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, agreements and other provisions, shall survive the Closing and each shall terminate and expire upon the occurrence of the Second Effective Time (and there shall be no liability after the Closing in respect thereof), except for (a) those covenants and agreements contained herein that by their terms expressly apply in whole or in part at or after the Closing and then only with respect to any breaches occurring at or after the Closing and (b) this Article XII. Nothing herein is intended to limit any Party’s liability for such Party’s Fraud.

Section 12.16 Acknowledgments.

(a) Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees (on its own behalf and on behalf of its respective Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives) that: (i) it has conducted its own independent investigation of the financial condition, results of operations, assets, liabilities, properties and projected operations of the other Parties (and their respective Subsidiaries) and has been afforded satisfactory access to the books and records, facilities and personnel of the other Parties (and their respective Subsidiaries) for purposes of conducting such investigation; (ii) the Company Representations constitute the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Company in connection with the Transactions; (iii) the Acquiror Party Representations constitute the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Acquiror in connection with the Transactions; (iv) except for the Company Representations by the Company and the Acquiror Party Representations by the Acquiror Parties, none of the Parties or any other Person makes, or has made, any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to any Party (or any Party’s Subsidiaries), and all other representations and warranties of any kind or nature expressed or implied (including (x) regarding the completeness or accuracy of, or any omission to state or to disclose, any information, including in the estimates, projections or forecasts or any other information, document or material provided to or made available to any Party or their respective Affiliates or Representatives in certain “data rooms,” management presentations or in any other form in expectation of the Transactions, including meetings, calls or correspondence with management of any Party (or any Party’s Subsidiaries), and (y) any relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, prospects, assets or liabilities of any Party (or its Subsidiaries), or the quality, quantity or condition of any Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets) are specifically disclaimed by all Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and all other Persons (including the Representatives and Affiliates of any Party or its Subsidiaries); and (v) each Party and its respective Affiliates are not relying on any representations and warranties in connection with the Transactions except the Company Representations by the Company and the Acquiror Party Representations by the Acquiror Parties. The foregoing does not limit any rights of any Party pursuant to any other Transaction Agreement against any other Party pursuant to such Transaction Agreement to which it is a party or an express third-party beneficiary thereof. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, Acquiror understands and agrees that any assets, properties and business of the Company and its Subsidiaries are furnished “as is”, “where is” and subject to and except for the Company Representations by the Company, with all faults and without any other representation or warranty of any nature whatsoever. Nothing in this Section 12.16(a) shall relieve any Party of liability in the case of Fraud committed by such Party.

(b) Effective upon the Closing, each of the Parties waives, on its own behalf and on behalf of its respective Affiliates and Representatives, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, any and all rights, Actions and causes of action it may have against any other Party or their respective Subsidiaries and any of their respective current or former Affiliates or Representatives relating to the operation of any Party or its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses or relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, the Disclosure Letters, or the Exhibits to this Agreement, whether arising under or based upon any federal, state, local or foreign statute, Law, ordinance, rule or regulation or otherwise. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that it will not assert, institute or maintain any Action, suit, investigation, or proceeding of any kind whatsoever, including a counterclaim, cross-claim, or defense, regardless of the legal or equitable theory under which such liability or obligation may be sought to be imposed, that makes any claim contrary to the agreements and covenants set forth in this

 

77


Section 12.16. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Section 12.16(b) shall preclude any Party from seeking any remedy for Fraud by a Party. Each Party shall have the right to enforce this Section 12.16 on behalf of any Person that would be benefitted or protected by this Section 12.16 if they were a party hereto. The foregoing agreements, acknowledgments, disclaimers and waivers are irrevocable. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 12.16 shall limit, modify, restrict or operate as a waiver with respect to, any rights any Party may have under any written agreement entered into in connection with the transactions that are contemplated by this Agreement, including any other Transaction Agreement.

Section 12.17 Provisions Respecting Representation of the Acquiror and Company.

(a) Each of the Parties hereby agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of its directors, managers, members, partners, officers, employees, stockholders and Affiliates, that Milbank LLP (“Acquiror Counsel”) may serve as counsel to Acquiror and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees (individually and collectively, the “Acquiror Group”) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the Transactions, and that, following consummation of the Transactions, Acquiror Counsel (or any of its respective successors) may serve as counsel to Acquiror Group or any director, manager, member, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or Affiliate of any member of Acquiror Group, in connection with any Action or obligation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Transactions notwithstanding such representation or any continued representations, and each of the Parties (on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates) hereby consents thereto and irrevocably waives any conflict of interest arising therefrom, and each of such parties shall cause any Affiliate thereof to consent to irrevocably waive any conflict of interest arising from such representation. The Parties agree to take the steps necessary to ensure that any privilege attaching as a result of Acquiror Counsel acting as counsel to Acquiror or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions shall survive the Closing and shall remain in effect. As to any privileged attorney-client communications between Acquiror Counsel and Acquiror or the Acquiror Group or Acquiror Counsel and any of Acquiror’s Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions prior to the Closing Date (collectively, the “Acquiror Privileged Communications”), Acquiror, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, together with any of their respective Affiliates, Subsidiaries, successors or assigns, agree that no such party may use or rely on any of the Acquiror Privileged Communications in any action against or involving any of the Acquiror Parties after the Closing. In addition, if the Pubco Merger, the Mergers and the other Transactions are consummated, all Acquiror Privileged Communications related to such transactions will become the property of (and be controlled by) the Acquiror Group, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns shall retain any copies of such records or have any access to them. In the event that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns is legally required or requested by any Governmental Authority to access or obtain a copy of all or a portion of the Acquiror Privileged Communications, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns (as applicable) shall be entitled to access or obtain a copy of and disclose the Acquiror Privileged Communications to the extent necessary to comply with any such legal requirement or request.

(b) Each of the Parties hereby agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of its directors, managers, members, partners, officers, employees, stockholders and Affiliates, that Kirkland & Ellis LLP (“Seller Counsel”) may serve as counsel to Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees (individually and collectively, the “Seller Group”) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the Transactions, and that, following consummation of the Transactions, Seller Counsel (or any of its respective successors) may serve as counsel to Seller Group or any director, manager, member, partner, stockholder, officer, employee, successor or Affiliate of any member of Seller Group, in connection with any Action or obligation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Transactions notwithstanding such representation or any continued representations, and each of the Parties (on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates) hereby consents thereto and irrevocably waives any conflict of interest arising therefrom, and each of such parties shall cause any Affiliate thereof to consent to irrevocably waive any conflict of interest arising from such representation. The Parties agree to take the steps necessary to ensure that any privilege attaching as a result of Seller Counsel acting as counsel to the Company or

 

78


any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions shall survive the Closing and shall remain in effect. As to any privileged attorney-client communications between Counsel and the Company or the Seller Group or Counsel and any of the Company’s Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions prior to the Closing Date (collectively, the “Seller Privileged Communications”), Acquiror, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, together with any of their respective Affiliates, Subsidiaries, successors or assigns, agree that no such party may use or rely on any of the Seller Privileged Communications in any action against or involving any of the Parties after the Closing. In addition, if the Pubco Merger, the Mergers and the other Transactions are consummated, all Seller Privileged Communications related to such transactions will become the property of (and be controlled by) the Seller Group, and no Acquiror Party, the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, Subsidiaries, successors or assigns shall retain any copies of such records or have any access to them. In the event that any Acquiror Party is legally required or requested by any Governmental Authority to access or obtain a copy of all or a portion of the Seller Privileged Communications, such Acquiror Party shall be entitled to access or obtain a copy of and disclose the Seller Privileged Communications to the extent necessary to comply with any such legal requirement or request.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

79


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be duly executed as of the date hereof.

 

CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING PUBCO, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING CORP MERGER SUB, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING LLC MERGER SUB, LLC
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Merger Agreement]

 

80


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be duly executed as of the date hereof.

 

MAPLE HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Secretary

[Signature Page to Merger Agreement]

 

81

Exhibit 2.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of July 27, 2021 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (“Acquiror”), a Cayman Islands exempted company, King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”), a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”), a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, and Maple Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation. Acquiror, Pubco, Corp Merger Sub, LLC Merger Sub and the Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 12, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to extend the Termination Date; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12.10 of the Agreement, the Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed by each of Acquiror and the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals (which are incorporated as an integral part hereof), the mutual agreements of the Parties, and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged), the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1.    Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2.    Amendment of Termination Date. Section 11.01(b)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“ (ii) the Closing has not occurred on or before October 12, 2021 (the “Termination Date”),”

3.    Effective Date of this Amendment. This Amendment shall be effective when signed by the Parties.

4.    No Further Changes. This Amendment shall only serve to amend and modify the Agreement to the extent specifically provided herein. All terms, conditions, provisions and references of and to the Agreement which are not specifically modified and/or amended herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be altered by any provisions herein contained.

5.    References. On and after the effective date of this Amendment, each reference in the Agreement to “the Agreement,” “this Agreement,” “hereunder” and “hereof” or words of like import shall refer to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment; provided that references to “the date of this Agreement,” “the date hereof,” and other similar references in the Agreement shall continue to refer to the date of the Agreement and not to the date of this Amendment.

 

A-1-1


6.    Counterparts. This Amendment, and any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification hereto or waiver hereunder (i) may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by means of facsimile transmission or e-mail in .pdf format), each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Amendment and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement and (ii) to the extent signed and delivered by means of a scanned pages via e-mail, shall be treated in all manner and respect as an original contract and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

COMPANY:
MAPLE HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Secretary

 

ACQUIROR:
CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

KING PUBCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

KING CORP MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

KING LLC MERGER SUB, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 

A-1-3


Annex A-2

Acknowledgement and Waiver

July 27, 2021

Reference is hereby made to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Agreement”), by and between Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (“Acquiror”), a Cayman Islands exempted company, King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”) a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor, and King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”), a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (collectively, the “Acquiror Parties”), and Maple Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. The Company and the Acquiror Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

  1.

Pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Agreement, the Acquiror Parties and the Company hereby waive the condition in Section 10.01(a)(ii) of the Agreement with respect to the governmental approval of the Australia Foreign Investment Act as set forth on Section 10.01(a)(2) of the Company Disclosure Letter.

 

  2.

KORE Wireless Group Inc. (“KORE”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, intends to enter into a backstop financing agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “Backstop Agreement”), with Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP (the “Purchaser”), an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC (“Fortress”), pursuant to which the Purchaser will make available certain financing to KORE, if necessary, to satisfy any shortfall in the minimum cash condition set forth in the Agreement. In exchange, KORE will, pursuant to an indenture in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A to the Backstop Agreement (the “Indenture”), issue senior unsecured convertible notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to any amount drawn by KORE under the Backstop Agreement, which notes are exchangeable into shares of common stock of Pubco.

Acquiror hereby consents to KORE’s entrance into the Backstop Agreement. Solely in connection with KORE’s entrance into the Backstop Agreement, (a) Acquiror hereby waives the covenants in Section 7.01 of the Agreement, including under Section 7.01(u) of the Agreement which, during the Interim Period, among other things, prohibits the Company and its Subsidiaries from entering into any agreement, or otherwise becoming obligated, to take any action prohibited under Section 7.01 of the Agreement, which includes the issuance of any debt securities, the incurrence of Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000, or the assumption or guarantee of the obligations of any Person for Indebtedness (subject to the exceptions set forth therein) and (b) upon KORE’s delivery of the Backstop Notice (as defined in the Backstop Agreement) to the Purchaser, the Company shall be deemed to waive, solely in connection with the transactions to be consummated by Pubco pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Agreement and the Indenture, the covenant in Section 8.02(a)(x) of the Agreement which, during the Interim Period, prohibits the Acquiror and each Acquiror Party from entering into any agreement, or otherwise becoming obligated, to take any action prohibited under Section 8.02 of the Agreement, which includes the issuance of any capital stock of any Acquiror Party or any securities convertible into any capital stock or equity interests of an Acquiror Party. In addition, by delivering Pubco’s signature page to the Indenture in escrow on or before the date KORE delivers the Backstop Notice, which Pubco shall do in its sole discretion, the Acquiror shall be deemed to have waived Section 7.01 and Section 7.01(o) of the Agreement, solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Backstop Agreement and the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the waiver given by (i) the Acquiror in subsection (a) of this paragraph is limited solely to the execution by KORE of the Backstop Agreement, and not with respect to the incurrence of any debt under the Backstop Agreement or to the

 

A-2-4


issuance of any notes under the Indenture, both of which shall remain prohibited under the Agreement unless and until Pubco delivers its signature page to the Indenture in escrow in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Backstop Agreement and Indenture and (ii) the Company in subsection (b) of this paragraph is limited solely to the actions required to be taken by Pubco pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Agreement and the Indenture, both of which shall remain prohibited under the Agreement unless and until KORE delivers the Backstop Notice to the Purchaser.

Each of the Acquiror Parties and the Company acknowledge that the Parties will rely upon this Acknowledgment and Waiver in proceeding with the Closing. Except as expressly contemplated hereby, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

The applicable provisions of Section 1.02 (Construction) and Article XII (MISCELLANEOUS) of the Agreement are incorporated herein by reference into this Acknowledgment and Waiver and shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Acknowledgment and Waiver.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

A-2-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Acknowledgement and Waiver as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
MAPLE HOLDINGS INC.
By:   /s/ Romil Bahl
Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Secretary
ACQUIROR:
CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING PUBCO, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING CORP MERGER SUB, INC.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING LLC MERGER SUB, LLC
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-6

Exhibit 2.3

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of September 21, 2021 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and between Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (“Acquiror”), a Cayman Islands exempted company, and Maple Holdings Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation. Acquiror and the Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties, King Pubco, Inc. (“Pubco”), a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor, and King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 (such prior amendment, the “First Amendment”) (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in order to increase the liquidity of Pubco post-Closing and in consideration of the Electing Holders (as defined below) agreeing to irrevocably waive a portion of the Closing Cash Consideration equal to the Elected Rollover Amount (as further described below) that such Electing Holders would have otherwise been entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3.02(a) of the Merger Agreement (prior to giving effect to the terms of this Amendment) in respect of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock (as applicable) held by such Electing Holders, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to amend and restate or otherwise modify certain terms and provisions set forth in the Agreement to increase the amount of the Closing Share Consideration thereunder and decrease the amount of Closing Cash Consideration thereunder (the “Transactions”), which increase and decrease shall be allocable solely to the Electing Holders;

WHEREAS, in connection with effectuating the Transactions, certain Pre-Closing Holders (each, an “Electing Holder”) have irrevocably agreed by entry into certain Election Notices dated on or about the date hereof (each, an “Election Notice”) to receive, in lieu of receiving $40,000,000 of Closing Cash Consideration (in the aggregate) that such Electing Holders would have otherwise been entitled to receive pursuant to Section 3.02(a) of the Agreement (prior to giving effect to the terms of this Amendment) in respect of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock (as applicable) held by such Electing Holders, 4,600,000 additional shares of Pubco Common Stock (in the aggregate), with 4,000,000 of such shares of Pubco Common Stock to be issued directly by Pubco at $10.00 per share (the “$10.00 Issuance”) and 600,000 of such shares of Pubco Common Stock to be issued directly by Pubco in respect of the Sponsor Contributed Shares (as defined below) (the “CTAC Transfer”);

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time, 600,000 Acquiror Class B Shares (the “Sponsor Contributed Shares”) are to be contributed by Sponsor to Acquiror and subsequently cancelled, retired and extinguished and which shall cease to exist, without any conversion thereof or consideration or payment therefor, as of the Pubco Merger Effective Time and as described in this Amendment;


WHEREAS, each of (a) the portion of the Closing Cash Consideration that each Electing Holder has elected to waive (prior to giving effect to the terms of this Amendment) by entry into an Election Notice as set forth on such Electing Holder’s Election Notice under “Elected Rollover Amount” and (b) the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that each Electing Holder will be entitled to receive in consideration of the waiver set forth in his, her or its Election Notice is set forth on such Electing Holder’s Election Notice;

WHEREAS, the Agreement, as modified by this Amendment, is hereby adopted as a “plan of reorganization” for the purposes of Section 368 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-2(g), with respect to the “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code that is constituted by the First Merger and the Second Merger; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12.10 of the Agreement, the Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part, only by a duly authorized agreement in writing executed by each of Acquiror and the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals (which are incorporated as an integral part hereof), the mutual agreements of the Parties and the Electing Holders, and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged), the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. Amendment of Definition of Closing Share Consideration. The definition of “Closing Share Consideration” contained in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

‘“Closing Share Consideration” means the number of shares (rounded to the nearest whole share) of Pubco Common Stock determined by dividing (a) an equity value of $392,000,000, by (b) $10.00.”’

3. Amendment of Definition of Closing Cash Consideration. The definition of “Closing Cash Consideration” contained in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

‘“Closing Cash Consideration” means the aggregate amount of cash payable in respect of (i) the Company A and B Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Governing Documents, less $40,000,000, (ii) the Option Cash Consideration pursuant to Section 3.06, and (iii) the First LTIP Payment, in each case, as set forth on the Company Closing Statement.”’


4. Sponsor Contribution Prior to Pubco Merger. Section 2.03(e) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Cancellation of Acquiror Shares Owned by Acquiror. If there are any shares of Acquiror that are owned by Acquiror or any Subsidiary of Acquiror, or that are held as treasury shares, in each case as of the Pubco Merger Effective Time, such shares shall automatically be canceled, retired and extinguished and shall cease to exist, without any conversion thereof or consideration or payment therefor. Immediately prior to the Pubco Merger Effective Time (and, for the avoidance of doubt, prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by Section 2.03(b)), Sponsor shall contribute 600,000 Acquiror Class A Shares to Acquiror, which shares, as of the Pubco Merger Effective Time, shall be cancelled, retired and extinguished and shall cease to exist, without any conversion thereof or consideration or payment therefor.”

5. Amendment to Section 3.02(a)(iii). Section 3.02(a)(iii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Each share of Company A and B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Shares) will be cancelled and automatically deemed for all purposes to represent the right to receive the applicable portion of the Closing Cash Consideration and Closing Share Consideration set forth on the Allocation Schedule, without interest and otherwise in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is specifically contemplated that certain shares of Company A and B Preferred Stock owned by an Electing Holder shall be exchanged solely for a portion of the Closing Cash Consideration and certain shares of Company A and B Preferred Stock owned by an Electing Holder shall be exchanged solely for a portion of the Closing Share Consideration, in each case as and to the extent specified on the applicable Election Notice.”

6. Amendment to Section 3.02(d). Section 3.02(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration is being allocated among the Pre-Closing Holders, the holders of Company Options and the recipients of the First LTIP Payment pursuant to the Allocation Schedule to be delivered to Acquiror in connection with the Company Closing Statement pursuant to Section 4.02(b) and such allocation (x) in respect of (A) the Company Stock and Company Warrants will be made in accordance with the Governing Documents of the Company (and, in the case of the payment of the Closing Share Consideration to be paid in respect of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, the Company Common Stock, and the Company Warrants, in accordance with such Governing Documents, after giving effect to the cancellation of the Company A and B Preferred Stock in exchange for the right of the holders thereof to receive the payment of the applicable portion of the Closing Cash Consideration and the Closing Share Consideration set forth on the Allocation Schedule (as such Allocation Schedule has been adjusted to account for the portion of the Closing Cash Consideration and the Closing Share Consideration to be received by the Electing Holders pursuant to their respective Election Notices), as though the Closing Share Consideration (after deducting any portion of the Closing Share Consideration allocable to the Electing Holders) less the Option Share Consideration were distributed in a liquidation of the Company) and applicable Law, (B) the Company Options will be made in accordance with the Option Cancellation Agreements, and (C) the First LTIP Payment will be made in accordance with the Allocation Schedule, and (y) will set forth (A) the number and class of Equity Securities owned by each Pre-Closing Holder, and (B) the portion of the Closing Cash Consideration and/or the Closing Share Consideration, as applicable, allocated and payable to each Pre-Closing Holder, holder of Company Options and recipients of the First LTIP Payment, (ii) subject to the immediately following sentence, notwithstanding anything


in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the consideration payable by Acquiror under this Agreement in connection with the Transactions in respect of all outstanding shares of Company Stock, Company Warrants, Company Options and the First LTIP Payment exceed (A) an amount in cash equal to the Closing Cash Consideration and (B) a number of shares of Pubco Common Stock equal to the Closing Share Consideration (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the Option Share Consideration) (the “Maximum Consideration”) and (iii) to the extent the Allocation Schedule provided by the Company provides for aggregate consideration in excess of the Maximum Consideration, the Parties shall work together in good faith to correct such errors prior to the Closing. In no event shall the immediately preceding sentence in any way be construed to limit or otherwise modify the Second LTIP Payment or the grant of the Future Vesting Awards (as defined in the Company Disclosure Letter). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon delivery, payment and issuance of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration in accordance with Section 3.03(a) and Section 3.03(b) and completion of the transactions contemplated with respect to Company Options in Section 3.06, Acquiror and its respective Affiliates shall be deemed to have irrevocably satisfied all obligations outstanding as of the Closing Date with respect to the payment of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration, and none of them shall have (i) any further obligations to any Pre-Closing Holder, holder of Company Options or recipients of the First LTIP Payment with respect to the payment of any consideration under this Agreement (including with respect to the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration), or (ii) any liability with respect to the allocation of the consideration under this Agreement, and the Company hereby irrevocably discharges, waives and releases Acquiror and its Affiliates (including, on and after the Closing, the Surviving Entity and its Affiliates) from all claims arising from or related to the allocation of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration among each Pre-Closing Holder, holder of a Company Option and recipients of the First LTIP Payment, in each case, as set forth in the Allocation Schedule.”

7. Company Closing Statement and Allocation Schedule. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement or otherwise (except as set forth in Section 6 of this Amendment), each reference to Company Closing Statement and/or Allocation Schedule, as and when used as of and/or following the date of this Amendment, shall, where applicable, be deemed to be modified by each of the elections set forth in each of the Election Notices. Each of the Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement or otherwise, the Company Closing Statement and Allocation Schedule, as deemed modified by this Section 7, shall be deemed to comply in all respects with the requirements set forth in the Agreement.

8. Maximum Consideration. Notwithstanding Sections 3.02(d) and 4.02(c) of the Agreement to the contrary, the Maximum Consideration may exceed the aggregate amount of the Total Pre-Closing Holder Consideration set forth in the Summary Allocation Schedule to the extent necessary to give effect to the terms of this Amendment and the First Amendment (including by increasing the preferred values set forth in the Summary Allocation Schedule in order to give effect to a Termination Date of October 12, 2021).

9. Governing Document. Acquiror understands that the Company anticipates amending its certificate of incorporation as currently in effect as of the date hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and hereby provides its consent, as required pursuant to Section 7.01(a) of the Merger Agreement, for the Company to amend such Governing Document.


10. Acknowledgement. Each of the Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time that is not a party to an Election Notice was given the opportunity to receive shares of Pubco Common Stock pursuant to the $10 Issuance and the CTAC Transfer in lieu of receiving a portion of the Closing Cash Consideration that such holder is entitled to receive (prior to giving effect to this Amendment) pursuant to Section 3.02(a) of the Agreement in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock (as applicable) held by such holder, and each such holder (other than the Electing Holders, to the extent set forth in their respective Election Notices) declined such option and instead elected to receive such Closing Cash Consideration, and (b) each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, on the one hand, and each share of Series B Preferred Stock, on the other hand, was offered the same rights and benefits as, and ranked pari passu to, the other shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock (in the case of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock), and the other shares of Series B Preferred Stock (in the case of shares of Series B Preferred Stock), including as set forth in the applicable preferred stock subscription agreements entered into by such holders, the Company and the other parties thereto (as amended), in connection with the opportunity to receive Pubco Common Stock pursuant to the $10.00 Issuance and the CTAC Transfer.

11. Effective Date of this Amendment. This Amendment shall be effective when signed by the Parties and approved by the requisite stockholders of the Company and, to the extent required by Delaware law, the requisite stockholders of King Corp Merger Sub, Inc.

12. No Further Changes. This Amendment shall only serve to amend and modify the Agreement to the extent specifically provided herein. All terms, conditions, provisions and references of and to the Agreement which are not specifically modified and/or amended herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be altered by any provisions herein contained.

13. References. On and after the effective date of this Amendment, each reference in the Agreement to “the Agreement,” “this Agreement,” “hereunder” and “hereof” or words of like import shall refer to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment; provided that references to “the date of this Agreement,” “the date hereof,” and other similar references in the Agreement shall continue to refer to the date of the Agreement and not to the date of this Amendment.

14. Counterparts. This Amendment, and any amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification hereto or waiver hereunder (i) may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by means of facsimile transmission or e-mail in .pdf format), each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Amendment and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement and (ii) to the extent signed and delivered by means of a scanned pages via e-mail, shall be treated in all manner and respect as an original contract and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

COMPANY:
MAPLE HOLDINGS INC.
By:   /s/ Romil Bahl
Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

ACQUIROR:
CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:   /s/ Michael Palmer
Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KING PUBCO, INC.

King Pubco, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  1.

The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 5, 2021 (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”). The name under which the Original Certificate of Incorporation was filed is “King Pubco, Inc.”

 

  2.

An amendment to the Original Certificate of Incorporation which amended the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”), and such amendment to the Original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 28, 2021 (the “First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation”). The name under which the First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was filed is “King Pubco, Inc.”

 

  3.

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “A&R Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 DGCL.

 

  4.

This A&R Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

  5.

The Original Certificate of Incorporation, as previously amended by the First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, is being amended and restated in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and as further amended on September 21, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC and Maple Holdings, Inc.

 

  6.

This A&R Certificate of Incorporation hereby amends and restates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, as previously amended by the First Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is KORE Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

1


ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented.

ARTICLE IV

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 350,000,000. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 315,000,000, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 35,000,000, having a par value of $0.0001 per share.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

The designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation are as follows:

 

  A.

COMMON STOCK.

1. General. The voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights and powers of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock as may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and outstanding from time to time.

2. Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or expressly required by law, each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to vote on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders and shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter, including the election or removal of directors. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation (as defined below)) that relates solely to the rights, powers, preferences (or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

2


Subject to the rights of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is expressly required pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation).

3. Dividends and Distributions. Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock,, dividends and distributions may be declared and paid ratably on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are legally available for this purpose at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.

4. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any shares of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the distribution of assets of the Corporation upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

5. Transfer Rights. Subject to applicable law and the transfer restrictions set forth in Article VII of the bylaws of the Corporation (as such Bylaws may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), shares of Common Stock and the rights and obligations associated therewith shall be fully transferable to any transferee.

 

  B.

PREFERRED STOCK

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designation relating thereto in accordance with the DGCL (a “Certificate of Designation”), to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law and this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation). Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation).

 

3


The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation it is further provided that:

A. The directors of the Corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board. The initial Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the filing and effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”); the initial Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time; and the initial Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting following the Effective Time. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation. Effective as of the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Time, the Board will no longer be classified under Section 141(d) of the DGCL and the directors shall no longer be divided into three classes.

B. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Bylaws. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

4


D. Except as otherwise provided by law, subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, and subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, dated September 30, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Sponsor”), the ABRY Entities (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (other than any directors elected by the separate vote of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock), and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Investor Rights Agreements, any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class to which such director shall have been appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal. There shall be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on the Board of Directors.

E. Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI, the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to paragraph B of this Article VI, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Designation(s) in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such Certificate of Designation(s), the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

F. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Investor Rights Agreement. The stockholders of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock) or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the adoption, amendment or repeal of

 

5


the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors; provided, further, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors that would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.

G. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

ARTICLE VII

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

A. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and shall not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable Certificate of Designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant series of Preferred Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

B. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called for any purpose or purposes, at any time only by or at the direction of the majority of the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or President, in each case, in accordance with the Bylaws, and shall not be called by any other person or persons. Any such special meeting so called may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board of Directors or other person calling the meeting.

C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes identified in the notice of meeting.

ARTICLE VIII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article

 

6


VII, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

ARTICLE IX

BUSINESS COMBINATION

The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination, at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

A. Prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, or

B. Upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

C. At or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation that is not owned by the interested stockholder, or

D. The stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceased to be an interested stockholder and (ii) was not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership.

E. For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period

 

7


immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder or (iii) the affiliates and associates of any such person described in clauses (i) and (ii); provided, however, that “interested stockholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of (x) further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person or (y) an acquisition of a de minimis number of such additional shares. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (ii) “business combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means (a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the interested stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation, Article IX is not applicable to the surviving entity, (b) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority- owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation; (c) any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subsection (c) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments), (d) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary that is owned

 

8


by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder, and (e) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a)-(d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority- owned subsidiary.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

A. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and ERISA excise taxes), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

B. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, indemnify and hold harmless any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes, damages, claims and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any Proceeding as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

9


C. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article X. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

D. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in this Article X shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

E. Any repeal or modification of this Article X by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

F. Notwithstanding that a Covered Person may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth herein, the Corporation: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Covered Persons are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Covered Persons are secondary); and (ii) shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Covered Persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all liabilities, without regard to any rights Covered Persons may have against any of the Other Indemnitors. No advancement or payment by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of Covered Persons with respect to any claim for which Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Covered Persons against the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of the Corporation under this Article X shall only apply to Covered Persons in their capacity as Covered Persons.

 

10


ARTICLE XI

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A. In recognition and anticipation that (a) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of the Sponsor and the ABRY Entities (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) and their respective Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (b) the Sponsor, the ABRY Entities and their respective Affiliates, including (i) any portfolio company in which any of them or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates or managed accounts have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (ii) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (c) members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates, including (i) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates or managed accounts have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (ii) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article XI are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of Sponsor, the ABRY Entities, Non-Employee Director or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

B. None (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the ABRY Entities or (iii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (other than the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or their respective officers or employees) (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any fiduciary duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (A) engaging in and possessing interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries now engages or proposes to engage or (B) competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person (other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section C of Article XI. Subject to Section C of Article XI, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate or other business opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or any of its or his or her Affiliates, and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such transaction or matter to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, as the case may be and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to

 

11


any subsidiary of the Corporation for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder or director of the Corporation by reason of the fact that such Identified Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, herself or himself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (or its Affiliates).

C. The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section (B) of this Article XII shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

D. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (a) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (b) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (c) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

E. For purposes of this Article XI, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of the Sponsor, (x) any entity that is owned or controlled by (1) Stephen A. Feinberg and/or Cerberus Executive, LLC or (2) the funds or accounts managed, directly or indirectly, by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“CCM”) or Stephen A. Feinberg, (y) any funds or accounts managed, directly or indirectly, by CCM or Stephen A. Feinberg (the “Cerberus Funds”), and (z) any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Sponsor, CCM, or the Cerberus Funds, controls the Sponsor, CCM, or the Cerberus Funds, or is under common control with the Sponsor, CCM, or the Cerberus Funds and shall include any principal, member, director, partners, stockholders, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of the ABRY Entities, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the ABRY Entities, controls the ABRY Entities or is under common control with the ABRY Entities and shall include any principal, member, director, partners, stockholders, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (c) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (d) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

F. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI

 

12


ARTICLE XII

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

A. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court declines or does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or, in the event that the federal district court for the District of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, other state courts of the State of Delaware) and any appellate court thereof shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation (as either may be amended from time to time), (iv) any action, suit or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (v) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or stockholder governed by the internal affairs doctrine. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article XII(A) shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

C. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this Article XII.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

A. The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change, add or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force that may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws to the contrary, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, prior to the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Time, the following provisions in this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: Article V(B) (Preferred Stock), Article VI (Board of Directors), Article VII (Meeting of Stockholders; Action by Written Consent), Article VII (Limitation of Director Liability), Article IX (Business Combination), Article X (Indemnification), Article XI (Competition and Corporate Opportunities), Article XII (Forum Selection), and this Article XIII (Miscellaneous).

 

13


B. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer as this 30th day of September, 2021.

 

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Kore Group Holdings, Inc.]

Exhibit 3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Article I - Corporate Offices

     1  

Section 1.1

  Registered Office      1  

Section 1.2

  Other Offices      1  

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

     1  

Section 2.1

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.2

  Annual Meeting      1  

Section 2.3

  Special Meeting      1  

Section 2.4

  Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting      2  

Section 2.5

  Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board of Directors      5  

Section 2.6

  Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors      7  

Section 2.7

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      8  

Section 2.8

  Quorum      9  

Section 2.9

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      9  

Section 2.10

  Conduct of Business      9  

Section 2.11

  Voting      10  

Section 2.12

  Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes      10  

Section 2.13

  Proxies      11  

Section 2.14

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      11  

Section 2.15

  Inspectors of Election      12  

Section 2.16

  Delivery to the Corporation      12  

Article III - Directors

     12  

Section 3.1

  Powers      12  

Section 3.2

  Number of Directors      13  

Section 3.3

  Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      13  

Section 3.4

  Resignation and Vacancies      13  

Section 3.5

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      13  

Section 3.6

  Regular Meetings      13  

Section 3.7

  Special Meetings; Notice      14  

Section 3.8

  Quorum      14  

Section 3.9

  Board Action without a Meeting      14  

Section 3.10

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      15  

Article IV - Committees

     15  

Section 4.1

  Committees of Directors      15  

Section 4.2

  Meetings and Actions of Committees      15  

Section 4.3

  Subcommittees      16  

Article V - Officers

     16  

Section 5.1

  Officers      16  

Section 5.2

  Appointment of Officers      16  

Section 5.3

  Subordinate Officers      16  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 5.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      16  

Section 5.5

  Vacancies in Offices      16  

Section 5.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      16  

Section 5.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      17  

Section 5.8

  Compensation      17  

Article VI - Records

     17  

Article VII - General Matters

     17  

Section 7.1

  Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments      17  

Section 7.2

  Stock Certificates      18  

Section 7.3

  Special Designation of Certificates      18  

Section 7.4

  Lost Certificates      18  

Section 7.5

  Shares Without Certificates      19  

Section 7.6

  Construction; Definitions      19  

Section 7.7

  Dividends      19  

Section 7.8

  Fiscal Year      19  

Section 7.9

  Seal      19  

Section 7.10

  Transfer of Stock      19  

Section 7.11

  Stock Transfer Agreements      19  

Section 7.12

  Registered Stockholders      20  

Section 7.13

  Waiver of Notice      20  

Article VIII - Notice

     20  

Section 8.1

  Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission      20  

Article IX - Indemnification

     21  

Section 9.1

  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation      21  

Section 9.2

  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation      21  

Section 9.3

  Authorization of Indemnification      22  

Section 9.4

  Good Faith Defined      22  

Section 9.5

  Indemnification by a Court      22  

Section 9.6

  Expenses Payable in Advance      23  

Section 9.7

  Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      23  

Section 9.8

  Insurance      23  

Section 9.9

  Certain Definitions      23  

Section 9.10

  Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      24  

Section 9.11

  Limitation on Indemnification      24  

Section 9.12

  Indemnification of Employees and Agents      24  

Section 9.13

  Primacy of Indemnification      24  

Section 9.14

  Amendments      25  

Article X - Amendments

     25  

Article XI - Definitions

     25  

 

ii


Amended and Restated Bylaws

of

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Article I - Corporate Offices

Section 1.1 Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of KORE Group Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2 Other Offices.

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware, designated from time to time by the Board and stated in the notice of the meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

Section 2.2 Annual Meeting.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws may be transacted. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.3 Special Meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called, postponed, rescheduled or cancelled only by such persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting.


Section 2.4 Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting.

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the Chairperson of the Board or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (1) (A) was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects or (2) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”). The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.4, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

(ii) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (1) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (2) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

2


(b) As to each Proposing Person, (1) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (2) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (3) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (4) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (5) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (6) a representation that such Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (7) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

3


(c) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (2) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (3) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder(s) or persons(s) who have a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation or any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (4) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this paragraph (c) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, and (iii) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation.

(iv) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

(v) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The Board or chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, if the Proposing Person (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Person) does not appear at the annual meeting to present the proposed business, such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such matter may have been received by the Corporation.

 

4


(vi) This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(vii) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or by such other means as is reasonably designed to inform the public or securityholders of the Corporation in general of such information including, without limitation, posting on the Corporation’s investor relations website.

Section 2.5 Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board of Directors.

(i) Subject in all respects to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (x) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, (y) as provided in the Investor Rights Agreement or (z) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 as to such notice and nomination. For purposes of this Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such stockholder, appear at such meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Except as may be otherwise provided by the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock with respect to the rights of holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the foregoing clause (y) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(ii) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

 

5


(iii) Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling a special meeting in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (b) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the 90th day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of the date of such special meeting was first made.

(iv) In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(v) In no event may a Nominating Person provide Timely Notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than are subject to election by shareholders at the applicable meeting. If the Corporation shall, subsequent to such notice, increase the number of directors subject to election at the meeting, such notice as to any additional nominees shall be due on the later of (a) the conclusion of the time period for Timely Notice, (b) the date set forth in Section 2.5(ii)(b), or (c) the tenth day following the date of public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of such increase.

(vi) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(a) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a));

(b) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(b) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting); and

(c) As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (1) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (2) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (3) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her

 

6


respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (1) through (3) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (4) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.6(i).

(vii) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, and (c) any other participant in such solicitation.

(viii) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination.

(ix) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

Section 2.6 Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors.

(i) To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such candidate given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee, and such additional information with respect to such proposed nominee as would be required to be provided by the Corporation pursuant to Schedule 14A if such proposed nominee were a participant in the solicitation of proxies by the Corporation in connection with such annual or special meeting and (b) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (1) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or

 

7


assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director that has not been disclosed therein or to the Corporation, (3) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect), (4) if elected as director of the Corporation, intends to serve the entire term until the next meeting at which such candidate would face re-election and (5) consents to being named as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-4(d) under the Exchange Act and any associated proxy card of the Corporation and agrees to serve if elected as a director.

(ii) The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

(iii) No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, as applicable. The Board or chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 2.5, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Corporation.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless validly nominated and elected in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6.

Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholders Meetings.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). If such notice is for a stockholders meeting other than an annual meeting, it shall in addition state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the

 

8


business transacted at such meeting shall be limited to the matters so stated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto). Any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be postponed, and any meeting of stockholders as to which notice has been given may be cancelled, by the Board upon public announcement given before the date previously scheduled for such meeting.

Section 2.8 Quorum.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the person presiding over the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to recess the meeting or adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At any recessed or adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

Section 2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.10 Conduct of Business.

The chairperson of each annual and special meeting shall be the Chairperson of the Board or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Chief Executive Officer or if the Chief Executive Officer is not a director, the President (if he or she shall be a director) or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the President or if the President is not a director, such other person as shall be appointed by the Board. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairperson of the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with these Bylaws or such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairperson of the meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn

 

9


the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the chairperson of the meeting, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The secretary of each annual and special meeting of stockholders shall be the Secretary or, in the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary so appointed to act by the chairperson of the meeting. In the absence (or inability or refusal to act) of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.11 Voting.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the DGCL, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors pursuant to the terms of one or more series of Preferred Stock and the Investor Rights Agreement, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

Section 2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

10


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 2.13 Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. Proxies need not be filed with the Secretary until the meeting is called to order, but shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, either of the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority.

Section 2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

11


Section 2.15 Inspectors of Election.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation may and shall if required by law, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the person presiding over the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

(ii) count all votes or ballots;

(iii) count and tabulate all votes;

(iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

(v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.

Section 2.16 Delivery to the Corporation.

Whenever this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.

Article III - Directors

Section 3.1 Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

12


Section 3.2 Number of Directors.

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Investor Rights Agreement or any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

Section 3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

Section 3.4 Resignation and Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall (subject to the Investor Rights Agreement) have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in Section 3.3.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Investor Rights Agreement or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.6 Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and at such time and at such place as which has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

 

13


Section 3.7 Special Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

(iv) sent by other means of electronic transmission,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting, provided that in the case of notices delivered pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii), a copy of such notice is also sent by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

Section 3.8 Quorum.

At all meetings of the Board, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 3.9 Board Action without a Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, unanimously consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Such action by written consent or consent by electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board.

 

14


Section 3.10 Fees and Compensation of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Article IV - Committees

Section 4.1 Committees of Directors.

Subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist, of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section 4.2 Meetings and Actions of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.9 (board action without a meeting); and

(v) Section 7.13 (waiver of notice),

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

(iii) the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.2, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

 

15


Section 4.3 Subcommittees.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the resolutions of the Board designating the committee or the charter of such committee adopted by the Board, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

Article V - Officers

Section 5.1 Officers.

The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder or director of the Corporation.

Section 5.2 Appointment of Officers.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

Section 5.3 Subordinate Officers.

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

Section 5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

Section 5.5 Vacancies in Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled as provided in Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, as applicable.

Section 5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.

 

16


The Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or voting securities of any other corporation or other person standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

Section 5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

Section 5.8 Compensation.

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such shall be fixed from time to time by or at the direction of the Board. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

Article VI - Records

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Delaware.    

Article VII - General Matters

Section 7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

17


Section 7.2 Stock Certificates.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board by resolution may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall (in each case) be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

Section 7.3 Special Designation of Certificates.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or on the back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of uncertificated shares, set forth in a notice provided pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face of back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of any uncertificated shares, included in the aforementioned notice) a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 7.4 Lost Certificates.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in addition to any other requirements as may be imposed by the Corporation, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

18


Section 7.5 Shares Without Certificates.

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

Section 7.6 Construction; Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

Section 7.7 Dividends.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

Section 7.8 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

Section 7.9 Seal.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 7.10 Transfer of Stock.

Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

Section 7.11 Stock Transfer Agreements.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

19


Section 7.12 Registered Stockholders.

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.13 Waiver of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

Article VIII - Notice

Section 8.1 Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall be given (i) if mailed, when the notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (ii) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address or (iii) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the Corporation may give a notice by electronic mail in accordance with the first paragraph of this section without obtaining the consent required by this paragraph.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

20


(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (a) such posting and (b) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by such electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice, provided, however, the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Article IX - Indemnification

Section 9.1 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.

Subject to Section 9.3, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 9.2 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

Subject to Section 9.3, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer

 

21


of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 9.3 Authorization of Indemnification.

Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 9.4 Good Faith Defined.

For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2, as the case may be.

Section 9.5 Indemnification by a Court.

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 9.1 or 9.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or

 

22


officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Article IX shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 9.6 Expenses Payable in Advance.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IX. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 9.7 Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 9.1 or 9.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise and the rights of directors, officers and other persons to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any Bylaw or any separate indemnification agreement between the Corporation and any such director, officer or other person.

Section 9.8 Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

Section 9.9 Certain Definitions.

For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the

 

23


request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article IX shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

Section 9.10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 9.11 Limitation on Indemnification.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of the Corporation.

Section 9.12 Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 9.13 Primacy of Indemnification.

Notwithstanding that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other persons (collectively, the “Other Indemnitors”), with respect to the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance set forth herein, the Corporation: (i) shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Covered Persons are primary and any obligation of the Other Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Covered Persons are secondary); (ii) shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Covered Persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all liabilities, without regard to any rights Covered Persons may have against any of the Other Indemnitors; and (iii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Other Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Other Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. No advancement or payment

 

24


by the Other Indemnitors on behalf of Covered Persons with respect to any claim for which Covered Persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the immediately preceding sentence, and the Other Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Covered Persons against the Corporation and each such person agree that the Other Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 9.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of the Corporation under this Section 9.13 shall only apply to Covered Persons in their capacity as Covered Persons.

Section 9.14 Amendments. Any repeal or amendment of this Article IX by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to Indemnitees on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision; provided, however, that amendments or repeals of this Article IX shall require the affirmative vote of the stockholders holding at least 66.7% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 9.15 Contract Rights. The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article IX shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, agent or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 9.16 Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article IX shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article IX shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article IX containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Article X - Amendments

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that prior to the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Time (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), such action by stockholders shall require, in addition to any other vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Article XI - Definitions

As used in these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

25


An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

An “electronic mail” means an electronic transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files and information).

An “electronic mail address” means a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the “local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part” of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.

The term “person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

26

Exhibit 4.1

WARRANT AGREEMENT

CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.

and

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY

Dated October 26, 2020

THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated October 26, 2020, is by and between Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (in such capacity, the “Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, it is proposed that the Company enter into that certain Private Placement Units Purchase Agreement, with Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which the Sponsor will purchase an aggregate of 800,000 Private Placement Units (as defined below) (or up to 875,000 Private Placement Units if the underwriters in the Public Offering (defined below) exercise their Over-allotment Option (as defined below) in full) simultaneously with the closing of the Offering (and the closing of the Over-allotment Option, if applicable) (the “Private Placement Units”). The Private Placement Units include an aggregate of 266,666 private placement warrants (or 291,666 private placement warrants if the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Private Placement Warrants”) bearing the legend set forth in Exhibit B hereto. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Ordinary Share (as defined below) at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein; and

WHEREAS, in order to finance the Company’s transaction costs in connection with an intended initial merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination, involving the Company and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as the Company may require, of which up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into up to an additional 150,000 Private Placement Units at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit; and

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of units of the Company’s equity securities, each such unit comprised of one Ordinary Share and one-third of one Public Warrant (as defined below) (the “Units”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to 10,000,000 redeemable warrants (including up to 1,500,000 redeemable warrants subject to the Over-allotment Option) to public investors in the Offering (the “Public Warrants” and, together with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. Only whole Warrants are exercisable. A holder of the Public Warrants will not be able to exercise any fraction of a Warrant; and

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) registration statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-249291, and a prospectus (the “Prospectus”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Units, the Public Warrants and the Ordinary Shares included in the Units; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

 


WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent (if a physical certificate is issued), as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Warrants.

2.1. Form of Warrant. Each Warrant shall initially be issued in registered form only.

2.2. Effect of Countersignature. If a physical certificate is issued, unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a certificated Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3. Registration.

2.3.1. Warrant Register. The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (the “Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants in book-entry form, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Public Warrants shall be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership shall be effected through, records maintained by institutions that have accounts with The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) (such institution, with respect to a Warrant in its account, a “Participant”).

If the Depositary subsequently ceases to make its book-entry settlement system available for the Public Warrants, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent regarding making other arrangements for book-entry settlement. In the event that the Public Warrants are not eligible for, or it is no longer necessary to have the Public Warrants available in, book-entry form, the Warrant Agent shall provide written instructions to the Depositary to deliver to the Warrant Agent for cancellation each book-entry Public Warrant, and the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to deliver to the Depositary definitive certificates in physical form evidencing such Warrants (“Definitive Warrant Certificates”) which shall be in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

Physical certificates, if issued, shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel, Secretary or other principal officer of the Company. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

2.3.2. Registered Holder. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant is registered in the Warrant Register (the “Registered Holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby, for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

2


2.4. Detachability of Warrants. The Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants comprising the Units shall begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of the Prospectus or, if such 52nd day is not on a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, on which banks in New York City are generally open for normal business (a “Business Day”), then on the immediately succeeding Business Day following such date, or earlier (the “Detachment Date”) with the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., but in no event shall the Ordinary Shares and the Public Warrants comprising the Units be separately traded until (A) the Company has filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission containing an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Offering, including the proceeds then received by the Company from the exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase additional Units in the Offering (the “Over-allotment Option”), if the Over-allotment Option is exercised prior to the filing of the Current Report on Form 8-K, and (B) the Company issues a press release announcing when such separate trading shall begin.

2.5. Fractional Warrants. The Company shall not issue fractional Warrants other than as part of the Private Placement Units, each of which is comprised of one Ordinary Share and one-third of one whole Warrant. If, upon the detachment of Public Warrants from the Units or otherwise, a holder of Warrants would be entitled to receive a fractional Warrant, the Company shall round down to the nearest whole number the number of Warrants to be issued to such holder.

2.6. Private Placement Warrants.

2.6.1. The Private Placement Warrants shall be identical to the Public Warrants, except that so long as they are held by the Sponsor or any of its Permitted Transferees (as defined below) the Private Placement Warrants: (i) may be exercised for cash or on a “cashless basis,” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) hereof, (ii) including the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, may not be transferred, assigned or sold until thirty (30) days after the completion by the Company of an initial Business Combination, (iii) shall not be redeemable by the Company pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof and (iv) shall only be redeemable by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 if the Reference Value (as defined below) is less than $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof); provided, however, that in the case of (ii), the Private Placement Warrants and any Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants may be transferred by the holders thereof:

(a) to the Company’s officers or directors, any affiliate or family member of any of the Company’s officers or directors, any members or partners of the Sponsor or their affiliates, any affiliates of the Sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates;

(b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of one of the individual’s immediate family, any estate planning vehicle or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization;

(c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual;

(d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order;

(e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar agreement or in connection with the consummation of the Company’s Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the Private Placement Warrants or Ordinary Shares, as applicable, were originally purchased;

(f) pro rata distributions from the Sponsor to its members, partners, or stockholders pursuant to the Sponsor’s operating agreement;

(g) by virtue of the Sponsor’s organizational documents upon liquidation or dissolution of the Sponsor;

 

3


(h) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination;

(i) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to the completion of its initial Business Combination; or

(j) in the event of the Company’s completion of a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the public shareholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination;

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (a) through (g), these permitted transferees (the “Permitted Transferees”) must enter into a written agreement with the Company agreeing to be bound by the transfer restrictions in this Agreement.

3. Terms and Exercise of Warrants.

3.1. Warrant Price. Each whole Warrant shall entitle the Registered Holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Ordinary Shares stated therein, at the price of $11.50 per share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Agreement shall mean the price per share (including in cash or by payment of Warrants pursuant to a “cashless exercise,” to the extent permitted hereunder) described in the prior sentence at which Ordinary Shares may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) for a period of not less than fifteen Business Days (unless otherwise required by the Commission, any national securities exchange on which the Warrants are listed or applicable law); provided that the Company shall provide at least five days’ prior written notice of such reduction to Registered Holders of the Warrants; and provided further, that any such reduction shall be identical among all of the Warrants.

3.2. Duration of Warrants. A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (the “Exercise Period”) (A) commencing on the later of: (i) the date that is thirty (30) days after the first date on which the Company completes a Business Combination, and (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months from the date of the closing of the Offering, and (B) terminating at the earliest to occur of (x) 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date that is five (5) years after the date on which the Company completes its initial Business Combination, (y) the liquidation of the Company in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time, if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination, and (z) other than with respect to the Private Placement Warrants then held by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees with respect to a redemption pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof or, if the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), Section 6.2 hereof, 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the Redemption Date (as defined below) as provided in Section 6.3 hereof (the “Expiration Date”); provided, however, that the exercise of any Warrant shall be subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions, as set forth in subsection 3.3.2 below, with respect to an effective registration statement or a valid exemption therefrom being available. Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as defined below) (other than with respect to a Private Placement Warrant then held by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof or, if the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), Section 6.2 hereof) in the event of a redemption (as set forth in Section 6 hereof), each Warrant (other than a Private Placement Warrant then held by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees in the event of a redemption pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof or, if the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), Section 6.2 hereof) not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided that the Company shall provide at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of any such extension to Registered Holders of the Warrants and, provided further that any such extension shall be identical in duration among all the Warrants.

 

4


3.3. Exercise of Warrants.

3.3.1. Payment. Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Agreement, a Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder thereof by delivering to the Warrant Agent at its corporate trust department (i) the Definitive Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants to be exercised, or, in the case of a Warrant represented by a book-entry, the Warrants to be exercised (the “Book-Entry Warrants”) on the records of the Depositary to an account of the Warrant Agent at the Depositary designated for such purposes in writing by the Warrant Agent to the Depositary from time to time, (ii) an election to purchase (“Election to Purchase”) any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant, properly completed and executed by the Registered Holder on the reverse of the Definitive Warrant Certificate or, in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant, properly delivered by the Participant in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures, and (iii) the payment in full of the Warrant Price for each Ordinary Share as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for the Ordinary Shares and the issuance of such Ordinary Shares, as follows:

(a) in lawful money of the United States, in good certified check or good bank draft payable to the order of the Warrant Agent;

(b) [Reserved];

(c) with respect to any Private Placement Warrant, so long as such Private Placement Warrant is held by the Sponsor or a Permitted Transferee, by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to (i) if in connection with a redemption of Private Placement Warrants pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof, as provided in Section 6.2 hereof with respect to a Make-Whole Exercise and (ii) in all other scenarios the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “Sponsor Exercise Fair Market Value” (as defined in this subsection 3.3.1(c)) less the Warrant Price by (y) the Sponsor Exercise Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this subsection 3.3.1(c), the “Sponsor Fair Market Value” shall mean the average last reported sale price of the Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days ending on the third (3rd) trading day prior to the date on which notice of exercise of the Private Placement Warrant is sent to the Warrant Agent;

(d) as provided in Section 6.2 hereof with respect to a Make-Whole Exercise; or

(e) as provided in Section 7.4 hereof.

3.3.2. Issuance of Ordinary Shares on Exercise. As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price (if payment is pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(a)), the Company shall issue to the Registered Holder of such Warrant a book-entry position or certificate, as applicable, for the number of Ordinary Shares to which he, she or it is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it on the register of members of the Company, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new book-entry position or countersigned Warrant, as applicable, for the number of shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares underlying the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company’s satisfying its obligations under Section 7.4 or a valid exemption from registration is available. No Warrant shall be exercisable and the Company shall not be obligated to issue Ordinary Shares upon exercise of a Warrant unless the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such Warrant exercise have been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt from registration or qualification under the securities laws of the state of residence of the Registered Holder of the Warrants. Subject to Section 4.6 of this Agreement, a Registered Holder of Warrants may exercise its Warrants only for a whole number of Ordinary Shares. The Company may require holders of Public Warrants to settle the Warrant on a “cashless basis” pursuant to Section 7.4. If, by reason of any exercise of Warrants on a “cashless basis”, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall round down to the nearest whole number, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to such holder.

 

5


3.3.3. Valid Issuance. All Ordinary Shares issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.3.4. Date of Issuance. Each person in whose name any book-entry position or certificate, as applicable, for Ordinary Shares is issued and who is registered in the register of members of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on the date on which the Warrant, or book-entry position representing such Warrant, was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate in the case of a certificated Warrant, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the register of members of the Company or book-entry system of the Warrant Agent are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the share transfer books or book-entry system are open.

3.3.5. Maximum Percentage. A holder of a Warrant may notify the Company in writing in the event it elects to be subject to the provisions contained in this subsection 3.3.5; however, no holder of a Warrant shall be subject to this subsection 3.3.5 unless he, she or it makes such election. If the election is made by a holder, the Warrant Agent shall not effect the exercise of the holder’s Warrant, and such holder shall not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the Warrant Agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates shall include the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude Ordinary Shares that would be issuable upon (x) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of the Warrant beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates and (y) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For purposes of the Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares, the holder may rely on the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Commission as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as transfer agent (in such capacity, the “Transfer Agent”), setting forth the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written request of the holder of the Warrant, the Company shall, within two (2) Business Days, confirm orally and in writing to such holder the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of equity securities of the Company by the holder and its affiliates since the date as of which such number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares was reported. By written notice to the Company, the holder of a Warrant may from time to time increase or decrease the Maximum Percentage applicable to such holder to any other percentage specified in such notice; provided, however, that any such increase shall not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company.

4. Adjustments.

4.1. Share Capitalizations.

4.1.1. Sub-Divisions. If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a capitalization or share dividend of Ordinary Shares, or by a sub-division of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share capitalization, sub-division or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares. A rights offering made to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares entitling holders to purchase Ordinary Shares at a price less than the “Historical Fair Market Value” (as defined below) shall be deemed a capitalization of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (i) the number of Ordinary Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or

 

6


issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for the Ordinary Shares) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per Ordinary Share paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the Historical Fair Market Value. For purposes of this subsection 4.1.1, (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares, in determining the price payable for Ordinary Shares, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) “Historical Fair Market Value” means the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights. No Ordinary Shares shall be issued at less than their par value.

4.1.2. Extraordinary Dividends. If the Company, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pays to all or substantially all of the holders of the Ordinary Shares a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets on account of such Ordinary Shares (or other shares into which the Warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described in subsection 4.1.1 above, (b) Ordinary Cash Dividends (as defined below), (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of the Ordinary Shares in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of the Ordinary Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to provide holders of Ordinary Shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if it does not complete its initial Business Combination within the time period required by the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended from time to time, or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of Ordinary Shares, (e) as a result of the repurchase of Ordinary Shares by the Company if a proposed initial Business Combination is presented to the shareholders of the Company for approval or (f) in connection with the redemption of public shares upon the failure of the Company to complete its initial Business Combination and any subsequent distribution of its assets upon its liquidation (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an “Extraordinary Dividend”), then the Warrant Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such Extraordinary Dividend, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value (as determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), in good faith) of any securities or other assets paid on each Ordinary Share in respect of such Extraordinary Dividend. For purposes of this subsection 4.1.2, “Ordinary Cash Dividends” means any cash dividend or cash distribution which, when combined on a per share basis, with the per share amounts of all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the Ordinary Shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution to the extent it does not exceed $0.50 (which amount shall be adjusted to appropriately reflect any of the events referred to in other subsections of this Section 4 and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the Warrant Price or to the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant).

4.2. Aggregation of Shares. If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 hereof, the number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares.

4.3. Adjustments in Exercise Price. Whenever the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in subsection 4.1.1 or Section 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

4.4. Raising of the Capital in Connection with the Initial Business Combination. If (x) the Company issues additional Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of its initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Ordinary Share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Board and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Class B ordinary shares,

 

7


par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the Company’s initial Business Combination on the date of the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume-weighted average trading price of Ordinary Shares during the twenty (20) trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates its initial Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described in Section 6.2 shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

4.5. Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than a change under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the holders of the Warrants shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Ordinary Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the Warrants would have received if such holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event (the “Alternative Issuance”); provided, however, that (i) if the holders of the Ordinary Shares were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets constituting the Alternative Issuance for which each Warrant shall become exercisable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and (ii) if a tender, exchange or redemption offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of the Ordinary Shares (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the Company in connection with redemption rights held by shareholders of the Company as provided for in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or as a result of the repurchase of Ordinary Shares by the Company if a proposed initial Business Combination is presented to the shareholders of the Company for approval) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, the holder of a Warrant shall be entitled to receive as the Alternative Issuance, the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such Warrant holder had exercised the Warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Ordinary Shares held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4; provided further that if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in the applicable event is payable in the form of shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the Registered Holder properly exercises the Warrant within thirty (30) days following the public disclosure of the consummation of such applicable event by the Company pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission, the Warrant Price shall be reduced by an amount (in dollars) equal to the difference of (i) the Warrant Price in effect prior to such reduction minus (ii) (A) the Per Share Consideration (as defined below) (but in no event less than zero) minus (B) the Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined below). The “Black-Scholes Warrant Value” means the value of a Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of the applicable event based on the

 

8


Black-Scholes Warrant Model for a Capped American Call on Bloomberg Financial Markets (assuming zero dividends) (“Bloomberg”). For purposes of calculating such amount, (i) Section 6 of this Agreement shall be taken into account, (ii) the price of each Ordinary Share shall be the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the effective date of the applicable event, (iii) the assumed volatility shall be the 90 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg determined as of the trading day immediately prior to the day of the announcement of the applicable event and (iv) the assumed risk-free interest rate shall correspond to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of the Warrant. “Per Share Consideration” means (i) if the consideration paid to holders of the Ordinary Shares consists exclusively of cash, the amount of such cash per Ordinary Share, and (ii) in all other cases, the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the effective date of the applicable event. If any reclassification or reorganization also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by subsection 4.1.1, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to subsection 4.1.1 or Sections 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4.4. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers. In no event shall the Warrant Price be reduced to less than the par value per share issuable upon exercise of such Warrant.

4.6. Notices of Changes in Warrant. Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5, the Company shall give written notice of the occurrence of such event to each holder of a Warrant, at the last address set forth for such holder in the Warrant Register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

4.7. No Fractional Shares. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon the exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to such holder.

4.8. Form of Warrant. The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

5. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

5.1. Registration of Transfer. The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. In the case of certificated Warrants, the Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

5.2. Procedure for Surrender of Warrants. Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the Registered Holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein or with respect to any Book-Entry Warrant, each Book-Entry Warrant may be transferred only in whole and only to the Depositary, to another nominee of the Depositary, to a successor depository, or to a nominee of a successor depository; provided further, however that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend (as in the case of the Private Placement Warrants), the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange thereof until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

 

9


5.3. Fractional Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which shall result in the issuance of a warrant certificate or book-entry position for a fraction of a warrant, except as part of the Units.

5.4. Service Charges. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

5.5. Warrant Execution and Countersignature. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

5.6. Transfer of Warrants. Prior to the Detachment Date, the Public Warrants may be transferred or exchanged only together with the Unit in which such Warrant is included, and only for the purpose of effecting, or in conjunction with, a transfer or exchange of such Unit. Furthermore, each transfer of a Unit on the register relating to such Units shall operate also to transfer the Warrants included in such Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 5.6 shall have no effect on any transfer of Warrants on and after the Detachment Date.

6. Redemption.

6.1. Redemption of Warrants When Shares Trade Above $18.00. Subject to Section 6.5 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time during the Exercise Period, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon notice to the Registered Holders of the Warrants, as described in Section 6.3 below, at a Redemption Price of $0.01 per Warrant, provided that (a) the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof) and (b) there is an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and a current prospectus relating thereto, available throughout the 30-day Redemption Period (as defined in Section 6.3 below).

6.2. Redemption of Warrants When Shares Trade Above $10.00. Subject to Section 6.5 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time during the Exercise Period, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon notice to the Registered Holders of the Warrants, as described in Section 6.3 below, at a Redemption Price of $0.10 per Warrant, provided that (i) the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof) and (ii) if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), the Private Placement Warrants are also concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants. During the 30-day Redemption Period in connection with a redemption pursuant to this Section 6.2, Registered Holders of the Warrants may elect to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1 and receive a number of Ordinary Shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the Redemption Date (calculated for purposes of the table as the period to expiration of the Warrants) and the “Redemption Fair Market Value” (as such term is defined in this Section 6.2) (a “Make-Whole Exercise”). Solely for purposes of this Section 6.2, the “Redemption Fair Market Value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days immediately following the date on which notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 6.2 is sent to the Registered Holders. In connection with any redemption pursuant to this Section 6.2, the Company shall provide the Registered Holders with the Redemption Fair Market Value no later than one (1) Business Day after the ten (10) trading day period described above ends.

 

10


     Redemption Fair Market Value of Ordinary Shares
(period to expiration of warrants)
 
Redemption Date    £ 10.00      11.00      12.00      13.00      14.00      15.00      16.00      17.00      ³ 18.00  

60 months

     0.261        0.280        0.297        0.311        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  

57 months

     0.257        0.277        0.294        0.310        0.324        0.337        0.348        0.358        0.361  

54 months

     0.252        0.272        0.291        0.307        0.322        0.335        0.347        0.357        0.361  

51 months

     0.246        0.268        0.287        0.304        0.320        0.333        0.346        0.357        0.361  

48 months

     0.241        0.263        0.283        0.301        0.317        0.332        0.344        0.356        0.361  

45 months

     0.235        0.258        0.279        0.298        0.315        0.330        0.343        0.356        0.361  

42 months

     0.228        0.252        0.274        0.294        0.312        0.328        0.342        0.355        0.361  

39 months

     0.221        0.246        0.269        0.290        0.309        0.325        0.340        0.354        0.361  

36 months

     0.213        0.239        0.263        0.285        0.305        0.323        0.339        0.353        0.361  

33 months

     0.205        0.232        0.257        0.280        0.301        0.320        0.337        0.352        0.361  

30 months

     0.196        0.224        0.250        0.274        0.297        0.316        0.335        0.351        0.361  

27 months

     0.185        0.214        0.242        0.268        0.291        0.313        0.332        0.350        0.361  

24 months

     0.173        0.204        0.233        0.260        0.285        0.308        0.329        0.348        0.361  

21 months

     0.161        0.193        0.223        0.252        0.279        0.304        0.326        0.347        0.361  

18 months

     0.146        0.179        0.211        0.242        0.271        0.298        0.322        0.345        0.361  

15 months

     0.130        0.164        0.197        0.230        0.262        0.291        0.317        0.342        0.361  

12 months

     0.111        0.146        0.181        0.216        0.250        0.282        0.312        0.339        0.361  

9 months

     0.090        0.125        0.162        0.199        0.237        0.272        0.305        0.336        0.361  

6 months

     0.065        0.099        0.137        0.178        0.219        0.259        0.296        0.331        0.361  

3 months

     0.034        0.065        0.104        0.150        0.197        0.243        0.286        0.326        0.361  

0 months

                   0.042        0.115        0.179        0.233        0.281        0.323        0.361  

The exact Redemption Fair Market Value and Redemption Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the Redemption Fair Market Value is between two values in the table or the Redemption Date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued for each Warrant exercised in a Make-Whole Exercise shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of shares set forth for the higher and lower Redemption Fair Market Values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable.

The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table above shall be adjusted as of any date on which the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant or the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table above shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant. If the Exercise Price of a warrant is adjusted, (a) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price and the denominator of which is $10.00 and (b) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to Section 4.1.2 hereof, the adjusted share prices in the column headings shall equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment less the decrease in the Exercise Price pursuant to such Exercise Price adjustment. In no event shall the number of shares issued in connection with a Make-Whole Exercise exceed 0.361 Ordinary Shares per Warrant (subject to adjustment)

6.3. Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption; Redemption Price; Reference Value. In the event that the Company elects to redeem the Warrants pursuant to Sections 6.1 or 6.2, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption (the “Redemption Date”). Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date (the “30-day Redemption Period”) to the Registered Holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the Registered Holder received such notice. As used in this Agreement, (a) “Redemption Price” shall mean the price per Warrant at which any Warrants are redeemed pursuant to Sections 6.1 or 6.2 and (b) “Reference Value” shall mean the last reported sales price of the Ordinary Shares for any twenty (20) trading days within the thirty (30) trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of the redemption is given.

 

11


6.4. Exercise After Notice of Redemption. The Warrants may be exercised, for cash (or on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 6.2 of this Agreement) at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof and prior to the Redemption Date. On and after the Redemption Date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

6.5. Exclusion of Private Placement Warrants. The Company agrees that (a) the redemption rights provided in Section 6.1 hereof shall not apply to the Private Placement Warrants if at the time of the redemption such Private Placement Warrants continue to be held by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees and (b) if the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (subject to adjustment in compliance with Section 4 hereof), the redemption rights provided in Section 6.2 hereof shall not apply to the Private Placement Warrants if at the time of the redemption such Private Placement Warrants continue to be held by the Sponsor or its Permitted Transferees. However, once such Private Placement Warrants are transferred (other than to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof), the Company may redeem the Private Placement Warrants pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof, provided that the criteria for redemption are met, including the opportunity of the holder of such Private Placement Warrants to exercise the Private Placement Warrants prior to redemption pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof. Private Placement Warrants that are transferred to persons other than Permitted Transferees shall upon such transfer cease to be Private Placement Warrants and shall become Public Warrants under this Agreement, including for purposes of Section 9.8 hereof.

7. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants.

7.1. No Rights as Shareholder. A Warrant does not entitle the Registered Holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

7.2. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants. If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

7.3. Reservation of Ordinary Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares that shall be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4. Registration of Ordinary Shares; Cashless Exercise at Company’s Option.

7.4.1. Registration of the Ordinary Shares. The Company agrees that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than twenty (20) Business Days after the closing of its initial Business Combination, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within sixty (60) Business Days following the closing of its initial Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or redemption of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. If any such registration statement has not been declared effective by the sixtieth (60th) Business Day following the closing of the Business Combination, holders of the Warrants shall have the right, during the period beginning on the sixty-first (61st) Business Day after the closing of the Business Combination and ending upon such registration statement being declared effective by the Commission, and during any other period when the Company shall fail to have maintained an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis,” by exchanging the Warrants (in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption) for that number of Ordinary Shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “Fair Market Value” (as

 

12


defined below) less the Warrant Price by (y) the Fair Market Value and (B) 0.361. Solely for purposes of this subsection 7.4.1, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the volume-weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the date that notice of exercise is received by the Warrant Agent from the holder of such Warrants or its securities broker or intermediary. The date that notice of “cashless exercise” is received by the Warrant Agent shall be conclusively determined by the Warrant Agent. In connection with the “cashless exercise” of a Public Warrant, the Company shall, upon request, provide the Warrant Agent with an opinion of counsel for the Company (which shall be an outside law firm with securities law experience) stating that (i) the exercise of the Warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with this subsection 7.4.1 is not required to be registered under the Securities Act and (ii) the Ordinary Shares issued upon such exercise shall be freely tradable under United States federal securities laws by anyone who is not an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company and, accordingly, shall not be required to bear a restrictive legend. Except as provided in subsection 7.4.2, for the avoidance of doubt, unless and until all of the Warrants have been exercised or have expired, the Company shall continue to be obligated to comply with its registration obligations under the first three sentences of this subsection 7.4.1.

7.4.2. Cashless Exercise at Company’s Option. If the Ordinary Shares are at the time of any exercise of a Public Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, (i) require holders of Public Warrants who exercise Public Warrants to exercise such Public Warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act as described in subsection 7.4.1 and (ii) in the event the Company so elects, the Company shall (x) not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, and (y) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify for sale the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrant under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

8. Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters.

8.1. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

8.2. Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent.

8.2.1. Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of a Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his, her or its Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation or other entity organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the United States of America, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

13


8.2.2. Notice of Successor Warrant Agent. In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the Transfer Agent for the Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

8.2.3. Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent. Any entity into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

8.3. Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

8.3.1. Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and shall, pursuant to its obligations under this Agreement, reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

8.3.2. Further Assurances. The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4. Liability of Warrant Agent.

8.4.1. Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4.2. Indemnity. The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, out-of-pocket costs and reasonable outside counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement, except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith.

8.4.3. Exclusions. The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof). The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Ordinary Shares shall, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

8.5. Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Ordinary Shares through the exercise of the Warrants.

 

14


8.6. Waiver. The Warrant Agent has no right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. The Warrant Agent hereby waives any and all Claims against the Trust Account and any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account.

9. Miscellaneous Provisions.

9.1. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

9.2. Notices. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

875 Third Avenue New York,

New York 10022

Attention: Bill Kloos

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Christian O. Nagler

Peter S. Seligson

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

One State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Compliance Department

9.3. Applicable Law and Exclusive Forum. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. Subject to applicable law, the Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.

 

15


Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the Warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in this Section 9.3. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions above, is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any warrant holder, such warrant holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

9.4. Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon, or give to, any person, corporation or other entity other than the parties hereto and the Registered Holders of the Warrants any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the Registered Holders of the Warrants.

9.5. Examination of the Warrant Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the United States of America, for inspection by the Registered Holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit such holder’s Warrant for inspection by the Warrant Agent.

9.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.7. Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

9.8. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any Registered Holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions hereof to the description of the terms of the Warrants and this Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, or defective provision contained herein, (ii) amending the definition of “Ordinary Cash Dividend” as contemplated by and in accordance with the second sentence of subsection 4.1.2 or (iii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the rights of the Registered Holders under this Agreement. All other modifications or amendments, including any modification or amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period and any amendment to the terms of only the Private Placement Warrants, shall require the vote or written consent of the Registered Holders of 65% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the Private Placement Warrants or any provision of this Agreement with respect to the Private Placement Warrants, 65% of the then-outstanding Private Placement Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the Registered Holders.

9.9. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

Exhibit A — Form of Warrant Certificate

Exhibit B Legend — Private Placement Warrants

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ William Kloos

  Name: William Kloos
  Title: Secretary
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
as Warrant Agent
By:  

/s/ Francis Wolf

  Name: Francis Wolf
  Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT A

[FACE]

Number

Warrants

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR

IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

Incorporated Under the Laws of the Cayman Islands

CUSIP [•]

Warrant Certificate

This Warrant Certificate certifies that [             ], or registered assigns, is the registered holder of [ ] warrant(s) (the “Warrants” and each, a “Warrant”) to purchase Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (“Ordinary Shares”), of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”). Each Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Exercise Price”) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Share. Fractional shares shall not be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder. The number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

The initial Exercise Price per one Ordinary Share for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per share. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void. The Warrants may be redeemed, subject to certain conditions, as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement. This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

A-1


CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title: Authorized Signatory
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
AS WARRANT AGENT
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2


[Form of Warrant Certificate]

[Reverse]

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive [             ] Ordinary Shares and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as of [•], 2020 (the “Warrant Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by the Company to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder, respectively) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of Election to Purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the issuance of the Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the Ordinary Shares is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.

The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a shareholder of the Company.

 

A-3


Election to Purchase

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive [                     ] Ordinary Shares and herewith tenders payment for such Ordinary Shares to the order of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) in the amount of $[                     ] in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of [                     ], whose address is [                     ] and that such Ordinary Shares be delivered to [                     ] whose                     address is [                     ]. If said [                     ] number of Ordinary Shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of [                     ], whose address is [                     ] and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to [                     ], whose address is [                     ].

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement and a holder thereof elects to exercise its Warrant pursuant to a Make-Whole Exercise, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) or Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement, as applicable.

In the event that the Warrant is a Private Placement Warrant that is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive Ordinary Shares. If said number of shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of [                     ], whose address is [                     ] and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to [                     ], whose address is [                     ].

[Signature Page Follows]

 

A-4


Date: [             ], 20

 

(Signature)
(Address)

 

(Tax Identification Number)

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED).

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

LEGEND

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, SUBJECT TO ANY ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED IN THE LETTER AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP. (THE “COMPANY”), CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS, LLC AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE DATE UPON WHICH THE COMPANY COMPLETES ITS INITIAL BUSINESS COMBINATION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3 OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN) EXCEPT TO A PERMITTED TRANSFEREE (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 2 OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT) WHO AGREES IN WRITING WITH THE COMPANY TO BE SUBJECT TO SUCH TRANSFER PROVISIONS.

SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES OF THE COMPANY ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER A REGISTRATION AND SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AGREEMENT TO BE EXECUTED BY THE COMPANY.

NO. [             ] WARRANT

 

B-1

Exhibit 4.2

SPECIMEN COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE

NUMBER    SHARES

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

COMMON STOCK

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP [    ]

This Certifies that                                                       is the owner of                                                      

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF THE PAR VALUE OF

US$0.0001 EACH OF KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “CORPORATION”)

subject to the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, and transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by a duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

Witness the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:  

 

   
President       Chief Financial Officer

 

   

 

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Corporation and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of securities (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Corporation), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM       as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT —    Custodian
              (Cust)    (Minor)
TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties        

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

(State)

JT TEN       as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
  

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,                                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                     

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER(S) OF ASSIGNEE(S))

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

Shares of common stock represented by the within Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated  

 

  
    

 

     Stockholder
     NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:   
By:   

 

  

 

  

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE).

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

United States

+1 212 446 4800

www.kirkland.com

December 2, 2021

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on December 2, 2021, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as it may be subsequently as amended or supplemented and including the exhibits thereto, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”).

The Registration Statement relates to (A) the issuance of up to 8,911,745 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”) upon the exercise of a like number of warrants of the Company (the “Warrants”), each exercisable for one share of Common Stock and (B) the issuance of up to 12,000,000 shares (the “Notes Shares”) of Common Stock upon the exercise of $120,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Exchangeable Notes”); and (C) the resale or distribution from time to time by the selling stockholders named in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and any supplement thereto or their permitted transferees of up to 21,098,071 shares of Common Stock consisting of (i) 186,326 issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Selling Stockholder Shares”); (ii) 8,911,745 Warrant Shares and (iii) 12,000,000 Notes Shares. The Warrant Shares, the Selling Stockholder Shares and the Notes Shares are collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

In connection with the registration of the Shares, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the organizational documents of the Company; (ii) resolutions of the Company with respect to the registration of the Shares; and (iii) the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto other than the Company and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinions expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1.

The Selling Stockholder Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and are non-assessable.

 

  2.

The Warrant Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued by the Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

  3.

The Notes Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued by the Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Exchangeable Notes, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the issuance and sale of the Shares.

 

Austin Bay Area Beijing Boston Brussels Chicago Dallas Hong Kong Houston London Los Angeles Munich Paris Shanghai Washington, D.C.


LOGO

Page 2

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. This opinion speaks only as of the date that the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion after the date of effectiveness should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise after the date hereof.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Exhibit 10.1

Confidential

Execution Version

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

This SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Subscription Agreement”) is entered into this 12th day of March, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Issuer”), King Pubco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), and the undersigned (“Subscriber” or “you”). Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Issuer, Pubco, King Corp Merger Sub, Inc. (“Corp Merger Sub”), King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”) and Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) will concurrently with the execution of this Subscription Agreement, enter into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented, or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, inter alia, (i) on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date, Issuer will be merged with and into LLC Merger Sub, with LLC Merger Sub surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”), (ii) on the Closing Date, Corp Merger Sub, a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (after giving effect to the Corp Merger Sub Contribution) will be merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (the “First Merger”), and (iii) immediately after the First Merger, the Company will be merged with and into LLC Merger Sub, a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, with LLC Merger Sub surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement (all of the foregoing mergers together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Pubco Merger, each Class A ordinary share of the Issuer, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Ordinary Share”) shall convert into one share of class A common stock, par value $0.0001 of Pubco, which after giving effect to the Transactions, will become common stock of Pubco (the “Shares”);

WHEREAS, prior to the closing of the Transactions, Subscriber desires to subscribe for and purchase from Pubco that number of Shares set forth on Subscriber’s signature page hereto for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for the aggregate purchase price set forth on Subscriber’s signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”), and Pubco desires to issue, in book entry form, and sell to Subscriber the Shares in consideration of the payment of the Purchase Price therefor by or on behalf of Subscriber to Pubco, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, certain other “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or institutional “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) (each, an “Other Subscriber”) have, severally and not jointly, entered into separate subscription agreements with the Issuer and Pubco (the “Other Subscription Agreements”), pursuant to which such Other Subscribers have agreed to purchase the Shares on the Closing Date (as defined herein) at the same per share purchase price as the Subscriber, and the aggregate number of Shares to be sold by Pubco pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements equals, as of the date hereof, 22,500,000 Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual representations, warranties, and covenants, and subject to the conditions, herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Subscription. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing (as defined below), Subscriber hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase from Pubco, and Pubco hereby agrees to issue and sell to Subscriber, upon and subject to the payment of the Purchase Price, the Shares (such subscription and issuance, the “Subscription”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the consummation of the Subscription is contingent upon the subsequent occurrence of the closing of the Transactions as further described herein.


2. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements.

2.1 Subscriber’s Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. To induce Pubco to issue the Shares to Subscriber, Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and Pubco and acknowledges and agrees with the Issuer and Pubco, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, as follows:

2.1.1 If Subscriber is not an individual, Subscriber has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, with power and authority to enter into, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement. If Subscriber is an individual, Subscriber has the authority to enter into, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement.

2.1.2 If Subscriber is not an individual, this Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by Subscriber. If Subscriber is an individual, the signature on this Subscription Agreement is genuine, and Subscriber has legal competence and capacity to execute the same. Assuming that this Subscription Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Issuer and Pubco, this Subscription Agreement is the valid and binding obligation of Subscriber and is enforceable against Subscriber in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited or otherwise affected by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, or other laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) principles of equity, whether considered at law or equity.

2.1.3 The execution, delivery and performance by Subscriber of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default or waiver under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of Subscriber pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease, license, or other agreement or instrument to which Subscriber is a party, or by which Subscriber is bound or to which any of the property or assets of Subscriber is subject, which would, in each case, reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the ability of Subscriber to enter into and timely perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement, (ii) if Subscriber is not an individual, result in any violation of the provisions of the organizational documents of Subscriber or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule, or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over Subscriber or any of its properties, which would, in each case, reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the ability of Subscriber to enter into and timely perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement.

2.1.4 Subscriber (i) is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) satisfying the applicable requirements set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, (ii) is an institutional account as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), (iii) is acquiring the Shares only for its own account or for beneficiaries’ portfolio under its management and not for the account of others, or if Subscriber is subscribing for the Shares as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, each owner of such account is a qualified institutional buyer, and Subscriber has full investment discretion with respect to each such account, and the full power and authority to make the acknowledgements, representations, warranties, and agreements herein on behalf of each owner of each such account, and (iv) is not acquiring the Shares with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act (and shall provide the requested information on Schedule I attached hereto). Subscriber is not an entity formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares.

 

2


2.1.5 Subscriber understands that the Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act. Subscriber understands that the Shares may not be resold, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of by Subscriber absent an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, except (i) to Pubco or a subsidiary thereof, (ii) to non-U.S. persons pursuant to offers and sales that occur solely outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, or (iii) pursuant to another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in each of clauses (i) and (iii), in accordance with any applicable securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions of the United States, and that any certificates or book entries representing the Shares shall contain a legend to such effect. Subscriber acknowledges that the Shares will not be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. Subscriber understands and agrees that as a result of the transfer restrictions described herein, Subscriber may not be able to readily resell the Shares and may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time. Subscriber understands that it has been advised to consult legal counsel prior to making any offer, resale, pledge, or transfer of any of the Shares.

2.1.6 Subscriber understands and agrees that Subscriber is purchasing the Shares directly from Pubco. Subscriber further acknowledges that there have been no representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements made to Subscriber by the Issuer, Pubco, the Company, the Placement Agents (as defined below) or any of their respective affiliates, officers or directors, expressly or by implication, other than those representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements expressly set forth in this Subscription Agreement, and Subscriber is not relying on any representations, warranties or covenants other than those expressly set forth in this Subscription Agreement.

2.1.7 If Subscriber is an employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Subscriber represents and warrants that its acquisition and holding of the Shares will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or any applicable similar law.

2.1.8 In making its decision to purchase the Shares, Subscriber represents that it has relied solely upon independent investigation made by Subscriber and the Issuer’s and Pubco’s representations, warranties and agreements in Section 2.2 hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Subscriber has not relied on any statements or other information provided by anyone other than the Issuer or Pubco concerning the Issuer or Pubco or the Shares or the offer and sale of the Shares. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that Subscriber has received access to and has had an adequate opportunity to review such information as Subscriber deems necessary in order to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares, including with respect to the Issuer, Pubco, the Company, and the Transactions and has made its own assessment and is satisfied concerning the relevant tax and other economic considerations relevant to the Subscriber’s investment in the Shares. Subscriber represents and agrees that Subscriber and Subscriber’s professional advisor(s), if any, have had the full opportunity to ask such questions, receive such answers, and obtain such information as Subscriber and such Subscriber’s professional advisor(s), if any, have deemed necessary to make an investment decision with respect to the Shares.

 

3


2.1.9 Subscriber became aware of this offering of the Shares solely by means of direct contact between Subscriber and the Issuer or its representative. Subscriber has a pre-existing substantive relationship (as interpreted in guidance from the Commission (as defined below) under the Securities Act) with the Issuer or its representative, and the Shares were offered to Subscriber solely by direct contact between Subscriber and the Issuer or its representative. Subscriber did not become aware of this offering of the Shares, nor were the Shares offered to Subscriber, by any other means. Subscriber acknowledges that the Shares (i) were not offered to Subscriber by any form of advertising or, to its knowledge, general solicitation, including methods described in Section 502(c) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (ii) are not being offered in a manner involving a public offering under, or in a distribution in violation of, the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

2.1.10 Subscriber acknowledges that it is aware that there are substantial risks incident to the purchase and ownership of the Shares. Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares, and Subscriber has sought such accounting, legal, and tax advice as Subscriber has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision. The Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the purchase and sale of the Shares hereunder meets (i) the exemptions from filing under FINRA Rule 5123(b)(1)(A) and (ii) the institutional customer exemption under FINRA Rule 2111(b).

2.1.11 Subscriber represents and acknowledges that Subscriber, alone, or together with any professional advisor(s), if any, has adequately analyzed and considered the risks of an investment in the Shares and that Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of a total loss of Subscriber’s investment in Pubco. Subscriber acknowledges specifically that a possibility of total loss exists.

2.1.12 Subscriber understands and agrees that no federal or state agency has passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Shares or made any findings or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the Shares.

2.1.13 Subscriber represents and warrants that Subscriber is not (i) a person or entity named on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, the Executive Order 13599 List, the Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, each of which is administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or in any other Executive Order issued by the President of the United States and administered by OFAC (collectively, “OFAC Lists”), (ii) owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person, that is named on an OFAC List, (iii) organized, incorporated, established, located, resident or born in, or a citizen, national, or the government, including any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, of, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, the Crimea region of Ukraine, or any other country or territory embargoed or subject to substantial trade restrictions by the United States, (iv) a Designated National as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515, or (v) a non-U.S. shell bank or providing banking services indirectly to a non-U.S. shell bank. Subscriber represents that if it is a financial institution subject to the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq.), as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA/PATRIOT Act”), that Subscriber maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable obligations under the BSA/PATRIOT Act. Subscriber also represents that, to the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with OFAC-administered sanctions programs, including for the screening of its investors against the OFAC sanctions programs, including the OFAC Lists. Subscriber further represents and warrants that, to the extent required, it maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the funds held by Subscriber and used to purchase the Shares were legally derived.

 

4


2.1.14 If Subscriber is an employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of ERISA, a plan, an individual retirement account or other arrangement that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or an employee benefit plan that is a governmental plan (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), a church plan (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), a non-U.S. plan (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA), or other plan that is not subject to the foregoing but may be subject to provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S., or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code, or an entity whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account, or arrangement (each, a “Plan”) subject to the fiduciary or prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, Subscriber represents and warrants that (i) it has not relied on the Issuer or Pubco or any of their respective affiliates (the “Transaction Parties”) as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to its decision to acquire and hold the Shares (and acknowledges that the Transaction Parties have not acted as the Plan’s fiduciary with respect to such decision), and (ii) it has not relied on any investment advice from the Transaction Parties with respect to any decision to acquire, continue to hold, or transfer the Shares.

2.1.15 Subscriber is not currently (and at all times through Closing will refrain from being or becoming) a member of a “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor provision) acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of equity securities of Pubco (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act).

2.1.16 The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that it will not, nor will any person acting at the Subscriber’s direction or pursuant to any understanding with the Subscriber, directly or indirectly offer, sell, pledge, contract to sell, sell any option, engage in hedging activities or execute any “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 of Regulation SHO under the Exchange Act of the Shares until the consummation of the Transactions (or such earlier termination of this Subscription Agreement in accordance with its terms). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) nothing herein shall prohibit other entities under common management with the Subscriber that have no knowledge of this Subscription Agreement or of the Subscriber’s participation in the subscription (including the Subscriber’s controlled affiliates and/or affiliates) from entering into any short sales, (b) in the case of a Subscriber that is a multi-managed investment vehicle whereby separate portfolio managers manage separate portions of such Subscriber’s assets and the portfolio managers have no knowledge of the investment decisions made by the portfolio managers managing other portions of such Subscriber’s assets, the representation set forth above shall only apply with respect to the portion of assets managed by the portfolio manager that made the investment decision to purchase the Shares covered by this Subscription Agreement and (c) nothing herein shall independently apply to any Class A Ordinary Shares (i) acquired by Subscriber prior to the date hereof or (ii) acquired by the Subscriber after the date hereof other than pursuant to this Subscription Agreement; provided that the foregoing is not intended to, and shall not, modify any restrictions or obligations relating to such shares which exist independently of this Subscription Agreement.

2.1.17 No foreign person (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.224) in which the national or subnational governments of a single foreign state have a substantial interest (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.244) will acquire a substantial interest in Pubco as a result of the purchase and sale of Shares hereunder such that a declaration to the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States would be mandatory under 31 C.F.R. Part 800.401, and no foreign person will have control (as defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800.208) over Pubco from and after the Closing as a result of the purchase and sale of Shares hereunder.

2.1.18 Subscriber has, and on each date the Purchase Price would be required to be funded to Pubco pursuant to Section 3 will have, sufficient immediately available funds to pay the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 3. Subscriber is an entity having total liquid assets and net assets in excess of the Purchase Price as of the date hereof and as of each date the Purchase Price would be required to be funded to Pubco pursuant to Section 3.1.1.

 

5


2.1.19 The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) each of Goldman Sachs & Co. (“Goldman”) and Cowen and Company, LLC (“Cowen” and together with Goldman, in their respective capacities as placement agents with respect to the issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements, each a “Placement Agent” and together the “Placement Agents”) is each acting solely as Placement Agent in connection with the Transactions and is not acting as an underwriter or in any other capacity and is not and shall not be construed as a fiduciary for the undersigned, the Company or any other person or entity in connection with the Transactions, (b) the Placement Agents have not made and will not make any representation or warranty, whether express or implied, of any kind or character and have not provided any advice or recommendation in connection with the Transactions, (c) the Placement Agents will have no responsibility with respect to (i) any representations, warranties or agreements made by any person or entity under or in connection with the Transactions or any of the documents furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, or the execution, legality, validity or enforceability (with respect to any person) of any thereof, or (ii) the business, affairs, financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of, or any other matter concerning the Issuer, Pubco, the Company or the Transactions, and (d) the Placement Agents shall have no liability or obligation (including without limitation, for or with respect to any losses, claims, damages, obligations, penalties, judgments, awards, liabilities, costs, expenses or disbursements incurred by the Subscriber, the Company or any other person or entity), whether in contract, tort or otherwise, to the Subscriber, or to any person claiming through the Subscriber, in respect of the Transactions.

2.1.20 No broker, finder, or other financial consultant has acted on behalf of or at the direction of Subscriber in connection with this Subscription Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in such a way as to create any liability on the Issuer, Pubco, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries.

2.2 Issuer’s and Pubco’s Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. To induce Subscriber to purchase the Shares, the Issuer and Pubco, as applicable, hereby represents and warrants to Subscriber and agree with Subscriber, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, as follows:

2.2.1 The Issuer has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with corporate power and authority to own, lease, and operate its properties and conduct its business as presently conducted and to enter into, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement. Pubco has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Transactions, and will have all corporate power and authority to own, lease, and operate its properties and conduct its business and perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement at the Closing.

2.2.2 The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to Subscriber against full payment for the Shares in accordance with the terms of this Subscription Agreement and registered with Pubco’s transfer agent, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable, and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive or similar rights created under Pubco’s governing documents or under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization.

2.2.3 This Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by each of the Issuer and Pubco, and, assuming that this Subscription Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Subscriber, is the valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and Pubco and is enforceable against the Issuer and Pubco in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited or otherwise affected by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, or other laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) principles of equity, whether considered at law or equity.

 

6


2.2.4 The execution, delivery, and performance of this Subscription Agreement (including compliance by the Issuer and Pubco with all of the provisions hereof), issuance and sale of the Shares, and the consummation of the Transactions, will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of the Issuer, Pubco or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease, license, or other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer, Pubco or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer, Pubco or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Issuer, Pubco or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject, which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Issuer, Pubco or and any of their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Issuer or Pubco to enter into and timely perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement (an “Issuer Material Adverse Effect”), (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the organizational documents of the Issuer, Pubco or any of their respective subsidiaries, or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule, or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Issuer, Pubco or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of its and their respective properties that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have an Issuer Material Adverse Effect.

2.2.5 Neither the Issuer nor Pubco is required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or self-regulatory organization in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Subscription Agreement (including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares), the failure of which would reasonably be expected to have an Issuer Material Adverse Effect, other than (i) filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), (ii) filings required by applicable state securities laws, (iii) any filings required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 or similar antitrust laws, and (iv) filings required by New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), including with respect to obtaining Issuer stockholder approval.

2.2.6 Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement, the Issuer and Pubco are entering into the Other Subscription Agreements providing for the sale of an aggregate of 22,500,000 Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $225,000,000 (including, in each case, the Shares purchased and sold under this Subscription Agreement). Other than the Other Subscription Agreements, the Merger Agreement and any other agreement contemplated by the Merger Agreement, neither Pubco nor Issuer has entered into any side letter or similar agreement with any Other Subscriber or any other investor in connection with such Other Subscriber’s or investor’s direct or indirect investment in the Pubco or the Issuer in connection with the Transactions (other than any side letter or similar agreement relating to the transfer to any investor of (i) securities of the Issuer by existing securityholders of the Issuer, which may be effectuated as a forfeiture to the Issuer and reissuance, or (ii) securities to be issued to the direct or indirect securityholders of the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement). No Other Subscription Agreement includes terms and conditions that are materially more advantageous to any such Other Subscriber or investor than the Subscriber hereunder as set forth in this Subscription Agreement. The Other Subscription Agreements have not been amended in any material respect following the date of this Subscription Agreement.

2.2.7 Assuming the accuracy of Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.1 of this Subscription Agreement, no registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the Shares by the Issuer to Subscriber.

 

7


2.2.8 As of the date hereof, the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Issuer are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on the NYSE under the symbol “CTAC”. There is no suit, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened against the Issuer by NYSE or the Commission. The Issuer has taken no action that is designed to terminate the registration of the Class A Ordinary Shares under the Exchange Act. As of the Closing Date, the issued and outstanding Shares are expected to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and listed for trading on the NYSE.

2.2.9 The Issuer has made available to Subscriber (including via the Commission’s EDGAR system) a true, correct, and complete copy of each form, report, statement, schedule, prospectus, proxy, registration statement, and other documents filed by the Issuer with the Commission prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement (the “SEC Documents”). None of the SEC Documents filed, contained, when filed or, if amended prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement, as of the date of such amendment with respect to those disclosures that are amended, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, that the Issuer makes no such representation or warranty with respect to the proxy statement to be filed by the Issuer with respect to the Transactions or any other information relating to the Company or any of its affiliates included in any SEC Document or filed as an exhibit thereto. The Issuer has timely filed each report, statement, schedule, prospectus, and registration statement that the Issuer was required to file with the Commission since its inception and through the date hereof. There are no material outstanding or unresolved comments in comment letters from the Commission staff with respect to any of the SEC Documents.

2.2.10 As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Issuer is 555,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 500,000,000 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares, (b) 50,000,000 shares of Class B Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Ordinary Shares”), and (c) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Shares”). As of the date hereof: (i) no Preferred Shares are issued and outstanding; (ii) 26,735,238 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding; (iii) 6,479,225 shares of Class B Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding; (iv) 272,778 warrants to purchase 272,778 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Private Placement Warrants”) are outstanding and (v) 8,638,967 warrants to purchase 8,638,967 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Public Warrants”) are outstanding. All (A) issued and outstanding shares of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and are non-assessable and are not subject to preemptive rights and (B) outstanding Private Placement Warrants and Public Warrants have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and are not subject to preemptive rights. Except as set forth above and pursuant to the Other Subscription Agreements and the Merger Agreement, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for, purchase or acquire from the Issuer any shares of Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, or any other equity interests in the Issuer, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity interests. Other than as set forth in the Merger Agreement, there are no securities or instruments issued by or to which the Issuer is a party containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered and not fully waived by the holder of such securities or instruments pursuant to a written agreement or consent by the issuance of the Shares pursuant to this Subscription Agreement or any Other Subscription Agreements.

2.2.11 As of the date hereof, there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened suits, claim, actions or proceedings (collectively, “Actions”), which, if determined adversely, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have an Issuer Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, there is no unsatisfied judgment or any open injunction binding upon the Issuer which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have an Issuer Material Adverse Effect.

 

8


2.2.12 Other than the Placement Agents, no broker, finder, or other financial consultant has acted on behalf of or at the direction of the Issuer in connection with this Subscription Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in such a way as to create any liability on Subscriber. Issuer is solely responsible for paying any fees or any other commission owed to the Placement Agents in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement.

2.2.13 Pubco is not, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Shares, will not be, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

2.2.14 Neither the Issuer nor Pubco any person acting on their behalf has engaged or will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D of the Securities Act) in connection with any offer or sale of the Shares.

2.2.15 The Issuer is in compliance with all applicable laws, except where non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have an Issuer Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer has not received any written communication from a governmental authority that alleges that the Issuer is not in compliance with or is in default or violation of any applicable law, except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not reasonably be expected to have individually or in the aggregate an Issuer Material Adverse Effect.

2.2.16 The Issuer and Pubco acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Shares may be pledged by the Subscriber in connection with a bona fide margin agreement, which shall not be deemed to be a transfer, sale or assignment of the Shares hereunder, and the Subscriber effecting a pledge of Shares shall not be required to provide the Issuer or Pubco with any notice thereof or otherwise make any delivery to the Issuer or Pubco pursuant to this Subscription Agreement; provided that Subscriber and its pledgee shall be required to comply with the provisions of Section 2.1.5 hereof in order to effect a sale, transfer or assignment of Shares to such pledgee. The Issuer and Pubco hereby agree to execute and deliver such documentation as a pledgee of the Shares may reasonably request in connection with a pledge of the Shares to such pledgee by the Subscriber.

3. Settlement Date and Delivery; Closing.

3.1.1 Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Sections 3.1.1, 3.1.2 and 3.1.3 below, the closing of the Subscription contemplated hereby (the “Closing”) shall occur on the date of, and substantially concurrently with, the consummation of the First Merger and Second Merger (such date, the “Closing Date”). Upon written notice from (or on behalf of) the Issuer to Subscriber (the “Closing Notice”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date that the Issuer reasonably expects all conditions to the closing of the Transactions to be satisfied (the “Expected Closing Date”), Subscriber shall deliver to Pubco, no later than immediately prior to the consummation of the First Merger on the Closing Date, (x) the Purchase Price for the Shares by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Issuer in the Closing Notice and (y) such information as is reasonably requested in the Closing Notice in order for the Issuer to issue the Shares to Subscriber, including the legal name of the person in whose name the Shares are to be issued and a duly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or an appropriate duly completed and executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8. If the Transactions are not consummated on or prior to the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Expected Closing Date, Pubco shall promptly (but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days after the Expected Closing Date specified in the Closing Notice) return the Purchase Price (which shall not include, for the avoidance of doubt, the accrual of any interest) to Subscriber by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds to an account specified by Subscriber. Notwithstanding such return, (i) a failure to close on the Expected Closing Date shall not, by itself, be deemed to be a failure of any of the conditions to Closing set forth in this Section 3 to be satisfied or waived on or prior to the Closing

 

9


Date, and (ii) Subscriber shall remain obligated to (a) redeliver funds representing the Purchase Price to Pubco following the Issuer’s delivery to Subscriber of a new Closing Notice, which redelivery shall be made on the new Expected Closing Date specified in such new Closing Notice and (b) to consummate the Closing. Unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, the Issuer shall deliver the Closing Notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the Special Meeting. At the Closing, Pubco shall deliver to Subscriber (i) the Shares in book entry form, free and clear of any liens or other restrictions whatsoever (other than those arising under state or federal securities laws or as set forth herein or in any other agreement between Pubco and the Subscriber), in the name of Subscriber (or its nominee or custodian in accordance with its delivery instructions) and (ii) a copy of the records of Pubco’s transfer agent showing the Subscriber (or such nominee or custodian, as applicable) as the owner of the Shares on and as of the Closing. For purposes of this Subscription Agreement, “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

3.1.2 The obligation of the Issuer and Pubco to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by the Issuer of the additional conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(1) all representations and warranties of the Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) at and as of the Closing Date (unless they specifically speak as of an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to materiality, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such date);

(2) the Subscriber shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing;

(3) no applicable governmental authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any judgment, order, law, rule or regulation (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is then in effect and has the effect of making consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise restraining or prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(4) no suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale or trading in any jurisdiction shall have occurred, and the NYSE shall have conditionally authorized, subject to official notice of issuance, the listing of the Shares; and

(5) all conditions precedent to the closing of the Transaction set forth in the Merger Agreement, including all necessary approvals of the Issuer’s stockholders and regulatory approvals, if any, shall have been satisfied (as determined by the parties to the Merger Agreement) or waived (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the closing of the Transactions pursuant to the Merger Agreement), and the closing of the Transactions shall be scheduled to occur substantially concurrently with or immediately following the Closing.

 

10


3.1.3 The obligation of the Subscriber to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction or valid waiver by the Subscriber of the additional conditions that, on the Closing Date:

(1) all representations and warranties of the Issuer and Pubco contained in this Subscription Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to Issuer Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) at and as of the Closing Date (unless they specifically speak as of an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all respects (other than representations and warranties that are qualified as to Issuer Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such date), other than, in each case, failures to be true and correct that would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in an Issuer Material Adverse Effect;

(2) the Issuer and Pubco shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Subscription Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing;

(3) no applicable governmental authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any judgment, order, law, rule or regulation (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is then in effect and has the effect of making consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise restraining or prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(4) no suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale or trading in any jurisdiction shall have occurred, and the NYSE shall have conditionally authorized, subject to official notice of issuance, the listing of the Shares; and

(5) (A) all conditions precedent to the closing of the Transaction set forth in the Merger Agreement, including all necessary approvals of the Issuer’s and Company’s stockholders and regulatory approvals, if any, shall have been satisfied (as determined by the other parties to the Merger Agreement) or waived (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the closing of the Transactions pursuant to the Merger Agreement), and the closing of the Transactions shall be scheduled to occur substantially concurrently with or immediately following the Closing, and (B) no amendment or modification of, or waiver with respect to Issuer’s obligation to effect the Closing under, the Merger Agreement shall have occurred that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the economic benefits to Subscriber under this Subscription Agreement without having received Subscriber’s prior written consent.

 

11


4. Registration Statement.

4.1 Pubco agrees that, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) calendar days after the consummation of the Transactions, Pubco will file with the Commission (at Pubco’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) registering the resale of the Shares (the “Registrable Securities”), and Pubco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the earlier of (i) the 60th calendar day (or 90th calendar day if the Commission notifies Pubco that it will “review” the Registration Statement) following the Closing Date and (ii) the 10th Business Day after the date Pubco is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the Commission that the Registration Statement will not be “reviewed” or will not be subject to further review (or, in either case of (i) or (ii) above, if such date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or other day that the Commission is closed for business, the next business day on which the Commission is open for business); provided, however, that Pubco’s obligations to include the Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement are contingent upon Subscriber furnishing a completed and executed “selling shareholders questionnaire” in customary form to Pubco that contains the information required by Commission rules for a Registration Statement regarding Subscriber, the securities of Pubco held by Subscriber, and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities, and Subscriber shall execute and deliver such documents in connection with such registration as Pubco may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations, including providing that Pubco shall be entitled to postpone and suspend the effectiveness or use of the Registration Statement during any customary blackout or similar period or as permitted hereunder; provided that the Subscriber shall not in connection with the foregoing be required to execute any lock-up or similar agreement or otherwise be subject to any contractual restriction on the ability to transfer the Shares. In no event shall the Subscriber be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statement unless requested by the Commission; provided that if the Commission requests that the Subscriber be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statement, the Subscriber will have an opportunity to withdraw from the Registration Statement.

4.2 In the case of the registration effected by Pubco pursuant to this Subscription Agreement, Pubco shall, upon reasonable request, inform Subscriber as to the status of such registration. At its expense, Pubco shall:

4.2.1 except for such times as Pubco is permitted hereunder to suspend the use of the prospectus forming part of a Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such registration, and any qualification, exemption, or compliance under state securities laws which Pubco determines to obtain, continuously effective with respect to Subscriber, and to keep the applicable Registration Statement or any subsequent shelf registration statement free of any material misstatements or omissions, until the earlier of the following: (i) Subscriber ceases to hold any Registrable Securities; (ii) the date all Registrable Securities held by Subscriber may be sold without restriction under Rule 144, including without limitation, any volume and manner of sale restrictions which may be applicable to affiliates under Rule 144 and without the requirement for Pubco to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) and (iii) two years from the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

4.2.2 advise Subscriber as expeditiously as possible, but in any event within five (5) Business Days:

(a) when a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

(b) after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for such purpose;

(c) of the receipt by Pubco of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

 

12


(d) subject to the provisions in this Subscription Agreement, of the occurrence of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Pubco shall not, when so advising Subscriber of such events, provide Subscriber with any material, nonpublic information regarding Pubco other than to the extent that providing notice to Subscriber of the occurrence of the events listed in (a) through (d) above may constitute material, nonpublic information regarding Pubco;

4.2.3 use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable;

4.2.4 upon the occurrence of any event contemplated in Section 4.2.2(d), except for such times as Pubco is permitted hereunder to suspend, and has suspended, the use of a prospectus forming part of a Registration Statement, Pubco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as soon as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus, or file any other required document, so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, such prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

4.2.5 use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares to be listed on each securities exchange or market, if any, on which Pubco’s Shares are then listed; and

4.2.6 use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Shares contemplated hereby.

4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Subscription Agreement, if the Commission prevents Pubco from including in the Registration Statement any or all of the Shares due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 of the Securities Act for the resale of the Shares by the Subscriber, the Registration Statement shall register for resale such number of Shares which is equal to the maximum number of Shares as is permitted by the Commission. In such event, the number of Shares to be registered for each selling shareholder named in the Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders.

4.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Subscription Agreement, Pubco shall be entitled to delay or postpone the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and from time to time to require Subscriber not to sell under the Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, if it determines that in order for the Registration Statement not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading, (i) an amendment thereto would be needed to include information that would at that time not otherwise be required in a current, quarterly, or annual report under the Exchange Act or (ii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction Pubco or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event Pubco’s board of directors reasonably believes would require

 

13


additional disclosure by Pubco in the Registration Statement of material information that Pubco has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of which in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the reasonable determination of Pubco’s board of directors to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements, (each such circumstance, a “Suspension Event”); provided, however, that Pubco may not delay or suspend the Registration Statement on more than three (3) occasions or for more than ninety (90) consecutive calendar days, or more than one hundred and twenty (120) total calendar days, in each case during any twelve (12) month period; and, provided further, that Pubco shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Registration Statement available for sale by the Subscriber of its Shares as soon as practicable following any such suspension. Upon receipt of any written notice from Pubco of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period that the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the prospectus) not misleading, Subscriber agrees that (a) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Shares under the Registration Statement until Subscriber receives copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus (which Pubco agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by Pubco that it may resume such offers and sales, and (b) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in such written notice delivered by Pubco. If so directed by Pubco, Subscriber will deliver to Pubco or, in Subscriber’s sole discretion destroy, all copies of the prospectus covering the Shares in Subscriber’s possession and will confirm in writing (including by email) such return or destruction; provided, however, that this obligation to deliver or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Shares shall not apply (1) to the extent Subscriber is required to retain a copy of such prospectus (A) in order to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, self-regulatory, or professional requirements, or (B) in accordance with a bona fide pre-existing document retention policy, or (2) to copies stored electronically on archival servers as a result of automatic data back-up (provided that such archival copies are not accessed).

4.5 Indemnification.

4.5.1 Pubco agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, the Subscriber (to the extent a seller under the Registration Statement), its directors, officers, employees, advisors and agents, and each person who controls the Subscriber (within the meaning of the Securities Act), to the extent permitted by law, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees) caused by any untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus included in any Registration Statement (“Prospectus”) or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing to Pubco by or on behalf of the Subscriber expressly for use therein.

4.5.2 To the extent permitted by law, Subscriber shall, severally and not jointly with any Other Subscriber or selling stockholder under the Registration Statement, indemnify Pubco, its directors and officers and each person or entity who controls Pubco (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented outside attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained (or not contained in, in the case of an omission) in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by on behalf of the Subscriber expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the liability of the Subscriber shall be limited to the net proceeds received by the Subscriber from the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

 

14


4.5.3 Any person or entity entitled to indemnification herein shall (a) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s or entity’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced or damaged the indemnifying party) and (b) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who elects not to assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of outside legal counsel to any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be reasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

4.5.4 The indemnification provided for under this Subscription Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, advisor, agent or controlling person or entity of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

4.5.5 If the indemnification provided under this Section 4.5 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact, was made by (or not made by, in the case of an omission), or relates to information supplied by (or not supplied by, in the case of an omission), such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 4.5, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4.5.5 from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each indemnifying party’s obligation to make a contribution pursuant to this Section 4.5.5 shall be individual, not joint and several, and in no event shall the liability of the Subscriber exceed the net proceeds received by such Subscriber from the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

 

15


4.6 Subject to receipt from the Subscriber by Pubco and its transfer agent of customary representations and other documentation reasonably acceptable to Pubco and its transfer agent in connection therewith, including, if required by the transfer agent, an opinion of Pubco’s and/or the Subscriber’s counsel, in a form reasonably acceptable to the transfer agent, to the effect that the removal of such restrictive legends in such circumstances may be effected under the Securities Act, the Subscriber may request that Pubco remove any legend from the book entry position evidencing the Shares within five (5) Business Days of request, following the earliest of such time as the Shares (A) are subject to or have been or are about to be sold or transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or (B) have been or are about to be sold pursuant to Rule 144. With respect to clause (A), while the Registration Statement is effective, Pubco shall use commercially reasonable efforts cause its counsel, or counsel acceptable to the transfer agent, to issue to the transfer agent a “blanket” legal opinion to allow the legend on the Shares to be removed upon resale of the Shares pursuant to the effective Registration Statement in accordance with this Section 4.5.6, to the extent requested by the transfer agent to effectuate the removal of the legend in connection with such sales. If restrictive legends are no longer required for the Shares pursuant to the foregoing, Pubco shall, in accordance with the provisions of this section and reasonably promptly following any request therefor from the Subscriber accompanied by such customary and reasonably acceptable representations and other documentation referred to above establishing that restrictive legends are no longer required, deliver to the transfer agent irrevocable instructions that the transfer agent shall make a new, unlegended entry for the Shares. Pubco shall be responsible for the fees of the transfer agent associated with such issuance.

5. Termination. This Subscription Agreement shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate without any further liability on the part of any party in respect thereof, upon the earlier to occur of (i) three (3) Business Days after the Merger Agreement is validly terminated in accordance with its terms, (ii) upon the mutual written agreement of each of the parties hereto to terminate this Subscription Agreement or (iii) on or after December 12, 2021 if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to such date; provided, that nothing herein will relieve any party from liability for any willful breach hereof prior to the time of termination, and each party will be entitled to any remedies at law or in equity to recover losses, liabilities, or damages arising from such breach. The Issuer shall promptly notify Subscriber of the termination of the Merger Agreement promptly after the termination of such agreement (if applicable) and any monies paid by the Subscriber to Pubco in connection herewith shall be returned to the Subscriber in accordance with Section 3.1.1.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Further Assurances. At the Closing, the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take such additional actions as the parties reasonably may deem to be practical and necessary in order to consummate the Subscription as contemplated by this Subscription Agreement.

6.1.1 Subscriber acknowledges that the Issuer and Pubco will rely on the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties made by Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement. Prior to the Closing, Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Issuer if any of the acknowledgments, understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties of the Subscriber set forth herein are no longer accurate in all material respects.

6.1.2 Each of the Issuer, Pubco and Subscriber is irrevocably authorized to produce this Subscription Agreement or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

16


6.1.3 The Issuer may request from Subscriber such additional information as the Issuer or Pubco may reasonably deem necessary to evaluate the eligibility of Subscriber to acquire the Shares, and Subscriber shall promptly provide such information as may be reasonably requested to the extent within Subscriber’s possession and control or otherwise readily available to Subscriber, provided that the Issuer and Pubco agree to keep confidential any such information provided by Subscriber.

6.1.4 Subscriber shall pay all of its own expenses in connection with this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

6.2 Notices. Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and either delivered personally, emailed, sent by overnight mail via a reputable overnight carrier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to be given and received (i) when so delivered personally, (ii) when sent, with no “mail undeliverable” or other rejection notice, if sent by email, or (iii) three (3) Business Days after the date of mailing to the address below or to such other address or addresses as such person may hereafter designate by notice given hereunder (accompanied, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) by delivery by email (provided no “mail undeliverable” or other rejection notice)):

 

  (a)

if to Subscriber, to such address or addresses set forth on Subscriber’s signature page hereto;

 

  (b)

if to the Issuer, to:

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

875 3rd Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nick Robinson, Mike Palmer

E-mail: nrobinson@cerberus.com, mpalmer@cerberus.com

with a required copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

Attention: Neil Whoriskey and Scott Golenbock

Email: nwhoriskey@milbank.com and sgolenbock@milbank.com

if to Pubco, to:

King Pubco, Inc.

875 3rd Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Nick Robinson, Mike Palmer

E-mail: nrobinson@cerberus.com, mpalmer@cerberus.com

with a required copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

Attention: Neil Whoriskey and Scott Golenbock

Email: nwhoriskey@milbank.com and sgolenbock@milbank.com

 

17


6.3 Entire Agreement. This Subscription Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including any commitment letter entered into relating to the subject matter hereof.

6.4 Modifications; Amendments; Waivers. This Subscription Agreement may not be amended, modified, supplemented, or waived (i) except by an instrument in writing, signed by Subscriber, Issuer and Pubco and (ii) without the prior written consent of the Company. No failure or delay of either party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereto or the exercise of any other right or power.

6.5 Assignment. Neither this Subscription Agreement nor any rights, interests, or obligations that may accrue to the parties hereunder (including Subscriber’s rights to purchase the Shares) may be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of each of the Company and the other parties hereto (other than the Shares acquired hereunder and then only in accordance with this Subscription Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscriber may assign its rights and obligations under this Subscription Agreement to any fund or account managed by the same investment manager as the Subscriber or by an affiliate of such investment manager without the prior consent of the Issuer; provided further that (x) prior to such assignment, any such assignee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms hereof and (y) no such assignment shall relieve the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder.

6.6 Benefit.

6.6.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, this Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns, and the agreements, representations, warranties, covenants, and acknowledgments contained herein shall be deemed to be made by, and be binding upon, such heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns.

6.6.2 Each of the Issuer, Pubco and Subscriber further acknowledge and agree that the Placement Agents are third-party beneficiaries of the representations and warranties of the Issuer, Pubco and Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement.

6.7 Governing Law. This Subscription Agreement, and any claim or cause of action hereunder based upon, arising out of or related to this Subscription Agreement (whether based on law, in equity, in contract, in tort, or any other theory) or the negotiation, execution, performance, or enforcement of this Subscription Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, including its statute of limitations, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflicts of law, whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction, to the extent they would require or permit the application of laws or statute of limitations of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

6.8 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state courts of the State of Delaware, or any federal court sitting in the State of Delaware (collectively, the “Chosen Courts”), in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Subscription Agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, and shall not assert as a defense in any legal dispute, that (i) such person is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts for any reason, (ii) such legal proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable

 

18


in the Chosen Courts, (iii) such person’s property is exempt or immune from execution, (iv) such legal proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (v) the venue of such legal proceeding is improper. Each party hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, further consents to service of process by nationally recognized overnight courier service guaranteeing overnight delivery, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 6.2, and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which they might otherwise have to such manner of service of process. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 6.8, a party may commence any action, claim, cause of action, or suit in a court other than the Chosen Courts solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by the Chosen Courts. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIMS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ASSERTED IN ANY LEGAL DISPUTE RELATING TO OR ARISING UNDER THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. IF THE SUBJECT MATTER OF ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE IS ONE IN WHICH THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS PROHIBITED, NO PARTY SHALL ASSERT IN SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE A NONCOMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. FURTHERMORE, NO PARTY SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE WITH A SEPARATE ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE WAIVED.

6.9 Severability. If any provision of this Subscription Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Subscription Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

6.10 No Waiver of Rights, Powers, and Remedies. No failure or delay by a party hereto in exercising any right, power, or remedy under this Subscription Agreement, and no course of dealing between the parties hereto, shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power, or remedy of such party. No single or partial exercise of any right, power, or remedy under this Subscription Agreement by a party hereto, nor any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce any such right, power, or remedy, shall preclude such party from any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or remedy hereunder. The election of any remedy by a party hereto shall not constitute a waiver of the right of such party to pursue other available remedies. No notice to or demand on a party not expressly required under this Subscription Agreement shall entitle the party receiving such notice or demand to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the party giving such notice or demand to any other or further action in any circumstances without such notice or demand.

6.11 Remedies.

6.11.1 The parties agree that each party will suffer irreparable damage if this Subscription Agreement were not performed or the Closing is not consummated in accordance with its specific terms or this Subscription Agreement was otherwise breached and that money damages or other legal remedies would not be an adequate remedy for any such damage. It is accordingly agreed that the Issuer and Pubco shall be entitled to equitable relief, including in the form of an injunction or injunctions, to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Subscription Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement in an appropriate court of competent jurisdiction as set forth in Section 6.8, this being in addition to any other remedy to which any party is entitled at law or in equity, including money damages. The right to specific enforcement shall include the right of the Issuer and Pubco to cause the parties hereto to cause the transactions contemplated hereby to be consummated on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in this Subscription Agreement (including,

 

19


for the avoidance of doubt, the right to directly enforce each of the covenants and agreements of Subscriber under this Subscription Agreement). The parties hereto further agree (i) to waive any requirement for the security or posting of any bond in connection with any such equitable remedy, (ii) not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement pursuant to this Section 6.11 is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to applicable law, or inequitable for any reason, and (iii) to waive any defenses in any action for specific performance, including the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

6.11.2 The parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 6.11 is an integral part of the transactions contemplated hereby and without that right, the parties hereto would not have entered into this Subscription Agreement.

6.12 Headings and Captions. The headings and captions of the various subdivisions of this Subscription Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof.

6.13 Counterparts. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, email, or any other form of electronic delivery (including .pdf or Docusign), such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

6.14 Construction. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Subscription Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Subscription Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. All references in this Subscription Agreement to numbers of shares, per share amounts, and purchase prices shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, recapitalization, or the like occurring after the date hereof.

6.15 Mutual Drafting. This Subscription Agreement is the joint product of the parties hereto and each provision hereof has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation, and agreement of the parties and shall not be construed for or against any party hereto.

7. Cleansing Statement; Disclosure. The Issuer shall, by 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first (1st) Business Day immediately following the date of this Subscription Agreement, issue one (1) or more press releases or file with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K (collectively, the “Disclosure Document”) disclosing all material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Other Subscription Agreements and the Transactions and any other material, nonpublic information that the Issuer, the Company, any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or agents has provided to the Subscriber at any time prior to the filing of such Disclosure Document. As of immediately following the filing of the Disclosure Document, to the Issuer’s knowledge, the Subscriber shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information received from the Issuer, the Company, any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or agents that is not disclosed in the Disclosure Document or in prior filings with the Commission. In addition, effective upon the filing of the Disclosure Document, the Issuer acknowledges and agrees that any and all confidentiality or similar obligations under any agreement, whether written or oral, in connection with the Transactions between the Issuer or any of its agents, on the one hand, and the

 

20


Subscriber or any of its affiliates, on the other hand, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not and shall direct its directors, officers, employees, agents and the Company not to publicly disclose the name of Subscriber or any affiliate or investment adviser of Subscriber, or include the name of Subscriber or any affiliate or investment adviser of Subscriber, without the prior written consent (including by email) of Subscriber (i) in any press release or (ii) in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory agency or trading market, without the prior written consent (including by e-mail) of Subscriber, except in the Registration Statement contemplated by Section 4 of this Subscription Agreement, as required by the federal securities laws, rules or regulations and/or to the extent such disclosure is required by other laws, rules or regulations, or at the request of the staff of the Commission or any regulatory agency, in which case the Issuer shall provide Subscriber with prior written notice (including by e-mail) of such permitted disclosure, and shall reasonably consult with Subscriber regarding such disclosure.

8. Trust Account Waiver. Subscriber acknowledges that the Issuer has established a trust account containing the proceeds of its initial public offering and from certain private placements (collectively, with interest accrued from time to time thereon, the “Trust Account”). For and in consideration of the Issuer’s entering into this Subscription Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Subscriber agrees that (i) it has no right, title, interest, or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, and (ii) it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest, or claim of any kind (“Claim”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, in each case in connection with this Subscription Agreement, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have in connection with this Subscription Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to limit Subscriber’s right, title, interest, or claim to the Trust Account by virtue of such Subscriber’s record or beneficial ownership of securities of the Issuer acquired by any means other than pursuant to this Subscription Agreement, including any redemption right with respect to any such securities of the Issuer. In the event Subscriber has any Claim against the Issuer under this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber shall pursue such Claim solely against the Issuer and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account. Subscriber agrees and acknowledges that such waiver is material to this Subscription Agreement and has been specifically relied upon by the Issuer to induce the Issuer to enter into this Subscription Agreement and Subscriber further intends and understands such waiver to be valid, binding, and enforceable under applicable law. In the event Subscriber, in connection with this Subscription Agreement, commences any action or proceeding which seeks, in whole or in part, relief against the funds held in the Trust Account or distributions therefrom or any of the Issuer’s stockholders, whether in the form of monetary damages or injunctive relief, Subscriber shall be obligated to pay to the Issuer all of its legal fees and costs in connection with any such action in the event that the Issuer prevails in such action or proceeding.

9. Non-Reliance. Subscriber acknowledges that it is not relying upon, and has not relied upon, any statement, representation, or warranty made by any person, firm, or corporation (including, without limitation, the Company, the Issuer, Pubco any of their respective affiliates, or any of its or their respective control persons, officers, directors, or employees), other than the representations and warranties of the Issuer and Pubco expressly set forth in this Subscription Agreement, in making its investment or decision to invest in Pubco. Subscriber agrees none of the Placement Agent, its affiliates or any control persons, officers, directors, employees, partners, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing shall be liable to Subscriber pursuant to or in connection with this Subscription Agreement or any other agreement related to the private placement of shares of Pubco’s or the Issuer’s capital stock for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares hereunder.

 

21


10. [Waiver of Sovereign Immunity. With respect to the liability of Subscriber to perform its obligations under this Agreement, with respect to itself or its property, Subscriber:

10.1 agrees that, for purposes of the doctrine of sovereign immunity, the execution, delivery, and performance by it of this Agreement constitutes private and commercial acts done for private and commercial purposes;

10.2 agrees that, should any proceedings be brought against it or its assets in any jurisdiction in relation to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, Subscriber is not entitled to any immunity on the basis of sovereignty in respect of its obligations under this Agreement, and no immunity from such proceedings (including, without limitation, immunity from service of process from suit, from the jurisdiction of any court, from an order or injunction of such court, or the enforcement of same against its assets) shall be claimed by or on behalf of such party or with respect to its assets;

10.3 waives, in any such proceedings, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right of immunity which it or any of its assets now has or may acquire in the future in any jurisdiction;

10.4 subject to the terms and conditions hereof, consents generally in respect of the enforcement of any judgment or award against it in any such proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in any jurisdiction in connection with such proceedings (including, without limitation, pre-judgment attachment, post judgment attachment, the making, enforcement, or execution against or in respect of any assets whatsoever irrespective of their use or intended use of any order or judgment that may be made or given in connection therewith); and

10.5 specifies that, for the purposes of this provision, “assets” shall be taken as excluding “premises of the mission” as defined in the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations signed at Vienna, April 18, 1961, “consular premises” as defined in the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations signed in 1963, and military property or military assets or property of the Subscriber.]1

11. Rule 144. From and after such time as the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any other similar rule or regulation of the Commission that may allow Subscriber to sell securities of Pubco to the public without registration are available to holders of Pubco’s Shares for so long as the Subscriber holds the Shares acquired hereunder, Pubco agrees to take commercially reasonable efforts to (to the extent any of the following is required to be satisfied for the Subscriber to sell securities of Pubco to the public under Rule 144):

11.1.1 make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;

11.1.2 file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of Pubco under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so long as Pubco remains subject to such requirements; and

11.1.3 furnish to Subscriber, promptly upon Subscriber’s reasonable request, (i) a written statement by Pubco, if true, that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Issuer and such other reports and documents so filed by Pubco, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to permit Subscriber to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without registration.

 

1 

Note to Draft: To be included for all sovereign wealth or similar or investors.

 

22


11.1.4 If in the opinion of counsel to Pubco, it is then permissible to remove the restrictive legend from the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then at Subscriber’s request, Pubco will request its transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 2.1.5.

12. Independent Obligations. The obligations of Subscriber under this Subscription Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any Other Subscriber under the Other Subscription Agreements, and Subscriber shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any Other Subscriber under the Other Subscription Agreements. The decision of Subscriber to purchase Shares pursuant to this Subscription Agreement has been made by Subscriber independently of any Other Subscriber and independently of any information, materials, statements or opinions as to the business, affairs, operations, assets, properties, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Pubco or the Issuer or any of their respective subsidiaries or successors which may have been made or given by any Other Subscriber or by any agent or employee of any Other Subscriber, and neither Subscriber nor any of its agents or employees shall have any liability to any Other Subscriber (or any other person) relating to or arising from any such information, materials, statements or opinions. Nothing contained herein or in any Other Subscription Agreement, and no action taken by Subscriber or any Other Subscribers pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Subscriber and Other Subscribers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Subscriber and Other Subscribers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements. Subscriber acknowledges that no Other Subscriber has acted as agent for the Subscriber in connection with making its investment hereunder and no Other Subscriber will be acting as agent of the Subscriber in connection with monitoring its investment in the Shares or enforcing its rights under this Subscription Agreement. Subscriber shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Subscription Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any Other Subscriber or investor to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Issuer, Pubco and Subscriber has executed or caused this Subscription Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date set forth below.

 

CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

         

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory
KING PUBCO, INC.
By:  

         

Name:   Michael Palmer
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


Accepted and agreed this 12th day of March, 2021.

 

SUBSCRIBER:                         
Signature of Subscriber:     Signature of Joint Subscriber, if applicable:
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                                

Name:

Title:

     

Name:

Title:

 
Date: March 12, 2021      
Name of Subscriber:     Name of Joint Subscriber, if applicable:

 

(Please print. Please indicate name and capacity of person signing above.)

   

 

(Please print. Please indicate name and capacity of person signing above.)

 

Name in which securities are to be registered (if different from the name of Subscriber listed directly above.)

   

 

     

Email Address:

 

If there are joint investors, please check one:

 

Joint Tenants with Rights of Survivorship

Tenants-in-Common

Community Property

   
Subscriber’s EIN:                                                             Joint Subscriber’s EIN:                                                  

 

Business Address-Street:

 

                                                                                        

 

                                                                                        

City, State, Zip

 

Attn:                                                                              

 

Telephone No.:                                                            

 

Facsimile No.:                                                             

   

 

Mailing Address-Street (if different):

 

                                                                                        

 

                                                                                        

City, State, Zip

 

Attn:                                                                              

 

Telephone No.:                                                            

 

Facsimile No.:                                                              

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


Aggregate Number of Shares subscribed for:

 

 

Aggregate Purchase Price:

 

$  

 

You must pay the Purchase Price by wire transfer of U.S. $ in immediately available funds, to be held in escrow until the Closing, to the account specified by the Issuer in the Closing Notice.

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

ELIGIBILITY REPRESENTATIONS OF SUBSCRIBER

 

A.

QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS

(Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

 

  1.

We are a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (a “QIB”)) and have marked and initialed the appropriate box on the following pages indicating the provision under which we qualify as a QIB.

 

  2.

We are subscribing for the Shares as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, and each owner of such account is a QIB.

*** OR ***

 

B.

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS

(Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

 

  1.

We are an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) or an entity in which all of the equity holders are institutional accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, and have marked and initialed the appropriate box on the following page indicating the provision under which we qualify as an institutional “accredited investor.”

 

  2.

We are not a natural person.

*** AND ***

 

C.

AFFILIATE STATUS

(Please check the applicable box)

SUBSCRIBER:

is:

is not:

an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or acting on behalf of an affiliate of the Issuer.

This page should be completed by Subscriber

and constitutes a part of the Subscription Agreement.


The Subscriber is a “qualified institutional buyer” (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act) if it is an entity that meets any one of the following categories at the time of the sale of securities to the Subscriber (Please check the applicable subparagraphs):

The Subscriber is an entity that, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $100 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the Subscriber and:

is an insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act;

is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or any business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act;

is a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the US Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (“Small Business Investment Act”);

is a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees;

is an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”);

is a trust fund whose trustee is a bank or trust company and whose participants are exclusively (a) plans established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, of (b) employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the ERISA, except, in each case, trust funds that include as participants individual retirement accounts or H.R. 10 plans;

is a business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”);

is an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), corporation (other than a bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, a savings and loan association or other institution referenced in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act, or a foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution), partnership, or Massachusetts or similar business trust; or

is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act;

The Subscriber is a dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $10 million of securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the Subscriber;

The Subscriber is a dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act acting in a riskless principal transaction on behalf of a qualified institutional buyer;

The Subscriber is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, acting for its own account or for the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that is part of a family of investment companies2 which own in the aggregate at least $100 million in securities of issuers, other than issuers that are affiliated with Subscriber or are part of such family of investment companies;

 

2 

Family of investment companies” means any two or more investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, except for a unit investment trust whose assets consist solely of shares of one or more registered investment companies, that have the same investment adviser (or, in the case of unit investment trusts, the same depositor); provided that, (a) each series of a series company (as defined in Rule 18f-2 under the Investment Company Act) shall be deemed to be a separate investment company and (b) investment companies shall be deemed to have the same adviser (or depositor) if their advisers (or depositors) are majority-owned subsidiaries of the same parent, or if one investment company’s adviser (or depositor) is a majority-owned subsidiary of the other investment company’s adviser (or depositor)


The Subscriber is an entity, all of the equity owners of which are qualified institutional buyers, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers; or

The Subscriber is a bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, or any foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution, acting for its own account or the accounts of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns and invests on a discretionary basis at least $100 million in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with the Subscriber and that has an audited net worth of at least $25 million as demonstrated in its latest annual financial statements, as of a date not more than 16 months preceding the date of sale of securities in the case of a US bank or savings and loan association, and not more than 18 months preceding the date of sale of securities for a foreign bank or savings and loan association or equivalent institution.

 


Subscriber has indicated, by marking and initialing the appropriate box below, the provision(s) below which apply to Subscriber and under which Subscriber accordingly qualifies as an institutional “accredited investor” under Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity;

Any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Exchange Act;

Any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act;

Any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act;

Any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act;

Any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA, if (i) the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, a savings and loan association, an insurance company, or a registered investment adviser, (ii) the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, (iii) such plan is a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are “accredited investors”;

Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act;

Any (i) corporation, limited liability company or partnership, (ii) Massachusetts or similar business trust, or (iii) organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, and with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Section 230.506(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation D; or

Any entity in which all of the equity owners are institutional “accredited investors.”

Exhibit 10.2

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of September 30, 2021, is made and entered into by and among KORE Wireless Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC (the “Sponsor”), the ABRY Entities (as defined below), and certain individuals party hereto whose names appear on the signature pages of this Agreement (Sponsor and the ABRY Entities, together with the other parties listed on the signature pages hereto and any person or entity who hereafter becomes a party to this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 of this Investor Rights Agreement, a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. (the “Acquiror”), a Cayman Islands exempted company (which, in connection with the Merger Agreement re-domesticated as a Delaware corporation and merged with and into King LLC Merger Sub, LLC (“LLC Merger Sub”) with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of PubCo), Sponsor and certain other holders of Acquiror’s securities (such Persons, the “Original Holders”) entered into that certain Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020 (the “RRA”);

WHEREAS, the PubCo has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and as further amended on September 21, 2021 (as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”), by and among PubCo, Acquiror, LLC Merger Sub, and the other parties thereto;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Pre-Closing Stockholders (as defined below) received shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of PubCo;

WHEREAS, PubCo and the Original Holders desire to terminate the RRA and replace it with this Investor Rights Agreement; and

WHEREAS, on the Effective Date, the Parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to governance, registration rights and certain other matters, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. The terms defined in this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement, have the respective meanings set forth below:

ABRY Entities” shall mean each of ABRY Partners VII, L.P., ABRY Partners VII Co-Investment Fund, L.P., ABRY Investment Partnership, L.P., ABRY Senior Equity IV, L.P. and ABRY Senior Equity IV Co-Investment Fund, L.P.


Adverse Disclosure” shall mean any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or principal Financial Officer of PubCo, after consultation with counsel to PubCo, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (iii) PubCo has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, through one or more intermediaries or otherwise. The term “control” means the ownership of a majority of the voting securities of the applicable Person or the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the applicable Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative thereto; provided, that, in no event shall PubCo or any of PubCo’s subsidiaries be considered an Affiliate of any portfolio company (other than PubCo and its subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with, managed or controlled by, any direct or indirect equityholder of PubCo nor shall any portfolio company (other than PubCo and its subsidiaries) of any investment fund or account affiliated with any equityholder of PubCo be considered to be an Affiliate of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries.

Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Block Sale” means the sale of shares of Common Stock, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into Common Stock, in each case constituting more than 3% of PubCo Common Stock then outstanding to one or more purchasers by means of (i) a bought deal, (ii) a block trade or (iii) a direct sale, in each case whether in a registered transaction without a prior marketing process or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of PubCo.

business day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in New York, New York are open for the general transaction of business.

Bylaws” means the amended and restated bylaws of PubCo, as in effect on the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

2


Certificate of Incorporation” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of PubCo, as in effect at the end of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Closing” shall have the meaning given in the Merger Agreement.

Closing Date” shall mean September 30, 2021.

Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.3.

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may be amended from time to time.

Form S-1 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.1.

Form S-3 Shelf” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.1.

Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator (public or private) or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

Holder Information” shall have the meaning given in subsection 5.1.2.

Holders” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Lawsmeans all laws, acts, statutes, constitutions, treaties, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, and rulings of a Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Laws” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

3


Lock-Up Period” shall mean, with respect to the shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsor and Pre-Closing Stockholders, from the date hereof until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date.

Maximum Number of Securities” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.4.

Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.3.

Misstatement” shall mean an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

Necessary Action” means, with respect to any Party and a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable Law and within such Party’s control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board to the extent such action is consistent with fiduciary duties that PubCo’s directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (a) calling special meetings of stockholders, (b) voting or providing a written consent or proxy, if applicable in each case, with respect to shares of Common Stock, (c) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents, (d) executing agreements and instruments, (e) making, or causing to be made, with Governmental Entities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result and (f) nominating certain Persons (including to fill vacancies) and providing the highest level of support for election of such Persons to the Board in connection with the annual or any special meeting of stockholders of PubCo.

Original RRA” shall have the meaning given in the Recitals hereto.

Organizational Documents” means the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any person or entity to whom a Holder of Registrable Securities is permitted to transfer such Registrable Securities prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period under this Investor Rights Agreement and any other applicable agreement between such Holder and PubCo and to any transferee thereafter.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.2.1.

Pre-Closing Holder Designated Director” means the Pre-Closing Holder Directors and any Independent Director designated by the Shareholder Representative pursuant to Article 2 hereof.

Pre-Closing Holder Requesting Stockholders shall mean the ABRY Entities, Dotmar Investments Limited, Terridian Inc., Jarmess LLC and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

4


Pre-Closing Stockholders” shall mean (i) the ABRY Entities, (ii) Dotmar Investments Limited, Terridian Inc., Jarmess LLC, (iii) the other signatories party hereto and and (iv) each director and executive officer of PubCo from time to time that acquires Registrable Securities.

Principal Holder” shall mean each of Sponsor and the ABRY Entities.

Pro Rata” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.2.4.

Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance on Rules 430A or 430B under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), as supplemented by any and all prospectus supplements and as amended by any and all post-effective amendments and including all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

PubCo” shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Registrable Security” shall mean at any time any outstanding shares of Common Stock (including shares issuable under the Merger Agreement) or any other equity security (including warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any other equity security) of PubCo held by a Holder and any security into which such shares of Common Stock or other equity security shall have been converted or exchanged in connection with a recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, exchange, distribution or otherwise, in each case other than any security received pursuant to an incentive plan adopted by PubCo on or after the Closing Date; provided, however, that, as to any particular Registrable Security, such securities shall cease to constitute Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of: (x) the date on which such securities are disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (y) the date on which such securities may be disposed of pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale; and (z) the date on which such securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

Registration Expenses” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Registration, including, without limitation, the following:

(A) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.) and any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed;

(B) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

 

5


(C) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

(D) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for PubCo;

(E) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of PubCo incurred specifically in connection with such Registration; and

(F) reasonable fees and expenses of one (1) legal counsel selected by (i) the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders in an Underwritten Offering or (ii) in the case of a Piggyback Registration, the majority-in-interest of the Holders participating in such Piggyback Registration.

Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person acting on behalf of such Person.

Requesting Holders” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.4.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Shareholder Representative” means ABRY Partners VII, L.P, or such other Person who is identified as the replacement Shareholder Representative by the then existing Shareholder Representative giving prior written notice to PubCo.

Shelf” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.1.

Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect).

Shelf Takedown shall mean an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

Sponsor shall have the meaning given in the Preamble hereto.

Sponsor Designated Director” means the Sponsor Directors and any Independent Director designated by Sponsor pursuant to Article 2 hereof.

Subsequent Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.2.

Underwriter” shall mean any investment banker(s) and manager(s) appointed to administer the offering of any Registerable Securities as principal in an Underwriting Offering.

 

6


Underwritten Offering” shall mean a Registration in which securities of PubCo are sold to an Underwriter for distribution to the public.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the meaning given in subsection 2.1.3.

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning given in subsection 3.1.5.

ARTICLE II

GOVERNANCE

2.1 Board of Directors.

2.2.1 Composition of the Board. At and following the Closing, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause (x) the Board to be comprised of up to ten (10) directors, selected as set forth herein. As of the Closing Date, the Board shall include (i) up to two (2) directors designated to PubCo by the Shareholder Representative (such directors, and any of their successors designated pursuant to Section 2.2.3 of this Agreement, each, a “Pre-Closing Holder Director”), (ii) up to two (2) directors designated to PubCo by Sponsor (such directors and any of their successors designated pursuant to Section 2.2.4 of this Agreement, each, a “Sponsor Director”), (iii) up to three (3) independent directors designated to PubCo by Sponsor and up to two (2) independent directors the Shareholder Representative (such directors and any successors designated pursuant to Section 2.2.6, each, an “Independent Director”), and (iv) the chief executive officer of PubCo. At the Closing, the foregoing directors are to be divided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three year-terms as follows:

(a) The Class I directors shall include: 1 Sponsor Director, 1 Independent Director designated by Sponsor (selected for Class I by the Sponsor) and 1 Independent Director designated by the Shareholder Representative (selected for Class I by the Shareholder Representative);

(b) The Class II directors shall include: 2 Independent Directors designated by Sponsor (selected for Class II by the Sponsor) and 1 Independent Director designated by the Shareholder Representative (selected for Class II by the Shareholder Representative);

(c) The Class III directors shall include: the CEO of PubCo, 1 Sponsor Directors (selected for Class III by the Sponsor) and 2 Pre-Closing Holder Directors (selected for Class III by the Shareholder Representative);

The initial term of the Class I directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2021 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class II directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class III directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2023 annual meeting at which directors are elected. For the avoidance of doubt, the

 

7


designation of a director in accordance with the foregoing shall be in the sole discretion of the Sponsor and Shareholder Representative and, if the Sponsor or Shareholder Representative, as applicable, elect not to so designate a director in accordance with the foregoing, such seats shall remain vacant until filled in accordance herewith.

2.2.2 Chairperson of the Board. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure (i) that the Chairperson of the board is a director selected by a majority of the Board and (ii) if the majority of the Board has selected the CEO to serve as the Chairperson of the Board and one or more Sponsor Directors has been elected to the Board, that the Sponsor Directors select the lead director of the Board.

2.2.3 Pre-Closing Holder Representation. Shareholder Representative shall have the right to designate the replacement for any Pre-Closing Holder Director and any Independent Director designated by Shareholder Representative. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure that such designees are included on the slate of nominees recommended by PubCo for election as directors in any shareholder meeting electing such replacement directors.

2.2.4 Sponsor Representation. Sponsor shall have the right to designate the replacement for any Sponsor Director and any Independent Director designated by Sponsor. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure that such designees are included on the slate of nominees recommended by PubCo for election as directors in any shareholder meeting electing such replacement directors.

2.2.5 Independent Directors. The Independent Directors designated by Sponsor and the Shareholder Representative shall (i) qualify as “independent” pursuant to the listing standards of the national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is admitted to trading (or, if at the time of such recommendation, the Common Stock is not admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, pursuant to the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, LLC or its successor), and (ii) shall not be employed by Sponsor, Shareholder Representative, or any of their respective Affiliates.

2.2.6 Removal; Vacancies. Shareholder Representative or Sponsor, as applicable, shall have the exclusive right to (x) remove their nominees from the Board and (y) fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of its nominees to the Board, and PubCo shall (in each case) take all Necessary Action to remove or nominate or cause the Board to appoint, as applicable, replacement directors designated by the applicable Party to fill any such vacancies above as promptly as practicable after such designation (and in any event prior to the next meeting or action of the Board or applicable committee).

2.2.7 Committees. In accordance with PubCo’s Organizational Documents, (i) the Board shall establish and maintain committees of the Board for (x) Audit, (y) Compensation and (z) Nominating and Corporate Governance, and (ii) the Board may from time to time by resolution establish and maintain other committees of the Board. Subject to applicable Laws and stock exchange regulations, and subject to requisite independence requirements applicable to such committee, for so long as the Shareholder Representative or Sponsor, as applicable is entitled to designate at least one (1) director pursuant to this Section 2.1, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to have at least one Pre-Closing Holder Director and one Sponsor Director, as applicable, appointed to serve on each committee of the Board.

 

8


2.2.8 Reimbursement of Expenses. PubCo shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board and any committees thereof, including travel, lodging and meal expenses.

2.2.9 Indemnification. For so long as any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director serves as a director of PubCo, (i) PubCo shall provide such Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director with at least the same expense reimbursement, benefits, indemnity, exculpation and other arrangements provided to the other directors of PubCo and (ii) PubCo shall not amend, alter or repeal any right to indemnification or exculpation covering or benefiting any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director nominated pursuant to this Agreement as and to the extent consistent with applicable Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and any indemnification agreements with directors (whether such right is contained in the Organizational Documents or another document) (except to the extent such amendment or alteration permits PubCo to provide broader indemnification or exculpation rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto).

2.2.10 Review of Nominees. Any nominee as a Pre-Closing Holder Director, Sponsor Director or Independent Director shall be subject to PubCo’s customary due diligence process, including its review of a completed questionnaire and a background check. Based on the foregoing, PubCo may reasonably object to any such nominee within fifteen (15) days of receiving such completed questionnaire and background check authorization, (i) provided it does so in good faith and (ii) solely to the extent such objection is based upon any of the following: (1) such nominee was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (in each case, excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (2) such nominee was the subject of any order, judgment or decree not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining such proposed director or observer from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities: (A) engaging in any type of business practice, or (B) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities laws; (3) such nominee was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than sixty (60) days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in clause (2)(B), or to be associated with persons engaged in such activity; (4) such nominee was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC to have violated any federal or state securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated; or (5) such nominee was the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to a violation of any federal or state securities laws or regulations. In the event the Board reasonably finds any such nominee to be unsuitable based upon one or more of the foregoing clauses (1) through (5) inclusive, and reasonably objects to such nominated director or observer, the applicable Holder shall be entitled to propose a different nominee to the Board within thirty (30) days of PubCo’s notice to such Holder of its objection to such nominee and such replacement nominee shall be subject to the review process outlined in this Section 2.2.11.

 

9


2.3 Company Cooperation. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to consist of the number of directors specified in Section 2.1 and to include in the slate of nominees to be voted upon by the stockholders of PubCo the Persons designated for nomination to the Board in accordance with Section 2.1.

2.4 Sharing of Information. To the extent permitted by antitrust, competition or any other applicable Law, each of PubCo, the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor agree and acknowledge that the directors designated by the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor, may share confidential, non-public information about PubCo and its subsidiaries (“Confidential Information”) with the Shareholder Representative or Sponsor, as applicable. Each of the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor recognizes that it, or its Affiliates and Representatives, has acquired or will acquire Confidential Information the use or disclosure of which could cause PubCo substantial loss and damages that could not be readily calculated and for which no remedy at Law would be adequate. Accordingly, each of the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor covenants and agrees with PubCo that it will not (and will cause its respective controlled Affiliates and Representatives not to) at any time, except with the prior written consent of PubCo, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information known to it to any third party, unless (a) such information becomes known to the public through no fault of such Party in violation of this Investor Rights Agreement, (b) disclosure is required by applicable Law (including any filing following the Closing Date with the SEC pursuant to applicable securities laws) or court of competent jurisdiction or requested by a Governmental Entity; provided, that (other than in the case of any required filing following the Closing Date with the SEC or in connection with any Regulatory Inquiry, for which notification shall expressly not be required) such Party promptly notifies PubCo of such requirement or request and takes commercially reasonable steps, at the sole cost and expense of PubCo, to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, (c) such information was available or becomes available to such Party before, on or after the Effective Date, without restriction, from a source (other than PubCo) without any breach of duty to PubCo or any of its Affiliates or (d) such information was independently developed by such Party or its Representatives without the use of, or reference to, the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Investor Rights Agreement shall prohibit the Shareholder Representative and Sponsor from disclosing Confidential Information (x) to any Affiliate, Representative, limited partner, member, shareholder or other equity holder of such Party, provided, that such Person shall be bound by an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Confidential Information and such Party shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 2.4 by any such Person or (y) if such disclosure is made pursuant to any examinations, audits, investigations, regulatory sweeps or other regulatory inquiries by regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations, governmental agencies or examiners thereof (each a “Regulatory Inquiry”) with jurisdiction over such Party in connection with a Regulatory Inquiry that is not specifically directed at PubCo or the Confidential Information, provided that such Party shall request that confidential treatment be accorded to any information so disclosed. No Confidential Information shall be deemed to be provided to any Person, including any Affiliate of a Pre-Closing Holder or Sponsor, unless such Confidential Information is actually provided to such Person.

2.5 Termination. This Article II and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate on the 7th anniversary of the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall from time to time consider whether it is in the best interests of PubCo and its securityholders

 

10


to amend the rights and obligations of the parties set forth in Section 2.2.1, taking into account the relative ownership of PubCo held by Sponsor and the Shareholder Representative and their respective affiliates and, if the Board recommends that this Agreement be amended to reduce the number of directors to be designated by Sponsor or the Shareholder Representative based on such facts, the parties shall reasonably consider such recommendation.

ARTICLE III

REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

3.1 Shelf Registration.

3.1.1 Filing. PubCo shall file and cause to be effective within 15 days of the Closing Date, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”) or if PubCo is ineligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf,” and together with the Form S-3 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration), the “Shelf”), in each case, covering the resale of all the Registrable Securities (determined as of two business days prior to such filing) on a delayed or continuous basis. PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing. The Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. PubCo shall maintain the Shelf in accordance with the terms hereof, and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep such Shelf continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event PubCo files a Form S-1 Shelf, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after PubCo is eligible to use Form S-3.

3.1.2 Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if PubCo is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that PubCo is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent

 

11


Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, PubCo, upon request of a Holder, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at PubCo’s option, the Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, PubCo shall only be required to cause such Registrable Securities to be so covered once annually after reasonable inquiry of the Holders, unless such Registrable Securities were delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement in which case PubCo shall register such Registerable Securities so delivered as soon as reasonably possible.

3.1.3 Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the Commission, the Sponsor or any Pre-Closing Requesting Stockholder may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that PubCo shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include either (x) securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $25,000,000 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities held by the requesting Holder (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to PubCo, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. The Holders that requested such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Demanding Holders”) shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to PubCo’s prior approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Sponsor may demand four Underwritten Shelf Takedowns each fiscal year and the Pre-Closing Holder Requesting Stockholders (on a collective basis) may demand four Underwritten Shelf Takedowns each fiscal year; provided, that no demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown may be made prior to 45 days following the consummation of another Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

3.1.4 Reduction of Underwritten Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advises PubCo, the Demanding Holders and the Holders requesting piggy back rights pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the Requesting Holders) (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that PubCo desires to sell and all other shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by any other stockholders who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of equity securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of

 

12


Securities”), then PubCo shall include in such Underwritten Offering, (i) the Registrable Securities that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such Holder, (ii) to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached, the Common Stock or other equity securities of other persons or entities that PubCo is obligated to include in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities, and (iii) to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached, such number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities proposed to be sold by PubCo until the Maximum Number of Securities is reached. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Maximum Number of Securities is less than 75% of the number of Registrable Securities requested by the Holders to be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall not count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by any Holder for purposes of Section 3.1.3.

3.1.5 Withdrawal. A majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating a Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from a Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Shelf Takedown; provided that the Sponsor or any Pre-Closing Requesting Stockholder may elect to have PubCo continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of subsection 3.1.3, unless either (i) the Demanding Holder has not previously withdrawn any Underwritten Shelf Takedown or (ii) the Holder reimburses PubCo for all Registration Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided, that if a Holder elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by such Holder for purposes of subsection 3.1.3. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, PubCo shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 3.1.5, other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Registration Expenses pursuant to clause (ii) of the second sentence of this subsection 3.1.5.

3.2 Piggyback Registration.

3.2.1 Piggyback Rights. If PubCo or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if PubCo proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of PubCo (or by PubCo and by the stockholders of PubCo including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to PubCo’s existing stockholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity

 

13


securities of PubCo or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then PubCo shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the launch date of such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, a good faith estimate of the proposed maximum offering price of such securities, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”). PubCo shall, in good faith, cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this subsection 3.2.1 to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of PubCo included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Principal Holder effecting a Block Sale shall provide prompt written notice (but in no event later than forty-eight (48) hours prior to such Block Sale) to the Company and any other Principal Holder setting forth the timeline for such offering to permit participation by any such other Principal Holder in such offering, and such other Principal Holder shall be entitled to participate in such offering so long as such participation of such other Principal Holder does not materially delay the proposed timeline of such Block Sale specified in the notice.

3.2.2 Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration, in good faith, advises PubCo and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that PubCo desires to sell, taken together with (i) the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, and (iii) the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

(a) If the Registration or registered offering is undertaken for PubCo’s account, PubCo shall include in any such Registration or registered offering the number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities proposed to be sold by PubCo, and thereafter, the Registrable Securities that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such Holder and, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not

 

14


been reached, the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities;

(b) If the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a request by persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, then PubCo shall include in any such Registration or registered offering (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, of such requesting persons or entities, other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to subsection 3.2.1, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by each such Holder, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities for the account of other persons or entities that PubCo is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such persons or entities, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

3.2.3 Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. PubCo (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this subsection 3.2.3.

3.2.4 Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to subsection 3.1.5 any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under subsection 3.1.3 hereof.

3.3 In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of PubCo, each Holder agrees that it shall not transfer any shares of Common Stock (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement), without the prior written consent of PubCo, during the seven days prior to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering, except in the event the Underwriters managing the offering otherwise agree by

 

15


written consent. Each Holder agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Underwritten Offering, a Holder shall not be subject to this Section 3.3 with respect to an Underwritten Offering unless each stockholder of PubCo that (together with their affiliates) hold at least 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock and each of PubCo’s directors and officers have executed a lock-up on terms at least as restrictive with respect to such Underwritten Offering as requested of the Holders. A Holder’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall only apply for so long as such Holder (together with its affiliates) holds at least 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock.

ARTICLE IV

COMPANY PROCEDURES

4.1 General Procedures. In connection with any Shelf and/or Shelf Takedown, PubCo shall use its best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto PubCo shall, as expeditiously as possible:

4.1.1 prepare and file with the Commission as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;

4.1.2 prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder that holds at least five (5) percent of the Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement or any Underwriter of Registrable Securities or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by PubCo or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

4.1.3 prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

4.1.4 prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution)

 

16


may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of PubCo and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that PubCo shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

4.1.5 cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by PubCo are then listed;

4.1.6 provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

4.1.7 advise each seller of such Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

4.1.8 at least five (5) days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus furnish a copy thereof to each seller of such Registrable Securities or its counsel (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);

4.1.9 notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 4.4 hereof;

4.1.10 permit a representative of the Holders (such representative to be selected by a majority of the participating Holders), the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such person’s own expense, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and cause PubCo’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with the Registration; provided, however, that such representatives or Underwriters agree to confidentiality arrangements reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information; and provided further, PubCo may not include the name of any Holder or any information regarding any Holder in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, any document into such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any response to any comment letter, without the prior written consent of such Holder and providing each such Holder a reasonable amount of time to review and comment on such applicable document, which comments PubCo shall include unless contrary to applicable law;

 

17


4.1.11 obtain a “cold comfort” letter from PubCo’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

4.1.12 on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing PubCo for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the participating Holders;

4.1.13 in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;

4.1.14 make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of PubCo’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule then in effect);

4.1.15 if an Underwritten Offering involves Registrable Securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $35.0 million, use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of PubCo to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

4.1.16 otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

4.2 Registration Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by PubCo. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

4.3 Requirements for Participation in Underwritten Offerings. Notwithstanding anything in this Investor Rights Agreement to the contrary, if any Holder does not provide PubCo with its requested Holder Information, PubCo may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities

 

18


from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if PubCo determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No person may participate in any Underwritten Offering for equity securities of PubCo pursuant to a Registration initiated by PubCo hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by PubCo and (ii) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 4.3 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

4.4 Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from PubCo that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that PubCo hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by PubCo that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require PubCo to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to PubCo for reasons beyond PubCo’s control, PubCo may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event more than thirty (30) days, determined in good faith by PubCo to be necessary for such purpose; provided that such right to delay or suspend shall be exercised by PubCo not more than three (3) times in any twelve-month period. In the event PubCo exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to any Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. PubCo shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 4.4.

4.5 Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, PubCo, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by PubCo after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished or delivered to the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.5. PubCo further covenants that it shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell shares of Common Stock held by such Holder without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor rule then in effect), including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of any Holder, PubCo shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

19


4.6 Other Obligations. In connection with a sale or transfer of Registrable Securities exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act or through any broker-dealer transactions described in the plan of distribution set forth within the Prospectus and pursuant to the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus forms a part, PubCo shall, subject to the receipt of the any customary documentation required from the applicable Holders in connection therewith, (i) promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends applicable to the Registrable Securities being sold or transferred and (ii) cause its legal counsel to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under subclause (i). In addition, PubCo shall cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with the aforementioned sales or transfers; provided, however, that PubCo shall have no obligation to participate in any “road shows” or assist with the preparation of any offering memoranda or related documentation with respect to any sale or transfer of Registrable Securities in any transaction that does not constitute an Underwritten Offering.

4.7 Transfer Restrictions.

4.7.1 During the Lock-Up Period, none of the Holders shall offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or distribute any shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Lock-Up Period or any securities convertible into, exercisable for, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, that is owned directly by such Holder (including securities held as a custodian) or with respect to which such Holder has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the Commission (such securities that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, the “Restricted Securities”), other than (i) any transfer to an affiliate of a Holder, (ii) a distribution to profit interest holders, limited partners, member, shareholder or other equity holders of or other holders of equity interests in such Holder, (iii) as a pledge in a bona fide transaction to third parties as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other arrangements with such third parties relating to a financing arrangement for the benefit of the Holder or its affiliates, as applicable or (iv) the contribution of 100,000 shares of Pubco Common Stock by Sponsor in connection with the payment by Pubco of the Commitment Fee contemplated in the commitment letter dated September 21, 2021 by and among Kore Wireless Group Inc., King Pubco Inc. and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP. The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude each Holder, as applicable, from engaging in any hedging or other transaction with respect to Restricted Securities which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Restricted Securities even if such Restricted Securities would be disposed of by someone other than such Holder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions include any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including any put or call option) with respect to any of the Restricted Securities of the applicable Holder, or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Restricted Securities.

4.7.2 Each Holder hereby represents and warrants that it now has and, except as contemplated by subsection 4.7.1 or this subsection 4.7.2 for the duration of the Lock-Up Period, will have good and marketable title to its Restricted Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims that could impact the ability of such Holder to comply with the foregoing restrictions Each Holder agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with PubCo’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of any Restricted Securities during the Lock-Up Period.

 

20


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

5.1 Indemnification.

5.1.1 PubCo agrees to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers and directors and each person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to PubCo by such Holder expressly for use therein. PubCo shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to the indemnification of the Holder.

5.1.2 In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to PubCo in writing such information and affidavits as PubCo reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify PubCo, its directors, officers and agents and each person who controls PubCo (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing with respect to indemnification of PubCo.

5.1.3 Any person entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying

 

21


party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim (and, if necessary, one local counsel), unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement) or which settlement does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

5.1.4 The indemnification provided for under this Investor Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

5.1.5 If the indemnification provided under Section 5.1 hereof from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this subsection 5.1.5 shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in subsections 5.1.1, 5.1.2 and 5.1.3 above, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection 5.1.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this subsection 5.1.5. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this subsection 5.1.5 from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

22


ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Notices. Any notice or communication under this Investor Rights Agreement must be in writing and given by (i) deposit in the United States mail, addressed to the party to be notified, postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (ii) delivery in person or by courier service providing evidence of delivery, or (iii) transmission by hand delivery, electronic mail or facsimile. Each notice or communication that is mailed, delivered, or transmitted in the manner described above shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, and received, in the case of mailed notices, on the third business day following the date on which it is mailed and, in the case of notices delivered by courier service, hand delivery, electronic mail, telecopy, telegram or facsimile, at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the delivery receipt or the affidavit of messenger) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation. Any notice or communication under this Investor Rights Agreement must be addressed, if to PubCo to: KORE Wireless Group Holdings, Inc., 875 3rd Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attn: Nick Robinson, Mike Palmer, E-mail: nrobinson@cerberus.com, mpalmer@cerberus.com, and, if to any Holder, at such Holder’s address or facsimile number as set forth in PubCo’s books and records. Any party may change its address for notice at any time and from time to time by written notice to the other parties hereto, and such change of address shall become effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice as provided in this Section 6.1.

6.2 Representations and Warranties of the Parties.

6.3 Each of the Parties hereby represents and warrants to each of the other Parties as follows:

6.3.1 Such Party, to the extent applicable, is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and is proposed to be conducted.

6.3.2 Such Party has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Investor Rights Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Investor Rights Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, of such Party. This Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes its, his or her legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it, him or her in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

6.3.3 The execution and delivery by such Party of this Investor Rights Agreement, the performance by such Party of its, his or her obligations hereunder by such Party does not and will not violate (i) in the case of Parties who are not individuals, any provision of its by-laws, charter, articles of association, partnership agreement or other similar organizational document, (ii) any provision of any material agreement to which it, he or she is a Party or by which it, he or she is bound or (iii) any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree to which it, he or she is subject.

6.3.4 Such Party is not currently in violation of any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree, which violation could reasonably be expected at any time to have a material adverse effect upon such Party’s ability to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations hereunder.

 

23


6.3.5 There is no pending legal action, suit or proceeding that would materially and adversely affect the ability of such Party to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations hereunder.

6.4 Specific Performance. Each Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the Parties fail to comply with any of the obligations imposed on them by this Investor Rights Agreement (including the failure to take such actions as are required of them under this Investor Rights Agreement) and that, in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Party will be irreparably damaged and will not, even if available, have an adequate remedy at Law. Any such Party shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which such Party may be entitled at Law or in equity) to injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Investor Rights Agreement and to enforce such obligations, without the posting of any bond or other security and without proof of damages, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled under this Investor Rights Agreement, and if any Action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, none of the Parties shall oppose the granting of specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other Parties have an adequate remedy at Law. Further, each Party agrees and acknowledges that the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of this Investor Rights Agreement and without that right, none of the Parties would have entered into this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.5 Subsequent Acquisition of Shares. Any Equity Securities of PubCo acquired subsequent to the Effective Date by a Holder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement and such shares shall be considered to be “Registrable Securities” as such term is used in this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.6 Consents, Approvals and Actions. If any consent, approval or action of the Sellers or the Sponsor is required at any time pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Equity Securities of PubCo held by the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor, as applicable, at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time.

6.7 Not a Group; Independent Nature of Holders Obligations and Rights. The Holders and PubCo agree that the arrangements contemplated by this Investor Rights Agreement are not intended to constitute the formation of a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act). Each Holder agrees that, for purposes of determining beneficial ownership of such Holder, it shall disclaim any beneficial ownership by virtue of this Investor Rights Agreement of PubCo’s Equity Securities owned by the other Holders, and PubCo agrees to recognize such disclaimer in its Exchange Act and Securities Act reports. The obligations of each Holder under this Investor Rights Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Holder, and no Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder under this Investor Rights Agreement. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Holders as, and PubCo acknowledges that the Holders do not so constitute, a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of

 

24


group or entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group or entity with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Investor Rights Agreement, and PubCo acknowledges that the Holders are not acting in concert or as a group, and PubCo shall not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Investor Rights Agreement. The decision of each Holder to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement has been made by such Holder independently of any other Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that no other Holder has acted as agent for such Holder in connection with such Holder making its investment in PubCo and that no other Holder will be acting as agent of such Holder in connection with monitoring such Holder’s investment in the Common Stock or enforcing its rights under this Investor Rights Agreement. PubCo and each Holder confirms that each Holder has had the opportunity to independently participate with PubCo and its subsidiaries in the negotiation of the transaction contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors. Each Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Investor Rights Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. The use of a single agreement to effectuate the rights and obligations contemplated hereby was solely in the control of PubCo, not the action or decision of any Holder, and was done solely for the convenience of PubCo and its subsidiaries and not because it was required to do so by any Holder. It is expressly understood and agreed that each provision contained in this Investor Rights Agreement is between PubCo and a Holder, solely, and not between PubCo and the Holders collectively and not between and among the Holders.

6.8 Other Business Opportunities.

6.8.1 The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) each of the Pre-Closing Stockholders and the Sponsor (including in the case of the ABRY Entities and Sponsor, (A) its Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which it or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the Pre-Closing Holder Directors and the Sponsor Directors has the right to, and shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or deemed to be competing with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person, with no obligation to offer to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, or any other Holder the right to participate therein; (ii) each of the Pre-Closing Stockholders and the Sponsor (including in the case of the ABRY Entities and Sponsor, (A) its Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which it or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the Pre-Closing Holder Designated Directors and the Sponsor Designated Directors may invest in, or provide services to, any Person that directly or indirectly competes with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries; and (iii) in the event that any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders and the Sponsor (including in the case of ABRY Entities and Sponsor, (A) its Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which it or any of its

 

25


investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) or any Pre-Closing Holder Designated Director or Sponsor Designated Director, respectively, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate or other business opportunity for PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, such Person shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Investor Rights Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder (or its Affiliates) for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder (or its Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge that this paragraph is intended to disclaim and renounce, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the matters set forth herein, and this paragraph shall be construed to effect such disclaimer and renunciation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

6.8.2 Each of the Parties hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law:

(a) confirms that none of the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates have any duty to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or to any other Holder other than the specific covenants and agreements set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement;

(b) acknowledges and agrees that (A) in the event of any conflict of interest between PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as such), on the other hand, the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or applicable Affiliates (or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as a director) may act in its best interest and (B) none of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as a director, shall be obligated (1) to reveal to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries confidential information belonging to or relating to the business of such Person or any of its Affiliates or (2) to recommend or take any action in its capacity as a direct or indirect stockholder or director, as the case may be, that prefers the interest of PubCo or its subsidiaries over the interest of such Person; and

(c) waives any claim or cause of action against any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor and any of their respective Affiliates, and any officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any such Person that may from time to time arise in respect of a breach by any such person of any duty or obligation disclaimed under Section 6.8.2(a) or Section 6.8.2(b).

6.8.3 Each of the parties hereto agrees that the waivers, limitations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth in this Section 6.8 shall not apply to any alleged claim or cause of action against any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor based upon the breach or nonperformance by such Person of this Investor Rights Agreement or any other agreement to which such Person is a party.

 

26


6.8.4 The provisions of this Section 6.8, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of any of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or any Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Parties to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates or any such Pre-Closing Holder Director or Sponsor Director to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

6.9 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

6.9.1 This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of PubCo hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by PubCo in whole or in part.

6.9.2 Prior to the expiration of any Lock-up Period, no Holder subject to any such Lock-Up Period may assign or delegate such Holder’s rights, duties or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement, in whole or in part, in violation of the applicable Lock-Up Period, except to (a) an Affiliate of such Holder, (b) direct and/or indirect equity holders of the Sponsor pursuant to a distribution as described in Section 6.19 of this Investor Rights Agreement or to direct or indirect equity holders of any Pre-Closing Stockholder or (c) any person with the prior written consent of PubCo. A sale or transfer that qualifies pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act shall not be deemed to have been made pursuant to a registration statement.

6.9.3 After the expiration of the Lock-up Period to the extent applicable to such Holder, a Holder may assign or delegate such Holder’s rights, duties or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement, in whole or in part, to (a) up to five Permitted Transferees, provided, however, that each such Permitted Transferee holds, after giving effect to such assignment or delegation, at least five percent of the then-outstanding Common Shares, (b) an Affiliate of such Holder, (c) direct and/or indirect equity holders of the Sponsor pursuant to a distribution as described in Section 6.19 of this Investor Rights Agreement or to direct or indirect equity holders of any Pre-Closing Stockholder or (d) any person with the prior written consent of PubCo.

6.9.4 This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and the permitted assigns of the Holders, which shall include Permitted Transferees.

6.9.5 This Agreement shall not confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not parties hereto, other than as expressly set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.2.8, 2.2.9, 5.1, 6.8 and 6.19 hereof).

6.9.6 No assignment by any party hereto of such party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be binding upon or obligate PubCo unless and until PubCo shall have received (i) written notice of such assignment as provided in Section 6.1 hereof and (ii) the written agreement of the assignee, in a form reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement (which may be accomplished by an addendum or certificate of joinder to this Investor Rights Agreement). Any transfer or assignment made other than as provided in this Section 6.9 shall be null and void.

 

27


6.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including facsimile or PDF counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

6.11 Governing Law; Venue. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PLACE WHERE THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT (I) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS AMONG NEW YORK RESIDENTS ENTERED INTO AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS OF SUCH JURISDICTION AND (II) THE VENUE FOR ANY ACTION TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN NEW YORK COUNTY IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6.12 TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

6.13 Amendments and Modifications. Upon the written consent of each of the Sponsor and the Shareholder Representative, compliance with any of the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement may be waived, or any of such provisions, covenants or conditions may be amended or modified; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof that adversely affects one Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of the shares of capital stock of PubCo, in a manner that is materially different from the other Holders (in such capacity) shall require the consent of the Holder so affected. No course of dealing between any Holder or PubCo and any other party hereto or any failure or delay on the part of a Holder or PubCo in exercising any rights or remedies under this Investor Rights Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any Holder or PubCo. No single or partial exercise of any rights or remedies under this Investor Rights Agreement by a party shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies hereunder or thereunder by such party.

6.14 Other Registration Rights. PubCo represents and warrants that no person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities, has any right to require PubCo to register any securities of PubCo for sale or to include such securities of PubCo in any Registration Statement filed by PubCo for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other person. Further, PubCo represents and warrants that this Investor Rights Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreement with similar terms and conditions, including the RRA, and in the event of a conflict between any such agreement or agreements and this Investor Rights Agreement, the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement shall prevail. PubCo agrees that (i) it shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the Holders hereunder, and (ii) it shall not grant any registration rights to third parties which are more favorable than the rights granted hereunder unless are such more favorable rights are concurrently added to the rights granted hereunder.

 

28


6.15 Termination of RRA. Upon the Closing, PubCo and the Original Holders hereby agree that the RRA and all of the respective rights and obligations of the parties thereunder are hereby terminated in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.16 Term. Except for Section 2.2.10 (which section shall terminate at such time as the Pre-Closing Stockholders, the Sponsor and their Permitted Transferees are no longer entitled to any rights pursuant to such section), Article II shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to the Pre-Closing Stockholders or the Sponsor at such time at which such Party no longer has the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Investor Rights Agreement. Article III, Article IV, and Article V of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities except that the provisions of Article V shall survive any termination. The remainder of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to each Holder when such Holder, following the Closing Date, ceases to Beneficially Own any Registrable Securities.

6.17 Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing, to represent to PubCo the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for PubCo to make determinations hereunder, including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 6.16 hereof.

6.18 Joinder. Each Pre-Closing Stockholder that is not a party to this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date hereof shall have the right to become a party to this Investor Rights Agreement after the date hereof as though an original party hereto, upon execution and delivery to PubCo of a joinder agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to PubCo. Upon the execution and delivery of a joinder agreement in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the joining party shall become a “Holder” and shall be entitled, in addition to those rights as a Holder, to any rights of a “Pre-Closing Stockholder” under this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.19 Distributions. In the event that the Sponsor distributes, or has distributed, all of its Registrable Securities to its direct and/or indirect equity holders, such distributees shall be treated as the Sponsor hereunder; provided, however, that Sponsor shall remain as the representative acting on behalf of such distributees and shall be able to confer all rights and take all actions on behalf of such distributees; provided that such distributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred to the Sponsor, as if it remained a single entity party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

6.20 Legends. Without limiting the obligations of PubCo set forth in Section 4.6, each of the Holders acknowledges that (i) no Transfer, hypothecation or assignment of any Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Holder may be made except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and (ii) PubCo shall (x) place customary restrictive legends on the certificates or book entries representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Investor Rights Agreement and (y) remove such restrictive legends at the time the applicable Transfer and other restrictions contemplated thereby are no longer applicable to the Registrable Securities represented by such certificates or book entries.

 

29


6.22 Adjustments. If, and as often as, there are any changes in the shares of Common Stock by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or sale, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations hereunder shall continue with respect to the shares of Common Stock as so changed.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Investor Rights Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PUBCO:
KORE WIRELESS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Michael Palmer

  Name:   Michael Palmer
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
SPONSOR:
CERBERUS TELECOM ACQUISITION HOLDINGS, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Jeff Lomasky

  Name:   Jeff Lomasky
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ABRY PARTNERS VII, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ABRY PARTNERS VII CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Investor Rights Agreement]


ABRY INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ABRY SENIOR EQUITY IV, L.P.
By:  

         

  Name:               
  Title:               
ABRY SENIOR EQUITY IV CO-INVESTMENT FUND, L.P
By:  

/s/ Rob MacInnis

  Name:   Rob MacInnis
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
ROMIL BAHL, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

PUNEET PAMNANI, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Puneet Pamnani


TUSHAR SACHDEV, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Tushar Sachdev

BRYAN LLUBEL, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Bryan Llubel

MARCO BIJVELDS, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Marco Bijvelds

SUNDER SOMASUNDARAM, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Sunder Somasundaram

LOUISE WINSTONE, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Louise Winstone

GIDEON ROGOVSKY, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

/s/ Gideon Rogovsky


CHRIS FRANCOSKY, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

         

  Name:               
  Title:               
STEVEN JONES, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

         

  Name:               
  Title:               
HONG LONG, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
SERGIO SOUZA, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
PETE WEST, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
STEVE HEALY, AN INDIVIDUAL
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

Exhibit 10.3

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC., as Issuer,

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., as Guarantor

AND

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE

Dated as of November 15, 2021

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            PAGE  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01

     Definitions      1  

Section 1.02

     References to Credit Agreement      13  

ARTICLE 2 ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     13  

Section 2.01

     Designation and Amount      13  

Section 2.02

     Form of Notes      13  

Section 2.03

     Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts      14  

Section 2.04

     Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes      15  

Section 2.05

     Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary      16  

Section 2.06

     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes      22  

Section 2.07

     Temporary Notes      22  

Section 2.08

     Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc.      23  

Section 2.09

     CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      23  

Section 2.10

     Additional Notes; Repurchases      23  

ARTICLE 3 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     24  

Section 3.01

     Satisfaction and Discharge      24  

ARTICLE 4 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     24  

Section 4.01

     Payment of Principal and Interest      24  

Section 4.02

     Maintenance of Office or Agency      24  

Section 4.03

     Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office      25  

Section 4.04

     Provisions as to Paying Agent      25  

Section 4.05

     Corporate Existence      26  

Section 4.06

     Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports      26  

Section 4.07

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.08

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.08

     Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults      27  

Section 4.09

     Registration Rights      27  

Section 4.10

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.11

     [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.12

     Further Instruments and Acts      27  

Section 4.13

     Total Leverage Ratio      27  

ARTICLE 5 LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

     28  

Section 5.01

     Lists of Holders      28  

Section 5.02

     Preservation and Disclosure of Lists      28  

 

i


ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     28  

Section 6.01

     Events of Default      28  

Section 6.02

     Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment      30  

Section 6.03

     [Reserved]      30  

Section 6.04

     Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor      30  

Section 6.05

     Application of Monies Collected by Trustee      32  

Section 6.06

     Proceedings by Holders      32  

Section 6.07

     Proceedings by Trustee      33  

Section 6.08

     Remedies Cumulative and Continuing      33  

Section 6.09

     Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders      34  

Section 6.10

     Notice of Defaults      34  

Section 6.11

     Undertaking to Pay Costs      34  

Section 6.12

     Permitted Holders’ Right to Cure      35  

ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

     35  

Section 7.01

     Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee      35  

Section 7.02

     Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.      37  

Section 7.03

     No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc.      38  

Section 7.04

     Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes      39  

Section 7.05

     Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust      39  

Section 7.06

     Compensation and Expenses of Trustee      39  

Section 7.07

     Officer’s Certificate as Evidence      40  

Section 7.08

     Eligibility of Trustee      40  

Section 7.09

     Resignation or Removal of Trustee      40  

Section 7.10

     Acceptance by Successor Trustee      41  

Section 7.11

     Succession by Merger, Etc.      41  

Section 7.12

     Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company      42  

ARTICLE 8 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

     42  

Section 8.01

     Action by Holders      42  

Section 8.02

     Proof of Execution by Holders      42  

Section 8.03

     Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners      43  

Section 8.04

     Company-Owned Notes Disregarded      43  

Section 8.05

     Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound      43  

ARTICLE 9 HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     44  

Section 9.01

     Purpose of Meetings      44  

Section 9.02

     Call of Meetings by Trustee      44  

Section 9.03

     Call of Meetings by Company or Holders      44  

Section 9.04

     Qualifications for Voting      44  

Section 9.05

     Regulations      45  

Section 9.06

     Voting      45  

Section 9.07

     No Delay of Rights by Meeting      45  

 

ii


ARTICLE 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     46  

Section 10.01

     Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders      46  

Section 10.02

     Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders      47  

Section 10.03

     Effect of Supplemental Indentures      48  

Section 10.04

     Notation on Notes      48  

Section 10.05

     Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee      48  

ARTICLE 11 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

     49  

Section 11.01

     Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms      49  

Section 11.02

     Successor Corporation to Be Substituted      49  

Section 11.03

     Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee      50  

ARTICLE 12 IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     50  

Section 12.01

     Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations      50  

ARTICLE 13 GUARANTEE

     50  

Section 13.01

     Guarantee      50  

ARTICLE 14 EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     52  

Section 14.01

     Exchange Privilege      52  

Section 14.02

     Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange      52  

Section 14.03

     Company’s Mandatory Exchange Option      55  

Section 14.04

     Adjustment of Exchange Rate      57  

Section 14.05

     Adjustments of Prices      65  

Section 14.06

     Shares to Be Fully Paid      65  

Section 14.07

     Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock      65  

Section 14.08

     Certain Covenants      67  

Section 14.09

     Responsibility of Trustee      67  

Section 14.10

     Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions      68  

Section 14.11

     Stockholder Rights Plans      68  

Section 14.12

     Transfer of Notes to be Exchanged to a Third Party for Settlement      68  

Section 14.13

     Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Exchange      69  

Section 14.14

     Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Exchange      70  

ARTICLE 15 REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

     72  

Section 15.01

     [Intentionally Omitted]      72  

Section 15.02

     Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change      72  

Section 15.03

     Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice      75  

Section 15.04

     Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price      75  

Section 15.05

     Repurchase of Notes      76  

 

iii


ARTICLE 16 REDEMPTION

     76  

Section 16.01

     No Redemption      76  

ARTICLE 17 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     76  

Section 17.01

     Provisions Binding on Company’s Successors      76  

Section 17.02

     Official Acts by Successor Corporation      77  

Section 17.03

     Addresses for Notices, Etc.      77  

Section 17.04

     Governing Law; Jurisdiction      77  

Section 17.05

     Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee      78  

Section 17.06

     Legal Holidays      78  

Section 17.07

     No Security Interest Created      78  

Section 17.08

     Benefits of Indenture      78  

Section 17.09

     Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.      78  

Section 17.10

     Authenticating Agent      79  

Section 17.11

     Execution in Counterparts      79  

Section 17.12

     Severability      80  

Section 17.13

     Waiver of Jury Trial      80  

Section 17.14

     Force Majeure      80  

Section 17.15

     Calculations      80  

Section 17.16

     USA PATRIOT Act      81  

Section 17.17

    

Tax Withholding

 

     81  

 

EXHIBIT

 

Exhibit A

     Form of Note      A-1  

 

iv


AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE dated as of November 15, 2021 between KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01), KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (the “Guarantor”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), initially in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $120,000,000, and in order to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantor entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2021 (the “Original Indenture”), between the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Company issued its Notes;

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore delivered or is delivering contemporaneously herewith to the Trustee, the Officer’s Certificate and the Opinion of Counsel described in Sections 7.02 and 17.05 of the Original Indenture, and the Company and the Guarantor desire to amend the Original Indenture to cure a defect in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 10.01 of the Original Indenture and have requested that the Trustee join with them in the execution and delivery of this Indenture, and the Original Indenture is being amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to this Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Form of Note, the certificate of authentication to be borne by each Note, the Form of Notice of Exchange, the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and the Form of Assignment and Transfer to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture the valid, binding and legal agreement of the Company and the Trustee, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided below), as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

30-Day ADTV” means, as of any date and with respect to any shares of Common Stock, an amount equal to the arithmetic average of the products, for each Trading Day in the thirty (30) Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding such date, of (i) the daily trading volume in such shares of Common Stock on the applicable exchange for such Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day; provided that in the case of calculating the amount in this clause (ii) with respect to any shares of Common Stock, in respect of any Trading Day occurring on or subsequent to the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, such amount shall be increased by an amount of cash in U.S. dollars per share of Common Stock distributed, or to be distributed, in such dividend or distribution, net of any applicable withholding taxes, as determined by the Exchange Agent, unless such dividend or distribution does not occur, in which case such amount shall be reduced to the amount that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.


Additional Shares” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.14(a).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the determination of whether one Person is an “Affiliate” of another Person for purposes of this Indenture shall be made based on the facts at the time such determination is made or required to be made, as the case may be, hereunder.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to a Depositary, as to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of such Depositary, if any, that are applicable to such matter at such time.

Attribution Parties” means, collectively, the following Persons and entities: (i) any investment vehicle, including, any funds, feeder funds or managed accounts, currently, or from time to time after the issue date of the Notes, directly or indirectly managed or advised by a Holder’s investment manager or any of its Affiliates or principals, (ii) any direct or indirect Affiliates of such Holder or any of the foregoing, (iii) any Person acting or who could be deemed to be acting as a Group together with such Holder or any of the foregoing and (iv) any other Persons whose beneficial ownership of the Common Stock would or could be aggregated with such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For clarity, the purpose of the foregoing is to subject collectively such Holder and all other Attribution Parties to the Maximum Percentage.

Backstop Agreement” means the Backstop Agreement entered into as of July 27, 2021, by and between KORE and the purchaser named therein, as supplemented by the joinder, dated September 30, 2021, by and among the Company, KORE and the purchaser named therein, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as the context requires, or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Officer of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

Capital Stock” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests (including partnership, limited liability company or membership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity issued by that entity; provided that debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock shall not constitute Capital Stock prior to their conversion or exchange, as the case may be.

 

2


Clause A Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Clause B Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Clause C Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

close of business” means 5:00 p.m. (New York City time).

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Equity” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers, trustees or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Guarantor, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to Section 14.07.

Company” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 11, shall include its successors and assigns.

Company Order” means a written order of the Company, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attention: KORE Wireless Group Notes Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, by and among the Company, MAPLE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and as an L/C Issuer and each lender from time to time party thereto as in effect on the Issue Date.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

Daily Cash Amount” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, the lesser of (A) the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount; and (B) the Daily Exchange Value for such Trading Day.

Daily Exchange Values” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, one-thirtieth of the product of (a) the Exchange Rate on such Trading Day and (b) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day.

 

3


Daily Maximum Cash Amount” means, with respect to the Exchange of any Note, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Specified Dollar Amount applicable to such Exchange by (B) 30.

Daily Share Amount” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the excess, if any, of the Daily Exchange Value for such Trading Day over the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount by (B) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day. For the avoidance of doubt, the Daily Share Amount will be zero for such Trading Day if such Daily Exchange Value does not exceed such Daily Maximum Cash Amount.

Daily VWAP” means the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “KORE <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day up to and including the final closing print (which is indicated by Condition Code “6” in Bloomberg) (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of the Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). The “Daily VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Defaulted Amounts” means any amounts on any Note (including, without limitation, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, principal and interest) that are payable but are not punctually paid or duly provided for.

Depositary” means, with respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.05(b) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

Distributed Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Effective Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c), except that, as used in Section 14.04 and Section 14.05, “Effective Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split or share combination, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors).

Equity Conditions” means, with respect to a given date of determination: (i) on each day during the period beginning thirty (30) days prior to such applicable date of determination and ending on and including such applicable date of determination (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”) either (x) one or more registration statements filed with the Commission pursuant to the Backstop Agreement shall be effective and the prospectus contained therein shall be available on such applicable date of

 

4


determination (with, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Common Stock previously sold pursuant to such prospectus deemed unavailable) for the resale of all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (without regard to any limitations on exchange set forth herein) (a “Required Minimum Securities Amount”) or (y) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes shall be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and the Company is then current with its required filings with the Commission; (ii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of the Notes) is listed or designated for quotation (as applicable) on an Eligible Market and shall not have been suspended from trading on an Eligible Market (other than suspensions of not more than two (2) days and occurring prior to the applicable date of determination due to business announcements by the Company) nor shall delisting or suspension by an Eligible Market have been threatened (with a reasonable prospect of delisting occurring after giving effect to all applicable notice, appeal, compliance and hearing periods) or pending as evidenced by (A) a writing by such Eligible Market or (B) the Company falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation, as applicable; (iii) during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company shall have delivered all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes on a timely basis in accordance herewith and to the extent required hereby in all material respects; (iv) [reserved]; (v) any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination (or issuable upon exchange of the portion of the Notes being redeemed in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on exchange set forth herein)) may be issued in full without violating the rules or regulations of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (vi) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, no public announcement of a pending, proposed or intended Fundamental Change (as defined in the Indenture) shall have occurred which has not been abandoned, terminated or consummated; (vii) the Company shall have no knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to cause (1) any registration statement required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Backstop Agreement to not be effective or the prospectus contained therein to not be available for the resale of the applicable Required Minimum Securities Amount of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes in accordance with the terms of the Backstop Agreement or (2) any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes to not be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 and the Company is then current with its filings with the Commission, (viii) [reserved]; (ix) [reserved]; (x) on each Trading Day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred any Volume Failure as of such applicable date of determination; (xi) on the applicable date of determination all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (or issuable upon exchange of the portion of this Note being exchanged in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on exchange set forth herein)) may be issued in full from the authorized and available shares of Common Stock of the Company; (xii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred and there shall not exist an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture); or (xiii) the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the event requiring the satisfaction of the Equity Conditions are duly authorized and will be listed and eligible upon issuance for trading on an Eligible Market.

Equity Conditions Failure” means, with respect to any date of determination, the Equity Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in writing by the applicable Holder).

Equity Conditions Measuring Period” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Equity Conditions.”

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of Capital Stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

 

5


Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Exchange Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(c).

Exchange Obligation” means the consideration to an exchanging Holder upon any Exchange.

Exchange Price” means as of any time, $1,000, divided by the Exchange Rate as of such time.

Exchange Rate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01(a).

Expiration Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(e).

Financial Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 4.13

Form of Assignment and Transfer” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Note” means the “Form of Note” attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Notice of Exchange” means the “Form of Notice of Exchange” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if any of the following occurs prior to the Maturity Date:

(a) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, the Guarantor, the Company’s or the Guarantor’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and any Permitted Holders, files a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Common Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Common Stock;

 

6


(b) the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination or changes solely in par value) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property and/or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or assets; (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (D) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Guarantor’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; provided, however, that neither (x) a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of the Guarantor’s Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction nor (y) any merger of the Company or the Guarantor solely for the purpose of changing its jurisdiction of incorporation that results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of Common Stock of the surviving entity shall be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (b);

(c) the stockholders of the Company or the Guarantor approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable; or

(d) the Common Stock (or other Common Equity underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors);

provided, however, that a transaction or transactions described in clauses (a) or (b) above shall not constitute a Fundamental Change, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by the common stockholders of the Company, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes Reference Property for the Notes, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights (subject to the provisions of Section 14.02(a)).

Any event, transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Fundamental Change under both clause (a) and clause (b) above (determined without regard to the proviso in clause (b) above) shall be deemed to be a Fundamental Change solely under clause (b) above (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be subject to the proviso in clause (b) above).

For the avoidance of doubt, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not constitute a “Fundamental Change”.

Fundamental Change Company Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(d).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

 

7


Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(c)(i).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b).

Group” means a “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and as defined in Rule 13d-5 thereunder.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by the Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 13.

Guarantor” means the Person named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture and, subject to Article 13, its successors and assigns.

Holder” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Register (and in the case of a Global Note and solely with respect to Section 6.12 and Section 14.13, the indirect holder of Notes held through its participant).

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.

Interest Payment Date” means each March 30 and September 30 of each year, beginning on March 30, 2022.

Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is traded. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the last quoted bid price per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose. The “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of regular trading session hours.

Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change (as defined above and determined after giving effect to any exceptions to or exclusions from such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof).

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(a).

Mandatory Exchange” means an exchange pursuant to Section 14.03(a).

 

8


Mandatory Exchange Date” means the Exchange Date for a Mandatory Exchange, as provided in Section 14.03(c).

Market Disruption Event” means, for the purposes of determining amounts due upon exchange (a) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (b) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.

Maturity Date” means September 30, 2028.

Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into as of March 12, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company, King Pubco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of King Pubco, Inc., and Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Note” or “Notes” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Indenture.

Note Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Note Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Notice of Exchange” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(b).

Observation Period” means, with respect to any Note surrendered for exchange: (i) subject to clause (ii), if the relevant Exchange Date occurs prior to June 30, 2028, the 30 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the second Trading Day immediately succeeding such Exchange Date; and (ii) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after June 30, 2028, the 30 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 31st Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

Officer” means, with respect to the Company, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any assistant Treasurer, any assistant Secretary, General Counsel, any Assistant General Counsel, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”).

Officer’s Certificate,” when used with respect to the Company, means a certificate that is delivered to the Trustee and that is signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 17.05.

open of business” means 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

 

9


Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, that is delivered to the Trustee.

outstanding,” when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

(a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Notes, or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent);

(c) Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in due course;

(d) Notes surrendered for purchase in accordance with Article 15 for which Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, in accordance with Section 15.04(b);

(e) Notes exchanged pursuant to Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.08; and

(f) Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.10 after the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08.

Paying Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Permitted Holders” means (i) each of ABRY Partners II, LLC and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies, (ii) Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. and its Affiliates, (iii) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies, and (iv) officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Company, the Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that are direct or indirect holders of the capital stock of the Guarantor.

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.

Physical Notes” means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof.

Physical Settlement” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

Physical Settlement Method” means, with respect to any exchange of Notes, the Physical Settlement.

 

10


Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of or in exchange for a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.

Pro Forma Basis” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or such other security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Common Stock (or such other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors, by statute, by contract or otherwise).

Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Registrable Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Backstop Agreement.

Regular Record Date,” with respect to any Interest Payment Date, means the March 15 or September 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day) immediately preceding the applicable March 30 or September 30 Interest Payment Date, respectively.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Securities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Restrictive Legend” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Rule 144” means Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

 

11


Share Exchange Event” has the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor that meets the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or (2) thereof, such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Significant Subsidiary.

Spin-Off” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Specified Dollar Amount” means, with respect to the Exchange of a Note to which Combination Settlement applies, the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of such Note deliverable upon such Exchange (excluding cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock).

Stock Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Successor Company” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.01(a).

Test Period” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Third-Party Exchange Election” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.12.

Total Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then traded and (ii) a Last Reported Sale Price for the Common Stock (or closing sale price for such other security) is available on such securities exchange or market; provided that if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining amounts due upon exchange only, “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event and (y) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, except that if the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d).

 

12


Trigger Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

unit of Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Valuation Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Volume Failure” means, with respect to a particular date of determination, the aggregate daily dollar trading volume (as reported on Bloomberg) of the Common Stock on the Principal Market on any Trading Day during the twenty (20) Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date of determination (such period, the “Volume Failure Measuring Period”), is less than $15,000,000 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions occurring after the Subscription Date). All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions during such Volume Failure Measuring Period.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person, except that, solely for purposes of this definition, the reference to “more than 50%” in the definition of “Subsidiary” shall be deemed replaced by a reference to “100%”, the calculation of which shall exclude nominal amounts of the voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests in the relevant Subsidiary not held by such person to the extent required to satisfy local minority interest requirements outside of the United States.

Section 1.02 References to Credit Agreement. All references to the Credit Agreement shall be to the Credit Agreement as in existence on the Issue Date. To the extent the Credit Agreement is replaced, refinanced or repaid in full, any defined terms in the Credit Agreement incorporated by reference herein that provide for the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to act in its discretion shall herein permit the Company make such determinations in good faith.

ARTICLE 2

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 2.01 Designation and Amount. The Notes shall be designated as the “5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028.” The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $120,000,000, subject to Section 2.10 and except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes to the extent expressly permitted hereunder.

Section 2.02 Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, the terms and provisions of which shall constitute, and are hereby expressly incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. In the case of any conflict between this Indenture and a Note, the provisions of this Indenture shall control and govern to the extent of such conflict.

 

13


Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as the Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

Each Global Note shall represent such principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, redemptions, cancellations, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, a Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note on the date of payment, unless a record date or other means of determining Holders eligible to receive payment is provided for herein.

Section 2.03 Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts. (a) The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of such Note. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States of that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(b) The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the close of business on any Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date. The principal amount of any Note (x) in the case of any Physical Note, shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the contiguous United States, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office and (y) in the case of any Global Note, shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company shall pay, or cause the Paying Agent to pay, interest (i) on any Physical Notes (A) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes at their address as it appears in the Note Register and (B) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder

 

14


or, upon application by such a Holder to the Note Registrar not later than the relevant Regular Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Note Registrar to the contrary or (ii) on any Global Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

(c) Any Defaulted Amounts shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant payment date but shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, such relevant payment date, and such Defaulted Amounts together with such interest thereon shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Amounts to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Amounts or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Amounts as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such special record date and the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor to be delivered to each Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor having been so delivered, such Defaulted Amounts shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii) of this Section 2.03(c). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the calculation of the Defaulted Amounts.

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Amounts in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Section 2.04 Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual, facsimile or other electronic signature (including pdf, facsimile or electronically imaged signatures provided by DocuSign or any other digital signature provider) of one of its Officers.

 

15


At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes, without any further action by the Company hereunder.

Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the Form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 17.10), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any Officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the Officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.

Section 2.05 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary

(a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Such register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed the “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-Note Registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such legends as may be required by this Indenture.

Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, repurchase or exchange shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee or Note Registrar and duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

 

16


No service charge shall be imposed on a Holder by the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent for any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes, but the Company and the Guarantor may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of new Notes issued upon such exchange or registration of transfer being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer.

None of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes surrendered for exchange or, if a portion of any Note is surrendered for exchange, such portion thereof surrendered for exchange or (ii) any Notes, or a portion of any Note, surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with Article 15.

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(b) So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law, subject to the fourth paragraph from the end of Section 2.05(d), all Notes shall be represented by one or more Notes in global form (each, a “Global Note”) registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary. Each Global Note shall bear the legend required on a Global Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Physical Note shall be effected through the Depositary (but not the Trustee or the Custodian) in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the Applicable Procedures.

(c) Every Note that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the Restrictive Legend (together with any Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes that is required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(d), collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including the legend set forth below) or Section 2.05(d) (including the legend set forth therein), as applicable, unless such restrictions on transfer shall be eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c) and Section 2.05(d), the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security.

Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restrictive Legend”) (or any similar legend, not inconsistent with this Indenture, required by the Depositary for such Global Note):

THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE

 

17


TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

Any Note (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05, be exchanged for a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the Restrictive Legend required by this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number. The Restrictive Legend set forth above and affixed on any Note will be deemed, in accordance with the terms of the certificate representing such Note, to be removed therefrom upon the Company’s delivery to the Trustee of written notice to such effect, without further action by the Company, the Trustee, the Holder(s) thereof or any other Person; at

 

18


such time, such Note will be deemed to be assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number as provided in the certificate representing such Note; provided, however, if such Note is a Global Note and the Depositary thereof requires a mandatory exchange or other process to cause such Global Note to be identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number in the facilities of such Depositary, then the Company will effect such exchange or procedures as soon as reasonably practicable. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an instruction letter from the Company before taking any action with respect to effecting any such mandatory exchange or other process. The Company and the Trustee reserve the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that any proposed transfer of any Note is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

The Company shall be entitled to instruct the Custodian in writing to so surrender any Global Note as to which any of the conditions set forth in clause (i) through (iii) of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph have been satisfied, and, upon such instruction, the Custodian shall so surrender such Global Note for exchange; and any new Global Note so exchanged therefor shall not bear the Restrictive Legend specified in this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this Section 2.05(c)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole or in part except (i) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary and (ii) for exchange of a Global Note or a portion thereof for one or more Physical Notes in accordance with the second immediately succeeding paragraph.

The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to each Global Note. Initially, each Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for Cede & Co.

If (i) the Depositary notifies the Company at any time that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and a beneficial owner of any Note requests that its beneficial interest therein be issued as a Physical Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate and deliver (x) in the case of clause (iii), a Physical Note to such beneficial owner in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Note corresponding to such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest and (y) in the case of clause (i) or (ii), Physical Notes to each beneficial owner of the related Global Notes (or a portion thereof) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes, and upon delivery of the Global Notes to the Trustee such Global Notes shall be canceled.

Physical Notes issued in exchange for all or a part of the Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, or, in the case of clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the relevant beneficial owner, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Physical Notes to the Persons in whose names such Physical Notes are so registered.

 

19


At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred, such Global Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and existing instructions between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Physical Notes, exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred to a transferee who receives Physical Notes therefor or any Physical Note is exchanged or transferred for part of such Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Exchange Agent or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to, or upon the order of, the registered Holder(s) (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).

The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(d) Any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon exchange of a Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Common Stock has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or such Common Stock has been issued upon exchange of a Note that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company with written notice thereof to the Trustee and any transfer agent for the Common Stock):

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES UPON THE EXCHANGE OF WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

 

20


(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

Any such Common Stock (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(e).

(e) Any Note or Common Stock issued upon exchange of a Note that is repurchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (or any Person who was an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months immediately preceding) may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate (or such Person, as the case may be) unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such Note or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being a “restricted security” (as defined under Rule 144).

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Note Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with the registration provisions of, or exemptions from, the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or other applicable law.

 

21


Section 2.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

The Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or indemnity as the Trustee, the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating agent may require. No service charge shall be imposed by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent upon the issuance of any substitute Note, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new substitute Note being different from the name of the Holder of the old Note that became mutilated or was destroyed, lost or stolen. In case any Note that has matured or is about to mature or has been surrendered for required repurchase or is about to be exchanged in accordance with Article 14 shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, in its sole discretion, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or exchange or authorize the exchange of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or exchange shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement, payment, exchange or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement, payment, exchange or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.07 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Physical Notes but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Physical Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Physical Notes (other than any Global Note) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any Global Note) may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for

 

22


such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes upon the written request of the Company. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Physical Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.08 Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc. The Company shall cause all Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment at maturity, repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, registration of transfer or exchange (other than any Notes transferred pursuant to Section 14.12), if surrendered to any Person that the Company controls other than the Trustee, to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and they will no longer be considered outstanding under this Indenture upon their payment at maturity, registration of transfer or exchange. All Notes delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled promptly by it. Except for any Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, or as otherwise expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture, no Notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any Notes surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. After such cancellation, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company, at the Company’s written request in a Company Order. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.09 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers as they appear on any Note, notice or elsewhere and that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

Section 2.10 Additional Notes; Repurchases. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without the consent of the Holders, reopen this Indenture and issue additional Notes hereunder with the same terms as the Notes initially issued hereunder (other than differences in the issue date, the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of such additional Notes and, if applicable, restrictions on transfer of such additional Notes) in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities laws purposes or would cause the Notes initially issued hereunder to be subject to an extended time period for restrictions on transfer, such additional Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying numbers. Prior to the issuance of any such additional Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a Company Order, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to cover such matters required by Sections 10.05 and 17.05. In addition, the Company may, without the consent of Holders, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or through counterparties to private agreements or otherwise, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company may, at its option, reissue, resell, hold or surrender to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 any Notes that the Company may repurchase, in the case of a reissuance or resale; provided that if any such reissued or resold Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities law purposes, such reissued or resold Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP numbers. Any Notes that the Company may repurchase shall be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture (other than, at any time when such Notes are held by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or

 

23


Affiliates, for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture) unless and until such time the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 and, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes so surrendered.

ARTICLE 3

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 3.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Notes shall upon request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments reasonably requested by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes, when (a) (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced, paid or exchanged as provided in Section 2.06) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) after the Notes have (x) become due and payable, whether on the Maturity Date, on any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise and/or (y) been exchanged (and the related consideration due upon exchange has been determined), the Company has deposited with the Trustee cash and/or has delivered to Holders shares of Common Stock, as applicable, (in the case of Common Stock, solely to satisfy the Company’s Exchange Obligation) sufficient, without consideration of reinvestment, to pay all of the outstanding Notes and all other sums due and payable under this Indenture or the Notes by the Company; and (b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.06 shall survive.

ARTICLE 4

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any, of the Settlement Amounts owed upon exchange of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal, premium or Interest or Defaulted Amounts payments hereunder.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the contiguous United States an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (“Paying Agent”) or for exchange (“Exchange Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office.

 

24


The Company may also from time to time designate as co-Note Registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the contiguous United States for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The terms “Paying Agent” and “Exchange Agent” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.

The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Exchange Agent and the Corporate Trust Office as a place where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (if applicable) or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made; provided that no office of the Trustee shall be a place for service of legal process on the Company.

Section 4.03 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.04 Provisions as to Paying Agent.

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04:

(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;

(ii) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

(iii) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust;

provided, that a Paying Agent appointed as contemplated under Section 15.02(f) shall not be required to deliver any such instrument.

The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) or such accrued and unpaid interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be made in immediately available funds and received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.

 

25


(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

(c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay, cause to be paid or deliver to the Trustee all sums or amounts held in trust by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such sums or amounts to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment or delivery by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability but only with respect to such sums or amounts.

(d) Subject to applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee, the Exchange Agent or any Paying Agent, or any money and shares of Common Stock then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest on and the consideration due upon exchange of any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), interest or consideration due upon exchange has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust and the Trustee shall have no further liability with respect to such funds; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee, the Exchange Agent or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee with respect to such trust money and shares of Common Stock, shall thereupon cease.

Section 4.05 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 11, the Company shall do or cause to be done, at its own cost and expense, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

Section 4.06 Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports. (a) At any time the Guarantor is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall, so long as any of the Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange thereof shall, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide without cost to the Trustee and, upon written request, any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of such Notes, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission, copies of any documents or reports that the Company or the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (giving effect to any grace period, including those provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be required to deliver to, or otherwise provide or disclose to, the Trustee or any Holder any information for which the Company (or the Guarantor) is requesting (assuming such request has not been denied), or has received, confidential treatment from the Commission, or any correspondence with the Commission. Any such document or report that the Company files with the Commission via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.06(b) at the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or such successor);

 

26


provided that the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether such documents or reports have been filed via the EDGAR system.

(b) Delivery of the reports, information and documents described in subsection (b) above to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate).

Section 4.07 [Reserved].

Section 4.08 Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2021) an Officer’s Certificate stating whether the signers thereof have knowledge of any failure by the Company to comply with all conditions and covenants then required to be performed under this Indenture and, if so, specifying each such failure and the nature thereof and the actions the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the action that the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof; provided that the Company is not required to deliver such notice if such Event of Default or Default has been cured.

Section 4.09 Registration Rights. The Company agrees that the Holders from time to time of Registrable Securities are entitled to the benefits of Section 5 of the Backstop Agreement. By its acceptance thereof, the Holder of Registrable Securities will have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Backstop Agreement relating to such Registrable Securities.

Section 4.10 [Reserved].

Section 4.11 [Reserved].

Section 4.12 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts, at its sole expense, as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 4.13 Total Leverage Ratio. The Company will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of a Test Period to be greater than the ratio level set forth below opposite the last day of such Test Period (the “Financial Covenant”).

 

Test Period Ending

   Ratio Level  

September 30, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

December 31, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

March 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

June 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

September 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

 

27


December 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

March 31, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

June 30, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

September 30, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

December 31, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

March 31, 2024 and thereafter

     7.00:1.00  

ARTICLE 5

LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01 Lists of Holders. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semi-annually, not more than ten (10) days after each March 15 and September 15 in each year beginning with March 15, 2022, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than ten (10) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished so long as the Trustee is acting as Note Registrar.

Section 5.02 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

(a) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, and the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days;

(b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon any required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to exchange the Notes in accordance with this Indenture, and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days;

(d) failure by the Company to issue a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with Section 15.02(d) when due, and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days;

(e) failure by either the Company or the Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article 11;

 

28


(f) failure by the Company or the Guarantor for sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company to comply with any of its (or the Guarantor to comply its) other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture, provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, or omitted to be taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default;

(g) default by the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $25,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) in the aggregate of the Company, the Guarantor and/or any such Significant Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, if such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness shall not have been paid or discharged, as the case may be, within forty-five (45) days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding in accordance with this Indenture;

(h) the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(i) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(j) failure by the Company to comply with the Financial Covenant under Section 4.13; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default under Section 4.13 shall be deemed to have occurred until the date the financials for the relevant fiscal quarter are required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement and (ii) any Event of Default under Section 4.13 shall be subject to cure pursuant to Section 6.12 (provided that, with respect to any Default or Event of Default under Section 4.13 subject to cure, during the period commencing on the date such financials are required to be delivered until the earlier of the exercise of the relevant Cure Right and the expiration of the relevant cure period, no action hereunder, the taking of which is subject to no Default or Event of Default having occurred or be continuing, shall be permitted); or

(k) Except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, the Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

29


Section 6.02 Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment. If one or more Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company or the Guarantor), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, of and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, 100% of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable.

The immediately preceding paragraph, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal or interest of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay installments of accrued and unpaid interest upon all Notes and the principal of any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, and on such principal at the rate borne by the Notes at such time) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06, and if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) any and all existing Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the uncured nonpayment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on Notes that shall have become due solely by such acceleration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.09, then and in every such case (except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the Notes and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences and such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any Default or Event of Default resulting from (i) the nonpayment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, any Notes, (ii) a failure to repurchase any Notes when required or (iii) a failure to pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes.

Section 6.03 [Reserved].

Section 6.04 Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. If an Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on any overdue principal and interest, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06. If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

30


In the event there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Guarantor, the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, or in the event of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, or to the creditors or property of the Guarantor, the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.04, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and to take such other actions as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Guarantor, the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including agents and counsel fees, and including any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property that the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting such Holder or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of any waiver pursuant to Section 6.09 or any rescission and annulment pursuant to Section 6.02 or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Guarantor, the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Guarantor, the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

31


Section 6.05 Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 with respect to the Notes shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:

First, to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, including its agents and counsel, under Section 7.06;

Second, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of any interest on, and any cash due upon exchange of, the Notes in default in the order of the date due of the payments of such interest and cash due upon exchange, as the case may be, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) payable upon such overdue payments at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, such payments to be made ratably to the Holders based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes held thereby;

Third, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount (including, if applicable, the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on the overdue principal and, to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) and interest without preference or priority of principal over interest, or of interest over principal or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) and accrued and unpaid interest; and

Fourth, to the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company.

Section 6.06 Proceedings by Holders. Except to enforce (x) the right to receive payment of principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), premium or interest when due, or (y) the right to receive payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange and/or the exchange mechanics, no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as herein provided;

(b) Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

32


(c) such Holders shall have offered, and, if requested, provided, to the Trustee such security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to be incurred therein or thereby;

(d) the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of such security or indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; and

(e) no direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding within such sixty (60) day period pursuant to Section 6.09,

it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are prejudicial to any other Holder), or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.06, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note or in this Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

Section 6.07 Proceedings by Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 6.08 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. Except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.06, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any Notes or does not produce any Notes in the proceeding.

 

33


Section 6.09 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that it determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or for which it has not received indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any direction is prejudicial to any Holder). The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes (x) waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except any continuing defaults relating to (i) a default in the payment of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of, the Notes when due that has not been cured pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, (ii) a failure by the Company to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes or (iii) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected; and (y) rescind any resulting acceleration of the Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (other than nonpayment of the principal of, and interest on, the Notes that have become due solely by such acceleration) have been cured or waived. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 6.09, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.10 Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, after the occurrence and continuance of a Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, deliver to all Holders notice of such Default within ninety (90) days after such Responsible Officer obtains such knowledge, unless such Defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), or accrued and unpaid interest on, any of the Notes or a Default in the payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 6.11 Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.11 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on any Note (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) on or after the due date expressed or provided for in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to exchange any Note, or receive the consideration due upon exchange, in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

 

34


Section 6.12 Permitted Holders’ Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01(h), in the event that the Company fails to comply with the Financial Covenant, from the last day of the Test Period until the expiration of the fifteenth Business Day after the date on which financial statements with respect to the Test Period in which such covenant is being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, any of the Permitted Holders shall have the right to make a direct or indirect equity investment in the Company in cash in the form of common Equity Interests (the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Company of net cash proceeds pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right (the “Cure Amount”), the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated, giving effect to a pro forma for the exercise of the Cure Right.

(b) If, after the exercise of the Cure Right and the recalculations pursuant to clause (a) above, the Company shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant during such Test Period, the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01 that had occurred shall be deemed cured; provided that (i) the Cure Right may be exercised on no more than five (5) occasions, (ii) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in respect of which no Cure Right is exercised and (iii) with respect to any exercise of the Cure Right, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Company to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, following the delivery by the Company of a written notice to the Trustee of its intent to exercise the Cure Right, neither the Trustee nor the Holders shall be permitted to exercise any rights then available as a result of an Event of Default under this Article 6 on the basis of a breach of the Financial Covenant so as to enable the Company to consummate its Cure Right as permitted under this Section 6.12.

ARTICLE 7

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Default that may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

35


No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture and upon any writ, order or decree of a court; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 8.04 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

(d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes;

(f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred;

(g) in the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee shall be placed in a non-interest bearing trust account, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon or for losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investments prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction from the Company; and

 

36


(h) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or transfer agent hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 shall also be afforded to such Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or transfer agent.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

Section 7.02 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, judgment, order, bond, note, coupon, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel and require an Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on such advice or Opinion of Counsel.

(d) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine in its reasonable judgment to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, at a reasonable time on any Business Day after reasonable notice, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(e) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, custodian, nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder, and the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(f) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

 

37


(g) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of scheduled principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default (and stating the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default) is actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

(i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

(j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(k) Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance or any action of the Company, or any of their respective directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates or employee, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any inaccuracy in the information obtained from the Company or for any inaccuracy or omission in the records which may result from such information or any failure by the Trustee to perform its duties as set forth herein as a result of any inaccuracy or incompleteness.

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, incidental or any consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action other than any such loss or damage caused by the Trustee’s willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, from the Company or any Holder of the Notes, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that is a “Notice of Default.”

(m) Neither the Trustee nor any agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 7.03 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or other transaction documents relating to the Notes and this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture.

 

38


Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent or Note Registrar (in each case, if other than an Affiliate of the Company), in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or Note Registrar.

Section 7.05 Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust. All monies and shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money and shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

Section 7.06 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing between the Trustee and the Company, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture in any capacity hereunder (including the compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction entered into in connection herewith and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, its officers, directors, agents or employees, or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or in any other capacity hereunder (whether such claims arise by or against the Company or a third person), including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim of liability in the premises or enforcing the Company’s obligations hereunder. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except, subject to the effect of Section 6.05, funds held in trust herewith for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.06 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company. The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment or exchange of the Notes and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provided in this Section 7.06 shall extend to the officers, directors, agents and employees of the Trustee.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

 

39


Section 7.07 Officer’s Certificate as Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 7.08 Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act (as if the Trust Indenture Act were applicable hereto) to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 7.09 Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly notify all Holders and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice of resignation to the Company, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders and at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(a) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

40


then, in either case, the Company may by a Board Resolution remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

(b) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, as determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee that shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 7.09(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.

(c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.10.

Section 7.10 Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06.

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.10, each of the Company and the successor trustee, at the written direction and at the expense of the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders. If the Company fails to deliver such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be delivered at the expense of the Company.

Section 7.11 Succession by Merger, Etc. Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that in the case of any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation or other entity shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

 

41


In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer that the Company has indicated to the Trustee should receive such application actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date), unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of any omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in accordance with this Indenture in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE 8

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

Section 8.01 Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 9, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. The record date if one is selected shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.

Section 8.02 Proof of Execution by Holders. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02 and Section 9.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar. The record of any Holders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.

 

42


Section 8.03 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name a Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of and (subject to Section 2.03) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, for exchange of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Exchange Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. The sole registered holder of a Global Note shall be the Depositary or its nominee. All such payments or deliveries so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sums or shares of Common Stock so paid or delivered, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable or shares deliverable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes following an Event of Default, any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may directly enforce against the Company, without the consent, solicitation, proxy, authorization or any other action of the Depositary or any other Person, such holder’s right to exchange such beneficial interest for a Note in certificated form in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 8.04 Company-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company, by any Subsidiary thereof or by any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Responsible Officer actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to so act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Subsidiary thereof or an Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons; and, subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

Section 8.05 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof.

 

43


ARTICLE 9

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 9.01 Purpose of Meetings. A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 for any of the following purposes:

(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any Default or Event of Default hereunder (in each case, as permitted under this Indenture) and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 6;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article 7;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 9.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 8.01, shall be delivered to Holders of such Notes. Such notice shall also be delivered to the Company. Such notices shall be delivered not less than twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

Any meeting of Holders shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Notes then outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice.

Section 9.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Holders. In case at any time the Company or the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have delivered the notice of such meeting promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 9.01, by delivering notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.

Section 9.04 Qualifications for Voting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

44


Section 9.05 Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, at any meeting of Holders each Holder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him or her; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Notes held by it or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating it as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Holders. Any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 may be adjourned from time to time by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 9.06 Voting. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was delivered as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the aggregate principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 9.07 No Delay of Rights by Meeting. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to limit any Holder’s actions pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary so long as the Notes are Global Notes.

 

45


ARTICLE 10

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 10.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Guarantor, each when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes in writing for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture pursuant to Article 11;

(c) to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

(d) to secure the Notes;

(e) to add to the covenants or Events of Default of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(f) to make any change that, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and certified by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate, does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(g) in connection with any Share Exchange Event, to provide that the notes are exchangeable into Reference Property, subject to the provisions of Section 14.02, and make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by Section 14.07;

(h) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act to the extent this Indenture is qualified thereunder;

(i) [reserved];

(j) provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent;

(k) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary in a manner that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(l) [reserved];

(m) increase the Exchange Rate as provided in this Indenture; or

(n) to make any change to comply with rules of the Depositary, so long as such change does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, as certified in good faith by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate; or

(o) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;

 

46


Upon the written request of the Company and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee is hereby authorized to, and shall, join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 10.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.02.

Section 10.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined in accordance with Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes), the Company and the Guarantor, each when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, any supplemental indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders;

provided, however, that, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no such supplemental indenture shall:

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(b) reduce the rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest, including any default interest, on any Note;

(c) reduce the principal amount of any Notes, reduce the premium payable upon the exchange of the Notes, or extend the Maturity Date of any Note;

(d) make any change that adversely affects the exchange rights of any Notes other than as expressly permitted or required by this Indenture;

(e) reduce the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

(f) make any Note payable in a currency, in a form, or at a place of payment, other than that stated in the Note;

(g) change the ranking or priority of the Notes or the Guarantee;

(h) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and the consideration due upon exchange of, its Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes or this Indenture;

(i) make any change in this Article 10 that requires each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.02 or Section 6.09; or

 

47


(j) provide for the issuance of additional Notes except as permitted herein.

Upon the written request of the Company, and upon the delivery to the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Holders do not need under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture. It shall be sufficient if such Holders approve the substance thereof. After any such supplemental indenture becomes effective, the Company shall deliver to the Holders a notice briefly describing such supplemental indenture. However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the supplemental indenture.

Section 10.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 10.04 Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10 may, at the Company’s expense, bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated, upon receipt of a Company Order, by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 17.10) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

Section 10.05 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee. In addition to the documents required by Section 17.05, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 10 and is permitted or authorized by this Indenture and such Opinion of Counsel shall include a customary legal opinion stating that such supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

ARTICLE 11

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND

LEASE

Section 11.01 Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (or of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as whole), to another Person, unless:

 

48


(a) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable under the Notes and this Indenture;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and

(c) if the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease complies with this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Successor Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

For purposes of this Section 11.01, the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, to another Person, which properties and assets, if held by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or Guarantor, as applicable, on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, to another Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 11.01 shall not apply with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 Successor Corporation to Be Substituted. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and upon the assumption by the Successor Company (if other than the Company), by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery and/or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon exchange of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, such Successor Company (if not the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable) shall succeed to and, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (or the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), shall be substituted for the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be discharged from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as whole, as applicable). Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or transfer (but not in the case of a lease),

 

49


upon compliance with this Article 11 the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture (or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 11) may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

Section 11.03 Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee. The Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, combination, sale, lease or other transfer or disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 12

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest on, or the payment or delivery of consideration due upon exchange of, any Note, nor for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, nor because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, Officer or director or Subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company, the Guarantor or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

ARTICLE 13

GUARANTEE

Section 13.01 Guarantee.

(a) By its execution of this Indenture (or any amended or supplemental indenture related thereto), the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Company and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including such substantial benefits. Subject to this Article 13, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns that:

(i) the principal of, any interest on, and any Exchange Consideration for, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, any interest on, or any Exchange Consideration for, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes, will be promptly paid or delivered in full or performed, as applicable, in each case in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

50


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise,

(collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

Upon the failure of any payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, upon the failure of any performance so guaranteed, for whatever reason, or upon the express request of the Company to the Guarantor, the Guarantor will be obligated to pay or perform, as applicable, the same immediately. The Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations is unconditional, regardless of the validity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return, to the Company, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantor, any consideration paid or delivered by the Company or the Guarantor to such Holder or the Trustee, then the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) The Guarantor agrees that any right of subrogation, reimbursement or contribution it may have in relation to the Holders or in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations will be subordinated to, and will not be enforceable until payment in full of, all Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (ii) if any Guaranteed Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Article 6, then such Guaranteed Obligations will, whether or not due and payable, immediately become due and payable by the Guarantor.

(e) The Guarantor, and, by its acceptance of any Note, each Holder, confirms that the Guarantor and the Holders intend that the Guarantee of the Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Guarantee. Each of the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantor irrevocably agrees that the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

51


(f) The execution by the Guarantor of this Indenture (or an amended or supplemental indenture related thereto) evidences the Guarantee of the Guarantor, and the delivery of any Note by the Trustee after its authentication constitutes due delivery of the Guarantee on behalf of the Guarantor. A Guarantee’s validity will not be affected by the failure of any officer of the Guarantor executing this Indenture or any such amended or supplemental indenture on the Guarantor’s behalf to hold, at the time any Note is authenticated, the same or any other office at the Guarantor, and the Guarantee will be valid and enforceable even if no notation, certificate or other instrument is set upon or attached to, or otherwise executed and delivered to the Holder of, any Note.

(g) Upon any request or application by the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 17.05 with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in Section 17.05 or in the definitions of “Officer,” “Officer’s Certificate” or “Opinion of Counsel” were instead a reference to the Guarantor. A Company Order may be given by the Guarantor with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in the definitions of “Company Order” or “Officer” were instead a reference to the Guarantor. Any notice or demand that this Indenture requires or permits to be given by the Trustee, or by any Holders, to the Company may instead be given to the Guarantor.

(h) The Guarantee will be automatically released, and the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee will be automatically released and discharged, and, in each case, be of no future force and effect, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(A) the Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Article 10;

(B) the merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with the Company; or

(C) all remaining obligations to make payments or deliver other Exchange Consideration with respect all Notes are discharged in full after the same has become due.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 13.01 will not limit the operation of the provisions of Section 14.07.

ARTICLE 14

EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 14.01 Exchange Privilege. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 14, each Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to exchange all or any portion (if the portion to be exchanged is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Note at any time prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at an initial exchange rate of 80.0000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 14, the “Exchange Rate”) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (subject to, and in accordance with, the settlement provisions of Section 14.02, the “Exchange Obligation”).

Section 14.02 Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange.

(a) Subject to this Section 14.02, Section 14.03, Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14, upon exchange of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder no later than two (2) Business Days following the applicable exchange of the Notes, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, shares of Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, due in connection with the Company’s election to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 in cash or in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with

 

52


subsection (j) of this Section 14.02 (“Physical Settlement”) as set forth in this Section 14.02 (the shares of Common Stock and cash the Company shall pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, in respect of any exchange of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange). The Company shall use the Physical Settlement Method for all exchanges other than a Mandatory Exchanges pursuant to Section 14.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company elects to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 in cash, it shall pay the exchanging Holder an amount of cash per each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged equal to the product of (x) the applicable number of Additional Shares and (y) the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the ten (10) Trading Days immediately preceding the Exchange Date.

(b) Subject to Section 14.02(e), before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to exchange a Note as set forth above, such Holder shall (i) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and, if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e) and (ii) in the case of a Physical Note (1) complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the Exchange Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Exchange (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice of Exchange”) at the office of the Exchange Agent and state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon settlement of the Exchange Obligation to be registered, (2) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Exchange Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, (4) if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and (5) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e). The Trustee (and if different, the Exchange Agent) shall notify the Company of any exchange pursuant to this Article 14 on the Exchange Date for such exchange. No Notice of Exchange with respect to any Notes may be surrendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Company in respect of such Notes and has not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 15.03. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that an indirect holder of a Global Note held indirectly through a participant submits irrevocable instructions to exchange any portion of such Note, such Holder shall be deemed for purposes of Regulation SHO to have exchanged the applicable portion of such Note at the time of delivery of such instructions, regardless of when shares of Common Stock are delivered to such Holder or its participant.

If more than one Note shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.

(c) A Note shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “Exchange Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in subsection (ii) above. Except as set forth in Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14(b), the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Exchange Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the last Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Company’s satisfaction of its Exchange Obligation through Physical Settlement for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the settlement shall occur on the Maturity Date. If any

 

53


shares of Common Stock are due to an exchanging Holder, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver (if applicable) to the Exchange Agent or to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, the full number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled, in book-entry format through the Depositary or on the Transfer Agent’s books if the shares of Common Stock are not then held through the facilities of DTC, in satisfaction of the Company’s Exchange Obligation.

(d) In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unexchanged portion of the surrendered Note, without payment of any service charge by the exchanging Holder but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

(e) If a Holder submits a Note for exchange, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of Common Stock upon exchange, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests such shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder shall pay that tax. The Exchange Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Trustee receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax that is due by such Holder in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

(f) Except as provided in Section 14.04, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exchange of any Note as provided in this Article 14.

(g) Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any exchange of Notes effected through any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee.

(h) Upon exchange, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set forth below. The Company’s settlement of the full Exchange Obligation shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Exchange Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Exchange Date shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Notes are exchanged after the close of business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive the full amount of interest payable on such Notes on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the exchange. However, Notes surrendered for exchange during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of interest payable on the Notes so exchanged on the corresponding Interest Payment Date (regardless of whether the exchanging Holder was the Holder of record on the corresponding Regular Record Date); provided that no such payment shall be required (1) for exchanges following the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (3) if the Company has

 

54


selected a Mandatory Exchange Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (4) to the extent of any Defaulted Amounts, if any Defaulted Amounts exist at the time of exchange with respect to such Note. Therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, all Holders of record on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in clause (2) above shall receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date in cash regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged and/or repurchased, as applicable, following such Regular Record Date.

(i) The Person in whose name the shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon exchange shall be treated as a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the relevant Exchange Date (in the case of Physical Settlement) or the last trading day of the relevant Observation Period (in the case of Combination Settlement). Upon an exchange of Notes, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered for exchange, subject to Section 14.13. Prior to exchange of a Holder’s Note, such Holder (in such capacity) shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company.

(j) The Company shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon exchange of the Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange based on the Daily VWAP for the relevant Exchange Date.

Section 14.03 Company’s Mandatory Exchange Option.

(a) On or after September 30, 2023 and prior to the close of business on July 7, 2028, the Company may, at its option, elect to exchange the original principal amount of the Notes in whole but not in part if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter (the “Mandatory Exchange Determination Date”) is greater than or equal to 130% of the Exchange Price on each applicable Trading Day; provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Exchange hereunder if as of such Mandatory Exchange Date an Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

(b) To exercise the Company Mandatory Exchange Right, the Company will send notice of the Company’s election (a “Mandatory Exchange Notice”) to Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day following the Mandatory Exchange Determination Date. Upon exchange of the Notes pursuant to this Section 14.03, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to each Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, (i) cash (“Cash Settlement”), (ii) shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Physical Settlement (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange) or (iii) a combination of cash and Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of delivering any fractional shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 14.14, at its election (“Combination Settlement”).

Such Mandatory Exchange Notice must state:

(i) that the Notes have been called for Mandatory Exchange, briefly describing the Company Mandatory Exchange Right under this Indenture;

(ii) the Mandatory Exchange Date;

 

55


(iii) the current Exchange Rate;

(iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;

(v) the form of settlement and Specified Dollar Amount (if applicable); and

(vi) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if any, of the Notes.

(c) If the Company exercises the Company Mandatory Exchange Right in accordance with this Section 14.03, then an Exchange Date will automatically, and without the need for any action on the part of any Holder, the Trustee or the Exchange Agent, be deemed to occur, with respect to each Note then outstanding, on the Mandatory Exchange Date. The Mandatory Exchange Date will be a Business Day of the Company’s choosing that is no more than thirty (30), nor less than ten (10), Business Days after the Company sends the Mandatory Exchange Notice; provided that the Mandatory Exchange Date shall be no later than the second Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date. The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Exchange Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the Mandatory Exchange Date.

(d) Any share of Common Stock delivered upon a Mandatory Exchange of any Note will be a newly issued or treasury share and will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim. If the Common Stock is then listed on any securities exchange and has been registered on an effective registration statement with the Commission, then the Company will cause each share of Common Stock, when delivered upon a Mandatory Exchange of any Note, to be admitted for listing on such exchange. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Exchange hereunder unless as of such Mandatory Exchange Date no Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

(e) The cash, Common Stock or combination of cash and Common Stock in respect of any exchange of Notes shall be computed as follows:

(i) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to each Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Mandatory Exchange Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange);

(ii) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Cash Settlement, the Company shall pay to each Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Exchanges Values for each Trading Day during the related Observation Period; and

(iii) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Combination Settlement, the Company shall pay or deliver to each Holder, as the case may be, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, consideration consisting of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts for each Trading Day in the Observation Period for such Exchange; and (b) an amount of cash equal to the sum of the Daily Cash Amounts for each Trading Day in such Observation Period.

 

56


Section 14.04 Adjustment of Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company if any of the following events occurs, except that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Exchange Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (other than in the case of (x) a share split or share combination or (y) a tender or exchange offer), at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in this Section 14.04, without having to exchange their Notes, as if they held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires calculations over a period of multiple days or during an Observation Period, the Company will, if appropriate, make proportionate adjustments, if any, to such calculations to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to this Section 14.04 that becomes effective, or any event requiring such an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, effective date or Expiration Date, as applicable, of such event occurs, at any time during such period or Observation Period, as applicable.

(a) If the Guarantor exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of the Common Stock, or if the Guarantor effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR0 =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the Effective Date of such share split or share combination, as applicable;
CR1 =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable;
OS0 =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable, before giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination; and
OS1 =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination, as applicable.

Any adjustment made under this Section 14.04(a) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is declared but not so paid or made, or any share split or combination of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not split or combined, as the case may be, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to pay such dividend or distribution, or not to split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such share split or combination had not been announced.

(b) If the Guarantor issues to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan) entitling them, for a period of not more than forty-five (45) calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

57


LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
X    =    the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y    =    the number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by (ii) the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

Any increase made under this Section 14.04(b) shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance had not occurred.

For purposes of this Section 14.04(b), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

(c) If the Guarantor distributes shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Guarantor or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (i) dividends, distributions or issuances (including share splits) as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) or Section 14.04(e), (ii) except as otherwise described in

 

58


Section 14.11, rights issued pursuant to any stockholders rights plan of the Guarantor then in effect, (iii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which the provisions set forth in Section 14.04(d) shall apply, (iv) dividends or distributions of Reference Property in exchange for or upon conversion of the Common Stock in a Share Exchange Event, and (v) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this Section 14.04(c) shall apply (any of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities, the “Distributed Property”), then the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
SP 0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
FMV    =    the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the portion of this Section 14.04(c) above shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. If the Guarantor issues rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities that are exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate pursuant to the clauses above until the earliest of these triggering events occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), then, in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution. If the Board of Directors determines in good faith the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) by reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it shall in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.04(c) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

59


LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the end of the Valuation Period;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the end of the Valuation Period;
FMV0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock (determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price as set forth in Section 1.01 as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period after, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
MP0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

The increase to the Exchange Rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur at the close of business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period; provided that if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the Valuation Period, references to “10” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Ex-Dividend Date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate. If any dividend or distribution that constitutes a Spin-Off is declared but not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or announced.

For purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 14.11), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”):

(i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock;

(ii) are not exercisable; and

(iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock,

shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Exchange Rate shall be made under this Section 14.04(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(c) was made:

 

60


(1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and

(2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

For purposes of Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) and this Section 14.04(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:

(A) a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 14.04(a) is applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”); or

(B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 14.04(b) is applicable (the “Clause B Distribution”),

then, in either case,

(1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by this Section 14.04(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and

(2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by Section 14.04(a) and Section 14.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(b).

 

61


(d) If the Guarantor pays or makes any cash dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
SP 0    =    the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C    =    the amount in cash per share the Guarantor distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

Any increase pursuant to this Section 14.04(d) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such cash dividend or distribution.

(e) If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock that is subject to the then-applicable tender offer rules under the Exchange Act (other than an odd lot tender offer), to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

LOGO

where,

 

CR 0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires (the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires, the “Expiration Date”);
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
AC    =    the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;

 

62


OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);
OS1    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
SP1    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.

The increase to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(e) shall occur at the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that, in respect of any exchange of Notes where Physical Settlement applies, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the ten (10) Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Expiration Date of such tender or exchange offer and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate and, in respect of any exchange of Notes where Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement apply, for any Trading Day that falls within the relevant Observation Period for such exchange and within the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “10” or “10th” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and such Trading Day in determining the Exchange Rate as of such Trading Day. In addition, if the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires is after the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately preceding, and including, the date immediately preceding the relevant Exchange Date in respect of an exchange of Notes, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that exchange of Notes, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires to, and including, the last Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Exchange Date.

In the event that the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Guarantor is, or such Subsidiary is, permanently prevented by applicable law from consummating any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been consummated.

(f) Notwithstanding this Section 14.04 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if an Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Record Date, and a Holder that has exchanged its Notes on or after such Record Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of the shares of Common Stock as of the related Exchange Date as described under Section 14.02(i) based on an adjusted Exchange Rate for such Record Date, then, notwithstanding the Exchange Rate adjustment provisions in this Section 14.04, the Exchange Rate adjustment relating to such Record Date shall not be made for such exchanging Holder. Instead, such Holder shall be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.

 

63


(g) Except as stated herein, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of the Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

(h) In addition to those adjustments required by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 14.04, the Company from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least twenty (20) Business Days if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. In addition, the Company may (but is not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock) or similar event. Whenever the Exchange Rate is increased pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note a notice of the increase at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date the increased Exchange Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Exchange Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.

(i) Except as stated in this Indenture, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. For illustrative purposes only and without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted:

(i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Guarantor’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries;

(iii) upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) of this subsection and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;

(iv) upon the repurchase of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an open market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction, including structured or derivative transactions, that is not a tender or exchange offer of the nature described in Section 14.04(e);

(v) solely for a change in the par value (or lack of par value) of the Common Stock; or

(vi) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

(j) All calculations and other determinations under this Article 14 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000th) of a share.

 

64


(k) Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (and the Exchange Agent if not the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Exchange Rate and may assume without inquiry that the last Exchange Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a written notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee). Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

(l) For purposes of this Section 14.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Guarantor so long as the Guarantor does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Guarantor, but shall include shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.

(m) For the avoidance of doubt, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not result in any adjustment of the Exchange Rate, Exchange Price or any other terms of the Notes.

Section 14.05 Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs over a span of multiple days, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments (without duplication in respect of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 14.04) to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs are to be calculated.

Section 14.06 Shares to Be Fully Paid. The Company shall reserve, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for exchange of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for exchange (assuming the delivery of the maximum number of Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14).

Section 14.07 Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock.

(a) In the case of:

(i) any recapitalization, reclassification or similar change of the Common Stock (other than changes in par value or resulting from a subdivision or combination),

(ii) any consolidation, merger, combination or similar transaction involving the Guarantor or the Company,

(iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,

(iv) any statutory share exchange,

 

65


in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Share Exchange Event”), then at and after the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to exchange such principal amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such Share Exchange Event would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “Reference Property,” with each “unit of Reference Property” meaning the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive) upon such Share Exchange Event and, prior to or at the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the Guarantor and/or the successor or acquiring Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 10.01(g) providing for such change in the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of the Share Exchange Event (A) the Company or the successor or acquiring company, as the case may be, shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, in respect of the Company’s election to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 and (B) (I) any amount payable in cash upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall continue to be payable in cash, (II) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Share Exchange Event and (III) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a unit of Reference Property.

If the Share Exchange Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), then (i) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be exchangeable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of Common Stock, and (ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (i) attributable to one share of Common Stock. If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in such Share Exchange Event, then for all exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the effective date of such Share Exchange Event (A) the consideration due upon exchange of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be solely cash in an amount equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14), multiplied by the price paid per share of Common Stock in such Share Exchange Event and (B) the Company shall satisfy the Exchange Obligation by paying such cash amount to exchanging Holders on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date. The Company shall notify in writing Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as reasonably practicable after such determination is made.

If the Reference Property in respect of any Share Exchange Event includes, in whole or in part, shares of common equity, such supplemental indenture described in the second immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments provided for in this Article 14 with respect to the portion of the Reference Property consisting of such common equity. If, in the case of any Share Exchange Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof), other than cash and/or cash equivalents, of a Person other than the Guarantor or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Share Exchange Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including the provisions providing for the purchase rights set forth in Article 15.

 

66


(b) When the Company and the Guarantor execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 14.07, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a unit of Reference Property after any such Share Exchange Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be delivered to each Holder promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall become a party to any Share Exchange Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 14.07. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a holder of Notes to exchange its Notes into shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Section 14.01 and Section 14.02 prior to the effective date of such Share Exchange Event.

(d) The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive Share Exchange Events.

Section 14.08 Certain Covenants. (a) The Guarantor covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon exchange of Notes will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Guarantor and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

(a) The Guarantor covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of exchange of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares of Common Stock may be validly issued upon exchange, the Guarantor will, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission, secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.

(b) The Guarantor further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Guarantor will list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, any Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes.

Section 14.09 Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Exchange Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment (including any increase) of the Exchange Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exchange of any Note; and the Trustee and any other Exchange Agent make no representations with respect thereto.

Neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 14.07 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders upon the exchange of their Notes after any event referred to in such

 

67


Section 14.07 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in conclusively relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to deliver to the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. The Trustee and the Exchange Agent may conclusively rely upon any notice with respect to the commencement or termination of such exchange rights.

Section 14.10 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:

(a) action by the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 14.04 or Section 14.11;

(b) Share Exchange Event; or

(c) voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company or the Guarantor;

then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture) and to the extent applicable, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be delivered to each Holder, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Share Exchange Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

Section 14.11 Stockholder Rights Plans. If the Guarantor has a stockholder rights plan in effect upon exchange of the Notes, each share of Common Stock, if any, issued upon such exchange shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights, if any, under such stockholder rights plan and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such exchange shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any such stockholder rights plan, as the same may be amended from time to time. However, if, prior to any exchange of Notes, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights plan, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Guarantor distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as provided in Section 14.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

Section 14.12 Transfer of Notes to be Exchanged to a Third Party for Settlement. When a Holder surrenders its Notes for exchange, the Company may, at its election (a “Third-Party Exchange Election”), direct the Exchange Agent to deliver, on or prior to the first (1st) Trading Day following the Exchange Date, such Notes to a financial institution designated by the Company for settlement in lieu of exchange. In order to accept any Notes surrendered for exchange, the designated financial institution must agree to timely pay and/or deliver, in exchange for such Notes, the applicable Exchange Obligation. If the Company makes a Third-Party Exchange Election, the Company shall, by the close of business on the first (1st) Trading Day following the relevant Exchange Date, notify in writing the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange that it has made the Third-Party Exchange Election, and the Company shall promptly notify the designated financial institution of the settlement method with respect to such exchange and the relevant deadline for payment and/or delivery of the Exchange Obligation.

 

68


Any Notes transferred to the designated financial institution shall remain outstanding. If the designated financial institution agrees to accept any Notes for settlement but does not timely pay and/or deliver the required Exchange Obligation, or if such designated financial institution does not accept the Notes for settlement, the Company shall notify in writing the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange, and pay and/or deliver the required Exchange Obligation, to the exchanging Holder at the time and in the manner required under this Indenture as if the Company had not made a Third-Party Exchange Election.

The Company’s designation of a financial institution to which the Notes may be submitted for settlement does not require that financial institution to accept any Notes (unless the financial institution has separately made an agreement with the Company). The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into a separate agreement with any designated financial institution that would compensate it for any such transaction.

Section 14.13 Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Exchange. The Company shall not effect the exchange of any of the Notes held by a Holder, and such Holder shall not have the right to exchange any of the Notes held by such Holder pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Indenture and any such exchange shall be null and void and treated as if never made, to the extent that after giving effect to such exchange, such Holder together with the other Attribution Parties collectively would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exchange. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and the other Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder and all other Attribution Parties plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (A) exchange of the remaining, nonexchanged Notes beneficially owned by such Holder or any of the other Attribution Parties and (B) exercise or exchange of the unexercised or nonexchanged portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any convertible or exchangeable notes, convertible preferred stock or warrants, including the Notes) beneficially owned by such Holder or any other Attribution Party subject to a limitation on conversion, exchange or exercise analogous to the limitation contained in this Section 14.13. For purposes of this Section 14.13, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For purposes of determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock a Holder may acquire upon the exchange of such Notes without exceeding the Maximum Percentage, such Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Commission, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent, if any, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (the “Reported Outstanding Share Number”). If the Company receives an Exchange Notice from a Holder at a time when the actual number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is less than the Reported Outstanding Share Number, the Company shall notify such Holder in writing of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and, to the extent that such Exchange Notice would otherwise cause such Holder’s beneficial ownership, as determined pursuant to this Section 14.13, to exceed the Maximum Percentage, such Holder must notify the Company of a reduced number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered pursuant to such Exchange Notice. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of any Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day

 

69


confirm orally and in writing or by electronic mail to such Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities of the Company, including such Notes, by such Holder and any other Attribution Party since the date as of which the Reported Outstanding Share Number was reported. In the event that the issuance of shares of Common Stock to a Holder upon exchange of such Notes results in such Holder and the other Attribution Parties being deemed to beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than the Maximum Percentage of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), the number of shares so issued by which such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties’ aggregate beneficial ownership exceeds the Maximum Percentage (the “Excess Shares”) shall be deemed null and void and shall be cancelled ab initio, and such Holder shall not have the power to vote or to transfer the Excess Shares. Upon delivery of a written notice to the Company, any Holder may from time to time increase (with such increase not effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after delivery of such notice) or decrease the Maximum Percentage of such Holder to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% as specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase in the Maximum Percentage will not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to such Holder and the other Attribution Parties and not to any other Holder that is not an Attribution Party of such Holder. For purposes of clarity, the shares of Common Stock issuable to a Holder pursuant to the terms of this Indenture in excess of the Maximum Percentage shall not be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder for any purpose including for purposes of Section 13(d) or Rule 16a-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act. No prior inability to exchange such Notes pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of exchangeability. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 14.13 to the extent necessary to correct this paragraph (or any portion of this paragraph) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation contained in this Section 14.13 or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitation contained in this paragraph may not be waived other than pursuant to this Section 14.13 and shall apply to a successor holder of such Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent shall have any responsibility to determine the Maximum Percentage or whether the issuance of any shares results in a Holder or Attribution Party having Excess Shares or otherwise determine or monitor compliance with the terms of this Section 14.13. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, if in connection with any Mandatory Exchange of a Holder’s Notes there would be Excess Shares with respect to such Holder, the portion of such Notes whose exchange would result in such Excess Shares shall be deemed to have not been exchanged and shall continue to accrue interest until such time as the shares of Common Stock that would have been delivered to such Holder but for this Section 14.13 are so delivered.

Section 14.14 Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Exchange.

(a) If (i) the Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Maturity Date and a Holder elects to exchange its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or (ii) the Company delivers a Mandatory Exchange Notice as provided under Section 14.03, as the case may be, the Company shall, under the circumstances described below, increase the Exchange Rate for the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), to the extent and as described below. An exchange of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (i) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the period from, and including, the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole

 

70


Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental Change but for the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the thirty-fifth (35th) Trading Day immediately following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change) (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”), or (ii) if it is a Mandatory Exchange. Upon surrender of Notes for exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company shall satisfy the related Exchange Obligation in accordance with Sections 14.02 and 14.03, as applicable; provided, however, that if, at the effective time of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Reference Property following such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Exchange Obligation shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and shall be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of exchanged Notes equal to the Exchange Rate (including any increase to reflect the Additional Shares), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Exchange Obligation shall be determined and paid to Holders in cash on the second (2nd) Business Day following the Exchange Date. The Company shall notify in writing the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change no later than five (5) Business Days after such Effective Date.

(b) The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased for exchanges in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Exchange shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective or the date the Company delivers the Mandatory Exchange Notice, as the case may be (in each case, the “Effective Date”) and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid (or deemed to be paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change or determined with respect to the Mandatory Exchange Notice, as the case may be. If the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for their Common Stock only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five (5) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Effective Date. The Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments to the Stock Price, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Record Date, Effective Date (as such term is used in Section 14.04) or Expiration Date of the event occurs during such five (5) consecutive Trading Day period. If a Mandatory Exchange would also be deemed to be in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, a Holder of any such Notes to be exchanged will be entitled to a single increase to the Exchange Rate with respect to the first to occur of the Effective Date of the Mandatory Exchange Notice or the Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as applicable, and the later event shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this Section 14.14. The Company may elect to settle any Additional Shares due under this Section 14.14 in cash (pursuant to the terms of Section 14.02(a)) by providing notice of such election in the in writing to the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) no later than the date ten (10) Business Days prior to such Effective Date.

(c) The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Exchange Rate as set forth in Section 14.04.

 

71


(d) The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased per $1,000 principal amount of Notes pursuant to this Section 14.14 for each Stock Price and Effective Date set forth below:

 

Stock Price

 

Effective Date

   $10.00      $12.50      $13.75      $15.00      $16.25      $17.50      $20.00      $22.50      $25.00      $27.50  

September 30, 2021

     20.0000        11.3984        8.6669        6.5813        4.9668        3.7051        1.9365        0.8582        0.2424        —    

September 30, 2022

     20.0000        10.6896        8.0225        6.0173        4.4880        3.3080        1.6795        0.7116        0.1860        —    

September 30, 2023

     20.0000        9.9128        7.3084        5.3940        3.9618        2.8749        1.4055        0.5560        0.1172        —    

September 30, 2024

     20.0000        9.1200        6.5607        4.7393        3.4154        2.4349        1.1435        0.4191        0.0652        —    

September 30, 2025

     20.0000        8.1928        5.6676        3.9620        2.7797        1.9366        0.8655        0.2853        0.0244        —    

September 30, 2026

     20.0000        6.9608        4.4756        2.9533        1.9902        1.3480        0.5715        0.1636        0.0020        —    

September 30, 2027

     20.0000        5.0880        2.7222        1.5953        1.0178        0.6743        0.2745        0.0640        —          —    

September 30, 2028

     20.0000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

The exact Stock Price and Effective Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

(i) if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table above or the Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year;

(ii) if the Stock Price is greater than $25.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (e) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate; and

(iii) if the Stock Price is less than $12.50 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (e) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Exchange Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Notes exceed 100.0000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 14.04.

Nothing in this Section 14.14 shall prevent an adjustment to the Exchange Rate that would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

ARTICLE 15

REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

Section 15.01 [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 15.02 Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.

(a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to the Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to Section 15.03 that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on the date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than twenty (20) Business Days or more than thirty-five (35) Business Days following the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount

 

72


thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus any remaining amounts that would be owed to, but excluding, the Maturity Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest (to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date) to Holders of record as of such Regular Record Date, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Article 15. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall be subject to postponement in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law. Repurchases of Notes under this Section 15.02 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

(i) delivery to the paying agent by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Notes are Physical Notes, or in compliance with the Applicable Procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in each case on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and

(ii) delivery of the Notes, if the Notes are Physical Notes, to the paying agent at any time after delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements for transfer) at the office of the paying agent, or book- entry transfer of the Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, in each case such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor.

The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall state:

(iii) in the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

(iv) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be in minimum denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

(v) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the paying agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 15.02 shall have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent in accordance with Section 15.03.

The paying agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

 

73


(b) On or before the twentieth (20th) Business Day after the occurrence of the effective date of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee, the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the paying agent (in the case of a paying agent other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) of the occurrence of the effective date of the Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered to the Holders in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:

(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;

(ii) the effective date of the Fundamental Change;

(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this Article 15;

(iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

(v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

(vi) the name and address of the paying agent and the Exchange Agent, if applicable;

(vii) if applicable, the Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the Exchange Rate;

(viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be exchanged only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(ix) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.02. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will publish such information on its website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.

At the Company’s written request, given at least (5) five days prior to the date the Fundamental Change Company Notice is to be sent, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Company on any date at the option of the Holders in connection with a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). The paying agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes), or any instructions for book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the Applicable Procedures shall be deemed to have been cancelled, and, upon such return or cancellation, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

 

74


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company shall not be required to repurchase, or to make an offer to repurchase, the Notes upon a Fundamental Change if a third party makes such an offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including, without limitation, the requirement to comply with applicable securities laws), and such third party purchases all Notes properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn under its offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including the requirement to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes); provided that the Company shall continue to be obligated to (x) deliver the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Holders (which Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state that such third party shall make such an offer to purchase the Notes) and to simultaneously with such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice publish a notice containing such information in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time,

(y) comply with applicable securities laws as set forth in this Indenture in connection with any such purchase and (z) pay the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes in the event such third party fails to make such payment in such amount at such time.

(e) For purposes of this Article 15, the paying agent may be any agent, depositary, tender agent, paying agent or other agent appointed by the Company to accomplish the purposes set forth herein.

Section 15.03 Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. (a) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the paying agent in accordance with this Section 15.03 at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:

(i) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof,

(ii) if Physical Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice of withdrawal must comply with appropriate procedures of the Depositary.

Section 15.04 Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

(a) The Company will deposit with the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), or if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 on or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (subject to extension in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law) an amount of money sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or

 

75


other paying agent appointed by the Company), payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not validly withdrawn prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date) will be made on the later of (i) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.02) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 15.02 by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

(b) If by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date, then, with respect to the Notes that have been properly surrendered for repurchase and have not been validly withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary, (i) such Notes will cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest will cease to accrue on such Notes on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or paying agent) and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes with respect to the Notes will terminate on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (other than (x) the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and (y) to the extent not included in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, accrued and unpaid interest, if applicable).

(c) Upon surrender of a Physical Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to Section 15.02, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Physical Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Physical Note surrendered.

Section 15.05 Repurchase of Notes. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligations to purchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

ARTICLE 16

REDEMPTION

Section 16.01 No Redemption. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 17.01 Provisions Binding on Company’s and Guarantor’s Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of each of the Company and the Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

 

76


Section 17.02 Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or Officer of the Company or the Guarantor shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation or other entity that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

Section 17.03 Addresses for Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders on the Company or the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is delivered by the Company to the Trustee) to (i) KORE Wireless Group, Inc., 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300. Alpharetta, GA 30022 or (ii) KORE Group Holdings, Inc., 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300. Alpharetta, GA 30022. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if it is in writing and actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. In no event shall the Trustee or the Exchange Agent be obligated to monitor any website maintained by the Company or the Guarantor or any press releases issued by the Company or the Guarantor.

The Trustee, by notice to the Company and the Guarantor, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Physical Notes shall be mailed to it by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address as it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Global Notes shall be delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary and shall be sufficiently given to it if so delivered within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered, as the case may be, in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be properly delivered if delivered to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (or its designee) in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.

Section 17.04 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND EACH NOTE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND EACH NOTE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF).

The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably consent and agree, for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes and the Trustee, that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and, until amounts due and to become due in respect of the Notes have been paid, hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in personam, generally and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for itself in respect of its properties, assets and revenues.

 

77


The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Indenture brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 17.05 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture (other than, with respect to an Opinion of Counsel, in connection with the issuance and authentication of the Notes on the date of this Indenture), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating that such action is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with. With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Each Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel provided for, by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with this Indenture (other than the Officer’s Certificates provided for in Section 4.08) shall include (a) a statement that the person signing such certificate is familiar with the requested action and this Indenture; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement contained in such certificate is based; (c) a statement that, in the judgment of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed judgment as to whether or not such action is permitted by this Indenture; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the judgment of such person, such action is permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with.

Section 17.06 Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then any action to be taken on such date need not be taken on such date, but may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on such date, and no interest shall accrue on any such payment in respect of the delay.

Section 17.07 No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction.

Section 17.08 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the Holders, the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent, any Custodian, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 17.09 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

78


Section 17.10 Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 10.04 and Section 15.04 as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 7.08.

Any corporation or other entity into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation or other entity is otherwise eligible under this Section 17.10, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation or other entity.

Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor authenticating agent (which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall deliver notice of such appointment to all Holders.

The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services although the Company may terminate the authenticating agent, if it determines such agent’s fees to be unreasonable.

The provisions of Section 7.02, Section 7.03, Section 7.04, Section 8.03 and this Section 17.10 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

If an authenticating agent is appointed pursuant to this Section 17.10, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

______________________________,
as Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:                                                                                 
Authorized Signatory

Section 17.11 Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as

 

79


to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic means (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute,” “execution,” “signed” and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is not under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

Section 17.12 Severability. In the event any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 17.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 17.14 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics, epidemics, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, governmental action or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex write or communication facility; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 17.15 Calculations. The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock, the Daily VWAPs, Daily Exchange Value, the Daily Cash Amount, the Daily Share Amount, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Exchange Rate of the Notes, Maximum Percentage and Excess Shares. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Exchange Agent, and each of the Trustee and Exchange Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any registered Holder of Notes upon the written request of that Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Company. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent will have any responsibility to make calculations under this Indenture, nor will either of them have any responsibility to monitor the Company’s stock or trading price, determine whether the conditions to exchangeability of the Notes have been met or determine whether the circumstances requiring changes to the Exchange Rate have occurred.

 

80


Section 17.16 USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

Section 17.17 Tax Withholding. The Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under this Indenture for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or charges if and to the extent so required by any applicable law and any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto, in each case, that a Holder is subject to pursuant to the Indenture (“Applicable Tax Law”), or by virtue of the relevant Holder failing to satisfy any certification or other requirements under Applicable Tax Law in respect of the Notes, in which event the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall make such payment after such withholding or deduction has been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the amount so withheld or deducted and shall have no obligation to gross up any payment hereunder or pay any additional amount as a result of such withholding tax.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of the Holder as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, the Company or other applicable withholding agent may, at its option, withhold from or set off such payments against payments of cash and shares of Common Stock on the Note (or any payments on the Common Stock) or sales proceeds received by or other funds or assets of the Holder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

81


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

  Name: Romil Bahl
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

  Name: Romil Bahl
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Karen Ferry

  Name: Karen Ferry
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY]

[THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1


PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

A-2


KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

No. [            ]

[Initially]1 $[            ]

CUSIP No. 50067T AA92

KORE Wireless Group, Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.]3 [ ]4, or registered assigns, the principal sum [as set forth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto]5 [of $[ ]]6, which amount, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not, unless permitted by the Indenture, exceed $120,000,000 in aggregate at any time, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary, on September 30, 2028, and interest thereon as set forth below.

This Note shall bear interest at the rate of 5.50% per year from September 30, 2021, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date until September 30, 2028. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each March 30 and September 30 of each year (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on March 30, 2022, to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding March 15 and September 15 (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month.

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election, in accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Indenture.

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on this Note, if and so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) at the office or agency designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Note Registrar in respect of the Notes and the Corporate Trust Office located in the United States of America as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or for registration of transfer and exchange. The Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor as provided in Article 13 of the Indenture.

 

 

1 

Include if a global note.

2 

Subject to the procedures of the Depositary, at such time as the Company notifies the Trustee that the Restrictive Legend is to be removed in accordance with the Indenture, the CUSIP number for this Note shall be deemed to be [ ].

3 

Include if a global note.

4 

Include if a physical note.

5 

Include if a global note.

6 

Include if a physical note.

 

A-3


Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right to exchange this Note into shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

In the case of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), limited to the aggregate principal amount of $120,000,000 all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of September 30, 2021 as amended and restated as of November 15, 2021 (as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, (the “Indenture”), between the Company, as issuer, KORE Group Holdings, Inc., as guarantor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantor and the Holders of the Notes. Additional Notes may be issued in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture. The Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor as provided in Article 13 of the Indenture. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

In case certain Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, and interest on, all Notes may be declared, by either the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the principal amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any provision of this Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, this Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in this Note or in the Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

 

A-6


The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer or similar tax that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund or otherwise.

Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to exchange any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, into shares of Common Stock at the Exchange Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.

 

A-7


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM = as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

CUST = Custodian

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-8


SCHEDULE A7

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is            DOLLARS ($[            ]). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of exchange   

Amount of

decrease in

principal amount

of this Global

Note

  

Amount of

increase in

principal amount

of this Global

Note

   Principal amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

7 

Include if a global note.

 

A-9


ATTACHMENT 1

[FORM OF NOTICE OF EXCHANGE]

 

To:

Exchange Agent

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to exchange this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such exchange, together with any cash for any fractional share, and any Notes representing any unexchanged principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common Stock or any portion of this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.02(d) and Section 14.02(e) of the Indenture. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

Dated:                                                                                                                  

 

   

 

    Signature

 

   
Signature Guarantee    

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions)with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are to be issued, or Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.
Fill in for registration of shares if to be issued, and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:

 

(Name)

 

(Street Address)

 

1


 

(City, State and Zip Code)
Please print name and address

 

Principal amount to be exchanged (if less than all):
$__________,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number

 

2


ATTACHMENT 2

[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

To: Paying Agent

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

Dated:             

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all): $            ,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

1


ATTACHMENT 3

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

For value received                                      hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                                      (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                      attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

1


Dated:                                                                                          

 

 

Signature(s)
Signature Guarantee Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.
NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

2

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Version

BACKSTOP AGREEMENT

This Backstop Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of July 27, 2021, by and among KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP (the “Purchaser”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, by and among the Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“CTAC”), King Pubco, Inc. (to be renamed KORE Group Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Corp Merger Sub”), King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LLC Merger Sub” and collectively with CTAC, Pubco and Corp Merger Sub, the “Cerberus Parties”), and Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“KORE”) (as amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Business Combination Agreement”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Cerberus Parties and KORE will enter into a business combination transaction pursuant to which, among other things, (i) Corp Merger Sub will merge with and into KORE, with KORE being the surviving corporation and (ii) immediately thereafter, KORE (as the surviving corporation) will merge with and into LLC Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub, as the surviving entity, will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco.

WHEREAS, in connection with the entry into this Agreement, the Purchaser has committed to subscribe for up to $120,000,000 in principal amount of newly issued 5.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2028 of the Company (the “Exchangeable Notes”), which will be exchangeable for shares of common stock of Pubco on the terms and subject to the conditions herein (the “Pubco Common Stock”).

WHEREAS, the Purchaser is now entering into this Agreement with the Company, whereby at the Closing, solely to the extent the Company issues a Backstop Notice (as defined below), the Purchaser will acquire, and the Company will issue and sell to the Purchaser, Exchangeable Notes, on a private placement basis, in the amount determined pursuant to Section 1(c) hereof and subject to the limitations set forth herein.

WHEREAS, in the event the Company elects to issue a Backstop Notice, in connection with the issuance of the Exchangeable Notes on the Closing Date, the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), will enter into an indenture in respect of the Exchangeable Notes in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Indenture”).


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Backstop Limitations; Backstop Commitment Fee; Backstop Notice.

 

  (a)

Backstop Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Purchaser shall never be required to subscribe for Exchangeable Notes under this Agreement in an amount that is greater than $120,000,000 (the “Backstop Limit”).

 

  (b)

Backstop Commitment Fee. As consideration for the commitments and agreements of the Purchaser under this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay to the Purchaser an aggregate commitment fee of $1,500,000 (the “Commitment Fee”). The Commitment Fee shall be due and payable in cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds on the date hereof to the account set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

  (c)

Backstop Notice. On the Business Day following the date by which the Acquiror Shareholder Redemption is required to be made in accordance with CTAC’s Articles of Association (which date is two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the Special Meeting), in the event and only to the extent of any Closing Cash Shortfall, the Company may, at its option and in its sole discretion, deliver a written notice (the “Backstop Notice”) to the Purchaser setting forth:

 

  (i)

the Available Closing Acquiror Cash;

 

  (ii)

the Closing Cash Shortfall;

 

  (iii)

the Backstop Purchase Amount (as defined below); and

 

  (iv)

the Company’s wire instructions.

Backstop Purchase Amount” means an aggregate principal amount of Exchangeable Notes not to exceed the lesser of (x) the Backstop Limit and (y) the excess of $345,000,000 over the Available Closing Acquiror Cash (as shown in the latest Acquiror Closing Statement or any Updated Acquiror Closing Statement delivered pursuant to Section 4.02(a) of the Business Combination Agreement as of the date the Backstop Notice is delivered) (such excess amount, if any, the “Closing Cash Shortfall”); provided, however, that in no event shall the Backstop Purchase Amount be less than $0.00; provided, further, that the Backstop Purchase Amount may be in an amount less than the lesser of (x) and (y) at the Company’s option and in its sole discretion. Only one (1) Backstop Notice may be delivered hereunder.

 

2.

Sale and Purchase.

 

  (a)

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, following delivery of the Backstop Notice by the Company to the Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, Exchangeable Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Backstop Purchase Amount for an aggregate purchase price equal to the Backstop Purchase Amount (such aggregate purchase price, the “Backstop Purchase Price”).

 

2


  (b)

The delivery of the Backstop Notice hereunder shall serve as notice to the Purchaser that the Purchaser will be required to pay the Backstop Purchase Price, and acquire the Exchangeable Notes, at the Backstop Closing (as defined below).

 

  (c)

The closing of the purchase and sale of the Exchangeable Notes (the “Backstop Closing”) shall be held on the Closing Date, immediately prior to or substantially concurrently with the Closing. At the Backstop Closing on the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, as soon as practicable on the Closing Date substantially concurrent with the Company or its transfer agent delivering evidence of the issuance to the Purchaser of the Exchangeable Notes, the Backstop Purchase Price in cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in the Closing Notice against delivery by the Company to the Purchaser of the Exchangeable Notes in book entry form pursuant to the DWAC procedures of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which will act as securities depository for the Exchangeable Notes, free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or other restrictions (other than those arising under the Indenture, this Agreement or state or federal securities laws), in the name of the Purchaser or a custodian designated by the Purchaser (which custodian shall have properly posted such DWAC for release by the Trustee through the facilities of DTC), as applicable.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof and as of the Backstop Closing:

 

  (a)

Organization and Power. The Purchaser (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and (ii) has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Authorization. The Purchaser has full power and authority, including any necessary corporate or other organizational authority, to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other instrument to be entered into, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Purchaser in connection with the purchase of the Exchangeable Notes. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws. The signature of the person(s) signing on behalf of the Purchaser is binding on the Purchaser.

 

3


  (c)

Compliance with Other Instruments. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

  (d)

No Governmental or other Authorization Required; Consents. Except for any filings and approvals required pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and such other reports under, and such other compliance with, the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement, or as may have already been obtained, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other person will be required to be obtained or made by the Purchaser in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Restricted Securities. The Purchaser understands that the Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that the Exchangeable Notes and the shares of Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Purchaser understands that the Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes may not be offered, resold, transferred, pledged (other than in connection with ordinary course prime brokerage relationships) or otherwise disposed of by the Purchaser absent an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, except (i) to Pubco or a subsidiary thereof or (ii) pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and, in each of cases (i) and (ii), in accordance with any applicable securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions of the United States, and that any book-entry positions or certificates representing the Exchangeable Notes shall contain a restrictive legend to such effect. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes will be subject to transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws and, as a result of these transfer restrictions, the Purchaser may not be able to readily offer, resell, transfer, pledge (other than in connection with ordinary course prime brokerage relationships) or otherwise dispose of the Exchangeable Notes and may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Exchangeable Notes for an indefinite period of time. The Purchaser understands that it has been advised to consult legal counsel and tax and accounting advisors prior to making any offer, resale, pledge, transfer or disposition of any of the Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes.

 

4


Each book entry for the Exchangeable Notes shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Exchangeable Notes shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

5


NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

 

  (f)

High Degree of Risk. The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Exchangeable Notes involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment, and the Purchaser has the ability to bear the economic risks of an investment in Exchangeable Notes, including a complete loss of its investment. Further, the Purchaser has carefully read, considered and understands the risks related to the Transactions, the Company, KORE, the Cerberus Parties and the Exchangeable Notes, and has had the opportunity to retain, at its own expense, and relied upon, appropriate professional advice regarding the financial, taxation and legal implications, risk and consequences of the foregoing

 

  (g)

Accredited Investor. The Purchaser (i) is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), and an “institutional account” as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), (ii) is acquiring the Exchangeable Notes only for its own account and not for the account of others, or if the Purchaser is acquiring the Exchangeable Notes as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, each owner of such account is a qualified institutional buyer and the Purchaser has full investment discretion with respect to each such account, and the full power and authority to make the acknowledgements, representations and agreements herein on behalf of each owner of each such account and (iii) is not acquiring the Exchangeable Notes with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. The Purchaser is not an entity formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (h)

Adequacy of Financing. The Purchaser has available to it sufficient clear funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement, without restriction or conditions on payment to the Company except as provided hereunder.

 

  (i)

Purchasers Knowledge and Skill. The Purchaser has knowledge, skill and experience in financial, business and investment matters relating to investments of this type and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment and protecting its interests in connection with its acquisition of Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (j)

Own Investigations. In making its investment decision to purchase Exchangeable Notes, the Purchaser is relying solely on investigations made by it and its representatives and its assessment, and the assessment of any of its professional advisers, of the merits of an acquisition of Exchangeable Notes.

 

6


  (k)

No SEC Approval. The Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes have not been approved or disapproved by the SEC or any state securities commission, nor has the SEC or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of any representations by the Company.

 

  (l)

No Other Representations or Warranties. The Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its representatives has made or makes any representation or warranty to the Purchaser in respect of the Company, KORE, the Cerberus Parties or the Transactions other than, in the case of the Company, the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.

 

4.

Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants (provided all representations and warranties with respect to the Cerberus Parties are made to the Company’s knowledge prior to the Backstop Closing) to the Purchaser as follows, as of the date hereof and as of the Backstop Closing:

 

  (a)

Incorporation and Corporate Power. Each of the Company and Pubco is duly incorporated or formed and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the Laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease or operate its assets and properties and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. Each of the Company and Pubco is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation or foreign limited liability company, as applicable, in all jurisdictions in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except where failure to be so licensed or qualified has not and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

 

  (b)

Authorization. All corporate action required to be taken by the board of directors and shareholders of the Company in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement, and to issue the Exchangeable Notes at the Backstop Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Backstop Closing, as applicable. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company and of Pubco necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company and Pubco under this Agreement to be performed as of the Backstop Closing, and the issuance and delivery of the Exchangeable Notes and the securities issuable upon exchange or exercise (in each case, if applicable) of the Exchangeable Notes has been taken or will be taken prior to the Backstop Closing, as applicable. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

7


  (c)

[Reserved].

 

  (d)

Valid Issuance of Exchangeable Notes. As of the Closing Date, the Exchangeable Notes will be duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Purchaser against full payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability (collectively, the “Enforceability Exceptions”), and will not have been issued in violation of any preemptive rights created under the Company’s organizational documents or the laws of the State of Delaware. As of the Closing Date, the Indenture will be duly authorized by the Company and Pubco and, when duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and Pubco, enforceable against the Company and Pubco in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 4(f) below, the Exchangeable Notes will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  (e)

[Reserved].

 

  (f)

Governmental Consents and Filings. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for any filings required pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws, and pursuant to the Registration Rights.

 

  (g)

Compliance with Other Instruments. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company and Pubco will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or its other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or Pubco is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which the Company or Pubco is a party or by which the Company or Pubco is bound, (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which the Company or Pubco is a party or by which the Company or Pubco is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or Pubco, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or Pubco or their ability to consummate the Transactions.

 

8


  (h)

Absence of Litigation. Except for such matters as have not had a Material Adverse Effect, the Company or Pubco is, and has been since their inception, in compliance with all state and federal laws applicable to the conduct of their business. The Company and Pubco have not received any written, or to their knowledge, other communication from a governmental entity that alleges that the Company or Pubco is not in compliance with or is in default or violation of any applicable law, except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except for such matters as have not had and would not be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, there is no (i) action, lawsuit, claim or other proceeding, in each case by or before any governmental authority pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company or Pubco, threatened against the Company or Pubco or (ii) judgment, decree, injunction, ruling or order of any governmental entity or arbitrator outstanding against the Company or Pubco.

 

  (i)

No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, Pubco, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or shareholders has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder, (i) engaged in any general solicitation or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the sale of the Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (j)

No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance. Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 4 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company and Pubco have not made, do not make and shall not be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or Pubco, the sale and purchase of the Exchangeable Notes, the Transactions or a potential business combination, and the Company and Pubco disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, each of the Company and Pubco specifically disclaim that it is relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Section 4(j) shall limit any claim or cause of action (or recovery in connection therewith) with respect to fraud.

 

5.

Registration of Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (a)

The Company agrees that, within forty-five (45) calendar days after the consummation of the Transactions (the “Filing Deadline”), the Company will cause Pubco to file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) registering the resale of the Exchangeable Notes and the shares of Pubco Common Stock issuable upon

 

9


  exchange of the Exchangeable Notes (the “Registrable Securities”), and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the 60th calendar day (or 120th calendar day if the SEC notifies the Company that it will “review” the Registration Statement) following the Filing Deadline (such date, the “Effectiveness Date”); provided, however, that the Company’s obligations to include the Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement are contingent upon the Purchaser furnishing in writing to the Company such information regarding the Purchaser, the securities of the Company held by the Purchaser and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities as shall be reasonably requested by the Company to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities, and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations; provided, further, that if the Effectiveness Date falls on a day which is not a Business Day or other day that the SEC is closed for business, the Effectiveness Date shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the SEC is open for business. The Company will provide a draft of the Registration Statement to counsel to the Purchaser (which shall not be provided to the Purchaser unless the Purchaser separately agrees to keep any non-public information in such Registration Statement confidential until filing) for review at least three (3) Business Days in advance of filing the Registration Statement. In no event shall the Purchaser be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statement unless requested by the SEC; provided, that if the SEC requests that the Purchaser be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statement, the Purchaser will have an opportunity to withdraw the Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall such withdrawal by the Purchaser constitute a default by the Company under this Section 5(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the SEC prevents the Company from including any or all of the shares proposed to be registered under the Registration Statement due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 of the Securities Act for the resale of the Registrable Securities by the applicable shareholders or otherwise, such Registration Statement shall register for resale such number of Registrable Securities which is equal to the maximum number of Registrable Securities as is permitted by the SEC. In such event, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered for each selling shareholder named in the Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the continuous effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another registration statement is available for the resale of the Registrable Securities, until the earliest of (i) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities may be resold without volume or manner of sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities have actually been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to the Registration Statement and (iii) the date which is two (2) years after the Closing. For purposes of clarification, any failure by the Company to file the Registration Statement by the Filing Deadline or to effect such Registration Statement by the Effectiveness Date shall not otherwise relieve the Company of its obligations to file or effect the Registration Statement set forth in this Section 5.

 

 

10


  (b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to delay or postpone the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and from time to time to require the Purchaser not to sell under the Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, (y) if (i) it determines that in order for the Registration Statement not to contain a material misstatement or omission, an amendment or supplement thereto would be needed, (ii) an amendment to the Registration Statement would be needed to include information that would at that time not otherwise be required in a current, quarterly or annual report under the Exchange Act or (iii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event, the Company’s board of directors reasonably believes, upon the advice of legal counsel, would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of (i), (ii) or (iii) in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s board of directors, upon the advice of legal counsel, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements and (z) as may be necessary in connection with the preparation and filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement following the filing of the Company’s (including the combined company after giving effect to the Transaction) Annual Report on Form 10-K for its first completed fiscal year following the Closing (each such circumstance, a “Suspension Event”); provided, however, that the Company may not delay or suspend the Registration Statement on more than three occasions or for more than sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, or more than a total of ninety (90) calendar days, in each case during any twelve-month period. Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event (which notice shall not contain material non-public information) during the period that the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the prospectus) not misleading, the Purchaser agrees that (i) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, sales conducted pursuant to Rule 144) until Purchaser receives copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales and (ii) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in such written notice delivered by the

 

11


  Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena. If so directed by the Company, the Purchaser will deliver to the Company or, in the Purchaser’s sole discretion destroy, all copies of the prospectus covering the Registrable Securities in the Purchaser’s possession; provided, however, that this obligation to deliver or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Registrable Securities shall not apply (i) to the extent the Purchaser is required to retain a copy of such prospectus (a) in order to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, self-regulatory or professional requirements or (b) in accordance with a bona fide pre-existing document retention policy or (ii) to copies stored electronically on archival servers as a result of automatic data back-up.

 

  (c)

The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser (to the extent a seller under the Registration Statement), and its officers, directors and agents, and each person who controls the Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, that arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus included in the Registration Statement or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any state securities law or any rule or regulation thereunder, in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Section 5, except, in each case, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements, alleged untrue statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based upon and in conformity with information regarding the Purchaser furnished in writing to the Company by the Purchaser expressly for use therein or the Purchaser has omitted a material fact from such information; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this Section 5 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Losses if such settlement is effected by the Purchaser without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable for any Losses to the extent they arise out of or are based upon a violation which occurs (A) in connection with any failure of the Purchaser to deliver or cause to be delivered a prospectus made available to the Purchaser by the Company in a timely manner, (B) as a result of offers or sales effected by or on behalf of the Purchaser by means of a freewriting prospectus (as defined in Rule 405) that was not authorized in writing by the Company or (C) in connection with any offers or sales effected by or on behalf of the Purchaser in violation of Section 5(b) of this Agreement. The Company shall notify the Purchaser promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 5 of which the Company is aware. The indemnity set forth in this Section 5(c) shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Purchaser.

 

12


If the total number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that the Purchaser and any other person(s) intend to include in an underwritten offering exceeds the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that can be sold in an underwritten offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of shares of the Pubco Common Stock offered or the market for the shares of Pubco Common Stock as determined by the managing underwriter of such offering, then the shares of Pubco Common Stock to be included in such offering shall include the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that the managing underwriter of the offering advises the Company can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated (i) first, to the Company or other party or parties requesting or initiating such registration or to any other holder of securities of the Company having rights of registration pursuant to an existing registration rights agreement, (ii) second, to the Purchaser and any other participant in such underwritten offering, allocated among the Purchaser and such participants on the basis of the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Purchaser and each applicable participant in such underwritten offering (based, for the Purchaser and each such participant described in this clause (ii), on the percentage derived by dividing (x) the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Purchaser and such participant in such underwritten offering by (y) the aggregate number of shares of Pubco Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Purchaser and all such participants) or in such manner as they may agree and (iii) third, to other holders of shares of Pubco Common Stock with registration rights entitling them to participate in such underwritten offering.

 

  (d)

The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Losses, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus included in the Registration Statement, or any form of prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus, or any form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in any such case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements or omissions are based upon information regarding the Purchaser furnished in writing to the Company by the Purchaser expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this Section 5 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Losses if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) nor shall the Purchaser be liable for any Losses to the extent they arise out of or are based upon a violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Company. In no event shall

 

13


  the liability of the Purchaser be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by the Purchaser upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The Purchaser shall notify the Company promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 5 of which the Purchaser is aware and of which the Purchaser shall seek indemnification under this Agreement; provided that the failure by the Purchaser to give such notice shall not relieve the Company of its indemnification obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such claim or litigation. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Purchaser.

 

  (e)

Any person or entity entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s or entity’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claims, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement), which settlement shall not include a statement or admission of fault and culpability on the party of such indemnified party, and which settlement shall include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

  (f)

If the indemnification provided under this Section 5 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Losses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as

 

14


  well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that the liability of the Purchaser shall be limited to the net proceeds received by the Purchaser from the sale of Exchangeable Notes giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by (or not made by, in the case of an omission), or relates to information supplied by (or not supplied by, in the case of an omission) such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Losses shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 5, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 5(g) from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

6.

Backstop Closing Conditions.

 

  (a)

The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase the Exchangeable Notes at the Backstop Closing under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Backstop Closing (or at such later time if specified below), of each of the following conditions, any of which, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, may be waived by the Purchaser:

 

  (i)

The Mergers shall be consummated substantially concurrently with, and/or immediately following, the purchase of the Exchangeable Notes;

 

  (ii)

The issued and outstanding shares of Pubco Common Stock are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and are listed for trading on NYSE. There is no suit, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against Pubco by NYSE or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to deregister the shares of Pubco Common Stock or prohibit or terminate the listing of the shares of Pubco Common Stock on NYSE. The shares of Pubco Common Stock underlying the Exchangeable Notes are approved for listing on NYSE, subject to notice of issuance;

 

  (iii)

Delivery by Pubco of an executed Joinder to this Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

  (iv)

All conditions precedent to Closing set forth in the Business Combination Agreement shall have been satisfied (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied upon Closing) or waived in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement; and

 

15


  (v)

No provision of applicable Law, and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any applicable Governmental Authority, shall enjoin or prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (b)

The obligation of the Company to issue and sell the Exchangeable Notes at the Backstop Closing under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Backstop Closing (or at such later time if specified below), of each of the following conditions, any of which, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, may be waived by the Company:

 

  (i)

The Mergers shall be consummated substantially concurrently with, and/or immediately following, the purchase of the Exchangeable Notes;

 

  (ii)

Delivery of the Backstop Notice to the Purchaser;

 

  (iii)

The representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Backstop Closing, as applicable, with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (other than any such representation or warranty that is made by its terms as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specified date), in each case, other than any such representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date(s) set forth in this subsection (iii);

 

  (iv)

The Purchaser shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Purchaser at or prior to the Backstop Closing;

 

  (v)

All conditions precedent to Closing set forth in the Business Combination Agreement shall have been satisfied (other than those conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied upon Closing) or waived in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement; and

 

  (vi)

No provision of applicable Law, and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any applicable Governmental Authority, shall enjoin or prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

7.

Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Backstop Closing:

 

  (a)

by written consent of each of the parties hereto; or

 

  (b)

automatically:

 

16


  (i)

effective as of the Closing without the sale to the Purchaser of any Exchangeable Notes at or around the time of the Closing (but only if a Backstop Notice has not been delivered); or

 

  (ii)

upon the termination of the Business Combination Agreement, as provided under the terms therein.

In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7, the Backstop Purchase Price, if previously paid, and all the Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith shall be promptly returned to the Purchaser in accordance with written instructions provided by the Purchaser to the Company, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser, Pubco or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party hereto shall cease; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party hereto of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement. This paragraph and Section 8 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

8.

General Provisions.

 

  (a)

Notices. Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder, which, if sent to the Purchaser or the Company, shall also be sent to CTAC and its counsel as provided below, shall be in writing and either delivered personally, emailed or sent by overnight mail via a reputable overnight carrier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to be given and received (i) when so delivered personally, (ii) when sent, with no mail undeliverable or other rejection notice, if sent by email, or (iii) three (3) Business Days after the date of mailing to the address below or to such other address or addresses as such person may hereafter designate by notice given hereunder (provided that any notice or communication delivered by a means other than email shall be accompanied by email within two business days after transmission of such notice or communication):

 

  (i)

If to the Purchaser, to:

Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP

c/o Fortress Investment Group LLC

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 45th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Constantine M. Dakolias

Email: Dean@fortress.com

Phone: 212-798-6100

 

17


with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

One Manhattan West

New York, NY 10001

Attention:

   Michael Schwartz

E-mail:

   Michael.Schwartz@skadden.com

and

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

875 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn:

   Nick Robinson
   Mike Palmer

E-mail:

   nrobinson@cerberus.com
   mpalmer@cerberus.com

and

Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

Attn:

   Neil Whoriskey
   Scott Golenbock
   Iliana Ongun

E-mail:

   nwhoriskey@milbank.com
   sgolenbock@milbank.com
   iongun@milbank.com

(ii)  If to the Company to:

  

KORE Wireless Group Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Attention:

   Romil Bahl (President & CEO)
   Puneet Pamnani (Executive VP and CFO)

Email:

   RBahl@korewireless.com
   PPamnani@korewireless.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

c/o ABRY Partners II, LLC

888 Boylston St, Suite 1600

Boston, MA 02199

Attention:

   Rob MacInnis
   Tomer Yosef-Or
   Garrett Blank

Email:

   rmacinnis@abry.com
   tyosefor@abry.com
   gblank@abry.com

 

18


  

and

  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

  

601 Lexington Avenue

  

New York, NY 10022

  

Attention:

   Joshua Kogan, P.C.
   Joshua N. Korff, P.C.
   Amanda C. Border
   Jennifer Lee

Email:

   joshua.kogan@kirkland.com
   jkorff@kirkland.com
   amanda.border@kirkland.com
   jennifer.lee@kirkland.com

and

  

Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp.

  

875 Third Avenue

  

New York, NY 10022

  

Attn:

   Nick Robinson
   Mike Palmer

E-mail:

   nrobinson@cerberus.com
   mpalmer@cerberus.com

and

  

Milbank LLP

  

55 Hudson Yards

  

New York, NY 10001

  

Attn:

   Neil Whoriskey
   Scott Golenbock
   Iliana Ongun

E-mail:

   nwhoriskey@milbank.com
   sgolenbock@milbank.com
   iongun@milbank.com

 

  (b)

Lock-Up. For the period commencing on the date hereof and continuing for 180 days thereafter, the Purchaser will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to the Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes (the “Lock-Up Securities”): (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase, lend or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities or (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call

 

19


  equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of the Company, except for the purchase of the Exchangeable Notes as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (c)

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Indenture constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any commitment letter entered into relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

  (d)

No Third Party Beneficiaries; Exception. Except to the extent expressly set forth in Sections 8(f) and 8(q), this Agreement shall be binding on, and inure solely to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing set forth in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of, or any rights to enforce or cause the Company to enforce, this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Successors. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

  (f)

Assignments. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser may assign and delegate all or a portion of its rights and obligations to purchase the Exchangeable Notes to one or more other persons upon the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed); provided, that no consent of the Company shall be required if such assignment or delegation is to an Affiliate, employee, partner or client of the Purchaser or its Affiliates; provided, further, that no such assignment or delegation shall relieve the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder (including its obligation to purchase the Exchangeable Notes) and the Company shall be entitled to pursue all rights and remedies against the Purchaser in respect its obligations subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Any purported assignment or assumption of this Agreement or any right or obligation hereunder in contravention of this Section 8(f) shall be null and void ab initio.

 

  (g)

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party hereto and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

20


  (h)

Headings and Captions. The headings and captions of the various subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

  (i)

Governing Law. This Agreement, the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, any transaction contemplated hereby and the rights of the parties hereto hereunder or thereunder, and any claim or cause of action hereunder based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement (whether based on law, in equity, in contract, in tort or any other theory, or granted by statute or otherwise, and including any claim or cause of action hereunder based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement) or the negotiation, execution, performance or enforcement of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (including its statutes of limitations), without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law or choice of law thereof or any other rules that would cause the application of Laws (or statutes of limitations) of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (j)

Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, provided that if subject matter jurisdiction over the matter that is the subject of the legal proceeding is vested exclusively in the U.S. federal courts, such legal proceeding shall be heard in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (together with the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, “Chosen Courts”), in connection with any matter, claim or cause of action (whether based on law, in equity, in contract, in tort or any other theory, or granted by statute or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement, any transaction contemplated hereby or the negotiation, execution, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto hereby waives, and shall not assert as a defense in any legal dispute, that (i) such person is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts for any reason, (ii) such legal proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in the Chosen Courts, (iii) such person’s property is exempt or immune from execution, (iv) such legal proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or (v) the venue of such legal proceeding is improper. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, further consents to service of process by nationally recognized overnight courier service guaranteeing overnight delivery, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 8(a) and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which they might otherwise have to such manner of service of process. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 8(j), a party hereto may commence any action, claim, cause of action or suit in a court other

 

21


  than the Chosen Courts solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by the Chosen Courts. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIMS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ASSERTED IN ANY LEGAL DISPUTE RELATING TO ANY MATTER, CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER BASED ON LAW, IN EQUITY, IN CONTRACT, IN TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, OR GRANTED BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. IF THE SUBJECT MATTER OF ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE IS ONE IN WHICH THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS PROHIBITED, NO PARTY HERETO SHALL ASSERT IN SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE A NONCOMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. FURTHERMORE, NO PARTY HERETO SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE WITH A SEPARATE ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE WAIVED.

 

  (k)

Modifications and Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, supplemented or waived except by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver is sought.

 

  (l)

Waiver of Damages. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any party be liable for punitive damages in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that in no event shall the Purchaser be liable for any form of damages, whether such damages are consequential, special or exemplary, in connection with this Agreement in excess of the sum of the Backstop Limit and any reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) associated with the collection of such damages.

 

  (m)

Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  (n)

Expenses. The Company agrees to bear all of its own costs and expenses and the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Purchaser incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all such reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel, and any other agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company will be responsible for all fees and expenses incurred in connection with transfer agents, stamp taxes and all of the DTC’s fees associated with the issuance and resale of the Exchangeable Notes and any securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of the Exchangeable Notes (in each case, if applicable).

 

22


  (o)

Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

 

  (p)

Waiver. No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

  (q)

Specific Performance; Enforcement. The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur to the Company in the event any provision of this Agreement is not performed by the Purchaser or any of its successors or permitted assigns in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity, without a requirement to post bond or any other security. This Agreement may be enforced only by the Company and the Purchaser, and none of the Company’s direct or indirect creditors nor any other person that is not a party to this Agreement shall have any right to enforce this Agreement or to cause the Company to enforce this Agreement. The parties hereto further agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement pursuant to this Section 8(q) is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to applicable law or inequitable for any reason and to waive any defenses in any action for specific performance, including the

 

23


  defense that a remedy at law would be adequate. In connection with any action for which the Company is entitled to an award of money damages, each of the Company and the Purchaser agrees that such damages, to the extent payable by such party, shall include, without limitation, damages related to the cash consideration that is or was to be paid to the Company or its equityholders under the Business Combination Agreement and/or this Agreement, and such damages are not limited to an award of out-of-pocket fees and expenses related to the Business Combination Agreement and this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 8(q) is an integral part of the transactions contemplated hereby and without that right, the parties hereto would not have entered into this Agreement.

 

  (r)

Further Assurances. Each party hereto will, at the request of any or all of the other parties hereto, promptly take all actions, and execute and deliver all other agreements and documents, which may be reasonably required to give effect to the terms of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name: Romil Bahl
Title:   CEO

[Signature Page to Backstop Agreement]


PURCHASER
DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LP
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Avi Dreyfuss

Name:  Avi Dreyfuss

Title:   CFO

[Signature Page to Backstop Agreement]


Exhibit A

Form of Exchangeable Notes Indenture

[attached]


FORM OF

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC., as Issuer,

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., as Guarantor

AND

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of [            ], 2021

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       PAGE  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01

  Definitions      1  

Section 1.02

  References to Credit Agreement      13  

ARTICLE 2 ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     13  

Section 2.01

  Designation and Amount      13  

Section 2.02

  Form of Notes      14  

Section 2.03

  Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts      14  

Section 2.04

  Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes      15  

Section 2.05

  Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary      16  

Section 2.06

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes      22  

Section 2.07

  Temporary Notes      22  

Section 2.08

  Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc.      23  

Section 2.09

  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      23  

Section 2.10

  Additional Notes; Repurchases      23  

ARTICLE 3 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     24  

Section 3.01

  Satisfaction and Discharge      24  

ARTICLE 4 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     24  

Section 4.01

  Payment of Principal and Interest      24  

Section 4.02

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      24  

Section 4.03

  Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office      25  

Section 4.04

  Provisions as to Paying Agent      25  

Section 4.05

  Corporate Existence      26  

Section 4.06

  Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports      26  

Section 4.07

  [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.08

  Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults      27  

Section 4.09

  Registration Rights      27  

Section 4.10

  [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.11

  [Reserved]      27  

Section 4.12

  Further Instruments and Acts      27  

Section 4.13

  Total Leverage Ratio      28  

ARTICLE 5 LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

     28  

Section 5.01

  Lists of Holders      28  

Section 5.02

  Preservation and Disclosure of Lists      28  

 

i


ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     28  

Section 6.01

  Events of Default      28  

Section 6.02

  Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment      30  

Section 6.04

  [Reserved]. Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor      31  

Section 6.05

  Application of Monies Collected by Trustee      32  

Section 6.06

  Proceedings by Holders      33  

Section 6.07

  Proceedings by Trustee      33  

Section 6.08

  Remedies Cumulative and Continuing      34  

Section 6.09

  Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders      34  

Section 6.10

  Notice of Defaults      34  

Section 6.11

  Undertaking to Pay Costs      35  

Section 6.12

  Permitted Holders’ Right to Cure      35  

ARTICLE 7 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

     36  

Section 7.01

  Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee      36  

Section 7.02

  Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.      37  

Section 7.03

  No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc.      39  

Section 7.04

  Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes      39  

Section 7.05

  Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust      39  

Section 7.06

  Compensation and Expenses of Trustee      39  

Section 7.07

  Officer’s Certificate as Evidence      40  

Section 7.08

  Eligibility of Trustee      40  

Section 7.09

  Resignation or Removal of Trustee      40  

Section 7.10

  Acceptance by Successor Trustee      41  

Section 7.11

  Succession by Merger, Etc.      42  

Section 7.12

  Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company      42  

ARTICLE 8 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

     42  

Section 8.01

  Action by Holders      42  

Section 8.02

  Proof of Execution by Holders      43  

Section 8.03

  Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners      43  

Section 8.04

  Company-Owned Notes Disregarded      43  

Section 8.05

  Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound      44  

ARTICLE 9 HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     44  

Section 9.01

  Purpose of Meetings      44  

Section 9.02

  Call of Meetings by Trustee      44  

Section 9.03

  Call of Meetings by Company or Holders      44  

Section 9.04

  Qualifications for Voting      45  

Section 9.05

  Regulations      45  

Section 9.06

  Voting      45  

Section 9.07

  No Delay of Rights by Meeting      46  

 

ii


ARTICLE 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     46  

Section 10.01

  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders      46  

Section 10.02

  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders      47  

Section 10.03

  Effect of Supplemental Indentures      48  

Section 10.04

  Notation on Notes      48  

Section 10.05

  Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee      48  

ARTICLE 11 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

     49  

Section 11.01

  Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.      49  

Section 11.02

  Successor Corporation to Be Substituted      49  

Section 11.03

  Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee      50  

ARTICLE 12 IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     50  

Section 12.01

  Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations      50  

ARTICLE 13 GUARANTEE

     50  

Section 13.01

  Guarantee.      50  

ARTICLE 14 EXCHANGE OF NOTES

     52  

Section 14.01

  Exchange Privilege      52  

Section 14.02

  Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange      53  

Section 14.03

  Company’s Mandatory Exchange Option      55  

Section 14.04

  Adjustment of Exchange Rate      57  

Section 14.05

  Adjustments of Prices      65  

Section 14.06

  Shares to Be Fully Paid      66  

Section 14.07

  Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock      66  

Section 14.08

  Certain Covenants      67  

Section 14.09

  Responsibility of Trustee      68  

Section 14.10

  Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions      68  

Section 14.11

  Stockholder Rights Plans      69  

Section 14.12

  Transfer of Notes to be Exchanged to a Third Party for Settlement      69  

Section 14.13

  Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Exchange      69  

Section 14.14

  Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Exchange      71  

ARTICLE 15 REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

     73  

Section 15.01

  [Intentionally Omitted]      73  

Section 15.02

  Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change      73  

Section 15.03

  Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice      75  

Section 15.04

  Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price      76  

Section 15.05

  Repurchase of Notes      77  

 

iii


ARTICLE 16 REDEMPTION

     77  

Section 16.01

  No Redemption      77  

ARTICLE 17 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     77  

Section 17.01

  Provisions Binding on Company’s Successors      77  

Section 17.02

  Official Acts by Successor Corporation      77  

Section 17.03

  Addresses for Notices, Etc.      77  

Section 17.04

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction      78  

Section 17.05

  Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee      78  

Section 17.06

  Legal Holidays      79  

Section 17.07

  No Security Interest Created      79  

Section 17.08

  Benefits of Indenture      79  

Section 17.09

  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.      79  

Section 17.10

  Authenticating Agent      79  

Section 17.11

  Execution in Counterparts      80  

Section 17.12

  Severability      80  

Section 17.13

  Waiver of Jury Trial      80  

Section 17.14

  Force Majeure      81  

Section 17.15

  Calculations      81  

Section 17.16

  USA PATRIOT Act      81  

Section 17.17

  Tax Withholding      81  

EXHIBIT

 

Exhibit A

  Form of Note      A-1  

 

 

iv


INDENTURE dated as of [                    ], 2021 between KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01), KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., as guarantor (the “Guarantor”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), initially in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $[                    ]1, and in order to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Form of Note, the certificate of authentication to be borne by each Note, the Form of Notice of Exchange, the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and the Form of Assignment and Transfer to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, as provided in this Indenture, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and this Indenture the valid, binding and legal agreement of the Company and the Trustee, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided below), as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

30-Day ADTV” means, as of any date and with respect to any shares of Common Stock, an amount equal to the arithmetic average of the products, for each Trading Day in the thirty (30) Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding such date, of (i) the daily trading volume in such shares of Common Stock on the applicable exchange for such Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day; provided that in the case of calculating the amount in this clause (ii) with respect to any shares of Common Stock, in respect of any Trading Day occurring on or subsequent to the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, such amount shall be increased by

 

1 

To be an amount not to exceed $120,000,000, as determined pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Agreement.


an amount of cash in U.S. dollars per share of Common Stock distributed, or to be distributed, in such dividend or distribution, net of any applicable withholding taxes, as determined by the Exchange Agent, unless such dividend or distribution does not occur, in which case such amount shall be reduced to the amount that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

Additional Shares” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.14(a).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the determination of whether one Person is an “Affiliate” of another Person for purposes of this Indenture shall be made based on the facts at the time such determination is made or required to be made, as the case may be, hereunder.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to a Depositary, as to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of such Depositary, if any, that are applicable to such matter at such time.

Attribution Parties” means, collectively, the following Persons and entities: (i) any investment vehicle, including, any funds, feeder funds or managed accounts, currently, or from time to time after the issue date of the Notes, directly or indirectly managed or advised by a Holder’s investment manager or any of its Affiliates or principals, (ii) any direct or indirect Affiliates of such Holder or any of the foregoing, (iii) any Person acting or who could be deemed to be acting as a Group together with such Holder or any of the foregoing and (iv) any other Persons whose beneficial ownership of the Common Stock would or could be aggregated with such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For clarity, the purpose of the foregoing is to subject collectively such Holder and all other Attribution Parties to the Maximum Percentage.

Backstop Agreement” means the Backstop Agreement entered into as of July 27, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company, the Company, KORE, and each of the purchasers included in Exhibit A thereto.

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as the context requires, or a committee of such board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Officer of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

34


Capital Stock” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests (including partnership, limited liability company or membership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity issued by that entity; provided that debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock shall not constitute Capital Stock prior to their conversion or exchange, as the case may be.

Clause A Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Clause B Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Clause C Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

close of business” means 5:00 p.m. (New York City time).

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Equity” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers, trustees or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Guarantor, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to Section 14.07.

Company” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 11, shall include its successors and assigns.

Company Order” means a written order of the Company, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer.

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attention: KORE Wireless Group Notes Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, by and among the Company, MAPLE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and as an L/C Issuer and each lender from time to time party thereto as in effect on the Issue Date.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

Daily Cash Amount” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, the lesser of (A) the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount; and (B) the Daily Exchange Value for such Trading Day.

Daily Exchange Values” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, one-thirtieth of the product of (a) the Exchange Rate on such Trading Day and (b) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day.

 

35


Daily Maximum Cash Amount” means, with respect to the Exchange of any Note, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Specified Dollar Amount applicable to such Exchange by (B) 30.

Daily Share Amount” means, for each Trading Day during the relevant Observation Period, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the excess, if any, of the Daily Exchange Value for such Trading Day over the applicable Daily Maximum Cash Amount by (B) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day. For the avoidance of doubt, the Daily Share Amount will be zero for such Trading Day if such Daily Exchange Value does not exceed such Daily Maximum Cash Amount.

Daily VWAP” means the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “KORE <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day up to and including the final closing print (which is indicated by Condition Code “6” in Bloomberg) (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of the Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). The “Daily VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Defaulted Amounts” means any amounts on any Note (including, without limitation, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, principal and interest) that are payable but are not punctually paid or duly provided for.

Depositary” means, with respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.05(b) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

Distributed Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Effective Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c), except that, as used in Section 14.04 and Section 14.05, “Effective Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split or share combination, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors).

Equity Conditions” means, with respect to a given date of determination: (i) on each day during the period beginning thirty (30) days prior to such applicable date of determination and ending on and including such applicable date of determination (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”) either (x) one or more registration statements filed with the Commission pursuant to the Backstop Agreement shall be effective and the prospectus contained therein shall be available on such applicable date of

 

36


determination (with, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Common Stock previously sold pursuant to such prospectus deemed unavailable) for the resale of all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (without regard to any limitations on exchange set forth herein) (a “Required Minimum Securities Amount”) or (y) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes shall be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and the Company is then current with its required filings with the Commission; (ii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of the Notes) is listed or designated for quotation (as applicable) on an Eligible Market and shall not have been suspended from trading on an Eligible Market (other than suspensions of not more than two (2) days and occurring prior to the applicable date of determination due to business announcements by the Company) nor shall delisting or suspension by an Eligible Market have been threatened (with a reasonable prospect of delisting occurring after giving effect to all applicable notice, appeal, compliance and hearing periods) or pending as evidenced by (A) a writing by such Eligible Market or (B) the Company falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation, as applicable; (iii) during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company shall have delivered all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes on a timely basis in accordance herewith and to the extent required hereby in all material respects; (iv) [reserved]; (v) any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination (or issuable upon exchange of the portion of the Notes being redeemed in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on exchange set forth herein)) may be issued in full without violating the rules or regulations of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (vi) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, no public announcement of a pending, proposed or intended Fundamental Change (as defined in the Indenture) shall have occurred which has not been abandoned, terminated or consummated; (vii) the Company shall have no knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to cause (1) any registration statement required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Backstop Agreement to not be effective or the prospectus contained therein to not be available for the resale of the applicable Required Minimum Securities Amount of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes in accordance with the terms of the Backstop Agreement or (2) any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the applicable Notes to not be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 and the Company is then current with its filings with the Commission, (viii) [reserved]; (ix) [reserved]; (x) on each Trading Day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred any Volume Failure as of such applicable date of determination; (xi) on the applicable date of determination all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (or issuable upon exchange of the portion of this Note being exchanged in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on exchange set forth herein)) may be issued in full from the authorized and available shares of Common Stock of the Company; (xii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred and there shall not exist an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture); or (xiii) the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the event requiring the satisfaction of the Equity Conditions are duly authorized and will be listed and eligible upon issuance for trading on an Eligible Market.

Equity Conditions Failure” means, with respect to any date of determination, the Equity Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in writing by the applicable Holder).

Equity Conditions Measuring Period” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Equity Conditions.”

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of Capital Stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

 

37


Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Exchange Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(c).

Exchange Obligation” means the consideration to an exchanging Holder upon any Exchange.

Exchange Price” means as of any time, $1,000, divided by the Exchange Rate as of such time.

Exchange Rate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01(a).

Expiration Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(e).

Financial Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 4.13

Form of Assignment and Transfer” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Note” means the “Form of Note” attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Form of Notice of Exchange” means the “Form of Notice of Exchange” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if any of the following occurs prior to the Maturity Date:

(a) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, the Guarantor, the Company’s or the Guarantor’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and any Permitted Holders, files a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Common Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Common Stock;

 

38


(b) the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination or changes solely in par value) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property and/or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or assets; (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (D) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Guarantor’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; provided, however, that neither (x) a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of the Guarantor’s Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction nor (y) any merger of the Company or the Guarantor solely for the purpose of changing its jurisdiction of incorporation that results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of Common Stock of the surviving entity shall be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (b);

(c) the stockholders of the Company or the Guarantor approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable; or

(d) the Common Stock (or other Common Equity underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors);

provided, however, that a transaction or transactions described in clauses (a) or (b) above shall not constitute a Fundamental Change, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by the common stockholders of the Company, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes Reference Property for the Notes, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights (subject to the provisions of Section 14.02(a)).

Any event, transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Fundamental Change under both clause (a) and clause (b) above (determined without regard to the proviso in clause (b) above) shall be deemed to be a Fundamental Change solely under clause (b) above (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be subject to the proviso in clause (b) above).

For the avoidance of doubt, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not constitute a “Fundamental Change”.

Fundamental Change Company Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(d).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

 

39


Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(c)(i).

Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b).

Group” means a “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and as defined in Rule 13d-5 thereunder.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by the Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 13.

Guarantor” means the Person named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture and, subject to Article 13, its successors and assigns.

Holder” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Register (and in the case of a Global Note and solely with respect to Section 6.12 and Section 14.13, the indirect holder of Notes held through its participant).

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.

Interest Payment Date” means each [                    ] and [                    ] of each year, beginning on [                    ], 2021.

Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is traded. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the last quoted bid price per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose. The “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of regular trading session hours.

Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change (as defined above and determined after giving effect to any exceptions to or exclusions from such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof).

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(a).

Mandatory Exchange” means an exchange pursuant to Section 14.03(a).

 

40


Mandatory Exchange Date” means the Exchange Date for a Mandatory Exchange, as provided in Section 14.03(c).

Market Disruption Event” means, for the purposes of determining amounts due upon exchange (a) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (b) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.

Maturity Date” means [                    ], 2028.

Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered into as of March 12, 2021, by and among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company, King Pubco, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Holdings, LLC, King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of King Pubco, Inc., and Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Note” or “Notes” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Indenture.

Note Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Note Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

Notice of Exchange” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(b).

Observation Period” means, with respect to any Note surrendered for exchange: (i) subject to clause (ii), if the relevant Exchange Date occurs prior to [                    ], 2028, the 30 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the second Trading Day immediately succeeding such Exchange Date; and (ii) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after [                    ], 2028, the 30 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 31st Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

Officer” means, with respect to the Company, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any assistant Treasurer, any assistant Secretary, General Counsel, any Assistant General Counsel, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”).

Officer’s Certificate,” when used with respect to the Company, means a certificate that is delivered to the Trustee and that is signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 17.05.

open of business” means 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

 

41


Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, that is delivered to the Trustee.

outstanding,” when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

(a) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Notes, or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent);

(c) Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in due course;

(d) Notes surrendered for purchase in accordance with Article 15 for which Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, in accordance with Section 15.04(b);

(e) Notes exchanged pursuant to Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.08; and

(f) Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.10 after the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08.

Paying Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

Permitted Holders” means (i) each of ABRY Partners II, LLC and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies, (ii) Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp. and its Affiliates, (iii) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies, and (iv) officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Company, the Guarantor and/or any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that are direct or indirect holders of the capital stock of the Guarantor.

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.

Physical Notes” means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof.

Physical Settlement” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

Physical Settlement Method” means, with respect to any exchange of Notes, the Physical Settlement.

 

42


Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of or in exchange for a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.

Pro Forma Basis” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or such other security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Common Stock (or such other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors, by statute, by contract or otherwise).

Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Registrable Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Backstop Agreement.

Regular Record Date,” with respect to any Interest Payment Date, means the [                    ] or [                    ] (whether or not such day is a Business Day) immediately preceding the applicable [                    ] or [                    ] Interest Payment Date, respectively.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Securities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Restrictive Legend” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

Rule 144” means Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

 

43


Share Exchange Event” has the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or (2) thereof, such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Significant Subsidiary.

Spin-Off” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Specified Dollar Amount” means, with respect to the Exchange of a Note to which Combination Settlement applies, the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of such Note deliverable upon such Exchange (excluding cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Common Stock).

Stock Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(c).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Successor Company” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.01(a).

Test Period” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Third-Party Exchange Election” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.12.

Total Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then traded and (ii) a Last Reported Sale Price for the Common Stock (or closing sale price for such other security) is available on such securities exchange or market; provided that if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining amounts due upon exchange only, “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event and (y) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, except that if the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d).

 

44


Trigger Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

unit of Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

Valuation Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

Volume Failure” means, with respect to a particular date of determination, the aggregate daily dollar trading volume (as reported on Bloomberg) of the Common Stock on the Principal Market on any Trading Day during the twenty (20) Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date of determination (such period, the “Volume Failure Measuring Period”), is less than $15,000,000 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions occurring after the Subscription Date). All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar transactions during such Volume Failure Measuring Period.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person, except that, solely for purposes of this definition, the reference to “more than 50%” in the definition of “Subsidiary” shall be deemed replaced by a reference to “100%”, the calculation of which shall exclude nominal amounts of the voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests in the relevant Subsidiary not held by such person to the extent required to satisfy local minority interest requirements outside of the United States.

Section 1.02 References to Credit Agreement. All references to the Credit Agreement shall be to the Credit Agreement as in existence on the Issue Date. To the extent the Credit Agreement is replaced, refinanced or repaid in full, any defined terms in the Credit Agreement incorporated by reference herein that provide for the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to act in its discretion shall herein permit the Company make such determinations in good faith.

ARTICLE 2

ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 2.01 Designation and Amount. The Notes shall be designated as the “5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028.” The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $[                    ], subject to Section 2.10 and except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes to the extent expressly permitted hereunder.

Section 2.02 Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, the terms and provisions of which shall constitute, and are hereby expressly incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. In the case of any conflict between this Indenture and a Note, the provisions of this Indenture shall control and govern to the extent of such conflict.

 

45


Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as the Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

Each Global Note shall represent such principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, redemptions, cancellations, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, a Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note on the date of payment, unless a record date or other means of determining Holders eligible to receive payment is provided for herein.

Section 2.03 Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts. (a) The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of such Note. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States of that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(b) The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the close of business on any Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date. The principal amount of any Note (x) in the case of any Physical Note, shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the contiguous United States, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office and (y) in the case of any Global Note, shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company shall pay, or cause the Paying Agent to pay, interest (i) on any Physical Notes (A) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the Holders of these Notes at their address as it appears in the Note Register and (B) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each Holder

 

46


or, upon application by such a Holder to the Note Registrar not later than the relevant Regular Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Note Registrar to the contrary or (ii) on any Global Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

(c) Any Defaulted Amounts shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant payment date but shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, such relevant payment date, and such Defaulted Amounts together with such interest thereon shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Amounts to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Amounts or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Amounts as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such special record date and the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor to be delivered to each Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor having been so delivered, such Defaulted Amounts shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii) of this Section 2.03(c). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the calculation of the Defaulted Amounts.

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Amounts in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Section 2.04 Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual, facsimile or other electronic signature (including pdf, facsimile or electronically imaged signatures provided by DocuSign or any other digital signature provider) of one of its Officers.

 

47


At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes, without any further action by the Company hereunder.

Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the Form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 17.10), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

In case any Officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the Officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.

Section 2.05 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary. (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Such register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed the “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-Note Registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such legends as may be required by this Indenture.

Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, repurchase or exchange shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee or Note Registrar and duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be imposed on a Holder by the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent for any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes, but the Company and the Guarantor may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of new Notes issued upon such exchange or registration of transfer being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer.

 

48


None of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes surrendered for exchange or, if a portion of any Note is surrendered for exchange, such portion thereof surrendered for exchange or (ii) any Notes, or a portion of any Note, surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with Article 15.

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(b) So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law, subject to the fourth paragraph from the end of Section 2.05(d), all Notes shall be represented by one or more Notes in global form (each, a “Global Note”) registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary. Each Global Note shall bear the legend required on a Global Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Physical Note shall be effected through the Depositary (but not the Trustee or the Custodian) in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the Applicable Procedures.

(c) Every Note that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the Restrictive Legend (together with any Common Stock issued upon exchange of the Notes that is required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(d), collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including the legend set forth below) or Section 2.05(d) (including the legend set forth therein), as applicable, unless such restrictions on transfer shall be eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c) and Section 2.05(d), the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security.

Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restrictive Legend”) (or any similar legend, not inconsistent with this Indenture, required by the Depositary for such Global Note):

THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

 

49


(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

Any Note (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05, be exchanged for a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the Restrictive Legend required by this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number. The Restrictive Legend set forth above and affixed on any Note will be deemed, in accordance with the terms of the certificate representing such Note, to be removed therefrom upon the Company’s delivery to the Trustee of written notice to such effect, without further action by the Company, the Trustee, the Holder(s) thereof or any other Person; at such time, such Note will be deemed to be assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number as provided in the certificate representing such Note; provided, however, if such Note is a Global Note and the Depositary thereof requires a mandatory exchange or other process to cause such Global Note to be identified by an

 

50


unrestricted CUSIP number in the facilities of such Depositary, then the Company will effect such exchange or procedures as soon as reasonably practicable. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an instruction letter from the Company before taking any action with respect to effecting any such mandatory exchange or other process. The Company and the Trustee reserve the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that any proposed transfer of any Note is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

The Company shall be entitled to instruct the Custodian in writing to so surrender any Global Note as to which any of the conditions set forth in clause (i) through (iii) of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph have been satisfied, and, upon such instruction, the Custodian shall so surrender such Global Note for exchange; and any new Global Note so exchanged therefor shall not bear the Restrictive Legend specified in this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this Section 2.05(c)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole or in part except (i) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary and (ii) for exchange of a Global Note or a portion thereof for one or more Physical Notes in accordance with the second immediately succeeding paragraph.

The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to each Global Note. Initially, each Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for Cede & Co.

If (i) the Depositary notifies the Company at any time that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and a beneficial owner of any Note requests that its beneficial interest therein be issued as a Physical Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate and deliver (x) in the case of clause (iii), a Physical Note to such beneficial owner in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Note corresponding to such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest and (y) in the case of clause (i) or (ii), Physical Notes to each beneficial owner of the related Global Notes (or a portion thereof) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes, and upon delivery of the Global Notes to the Trustee such Global Notes shall be canceled.

Physical Notes issued in exchange for all or a part of the Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, or, in the case of clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the relevant beneficial owner, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Physical Notes to the Persons in whose names such Physical Notes are so registered.

 

51


At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred, such Global Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and existing instructions between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Physical Notes, exchanged, canceled, repurchased or transferred to a transferee who receives Physical Notes therefor or any Physical Note is exchanged or transferred for part of such Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Exchange Agent or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to, or upon the order of, the registered Holder(s) (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).

The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(d) Any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon exchange of a Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Common Stock has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or such Common Stock has been issued upon exchange of a Note that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company with written notice thereof to the Trustee and any transfer agent for the Common Stock):

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES UPON THE EXCHANGE OF WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

 

52


(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

Any such Common Stock (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(e).

(e) Any Note or Common Stock issued upon exchange of a Note that is repurchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (or any Person who was an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months immediately preceding) may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate (or such Person, as the case may be) unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such Note or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being a “restricted security” (as defined under Rule 144).

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Note Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with the registration provisions of, or exemptions from, the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or other applicable law.

Section 2.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

 

53


The Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or indemnity as the Trustee, the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating agent may require. No service charge shall be imposed by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent upon the issuance of any substitute Note, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new substitute Note being different from the name of the Holder of the old Note that became mutilated or was destroyed, lost or stolen. In case any Note that has matured or is about to mature or has been surrendered for required repurchase or is about to be exchanged in accordance with Article 14 shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, in its sole discretion, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or exchange or authorize the exchange of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or exchange shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Exchange Agent of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement, payment, exchange or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement, payment, exchange or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.07 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Physical Notes but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Physical Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Physical Notes (other than any Global Note) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any Global Note) may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes upon the written request of the Company. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Physical Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

54


Section 2.08 Cancellation of Notes Paid, Exchanged, Etc. The Company shall cause all Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment at maturity, repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, registration of transfer or exchange (other than any Notes transferred pursuant to Section 14.12), if surrendered to any Person that the Company controls other than the Trustee, to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and they will no longer be considered outstanding under this Indenture upon their payment at maturity, registration of transfer or exchange. All Notes delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled promptly by it. Except for any Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, or as otherwise expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture, no Notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any Notes surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. After such cancellation, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company, at the Company’s written request in a Company Order. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.09 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers as they appear on any Note, notice or elsewhere and that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

Section 2.10 Additional Notes; Repurchases. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without the consent of the Holders, reopen this Indenture and issue additional Notes hereunder with the same terms as the Notes initially issued hereunder (other than differences in the issue date, the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of such additional Notes and, if applicable, restrictions on transfer of such additional Notes) in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities laws purposes or would cause the Notes initially issued hereunder to be subject to an extended time period for restrictions on transfer, such additional Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying numbers. Prior to the issuance of any such additional Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a Company Order, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to cover such matters required by Sections 10.05 and 17.05. In addition, the Company may, without the consent of Holders, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or through counterparties to private agreements or otherwise, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company may, at its option, reissue, resell, hold or surrender to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 any Notes that the Company may repurchase, in the case of a reissuance or resale; provided that if any such reissued or resold Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities law purposes, such reissued or resold Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP numbers. Any Notes that the Company may repurchase shall be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture (other than, at any time when such Notes are held by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture) unless and until such time the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 and, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes so surrendered.

 

55


ARTICLE 3

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 3.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Notes shall upon request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments reasonably requested by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes, when (a) (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced, paid or exchanged as provided in Section 2.06) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) after the Notes have (x) become due and payable, whether on the Maturity Date, on any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise and/or (y) been exchanged (and the related consideration due upon exchange has been determined), the Company has deposited with the Trustee cash and/or has delivered to Holders shares of Common Stock, as applicable, (in the case of Common Stock, solely to satisfy the Company’s Exchange Obligation) sufficient, without consideration of reinvestment, to pay all of the outstanding Notes and all other sums due and payable under this Indenture or the Notes by the Company; and (b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.06 shall survive.

ARTICLE 4

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any, of the Settlement Amounts owed upon exchange of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal, premium or Interest or Defaulted Amounts payments hereunder.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the contiguous United States an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (“Paying Agent”) or for exchange (“Exchange Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office.

The Company may also from time to time designate as co-Note Registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the contiguous United States for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The terms “Paying Agent” and “Exchange Agent” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.

 

56


The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Exchange Agent and the Corporate Trust Office as a place where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (if applicable) or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made; provided that no office of the Trustee shall be a place for service of legal process on the Company.

Section 4.03 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustees Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.04 Provisions as to Paying Agent.

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04:

(i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;

(ii) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

(iii) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust;

provided, that a Paying Agent appointed as contemplated under Section 15.02(f) shall not be required to deliver any such instrument.

The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) or such accrued and unpaid interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be made in immediately available funds and received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

 

57


(c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay, cause to be paid or deliver to the Trustee all sums or amounts held in trust by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such sums or amounts to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment or delivery by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability but only with respect to such sums or amounts.

(d) Subject to applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee, the Exchange Agent or any Paying Agent, or any money and shares of Common Stock then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest on and the consideration due upon exchange of any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), interest or consideration due upon exchange has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust and the Trustee shall have no further liability with respect to such funds; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee, the Exchange Agent or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee with respect to such trust money and shares of Common Stock, shall thereupon cease.

Section 4.05 Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 11, the Company shall do or cause to be done, at its own cost and expense, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

Section 4.06 Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports. (a) At any time the Guarantor is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall, so long as any of the Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange thereof shall, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide without cost to the Trustee and, upon written request, any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of such Notes, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission, copies of any documents or reports that the Company or the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (giving effect to any grace period, including those provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be required to deliver to, or otherwise provide or disclose to, the Trustee or any Holder any information for which the Company (or the Guarantor) is requesting (assuming such request has not been denied), or has received, confidential treatment from the Commission, or any correspondence with the Commission. Any such document or report that the Company files with the Commission via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.06(b) at the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or such successor); provided that the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether such documents or reports have been filed via the EDGAR system.

(c) Delivery of the reports, information and documents described in subsection (b) above to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate).

 

58


Section 4.07 [Reserved].

Section 4.08 Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2021) an Officer’s Certificate stating whether the signers thereof have knowledge of any failure by the Company to comply with all conditions and covenants then required to be performed under this Indenture and, if so, specifying each such failure and the nature thereof and the actions the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the action that the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof; provided that the Company is not required to deliver such notice if such Event of Default or Default has been cured.

Section 4.09 Registration Rights. The Company agrees that the Holders from time to time of Registrable Securities are entitled to the benefits of Section 5 of the Backstop Agreement. By its acceptance thereof, the Holder of Registrable Securities will have agreed to be bound by the terms of the Backstop Agreement relating to such Registrable Securities.

Section 4.10 [Reserved].

Section 4.11 [Reserved].

Section 4.12 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts, at its sole expense, as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 4.13 Total Leverage Ratio. The Company will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of a Test Period to be greater than the ratio level set forth below opposite the last day of such Test Period (the “Financial Covenant”).

 

Test Period Ending

   Ratio Level  

September 30, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

December 31, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

March 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

June 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

September 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

December 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

March 31, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

June 30, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

September 30, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

December 31, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

March 31, 2024 and thereafter

     7.00:1.00  

 

59


ARTICLE 5

LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01 Lists of Holders. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semi-annually, not more than ten (10) days after each [ ] and [ ] in each year beginning with [ ], 2021, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than ten (10) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished so long as the Trustee is acting as Note Registrar.

Section 5.02 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

(a) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, and the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days;

(b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon any required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to exchange the Notes in accordance with this Indenture, and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days;

(d) failure by the Company to issue a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with Section 15.02(d) when due, and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days;

(e) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Article 11;

(f) failure by the Company or the Guarantor for sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company to comply with any of its (or the Guarantor to comply its) other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture, provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, or omitted to be taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default;

 

60


(g) default by the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $25,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) in the aggregate of the Company, the Guarantor and/or any such Significant Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, if such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness shall not have been paid or discharged, as the case may be, within forty-five (45) days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding in accordance with this Indenture;

(h) the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(i) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company, the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or such Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(j) failure by the Company to comply with the Financial Covenant under Section 4.13; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default under Section 4.13 shall be deemed to have occurred until the date the financials for the relevant fiscal quarter are required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement and (ii) any Event of Default under Section 4.13 shall be subject to cure pursuant to Section 6.12 (provided that, with respect to any Default or Event of Default under Section 4.13 subject to cure, during the period commencing on the date such financials are required to be delivered until the earlier of the exercise of the relevant Cure Right and the expiration of the relevant cure period, no action hereunder, the taking of which is subject to no Default or Event of Default having occurred or be continuing, shall be permitted); or

(k) Except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, the Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

61


Section 6.02 Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment. If one or more Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company or the Guarantor), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, of and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, 100% of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable.

The immediately preceding paragraph, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal or interest of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay installments of accrued and unpaid interest upon all Notes and the principal of any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, and on such principal at the rate borne by the Notes at such time) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06, and if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) any and all existing Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the uncured nonpayment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on Notes that shall have become due solely by such acceleration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.09, then and in every such case (except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the Notes and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences and such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any Default or Event of Default resulting from (i) the nonpayment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, any Notes, (ii) a failure to repurchase any Notes when required or (iii) a failure to pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes.

Section 6.03 [Reserved].

Section 6.04 Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. If an Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on any overdue principal and interest, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06. If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

62


In the event there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the event of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Company or such other obligor, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.04, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and to take such other actions as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including agents and counsel fees, and including any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property that the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting such Holder or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of any waiver pursuant to Section 6.09 or any rescission and annulment pursuant to Section 6.02 or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

63


Section 6.05 Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 with respect to the Notes shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:

First, to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, including its agents and counsel, under Section 7.06;

Second, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of any interest on, and any cash due upon exchange of, the Notes in default in the order of the date due of the payments of such interest and cash due upon exchange, as the case may be, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) payable upon such overdue payments at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, such payments to be made ratably to the Holders based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes held thereby;

Third, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount (including, if applicable, the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on the overdue principal and, to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) and interest without preference or priority of principal over interest, or of interest over principal or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon exchange) and accrued and unpaid interest; and

Fourth, to the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company.

Section 6.06 Proceedings by Holders. Except to enforce (x) the right to receive payment of principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), premium or interest when due, or (y) the right to receive payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange and/or the exchange mechanics, no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as herein provided;

(b) Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holders shall have offered, and, if requested, provided, to the Trustee such security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to be incurred therein or thereby;

 

64


(d) the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of such security or indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; and

(e) no direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding within such sixty (60) day period pursuant to Section 6.09,

it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are prejudicial to any other Holder), or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.06, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note or in this Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

Section 6.07 Proceedings by Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Section 6.08 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. Except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.06, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any Notes or does not produce any Notes in the proceeding.

 

65


Section 6.09 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that it determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or for which it has not received indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any direction is prejudicial to any Holder). The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes (x) waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except any continuing defaults relating to (i) a default in the payment of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of, the Notes when due that has not been cured pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, (ii) a failure by the Company to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon exchange of the Notes or (iii) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected; and (y) rescind any resulting acceleration of the Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (other than nonpayment of the principal of, and interest on, the Notes that have become due solely by such acceleration) have been cured or waived. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 6.09, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.10 Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, after the occurrence and continuance of a Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, deliver to all Holders notice of such Default within ninety (90) days after such Responsible Officer obtains such knowledge, unless such Defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), or accrued and unpaid interest on, any of the Notes or a Default in the payment or delivery of the consideration due upon exchange, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 6.11 Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.11 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on any Note (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) on or after the due date expressed or provided for in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to exchange any Note, or receive the consideration due upon exchange, in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

 

66


Section 6.12 Permitted Holders Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.01(h), in the event that the Company fails to comply with the Financial Covenant, from the last day of the Test Period until the expiration of the fifteenth Business Day after the date on which financial statements with respect to the Test Period in which such covenant is being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement, any of the Permitted Holders shall have the right to make a direct or indirect equity investment in the Company in cash in the form of common Equity Interests (the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Company of net cash proceeds pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right (the “Cure Amount”), the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated, giving effect to a pro forma for the exercise of the Cure Right.

(b) If, after the exercise of the Cure Right and the recalculations pursuant to clause (a) above, the Company shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant during such Test Period, the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01 that had occurred shall be deemed cured; provided that (i) the Cure Right may be exercised on no more than five (5) occasions, (ii) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in respect of which no Cure Right is exercised and (iii) with respect to any exercise of the Cure Right, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Company to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, following the delivery by the Company of a written notice to the Trustee of its intent to exercise the Cure Right, neither the Trustee nor the Holders shall be permitted to exercise any rights then available as a result of an Event of Default under this Article 6 on the basis of a breach of the Financial Covenant so as to enable the Company to consummate its Cure Right as permitted under this Section 6.12.

ARTICLE 7

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Default that may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

67


(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture and upon any writ, order or decree of a court; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 8.04 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

(d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes;

(f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred;

(g) in the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee shall be placed in a non-interest bearing trust account, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon or for losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investments prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction from the Company; and

(h) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or transfer agent hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 shall also be afforded to such Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or transfer agent.

 

68


None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

Section 7.02 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, judgment, order, bond, note, coupon, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel and require an Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on such advice or Opinion of Counsel.

(d) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine in its reasonable judgment to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, at a reasonable time on any Business Day after reasonable notice, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(e) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, custodian, nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder, and the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(f) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

(g) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

69


(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of scheduled principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default (and stating the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default) is actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

(i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

(j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

(k) Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance or any action of the Company, or any of their respective directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates or employee, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any inaccuracy in the information obtained from the Company or for any inaccuracy or omission in the records which may result from such information or any failure by the Trustee to perform its duties as set forth herein as a result of any inaccuracy or incompleteness.

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, incidental or any consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action other than any such loss or damage caused by the Trustee’s willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, from the Company or any Holder of the Notes, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that is a “Notice of Default.”

(m) Neither the Trustee nor any agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 7.03 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or other transaction documents relating to the Notes and this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture.

Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent or Note Registrar (in each case, if other than an Affiliate of the Company), in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or Note Registrar.

 

70


Section 7.05 Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust. All monies and shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money and shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

Section 7.06 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing between the Trustee and the Company, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture in any capacity hereunder (including the compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction entered into in connection herewith and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, its officers, directors, agents or employees, or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or in any other capacity hereunder (whether such claims arise by or against the Company or a third person), including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim of liability in the premises or enforcing the Company’s obligations hereunder. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except, subject to the effect of Section 6.05, funds held in trust herewith for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.06 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company. The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment or exchange of the Notes and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provided in this Section 7.06 shall extend to the officers, directors, agents and employees of the Trustee.

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or Section 6.01(i) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

 

71


Section 7.07 Officers Certificate as Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 7.08 Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act (as if the Trust Indenture Act were applicable hereto) to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 7.09 Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly notify all Holders and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice of resignation to the Company, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders and at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(a) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in either case, the Company may by a Board Resolution remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

 

72


(b) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, as determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee that shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 7.09(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.

(c) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.10.

Section 7.10 Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06.

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.10, each of the Company and the successor trustee, at the written direction and at the expense of the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders. If the Company fails to deliver such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be delivered at the expense of the Company.

Section 7.11 Succession by Merger, Etc. Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that in the case of any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation or other entity shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time

 

73


any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 7.12 Trustees Application for Instructions from the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer that the Company has indicated to the Trustee should receive such application actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date), unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of any omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in accordance with this Indenture in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE 8

CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

Section 8.01 Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 9, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. The record date if one is selected shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.

Section 8.02 Proof of Execution by Holders. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02 and Section 9.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar. The record of any Holders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.

Section 8.03 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name a Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Note Registrar)

 

74


for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of and (subject to Section 2.03) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, for exchange of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Exchange Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. The sole registered holder of a Global Note shall be the Depositary or its nominee. All such payments or deliveries so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sums or shares of Common Stock so paid or delivered, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable or shares deliverable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes following an Event of Default, any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may directly enforce against the Company, without the consent, solicitation, proxy, authorization or any other action of the Depositary or any other Person, such holder’s right to exchange such beneficial interest for a Note in certificated form in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 8.04 Company-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company, by any Subsidiary thereof or by any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Responsible Officer actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to so act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Subsidiary thereof or an Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons; and, subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

Section 8.05 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof.

ARTICLE 9

HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 9.01 Purpose of Meetings. A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 for any of the following purposes:

 

75


(a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any Default or Event of Default hereunder (in each case, as permitted under this Indenture) and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 6;

(b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article 7;

(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02; or

(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

Section 9.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 8.01, shall be delivered to Holders of such Notes. Such notice shall also be delivered to the Company. Such notices shall be delivered not less than twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

Any meeting of Holders shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Notes then outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice.

Section 9.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Holders. In case at any time the Company or the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have delivered the notice of such meeting promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 9.01, by delivering notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.

Section 9.04 Qualifications for Voting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 9.05 Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

 

76


The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, at any meeting of Holders each Holder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him or her; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Notes held by it or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating it as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Holders. Any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 may be adjourned from time to time by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 9.06 Voting. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was delivered as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the aggregate principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 9.07 No Delay of Rights by Meeting. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to limit any Holder’s actions pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary so long as the Notes are Global Notes.

ARTICLE 10

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 10.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Guarantor, each when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes in writing for one or more of the following purposes:

 

77


(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(b) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture pursuant to Article 11;

(c) to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

(d) to secure the Notes;

(e) to add to the covenants or Events of Default of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(f) to make any change that, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and certified by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate, does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(g) in connection with any Share Exchange Event, to provide that the notes are exchangeable into Reference Property, subject to the provisions of Section 14.02, and make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by Section 14.07;

(h) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act to the extent this Indenture is qualified thereunder;

(i) [reserved];

(j) provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent;

(k) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary in a manner that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(l) [reserved];

(m) increase the Exchange Rate as provided in this Indenture; or

(n) to make any change to comply with rules of the Depositary, so long as such change does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, as certified in good faith by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate; or

(o) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;

Upon the written request of the Company and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee is hereby authorized to, and shall, join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 10.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.02.

 

78


Section 10.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined in accordance with Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes), the Company and the Guarantor, each when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, any supplemental indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders;

provided, however, that, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no such supplemental indenture shall:

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(b) reduce the rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest, including any default interest, on any Note;

(c) reduce the principal amount of any Notes, reduce the premium payable upon the exchange of the Notes, or extend the Maturity Date of any Note;

(d) make any change that adversely affects the exchange rights of any Notes other than as expressly permitted or required by this Indenture;

(e) reduce the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

(f) make any Note payable in a currency, in a form, or at a place of payment, other than that stated in the Note;

(g) change the ranking or priority of the Notes or the Guarantee;

(h) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and the consideration due upon exchange of, its Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes or this Indenture;

(i) make any change in this Article 10 that requires each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.02 or Section 6.09; or

(j) provide for the issuance of additional Notes except as permitted herein.

Upon the written request of the Company, and upon the delivery to the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

79


Holders do not need under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture. It shall be sufficient if such Holders approve the substance thereof. After any such supplemental indenture becomes effective, the Company shall deliver to the Holders a notice briefly describing such supplemental indenture. However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the supplemental indenture.

Section 10.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 10.04 Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10 may, at the Company’s expense, bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated, upon receipt of a Company Order, by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 17.10) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

Section 10.05 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee. In addition to the documents required by Section 17.05, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 10 and is permitted or authorized by this Indenture and such Opinion of Counsel shall include a customary legal opinion stating that such supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

ARTICLE 11

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

Section 11.01 Company or Guarantor May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, the neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (or of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as whole), to another Person, unless:

(a) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable under the Notes and this Indenture;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and

 

80


(c) if the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease complies with this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Successor Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

For purposes of this Section 11.01, the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, to another Person, which properties and assets, if held by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or Guarantor, as applicable, on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, to another Person.

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 11.01 shall not apply with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture.

Section 11.02 Successor Corporation to Be Substituted. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and upon the assumption by the Successor Company (if other than the Company), by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery and/or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon exchange of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, such Successor Company (if not the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable) shall succeed to and, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (or the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), shall be substituted for the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall be discharged from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as whole, as applicable). Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or transfer (but not in the case of a lease), upon compliance with this Article 11 the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture (or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 11) may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

81


In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

Section 11.03 Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee. The Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, combination, sale, lease or other transfer or disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 12

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01 Indenture and Notes Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest on, or the payment or delivery of consideration due upon exchange of, any Note, nor for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, nor because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, Officer or director or Subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company, the Guarantor or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

ARTICLE 13

GUARANTEE

Section 13.01 Guarantee.

(a) By its execution of this Indenture (or any amended or supplemental indenture related thereto), the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Company and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including such substantial benefits. Subject to this Article 13, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns that:

(i) the principal of, any interest on, and any Exchange Consideration for, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, any interest on, or any Exchange Consideration for, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes, will be promptly paid or delivered in full or performed, as applicable, in each case in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes; and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise,

(collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

 

82


Upon the failure of any payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, upon the failure of any performance so guaranteed, for whatever reason, or upon the express request of the Company to the Guarantor, the Guarantor will be obligated to pay or perform, as applicable, the same immediately. The Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee of the Guaranteed Obligations is unconditional, regardless of the validity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in this Indenture and the Notes.

(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return, to the Company, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantor, any consideration paid or delivered by the Company or the Guarantor to such Holder or the Trustee, then the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d) The Guarantor agrees that any right of subrogation, reimbursement or contribution it may have in relation to the Holders or in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations will be subordinated to, and will not be enforceable until payment in full of, all Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (ii) if any Guaranteed Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Article 6, then such Guaranteed Obligations will, whether or not due and payable, immediately become due and payable by the Guarantor.

(e) The Guarantor, and, by its acceptance of any Note, each Holder, confirms that the Guarantor and the Holders intend that the Guarantee of the Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Guarantee. Each of the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantor irrevocably agrees that the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(f) The execution by the Guarantor of this Indenture (or an amended or supplemental indenture related thereto) evidences the Guarantee of the Guarantor, and the delivery of any Note by the Trustee after its authentication constitutes due delivery of the Guarantee on behalf of the Guarantor. A Guarantee’s validity will not be affected by the failure of any officer of the Guarantor executing this Indenture or any such amended or supplemental indenture on the Guarantor’s behalf to hold, at the time any Note is authenticated, the same or any other office at the Guarantor, and the Guarantee will be valid and enforceable even if no notation, certificate or other instrument is set upon or attached to, or otherwise executed and delivered to the Holder of, any Note.

 

83


(g) Upon any request or application by the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 17.05 with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in Section 17.05 or in the definitions of “Officer,” “Officer’s Certificate” or “Opinion of Counsel” were instead a reference to the Guarantor. A Company Order may be given by the Guarantor with the same effect as if each reference to the Company in the definitions of “Company Order” or “Officer” were instead a reference to the Guarantor. Any notice or demand that this Indenture requires or permits to be given by the Trustee, or by any Holders, to the Company may instead be given to the Guarantor.

(h) The Guarantee will be automatically released, and the Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee will be automatically released and discharged, and, in each case, be of no future force and effect, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(A) the Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Article 10;

(B) the merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with the Company; or

(C) all remaining obligations to make payments or deliver other Exchange Consideration with respect all Notes are discharged in full after the same has become due.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 13.01 will not limit the operation of the provisions of Section 14.07.

ARTICLE 14

EXCHANGE OF NOTES

Section 14.01 Exchange Privilege. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 14, each Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to exchange all or any portion (if the portion to be exchanged is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Note at any time prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at an initial exchange rate of 80.0000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 14, the “Exchange Rate”) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (subject to, and in accordance with, the settlement provisions of Section 14.02, the “Exchange Obligation”).

Section 14.02 Exchange Procedure; Settlement Upon Exchange.

(a) Subject to this Section 14.02, Section 14.03, Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14, upon exchange of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder no later than two (2) Business Days following the applicable exchange of the Notes, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, shares of Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, due in connection with the Company’s election to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 in cash or in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with subsection (j) of this Section 14.02 (“Physical Settlement”) as set forth in this Section 14.02 (the shares of Common Stock and cash the Company shall pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, in respect of any exchange of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange). The Company shall use the Physical Settlement Method for all exchanges other than a Mandatory Exchanges pursuant to Section 14.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company elects to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 in cash, it shall pay the exchanging Holder an amount of cash per each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged equal to the product of (x) the applicable number of Additional Shares and (y) the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the ten (10) Trading Days immediately preceding the Exchange Date.

 

 

84


(b) Subject to Section 14.02(e), before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to exchange a Note as set forth above, such Holder shall (i) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and, if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e) and (ii) in the case of a Physical Note (1) complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the Exchange Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Exchange (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice of Exchange”) at the office of the Exchange Agent and state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be exchanged and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon settlement of the Exchange Obligation to be registered, (2) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Exchange Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, (4) if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and (5) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e). The Trustee (and if different, the Exchange Agent) shall notify the Company of any exchange pursuant to this Article 14 on the Exchange Date for such exchange. No Notice of Exchange with respect to any Notes may be surrendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Company in respect of such Notes and has not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 15.03. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that an indirect holder of a Global Note held indirectly through a participant submits irrevocable instructions to exchange any portion of such Note, such Holder shall be deemed for purposes of Regulation SHO to have exchanged the applicable portion of such Note at the time of delivery of such instructions, regardless of when shares of Common Stock are delivered to such Holder or its participant.

If more than one Note shall be surrendered for exchange at one time by the same Holder, the Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.

(c) A Note shall be deemed to have been exchanged immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “Exchange Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in subsection (ii) above. Except as set forth in Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14(b), the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Exchange Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date, in the case of Physical Settlement, or the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the last Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period, in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Company’s satisfaction of its Exchange Obligation through Physical Settlement for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the settlement shall occur on the Maturity Date. If any shares of Common Stock are due to an exchanging Holder, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver (if applicable) to the Exchange Agent or to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, the full number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled, in book-entry format through the Depositary or on the Transfer Agent’s books if the shares of Common Stock are not then held through the facilities of DTC, in satisfaction of the Company’s Exchange Obligation.

 

85


(d) In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial exchange, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unexchanged portion of the surrendered Note, without payment of any service charge by the exchanging Holder but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

(e) If a Holder submits a Note for exchange, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of Common Stock upon exchange, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests such shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder shall pay that tax. The Exchange Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Trustee receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax that is due by such Holder in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

(f) Except as provided in Section 14.04, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exchange of any Note as provided in this Article 14.

(g) Upon the exchange of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any exchange of Notes effected through any Exchange Agent other than the Trustee.

(h) Upon exchange, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set forth below. The Company’s settlement of the full Exchange Obligation shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Exchange Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Exchange Date shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Notes are exchanged after the close of business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive the full amount of interest payable on such Notes on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the exchange. However, Notes surrendered for exchange during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of interest payable on the Notes so exchanged on the corresponding Interest Payment Date (regardless of whether the exchanging Holder was the Holder of record on the corresponding Regular Record Date); provided that no such payment shall be required (1) for exchanges following the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (3) if the Company has selected a Mandatory Exchange Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (4) to the extent of any Defaulted Amounts, if any Defaulted Amounts exist at the time of exchange with respect to such Note. Therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, all Holders of record on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in clause (2) above shall receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date in cash regardless of whether their Notes have been exchanged and/or repurchased, as applicable, following such Regular Record Date.

 

86


(i) The Person in whose name the shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon exchange shall be treated as a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the relevant Exchange Date (in the case of Physical Settlement) or the last trading day of the relevant Observation Period (in the case of Combination Settlement). Upon an exchange of Notes, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered for exchange, subject to Section 14.13. Prior to exchange of a Holder’s Note, such Holder (in such capacity) shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company.

(j) The Company shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon exchange of the Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange based on the Daily VWAP for the relevant Exchange Date.

Section 14.03 Companys Mandatory Exchange Option.

(a) On or after [ ], 20232 and prior to the close of business on [ ], 20283, the Company may, at its option, elect to exchange the original principal amount of the Notes in whole but not in part if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter (the “Mandatory Exchange Determination Date”) is greater than or equal to 130% of the Exchange Price on each applicable Trading Day; provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Exchange hereunder if as of such Mandatory Exchange Date an Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

(b) To exercise the Company Mandatory Exchange Right, the Company will send notice of the Company’s election (a “Mandatory Exchange Notice”) to Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day following the Mandatory Exchange Determination Date. Upon exchange of the Notes pursuant to this Section 14.03, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to each Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, (i) cash (“Cash Settlement”), (ii) shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Physical Settlement (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange) or (iii) a combination of cash and Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of delivering any fractional shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 14.14, at its election (“Combination Settlement”).

Such Mandatory Exchange Notice must state:

(i) that the Notes have been called for Mandatory Exchange, briefly describing the Company Mandatory Exchange Right under this Indenture;

(ii) the Mandatory Exchange Date;

(iii) the current Exchange Rate;

 

 

2 

To be the second anniversary after issuance.

3 

To be the fifth Business Day after the last quarter end before the Maturity Date.

 

87


(iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent;

(v) the form of settlement and Specified Dollar Amount (if applicable); and

(vi) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if any, of the Notes.

(c) If the Company exercises the Company Mandatory Exchange Right in accordance with this Section 14.03, then an Exchange Date will automatically, and without the need for any action on the part of any Holder, the Trustee or the Exchange Agent, be deemed to occur, with respect to each Note then outstanding, on the Mandatory Exchange Date. The Mandatory Exchange Date will be a Business Day of the Company’s choosing that is no more than thirty (30), nor less than ten (10), Business Days after the Company sends the Mandatory Exchange Notice; provided that the Mandatory Exchange Date shall be no later than the second Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date. The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Exchange Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the Mandatory Exchange Date.

(d) Any share of Common Stock delivered upon a Mandatory Exchange of any Note will be a newly issued or treasury share and will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim. If the Common Stock is then listed on any securities exchange and has been registered on an effective registration statement with the Commission, then the Company will cause each share of Common Stock, when delivered upon a Mandatory Exchange of any Note, to be admitted for listing on such exchange. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Exchange hereunder unless as of such Mandatory Exchange Date no Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

(e) The cash, Common Stock or combination of cash and Common Stock in respect of any exchange of Notes shall be computed as follows:

(i) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Physical Settlement, the Company shall deliver to each Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Mandatory Exchange Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon exchange);

(ii) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Cash Settlement, the Company shall pay to each Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Exchanges Values for each Trading Day during the related Observation Period; and

(iii) if the Company elects to satisfy its obligations in respect of such Mandatory Exchange by Combination Settlement, the Company shall pay or deliver to each Holder, as the case may be, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, consideration consisting of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts for each Trading Day in the Observation Period for such Exchange; and (b) an amount of cash equal to the sum of the Daily Cash Amounts for each Trading Day in such Observation Period.

Section 14.04 Adjustment of Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company if any of the following events occurs, except that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Exchange Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (other than in the case of (x) a share split or share combination or (y) a tender or exchange offer), at the same time and upon the same terms as

 

88


holders of the Common Stock and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in this Section 14.04, without having to exchange their Notes, as if they held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires calculations over a period of multiple days or during an Observation Period, the Company will, if appropriate, make proportionate adjustments, if any, to such calculations to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to this Section 14.04 that becomes effective, or any event requiring such an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, effective date or Expiration Date, as applicable, of such event occurs, at any time during such period or Observation Period, as applicable.

(a) If the Guarantor exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of the Common Stock, or if the Guarantor effects a share split or share combination, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×            OS1        
           OS0

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the Effective Date of such share split or share combination, as applicable;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable;
OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date, as applicable, before giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination; and
OS1    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination, as applicable.

Any adjustment made under this Section 14.04(a) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is declared but not so paid or made, or any share split or combination of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not split or combined, as the case may be, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to pay such dividend or distribution, or not to split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such share split or combination had not been announced.

(b) If the Guarantor issues to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan) entitling them, for a period of not more than forty-five (45) calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

89


CR1 = CR0 ×            OS0 + X        
           OS0 + Y

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
X    =    the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y    =    the number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by (ii) the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

Any increase made under this Section 14.04(b) shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance had not occurred.

For purposes of this Section 14.04(b), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

(c) If the Guarantor distributes shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Guarantor or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (i) dividends, distributions or issuances (including share splits) as to which an adjustment was effected

 

90


pursuant to Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) or Section 14.04(e), (ii) except as otherwise described in Section 14.11, rights issued pursuant to any stockholders rights plan of the Guarantor then in effect, (iii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which the provisions set forth in Section 14.04(d) shall apply, (iv) dividends or distributions of Reference Property in exchange for or upon conversion of the Common Stock in a Share Exchange Event, and (v) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this Section 14.04(c) shall apply (any of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities, the “Distributed Property”), then the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×            SP0        
   SP0 - FMV

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
SP0    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution; and
FMV    =    the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the portion of this Section 14.04(c) above shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. If the Guarantor issues rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities that are exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate pursuant to the clauses above until the earliest of these triggering events occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), then, in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution. If the Board of Directors determines in good faith the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) by reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it shall in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution.

With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.04(c) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

91


CR1 = CR0 ×

   FMV0 + MP0
  

 

   MP0

where,

CR0=    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the end of the Valuation Period;
CR1=    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the end of the Valuation Period;
FMV0=    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock (determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price as set forth in Section 1.01 as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period after, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
MP0 =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

The increase to the Exchange Rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur at the close of business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period; provided that if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the Valuation Period, references to “10” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Ex-Dividend Date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate. If any dividend or distribution that constitutes a Spin-Off is declared but not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or announced.

For purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 14.11), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”):

(i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock;

(ii) are not exercisable; and

(iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock,

shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Exchange Rate shall be made under this Section 14.04(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(c) was made:

 

92


(1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and

(2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

For purposes of Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) and this Section 14.04(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:

(A) a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 14.04(a) is applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”); or

(B) a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 14.04(b) is applicable (the “Clause B Distribution”),

then, in either case,

(1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by this Section 14.04(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and

(2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by Section 14.04(a) and Section 14.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(b).

(d) If the Guarantor pays or makes any cash dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×    SP0
  

 

   SP0 – C

where,

 

93


CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
SP0    =    the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C    =    the amount in cash per share the Guarantor distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

Any increase pursuant to this Section 14.04(d) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines in good faith not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Ex-Dividend Date for such cash dividend or distribution.

(e) If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock that is subject to the then-applicable tender offer rules under the Exchange Act (other than an odd lot tender offer), to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Exchange Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

  

AC + (SP1 x OS1)

  

OS0 x SP1

where,

 

CR0    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires (the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires, the “Expiration Date”);
CR1    =    the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;
AC    =    the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;

 

94


OS0    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);
OS1    =    the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
SP1    =    the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.

The increase to the Exchange Rate under this Section 14.04(e) shall occur at the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that, in respect of any exchange of Notes where Physical Settlement applies, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the ten (10) Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Expiration Date of such tender or exchange offer and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate and, in respect of any exchange of Notes where Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement apply, for any Trading Day that falls within the relevant Observation Period for such exchange and within the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “10” or “10th” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and such Trading Day in determining the Exchange Rate as of such Trading Day. In addition, if the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires is after the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately preceding, and including, the date immediately preceding the relevant Exchange Date in respect of an exchange of Notes, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that exchange of Notes, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires to, and including, the last Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Exchange Date.

In the event that the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Guarantor is, or such Subsidiary is, permanently prevented by applicable law from consummating any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Exchange Rate shall be decreased to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been consummated.

(f) Notwithstanding this Section 14.04 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if an Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Record Date, and a Holder that has exchanged its Notes on or after such Record Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of the shares of Common Stock as of the related Exchange Date as described under Section 14.02(i) based on an adjusted Exchange Rate for such Record Date, then, notwithstanding the Exchange Rate adjustment provisions in this Section 14.04, the Exchange Rate adjustment relating to such Record Date shall not be made for such exchanging Holder. Instead, such Holder shall be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.

 

95


(g) Except as stated herein, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of the Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

(h) In addition to those adjustments required by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 14.04, the Company from time to time may increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least twenty (20) Business Days if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. In addition, the Company may (but is not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock) or similar event. Whenever the Exchange Rate is increased pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note a notice of the increase at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date the increased Exchange Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Exchange Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.

(i) Except as stated in this Indenture, the Company shall not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. For illustrative purposes only and without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted:

(i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Guarantor’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

(ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries;

(iii) upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) of this subsection and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;

(iv) upon the repurchase of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an open market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction, including structured or derivative transactions, that is not a tender or exchange offer of the nature described in Section 14.04(e);

(v) solely for a change in the par value (or lack of par value) of the Common Stock; or

(vi) for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

(j) All calculations and other determinations under this Article 14 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000th) of a share.

(k) Whenever the Exchange Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (and the Exchange Agent if not the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Exchange Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts

 

96


requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Exchange Rate and may assume without inquiry that the last Exchange Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a written notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate setting forth the adjusted Exchange Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Exchange Rate to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee). Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

(l) For purposes of this Section 14.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Guarantor so long as the Guarantor does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Guarantor, but shall include shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.

(m) For the avoidance of doubt, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not result in any adjustment of the Exchange Rate, Exchange Price or any other terms of the Notes.

Section 14.05 Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs over a span of multiple days, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments (without duplication in respect of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 14.04) to each to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs are to be calculated.

Section 14.06 Shares to Be Fully Paid. The Company shall reserve, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for exchange of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for exchange (assuming the delivery of the maximum number of Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14).

Section 14.07 Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock.

(a) In the case of:

(i) any recapitalization, reclassification or similar change of the Common Stock (other than changes in par value or resulting from a subdivision or combination),

(ii) any consolidation, merger, combination or similar transaction involving the Guarantor,

(iii) any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,

(iv) any statutory share exchange,

in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be exchanged into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Share Exchange Event”), then at and after the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to exchange such principal

 

97


amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such Share Exchange Event would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “Reference Property,” with each “unit of Reference Property” meaning the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive) upon such Share Exchange Event and, prior to or at the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the Guarantor and/or the successor or acquiring Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 10.01(g) providing for such change in the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of the Share Exchange Event (A) the Company or the successor or acquiring company, as the case may be, shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, in respect of the Company’s election to settle Additional Shares due under Section 14.14 and (B) (I) any amount payable in cash upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall continue to be payable in cash, (II) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon exchange of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Share Exchange Event and (III) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a unit of Reference Property.

If the Share Exchange Event causes the Common Stock to be exchanged into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), then (i) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be exchangeable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of Common Stock, and (ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (i) attributable to one share of Common Stock. If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in such Share Exchange Event, then for all exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the effective date of such Share Exchange Event (A) the consideration due upon exchange of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be solely cash in an amount equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the Exchange Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14), multiplied by the price paid per share of Common Stock in such Share Exchange Event and (B) the Company shall satisfy the Exchange Obligation by paying such cash amount to exchanging Holders on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date. The Company shall notify in writing Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as reasonably practicable after such determination is made.

If the Reference Property in respect of any Share Exchange Event includes, in whole or in part, shares of common equity, such supplemental indenture described in the second immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments provided for in this Article 14 with respect to the portion of the Reference Property consisting of such common equity. If, in the case of any Share Exchange Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof), other than cash and/or cash equivalents, of a Person other than the Guarantor or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Share Exchange Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including the provisions providing for the purchase rights set forth in Article 15.

 

98


(b) When the Company and the Guarantor execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 14.07, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a unit of Reference Property after any such Share Exchange Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be delivered to each Holder promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall become a party to any Share Exchange Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 14.07. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a holder of Notes to exchange its Notes into shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Section 14.01 and Section 14.02 prior to the effective date of such Share Exchange Event.

(d) The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive Share Exchange Events.

Section 14.08 Certain Covenants. (a) The Guarantor covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon exchange of Notes will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Guarantor and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

(b) The Guarantor covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of exchange of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares of Common Stock may be validly issued upon exchange, the Guarantor will, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission, secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.

(c) The Guarantor further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Guarantor will list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, any Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes.

Section 14.09 Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Exchange Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment (including any increase) of the Exchange Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other Exchange Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exchange of any Note; and the Trustee and any other Exchange Agent make no representations with respect thereto.

Neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Exchange Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 14.07 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders upon the exchange of their Notes after any event referred to in such Section 14.07 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in conclusively relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to deliver to the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. The Trustee and the Exchange Agent may conclusively rely upon any notice with respect to the commencement or termination of such exchange rights.

 

99


Section 14.10 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:

(a) action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 14.04 or Section 14.11;

(b) Share Exchange Event; or

(c) voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture) and to the extent applicable, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be delivered to each Holder, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Share Exchange Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

Section 14.11 Stockholder Rights Plans. If the Company has a stockholder rights plan in effect upon exchange of the Notes, each share of Common Stock, if any, issued upon such exchange shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights, if any, under such stockholder rights plan and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such exchange shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any such stockholder rights plan, as the same may be amended from time to time. However, if, prior to any exchange of Notes, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights plan, the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as provided in Section 14.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

Section 14.12 Transfer of Notes to be Exchanged to a Third Party for Settlement. When a Holder surrenders its Notes for exchange, the Company may, at its election (a “Third-Party Exchange Election”), direct the Exchange Agent to deliver, on or prior to the first (1st) Trading Day following the Exchange Date, such Notes to a financial institution designated by the Company for settlement in lieu of exchange. In order to accept any Notes surrendered for exchange, the designated financial institution must agree to timely pay and/or deliver, in exchange for such Notes, the applicable Exchange Obligation. If the Company makes a Third-Party Exchange Election, the Company shall, by the close of business on the first (1st) Trading Day following the relevant Exchange Date, notify in writing the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange that it has made the Third-Party Exchange Election, and the Company shall promptly notify the designated financial institution of the settlement method with respect to such exchange and the relevant deadline for payment and/or delivery of the Exchange Obligation.

 

100


Any Notes transferred to the designated financial institution shall remain outstanding. If the designated financial institution agrees to accept any Notes for settlement but does not timely pay and/or deliver the required Exchange Obligation, or if such designated financial institution does not accept the Notes for settlement, the Company shall notify in writing the Trustee, the Exchange Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange, and pay and/or deliver the required Exchange Obligation, to the exchanging Holder at the time and in the manner required under this Indenture as if the Company had not made a Third-Party Exchange Election.

The Company’s designation of a financial institution to which the Notes may be submitted for settlement does not require that financial institution to accept any Notes (unless the financial institution has separately made an agreement with the Company). The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into a separate agreement with any designated financial institution that would compensate it for any such transaction.

Section 14.13 Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Exchange. The Company shall not effect the exchange of any of the Notes held by a Holder, and such Holder shall not have the right to exchange any of the Notes held by such Holder pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Indenture and any such exchange shall be null and void and treated as if never made, to the extent that after giving effect to such exchange, such Holder together with the other Attribution Parties collectively would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exchange. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and the other Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder and all other Attribution Parties plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Notes with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (A) exchange of the remaining, nonexchanged Notes beneficially owned by such Holder or any of the other Attribution Parties and (B) exercise or exchange of the unexercised or nonexchanged portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any convertible or exchangeable notes, convertible preferred stock or warrants, including the Notes) beneficially owned by such Holder or any other Attribution Party subject to a limitation on conversion, exchange or exercise analogous to the limitation contained in this Section 14.13. For purposes of this Section 14.13, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For purposes of determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock a Holder may acquire upon the exchange of such Notes without exceeding the Maximum Percentage, such Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Commission, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent, if any, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (the “Reported Outstanding Share Number”). If the Company receives an Exchange Notice from a Holder at a time when the actual number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is less than the Reported Outstanding Share Number, the Company shall notify such Holder in writing of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and, to the extent that such Exchange Notice would otherwise cause such Holder’s beneficial ownership, as determined pursuant to this Section 14.13, to exceed the Maximum Percentage, such Holder must notify the Company of a reduced number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered pursuant to such Exchange Notice. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of any Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day confirm orally and in writing or by electronic mail to such Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities of the Company, including such Notes, by such Holder and any other Attribution Party since the date as of which the

 

101


Reported Outstanding Share Number was reported. In the event that the issuance of shares of Common Stock to a Holder upon exchange of such Notes results in such Holder and the other Attribution Parties being deemed to beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than the Maximum Percentage of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), the number of shares so issued by which such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties’ aggregate beneficial ownership exceeds the Maximum Percentage (the “Excess Shares”) shall be deemed null and void and shall be cancelled ab initio, and such Holder shall not have the power to vote or to transfer the Excess Shares. Upon delivery of a written notice to the Company, any Holder may from time to time increase (with such increase not effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after delivery of such notice) or decrease the Maximum Percentage of such Holder to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% as specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase in the Maximum Percentage will not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to such Holder and the other Attribution Parties and not to any other Holder that is not an Attribution Party of such Holder. For purposes of clarity, the shares of Common Stock issuable to a Holder pursuant to the terms of this Indenture in excess of the Maximum Percentage shall not be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder for any purpose including for purposes of Section 13(d) or Rule 16a-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act. No prior inability to exchange such Notes pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of exchangeability. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 14.13 to the extent necessary to correct this paragraph (or any portion of this paragraph) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation contained in this Section 14.13 or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitation contained in this paragraph may not be waived other than pursuant to this Section 14.13 and shall apply to a successor holder of such Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent shall have any responsibility to determine the Maximum Percentage or whether the issuance of any shares results in a Holder or Attribution Party having Excess Shares or otherwise determine or monitor compliance with the terms of this Section 14.13. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, if in connection with any Mandatory Exchange of a Holder’s Notes there would be Excess Shares with respect to such Holder, the portion of such Notes whose exchange would result in such Excess Shares shall be deemed to have not been exchanged and shall continue to accrue interest until such time as the shares of Common Stock that would have been delivered to such Holder but for this Section 14.13 are so delivered.

Section 14.14 Increased Exchange Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Exchange.

(a) If (i) the Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Maturity Date and a Holder elects to exchange its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or (ii) the Company delivers a Mandatory Exchange Notice as provided under Section 14.03, as the case may be, the Company shall, under the circumstances described below, increase the Exchange Rate for the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), to the extent and as described below. An exchange of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (i) if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the period from, and including, the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental Change but for the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the thirty-fifth (35th) Trading Day immediately following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change) (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”), or (ii) if it is a Mandatory Exchange. Upon surrender of Notes for exchange in connection

 

102


with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Exchange in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company shall satisfy the related Exchange Obligation in accordance with Sections 14.02 and 14.03, as applicable; provided, however, that if, at the effective time of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Reference Property following such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Exchange Obligation shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and shall be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of exchanged Notes equal to the Exchange Rate (including any increase to reflect the Additional Shares), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Exchange Obligation shall be determined and paid to Holders in cash on the second (2nd) Business Day following the Exchange Date. The Company shall notify in writing the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change no later than five (5) Business Days after such Effective Date.

(c) The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased for exchanges in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Exchange shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective or the date the Company delivers the Mandatory Exchange Notice, as the case may be (in each case, the “Effective Date”) and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid (or deemed to be paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change or determined with respect to the Mandatory Exchange Notice, as the case may be. If the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for their Common Stock only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five (5) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Effective Date. The Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments to the Stock Price, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Exchange Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Record Date, Effective Date (as such term is used in Section 14.04) or Expiration Date of the event occurs during such five (5) consecutive Trading Day period. If a Mandatory Exchange would also be deemed to be in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, a Holder of any such Notes to be exchanged will be entitled to a single increase to the Exchange Rate with respect to the first to occur of the Effective Date of the Mandatory Exchange Notice or the Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as applicable, and the later event shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this Section 14.14. The Company may elect to settle any Additional Shares due under this Section 14.14 in cash (pursuant to the terms of Section 14.02(a)) by providing notice of such election in the in writing to the Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) no later than the date ten (10) Business Days prior to such Effective Date.

(d) The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Exchange Rate as set forth in Section 14.04.

(e) The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased per $1,000 principal amount of Notes pursuant to this Section 14.14 for each Stock Price and Effective Date set forth below:

 

103


        

   Stock Price  

Effective Date

   $ 10.00      $ 12.50      $ 13.75      $ 15.00      $ 16.25      $ 17.50      $ 20.00      $ 22.50      $ 25.00      $ 27.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

[         ], 2021

     20.000        11.398        8.667        6.581        4.967        3.705        1.937        0.858        0.242        —    

[         ], 2022

     20.000        10.690        8.023        6.017        4.488        3.308        1.680        0.712        0.186        —    

[         ], 2023

     20.000        9.913        7.308        5.394        3.962        2.875        1.406        0.556        0.117        —    

[         ], 2024

     20.000        9.120        6.561        4.739        3.415        2.435        1.144        0.419        0.065        —    

[         ], 2025

     20.000        8.193        5.668        3.962        2.780        1.937        0.866        0.285        0.024        —    

[         ], 2026

     20.000        6.961        4.476        2.953        1.990        1.348        0.572        0.164        0.002        —    

[         ], 2027

     20.000        5.088        2.722        1.595        1.018        0.674        0.275        0.064        —          —    

[         ], 2028

     20.000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

The exact Stock Price and Effective Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

(i) if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table above or the Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares by which the Exchange Rate shall be increased shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year;

(ii) if the Stock Price is greater than $30.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (e) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate; and

(iii) if the Stock Price is less than $12.50 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (e) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Exchange Rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Exchange Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Notes exceed 100 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 14.04.

Nothing in this Section 14.14 shall prevent an adjustment to the Exchange Rate that would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

ARTICLE 15

REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

Section 15.01 [Intentionally Omitted].

Section 15.02 Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.

(a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to the Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to Section 15.03 that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on the date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than twenty (20) Business Days or more than thirty-five (35) Business Days following the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus any remaining amounts that would be owed to, but excluding, the Maturity Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest

 

104


Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest (to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date) to Holders of record as of such Regular Record Date, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Article 15. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall be subject to postponement in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law. Repurchases of Notes under this Section 15.02 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

(i) delivery to the paying agent by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Notes are Physical Notes, or in compliance with the Applicable Procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in each case on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and

(ii) delivery of the Notes, if the Notes are Physical Notes, to the paying agent at any time after delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements for transfer) at the office of the paying agent, or book- entry transfer of the Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, in each case such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor.

The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall state:

(iii) in the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

(iv) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be in minimum denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

(v) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the paying agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 15.02 shall have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent in accordance with Section 15.03.

The paying agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

(b) On or before the twentieth (20th) Business Day after the occurrence of the effective date of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee, the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the paying agent (in the case of a paying agent other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) of the occurrence of the effective date of the Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in

 

105


the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered to the Holders in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:

(i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;

(ii) the effective date of the Fundamental Change;

(iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this Article 15;

(iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

(v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

(vi) the name and address of the paying agent and the Exchange Agent, if applicable;

(vii) if applicable, the Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the Exchange Rate;

(viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be exchanged only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

(ix) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.02. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will publish such information on its website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.

At the Company’s written request, given at least (5) five days prior to the date the Fundamental Change Company Notice is to be sent, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Company on any date at the option of the Holders in connection with a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). The paying agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes), or any instructions for book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the Applicable Procedures shall be deemed to have been cancelled, and, upon such return or cancellation, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

 

106


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company shall not be required to repurchase, or to make an offer to repurchase, the Notes upon a Fundamental Change if a third party makes such an offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including, without limitation, the requirement to comply with applicable securities laws), and such third party purchases all Notes properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn under its offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including the requirement to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes); provided that the Company shall continue to be obligated to (x) deliver the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Holders (which Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state that such third party shall make such an offer to purchase the Notes) and to simultaneously with such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice publish a notice containing such information in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time, (y) comply with applicable securities laws as set forth in this Indenture in connection with any such purchase and (z) pay the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes in the event such third party fails to make such payment in such amount at such time.

(f) For purposes of this Article 15, the paying agent may be any agent, depositary, tender agent, paying agent or other agent appointed by the Company to accomplish the purposes set forth herein.

Section 15.03 Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. (a) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the paying agent in accordance with this Section 15.03 at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:

(i) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof,

(ii) if Physical Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice of withdrawal must comply with appropriate procedures of the Depositary.

Section 15.04 Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

(a) The Company will deposit with the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), or if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 on or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (subject to extension in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law) an amount of money sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not validly withdrawn prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date) will be made on the later of (i) the Fundamental Change

 

107


Repurchase Date (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.02) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 15.02 by mailing checks for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

(b) If by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date, then, with respect to the Notes that have been properly surrendered for repurchase and have not been validly withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary, (i) such Notes will cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest will cease to accrue on such Notes on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or paying agent) and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes with respect to the Notes will terminate on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (other than (x) the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and (y) to the extent not included in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, accrued and unpaid interest, if applicable).

(c) Upon surrender of a Physical Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to Section 15.02, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Physical Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Physical Note surrendered.

Section 15.05 Repurchase of Notes. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligations to purchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

ARTICLE 16

REDEMPTION

Section 16.01 No Redemption. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

ARTICLE 17

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 17.01 Provisions Binding on Companys and Guarantors Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of each of the Company and the Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

Section 17.02 Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or Officer of the Company or the Guarantor shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation or other entity that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

108


Section 17.03 Addresses for Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders on the Company or the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is delivered by the Company to the Trustee) to (i) KORE Wireless Group, Inc., 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300, Alpharetta GA 30022 or (ii) KORE Group Holdings, Inc., 3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300, Alpharetta GA 30022. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if it is in writing and actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. In no event shall the Trustee or the Exchange Agent be obligated to monitor any website maintained by the Company or the Guarantor or any press releases issued by the Company or the Guarantor.

The Trustee, by notice to the Company and the Guarantor, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Physical Notes shall be mailed to it by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address as it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Global Notes shall be delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary and shall be sufficiently given to it if so delivered within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered, as the case may be, in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any

Note provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such

notice shall be properly delivered if delivered to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (or its designee) in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.

Section 17.04 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND EACH NOTE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE AND EACH NOTE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF).

The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably consent and agree, for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes and the Trustee, that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and, until amounts due and to become due in respect of the Notes have been paid, hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in personam, generally and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for itself in respect of its properties, assets and revenues.

 

109


The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Indenture brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 17.05 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture (other than, with respect to an Opinion of Counsel, in connection with the issuance and authentication of the Notes on the date of this Indenture), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating that such action is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with. With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Each Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel provided for, by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantor in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with this Indenture (other than the Officer’s Certificates provided for in Section 4.08) shall include (a) a statement that the person signing such certificate is familiar with the requested action and this Indenture; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement contained in such certificate is based; (c) a statement that, in the judgment of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed judgment as to whether or not such action is permitted by this Indenture; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the judgment of such person, such action is permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with.

Section 17.06 Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then any action to be taken on such date need not be taken on such date, but may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on such date, and no interest shall accrue on any such payment in respect of the delay.

Section 17.07 No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction.

Section 17.08 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the Holders, the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent, any Custodian, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 17.09 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

110


Section 17.10 Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 10.04 and Section 15.04 as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 7.08.

Any corporation or other entity into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation or other entity is otherwise eligible under this Section 17.10, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation or other entity.

Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor authenticating agent (which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall deliver notice of such appointment to all Holders.

The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services although the Company may terminate the authenticating agent, if it determines such agent’s fees to be unreasonable.

The provisions of Section 7.02, Section 7.03, Section 7.04, Section 8.03 and this Section 17.10 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

If an authenticating agent is appointed pursuant to this Section 17.10, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

______________________________,

as Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes described

in the within-named Indenture.

By: __________________________________________

Authorized Signatory

Section 17.11 Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic means (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words

 

111


“execute,” “execution,” “signed” and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is not under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

Section 17.12 Severability. In the event any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

Section 17.13 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 17.14 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics, epidemics, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, governmental action or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex write or communication facility; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 17.15 Calculations. The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock, the Daily VWAPs, Daily Exchange Value, the Daily Cash Amount, the Daily Share Amount, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Exchange Rate of the Notes, Maximum Percentage and Excess Shares. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Exchange Agent, and each of the Trustee and Exchange Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any registered Holder of Notes upon the written request of that Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Company. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent will have any responsibility to make calculations under this Indenture, nor will either of them have any responsibility to monitor the Company’s stock or trading price, determine whether the conditions to exchangeability of the Notes have been met or determine whether the circumstances requiring changes to the Exchange Rate have occurred.

Section 17.16 USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

112


Section 17.17 Tax Withholding. The Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under this Indenture for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or charges if and to the extent so required by any applicable law and any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto, in each case, that a Holder is subject to pursuant to the Indenture (“Applicable Tax Law”), or by virtue of the relevant Holder failing to satisfy any certification or other requirements under Applicable Tax Law in respect of the Notes, in which event the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall make such payment after such withholding or deduction has been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the amount so withheld or deducted and shall have no obligation to gross up any payment hereunder or pay any additional amount as a result of such withholding tax.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of the Holder as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, the Company or other applicable withholding agent may, at its option, withhold from or set off such payments against payments of cash and shares of Common Stock on the Note (or any payments on the Common Stock) or sales proceeds received by or other funds or assets of the Holder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

113


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY]

[THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE LAST ORIGINAL DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1


PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

A-2


KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

No. [     ]

[Initially]4 $[     ]

CUSIP No. [ ]5

KORE Wireless Group, Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.]6 [     ]7, or registered assigns, the principal sum [as set forth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto]8 [of $[     ]]9, which amount, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not, unless permitted by the Indenture, exceed $[ ]10 in aggregate at any time, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary, on [ ], 2028, and interest thereon as set forth below.

This Note shall bear interest at the rate of 5.50% per year from [                ], 2021, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date until [                ], 2028. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on each [                ] and [                ] of each year (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on [                ], 2021, to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding [                ] and [                ] (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively.

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election, in accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Indenture.

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on this Note, if and so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) at the office or agency designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Note Registrar in respect of the Notes and the Corporate Trust Office located in the United States of America as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or for registration of transfer and exchange. The Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor as provided in Article 13 of the Indenture.

 

4 

Include if a global note.

5 

Subject to the procedures of the Depositary, at such time as the Company notifies the Trustee that the Restrictive Legend is to be removed in accordance with the Indenture, the CUSIP number for this Note shall be deemed to be [ ].

6 

Include if a global note.

7 

Include if a physical note.

8 

Include if a global note.

9 

Include if a physical note.

10 

To be an amount not to exceed $120,000,000, as determined pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Agreement.

 

A-3


Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right to exchange this Note into shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

In the case of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
.   Title:

 

Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.
By:  

             

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its 5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), limited to the aggregate principal amount of $[                ]11 all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of [                ], 2021 (the “Indenture”), between the Company, as issuer, KORE Group Holdings, Inc., as guarantor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantor and the Holders of the Notes. Additional Notes may be issued in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture. The Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor as provided in Article 13 of the Indenture. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

In case certain Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, and interest on, all Notes may be declared, by either the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the principal amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any provision of this Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon exchange of, this Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in this Note or in the Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture,

 

11 

To be an amount not to exceed $120,000,000, as determined pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Agreement.

 

A-6


Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer or similar tax that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund or otherwise.

Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to exchange any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, into shares of Common Stock at the Exchange Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.

 

A-7


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM = as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

CUST = Custodian

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

A-8


SCHEDULE A9

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

5.50% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2028

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is [                ]13 DOLLARS ($[                ]). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of exchange    Amount of decrease in
principal amount of this
Global Note
   Amount of increase in
principal amount of this
Global Note
   Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or increase
   Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Custodian

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

9 

Include if a global note.

13 

To be an amount not to exceed $120,000,000, as determined pursuant to the terms of the Backstop Agreement.

 

A-9


ATTACHMENT 1

[FORM OF NOTICE OF EXCHANGE]

 

To:

[•]

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to exchange this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such exchange, together with any cash for any fractional share, and any Notes representing any unexchanged principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common Stock or any portion of this Note not exchanged are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.02(d) and Section 14.02(e) of the Indenture. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

Dated:                           

             

     

             

      Signature

 

 

Signature Guarantee

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by

an eligible Guarantor Institution

(banks, stock brokers, savings and

loan associations and credit unions)

with membership in an approved

signature guarantee medallion program

pursuant to Securities and Exchange

Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are to

be issued, or

Notes are to be delivered, other than

to and in the name of the registered holder.

Fill in for registration of shares if to be issued,

and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name

of the registered holder:

 

 

(Name)

 

(Street Address)

 

1


 

(City, State and Zip Code)

Please print name and address

 

Principal amount to be exchanged (if less than all):
$__________,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer
Identification Number

 

2


ATTACHMENT 2

[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

To: Paying Agent

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

Dated: __________

 

 

Signature(s)

 

Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all):
$__________,000
NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

1


ATTACHMENT 3

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

For value received _______________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto _______________________ (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints _______________________ attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

1


Dated:                                                                     

 

 

Signature(s)

Signature Guarantee Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible

Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings

and loan associations and credit unions) with

membership in an approved signature guarantee

medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to

be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.

NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must

correspond with the name as written upon the face of

the Note in every particular without alteration or

enlargement or any change whatever.

 

2


Exhibit C

Form of Pubco Joinder to Backstop Agreement

Reference is made to the Backstop Agreement entered into as of July 27, 2021, by and among KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP (the “Backstop Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Backstop Agreement.

This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Backstop Agreement is entered into as of                 , 2021, by and among KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), the Company and the Purchaser. Each of the Purchaser and Pubco agrees that this Joinder is being executed and delivered for good and valuable consideration.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Joinder and the Backstop Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Joinder. Pubco hereby agrees to and does become party to the Backstop Agreement. Pubco hereby acknowledges and agrees that, by its execution of this Joinder, Pubco shall be deemed to be a party under the Backstop Agreement, as of the date hereof, and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to Sections 5 and 8 of the Backstop Agreement as if it had executed the Backstop Agreement. Pubco hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, as of the date hereof, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in Sections 5 and 8 of the Backstop Agreement applicable to the Company.

 

2.

Representations and Warranties of Pubco. Pubco represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows, as of the Backstop Closing:

 

  (a)

Company Representations. All of the representations and warranties of the Company given as of the Backstop Closing pursuant to Section 4 of the Backstop Agreement are true and correct, in each case, except where failure to be true or correct not and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Pubco to enter into this Joinder or to consummate the Transactions.

 

  (b)

NYSE Listing. The New York Stock Exchange has approved, and not withdrawn such approval, of the listing of the shares of common stock of Pubco, par value $0.0001 per share to be issued, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

3.

General Provisions.

 

  (a)

Entire Agreement. This Joinder, the Backstop Agreement and the Indenture constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any commitment letter entered into relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

[Exhibit C to Backstop Agreement]


  (b)

Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party hereto and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

  (c)

Severability. If any provision of this Joinder shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Joinder shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  (d)

Further Assurances. Each party hereto will, at the request of any or all of the other parties hereto, promptly take all actions, and execute and deliver all other agreements and documents, which may be reasonably required to give effect to the terms of and the transactions contemplated by this Joinder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 

[Exhibit C to Backstop Agreement]


PUBCO

 

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.

By:  

             

Name:
Title:
COMPANY
KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

                 

Name:
Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Joinder to Backstop Agreement]


PURCHASER
DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LP
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

Title:   

 

 

[Signature Page to Joinder to Backstop Agreement]

Exhibit 10.5

AMENDMENT TO BACKSTOP AGREEMENT

November 15, 2021

This Amendment to Backstop Agreement (the “Amendment”) is made as November 15, 2021 by and among KORE Group Holdings, Inc. (“Pubco”), KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (“KORE”) and Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP (“Initial Purchaser”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, KORE and Initial Purchaser entered into that certain Backstop Agreement (“Backstop Agreement”), dated as of July 27, 2021, by and between KORE and Initial Purchaser, as supplemented by the joinder, dated as of September 30, 2021, by and among Pubco, KORE and the Initial Purchaser, pursuant to which Initial Purchaser agreed to subscribe for the purchase of certain backstop notes from KORE in connection with a potential business combination transaction among Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., Pubco, King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, and Maple Holdings Inc. pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021 (the “Business Combination”);

WHEREAS, on September 30, 2021 the Business Combination was completed and, in connection therewith, Pubco and KORE entered into that certain Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of September 30, 2021, with Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which KORE issued $120,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”); and

WHEREAS, KORE, Pubco and Initial Purchaser desire to amend certain provisions of the Backstop Agreement relating to the registration rights provisions contained therein and incorporated into the Indenture.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.    Definitions. Undefined, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Backstop Amendment.

2.    Amendments. Undefined, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Backstop Amendment.

(a)    Section 5(a) of the Backstop Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(a) The Company agrees that, (i) within forty-five (45) calendar days after the consummation of the Transactions (the “Common Stock Filing Deadline”), the Company will cause Pubco to file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement (the “Common Stock Registration Statement”) registering the resale of the shares of Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Notes (the “Registrable Shares”) and (ii) within seventy-five (75) calendar days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Purchaser (the “Notes Filing Deadline” and, together with the Common Stock Filing Deadline, the “Filing Deadlines”, the Company will cause Pubco to file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement (the “Notes Registration Statement”, and together with the Common Stock Registration Statement, the


November 15, 2021

Page 2

 

Registration Statements”) registering the resale of the Exchangeable Notes (together with the Registrable Shares, the “Registrable Securities”), and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the applicable Registration Statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the 60th calendar day (or 120th calendar day if the SEC notifies the Company that it will “review” the applicable Registration Statement) following the Filing Deadline (such date, the “Effectiveness Date”); provided, however, that the Company’s obligations to include the Registrable Securities in the applicable Registration Statement are contingent upon the Purchaser furnishing in writing to the Company such information regarding the Purchaser, the securities of the Company held by the Purchaser and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities as shall be reasonably requested by the Company to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities, and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations; provided, further, that if the Effectiveness Date falls on a day which is not a Business Day or other day that the SEC is closed for business, the Effectiveness Date shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the SEC is open for business. The Company will provide a draft of the Registration Statements to counsel to the Purchaser (which shall not be provided to the Purchaser unless the Purchaser separately agrees to keep any non-public information in such Registration Statement confidential until filing) for review at least three (3) Business Days in advance of filing the Registration Statements. In no event shall the Purchaser be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statements unless requested by the SEC; provided, that if the SEC requests that the Purchaser be identified as a statutory underwriter in a Registration Statement, the Purchaser will have an opportunity to withdraw the Registrable Securities from such Registration Statement. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall such withdrawal by the Purchaser constitute a default by the Company under this Section 5(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the SEC prevents the Company from including any or all of the shares proposed to be registered under either of the Registration Statements due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 of the Securities Act for the resale of the Registrable Securities by the applicable shareholders or otherwise, such Registration Statement shall register for resale such number of Registrable Securities which is equal to the maximum number of Registrable Securities as is permitted by the SEC. In such event, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered for each selling shareholder named in such Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the continuous effectiveness of the Registration Statements, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another registration statement is available for the resale of the Registrable Securities, until the earliest of (i) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities may be resold without volume or manner of sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities have actually been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to a Registration Statement and (iii) the date which is two (2) years after the Closing. For purposes of clarification, any failure by the Company to file the Registration Statements by the applicable Filing Deadline or to effect such Registration Statement by the Effectiveness Date shall not otherwise relieve the Company of its obligations to file or effect the Registration Statements set forth in this Section 5.”

(b)    All references to “the Registration Statement” in Sections 5(b), (c) and (d) of the Backstop Agreement is hereby amended to refer to “the Registration Statements”.

3.    Enforceability; Counterparts. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the undersigned parties hereto. This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or electronic transmission in portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic transmission) in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


November 15, 2021

Page 3

 

4.    Remaining Provisions. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Backstop Amendment shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF each of the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute and deliver this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

Very truly yours,
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amendment to Backstop Agreement]


DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LP
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities GP LLC
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

Name:   David N. Brooks
Title:   Secretary
DBSO TRG FUND (A) L.P.
By: DBSO TRG Fund (A) GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

Name:   David N. Brooks
Title:   Secretary
FORTRESS VINTAGE SECURITIES FUND L.P.
By: Fortress Vintage Securities Fund GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

Name:   David N. Brooks
Title:   Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment to Backstop Agreement]


DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LTD.
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities Advisors LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

Name:   David N. Brooks
Title:   Secretary
FORTRESS LENDING FUND II MA-CRPTF LP
By: FLF II MA-CRPTF Advisors LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

Name:   David N. Brooks
Title:   Secretary
FORTRESS LENDING FUND II HOLDINGS LP
By: Fortress Lending Advisors II LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

Name:   David N. Brooks
Title:   Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment to Backstop Agreement]

Exhibit 10.6

Execution Version

EXCHANGEABLE NOTES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of October 28, 2021, by and among KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and the entities set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, (each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers” (and together with Pubco and the Company, the “Parties”)).

WHEREAS, Pubco, King Corp Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Corp Merger Sub”), King LLC Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LLC Merger Sub”), Cerberus Telecom Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“CTAC”, and together with Pubco, Corp Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub, the “Cerberus Parties”), and Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“KORE”) have entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 12, 2021, as amended on July 27, 2021 and September 21, 2021 (as further amended, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Business Combination Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Cerberus Parties and KORE entered into a business combination transaction commencing on September 29, 2021 and concluding on September 30, 2021 pursuant to which, among other things, (i) CTAC merged with and into LLC Merger Sub, with LLC Merger Sub being the surviving entity, (ii) Corp Merger Sub merged with and into KORE, with KORE being the surviving corporation and (iii) immediately thereafter, KORE (as the surviving corporation) merged with and into LLC Merger Sub and LLC Merger Sub and is now a wholly owned subsidiary of Pubco (such transactions, collectively with the other transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement, the “Merger Transactions”); and

WHEREAS Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP and the Company previously entered into that certain Backstop Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2021 (the “Backstop Agreement”), pursuant to which, on September 30, 2021, the Company issued to the Purchasers $95,085,000 in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2028 of the Company (the “Initial Exchangeable Notes”), which are exchangeable for shares of common stock of Pubco (“Pubco Common Stock”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the entry into this Agreement, the Purchasers have committed in a letter agreement (the “Commitment Letter”) to purchase, at par, an additional $24,915,000 in aggregate principal amount of newly issued 5.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2028 of the Company (the “Additional Exchangeable Notes”), which will be exchangeable for Pubco Common Stock; and

WHEREAS, the Purchasers are now entering into this Agreement with the Company, whereby at the Closing, the Purchasers will acquire, and the Company will issue and sell to the Purchasers, the Additional Exchangeable Notes, on a private placement basis, in the aggregate amount of $24,915,000, subject to the limitations set forth herein; and


WHEREAS, in connection with the Initial Exchangeable Notes, the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), entered into an indenture, which shall govern the issuance of the Additional Exchangeable Notes (the “Indenture”); and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase.

 

  (a)

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers shall collectively purchase from the Company, the Additional Exchangeable Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to $24,915,000 for a purchase price equal to par plus accrued interest from September 30, 2021 (the “Purchase Price”). Each Purchaser shall purchase Additional Exchangeable Notes having the principal amount and for the purchase price set forth adjacent to such Purchaser’s name on Schedule 1 hereto. The Additional Exchangeable Notes shall accrue interest from September 30, 2021.

 

  (b)

The closing of the purchase and sale of the Additional Exchangeable Notes (the “Closing”) shall be held on October 28, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), or at such other time as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Parties. At the Closing on the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall deliver to the Company, as soon as practicable on the Closing Date and substantially concurrent with the Company or its transfer agent delivering evidence of the issuance to the Purchasers of the Additional Exchangeable Notes, the Purchase Price in cash via wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in the Closing Notice against delivery by the Company to the Purchasers of the Additional Exchangeable Notes in book entry form pursuant to the DWAC procedures of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which will act as securities depository for the Additional Exchangeable Notes, free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or other restrictions (other than those arising under the Indenture, this Agreement or state or federal securities laws), in the name of the Purchasers or a custodian designated by the Purchasers (which custodian shall have properly posted such DWAC for release by the Trustee through the facilities of DTC), as applicable.

 

2.

Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers. Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

Organization and Power. The Purchaser (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and (ii) has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

2


  (b)

Authorization. The Purchaser has full power and authority, including any necessary corporate or other organizational authority, to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and any other instrument to be entered into, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Purchaser in connection with the purchase of the Additional Exchangeable Notes. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in Section 4 of this Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws. The signature of the person(s) signing on behalf of the Purchaser is binding on the Purchaser.

 

  (c)

Compliance with Other Instruments. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

  (d)

No Governmental or other Authorization Required; Consents. Except for any filings and approvals required pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and such other reports under, and such other compliance with, the Exchange Act as may be required in connection with this Agreement, or as may have already been obtained, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other person will be required to be obtained or made by the Purchaser in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Restricted Securities. The Purchaser understands that the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes are being offered in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the shares of Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Purchaser understands that the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes may not be offered, resold, transferred, pledged (other than in connection with ordinary

 

3


  course prime brokerage relationships) or otherwise disposed of by the Purchaser absent an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, except (i) to Pubco or a subsidiary thereof or (ii) pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and, in each of cases (i) and (ii), in accordance with any applicable securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions of the United States, and that any book-entry positions or certificates representing the Additional Exchangeable Notes shall contain a restrictive legend to such effect. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes will be subject to transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws and, as a result of these transfer restrictions, the Purchaser may not be able to readily offer, resell, transfer, pledge (other than in connection with ordinary course prime brokerage relationships) or otherwise dispose of the Additional Exchangeable Notes and may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Additional Exchangeable Notes for an indefinite period of time. The Purchaser understands that it has been advised to consult legal counsel and tax and accounting advisors prior to making any offer, resale, pledge, transfer or disposition of any of the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes.

Each book entry for the Additional Exchangeable Notes shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Additional Exchangeable Notes shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, OR

(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR

(C) TO A PERSON THAT YOU REASONABLY BELIEVE TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

 

4


(D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

(E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

NO AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY OR PERSON THAT HAS BEEN AN AFFILIATE (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE COMPANY DURING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THREE MONTHS MAY PURCHASE, OTHERWISE ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN.

 

  (f)

High Degree of Risk. The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Additional Exchangeable Notes involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment, and the Purchaser has the ability to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Additional Exchangeable Notes, including a complete loss of its investment. Further, the Purchaser has carefully read, considered and understands the risks related to the Company, Pubco and the Additional Exchangeable Notes, and has had the opportunity to retain, at its own expense, and relied upon, appropriate professional advice regarding the financial, taxation and legal implications, risk and consequences of the foregoing

 

  (g)

Accredited Investor. The Purchaser (i) is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), and an “institutional account” as defined in FINRA Rule 4512(c), (ii) is acquiring the Additional Exchangeable Notes only for its own account and not for the account of others, or if the Purchaser is acquiring the Additional Exchangeable Notes as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, each owner of such account is a qualified institutional buyer and the Purchaser has full investment discretion with respect to each such account, and the full power and authority to make the acknowledgements, representations and agreements herein on behalf of each owner of each such account and (iii) is not acquiring the Additional Exchangeable Notes with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act. The Purchaser is not an entity formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Additional Exchangeable Notes.

 

5


  (h)

Adequacy of Financing. The Purchaser has available to it sufficient clear funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement, without restriction or conditions on payment to the Company except as provided hereunder.

 

  (i)

Purchasers Knowledge and Skill. The Purchaser has knowledge, skill and experience in financial, business and investment matters relating to investments of this type and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment and protecting its interests in connection with its acquisition of the Additional Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (j)

Own Investigations. In making its investment decision to purchase the Additional Exchangeable Notes, the Purchaser is relying solely on investigations made by it and its representatives and its assessment, and the assessment of any of its professional advisers, of the merits of an acquisition of the Additional Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (k)

No SEC Approval. The Additional Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes have not been approved or disapproved by the SEC or any state securities commission, nor has the SEC or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of any representations by the Company.

 

  (l)

No Other Representations or Warranties. The Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its representatives has made or makes any representation or warranty to the Purchaser in respect of the Company, Pubco and the Additional Exchangeable Notes other than, in the case of the Company, the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.

 

3.

Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers as follows, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

Incorporation and Corporate Power. Each of the Company and Pubco is duly incorporated or formed and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the Laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease or operate its assets and properties and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted. Each of the Company and Pubco is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation or foreign limited liability company, as applicable, in all jurisdictions in which its ownership of property or the character of its activities is such as to require it to be so licensed or qualified, except where failure to be so licensed or qualified has not and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

 

6


  (b)

Authorization. All corporate action required to be taken by the board of directors and shareholders of the Company in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement, and to issue the Additional Exchangeable Notes at the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, as applicable. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company and of Pubco necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company and Pubco under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing, and the issuance and delivery of the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the securities issuable upon exchange or exercise (in each case, if applicable) of the Additional Exchangeable Notes has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing, as applicable. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in Section 4 of this Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

  (c)

Valid Issuance of the Additional Exchangeable Notes. As of the Closing Date, the Additional Exchangeable Notes will be duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Purchasers against full payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability (collectively, the “Enforceability Exceptions”), and will not have been issued in violation of any preemptive rights created under the Company’s organizational documents or the laws of the State of Delaware. As of the Closing Date, the Indenture will be duly authorized by the Company and Pubco and, when duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and Pubco, enforceable against the Company and Pubco in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to the Enforceability Exceptions. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchasers in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(d) below, the Additional Exchangeable Notes will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  (d)

Governmental Consents and Filings. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the Purchasers in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for any filings required pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws, and pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 

7


  (e)

Compliance with Other Instruments. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company and Pubco will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or its other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or Pubco is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which the Company or Pubco is a party or by which the Company or Pubco is bound, (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which the Company or Pubco is a party or by which the Company or Pubco is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or Pubco, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) on the Company or Pubco or their ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

 

  (f)

Absence of Litigation. Except for such matters as have not had a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), the Company or Pubco is, in compliance with all state and federal laws applicable to the conduct of their business. The Company and Pubco have not received any written, or to their knowledge, other communication from a governmental entity that alleges that the Company or Pubco is not in compliance with or is in default or violation of any applicable law, except where such non-compliance, default or violation would not be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement). Except for such matters as have not had and would not be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), there is no (i) action, lawsuit, claim or other proceeding, in each case by or before any governmental authority pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company or Pubco, threatened against the Company or Pubco or (ii) judgment, decree, injunction, ruling or order of any governmental entity or arbitrator outstanding against the Company or Pubco.

 

  (g)

No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, Pubco, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or shareholders has either directly or indirectly, including through a broker or finder, (i) engaged in any general solicitation or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the sale of the Additional Exchangeable Notes.

 

  (h)

No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance. Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company and Pubco have not made, do not make and shall not be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or Pubco, the sale and purchase of the Additional Exchangeable Notes, the Transactions or a potential business combination, and the Company and Pubco disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchasers in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any

 

8


  certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, each of the Company and Pubco specifically disclaim that it is relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchasers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Section 3(h) shall limit any claim or cause of action (or recovery in connection therewith) with respect to fraud.

 

4.

Registration of the Additional Exchangeable Notes; Indemnification.

 

  (a)

The Company agrees that, within forty-five (45) calendar days after the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein (the “Filing Deadline”), the Company will cause Pubco to file with the SEC (at the Company’s sole cost and expense) a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) registering the resale of the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the shares of Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes (the “Registrable Securities”), and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, but no later than the 60th calendar day (or 120th calendar day if the SEC notifies the Company that it will “review” the Registration Statement) following the Filing Deadline (such date, the “Effectiveness Date”); provided, however, that the Company’s obligations to include the Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement are contingent upon the Purchasers furnishing in writing to the Company such information regarding the Purchasers, the securities of the Company held by the Purchasers and the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities as shall be reasonably requested by the Company to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities, and shall execute such documents in connection with such registration as the Company may reasonably request that are customary of a selling stockholder in similar situations; provided, further, that if the Effectiveness Date falls on a day which is not a Business Day or other day that the SEC is closed for business, the Effectiveness Date shall be extended to the next Business Day on which the SEC is open for business. The Company will provide a draft of the Registration Statement to counsel to the Purchasers (which shall not be provided to the Purchasers unless the Purchasers separately agree to keep any non-public information in such Registration Statement confidential until filing) for review at least three (3) Business Days in advance of filing the Registration Statement. In no event shall any Purchaser be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statement unless requested by the SEC; provided, that if the SEC requests that any Purchaser be identified as a statutory underwriter in the Registration Statement, such Purchaser will have an opportunity to withdraw the Registrable Securities from the Registration Statement. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall such withdrawal by a Purchaser constitute a default by the Company under this Section 4(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the SEC prevents the Company from including any or all of the shares proposed to be registered under the Registration Statement due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 of the Securities Act for the resale of the Registrable Securities by the applicable shareholders or otherwise, such Registration Statement shall register

 

9


  for resale such number of Registrable Securities which is equal to the maximum number of Registrable Securities as is permitted by the SEC. In such event, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered for each selling shareholder named in the Registration Statement shall be reduced pro rata among all such selling shareholders. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the continuous effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and to be supplemented and amended to the extent necessary to ensure that such Registration Statement is available or, if not available, that another registration statement is available for the resale of the Registrable Securities, until the earliest of (i) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities may be resold without volume or manner of sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities have actually been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant to the Registration Statement and (iii) the date which is two (2) years after the Closing. For purposes of clarification, any failure by the Company to file the Registration Statement by the Filing Deadline or to effect such Registration Statement by the Effectiveness Date shall not otherwise relieve the Company of its obligations to file or effect the Registration Statement set forth in this Section 4.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to delay or postpone the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and from time to time to require the Purchasers not to sell under the Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, (y) if (i) it determines that in order for the Registration Statement not to contain a material misstatement or omission, an amendment or supplement thereto would be needed, (ii) an amendment to the Registration Statement would be needed to include information that would at that time not otherwise be required in a current, quarterly or annual report under the Exchange Act or (iii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event, the Company’s board of directors reasonably believes, upon the advice of legal counsel, would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of (i), (ii) or (iii) in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the reasonable determination of the Company’s board of directors, upon the advice of legal counsel, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements and (z) as may be necessary in connection with the preparation and filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement following the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its first completed fiscal year following the Closing (each such circumstance, a “Suspension Event”); provided, however, that the Company may not delay or suspend the Registration Statement on more than three occasions or for more than sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, or more than a total of ninety (90) calendar days, in each case during any twelve-month period. Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event (which notice shall not contain material non-public information) during the period that the Registration Statement is effective or if as

 

10


  a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the prospectus) not misleading, each Purchaser agrees that (i) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, sales conducted pursuant to Rule 144) until such Purchaser receives copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales and (ii) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in such written notice delivered by the Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena. If so directed by the Company, the Purchasers will deliver to the Company or, in the Purchasers’ sole discretion destroy, all copies of the prospectus covering the Registrable Securities in the Purchasers’ possession; provided, however, that this obligation to deliver or destroy all copies of the prospectus covering the Registrable Securities shall not apply (i) to the extent the Purchasers are required to retain a copy of such prospectus (a) in order to comply with applicable legal, regulatory, self-regulatory or professional requirements or (b) in accordance with a bona fide pre-existing document retention policy or (ii) to copies stored electronically on archival servers as a result of automatic data back-up.

 

  (c)

The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchasers (to the extent a seller under the Registration Statement), and its officers, directors and agents, and each person who controls the Purchasers (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, that arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus included in the Registration Statement or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any state securities law or any rule or regulation thereunder, in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Section 4, except, in each case, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements, alleged untrue statements, omissions or alleged omissions are based upon and in conformity with information regarding the Purchasers furnished in writing to the Company by the Purchasers expressly for use therein or the Purchasers have omitted a material fact from such information; provided,

 

11


  however, that the indemnification contained in this Section 4 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Losses if such settlement is effected by the Purchasers without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable for any Losses to the extent they arise out of or are based upon a violation which occurs (A) in connection with any failure of the Purchasers to deliver or cause to be delivered a prospectus made available to the Purchasers by the Company in a timely manner, (B) as a result of offers or sales effected by or on behalf of the Purchasers by means of a freewriting prospectus (as defined in Rule 405) that was not authorized in writing by the Company or (C) in connection with any offers or sales effected by or on behalf of the Purchasers in violation of Section 4(b) of this Agreement. The Company shall notify the Purchasers promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 4 of which the Company is aware. The indemnity set forth in this Section 4(c) shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Purchasers.

If the total number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that the Purchasers and any other person(s) intend to include in an underwritten offering exceeds the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that can be sold in an underwritten offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of shares of the Pubco Common Stock offered or the market for the shares of Pubco Common Stock as determined by the managing underwriter of such offering, then the shares of Pubco Common Stock to be included in such offering shall include the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock that the managing underwriter of the offering advises the Company can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated (i) first, to the Company or other party or parties requesting or initiating such registration or to any other holder of securities of the Company having rights of registration pursuant to an existing registration rights agreement, (ii) second, to the Purchasers and any other participant in such underwritten offering, allocated among the Purchasers and such participants on the basis of the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Purchasers and each applicable participant in such underwritten offering (based, for the Purchaser and each such participant described in this clause (ii), on the percentage derived by dividing (x) the number of shares of Pubco Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Purchasers and such participant in such underwritten offering by (y) the aggregate number of shares of Pubco Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Purchasers and all such participants) or in such manner as they may agree and (iii) third, to other holders of shares of Pubco Common Stock with registration rights entitling them to participate in such underwritten offering.

 

  (d)

The Purchasers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Losses, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any prospectus included in the Registration Statement, or any form of prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or

 

12


  arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any prospectus, or any form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in any such case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements or omissions are based upon information regarding the Purchasers furnished in writing to the Company by the Purchasers expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the indemnification contained in this Section 4 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Losses if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Purchasers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) nor shall the Purchasers be liable for any Losses to the extent they arise out of or are based upon a violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Company. In no event shall the liability of the Purchasers be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by the Purchasers upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The Purchasers shall notify the Company promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Section 4 of which the Purchasers are aware and of which the Purchasers shall seek indemnification under this Agreement; provided that the failure by the Purchasers to give such notice shall not relieve the Company of its indemnification obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such claim or litigation. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of an indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by the Purchasers.

 

  (e)

Any person or entity entitled to indemnification herein shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any person’s or entity’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claims, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which cannot be settled in all respects by the payment of money (and

 

13


  such money is so paid by the indemnifying party pursuant to the terms of such settlement), which settlement shall not include a statement or admission of fault and culpability on the party of such indemnified party, and which settlement shall include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

  (f)

If the indemnification provided under this Section 4 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Losses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that the liability of the Purchasers shall be limited to the net proceeds received by the Purchasers from the sale of the Additional Exchangeable Notes giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by (or not made by, in the case of an omission), or relates to information supplied by (or not supplied by, in the case of an omission) such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Losses shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 4, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 4(f) from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5.

Closing Conditions.

 

  (a)

The obligation of the Purchasers to purchase the Additional Exchangeable Notes at the Closing under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing (or at such later time if specified below), of each of the following conditions, any of which, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, may be waived by the Purchasers:

 

  (i)

no Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) shall have occurred, both before and after giving effect to the issuance of the Additional Exchangeable Notes;

 

14


  (ii)

the Company shall have delivered (a) to the Purchasers, reasonable and customary legal opinions, closing certificates, organizational documents, evidence of authorization, good standing certificates in jurisdictions of formation/organization, in each case, of the Company and Pubco and (b) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture), a Company Order (as defined in the Indenture), Officer’s Certificate (as defined in the Indenture) and Opinion of Counsel (as defined in the Indenture) sufficient to permit the issuance of the Additional Exchangeable Notes under the Indenture;

 

  (iii)

the Purchasers shall have received, to the extent requested at least ten days prior to the Closing Date, at least three days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act;

 

  (iv)

from the date of the consummation of the Merger Transactions, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) with respect to the Company or Pubco;

 

  (v)

the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, as applicable, with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (other than any such representation or warranty that is made by its terms as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specified date), in each case, other than any such representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date(s) set forth in this clause (v);

 

  (vi)

the Company shall have paid or caused to be paid to the Purchasers and their Affiliates all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses due and owing to the Purchasers and their Affiliates on the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, in each case, to the extent invoiced at least two business days prior to the Closing Date (which amounts may be offset against the purchase price for the Additional Exchangeable Notes);

 

  (vii)

the Business Combination Agreement shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or any provision thereof waived, in any manner which is materially adverse to the Purchasers without the consent of the Purchasers (it being understood that the granting of any consent under the Business Combination Agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of the Purchasers shall not otherwise constitute an amendment or waiver). For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not have, without the Purchasers’ written consent, amended the definition of Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement);

 

15


  (viii)

the Outside Termination Date (as defined in the Commitment Letter) shall not have occurred;

 

  (ix)

The consolidated financial statements of CTAC, Pubco and KORE, together with the related schedules and notes, included in Pubco’s registration statement on Form S-4, including any prospectus filed in connection therewith under Rule 424(b) (the “Pubco Registration Statement”) filed with the SEC, presented fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Pubco, CTAC and KORE, respectively, and their consolidated entities, as of the respective dates and for the respective periods specified therein. Such financial statements were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto; and

 

  (x)

The Pubco Registration Statement, when filed with the SEC complied in all material respects with the Securities Act. The Pubco Registration Statement, at its time of effectiveness, and at September 30, 2021, complied and complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. The documents incorporated by reference in the Pubco Registration Statement, when they were filed with the SEC conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. All documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Pubco Registration Statement, as of their respective dates, and when taken together with the other information in the Pubco Registration Statement, at its time of effectiveness, and at September 30, 2021, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  (b)

The obligation of the Company to issue and sell the Additional Exchangeable Notes at the Closing under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing (or at such later time if specified below), of each of the following conditions, any of which, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, may be waived by the Company:

 

  (i)

The representations and warranties of the Purchasers set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, as applicable, with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (other than any such representation or warranty that is made by its terms as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all material

 

16


  respects as of such specified date), in each case, other than any such representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or any similar limitation set forth therein, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date(s) set forth in this Section 5(b)(i);

 

  (ii)

The Purchasers shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Purchasers at or prior to the Closing; and

 

  (iii)

No provision of applicable Law, and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any applicable Governmental Authority, shall enjoin or prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.

Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

  (a)

by written consent of each of the parties hereto; or

 

  (b)

automatically, if the Closing has not occurred by the Outside Termination Date (as defined in the Commitment Letter).

In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6, the Purchase Price, if previously paid, and all the Purchasers’ funds paid in connection herewith shall be promptly returned to the Purchasers in accordance with written instructions provided by the Purchasers to the Company, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchasers, Pubco or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party hereto shall cease; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 6 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party hereto of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement. This paragraph and Section 7 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7.

General Provisions.

 

  (a)

Notices. Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder, which, if sent to the Purchasers or the Company, shall be in writing and either delivered personally, emailed or sent by overnight mail via a reputable overnight carrier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to be given and received (i) when so delivered personally, (ii) when sent, with no mail undeliverable or other rejection notice, if sent by email, or (iii) three (3) Business Days after the date of mailing to the address below or to such other address or addresses as such person may hereafter designate by notice given hereunder (provided that any notice or communication delivered by a means other than email shall be accompanied by email within two business days after transmission of such notice or communication):

 

17


  (i)

If to the Purchasers, to:

Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP

c/o Fortress Investment Group LLC

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 45th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Constantine M. Dakolias

Email: [*****]

Phone: [*****]

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

One Manhattan West

New York, NY 10001

  Attention:

Michael Schwartz

  E-mail:

[*****]

 

  (ii)

If to the Company or Pubco to:

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

KORE Wireless Group, Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 300

Alpharetta, GA 30022

  Attention:

Romil Bahl (President & CEO)

   

Puneet Pamnani (Executive VP and CFO)

  Email:

[*****]

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

c/o ABRY Partners II, LLC

888 Boylston St, Suite 1600

Boston, MA 02199

  Attention:

Rob MacInnis

   

Tomer Yosef-Or

   

Garrett Blank

  Email:

[*****]

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

  Attention:

Joshua Kogan, P.C.

   

Joshua N. Korff, P.C.

   

Amanda C. Border

   

Jennifer Lee

 

18


  Email:

[*****]

 

  (b)

Lock-Up. For the period commencing on the date hereof and continuing for 180 days thereafter, the Purchasers will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to the Additional Exchangeable Notes and the Pubco Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Additional Exchangeable Notes (the “Lock-Up Securities”): (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase, lend or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities or (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of the Company, except for the purchase of the Additional Exchangeable Notes as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (c)

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Indenture constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, including any commitment letter entered into relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

  (d)

No Third Party Beneficiaries; Exception. Except to the extent expressly set forth in Sections 7(f) and 7(q), this Agreement shall be binding on, and inure solely to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and nothing set forth in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of, or any rights to enforce or cause the Company to enforce, this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Successors. All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

19


  (f)

Assignments. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchasers may assign and delegate all or a portion of their rights and obligations to purchase the Additional Exchangeable Notes to one or more other persons upon the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed); provided, that no consent of the Company shall be required if such assignment or delegation is to an Affiliate, employee, partner or client of the Purchasers or their Affiliates; provided, further, that no such assignment or delegation shall relieve the Purchasers of their obligations hereunder (including its obligation to purchase the Additional Exchangeable Notes) and the Company shall be entitled to pursue all rights and remedies against the Purchasers in respect of their obligations subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Any purported assignment or assumption of this Agreement or any right or obligation hereunder in contravention of this Section 7(f) shall be null and void ab initio.

 

  (g)

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party hereto and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

  (h)

Headings and Captions. The headings and captions of the various subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

  (i)

Governing Law. This Agreement, the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, any transaction contemplated hereby and the rights of the parties hereto hereunder or thereunder, and any claim or cause of action hereunder based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement (whether based on law, in equity, in contract, in tort or any other theory, or granted by statute or otherwise, and including any claim or cause of action hereunder based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement) or the negotiation, execution, performance or enforcement of this Agreement, shall be governed by and interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (including its statutes of limitations), without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law or choice of law thereof or any other rules that would cause the application of Laws (or statutes of limitations) of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (j)

Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, provided that if subject matter jurisdiction over the matter that is the subject of the legal proceeding is vested exclusively in the U.S. federal courts, such legal proceeding shall be heard in the U.S. District

 

20


  Court for the District of Delaware (together with the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, “Chosen Courts”), in connection with any matter, claim or cause of action (whether based on law, in equity, in contract, in tort or any other theory, or granted by statute or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement, any transaction contemplated hereby or the negotiation, execution, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto hereby waives, and shall not assert as a defense in any legal dispute, that (i) such person is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts for any reason, (ii) such legal proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in the Chosen Courts, (iii) such person’s property is exempt or immune from execution, (iv) such legal proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or (v) the venue of such legal proceeding is improper. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, further consents to service of process by nationally recognized overnight courier service guaranteeing overnight delivery, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 7(a) and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which they might otherwise have to such manner of service of process. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 7(j), a party hereto may commence any action, claim, cause of action or suit in a court other than the Chosen Courts solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by the Chosen Courts. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIMS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ASSERTED IN ANY LEGAL DISPUTE RELATING TO ANY MATTER, CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER BASED ON LAW, IN EQUITY, IN CONTRACT, IN TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, OR GRANTED BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. IF THE SUBJECT MATTER OF ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE IS ONE IN WHICH THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS PROHIBITED, NO PARTY HERETO SHALL ASSERT IN SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE A NONCOMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. FURTHERMORE, NO PARTY HERETO SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE WITH A SEPARATE ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE WAIVED.

 

  (k)

Modifications and Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, supplemented or waived except by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver is sought.

 

21


  (l)

Waiver of Damages. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall any party be liable for punitive damages in connection with this Agreement; provided, however, that in no event shall the Purchasers be liable for any form of damages, whether such damages are consequential, special or exemplary, in connection with this Agreement in excess of the sum of the Purchase Price and any reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) associated with the collection of such damages.

 

  (m)

Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  (n)

Expenses. The Company agrees to bear all of its own costs and expenses and the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Purchasers incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all such reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel, and any other agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company will be responsible for all fees and expenses incurred in connection with transfer agents, stamp taxes and all of the DTC’s fees associated with the issuance and resale of the Additional Exchangeable Notes and any securities issuable upon exchange or exercise of the Additional Exchangeable Notes (in each case, if applicable).

 

  (o)

Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty or covenant.

 

22


  (p)

Waiver. No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

  (q)

Specific Performance; Enforcement. The Purchasers agree that irreparable damage may occur to the Company in the event any provision of this Agreement is not performed by the Purchasers or any of their successors or permitted assigns in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity, without a requirement to post bond or any other security. This Agreement may be enforced only by the Company and the Purchasers, and none of the Company’s direct or indirect creditors nor any other person that is not a party to this Agreement shall have any right to enforce this Agreement or to cause the Company to enforce this Agreement. The parties hereto further agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement pursuant to this Section 7(q) is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to applicable law or inequitable for any reason and to waive any defenses in any action for specific performance, including the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate. In connection with any action for which the Company is entitled to an award of money damages, each of the Company and the Purchasers agree that such damages, to the extent payable by such party, shall include, without limitation, damages related to the cash consideration that is or was to be paid to the Company or its equityholders under the Business Combination Agreement and/or this Agreement, and such damages are not limited to an award of out-of-pocket fees and expenses related to the Business Combination Agreement and this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 7(q) is an integral part of the transactions contemplated hereby and without that right, the parties hereto would not have entered into this Agreement.

 

  (r)

Further Assurances. Each party hereto will, at the request of any or all of the other parties hereto, promptly take all actions, and execute and deliver all other agreements and documents, which may be reasonably required to give effect to the terms of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY
KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ Romil Bahl
Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
PUBCO
KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Romil Bahl
Name:   Romil Bahl
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement]


PURCHASERS
DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LP
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities GP LLC
By:   /s/ Radhika Hulyalkar
Name:   Radhika Hulyalkar
Title:   Deputy Chief Financial Officer
DBSO TRG FUND (A) L.P.
By: DBSO TRG Fund (A) GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Radhika Hulyalkar
Name:   Radhika Hulyalkar
Title:   Authorized Signatory
FORTRESS VINTAGE SECURITIES FUND L.P.
By: Fortress Vintage Securities Fund GP LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Radhika Hulyalkar
Name:   Radhika Hulyalkar
Title:   Deputy Chief Financial Officer
DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LTD.
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities Advisors LLC, its investment manager

By:

 

/s/ Radhika Hulyalkar

Name:

 

Radhika Hulyalkar

Title:

 

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement]


FORTRESS LENDING FUND II MA-CRPTF LP
By: FLF II MA-CRPTF Advisors LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Radhika Hulyalkar

Name:   Radhika Hulyalkar
Title:   Authorized Signatory
FORTRESS LENDING FUND II HOLDINGS LP
By: Fortress Lending Advisors II LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Radhika Hulyalkar

Name:   Radhika Hulyalkar
Title:   Authorized Signatory


SCHEDULE 1

 

Purchaser

   Principal Amount      Purchase Price  

Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund LP

   $ 9,019,000      $ 9,057,581.28  

Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund Ltd.

   $ 1,614,000      $ 1,620,904.33  

DBSO TRG Fund (A) L.P.

   $ 421,000      $ 422,800.94  

Fortress Vintage Securities Fund LP

   $ 737,000      $ 740,152.72  

Fortress Lending Fund II Holdings LP

   $ 11,876,000      $ 11,926,802.89  

Fortress Lending Fund II MA-CRPTF LP

   $ 1,248,000      $ 1,253,338.67  

Exhibit 10.7

AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment (“Amendment”) dated November 15, 2021 to the Exchangeable Notes Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”), dated October 28, 2021, is entered into by and among KORE Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pubco”), KORE Wireless Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and the entities set forth on the signature pages hereto, (each a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers have entered into that certain Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Purchasers agreed to purchase $24,915,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.50% Senior Exchangeable Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Purchasers desire to amend the Purchase Agreement to remove the obligation of the Company to register the Notes.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

Amendments to Purchase Agreement.

The Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the text of Section 4 (Registration of the Additional Exchangeable Notes; Indemnification) in its entirety and by substituting in lieu thereof “[Reserved].”

 

2.

Agreement Remains Effective. Except as modified herein or amended hereby, the terms and conditions contained in the Purchase Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3.

Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of New York applicable to contracts wholly performed within the borders of such state, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof.

 

4.

Headings and Captions. The headings and captions of the various subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

5.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or any other form of electronic delivery, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

KORE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

  Name:   Romil Bahl
  Title:     President and Chief Executive Officer
KORE WIRELESS GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Romil Bahl

  Name:   Romil Bahl
  Title:     Chief Executive Officer
DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LP
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities GP LLC
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

  Name:   David N. Brooks
  Title:     Secretary
DBSO TRG FUND (A) L.P.
By: DBSO TRG Fund (A) GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

  Name:   David N. Brooks
  Title:     Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement]


FORTRESS VINTAGE SECURITIES FUND L.P.
By: Fortress Vintage Securities Fund GP LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

  Name: David N. Brooks
  Title: Secretary
DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LTD.
By: Drawbridge Special Opportunities Advisors LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

  Name: David N. Brooks
  Title: Secretary
FORTRESS LENDING FUND II MA-CRPTF LP
By: FLF II MA-CRPTF Advisors LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

  Name: David N. Brooks
  Title: Secretary
FORTRESS LENDING FUND II HOLDINGS LP
By: Fortress Lending Advisors II LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/ David N. Brooks

  Name: David N. Brooks
  Title: Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement]

Exhibit 10.8

Execution Version

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 21, 2018

among

KORE WIRELESS GROUP INC.,

as the Borrower,

MAPLE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.,

as Holdings,

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

and

UBS SECURITIES LLC

and

ANTARES CAPITAL LP,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

SECTION 1.01

  Defined Terms      1  

SECTION 1.02

  Other Interpretive Provisions      53  

SECTION 1.03

  Accounting Terms      54  

SECTION 1.04

  Rounding      54  

SECTION 1.05

  References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.      54  

SECTION 1.06

  Times of Day      54  

SECTION 1.07

  Timing of Payment or Performance      54  

SECTION 1.08

  Currency Equivalents Generally      55  

SECTION 1.09

  Letter of Credit Amounts      55  

SECTION 1.10

  Certain Calculations and Tests      55  

SECTION 1.11

  Leverage Ratios      56  

SECTION 1.12

  Cashless Rolls      56  

SECTION 1.13

  Divisions      57  
ARTICLE II

 

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

SECTION 2.01

  The Loans      57  

SECTION 2.02

  Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans      57  

SECTION 2.03

  Letters of Credit      58  

SECTION 2.04

  [Reserved]      64  

SECTION 2.05

  Prepayments      64  

SECTION 2.06

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      70  

SECTION 2.07

  Repayment of Loans      70  

SECTION 2.08

  Interest      71  

SECTION 2.09

  Fees      71  

SECTION 2.10

  Computation of Interest and Fees      71  

SECTION 2.11

  Evidence of Indebtedness      72  

SECTION 2.12

  Payments Generally      72  

SECTION 2.13

  Sharing of Payments      74  

SECTION 2.14

  Incremental Credit Extensions      74  

SECTION 2.15

  Extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments      76  

SECTION 2.16

  Defaulting Lenders      78  

SECTION 2.17

  Permitted Debt Exchanges      79  
ARTICLE III

 

TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

SECTION 3.01

  Taxes      82  

SECTION 3.02

  Inability to Determine Rates      85  

SECTION 3.03

  Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans      85  

SECTION 3.04

  Funding Losses      86  

SECTION 3.05

  Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation      87  

SECTION 3.06

  Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      88  

SECTION 3.07

  Illegality      89  

 

-i-


SECTION 3.08

  Survival      89  
ARTICLE IV

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

SECTION 4.01

  Conditions to Initial Credit Extension      89  

SECTION 4.02

  Conditions to All Credit Extensions      91  
ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 5.01

  Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws      92  

SECTION 5.02

  Authorization; No Contravention      92  

SECTION 5.03

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      92  

SECTION 5.04

  Binding Effect      92  

SECTION 5.05

  Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect      93  

SECTION 5.06

  Litigation      93  

SECTION 5.07

  Ownership of Property; Liens      93  

SECTION 5.08

  Environmental Compliance      93  

SECTION 5.09

  Taxes      94  

SECTION 5.10

  Compliance with ERISA      94  

SECTION 5.11

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      94  

SECTION 5.12

  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act      94  

SECTION 5.13

  Disclosure      95  

SECTION 5.14

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      95  

SECTION 5.15

  Solvency      95  

SECTION 5.16

  Collateral Documents      95  

SECTION 5.17

  Use of Proceeds      95  

SECTION 5.18

  Patriot Act      95  

SECTION 5.19

  Sanctioned Persons      96  

SECTION 5.20

  Anti-Corruption      96  

SECTION 5.21

  No EEA Financial Institution      96  

SECTION 5.22

  Senior Debt      96  
ARTICLE VI

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

SECTION 6.01

  Financial Statements      96  

SECTION 6.02

  Certificates; Other Information      97  

SECTION 6.03

  Notices      99  

SECTION 6.04

  Maintenance of Existence      99  

SECTION 6.05

  Maintenance of Properties      99  

SECTION 6.06

  Maintenance of Insurance      100  

SECTION 6.07

  Compliance with Laws      100  

SECTION 6.08

  Books and Records      100  

SECTION 6.09

  Inspection Rights      100  

SECTION 6.10

  Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security      100  

SECTION 6.11

  Use of Proceeds      102  

SECTION 6.12

  Further Assurances and Post-Closing Covenants      102  

SECTION 6.13

  Designation of Subsidiaries      102  

SECTION 6.14

  Payment of Taxes      103  

SECTION 6.15

  Nature of Business      103  

SECTION 6.16

  Maintenance of Ratings      103  

 

-ii-


SECTION 6.17

  Lender Calls      103  
ARTICLE VII

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

SECTION 7.01

  Liens      103  

SECTION 7.02

  Investments      107  

SECTION 7.03

  Indebtedness      110  

SECTION 7.04

  Fundamental Changes      114  

SECTION 7.05

  Dispositions      115  

SECTION 7.06

  Restricted Payments      117  

SECTION 7.07

  Transactions with Affiliates      120  

SECTION 7.08

  Prepayments, Etc., of Indebtedness      122  

SECTION 7.09

  Total Leverage Ratio      123  

SECTION 7.10

  Holdings Covenants      124  

SECTION 7.11

  Negative Pledge      125  

SECTION 7.12

  Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents      126  

SECTION 7.13

  Fiscal Year      126  
ARTICLE VIII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 8.01

  Events of Default      126  

SECTION 8.02

  Remedies Upon Event of Default      128  

SECTION 8.03

  Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries      129  

SECTION 8.04

  Application of Funds      129  

SECTION 8.05

  Permitted Holders’ Right to Cure      130  
ARTICLE IX

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

 

SECTION 9.01

  Appointment and Authorization of Agents      131  

SECTION 9.02

  Delegation of Duties      131  

SECTION 9.03

  Liability of Agents      132  

SECTION 9.04

  Reliance by Agents      132  

SECTION 9.05

  Notice of Default      133  

SECTION 9.06

  Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents      133  

SECTION 9.07

  Indemnification of Agents      133  

SECTION 9.08

  Agents in their Individual Capacities      134  

SECTION 9.09

  Successor Agents      134  

SECTION 9.10

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      135  

SECTION 9.11

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      135  

SECTION 9.12

  Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers      137  

SECTION 9.13

  Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents      137  

SECTION 9.14

  Withholding Tax      137  

SECTION 9.15

  Cash Management Obligations; Secured Hedge Agreements      138  
ARTICLE X

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 10.01

  Amendments, Etc.      138  

SECTION 10.02

  Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies      140  

 

-iii-


SECTION 10.03

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      141  

SECTION 10.04

  Attorney Costs and Expenses      142  

SECTION 10.05

  Indemnification by the Borrower      142  

SECTION 10.06

  Payments Set Aside      143  

SECTION 10.07

  Successors and Assigns      143  

SECTION 10.08

  Confidentiality      148  

SECTION 10.09

  Setoff      149  

SECTION 10.10

  Counterparts      150  

SECTION 10.11

  Integration      150  

SECTION 10.12

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      150  

SECTION 10.13

  Severability      150  

SECTION 10.14

  GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION, SERVICE OF PROCESS      150  

SECTION 10.15

  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY      151  

SECTION 10.16

  Binding Effect      151  

SECTION 10.17

  [Reserved]      151  

SECTION 10.18

  Lender Action      151  

SECTION 10.19

  USA PATRIOT Act      151  

SECTION 10.20

  Intercreditor Agreements      152  

SECTION 10.21

  Obligations Absolute      152  

SECTION 10.22

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      152  

SECTION 10.23

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      153  

SCHEDULES

 

1.01A       Unrestricted Subsidiaries
1.01B       Excluded Subsidiaries
1.01C       Guarantors
1.01D       Specified L/C Sublimit
2.01       Commitments
5.06       Litigation
5.07(b)       Material Real Properties
5.11       Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
6.12(b)       Post-Closing Covenants
7.01(b)       Existing Liens
7.02(z)       Existing Investments
7.03(c)       Surviving Indebtedness
7.07       Transactions with Affiliates
10.02       Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

Form of

 

A       Committed Loan Notice
B       [Reserved]
C-1       Term Note
C-2       Revolving Credit Note
D       Compliance Certificate
E       Assignment and Assumption
F       Guaranty
G       Security Agreement
H       Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
I       Officer’s Certificate
J       Lender Participation Notice
K       Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
L-1       United States Tax Compliance Certificate
L-2       United States Tax Compliance Certificate
L-3       United States Tax Compliance Certificate
L-4       United States Tax Compliance Certificate

 

 

-iv-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 21, 2018, by and among KORE WIRELESS GROUP INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), MAPLE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH (“UBS”), as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and as an L/C Issuer and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

1. The Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of (i) Term B Loans (as this and other capitalized terms used in these Preliminary Statements are defined in Section 1.01 below) in an initial aggregate principal amount equal to $280,000,000 and (ii) Revolving Credit Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000. The Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Letters of Credit from time to time.

2. The proceeds of the Term B Loans and the Initial Revolving Credit Borrowing will be used, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to consummate the Transactions. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans made after the Closing Date and Letters of Credit will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including Capital Expenditures and the financing of Permitted Acquisitions.

3. The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and each L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acceptable Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(iii).

Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement” means a customary intercreditor agreement, subordination agreement, collateral trust agreement or other intercreditor arrangement (which may, if applicable, consist of a payment waterfall) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, which shall be deemed reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders to the extent posted to the Platform and (x) is accepted by the Required Lenders and/or (y) not otherwise objected to by the Required Lenders within 5 Business Days of being posted.

Acceptance Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(ii).

Acquired EBITDA” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 


Additional Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(f).

Administrative Agent” means, subject to Section 9.13, UBS, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent appointed in accordance with Section 9.09.

Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Affiliated Debt Fund” means a Sponsor Affiliated Lender (including, without limitation, ABRY Advanced Securities Fund II, L.P., ABRY Advanced Securities Fund III, L.P. and ABRY Advanced Securities Fund IV, L.P.) that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business and with respect to which no affiliated equity buyout fund thereof that has an equity investment in Holdings or the Borrower has the right to make investment decisions of such entity.

After Year-End Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).

Agent-Related Persons” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, other representatives and attorneys-in-fact and successors and permitted assigns of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any).

Agent Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c).

Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.

All-In-Rate” means, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield applicable thereto calculated by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower in a manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account (a) interest rates and interest rate margins (with such interest rate and interest rate margins to be determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate), (b) interest rate floors (subject to the proviso set forth below), (c) any amendment to the relevant interest rate margins and interest rate floors prior to the applicable date of determination and (d) original issue discount and upfront or similar fees (based on an assumed four-year life to maturity) paid by the Borrower to the Lenders in connection with the Term B Loans or any applicable Incremental Term Loan Class, but excluding (i) any arrangement, commitment, structuring, underwriting, and any similar fees paid to any arranger (or its affiliates) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such Indebtedness, ticking, unused line fees, consent fees paid to consenting lenders and/or amendment fees and (ii) any other fee that is not paid directly by Borrower generally to all relevant lenders ratably; provided, however, that (A) to the extent that the Eurocurrency Screen Rate (with an Interest Period of three months) or Base Rate (without giving effect to any floor specified in the definition thereof) is less than any floor applicable to the Term Loans in respect of which the All-In-Rate is being calculated on the date on which the All-In-Rate is determined, the amount of the resulting difference will be deemed added to the interest rate margin applicable to the relevant Indebtedness for purposes of

 

-2-


calculating the All-In-Rate, (B) to the extent that the Eurocurrency Screen Rate (for a period of three months) or Base Rate (without giving effect to any floor specified in the definition thereof) is greater than any applicable floor on the date on which the All-In-Rate is determined, the floor will be disregarded in calculating the All-In-Rate and (C) any stepdowns in interest rate margins shall be disregarded in calculating the All-In-Rate.

Applicable Asset Sale Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(ii).

Applicable Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(iii).

Applicable ECF Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).

Applicable Lending Office” means for any Lender, such Lender’s office, branch or affiliate designated for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, Base Rate Loans, L/C Advances or Letters of Credit, as applicable, as notified to the Administrative Agent, any of which offices may be changed by such Lender.

Applicable Percentage” means, at any time (a) with respect to any Lender with a Commitment of any Class, the percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s Commitment of such Class at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Commitments of such Class of all Lenders (and with respect to any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s relevant Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and the denominator of which is the applicable Revolving Credit Commitments of all relevant Revolving Credit Lenders) (provided that (i) in the case of Section 2.16 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” with respect to any Revolving Credit Facility shall be determined by disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment under such Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) if the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Revolving Credit Facility have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders under such Revolving Credit Facility shall be determined based upon the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect) and (b) with respect to the Loans of any Class, a percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Outstanding Amount of the Loans of such Class and the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans of such Class.

Applicable Rate” means a percentage per annum equal to:

(a) (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are Term B Loans, 5.50%, (ii) for Base Rate Loans that are Term B Loans, 4.50%;

(b) (i) until delivery of financial statements and a related Compliance Certificate for the first full fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 5.50%, (B) for Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 4.50% and (C) for Letter of Credit fees pursuant to Section 2.03(g), 5.50% per annum and (ii) thereafter, in connection with Revolving Credit Loans and Letter of Credit fees, the percentages per annum set forth in the table below, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):

 

Pricing

Level

   Total Leverage Ratio      Letter
of Credit
Fees
    Base Rate for
Revolving
Loans
    Eurocurrency Rate for
Revolving

Loans
 

I

     > 5.00:1.00        5.50     4.50     5.50

II

     < 5.00:1.00        5.25     4.25     5.25

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate pursuant to clause (b) above resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided that, if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered within the time frame set forth in Section 6.02(a), the Applicable Rate set forth in “Pricing Level I” shall apply commencing with the first Business Day immediately following such date and continuing until the first Business Day immediately following the delivery of such Compliance Certificate.

 

-3-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Rate in respect of any Class of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and any Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be the Applicable Percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Incremental Facility Amendment or Extension Offer.

Appropriate Lender” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to any Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer and (ii) the Revolving Credit Lenders.

Approved Foreign Bank” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Cash Equivalents.”

Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Assignees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption” means (a) an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E and (b) in the case of any assignment of Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange conducted in accordance with Section 2.17, such form of assignment (if any) as may have been requested by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.17(a)(viii) or, in each case, any other form (including electronic documentation generated by Clearpar® or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017.

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Availability Period” means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Facility, the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date for such Revolving Credit Facility and the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments under such Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Available Amount” means, at any time (the “Available Amount Reference Time”), an amount (which shall not be less than zero) equal to the sum of:

(a) $15,000,000, plus:

(b) the Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount (the amount under this clause (b), the “Growth Amount”); provided, that the Growth Amount shall not be less than zero in any relevant period; plus

 

-4-


(c) the amount of any capital contributions (including mergers or consolidations that have a similar effect, with the amount of any non-cash contributions made in connection therewith being determined based on the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Borrower) thereof) or Net Cash Proceeds from any Permitted Equity Issuance (or issuance of debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests) (other than any Cure Amount or any other capital contributions or equity or debt issuances to the extent utilized in connection with other transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, Section 7.03, Section 7.06 or Section 7.08) received by or made to the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent to the Borrower) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time; plus

(d) the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time; plus

(e) to the extent not (i) already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) already reflected as a return of capital or deemed reduction in the amount of such Investment pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h) or (i) of this definition or any other provision of Section 7.02, (1) the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, JV Entity or minority Investment during the period from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time and (2) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Borrower or any Loan Party from any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, with respect to Investments made under Section 7.02(n), without duplication of any amounts included in clause (e)(1) above from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time; provided, that in no case shall such amount exceed the amount of such Investment made using the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(n); plus

(f) to the extent not (i) already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) already reflected as a return of capital or deemed reduction in the amount of such Investment pursuant to clauses (e), (g), (h) or (i) of this definition or any other provision of Section 7.02, or (iii) used to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii), the aggregate amount of all cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with (x) the sale, transfer or other disposition of its direct or indirect ownership interest (including Equity Interests) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary, JV Entity or minority Investment or (y) the sale, transfer or other disposition of any assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, JV Entity or minority Investment, in each case, from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time; provided, that in no case shall such amount exceed the amount of such Investment made using the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(n); plus

(g) to the extent not (i) already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) already reflected as a return of capital or deemed reduction in the amount of such Investment pursuant to clauses (e), (f), (h) or (i) of this definition or any other provision of Section 7.02, the aggregate amount of all cash or Cash Equivalent interest, returns of principal, cash repayments and similar payments received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, JV Entity or minority Investment, from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time in respect of Loans or advances made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Unrestricted Subsidiary, JV Entity or minority Investment provided, that in no case shall such amount exceed the amount of such Investment made using the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(n); plus

(h) to the extent not (i) already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) already reflected as a return of capital or deemed reduction in the amount of such Investment pursuant to clauses (e), (f), (g) or (i) of this definition or any other provision of Section 7.02, (1) an amount equal to any returns in cash and Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, sale proceeds, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Investments pursuant to Section

 

-5-


7.02(n); provided, that in no case shall such amount exceed the amount of such Investment made using the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(n) and (2) the fair market value of any Unrestricted Subsidiary which is re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or merged, liquidated, consolidated or amalgamated into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, from the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time (up to the lesser of the (A) fair market value of the Investments made using the Available Amount pursuant to Section 7.2(n) in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (B) the fair market value of the original Investments made using the Available Amount in such Unrestricted Subsidiary); minus

(i) the aggregate amount of (i) any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(n) (net of any return of capital in respect of such Investment or deemed reduction in the amount of such Investment, including, without limitation, upon the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any such Investment), (ii) the initial principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred prior to such time pursuant to Section 7.03(v) (net of any forgiveness of principal of such Indebtedness by the lender thereof), (iii) any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(k) and (iv) any payments made pursuant to Section 7.08(a)(iii)(B), in each case, during the period commencing on the Closing Date through and including the Available Amount Reference Time (and, for purposes of this clause (i), without taking account of the intended usage of the Available Amount at such Available Amount Reference Time).

Available Amount Reference Time” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Available Amount”.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person or its parent entity becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding under any applicable Debtor Relief Law , or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, examiner, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization, liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person or its parent entity.

Base Rate” means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of:

(a) the Prime Rate on such day;

(b) 12 of 1.00% per annum above the Federal Funds Rate; and

(c) the Eurocurrency Rate for Dollar deposits for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Eurocurrency Rate for any day shall be based on the Eurocurrency Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day (without any rounding);

 

-6-


provided that, in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 0.00% per annum.

Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate, respectively.

Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Base Rate.

Beneficial Ownership Certificate” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Bona Fide Lending Affiliate” means, with respect to any competitor of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated bank entity or unregulated lending entity that is (i) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business and (ii) managed, sponsored or advised by any Person that is controlling, controlled by or under common control with such competitor or Affiliate thereof, as applicable, but only to the extent that no personnel involved with the investment in such competitor or affiliate thereof, as applicable, (x) makes (or has the right to make or participate with others in making) investment decisions on behalf of such debt fund, investment vehicle, regulated bank entity or unregulated lending entity or (y) has access to any information (other than information that is publicly available) relating to the Borrower or any entity that forms a part of any of their respective businesses (including any of their respective Subsidiaries or parent entities).

Borrower” means KORE Wireless Group Inc.

Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Borrowing” means Loans of the same Class, Type and currency, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Minimum” means (a) with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, $1,000,000 and (b) with respect to Base Rate Loans, $100,000.

Borrowing Multiple” means $100,000.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the state where the Administrative Agent’s office is located are authorized or required by law to remain closed, or are in fact closed; provided that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of, without duplication, (a) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including Capitalized Research and Development Costs and Capitalized Software Expenditures) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

-7-


Capitalized Leases” means all leases that are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date (or any change in the implementation in GAAP for future periods that are contemplated as of the Closing Date) that would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Capitalized Lease.

Capitalized Research and Development Costs” means research and development costs that are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, capitalized.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).

Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).

Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) (a) Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (7) of this definition entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at least “P-2” by Moody’s or at least “A-2” by S&P, and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with an Investment Grade Rating from S&P or Moody’s, with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(6) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least “P-2” or “A-2” from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof;

 

-8-


(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating from Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated within the top three ratings category by S&P or Moody’s;

(10) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within one year after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank;

(11) Cash Equivalents of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above denominated in Dollars; and

(12) investment funds investing at least 90% of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the types described in clauses (1) through (11) above.

Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, netting services, cash pooling arrangements, credit or debit card, purchasing card, electronic funds transfer, foreign exchange facilities and other cash management arrangements.

Cash Management Obligations” means the obligations owed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Cash Management Bank under any Cash Management Agreement entered into by and between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.

Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, is a Lender, Lead Arranger, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender, Lead Arranger, or an Agent (x) on the Closing Date, with respect to Cash Management Agreements existing on the Closing Date or (y) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CFC” means a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or

 

-9-


issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control” means the earlier to occur of:

(a) the Permitted Holders ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managers or other governing body of the Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors, managers or other governing body of the Borrower at such time or (B) the Permitted Holders own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of the Borrower at such time, or

(ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Permitted Holders, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding voting stock of the Borrower, and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting stock of the Borrower owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders unless the Permitted Holders, directly or indirectly through one or more Parent Entities, have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy, ownership of stock or otherwise) to designate or appoint (and do so designate or appoint) a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower; and

(b) any time Holdings ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Class” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders hold a particular Class of Commitments or Loans, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments, Term B Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments that are designated as an additional Class of Commitments or commitments in respect of any Incremental Term Loans that are designated as an additional Class of Term Loans and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, Term B Loans, Extended Term Loans that are designated as an additional Class of Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans that are designated as an additional Class of Term Loans and any Loans made pursuant to any other Class of Commitments.

Closing Date” means the date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral” means all the “Collateral” as defined in the Collateral Documents and all other property of whatever kind and nature pledged or charged as collateral under any Collateral Document, and shall include the Mortgaged Properties; provided that, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Property.

Collateral Agent” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent appointed in accordance with Section 9.09.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

 

-10-


(a) the Collateral Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a) or thereafter pursuant to Section 6.10 or Section 6.12, duly executed by each Loan Party that is a party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”), jointly and severally, by (i) Holdings, (ii) each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) including as of the Closing Date those that are listed on Schedule 1.01C hereto, (iii) each subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the definition of “Guarantors” and (iv) with respect to (x) Obligations owing by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than the Borrower) under any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Cash Management Obligation and (y) the payment and performance by each Specified Loan Party of its obligations under its Guaranty with respect to all Swap Obligations, the Borrower (each, a “Guarantor”);

(c) the Obligations and the Guarantees shall have been secured pursuant to the Security Agreement by a perfected first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Borrower and (ii) all Equity Interests (other than Excluded Equity) held directly by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, in each case subject to (i) no Liens other than Permitted Liens and (ii) having a priority senior to all other Liens other than permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(o) and (cc) (subject to the applicable limitations set forth therein);

(d) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations and the Guarantees shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Holdings, the Borrower and each other Guarantor (including, without limitation, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, investment property, United States intellectual property, intercompany receivables, other general intangibles (including contract rights), owned (but not leased) real property and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents; provided that security interests in real property shall be limited to the Mortgaged Properties;

(e) none of the Collateral shall be subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens; and

(f) the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Material Real Property that is not Excluded Property required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.10 and/or Section 6.12, as applicable, duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property, (ii) a title insurance policy for such Mortgaged Property (or marked-up title insurance commitment having the effect of a title insurance policy) (the “Mortgage Policies”) insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first priority Lien on the property described therein, free of any other Liens except Permitted Liens, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and to the extent available in each applicable jurisdiction, (iii) a Survey with respect to each Mortgaged Property, provided, however, that a Survey shall not be required to the extent that (A) an existing survey together with an “affidavit of no change” satisfactory to the Title Company is delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Title Company and (B) the Title Company removes the standard survey exception and provides reasonable and customary survey-related endorsements and other coverages in the applicable Mortgage Policy, (iv) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Loan Party relating thereto), (v) a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, and a declaration page relating to, the flood insurance policies required by Section 6.06 hereof, each of which (A) shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee and loss payee, (B) shall (1) identify the addresses of each property located in a special flood hazard area and (2) indicate the applicable flood zone designation, the flood insurance coverage and the deductible relating thereto and (C) shall be otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and in compliance with the Flood Insurance Laws and (vi) such existing abstracts, existing appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgaged Property.

 

-11-


The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of the Mortgage Policies or Surveys with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary:

(A) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower;

(B) the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall not apply to any Excluded Property;

(C) no deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement or other control agreements or control arrangements shall be required with respect to any deposit account, securities account or other asset specifically requiring perfection through control agreements;

(D) except with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor, no actions in any jurisdiction outside of the United States or that are necessary to comply with the Laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the United States or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements, pledge agreements, or share charge (or mortgage) agreements governed under the Laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States);

(E) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to perfection of security interests in assets subject to certificates of title beyond the filing of UCC financing statements; and

(F) no stock certificates of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent.

Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, intellectual property security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(a), Section 6.10 or Section 6.12, the Guaranty and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment” means a Term B Commitment, a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, an Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, a Refinancing Revolving Credit Commitment, a commitment in respect of any Incremental Term Loans, or a commitment in respect of any Extended Term Loans or any combination thereof, as the context may require.

Commitment Fee” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(a).

 

-12-


Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Term Borrowing, (b) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (c) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (d) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Communications Laws” means, collectively, the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, including, without limitation, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations and the published rules, regulations, policies and orders of the Federal Communications Commission or any governmental agency succeeding to the functions thereof, in each case, as amended and in effect from time to time.

Compensation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(c)(ii).

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise, excise and similar taxes, property taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ii) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or any obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income); plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) [reserved];

(v) (i) the amount of any restructuring charge, accrual or reserve (and adjustments to existing reserves), costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives, operating expense reductions and other synergies and business initiatives, integration costs, operating improvements or other business optimization expense or cost (including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions or divestitures after the Closing Date, including those related to any transition, severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, duplicative running costs, internal costs in

 

-13-


respect of strategic initiatives and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employment benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), systems development and establishment costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening and closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and consulting fees incurred with any of the foregoing; provided, that the aggregate amounts added back pursuant to this clause (v)(i), together with clause (viii) and clause (xxvii), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in the aggregate for such period (calculated after giving effect to any such add back) and (ii) fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus

(vi) any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting, (excluding any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) or other items classified by the Borrower as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

(vii) without duplication of any amounts added back pursuant to clause (xiii) below, the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; plus

(viii) the amount of pro forma adjustments, including pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating improvements, operating expense reductions and other synergies (in each case net of amounts actually realized) related to (x) acquisitions, dispositions and other Specified Transactions, or (y) restructuring initiatives, cost savings initiatives and other initiatives, in each case that are reasonably identifiable and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have either been taken or initiated, with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are that are expected to be taken within 24 months after the date of consummation of such acquisition, disposition or other Specified Transaction or the initiation of such restructuring initiative, cost savings initiative or other initiatives or actions; provided, that the aggregate amounts added back pursuant to this clause (viii), together with clause (v)(i) and clause (xxvii), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in the aggregate for such period (calculated after giving effect to any such add back); plus

(ix) (x) any costs or expense incurred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are non-cash costs or expenses and/or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower and (y) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of the Borrower or any Parent Entity in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equityholders of such Person or its parent entities, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were equityholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, to the extent permitted under this Agreement; plus

(x) with respect to any JV Entity, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (i) and (iii) above relating to such JV Entity’s corresponding to the Borrower’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such JV Entity’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such JV Entity were a Restricted Subsidiary) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(xi) earnout and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; plus

 

-14-


(xii) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(xiii) any net loss included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810-10-45; plus

(xiv) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(xv) net realized losses from Swap Contracts or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements; plus

(xvi) [reserved];

(xvii) the amount of loss or discount on sale of Receivables Assets and related assets in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; plus

(xviii) [reserved];

(xix) any non-cash losses realized in such period in connection with adjustments to any Plan due to changes in actuarial assumptions, valuation or studies; plus

(xx) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of the initial application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 715, and any other items of a similar nature; plus

(xxi) losses, charges and expenses related to new products, services or geographies, the pre-opening and opening of new locations, and start-up period prior to opening, that are operated, or to be operated, by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(xxii) adjustments and addbacks set forth in any quality of earnings analysis prepared by independent registered public accountants of recognized national standing or any other accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Permitted Investment; plus

(xxiii) any costs or expenses associated with any single or one-time event, including, without limitation, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation, operating improvements, restructurings or investment, whether consummated or not (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and other professional fees and travel expenses and other expenses incurred in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation, operating improvements, restructurings or investment); plus

(xxiv) expenditures and investments in the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pertaining to (i) professional services (including investment in headcount, partnerships, promotion and education on programs, and including new and/or expanded services), (ii) platform enhancement and marketing positioning, (iii) marketing, sales and lead generation, including digital marketing and search optimization, (iv) customer retention and strategic pricing management programs and (v) information technology and network and security and compliance; plus

 

-15-


(xxv) [reserved];

(xxvi) [reserved];

(xxvii) “run-rate” start-up expenses and de novo losses; provided, that the aggregate amounts added back pursuant to this clause (xxvii), together with clause (v)(i) and clause (viii), shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated EBITDA in the aggregate for such period (calculated after giving effect to any such add back); plus

(xxviii) [reserved], and

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following:

    (i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or cash reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; plus

    (ii) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

    (iii) any net realized income or gains from any obligations under any Swap Contracts or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements; plus

    (iv) any amount included in Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810-10-45; plus

    (v) any gains on disposal of abandoned, closed or discontinued operations;

(c) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation; and

(d) increased or decreased (to the extent not already included in determining Consolidated EBITDA) by any Pro Forma Adjustment.

There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “Acquired Entity or Business”), and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. For purposes of determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, there shall be excluded the Disposed

 

-16-


EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “Sold Entity or Business”) and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition). Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to any adjustment set forth above with respect to any transactions occurring after the Closing Date, Consolidated EBITDA shall be $14,361,228, $11,753,673, $12,420,832 and $12,971,671 for each of the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2017, March 31, 2018, June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2018.

Consolidated First Lien Debt” means, as to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the Obligations (but without regard to the control of remedies).

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis net of any cash interest income, which shall be determined on a cash basis only and solely in respect of Indebtedness of the type described in the definition of Consolidated Total Debt, including net cash costs (and less net cash payments) and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (a) any non-cash interest expense and any capitalized interest, whether paid or accrued, (b) the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (c) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (d) any expenses resulting from discounting of indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, (e) penalties or interest related to taxes and any other amounts of non-cash interest resulting from the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting, (f) the accretion or accrual of, or accrued interest on, discounted liabilities (other than Indebtedness) during such period, (g) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under hedging agreements or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 815-Derivatives and Hedging, (h) any one-time cash costs associated with obtaining Swap Agreements for interest rates or breakage in respect of Swap Agreements for interest rates, (i) any payments with respect to make whole premiums or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, (j) all non-recurring interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (k) expensing of bridge, arrangement, structuring, commitment or other financing fees, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and (l) expenses in connection with any amendment or modification of Indebtedness.

Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Borrower’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed (or, so long as such Person is not (x) a joint venture with outstanding third party indebtedness for borrowed money or (y) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, that (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower) could have been distributed by such Person during such period to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment, subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below;

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the Available Amount, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Borrower or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or

 

-17-


otherwise released and (b) restrictions pursuant to the Loan Documents), except that the Borrower’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained above in this clause (2));

(3) any net gain (or loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net gain (or loss) on disposal of disposed, discontinued or abandoned operations;

(4) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer or the board of directors of the Borrower);

(5) any extraordinary (as such term was defined under GAAP immediately prior to the effectiveness of FASB Accounting Standards Update 2015-01), exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense (including relating to the Transaction Expenses), or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, relocation, redundancy or severance expense, new product introductions or one-time compensation charges;

(6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(7) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(8) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(9) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of any obligations under any Swap Contracts or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of any obligations under any Swap Contracts;

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(11) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(12) any recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(13) any impairment charge, write-down or write-off, including impairment charges, write-downs or write-offs relating to goodwill, intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a Change in Law or regulation;

 

-18-


(14) any effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or any obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments;

(15) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP;

(16) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Swap Contracts or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements;

(17) any non-cash expenses, accruals or reserves related to adjustments to historical tax exposures and any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item;

(18) any unrealized or realized gain or loss due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects, determined in accordance with GAAP;

(19) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a period relating to any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks;

(20) any costs or expenses associated with the Transactions;

(21) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition or recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness (including a refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not successful), including (A) such fees, expenses or charges (including rating agency fees and related expenses) related to the offering or incurrence of the Loans and any other credit facilities or the offering or incurrence of any debt securities and Permitted Receivables Financing and (B) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement, any Permitted Receivables Financing and any other credit facilities or any other debt securities, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income;

(22) the amount of board, management, advisory, consulting, refinancing subsequent transaction and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Sponsor to the extent permitted hereunder (or, in the case of board fees, to any director);

(23) the amount of any charges, expenses, costs or other payments in respect of (x) facilities no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) abandoned, closed, disposed or discontinued operations and (z) any losses on disposal of abandoned, closed or discontinued operations;

(24) Public Company Costs; and

(25) costs related to the implementation of operational and reporting systems and technology initiatives.

In addition, to the extent not already excluded (or included, as applicable) from the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall (1) be increased by business interruption insurance in an amount representing the earnings for the applicable period that such proceeds are intended to replace (whether or not received so long as such Person in good faith expects to receive the same within the next four fiscal quarters (it being understood that to the extent not actually received within such fiscal quarters, such proceeds shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal quarters)) and (2) not include (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder or other contractual reimbursement obligations of a third party, (ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or,

 

-19-


so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption, (iii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, (iv) any net after-tax income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, (v) any non-cash charges resulting from mark to market accounting relating to Equity Interests, (vi) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting from currency translation or unrealized transaction gains or losses impacting net income (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) and any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses shall be excluded, including those resulting from intercompany Indebtedness and any unrealized net gains and losses resulting from obligations in respect of any Swap Contracts in accordance with GAAP or any other derivative instrument pursuant the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging and (vii) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of ASC Topic 350, IntangiblesGoodwill and Other and the amortization of intangibles including those arising pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, and, provided, further that solely for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow and the Available Amount, the income or loss of any Person accrued prior to the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or the date that such other Person’s assets are acquired by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, in each case, shall be excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

Consolidated Secured Debt” means, as to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral.

Consolidated Total Debt” means, as to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at any date of determination in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate principal amount of all third party Indebtedness for borrowed money (which for the avoidance of doubt shall not include intercompany indebtedness), Capitalized Leases, purchase money Indebtedness and Indebtedness consisting of earnouts to the extent not paid 30 days after becoming due and payable; provided that “Consolidated Total Debt” shall be calculated (i) net of the Unrestricted Cash Amount, (ii) excluding any obligation, liability or indebtedness of any such Person if, upon or prior to the maturity thereof, such Person has irrevocably deposited with the proper Person in trust or escrow the necessary funds (or evidences of indebtedness) for the payment, redemption or satisfaction of such obligation, liability or indebtedness, and thereafter such funds and evidences of such obligation, liability or indebtedness or other security so deposited are not included in the calculation of Unrestricted Cash Amount and (iii) based on the initial stated principal amount of any Indebtedness that is issued at a discount to its initial stated principal amount without giving effect to any such discounts; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include (x) Letters of Credit (or other letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and bank guarantees), except to the extent of Unreimbursed Amounts (or unreimbursed amounts) thereunder, (y) obligations under Swap Contracts entered into and (z) Indebtedness in respect of any Permitted Receivables Financing.

Consolidated Working Capital” means, at any date, the excess of (a) all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of (x) all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (y) long-term deferred revenue, but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt or other long-term liabilities, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (v) the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vi) deferred revenue arising from cash receipts that are earmarked for specific projects, (vii) the current portion of deferred acquisition costs and (viii) current accrued costs associated with any restructuring or business optimization (including accrued severance and accrued facility closure costs).

Contract Consideration” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

 

-20-


Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Converted Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cure Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 8.05(a).

Cure Right” has the meaning specified in Section 8.05(a).

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(v).

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate” means an interest rate equal to (a) with respect to any overdue principal for any Loan upon a Specified Event of Default, the applicable interest rate for such Loan plus 2.00% per annum (provided that with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the determination of the applicable interest rate is subject to Section 2.02(c) to the extent that Eurocurrency Rate Loans may not be converted to, or continued as, Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant thereto) and (b) with respect to any other overdue amount, including overdue interest, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Term Loans plus 2.00% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans required to be funded by it, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit required to be funded by it or (iii) pay over to the Administrative Agent, the relevant L/C Issuers or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, the relevant L/C Issuers or any other Lender in writing that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, the relevant L/C Issuers or any other Lender, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Administrative Agent’s, L/C Issuer’s or Lender’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, in any such case (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of

 

-21-


creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity and/or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that, a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of (1) an Undisclosed Administration or (2) the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such Undisclosed Administration or ownership interest, in each case, does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Government Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17(b)) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the relevant L/C Issuers and each other Lender promptly following such determination.

Delaware Divided LLC” means at Delaware LLC which has been formed upon the consummation of a Delaware LLC Division.

Delaware LLC” means any limited liability company organized or formed under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Delaware LLC Division” means the statutory division of any Delaware LLC into two or more Delaware LLCs pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

Discount Range” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(ii).

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(ii).

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(i).

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(v).

Disposed EBITDA” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale Leaseback and any sale of Equity Interests) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that “Disposition” and “Dispose” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by Holdings or the Borrower of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.

Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and/or cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Equity Interests are issued; provided that (x) an Equity Interest in any Person that would constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale,” a “change of control” or similar event shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after repayment in full of the Loans and all other

 

-22-


Loan Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and all outstanding Letters of Credit (or the cash collateralization or backstop thereof in a manner permitted hereunder) and (y) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person.

Disqualified Lenders” means (i) competitors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that have been specified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time and (ii) in the case of clauses (i), any of their Affiliates (other than Affiliates that are Bona Fide Lending Affiliates) that are (A) specified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time or (B) clearly identifiable on the basis of such Affiliate’s name; it being understood that any subsequent designation of a Disqualified Lender shall not apply retroactively to disqualify any person that has been assigned any Loans.

Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent” means, on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount in any other currency, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent or the relevant L/C Issuer, as applicable, pursuant to Section 1.08 using the exchange rate with respect to such currency at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.

Domestic Foreign Holding Company” means any Domestic Subsidiary that owns no material assets (held directly or indirectly through one or more disregarded entities) other than capital stock (or any debt instrument, option, warrant or other instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of one or more CFCs.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee” means any Assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 10.07(b).

Engagement Letter” means the Engagement Letter, dated as of October 28, 2018, among the Borrower and the Lead Arrangers.

Environment” means air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, soil, surface and subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable Laws relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, natural resources or to the generation, transport, storage, use, treatment, Release or threat of Release of any Hazardous Materials or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.

 

-23-


Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure of any Person to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which, and to the extent, liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party and is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or a failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan, notification of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (h) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code); or (i) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction with respect to any Pension Plan maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which would reasonably be expected to result in liability to any Loan Party.

Escrow” means an escrow, trust, collateral or similar account or arrangement holding proceeds of Indebtedness solely for the benefit of an unaffiliated third party.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case the “Eurocurrency Screen Rate”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the relevant Quotation Date; provided that if the Eurocurrency Screen Rate shall be less than 0%, such rate shall be deemed to be 0% for the purposes of this Agreement; provided further that if the Eurocurrency Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) then the Eurocurrency Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate; provided that if any Interpolated Rate shall be less than 0%, such rate shall be deemed to be 0% for purposes of this Agreement.

 

-24-


Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

Eurocurrency Screen Rate” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period;

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such applicable period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such Excess Cash Flow Period or the application of purchase accounting);

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Swap Contracts during such Excess Cash Flow Period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income; over

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions made in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness);

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (B) the amount of repayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.07(a) and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to such Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (Y) all prepayments under any Revolving Credit Facility and (Z) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except, in the case of clause (Z), to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) made during such Excess Cash Flow Period in cash, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of other long term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness);

 

-25-


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income;

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such Excess Cash Flow Period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by the Borrower and its respective Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such Excess Cash Flow Period or the application of purchase accounting);

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than long term Indebtedness (including such Indebtedness specified in clause (b)(iii) above);

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such Excess Cash Flow Period in each case in cash pursuant to Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(a), (d) and (n)) except to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness);

(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period pursuant to Section 7.06 (other than Section 7.06(a) (solely in respect of amounts paid to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary), (b), (c) and (k)) except to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness);

(ix) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Excess Cash Flow Period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness except to the extent that such amounts were financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness);

(x) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such Excess Cash Flow Period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such Excess Cash Flow Period and were not financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness);

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior Excess Cash Flow Periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such Excess Cash Flow Period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions to be consummated or made during the Excess Cash Flow Period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period except to the extent intended to be financed with the proceeds of an incurrence or issuance of other long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than revolving Indebtedness); provided that to the extent the aggregate amount utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions during such Excess Cash Flow Period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall, shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period of four consecutive fiscal quarters;

 

-26-


(xii) the amount of cash taxes and Tax Distributions (including penalties and interest) paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period;

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and

(xiv) to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, the amount of any exhibitor bonuses paid in cash.

Excess Cash Flow Percentage” means, as of any date of determination (a) if the Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 4.50:1.00, 50%, (b) if the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00, 25% and (c) if the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 4.00:1.00, 0%; it being understood and agreed that, for purposes of this definition as it applies to the determination of the amount of Excess Cash Flow that is required to be applied to prepay the Term Loans under Section 2.05(b)(i) for any fiscal year, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined on a Pro Forma Basis on the scheduled date of prepayment (after giving effect to any prepayment to be made on such date pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i)).

Excess Cash Flow Period” means each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the first full fiscal year ending after the Closing Date), but in all cases for purposes of calculating the Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount shall only include such fiscal years for which financial statements and a Compliance Certificate have been delivered in accordance with Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02(a) and for which any prepayments required by Section 2.05(b)(i) (if any) have been made.

Excess Cash Flow Threshold” means $5,000,000.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Excluded Equity” means Equity Interests (i) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) of any Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition financed with Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(r) if such Equity Interests are pledged and/or mortgaged as security for such Indebtedness and if and for so long as the terms of such Indebtedness prohibit the creation of any other Lien on such Equity Interests, (iii) voting Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic Foreign Holding Company in excess of 65% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary or Domestic Foreign Holding Company, (iv) of a Subsidiary of any Person described in clause (iii), (v) of any Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have determined in their reasonable judgment and agreed in writing that the costs of providing a pledge of such Equity Interests or perfection thereof is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom, (vi) Equity Interests in any Person other than any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to the extent not permitted to be pledged by the terms of such Person’s Organization Documents, shareholder agreement or joint venture documents after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and other than proceeds thereof, (viii) that constitute margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U), (ix) of any captive insurance companies, not-for-profit Subsidiaries, special purpose entities (including any subsidiary used solely to effect a Permitted Receivables Financing) and (x) of any Subsidiary the pledge of which is prohibited by applicable Laws or which would reasonably be expected to result in a violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties of such Subsidiary’s officers, directors or managers.

Excluded Property” means (i) any (x) fee-owned real property that is not a Material Real Property and (y) all leasehold interests in real property (it being understood that no action shall be required with respect to creation or perfection of security interests with respect to such leases, including to obtain landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters), (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, to the extent a Lien thereon cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement and letter of credit rights up to an amount of $1,000,000 except to the extent a Lien thereon cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement and (iii) commercial tort claims up to an amount of $1,000,000, (iv) assets for which a pledge thereof or a security interest therein is prohibited by applicable Laws after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC and other applicable Laws, (v) margin stock, (vi) [reserved], (vii) any lease, license or other agreements, or any property subject to a purchase money security interest, Capitalized Lease Obligation or similar arrangements, in

 

-27-


each case to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents, to the extent that a pledge thereof or a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement, purchase money, Capitalized Lease or similar arrangement, or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment clauses of the Uniform Commercial Code and applicable Laws, other than the proceeds and receivables thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under applicable Laws notwithstanding such prohibition, (viii) any assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower, in consultation with (but without the consent of) the Administrative Agent, (ix) those assets as to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security to be afforded thereby, (x) any intent-to-use trademark application in the United States prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant, attachment, or enforcement of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability, or result in the voiding, of such intent-to-use trademark application or any registration issuing therefrom under applicable U.S. Federal law, (xi) any Receivables Assets and/or related assets to the extent Disposed of or pledged in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing, (xii) Excluded Equity and (xiii) any segregated funds held in escrow for a the benefit of an unaffiliated third party (including such funds in Escrow).

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01B hereto, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law or by any Contractual Obligation existing on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary is acquired and not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, as applicable, from guaranteeing the Obligations or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide a Guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (e) any Domestic Foreign Holding Company, (f) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder that, at the time of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, has assumed secured Indebtedness not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent such secured Indebtedness prohibits such Subsidiary from becoming a Guarantor (provided that each such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary under this clause (f) if such secured Indebtedness is repaid or becomes unsecured, if such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be an obligor with respect to such secured Indebtedness or such prohibition no longer exists, as applicable), (g) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (h) captive insurance companies, (i) not-for-profit Subsidiaries, (j) special purpose entities (including a subsidiary used solely to effect any Permitted Receivables Financing), (k) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (l) any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and (m) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that, subject to Section 9.11, no subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the definition of “Guarantors” shall be an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and solely to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest pursuant to the Collateral Documents to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” (determined after giving effect to any applicable keep well, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all Guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest would otherwise have become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation but for such Guarantor’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant” at such time. If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

 

-28-


Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, that are Other Connection Taxes or otherwise imposed by any jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office in or maintaining an Applicable Lending Office in such jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof), (b) any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to a Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 3.06) or changes its Applicable Lending Office; provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to the extent that (x) the indemnity payments or additional amounts any Lender would be entitled to receive (without regard to this clause (b)) do not exceed the indemnity payment or additional amounts that the Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled to receive immediately prior to the assignment to such Lender, or that such Lender was entitled to receive immediately prior to its change in Applicable Lending Office, as applicable, (c) any withholding Tax resulting from a failure of a Lender to comply with Section 3.01(f) or a failure of the Administrative Agent to comply with Section 3.01(g), (d) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA and (e) any U.S. federal backup withholding imposed pursuant to Section 3406 of the Code.

Existing Credit Agreements” means (i) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Borrower, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Antares Capital LP (as successor in interest to General Electric Capital Corporation), as administrative agent and collateral agent and the other lenders from time to time party thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the Closing Date and (ii) that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of September 12, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Borrower, Solar Capital Ltd., as administrative agent, and the other parties from time to time party thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the Closing Date.

Extended Revolving Credit Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).

Extended Term Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).

Extension” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).

Extension Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).

Facility” means a Class of Term Loans or a Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.

FATCA” means current Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) or any current or future Treasury regulations with respect thereto or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to current Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any treaties or intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws, regulations or official administrative guidance) entered into to implement the foregoing.

FCPA” has the meaning specified in Section 5.20.

Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1.00%) of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent.

Financial Covenant” means the covenant set forth in Section 7.09.

 

-29-


First Lien Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated First Lien Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Fixed Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 1.10(d).

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; plus

(b) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person made during such period; plus

(c) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person made during such period.

Fixed Incremental Amount” means (i) the greater of $30,000,000 and 60.0% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period minus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Incremental Facilities and/or Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred or issued in reliance on this definition).

Flood Insurance Laws” means, collectively, (i) National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (which comprehensively revised the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iii) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Plan” means any pension plan, benefit plan, fund (including any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary employed and residing outside the United States (other than any plans, funds or other similar programs that are maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority), which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income or a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement, and which plan is not subject to ERISA.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fronting Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h).

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time; provided that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that

 

-30-


the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state, provincial, country, territorial or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Growth Amount” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Available Amount”.

Guarantee Obligations” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee Obligations” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.

Guarantees” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Guarantors” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.” For avoidance of doubt, the Borrower in its sole discretion may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to Guarantee the Obligations by causing such Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty Supplement (as defined in the Guaranty), and any such Restricted Subsidiary shall thereafter be a Guarantor, Loan Party and Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder for all purposes, subject to, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, (x) the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Foreign Subsidiary being reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in light of legal permissibility and the policies and procedures of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for similarly situated companies (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent), (y) guaranty, collateral and security provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to be negotiated in good faith and (z) the Administrative Agent having received at least two (2) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such joinder (or such later date as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent) all documentation and other information reasonably required in respect of such Guarantor required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act (the “Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception”); provided that to the extent any Foreign Subsidiary is joined pursuant to the Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception, any requirements under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any related provisions under the Loan Documents as applied to such Foreign Subsidiary (solely to the extent any such provision would not otherwise

 

-31-


have applied in respect of such Foreign Subsidiary if it were a Restricted Subsidiary that did not constitute a Loan Party) may be modified (including with respect to the addition of customary limitations for syndicated loans applicable to the provision of guarantees and collateral in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Guaranty” means, collectively, (a) the Guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.10.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes, and all other chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, friable asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and toxic mold.

Hedge Bank” means any Person that is a Lender, a Lead Arranger, an Agent or an Affiliate of the foregoing (x) at the time it enters into a Swap Contract (regardless of whether such Person subsequently ceases to be a Lender, Lead Arranger or Agent or an Affiliate of the foregoing) or (y) on the Closing Date (with respect to Swap Contracts in existence on the Closing Date), in each case, with a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Holdings” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Honor Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that has been designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as an “Immaterial Subsidiary” for purposes of this Agreement (and not redesignated as a Material Subsidiary as provided below), provided that (a) for purposes of this Agreement, at the time of such designation (i) the total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) at the last day of the most recent Test Period shall not equal or exceed 5.0% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (ii) the gross revenues for such Test Period of all Immaterial Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) shall not equal or exceed 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (b) the Borrower shall not designate any new Immaterial Subsidiary if such designation would not comply with the provisions set forth in clause (a) above, and (c) if the total assets or gross revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries so designated by the Borrower as “Immaterial Subsidiaries” (and not redesignated as “Material Subsidiaries”) shall at any time exceed the limits set forth in clause (a) above, then all such Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Material Subsidiaries unless and until the Borrower shall redesignate one or more Immaterial Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries, in each case in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, and, as a result thereof, the total assets and gross revenues of all Restricted Subsidiaries still designated as “Immaterial Subsidiaries” do not exceed such limits; and provided further that the Borrower may designate and re-designate a Restricted Subsidiary as an Immaterial Subsidiary at any time, subject to the terms set forth in this definition.

Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”.

Incremental Cap” means

(a) the Fixed Incremental Amount, plus

(b) (i) the amount of any optional prepayment of any Term Loan in accordance with Section 2.05(a) and/or the amount of any permanent reduction of any initial Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the amount paid in Cash in respect of any reduction in the Outstanding Amount of any Term Loan resulting from any assignment of such Term B Loan to (and/or purchase of such Term B Loan by) the Borrower and/or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, and/or application of any “yank-a-bank” provisions, so long as, in the case of any such optional prepayment, the relevant prepayment or assignment and/or purchase was not funded with the proceeds of any long-term Indebtedness (other than Incremental Facilities and revolving Indebtedness), plus

 

-32-


(c) an unlimited amount so long as, in the case of this clause (c), after giving effect to the incurrence of the relevant Incremental Facility, (i) if such Incremental Facility is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien securing the Obligations on a first lien basis, the First Lien Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.75:1.00 (in the case of any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, assuming a full drawing of such Incremental Revolving Commitments), (ii) if such Incremental Facility is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Lien securing the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) that are secured on a first lien basis, the Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.00:1.00 (in the case of any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, assuming a full drawing of such Incremental Revolving Commitments) or (iii) if such Incremental Facility is unsecured, the Total Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.50:1.00 (in the case of any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, assuming a full drawing of such Incremental Revolving Commitments), in each case described in this clause (c), calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, including the application of the proceeds thereof (without “netting” the cash proceeds of the applicable Incremental Facility on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries), and in the case of any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, assuming a full drawing of such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments;

provided that:

(w) Incremental Facilities and Incremental Equivalent Debt may be incurred under one or more of clauses (a) through (c) of this definition as selected by the Borrower in its sole discretion,

(x) if Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt are intended to be incurred under clause (c) of this definition and any other clause of this definition in a single transaction or series of related transactions, (A) incurrence of the portion of such Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt to be incurred under clause (c) of this definition shall first be calculated without giving effect to any Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt to be incurred under all other clauses of this definition), but giving full Pro Forma Effect to the use of proceeds of all such Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt and related transactions, and (B) thereafter, incurrence of the portion of such Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt to be incurred under such other applicable clauses of this definition shall be calculated, and

(y) any portion of Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt incurred under clauses (a) and (b) of this definition may be reclassified, as the Borrower elects from time to time, as incurred under clause (c) of this definition if such portion of Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt could at such time be incurred under clause (c) of this definition on a Pro Forma Basis; provided, that following the initial incurrence of such Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt under clauses (a) and (b) of this definition, if any applicable financial ratio test for clause c of this definition would be satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of any subsequent fiscal quarter after the initial incurrence of such Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt, then such reclassification shall be deemed to have automatically occurred whether or not elected by the Borrower. Once such Incremental Facilities or Incremental Equivalent Debt is reclassified in accordance with the preceding sentence, it shall not further be reclassified as incurred under the original basket pursuant to which such item was originally incurred.

Incremental Equivalent Debt” means Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of senior secured or unsecured notes or loans or junior secured or unsecured notes or loans and/or commitments in respect of any of the foregoing issued, incurred or implemented in lieu of loans under an Incremental Facility; provided, that:

(a) the aggregate outstanding amount thereof shall not exceed the Incremental Cap (as in effect at the time of determination, including giving effect to any reclassification on or prior to such date of determination),

(b) except as otherwise agreed by the lenders or holders providing such notes or loans, no Event of Default exists immediately prior to or after giving effect to such notes or loans,

(c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity applicable to such notes or loans is no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the then-existing Term B Loans (without giving effect to any prepayments thereof),

 

-33-


(d) the final maturity date with respect to such notes or loans is no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date on the date of the issuance or incurrence, as applicable, thereof,

(e) subject to clauses (c) and (d), may otherwise have an amortization schedule as determined by the Borrower and the lenders providing such Incremental Equivalent Debt,

(f) in the case of any such Indebtedness in the form of Qualifying Term Loans incurred in reliance on clause (c) of the Incremental Cap, the MFN Provision shall apply,

(g) if such Incremental Equivalent Debt is secured, such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement,

(h) no such Indebtedness may be (x) guaranteed by any Person which is not a Loan Party or (y) secured by any assets other than the Collateral (provided that, in the case of any Incremental Equivalent Debt that is funded into Escrow, such Incremental Equivalent Debt may be secured by the applicable funds and related assets held in Escrow (and the proceeds thereof until such Incremental Equivalent Debt is released from Escrow)), and

(i) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, call protection, premiums, fees, and prepayment or redemption terms and provisions each of which shall be determined by the Borrower and the lenders providing such Incremental Equivalent Debt, but in any event subject to clause (f) above) are not more restrictive on the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect (when taken as a whole) than the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (when taken as a whole) (other than in the case of terms and conditions applying to periods after the then Latest Maturity Date or otherwise added for the benefit of the Lenders under this Agreement) and such indebtedness shall not have any mandatory prepayment or redemption features (other than customary asset sale events, insurance and condemnation proceeds events, change of control or IPO offers, “AHYDO” payments or events of default) that could result in prepayments or redemptions of such indebtedness prior to the Latest Maturity Date.

Incremental Facilities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Incremental Facility Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(f).

Incremental Facility Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(f).

Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Incremental Revolving Increase Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(f).

Incremental Term Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Incurrence Based Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 1.10(d).

Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments to the extent the same would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), banker’s acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

 

-34-


(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract (with the amount of such net obligations being deemed to be the aggregate Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date);

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid within thirty (30) days after becoming due and payable), (iii) any other obligation that appears in the liabilities section of the balance sheet of such Person, to the extent (A) such Person is indemnified for the payment thereof by a solvent Person reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) amounts to be applied to the payment therefor are in escrow and (iv) liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and

(h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

provided that (i) in no event shall any obligations under any Swap Contracts be deemed “Indebtedness” for any calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio or any other financial ratio under this Agreement, (ii) amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith and (iii) the Indebtedness of any Person shall exclude Indebtedness incurred in advance of, and the proceeds of which are to be applied in connection with, the consummation of a transaction solely to the extent the proceeds thereof are and continue to be held in an Escrow and are not otherwise made available to such person.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation, company, or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt, (B) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, exclude intercompany liabilities arising from their cash management, tax, and accounting operations and intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (C) exclude (i) deferred or prepaid revenue, (ii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller and (iii) Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing on the balance sheet of the Borrower solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP and (D) exclude obligations under or in respect of Permitted Non-Recourse Factoring.

Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or in respect of any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise included in (a), Other Taxes.

 

-35-


Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.

Initial Revolving Credit Borrowing” means one or more borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans on the Closing Date.

Interest Payment Date” means (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made and (c) and to the extent necessary to create a fungible Class of Term Loans, on any Business Day that any additional Term Loans are incurred.

Interest Period” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter (in each case, subject to availability) as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice, or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interpolated Rate” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the Eurocurrency Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Eurocurrency Screen Rate for the longest period for which the Eurocurrency Screen Rate is available that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the Eurocurrency Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Eurocurrency Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee Obligation with respect to any Obligation of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, but in each case, without duplication of any adjustments to the amount of Investments permitted under Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(y)), net of any return in respect thereof, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts.

 

-36-


Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by Fitch, Inc.

Investors” means (a) the Sponsor, (b) certain other investors which own Qualified Equity Interests, directly or indirectly in Holdings on the Closing Date and (c) Management Investors.

IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.14.

ISP” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Junior Debt” means Subordinated Debt and Junior Lien Debt.

Junior Lien Debt” means Indebtedness incurred by a Loan party that is secured by Liens on the Collateral that are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, subject to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement.

Junior Debt Documents” means any agreement, indenture or instrument pursuant to which any Junior Debt is issued, in each case as amended to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents.

JV Entity” means any joint venture of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary.

L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility.

L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the undrawn portion of the Outstanding Amount of all Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Borrowings in respect of Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.

L/C Issuer” means (i) UBS or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) Antares Holdings LP or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and (iii) any other Lender (or any of its Affiliates) that becomes an L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(j) or Section 10.07(j); in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii) above, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

L/C Obligation” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Letters of Credit, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes under this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, the “Outstanding Amount” of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

-37-


LCA Election” has the meaning specified in Section 1.10(a).

LCA Provisions” means the provisions of Section 1.10(a)-(c).

LCA Test Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.10(a).

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Term Loan or Incremental Term Loan, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lead Arrangers” means UBS Securities LLC and Antares Capital LP in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners under this Agreement.

Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

“Lender Participation Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(iii).

Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a trade letter of credit or a standby letter of credit; provided that no L/C Issuer shall have any obligation to issue a commercial letter of credit without its consent in its sole discretion; provided, further that UBS, Antares Holdings LP and their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall only be required to issue standby Letters of Credit.

Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means, for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Credit Facility, the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, assignment (by way of security or otherwise), deemed trust, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Limited Condition Acquisition” means any Permitted Acquisition or other investment or similar transaction (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of capital stock or otherwise), in each case, permitted under this Agreement.

Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan (including any Incremental Term Loans, any Extended Term Loans or loans made pursuant to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments).

 

-38-


Loan Documents” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) each Guaranty, (iv) the Collateral Documents and (v) any Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement that is entered into, in each case as amended.

Loan Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party or other Subsidiary arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees and expenses that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any other Subsidiary of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees or expenses are allowed or allowable claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and of any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including Guarantee Obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts, in each case, payable by any Loan Party or any other Subsidiary under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party or any other Subsidiary to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary.

Loan Parties” means, collectively, (i) the Borrower and (ii) each other Guarantor.

Local Time” means local time in New York City.

Management Investors” means the officers, directors, managers, employees and members of management of the Borrower, any Parent Entity and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that are direct or indirect holders of the capital stock of Holdings.

Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, result of operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under any Loan Document to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Agents under any Loan Document.

Material Real Property” means any fee owned real property of a Loan Party as of the Closing Date and/or acquired by any Loan Party after the Closing Date and located in the United States with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 (as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith as of the Closing Date or, if acquired thereafter, as of the date of such acquisition, as applicable).

Material Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary (but including, in any case, any Restricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Material Subsidiary as provided in, or has been designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary in a manner that does not comply with, the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary”).

Maturity Date” means (a)(x) with respect to each Revolving Credit Facility, the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and (y) with respect to any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the maturity date applicable to such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof and (b)(x) with respect to Term B Loans, the sixth year anniversary of the Closing Date or (y) with respect to any (i) Extended Term Loan, the maturity date applicable to such Extended Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof or (ii) Incremental Term Loan, the maturity date applicable to such Incremental Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof; provided that if any such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

Maximum Tender Condition” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(b).

 

-39-


MFN Provision” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c).

Minimum Extension Condition” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b).

Minimum Tender Condition” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(b).

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage” means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds of hypothecation, security deeds, and mortgages creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.10 and/or Section 6.12, as applicable.

Mortgage Policies” has the meaning specified in paragraph (f) of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

Mortgaged Property” means each real property owned by any Loan Party, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 6.10 and/or Section 6.12, as applicable.

Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the immediately preceding six (6) years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Cash Proceeds” means:

(a) with respect to the Disposition of any asset by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding any business interruption insurance proceeds)) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and Indebtedness that is secured by Liens ranking junior to or pari passu with the Liens securing Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (C) taxes and Tax Distributions paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Borrower), (D) [reserved] and (E) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or with respect to any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include (i) any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Disposition and (ii) upon the reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (E) above or if such liabilities have not been satisfied in cash and such reserve is not reversed within 365 days after such Disposition or Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve; provided that no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of

 

-40-


related transactions shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) unless such net cash proceeds shall exceed $2,500,000 or in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $5,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)); and

(b) (i) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (y) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Equity Issuance by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, the amount of cash from such Permitted Equity Issuance contributed to the capital of the Borrower.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06(d).

Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06(d).

Non-Loan Party” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

Nonrenewal Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Note” means a Term Note or a Revolving Credit Note as the context may require.

Obligations” means all (x) Loan Obligations, (y) obligations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement and (z) Cash Management Obligations; provided that the “Obligations” shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations.

OFAC” has the meaning specified in Section 6.07.

Offered Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(iii).

Organization Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation or company, the certificate or articles of incorporation, the memorandum and articles of association, any certificates of change of name and/or the bylaws; (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, declaration, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Pari Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes and any other property, intangible, recording or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, excluding, in each case, any such Tax that is an Other Connection Tax resulting from an Assignment and Assumption or transfer or assignment (other than an assignment pursuant to a request by Borrower under Section 3.06).

 

-41-


Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to any Loan on any date, the outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments thereof (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Letters of Credit or L/C Borrowings as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, Unreimbursed Amount, L/C Borrowing or L/C Obligations on any date, the outstanding amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower.

Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding six (6) years.

Perfection Certificate” means the perfection certificate executed and delivered by the Loan Parties on the Closing Date.

Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(j).

Permitted Debt Exchange” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

Permitted Debt Exchange Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

Permitted Equity Issuance” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests.

Permitted Holders” means any of (a) the Sponsor and (b) any other Investor.

Permitted Investment” means any Investment permitted by Section 7.02.

Permitted Lien” means any Lien permitted by Section 7.01.

Permitted Non-Recourse Factoring” means one or more non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such non-recourse facilities, including Receivables Repurchase Obligations) receivables purchase facilities made available to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on then market terms (as reasonably determined by the Borrower) in an aggregate principal amount for all such facilities not exceeding the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding.

Permitted Receivables Financing” means a Permitted Non-Recourse Factoring or a Permitted Recourse Receivables Financing.

 

-42-


Permitted Recourse Receivables Financing” means one or more receivables purchase facilities made available to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on then market terms (as reasonably determined by the Borrower) in an aggregate principal amount for all such facilities not exceeding the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification (other than a release of such Person), refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, and as otherwise permitted under Section 7.03, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) to the extent such Indebtedness being so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is secured by a Lien on the Collateral, the Lien securing such Indebtedness as modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended shall not be senior in priority to the Lien on the Collateral securing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended unless such Lien is otherwise permitted hereunder and/or an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement is entered into (including to create customary criss cross Liens in connection with an asset based facility) and shall not be secured by any additional Collateral unless such additional Collateral substantially simultaneously secures the Obligations or is otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is guaranteed by a Guarantee, such Indebtedness as modified, refinanced, renewed or extended shall not have any additional guarantees unless such additional guarantees are substantially simultaneously provided in respect of the Loans and Commitments under this Agreement and (e) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(c), (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment or lien priority to the Loan Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment or lien priority to the Loan Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate, redemptions and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (other than in the case of terms applying to periods after the then Latest Maturity Date or otherwise added for the benefit of the Lenders hereunder); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by a Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.

Permitted Sale Leaseback” means any Sale Leaseback consummated by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; provided that any such Sale Leaseback not between (a) a Loan Party and another Loan Party or (b) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party must be, in each case, consummated for fair value as determined at the time of consummation in good faith by (i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) in the case of any Sale Leaseback (or series of related Sales Leasebacks) the aggregate proceeds of which exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period, the board of managers or directors, as applicable, of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (which such determination may take into account any retained interest or other Investment of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, and any other material economic terms of, such Sale Leaseback).

 

-43-


Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Post-Acquisition Period” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or the conversion of any Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated.

Prepayment Asset Sale” means a Disposition under Sections 7.05(l), 7.05(m), 7.05(n), 7.05(p) and 7.05(r).

Prime Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. for such day or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate for such day or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent), in each case, for such day.

Pro Forma Adjustment” means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDA, (a) the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that is factually supportable and is expected to have a continuing impact and (b) additional good faith pro forma adjustments arising out of cost savings initiatives attributable to such transaction and additional costs associated with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case being given Pro Forma Effect, which actions (i) have been taken or (ii) will be implemented within the succeeding twenty four (24) months following such transaction and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (w) reduction in personnel expenses, (x) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (y) reductions of costs related to leased or owned properties and (z) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead) taking into account, for purposes of determining such compliance, the historical financial statements of the Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary and the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, assuming such Permitted Acquisition or conversion, and all other Permitted Acquisitions or conversions that have been consummated during the period, and any Indebtedness or other liabilities repaid in connection therewith had been consummated and incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness to be incurred bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the interest rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, so long as such actions are initiated during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period.

Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” mean, with respect to compliance with any test hereunder for an applicable period of measurement, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith that have been made during the applicable period of measurement or subsequent to such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation is made shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the

 

-44-


applicable period of measurement (as of the last date in the case of a balance sheet item) in such test: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions) that are (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of “Pro Forma Adjustment” and (2) in connection with any Specified Transaction that is the incurrence of Indebtedness in respect of which compliance with any specified leverage ratio test is by the terms of this Agreement required to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, (I) the proceeds of such Indebtedness shall not be netted from Indebtedness in the calculation of the applicable leverage ratio test and (II) subject to Section 1.11, if such Indebtedness is a revolving facility, (other than in respect of actual compliance with the Financial Covenant) the incurrence or repayment of any indebtedness in respect of such revolving facility (including the Revolving Credit Facility) included in such financial covenant ratio or incurrence test calculation immediately prior to or simultaneously with the incurrence of such indebtedness for which the pro forma calculation of such ratio or test is being made and/or any drawing under any revolving facilities used to finance working capital needs of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by the Borrower), shall be disregarded but, for avoidance of doubt, shall thereafter be included in any future calculations after giving effect to any prepayments or other Specified Transactions with respect thereto.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(ii).

Public Company Costs” means, as to any Person, costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act or any other comparable body of laws, rules or regulations, as companies with listed equity, directors’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees, in each case to the extent arising by virtue of the listing of such Person’s or its direct or indirect parent’s equity securities on a national securities exchange.

Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Qualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests of Holdings (or of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings), in each case, that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualifying IPO” means any transaction or series of transactions that results in the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings being publicly traded on any United States national securities exchange or over the counter market, or any analogous exchange or market in Canada or any country of the European Union.

Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(iv).

Qualifying Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d)(iv).

Qualifying Term Loans” means Indebtedness in the form of term loans or notes secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Term B Loans in right of payment and with respect to security.

 

-45-


Quotation Date” means, in respect of the determination of the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Receivables Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable or any receivables or loans relating to financing of insurance premiums owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Permitted Receivables Financing and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Borrower to a commercial bank or Affiliate thereof in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Receivables Assets in a Permitted Receivables Financing to repurchase or otherwise make payments with respect to Receivables Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Refinancing” means the repayment all of the existing indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including repayment in full and termination of all outstanding loans and commitments under the Existing Credit Agreements, other than Indebtedness (i) incurred pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) set forth on Schedule 7.03(c).

Refinancing Revolving Credit Commitments” means Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments that are designated by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as “Refinancing Revolving Credit Commitments” in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of incurrence.

Refinancing Term Loans” means Incremental Term Loans that are designated by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as “Refinancing Term Loans” in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of incurrence.

Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).

Rejection Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(v).

Release” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into or through the Environment or into, from or through any building, structure or facility.

Reportable Event” means, with respect to any Pension Plan, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Event” means with respect to the Term B Loans (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of Term B Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of term loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Term B Loans bearing interest with an All-In-Rate less than the All-In-Rate applicable to the Term B Loans prepaid, repaid or replaced and (ii) any amendment (including pursuant to a replacement term loan as contemplated by Section 10.01) to the Term B Loans which reduces the All-In-Rate applicable to any Term B Loans, but in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) excluding in connection with (x) a Transformative Transaction or (y) a Change of Control.

Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application.

 

-46-


Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate Outstanding Amount of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for all purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Required Revolving Credit Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50.0% in the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments plus after the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Revolving Credit Facility, the Revolving Credit Exposure under such Revolving Credit Facility of all Lenders; provided that the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for all purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Credit Lenders.

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, any manager or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party or any manager. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Casualty Event” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

Restricted Disposition” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest in the Borrower, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower.

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Retained Declined Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(v).

Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount” means, at any time, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Closing Date and prior to such date.

Retained Percentage” means, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Excess Cash Flow Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Class, Type and currency, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Revolving Credit Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 and (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.14. The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment on the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 of this Agreement, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as the case may be. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments on the Closing Date is $30,000,000.

 

-47-


Revolving Credit Commitment Increase” “has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Credit Exposure” means, at any time for any Lender, the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender outstanding at such time, (b) the L/C Exposure of such Lender at such time a.

Revolving Credit Facility” means the Revolving Credit Commitments and the extension of credit made thereunder.

Revolving Credit Lender” means a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Credit Exposure.

Revolving Credit Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Credit Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto with appropriate insertions, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender under any Revolving Credit Facility.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto.

Sale Leaseback” means any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and (b) as part of such transaction, thereafter rents or leases such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold, transferred or disposed.

Sanctioned Country” shall mean a country or territory which is, or whose government is, the subject or target of comprehensive embargo under Sanctions (as of the date of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea region of Ukraine).

Sanctioned Person” shall mean (a) any Person that is listed on any applicable sanctions-related restricted party list, including the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, (b) any Person organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person 50 percent or greater owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

Sanctions” shall mean economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted hereunder that is entered into by and between (a) Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any Person that merges into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) and (b) any Hedge Bank.

Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Lenders, L/C Issuers, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c).

 

-48-


Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

Security Agreement” means, collectively, the Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties on the Closing Date substantially in the form of Exhibit G, as supplemented by any Security Agreement Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.10.

Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of debts and liabilities, contingent, subordinated or otherwise, of such Person, (ii) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (iii) such Person will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured and (iv) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital; provided that the amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Specified Event of Default” means any Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g).

Specified L/C Sublimit” means, with respect to any L/C Issuer, the amounts set forth beside such L/C Issuer’s name on Schedule 1.01D hereto or, in each case, such other amount as specified in the agreement pursuant to which such person becomes a L/C Issuer hereunder or, in each case, such larger amount not to exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment as the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer may agree.

Specified Loan Party” means any Loan Party that is not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to any applicable keep well, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all Guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties).

Specified Representations” means the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in Sections 5.01(a) (solely as it relates to the Borrower), 5.01(b)(ii), 5.02(a) (related to the entering into and performance of the applicable Loan Documents and the incurrence of the extensions of credit thereunder), 5.02(b)(i) (related to the entering into and performance of the applicable Loan Documents and the incurrence of the extensions of credit thereunder), 5.04, 5.12, 5.15, 5.16 (subject to the proviso to Section 4.01(a)(iii)), 5.18, 5.19(ii) and 5.20(i).

Specified Transaction” means any Investment, Disposition (including any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or, any asset sale of a business unit, line of business or division), incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation, Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments that by the terms of this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis” or after giving “Pro Forma Effect.”

Sponsor” means, initially, each of ABRY Partners II, LLC and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed by it or any of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of their portfolio companies.

 

-49-


Sponsor Affiliated Lender” means the Sponsor and any Affiliate of the Sponsor (including Affiliated Debt Fund, Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries).

Subordinated Debt” means Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party that is subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of all Loan Obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents.

Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, company, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor” means, collectively, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are Guarantors.

Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).

Supplemental Administrative Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 9.13(a) and “Supplemental Administrative Agents” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Survey” means a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey, (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Mortgage Policy relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by paragraph (f) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and (vi) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Surviving Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately after giving effect to the Refinancing, as listed on Schedule 7.03(c).

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

-50-


Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark to market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by the Hedge Bank (or the Borrower, if no Hedge Bank is party to such Swap Contract) in accordance with the terms thereof and in accordance with customary methods for calculating mark-to-market values under similar arrangements by the Hedge Bank (or the Borrower, if no Hedge Bank is party to such Swap Contract).

Target” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(j).

Tax Distribution” mean the Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(i).

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges in the nature of a tax, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto.

Term B Commitment” means, as to each Term B Lender, its obligation to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Term B Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term B Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Term B Commitments is $280,000,000.

Term B Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term B Commitment or a Term B Loan at such time.

Term B Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

Term Borrowing” means a Borrowing in respect of a Class of Term Loans.

Term Commitments” means a Term B Commitment or a commitment in respect of any Incremental Term Loans or any combination thereof, as the context may require.

Term Lenders” means the Term B Lenders, the Lenders with Incremental Term Loans and the Lenders with Extended Term Loans.

Term Loans” means the Term B Loans, the Incremental Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans.

Term Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto with appropriate insertions, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from any Class of Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Test Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b).

Threshold Amount” means $15,000,000.

 

-51-


Title Company” means any title insurance company as shall be retained by Borrower to issue the Mortgage Policies and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Total Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower, or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in connection therewith.

Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the funding of the Term B Loans and, if applicable, the Initial Revolving Credit Borrowing on the Closing Date, (b) the Refinancing, (c) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (d) the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Transferred Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 9.11(c).

Transformative Transaction” means, any acquisition or investment by the Loan Parties that either (a) is not permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or investment or (b) if permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or investment, (i) would not provide the Loan Parties with adequate flexibility under the Loan Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as determined by the Borrower acting in good faith and (ii) constitutes an acquisition or investment by the Loan Parties for aggregate consideration in excess of an amount equal to 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.

Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

UCP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Unaudited Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations and cash flow of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the four months ending September 30, 2018.

Undisclosed Administration” means, in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be disclosed, unless such appointment has actually been disclosed to third parties.

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

 

-52-


Unrestricted Cash Amount” means, as to any Person on any date of determination, the amount of (a) unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of such Person whether or not held in an account pledged to the Collateral Agent and (b) Cash and Cash Equivalents of such Person restricted in favor of the Facilities (which may also include Cash and Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any Collateral along with the Facilities), in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP; it being understood and agreed that proceeds subject to Escrow shall be deemed to constitute “restricted cash” for purposes of the Unrestricted Cash Amount.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01A, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13 subsequent to the date hereof and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly-Owned” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability” means the liability to a Multiemployer Plan, as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

-53-


(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 1.03 Accounting Terms.

(a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test contained in this Agreement, other than with respect to compliance with Section 7.09, the calculation of Excess Cash Flow or the determination of the Applicable Rate, with respect to any period during which any Specified Transactions occur or subsequent to such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation is made, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio and Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transactions on a Pro Forma Basis and shall be calculated for the applicable period of measurement (which may at Borrower’s election, be the most recently ended twelve months) for which monthly, quarterly or fiscal year-end financial statements are internally available, as determined by the Borrower, immediately preceding the date of such event; provided that upon such election the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent either (x) an officer’s certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth such calculation in reasonable detail or (y) the applicable internally available financial statements.

(c) Where reference is made to “the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.06 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07 Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

-54-


SECTION 1.08 Currency Equivalents Generally.

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 7.03 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Lien, Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.08 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance under the covenants herein, any amount in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars in a manner consistent with that used in calculating net income in the Borrower’s annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to apply to the determination of whether Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred hereunder (which shall be subject to clause (c) below).

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with any restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus accrued amounts, and any costs, fees and premiums paid in connection therewith.

SECTION 1.09 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Letter of Credit Application related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such times.

SECTION 1.10 Certain Calculations and Tests.

(a) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of (i) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio or any other financial ratio, (ii) testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA, if any), or (iii) determining other compliance with this Agreement (including the determination of compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom) in each case, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “LCA Election”), the date of determination of whether any such transaction is permitted hereunder (the “LCA Test Date”) shall be deemed to be either the date the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is entered into in respect of a target of such transaction, and if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA on a consolidated basis of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Acquisition, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the relevant transaction or action is permitted to be consummated or taken; provided that if such ratios or baskets improve as a result of such fluctuations, such improved ratios and/or baskets may be utilized. If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating any financial covenant (including the Financial Covenant) and excluding Consolidated

 

-55-


Net Income of any target of such Limited Condition Acquisition for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow)) or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or mergers, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of assets of the Borrower, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires (or, if applicable , the offer in respect of a public offer for, such acquisition is terminated) without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be tested by calculating the availability under such ratio or basket on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith have been consummated (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and any associated Lien and the use of proceeds thereof). At the option of the Borrower, the relevant ratios, tests and/or baskets (including baskets that are determined by Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis) may be recalculated at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition.

(c) In connection with any action being taken in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, for purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default, Event of Default or Specified Event of Default, as applicable, has occurred, is continuing or would result from any such action, as applicable, such condition shall, at the option of the Borrower, be deemed satisfied, so long as no Default, Event of Default or Specified Event of Default, as applicable, exists on the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into unless such provision expressly requires that no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of consummation of such transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has exercised its option under this Section 1.10, and any Default, Event of Default or Specified Event of Default occurs following the date the definitive agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition were entered into and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such Default, Event of Default or Specified Event of Default shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in connection with such Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the same section of any Loan Document that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (including, without limitation, pro forma compliance with Section 7.09 hereof (but not actual compliance therewith), any First Lien Leverage Ratio test, any Secured Leverage Ratio test and/or any Total Leverage Ratio test) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially simultaneously with, or contemporaneously with, any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the same section of any Loan Document that requires compliance with any such financial ratio or test (any such amounts, the “Incurrence Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that, for purposes of this Agreement, the Fixed Amounts under such section and any substantially concurrent borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (and any cash proceeds thereof) shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence Based Amounts in connection with such substantially concurrent incurrence.

SECTION 1.11 Leverage Ratios. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of calculating any leverage ratio herein in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness, (a) there shall be no netting of the cash proceeds proposed to be received in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (b) to the extent the Indebtedness to be incurred is revolving Indebtedness, such incurred revolving Indebtedness (or if applicable, the portion (and only such portion) of the increased commitments thereunder) shall be treated as fully drawn.

SECTION 1.12 Cashless Rolls. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, to the extent that any Lender extends the maturity date of, or replaces, renews or refinances, any of its then-existing Loans with Incremental Term Loans, any Extended Term Loans, loans made pursuant to any loans made pursuant to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments or loans incurred under a new credit facility, in each case, to the extent such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing is effected by means of a “cashless roll” by such Lender, such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing shall be deemed to comply with any requirement hereunder or any other Loan Document that such payment be made “in Dollars”, “in immediately available funds”, “in cash” or any other similar requirement.

 

-56-


SECTION 1.13 Delaware LLC DivisionsARTICLE II. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any Delaware LLC Division (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

SECTION 2.01 The Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

(a) The Term B Borrowings. Each Term B Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower (including by way of conversion) a single loan denominated in Dollars in a principal amount equal to such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment on the Closing Date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term B Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make (or cause its Applicable Lending Office to make) Revolving Credit Loans from time to time during the Availability Period for the Revolving Credit Facility in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

SECTION 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice, to the Administrative Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) 11:00 a.m. Local Time three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or any conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans (provided that, if such Borrowing is an initial Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date, notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than, in the case of (x) Term B Loans, 11:00 a.m. Local Time one Business Day prior to the Closing Date and (y) Revolving Credit Loans, 11:00 a.m. Local Time two Business Days prior to the Closing Date) and (ii) 12:00 p.m. on the Business Day that is the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of the Borrowing Minimum or a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c), each Borrowing of, or conversion to, Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of the Borrowing Minimum or a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the Class, currency and principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made or continued as, or converted to Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion or continuation shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower and Lenders acknowledge and agree that any conversion or continuation of an existing Loan shall be deemed to be a continuation of that Loan with a converted interest rate methodology and not a new Loan.

 

-57-


(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Appropriate Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make (or cause its Applicable Lending Office to make) the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower designated in the Committed Loan Notice in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second, to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.04 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that (i) no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(e) Anything in clauses (a) to (d) above to the contrary notwithstanding, after giving effect to all Term Borrowings and Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than eight (8) Interest Periods in effect at any time for all Borrowings of Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

SECTION 2.03 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitments.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (1) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day following the Closing Date during the Availability Period for the Revolving Credit Facility, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for the account of the Borrower (provided that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit and (2) the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if immediately after giving effect to such L/C Credit Extension, (i) the aggregate L/C Exposure would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (ii) the aggregate amount of Letters of Credit issued by any L/C Issuer would exceed its Specified L/C Sublimit, (iii) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the total Revolving Credit Commitments, or (iv) the Revolving Facility Exposure of any L/C Issuer would exceed its Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

 

-58-


(ii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless the relevant L/C Issuer has approved such expiry date;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless the relevant L/C Issuer has approved such expiry date (which approval may be subject to such Letter of Credit being Cash Collateralized or otherwise backstopped pursuant to arrangements acceptable to such L/C Issuer) (it being understood that the participations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in any undrawn Letter of Credit shall in any event terminate on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date);

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws binding upon such L/C Issuer;

(E) the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars unless otherwise agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent; or

(F) the Letter of Credit is in an initial amount less than $100,000.

(iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower hand delivered or facsimiled (or transmitted by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the relevant L/C Issuer) to the relevant L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower may elect (in its sole discretion) which L/C Issuer shall issue each Letter of Credit. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof in Dollars; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (g) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. If requested by an L/C Issuer, the Borrower also shall submit a Letter of Credit Application on such L/C Issuer’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. In the case of a request for

 

-59-


an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the relevant L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Revolving Credit Facility times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Nonrenewal Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent or any Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility, as applicable, or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. On the Business Day immediately following the Business Day on which the Borrower shall have received notice of any payment by an L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (or, if the Borrower shall have received such notice later than 1:00 p.m. on any Business Day, on the second succeeding Business Day) (such date of payment, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer on the Honor Date (or if any such reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason), then the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable L/C Issuer and each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing in Dollars (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In the event that the Borrower does not reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer on the Business Day following the date it receives notice of the Honor Date (or, if the Borrower shall have received such notice later than 1:00 p.m. on any Business Day, on the second succeeding Business Day), the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility denominated in Dollars of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on such date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility. For the avoidance of doubt, if any drawing occurs under a Letter of Credit and such drawing is not reimbursed on the same day, such drawing shall, without duplication, accrue interest at the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility until the date of reimbursement.

 

-60-


(ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility of Base Rate Loans for any reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in Dollars in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s under the Revolving Credit Facility payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility funds its Revolving Credit Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error.

(vii) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with this Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to each Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

 

-61-


(viii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.

(d) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Loan Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

(vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such L/C Issuer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.

(e) Role of L/C Issuers. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such

 

-62-


document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision); or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.03(e); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit (in each case, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision). In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(f) Cash Collateral. (i) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable, require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02(c) or (ii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) (with respect to the Borrower) or (g) occurs and is continuing, then the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount plus any accrued or unpaid fees thereon determined as of the date such Cash Collateral is provided). For purposes hereof, “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in the relevant currencies in an amount equal to 105% of the L/C Exposure (determined as of the date of such Event of Default) (“Cash Collateral”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in accounts satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents at its sole discretion. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) or that the total amount of such funds is less than the L/C Exposure, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts specified by the Administrative Agent, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such L/C Exposure over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the L/C Exposure plus costs incidental thereto and so long as no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. If such Event of Default is cured or waived and no other Event of Default is then occurring and continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral (including any accrued interest thereon) shall be refunded to the Borrower.

 

-63-


(g) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to the product of (i) Applicable Rate for Letter of Credit fees and (ii) the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(h) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers. The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (a “Fronting Fee”) in Dollars with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (or with respect to Letters of Credit issued by Antares Holdings LP, such fee as separately agreed between the Borrower and Antares Holdings LP). Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

(i) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

(j) Addition of an L/C Issuer. A Revolving Credit Lender (or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) under the Revolving Credit Facility may become an additional L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.

(k) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

SECTION 2.04 [Reserved].

SECTION 2.05 Prepayments.

(a) Optional Prepayments.

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay any Borrowing of any Class in whole or in part without premium or penalty (except as set forth in Section 2.05(a)(iv)); provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans and (2) any prepayment of Loans shall be in a principal amount of the Borrowing Minimum or a whole multiple of the Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof or, in each case, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.04. Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this

 

-64-


Section 2.05(a) shall be applied to the installments thereof as directed by the Borrower (it being understood and agreed that if the Borrower does not so direct at the time of such prepayment, such prepayment shall be applied against the scheduled repayments of Term Loans of the relevant Class under Section 2.07 in direct order of maturity) and shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(ii) [Reserved].

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(iv) In the event that, on or prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, the Borrower (i) makes any prepayment of Term B Loans in connection with any Repricing Event (including as a consequence of an assignment of loans as a result of the application of Section 3.06(a)) or (ii) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Event, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Term B Lenders, (x) in the case of clause (i), a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the amount of the Term B Loans being prepaid and (y) in the case of clause (ii), an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) for the relevant Excess Cash Flow Period the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans equal to (A) the Excess Cash Flow Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements, minus (B) the sum of

(1) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (b)(iii) or (b)(ix) of the definition of Excess Cash Flow, all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans and/or any other prepayments of Incremental Equivalent Debt (including in connection with debt buybacks made by the Borrower in an amount equal to the discounted amount actually paid in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.05(d), Section 10.07 and/or otherwise, and/or application of any “yank-a-bank” provisions), plus

(2) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (b)(iii) or (b)(ix) of the definition of Excess Cash Flow, all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans to the extent the applicable Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments or any voluntary prepayments of revolving loans or other revolving Indebtedness constituting Incremental Equivalent Debt secured by Liens on the Collateral on a pari passu basis or senior basis to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Revolving Credit Loans to the extent the applicable commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments, plus

in each case of this clause (b), during such Excess Cash Flow Period or after the end of such Excess Cash Flow Period and prior to the prepayment date clause (b)(i) (any such transaction made following the fiscal year end but prior to the making of such prepayment date, an “After Year-End Transaction”), and to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness constituting Funded Debt (other than Indebtedness under a revolving facility) (such amount, as may be further reduced by applicable of clause (x) of the proviso hereto, the “Applicable ECF Proceeds”); provided that (x) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower is required to offer to repurchase any Indebtedness outstanding at such time that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Lien securing the Term B Loans (such Indebtedness, “Other Pari Indebtedness”) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the Excess Cash Flow, then the Borrower, at its election, may apply the Applicable ECF Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Pari Indebtedness at such time) and the remaining Excess Cash Flow to the prepayment of such Other Pari Indebtedness and (y) prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) shall only be required if the Applicable ECF Proceeds are in excess of the Excess Cash Flow Threshold and solely to the amount of such Applicable ECF Proceeds in excess thereof; provided, that to the extent so elected by the Borrower, following the consummation of any After Year-End Transaction, (1) the Total Leverage Ratio shall be

 

-65-


recalculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such After Year-End Transaction as if the transaction was consummated during the fiscal year of the applicable Excess Cash Flow prepayment and the Excess Cash Flow Percentage for purposes of making such Excess Cash Flow prepayment shall be determined by reference to such recalculated Total Leverage Ratio and (2) such After Year-End Transaction shall not be applied to the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio in connection with the determination of the Excess Cash Flow Percentage for purposes of any subsequent Excess Cash Flow prepayment.

(ii) (A) Subject to Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B), if following the Closing Date (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary makes any Prepayment Asset Sale, or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which in the aggregate results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower shall make a prepayment, in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(C), of an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans equal to 100% of such excess Net Cash Proceeds realized or received (the “Applicable Asset Sale Proceeds”); provided that (1) no such prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) with respect to such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that the Borrower shall have, on or prior to such date, given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to utilize in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B) and (2) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower is required to offer to repurchase any Other Pari Indebtedness, then the Borrower, at its election, may apply the Applicable Asset Sale Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Pari Indebtedness at such time) and the remaining Net Cash Proceeds so received to the prepayment of such Other Pari Indebtedness.

(B) With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to any Disposition (other than any Disposition specifically excluded from the application of Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A)) or any Casualty Event, at the option of the Borrower, the Borrower may reinvest an amount equal to all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for its business (other than working capital, except for short term capital assets) and in Permitted Acquisitions and other similar Investments not prohibited hereunder and Capital Expenditures, in each case, within (x) twelve (12) months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if the Borrower enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for its business within twelve (12) months following receipt thereof, one hundred eighty (180) days after the twelve (12) month period that follows receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that if any Net Cash Proceeds are not so reinvested by the deadline specified in clause (x) or (y) above, as applicable, or if any such Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested, any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied, in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(C), to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 2.05.

(C) On each occasion that the Borrower must make a prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii), the Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days after the date of realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds in the minimum amount specified above (or, in the case of prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B), within five (5) Business Days of the deadline specified in clause (x) or (y) thereof, as applicable, or of the date the Borrower reasonably determines that such Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested, as the case may be), make a prepayment, in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(v) below, of the principal amount of Term Loans to the extent required by, and subject to the qualifications of, Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A).

(iii) If the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any (A) Refinancing Term Loans, (B) Indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.03(w) or (C) Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds. If the Borrower obtains any Refinancing Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall, concurrently with the receipt thereof, terminate Revolving Credit Commitments in an equivalent amount pursuant to Section 2.06; provided further, to the extent any Other Pari Indebtedness is outstanding that requires a payment from the proceeds of any Indebtedness incurred as contemplated by clause (C) of this Section 2.05(b)(iii), then the Borrower, at its election, may apply such Net Cash Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Pari Indebtedness at such time) to the prepayment of such Other Pari Indebtedness.

 

-66-


(iv) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be (x) applied ratably to each Class of Term Loans then outstanding, (y) unless otherwise specified by the Borrower, applied to the installments thereof in direct order of maturity; provided that any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05 shall be applied to the Term B Loans in accordance with the terms hereof and, except to the extent a lesser prepayment is required pursuant to the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment or Extension Offer with respect to any applicable Class of Incremental Term Loans or Extended Term Loans, any Incremental Term Loan and Extended Term Loan and (z) each such prepayment of any Class of Term Loans shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages subject to clause (v) of this Section 2.05(b).

(v) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.05(b) prior to 1:00 p.m. at least five (5) Business Days on the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the prepayment with respect to any Class of Term Loans. Each Appropriate Lender may reject all or a portion of its Applicable Percentage of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection Notice”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. three (3) Business Days after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory prepayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory repayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds shall be retained by the Borrower (“Retained Declined Proceeds”).

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.05(b), (A) to the extent that any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) (a “Restricted Disposition”), the Net Cash Proceeds of any Casualty Event of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (a “Restricted Casualty Event”), or Excess Cash Flow would be (x) prohibited or delayed by applicable local law or (y) restricted by contractual obligations, in each case from being repatriated to the United States, the realization or receipt of the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be used to repay Term Loans at the times provided in Section 2.05(b)(i) (after determining the amount of Excess Cash Flow required to be used to prepay Term Loans, assuming such amounts are included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow), or the Borrower shall not be required to make a prepayment at the time provided in Section 2.05(b)(ii) (after determining the amount of Net Cash Proceeds are available from Dispositions), as the case may be, for so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law or contractual obligations will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all commercially reasonable actions available under the applicable local law to permit such repatriation), and once repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable local law, an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow permitted to be repatriated (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) will be promptly (and in any event not later than three (3) Business Days after such repatriation is permitted) taken into account in measuring the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) to the extent provided herein, and (B) to the extent that the Borrower has reasonably determined in good faith (as set forth in a written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent) that repatriation of any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Restricted Disposition or any Restricted Casualty Event or Excess Cash Flow would have a material adverse tax consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit received in connection with such repatriation) with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected shall not be taken into account in measuring the Borrower’s obligation to repay Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b); provided that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall take commercially reasonable actions to reduce or eliminate such material adverse tax consequences to enable such repatriation to be made; provided further that, to the extent the situations specified in clauses (A) and/or (B) are in effect for a period of more than 365 days, the Borrower’s obligations to repay any Term Loans pursuant to Sections 2.05(b)(i) and 2.05(b)(ii) shall expire and no longer be in effect after the expiration of such 365 day period.

(vii) If for any reason the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders under any Revolving Credit Facility at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments under such Revolving Credit Facility then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid Revolving Credit

 

-67-


Loans under such Revolving Credit Facility and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations under such Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations under such Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(vii) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans under such Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures under such Revolving Credit Facility exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments under such Revolving Credit Facility.

(c) Interest, Funding Losses, Etc. All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon in the currency in which such Loan is denominated, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.04.

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05, prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit with the Administrative Agent in the currency in which such Loan is denominated the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made hereunder until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05. Such deposit shall constitute Cash Collateral for the Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be so prepaid, provided that the Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 2.05.

(d) Discounted Voluntary Prepayments.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement (including Section 2.13) or any other Loan Document, the Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay one or more Classes of Term Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “Discounted Voluntary Prepayment”) pursuant to the procedures described in this Section 2.05(d), provided that (A) no proceeds from Revolving Credit Loans shall be used to consummate any such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (B) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Term Lenders of such Class on a pro rata basis, (C) after giving effect to the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans that are held by Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (D) the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, together with each Discounted Prepayment Option Notice, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (1) stating that no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, (2) stating that each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in this Section 2.05(d) has been satisfied and (3) specifying the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of any Class offered to be prepaid pursuant to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment.

(ii) To the extent the Borrower seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, the Borrower will provide written notice to the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto (each, a “Discounted Prepayment Option Notice”) that the Borrower desires to prepay Term Loans of one or more specified Classes in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Borrower (each, a “Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of any Loans shall not be less than $5,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount for Loans to be prepaid, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Borrower with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment equal to a percentage of par of the principal amount of the Loans to be prepaid (the “Discount Range”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which shall be at least five Business Days from and including the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “Acceptance Date”).

 

-68-


(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each such Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each, a “Lender Participation Notice”) to the Administrative Agent (A) a maximum discount to par (the “Acceptable Discount”) within the Discount Range (for example, a Lender specifying a discount to par of 20% would accept a purchase price of 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent) of the Term Loans to be prepaid held by such Lender with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount (“Offered Loans”). Based on the Acceptable Discounts and principal amounts of the Term Loans to be prepaid specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, shall determine the applicable discount for such Term Loans to be prepaid (the “Applicable Discount”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Borrower if the Borrower has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.05(d)(ii)) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the highest Acceptable Discount at which the Borrower can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the Outstanding Amount of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the highest Acceptable Discount); provided, however, that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Discount, the Applicable Discount shall be the lowest Acceptable Discount specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans. Any Lender with outstanding Term Loans to be prepaid whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Administrative Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Borrower shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Term Loans to be prepaid (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“Qualifying Lenders”) that specify an Acceptable Discount that is equal to or greater than the Applicable Discount (“Qualifying Loans”) at the Applicable Discount, provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrower shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Administrative Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Borrower shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five (5) Business Days of the Acceptance Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 3.04), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (each a “Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice”), delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid. The par principal amount of each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of a Term Loan shall be applied ratably to reduce the remaining installments of such Class of Term Loans (as applicable).

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures (including as to timing, rounding, minimum amounts, Type and Interest Periods and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.05(d)(ii) above) established by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, each acting reasonably.

 

-69-


(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, (A) upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may withdraw or modify its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice and (B) no Lender may withdraw its offer to participate in a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Lender Participation Notice unless the terms of such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment have been modified by the Borrower after the date of such Lender Participation Notice.

(viii) Nothing in this Section 2.05(d) shall require the Borrower to undertake any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment.

(ix) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to act as manager for any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment.

SECTION 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Optional. The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce any Class of Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent repayment of the Revolving Credit Loans of such Class, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders in respect of such Revolving Credit Facility (excluding the portion of such Class of Revolving Credit Exposures attributable to outstanding Letters of Credit if and to the extent that the Borrower has made arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit and such L/C Issuer has released the Revolving Credit Lenders from their participation obligations with respect to such Letters of Credit) would exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of such Revolving Credit Facility. The amount of any such Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Letter of Credit Sublimit unless, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments or the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility, in which case such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

(b) Mandatory. The Term B Commitment of each Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of such Term B Lender’s Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a). The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date therefor. The Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the respective maturity dates applicable thereto.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.06). All Commitment Fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

SECTION 2.07 Repayment of Loans.

(a) Term Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders holding Term B Loans in Dollars (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur for the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, an aggregate principal amount equal to $700,000 and (ii) on the Maturity Date for the Term B Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date; provided that payments required by Section 2.07(a)(i) above shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with Section 2.05. In the event any Incremental Term Loans or Extended Term Loans are made, such Incremental Term Loans or Extended Term Loans, as applicable, shall be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the definitive documentation with respect thereto and on the applicable Maturity Date thereof.

 

-70-


(b) Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for each Revolving Credit Facility the principal amount of each of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date under such Revolving Credit Facility.

SECTION 2.08 Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Borrower shall pay interest on past due amounts under this Agreement at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand to the fullest extent permitted by and subject to applicable Laws, including in relation to any required additional agreements.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

SECTION 2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(g) and (h):

(a) Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each (i) Revolving Credit Lender under each Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) in Dollars equal to 0.50% per annum on the average daily amount by which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Revolving Credit Lender under such Revolving Credit Facility exceeds the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender under such Revolving Credit Facility. The Commitment Fee for each Revolving Credit Facility shall be reduced to 0.375% per annum at any time for which the First Lien Leverage Ratio (as evidenced by financial statements most recently required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01) shall be less than or equal to 4.50:1.00. The Commitment Fee for each Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date for such Revolving Credit Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur for the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for such Revolving Credit Facility. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears.

(b) Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Agent).

SECTION 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days or three hundred sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which such Loan is made, and shall not accrue on such Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which such Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any such Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

-71-


SECTION 2.11 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by one or more entries in the Register. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loan Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the Register, the Register shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender or its registered assigns, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit. In the event of any conflict between the Register and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the Register shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error.

SECTION 2.12 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m., Local Time, on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m., Local Time, shall (in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. All payments under each Loan Document of principal or interest in respect of any Loan (or of any breakage indemnity in respect of any Loan) shall be made in Dollars.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the greater

 

-72-


of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus, to the extent reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent, any administrative, processing or similar fees to the extent customarily charged by such Administrative Agent to similarly situated borrowers in connection with the foregoing; it being understood that nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “Compensation Period”) at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus, to the extent reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Agent, any administrative, processing or similar fees to the extent customarily charged by such Administrative Agent to similarly situated borrowers in connection with the foregoing. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at the interest rate applicable to such Loan. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent demonstrable error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.04. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Loan Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Loan Obligations then owing to such Lender.

 

-73-


SECTION 2.13 Sharing of Payments. If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or its participations in L/C Obligations, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that (x) if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon and (y) the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant or the application of Cash Collateral pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of this Agreement. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of demonstrable error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Loan Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Loan Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.14 Incremental Credit Extensions.

(a) At any time and from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request to increase the amount of Term B Loans of any Class or add one or more additional tranches of term loans (any such Term B Loans or additional tranche of term loans, the “Incremental Term Loans”) and/or one or more increases in the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Revolving Credit Facility (in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $35,000,000 for all such increases) (each, a “Revolving Credit Commitment Increase” and collectively, the “Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments”; together with the Incremental Term Loans, the “Incremental Facilities”). Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all Incremental Facilities (other than Refinancing Term Loans and Refinancing Revolving Credit Commitments) (determined at the time of incurrence), together with the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt, shall not exceed the Incremental Cap. Each Incremental Facility shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000 in case of Incremental Term Loans or $5,000,000 in case of Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, provided that such amount may be less than the applicable minimum amount if such amount represents all the remaining availability hereunder as set forth above. Each Incremental Facility shall have the same guarantees as (and shall not be guaranteed by any Person that is not otherwise a Guarantor), and to the extent secured, shall be secured by only the same Collateral securing, all of the other Loan Obligations under this Agreement (provided that, in the case of any Incremental Facility that is funded into Escrow, such Incremental Facility may be secured by the applicable funds and related assets held in Escrow (and the proceeds thereof) until such Incremental Facility is released from Escrow).

(b) Any Incremental Term Loans (i) shall rank pari passu or junior in right of payment with the Loan Obligations under the Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans that are senior in right of payment and (ii) shall be either (x) secured solely by the Collateral and shall rank pari passu or junior in right of security with the Loan Obligations under Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans that are secured on a first lien basis (and subject to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement (if subject to payment or lien subordination) (or, alternatively, terms in the incremental amendment substantially similar to those in such applicable agreement, as agreed by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) or other lien subordination and/or intercreditor arrangement reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) or (y) unsecured.

 

-74-


(c) Any Incremental Term Loans (i) may provide for the ability to participate on a non-pro rata basis (whether greater or less than pro rata basis) in any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans, with mandatory prepayments of Incremental Term Loans required to be on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis, (ii) shall have interest rate margins and (subject to clauses (iii) and (iv)) amortization schedules as determined by the Borrower and the lenders thereunder (provided that, except in the case of Refinancing Term Loans, if such Incremental Term Loans are Qualifying Term Loans, the All-In-Rate applicable thereto will not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the All-In-Rate in respect of the Term B Loans and previously incurred Incremental Term Loans unless the Applicable Rate (and/or, as provided in the proviso below, the Base Rate floor or Eurocurrency Rate floor) with respect to the Term B Loans is adjusted to be equal to the All-In-Rate applicable to such Indebtedness, minus 0.50% per annum, provided that, unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower in its sole discretion, that any increase in All-In-Rate to any Term B Loan due to the application or imposition of a Base Rate floor or Eurocurrency Rate floor on any such Indebtedness shall be effected solely through an increase in (or implementation of, as applicable) any Base Rate floor or Eurocurrency Rate floor applicable to such Term B Loan (this proviso to this clause (c)(ii), the “MFN Provision”)), (iii) any Incremental Term Loan shall not have a final maturity date earlier than the Maturity Date applicable to the Term B Loans), (iv) any Incremental Term Loan shall not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans) and (v) (I) other than Incremental Term Loans which are an increase in the amount of Term B Loans of any Class, shall be on terms and pursuant to documentation to be determined by the Borrower and the lenders providing such Incremental Facility; provided that, to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) above), they shall be, taken as a whole, no more favorable to the lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans, in their capacity as such (as reasonably determined by the Borrower) or reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent for terms or conditions that are more restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement if the Lenders of the initial Term B Loans receive the benefit of such terms or conditions through their addition to this Agreement or to the extent that they apply solely to periods following the Latest Maturity Date then in effect) and (II) which are an increase in the amount of Term B Loans of any Class shall be on the exact same terms (other than, subject to clause (ii) above, upfront fees and OID) and pursuant to the same documentation (other than the Incremental Facility Amendment evidencing such increase) applicable to the Term Loans. Any Incremental Term Loans may be structured as a delayed draw facility; provided that the application of the Incremental Cap to any such Incremental Facility shall occur, at Borrower’s option, either at the time of the effectiveness thereof (in which case such Incremental Facility shall be treated as fully drawn at such time) or at the time of the incurrence thereof.

(d) Any Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall (i) have the same maturity date as the Revolving Credit Commitments under such Revolving Credit Facility that is being increased, (ii) require no scheduled amortization or mandatory commitment reduction prior to the final maturity of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (iii) be on the same terms and pursuant to the same documentation (other than the Incremental Facility Amendment evidencing such increase) applicable to the Revolving Credit Commitments under such Revolving Credit Facility that is being increased.

(e) Any Incremental Facility shall be deemed to have been incurred in reliance on the incurrence test specified in clause (c) of the Incremental Cap prior to the utilization of any capacity under the Fixed Incremental Amount or clause (b) of the definition of “Incremental Cap”, if any.

(f) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments. Any additional bank, financial institution, existing Lender or other Person that elects to extend Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (any such bank, financial institution, existing Lender or other Person being called an “Additional Lender”) and, if not already a Lender, shall become a Lender under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Facility Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower and such Additional Lender, and, in the case of any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, each L/C Issuer; provided that no Incremental Term Loans may be provided by a Sponsor Affiliated Lender unless,

 

-75-


after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loans, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans that are held by Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) does not exceed 25% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans then outstanding. No Incremental Facility Amendment shall require the consent of any Lenders other than the Additional Lenders with respect to such Incremental Facility Amendment. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, unless it so agrees. Commitments in respect of any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments may become Commitments under this Agreement. An Incremental Facility Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14. The effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Amendment shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the Additional Lenders and with prior notice given to the Administrative Agent, be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “Incremental Facility Closing Date”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (notwithstanding clause (y) of the parenthetical in the introductory paragraph thereof) (it being understood that (x) all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” in Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the Incremental Facility Closing Date and (y) if the proceeds of such Incremental Facility are to be used, in whole or in part, (I) to finance a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, (1) the only representations and warranties that will be required to be true and correct in all material respects as of the applicable Incremental Facility Closing Date shall be the Specified Representations, (2) such incurrence shall be subject to the LCA Provisions and (3) no Specified Event of Default shall exist on the Incremental Facility Closing Date) or (II) for any other purpose, no Event of Default shall exist on the Incremental Facility Closing Date. The proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans will be used for general corporate purposes and any other use not prohibited hereunder. Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to this Section 2.14, each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment (each, an “Incremental Revolving Increase Lender”) in respect of such Revolving Credit Commitment Increase, and each such Incremental Revolving Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Letters of Credit held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Incremental Revolving Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Commitment Increase. Additionally, if any Revolving Credit Loans are outstanding under a Revolving Credit Facility at the time any Revolving Credit Commitment Increase is implemented under such Revolving Credit Facility, the Revolving Credit Lenders immediately after effectiveness of such Revolving Credit Commitment Increase shall purchase and assign at par such amounts of the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding under such Revolving Credit Facility at such time as the Administrative Agent may require such that each Revolving Credit Lender holds its Applicable Percentage of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding under such Revolving Credit Facility immediately after giving effect to all such assignments. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to this Section 2.14.

SECTION 2.15 Extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “Extension Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders of any Class of Term Loans or any Class of Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lender’s Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Class and otherwise modify the terms of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including, without limitation, by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans and/or modifying any prepayment premium or call protection in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans) (each, an “Extension,” and each group of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, in each case as so extended, as well as the original Term Loans and the original Revolving

 

-76-


Credit Commitments (in each case not so extended), being a separate Class of Term Loans from the Class of Term Loans from which they were converted, and any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (as defined below) shall constitute a separate Class of Revolving Credit Commitments from the Class of Revolving Credit Commitments from which they were converted, it being understood that an Extension may be in the form of an increase in the amount of any outstanding Class of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments otherwise satisfying the criteria set forth below), so long as the following terms are satisfied: (i) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Revolving Credit Lender that agrees to an extension with respect to such Revolving Credit Commitment extended pursuant to an Extension (an “Extended Revolving Credit Commitment”), and the related outstandings, shall be a Revolving Credit Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with the same terms as the original Class of Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings); provided that at no time shall there be Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder (including Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and any original Revolving Credit Commitments) which have more than three different maturity dates, (ii) except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, premium, required prepayment dates and participation in prepayments (which shall, subject to immediately succeeding clauses (iii), (iv) and (v), be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Term Loans of any Term Lender that agrees to an extension with respect to such Term Loans extended pursuant to any Extension (“Extended Term Loans”) shall have the same terms as the Class of Term Loans subject to such Extension Offer, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans extended thereby, (iv) any Extended Term Loans may participate (x) on a pro rata basis, greater than pro rata or a less than pro rata basis in any voluntary repayments or prepayments hereunder and (y) on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Extension Offer, (v) if the aggregate principal amount of the Class of Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) or Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Borrower pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class, as the case may be, of such Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, have accepted such Extension Offer, (vi) all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing and (vii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to extend its Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments unless it so agrees.

(b) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.15, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 2.05 and (ii) no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments (as applicable) of any or all applicable Classes be tendered. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.15 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on the such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.05, 2.12 and 2.13) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.15.

(c) No consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than (A) the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments (or a portion thereof) and (B) with respect to any Extension of any Class of Revolving Credit Commitments, the consent of the relevant L/C Issuer (if such L/C Issuer is being requested to issue letters of credit with respect to the Class of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Loan Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Loan Obligations under

 

-77-


this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize and direct the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrower as may be necessary in order to establish new Classes in respect of Revolving Credit Commitments or Term Loans so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in connection with the establishment of such new Classes, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.15 (and to the extent any such amendment is consistent with the terms of this Section 2.15 (as reasonably determined by the Borrower), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have consented to such amendment, and no such consent of the Administrative Agent shall be necessary to have such amendment become effective).

(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including, without limitation, regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.15.

SECTION 2.16 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) the Commitment Fee shall cease to accrue on any of the Revolving Credit Commitments of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.09(a);

(b) the Commitment, Outstanding Amount of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, the Required Lenders or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 10.01); provided that any waiver, amendment or modification of a type described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the first proviso in Section 10.01 that would apply to the Commitments or Loan Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender with respect to the effectiveness of such waiver, amendment or modification with respect to the Commitments or Loan Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender;

(c) if any L/C Exposure exists at the time a Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of the L/C Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within three (3) Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent Cash Collateralize for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuers only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(f) for so long as such L/C Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if the Borrower Cash Collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(h) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure is Cash Collateralized;

 

-78-


(iv) if the L/C Exposures of the non-Defaulting Lenders are increased pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.09(a) and 2.03(h) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages;

(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure is neither reallocated nor Cash Collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the relevant L/C Issuers or any other Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.03(h) with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Exposure shall be payable to the relevant L/C Issuers until and to the extent that such L/C Exposure is reallocated and/or Cash Collateralized; and

(vi) subject to Section 10.23, no reallocation pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility, the relevant L/C Issuers shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless they have received assurances satisfactory to it that non-Defaulting Lenders will cover the related exposure and/or Cash Collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.16(c), and participating interests in or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.16(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the relevant L/C Issuers each agree that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the L/C Exposures of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Credit Loans of the other Revolving Credit Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Revolving Credit Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

(a) Permitted Debt Exchanges Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “Permitted Debt Exchange Offer”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders (other than, with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer that constitutes an offering of securities, any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is (i) a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) or (iii) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act)) with outstanding Term Loans of a particular Class, the Borrower may from time to time consummate one or more exchanges of such Term Loans for Indebtedness (in the form of senior secured, senior unsecured, senior subordinated, or subordinated notes or term loans) (such Indebtedness, “Permitted Debt Exchange Securities” and each such exchange, a “Permitted Debt Exchange”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) each such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Term Lenders (other than, (x) with respect to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer that constitutes an offering of securities, any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it is (i) a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (ii) an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) or (iii) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act) or (y) any Lender that, if requested by the Borrower, is unable to certify that it can receive the type of Permitted Debt Exchange Securities being offered in connection with such Permitted Debt Exchange) of each applicable Class based on their respective aggregate principal amounts of outstanding Term Loans under each such Class;

(ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans so refinanced, except by an amount equal to any fees, expenses, commissions, underwriting discounts and premiums payable in connection with such Permitted Debt Exchange;

 

-79-


(iii) the stated final maturity of such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities is not earlier than the Latest Maturity Date for the Class or Classes of Term Loans being exchanged, and such stated final maturity is not subject to any conditions that could result in such stated final maturity occurring on a date that precedes such Latest Maturity Date (it being understood that acceleration or mandatory repayment, prepayment, redemption or repurchase of such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, an event of loss or an asset disposition shall not be deemed to constitute a change in the stated final maturity thereof);

(iv) such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities are not required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more events or at the option of any holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, an event of loss or an asset disposition) prior to the Latest Maturity Date for the Class or Classes of Term Loans being exchanged, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, scheduled amortization payments (however denominated, including scheduled offers to repurchase) of such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities shall be permitted so long as the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness shall be longer than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class or Classes of Term Loans being exchanged;

(v) no Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness unless such Restricted Subsidiary is or substantially concurrently becomes a Loan Party;

(vi) if such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities are secured, such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities are secured on a pari passu basis or junior priority basis to the Obligations and (A) such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities are not secured by any assets not securing the Obligations unless such assets substantially concurrently secure the Obligations and (B) the beneficiaries thereof (or an agent on their behalf) shall have become party to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement with the Administrative Agent;

(vii) the terms and conditions of such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities (excluding pricing and optional prepayment or redemption terms or covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Maturity Date of the Class or Classes of Term Loans being exchanged) either, taken as a whole, are substantially identical to, or not materially more favorable to the lenders providing such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes than those contained in the Facility being subject to such exchange; provided that if such Permitted Debt Exchange Securities contain any financial maintenance covenants, such covenants shall not be more restrictive than (or in addition to) those contained in this Agreement (unless such covenants are also added for the benefit of the Lenders under this Agreement, which amendment to add such covenants to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Lender or Agent hereunder);

(viii) all Term Loans exchanged under each applicable Class by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), and accrued and unpaid interest on such Term Loans shall be paid to the exchanging Lenders on the date of consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange, or, if agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date with respect to such Term Loans (with such interest accruing until the date of consummation of such Permitted Debt Exchange);

(ix) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of a given Class tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans under the relevant Class tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, or, if such

 

-80-


Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall have been made with respect to multiple Classes without specifying a maximum aggregate principal amount offered to be exchanged for each Class, and the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Classes tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of all relevant Classes offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans across all Classes subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered;

(x) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent; and

(xi) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition or Maximum Tender Condition, as the case may be, shall be satisfied or waived by the Borrower.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Loans or Commitments exchanged pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer.

(b) With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17, such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing the Borrower may at its election specify (A) as a condition (a “Minimum Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered and/or (B) as a condition (a “Maximum Tender Condition”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that no more than a maximum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes will be accepted for exchange. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Sections 2.05, 2.06 and 2.13 do not apply to the Permitted Debt Exchange and the other transactions contemplated by this Section 2.17 and hereby agree not to assert any Default or Event of Default in connection with the implementation of any such Permitted Debt Exchange or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.17.

(c) In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably, shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.17; provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than five (5) Business Days following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made. The Borrower shall provide the final results of such Permitted Debt Exchange to the Administrative Agent no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of effectiveness for such Permitted Debt Exchange (or such shorter period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such results.

(d) The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (i) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange and (ii) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Exchange Act.

 

-81-


ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

SECTION 3.01 Taxes.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3.01, any and all payments by the Borrower (the term Borrower under this Article III being deemed to include any Subsidiary for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued) or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes. If any applicable withholding agent shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) if such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the sum payable by the Borrower or applicable Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01), such Lender receives (or, in the case of payments made to the Administrative Agent for its own account, the Administrative Agent receives) an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions, (iii) such applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment by such applicable withholding agent (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as possible thereafter), such applicable withholding agent shall furnish to the Borrower and such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay all Other Taxes.

(c) Without duplication of any amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(b), the Borrower agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Indemnified Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction in respect of amounts payable under this Section 3.01) payable by such Agent and such Lender and (ii) any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Payment under this Section 3.01(c) shall be made within ten (10) days after the date such Lender or such Agent makes a demand therefor.

(d) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall promptly remit an amount equal to such refund as soon as practicable after it is determined that such refund pertains to Indemnified Taxes (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower or any Guarantor under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return an amount equal to such refund (plus any applicable interest, additions to tax or penalties) to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority (provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (c), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (c) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its Tax

 

-82-


affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any refund or to make available its Tax returns or disclose any information relating to its Tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or Agent to determine anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(e) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or (c) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions), at Borrower’s expense, to designate another Applicable Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Applicable Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c).

(f) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by law, or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Loan Document. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation (including any documentation specifically referenced below) expired, obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) Each Lender that is a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding;

(ii) Each Lender that is not a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter when required by law or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) copies of duly completed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor forms), claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) copies of duly completed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) or the Code, (x) a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit L (any such certificate a “United States Tax Compliance Certificate”), or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, to the effect that such Lender is not (I) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (II) a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code or (III) a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower, as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (y) copies of duly completed Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN or Forms W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor forms),

 

-83-


(D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership, or is a Lender that has granted a participation), or to the extent payments owing to such Lender will be directed to the account of an intermediary acting for such Lender, copies of duly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender (or such intermediary), accompanied, unless such intermediary is a qualified intermediary that has certified on Form W-8IMY that it assumes primary withholding responsibility under Chapters 3 and 4 and primary Form 1099 reporting and backup withholding responsibility for payments to such account, by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, a United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY (or other successor forms) or any other required information from each beneficial owner, as applicable (provided that, if the Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) copies of any other duly completed form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents.

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement and “Lender” shall include the Administrative Agent.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.01(f), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 3.01(f).

(g) The Administrative Agent (as well as any person receiving any payment on behalf of the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 or Section 9.13) shall provide the Borrower with, if it is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), copies of duly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that it is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding, and, if it is not a United States person, copies of duly completed (1) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN, or Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, with respect to payments to be received by it as a beneficial owner and (2) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (together with required accompanying documentation) with respect to payments to be received by it on behalf of the Lenders, and shall update such forms periodically upon the reasonable request of the Borrower. Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (g), the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver any form that such Administrative Agent is not legally eligible to deliver.

(h) For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 3.01, include any L/C Issuer.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.01, no Loan Party shall have any obligation to indemnify any Lender for any incremental interest, penalties, additions to tax or expenses resulting from the failure of such Lender to notify the Borrower of such indemnification claim within 180 days after the date on which such Lender receives written notice from the applicable taxing authority of the specific assessment or deficiency giving rise to such indemnification claim.

 

-84-


SECTION 3.02 Inability to Determine Rates.

(a) If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Borrowing or Eurocurrency Rate Loans:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period;

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; or

(iii) the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or electronic means as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which notice shall be promptly given by the Administrative Agent when such circumstances no longer exist), (i) any Committed Loan Notice that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Committed Loan Notice requests a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Borrowing shall be made as Base Rate Loan; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one type of Borrowings, then the other type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in clause (a)(i) above have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (a)(i) above have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the Eurocurrency Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Eurocurrency Screen Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the Eurocurrency Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction of the Applicable Rate). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.01, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date notice of such alternate rate of interest is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that such Required Lenders object to such amendment. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this paragraph (but, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this paragraph, only to the extent the Eurocurrency Screen Rate for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any Committed Loan Notice that requests the conversion of any Revolving Loan to, or continuation of any Revolving Loan as, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be ineffective and (y) if any Committed Loan Notice requests a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Loan; provided that, if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.03 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(a) If any Lender determines that as a result of any Change in Law, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Loan or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.03(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes indemnifiable under Section 3.01, (ii) Excluded Taxes described in clauses (b) through (e) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes,” (iii) Excluded Taxes described in clause (a) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” to the extent such Taxes are imposed on or measured

 

-85-


by such Lender’s net income or profits (or are franchise Taxes imposed in lieu thereof) or (iv) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.03(c)), then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.05), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction; provided that in the case of any Change in Law only applicable as a result of the proviso set forth in the definition thereof, such Lender will only be compensated for such amounts that would have otherwise been imposed under the applicable increased cost provisions and only to the extent the applicable Lender is imposing such charges on other similarly situated borrowers under comparable syndicated credit facilities.

(b) If any Lender determines that as a result of any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity requirements, or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements, and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.05), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent demonstrable error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice.

(d) Subject to Section 3.05(b), failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.03, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Applicable Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Applicable Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 3.03(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.03(a), (b), (c) or (d).

SECTION 3.04 Funding Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

 

-86-


(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan (other than a Base Rate Loan) on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.04, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

SECTION 3.05 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

(a) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.02, Section 3.03 or Section 3.04, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.03, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans from one Interest Period to another, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.05(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurocurrency Rate Loan from one Interest Period to another, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.05(b) hereof, such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02, on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.03 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans denominated in Dollars that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans, and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.03 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars pursuant to this Section 3.05 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments.

 

-87-


SECTION 3.06 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

(a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.03 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.03, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, (iv) any Lender becomes a Non-Extending Lender and/or, (v) any suspension or cancellation of any obligation of any Lender to issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any such Borrowing pursuant to Section 3.07, then the Borrower may, at its election, on prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, either (x) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, with respect to clause (iii) above, all of its rights and obligations with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, waiver or amendment) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided, further, that (A) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.03 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (B) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents or (y) repay the Loans and terminate the Commitments held by any such Lender notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (including, without limitation Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07 or Section 2.13), on a non pro rata basis so long as any accrued and unpaid interest and required fees are paid any such Non-Consenting Lender or Non-Extending Lender; provided, further, that in the case of any assignment by, or repayment of Loans and termination of Commitments of, a Non-Consenting Lender, such assignment or repayment and termination shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders after giving effect hereto) to cause the adoption of the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.06(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations, as applicable (provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register) and (ii) deliver Notes, if any, evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitments and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations, as applicable, (B) all obligations of the Loan Parties owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loan Documents and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender or the Loan Parties (as applicable) to such assigning Lender concurrently with such assignment and assumption, any amounts owing to the assigning Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) under Section 3.04 as a consequence of such assignment and, in the case of an assignment of Term Loans in connection with a Repricing Event, the premium, if any, that would have been payable by the Borrower on such date pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(iv) if such Lender’s Term Loans subject to such assignment had been prepaid on such date shall have been paid by the Borrower to the assigning Lender and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, the assignor Lender shall deliver to the assignee Lender the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer, or the depositing of Cash Collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.

 

-88-


(d) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent have requested that the Lenders (A) consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or (B) agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of the Loans and (iii) solely with respect to clause (B) above, the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender.” In the event that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to an extension of the Maturity Date of any Class of Loans as permitted by Section 2.15, then any Lender who does not agree to such extension shall be deemed a “Non-Extending Lender”.

SECTION 3.07 Illegality. If (a) in any applicable jurisdiction, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender, as applicable, to (i) perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (ii) to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or (iii) issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any Borrowing to any Loan Party who is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia (including, as a result of any illegality due to any economic or financial sanctions administered or enforced by any sanctions authority) or (b) any Lender is advised in writing by a sanctions authority that penalties will be imposed by a sanctions authority as a result of such Lender’s participation in the Agreement or any other business or financial relationship with the Borrowers, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), such Person shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, then, upon the Administrative Agent notifying the Borrower, and until such notice by such Person is revoked, any obligation of such Person to issue, make, maintain, fund or charge interest with respect to any such Borrowing shall be suspended, and to the extent required by applicable Law, cancelled. Upon receipt of such notice, the Loan Parties shall, (A) repay that Person’s participation in the Loans or other applicable Obligations on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan or other Obligation occurring after the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by such Person in the notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by applicable Law) and (B) take all reasonable actions requested by such Person to mitigate or avoid such illegality.

SECTION 3.08 Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Loan Obligations hereunder and any assignment of rights by or replacement of a Lender or L/C Issuer.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

SECTION 4.01 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction (or waiver by the Administrative Agent) of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, facsimiles or other electronic copies (in each case, followed promptly by originals if requested) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Agreement (and intellectual property security agreements required thereunder), the Perfection Certificate and each of the other Loan Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date and prior to the initial Credit Extension, together with (except as provided in the Collateral Documents):

(A) certificates, if any, representing the pledged equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and (if applicable) instruments evidencing the pledged debt referred to therein endorsed in blank; and

 

-89-


(B) evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent; and

(C) a certificate evidencing that all insurances required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent has been named as loss payee and additional insured under each United States insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;

(iii) such certificates (including a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I), copies of Organization Documents of the Loan Parties, resolutions or other action and incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (i) evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date and (ii) certifying compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02;

(iv) an opinion from each of (A) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York and Massachusetts counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) Driver, McAfee, Hawthorne & Diebenow, PLLC, Florida counsel to the Loan Parties and (C) Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP, Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties;

(v) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, from Holdings’ chief financial officer or other officer with equivalent duties;

(vi) a Committed Loan Notice or Letter of Credit Application, as applicable, relating to the initial Credit Extension;

(vii) copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent with respect to the Loan Parties;

(viii) copies of U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and U.S. Copyright Office searches in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent with respect to the Loan Parties; and

(ix) if available in the relevant jurisdiction, good standing certificates or certificates of status, as applicable and bring down telegrams or facsimiles, for each Loan Party.

(b) All fees and expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date hereunder or pursuant to the Engagement Letter, to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date shall have been paid in full in cash or will be paid on the Closing Date out of the initial Credit Extension.

(c) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension, the Refinancing shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions.

(d) [Reserved].

 

-90-


(e) The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall have received (x) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information about the Borrower and the Guarantors as has been reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers that they reasonably determine is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act and (y) a Beneficial Ownership Certificate in relation to any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on behalf of each Loan Party, confirming compliance with the condition precedent set forth in Section 4.01(c).

(g) The Lead Arrangers shall have received (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2018, June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2018.

The making of the initial Credit Extensions by the Lenders hereunder shall conclusively be deemed to constitute an acknowledgement by the Administrative Agent and each Lender that each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section 4.01 shall have been satisfied in accordance with its respective terms or shall have been irrevocably waived by such Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any security interest in the Collateral is not or cannot be provided on the Closing Date (other than the pledge and perfection of security interest in (i) assets that may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC and (ii) the Equity Interest of the Borrower and the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so without undue burden or expense (to the extent required by the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”), then the provision and/or perfection of a security interest in such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability and initial funding of the Loans on the Closing Date but may, if required, instead be delivered and/or perfected in accordance with Section 6.12(b) hereof but in any event not later than fifteen days after the Closing Date with respect to the delivery of any stock certificates and ninety days after the Closing date with respect to other Collateral, in each case, as may be extended in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension and any requests for Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments which are established, but not drawn on the date of the effectiveness of such facility (other than (x) a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or (y) a Credit Extension of Incremental Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, which are subject to the LCA Provisions) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than (i) a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or (ii) a Credit Extension of Incremental Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment which are subject to the LCA Provisions) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the applicable conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

-91-


ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is a Person duly incorporated, organized or formed, and validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (a) (other than with respect to Holdings and the Borrower), (b)(i), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transactions, (a) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and (b) do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or require any payment to be made under (A) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject, (iii) result in the creation of any Lien (other than under the Loan Documents and Liens subject to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement) or (iv) violate any material Law; except (in the case of clauses (b)(ii) and (b)(iv)), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention, payment or violation would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

(a) No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transactions, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Each Loan Party and Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance with all Communications Laws, except any such failure to comply with has not, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

 

-92-


SECTION 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements and Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower as of the dates thereof, and its results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

(b) Since December 31, 2017, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby acknowledges and agrees that Holdings and its Subsidiaries may be required to restate historical financial statements as the result of the implementation of changes in GAAP or IFRS, or the respective interpretation thereof, and that such restatements will not result in a Default under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 5.06 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.07 Ownership of Property; Liens.

(a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good and valid title to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes, Permitted Liens and any Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by Law and, in each case, except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) As of the Closing Date, there are no Material Real Properties other than those listed on Schedule 5.07(b) hereof.

SECTION 5.08 Environmental Compliance. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions, suits, notices of violation, notices of potential responsibility or proceedings by or against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any applicable Environmental Law;

(b) (i) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary; and (ii) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any of the Loan Parties or any other Restricted Subsidiary at, on, under or from any property owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or their Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner which would, in either of clauses (i) and (ii), reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under applicable Environmental Laws;

(c) neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, or has, in the preceding two (2) years, completed, either individually or together with other persons, any investigation or response action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any property owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or their Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any applicable Environmental Law;

 

-93-


(d) all Hazardous Materials transported from any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary for off-site disposal have been disposed of in compliance with any applicable Environmental Laws;

(e) none of the Loan Parties nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under or relating to any applicable Environmental Law; and

(f) the Loan Parties and each other Restricted Subsidiary and their respective businesses, operations and properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

SECTION 5.09 Taxes. The Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary have timely filed all federal, provincial, state, municipal, foreign and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid all federal, provincial, state, municipal, foreign and other Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and, except for failures to file or pay as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no Tax audits, deficiencies, assessments or other claims with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that would, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.10 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws and applicable foreign laws, respectively.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event or with respect to a Foreign Plan, a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 et seq. or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that would be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.10, as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.11 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.11, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and, in the case of Equity Interests representing corporate interests, nonassessable and, on the Closing Date, and, on the Closing Date, all Equity Interests owned directly or indirectly by Holdings or any other Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.11 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization or incorporation of each direct Subsidiary of a Loan Party, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of the Borrower and any of the Loan Parties in each of their Subsidiaries, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Person the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged on the Closing Date pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

SECTION 5.12 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U or Regulation X of the FRB.

 

-94-


(b) None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

SECTION 5.13 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent, any Lead Arranger or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains when furnished any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

SECTION 5.14 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each of the Loan Parties and the other Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, technology, software, know-how, trade secrets, database rights, design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are used in or reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, without violation of the rights of any Person, except to the extent such failures to own, license or possess or violations, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any such IP Rights, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.15 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 5.16 Collateral Documents. The Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties legal, valid and enforceable Liens on and security interests in, the Collateral described therein and to the extent intended to be created thereby, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity, and (i) when all appropriate filings or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable Laws (which filings or recordings shall be made to the extent required by any Collateral Document) and, as applicable, (ii) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by any Collateral Document), the Liens created by such Collateral Documents will constitute so far as possible under relevant Law fully perfected first-priority Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement or any Collateral Document shall require the Borrower or any Subsidiary to make any filings or take any other actions to record or perfect the Collateral Agent’s Lien on and security interest in any intellectual property outside of the United States or reimburse the Collateral Agent for any costs or expenses incurred in connection with making such filings or taking any other such action.

SECTION 5.17 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term B Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans shall be used in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement.

SECTION 5.18 Patriot Act. (i) Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is in material violation of any material laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 23, 2001 and the USA PATRIOT Act. (ii) The use of proceeds of the Loans will not violate in any material respect the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended or any of the foreign asset control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V).

 

-95-


SECTION 5.19 Sanctioned Persons. (i) None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers, employees, or agents, is a Sanctioned Person, or located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country. (ii) The Borrower will not to its knowledge, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans in any manner that will result in a violation by any Loan Party of any Sanctions.

SECTION 5.20 Anti-Corruption. (i) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”) or any other similar applicable anti-corruption law. (ii) Except to the extent that the relevant violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director or officer of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a material violation by any such Person of the FCPA or any other similar applicable anti-corruption law.

SECTION 5.21 No EEA Financial Institution. No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

SECTION 5.22 Senior Debt. The Obligations under any Facility are “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Debt Documents in respect of any Junior Debt that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations under such Facility.

SECTION 5.23 As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, the hours worked and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable law dealing with such matters, except for any instances of violation as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date all payments due from any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the each Loan Party and Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required by GAAP, except for any instances of violation as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, the consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to a right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary (or any predecessor or any of the foregoing) is bound, other than collective bargaining agreements that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Loan Parties and Restricted Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Loan Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (other than Letters of Credit that have been backstopped, Cash Collateralized or as to which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer have been made), the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Section 6.01, Section 6.02 and Section 6.03) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:

SECTION 6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

 

-96-


(a) as soon as available, but in any event within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, one-hundred fifty days after the end of such fiscal year), a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year and including a customary management summary of operating results, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” qualification (other than (x) with respect to, or resulting from, a current debt maturity, (y) any potential default or Event of Default of any financial covenant under this Agreement and/or any other Indebtedness and/or (z) exceptions for qualifications relating to change in accounting principles or practices reflecting a change in GAAP and required or approved by such independent certified public accountants) or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (excluding, in each case, any emphasis of matter qualification);

(b) as soon as available, but in any event, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, with respect to the first three (3) fiscal quarters after the Closing Date for which such financials are required to be delivered, within seventy-five (75) days), commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2019, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year and including a customary management summary of operating results, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes); and

(c) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and (b) above the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable consolidated financial statements of any direct or indirect Parent Entity of the Borrower that, directly or indirectly, holds all of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect Parent Entity thereof, as applicable) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC or (C) following an election by the Borrower pursuant to the definition of “GAAP,” the applicable financial statements determined in accordance with IFRS; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a Parent Entity of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion, subject to the same exceptions set forth above, shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

SECTION 6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

-97-


(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(c) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a), (i) a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03 of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or, if later, the date of the last Compliance Certificate, (ii) a list of Subsidiaries that identifies each Subsidiary as a Material Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such list and (iii) such other information required by the Compliance Certificate;

(d) no later than ninety (90) days following the first day of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the first day of the first fiscal year of the Borrower ended after the Closing Date), an annual budget (on a quarterly basis) for such fiscal year in form customarily prepared by the Borrower;

(e) as soon as reasonably practicable after reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or a Lender, evidence of insurance that is in compliance with the requirements of Section 6.06; provided that such evidence shall only be required to be delivered once per fiscal year; and

(f) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.02(f), none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (x) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (y) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) would be in breach of any confidentiality obligations, fiduciary duty or Law or (z) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided further that, in the event that the Borrower does not provide information in reliance on the exclusions in this sentence, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent permitted, the applicable information in a way that would not violate such restrictions.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and (b), Section 6.02(a), or Section 6.02(c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

-98-


The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.08); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”

The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Loan Documents and the financial statements and certificates required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(a), 6.01(b) and 6.02(a) are hereby deemed to be Borrower Materials suitable for distribution, and to be made available to Public Lenders as contemplated by the previous paragraph and may be treated by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as if the same had been marked “PUBLIC” in accordance with such paragraph (unless the Borrower otherwise notifies the Administrative Agent on or prior to the delivery thereof).

SECTION 6.03 Notices. Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto;

(b) any litigation or governmental proceeding (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Environmental Laws) pending against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that if adversely determined would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event or with respect to a Foreign Plan, a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) of any other event that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.04 Maintenance of Existence. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in the case of clauses (a) (other than with respect to the Borrower) and (b), (i) to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or Section 7.05.

SECTION 6.05 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted and (b) make all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice practice.

 

-99-


SECTION 6.06 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons. If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the Flood Insurance Laws, then, to the extent required by the Flood Insurance Laws, the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to, (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Any such insurance (excluding business interruption insurance) maintained in the United States shall name the Collateral Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable.

SECTION 6.07 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions, decrees and judgments applicable to it or to its business or property (including without limitation Environmental Laws, ERISA, the USA PATRIOT Act and the FCPA), except if the failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Comply in all material respects with any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State.

SECTION 6.08 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; it being agreed that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall only be required to provide such books of record and account in accordance with and to the extent required by the standards set forth in Section 6.09.

SECTION 6.09 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (coordinated through the Administrative Agent) to visit and inspect any of its properties and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, managers, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.09 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.09, none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of, any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) would be in breach of any confidentiality obligations, fiduciary duty or Law or (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided that in the event that the Borrower does not provide information in reliance on the exclusions in this sentence, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent permitted, the applicable information in a way that would not violate such restrictions.

SECTION 6.10 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security. At the Borrower’s expense, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

 

-100-


(a) upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, including as a result of a Delaware division, (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Loan Party, the designation in accordance with Section 6.13 of any existing direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, any Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party merging or amalgamating with a Loan Party in accordance with the proviso in Section 7.04(a):

(i) within sixty (60) days after such formation, acquisition, designation or occurrence or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion:

(A) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of the Material Real Properties that are not Excluded Property owned by such Restricted Subsidiary in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(B) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) Mortgages, pledges, guarantees, assignments, Security Agreement Supplements and other security agreements and documents or joinders or supplements thereto (including without limitation, with respect to Mortgages, the documents listed in paragraph (f) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”), as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement and other Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(C) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and (if applicable) instruments evidencing the Indebtedness held by such Restricted Subsidiary and required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent; and

(D) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of financing statements and intellectual property security agreements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and perfected first priority Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law); and

(E) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirements to deliver customary board resolutions and officers certificates; and

(ii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Collateral Agent and to the extent in the Borrower’s possession, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Material Real Property, any existing title reports, title insurance policies and surveys or environmental assessment reports to the extent reasonably available; and

 

-101-


(a) after the Closing Date, promptly after the acquisition of any Material Real Property that is not Excluded Property by any Loan Party, if such Material Real Property shall not already be subject to a perfected first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) under the Collateral Documents pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and is required to be, the Borrower shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and promptly thereafter shall cause such real property to be subjected to a Lien to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and will take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to in paragraph (f) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and shall, within ninety (90) days after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent signed copies of opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties regarding the due execution and delivery and enforceability of each such Mortgage, the corporate formation, existence and good standing of the applicable mortgagor, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and each such opinion shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement. Revolving Credit Loans may be drawn on the Closing Date to (i) finance a portion of the Transaction Expenses, (ii) to backstop Letters of Credit outstanding on the Closing Date under facilities no longer available to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and (iii) for working capital and/or general corporate purposes; provided that the amount of Revolving Credit Loans drawn on the Closing Date in respect of clause (iii) shall not exceed $2,000,000.

SECTION 6.12 Further Assurances and Post-Closing Covenants.

(a) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

(b) Within the time periods specified on Schedule 6.12(b) hereto (as each may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), complete such undertakings as are set forth on Schedule 6.12(b) hereto.

SECTION 6.13 Designation of Subsidiaries.

(a) Subject to Section 6.13(b) below, the Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant as of the last day of the most recent ending fiscal quarter. The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Unrestricted Subsidiary may be the owner, holder or exclusive licensee of material intellectual property or material intellectual property rights used in the business of Holdings, Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

-102-


(b) The Borrower may not (x) designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (y) designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case unless no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the Borrower may designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as (i) the Restricted Subsidiary to be so designated does not (directly, or indirectly through its Subsidiaries) own any (A) Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is also designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or (B) Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (unless the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is otherwise permitted to incur such Indebtedness or Lien) and (ii) neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or notice or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary).

SECTION 6.14 Payment of Taxes. The Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, in each case on a timely basis, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, may reasonably be expected to become a lien or charge upon any properties of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Agreement; provided that neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax or claim which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or which would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.15 Nature of Business. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will engage only in material lines of business substantially similar to those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related, complementary or ancillary thereto.

SECTION 6.16 Maintenance of Ratings. The Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and a public corporate facility rating (but not any specific rating) from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower, and (ii) a public rating (but not any specific rating) in respect of the Loans from each of S&P and Moody’s.

SECTION 6.17 Lender Calls. Following delivery (or, if later, required delivery) of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a), at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will promptly host a conference call with the Lenders to review the financial information presented therein at a time selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Loan Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (other than Letters of Credit that have been backstopped, Cash Collateralized or as to which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer have been made), the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (and, in the case of Section 7.10, Holdings shall not):

SECTION 7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof securing Indebtedness or other obligations (x) with an individual value not in excess of $250,000 or (y) set forth on Schedule 7.01(b);

 

-103-


(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges (i) which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days, (ii) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP, (iii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iv) the nonpayment of which would not result in a breach of Section 6.14;

(d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business (i) which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than sixty (60) days or if more than sixty (60) days overdue, are unfiled (or if filed have been discharged or stayed) and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien, (ii) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP or (iii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) (i) pledges, deposits or Liens arising as a matter of law in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance, general liability or property insurance and/or other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantee or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, conditions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and any exception on the Mortgage Policies issued in connection with the Mortgaged Property;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred seventy (270) days after the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits, and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses and Liens on the property covered thereby which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

-104-


(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank (including those arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code) on the items in the course of collection, (ii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution or entities and/or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry and (iii) arising by the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance or administrative of deposit accounts, securities accounts or cash management arrangements;

(m) Liens (i) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(n) Liens in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) (provided that, solely with respect to Indebtedness required to be Subordinated Debt under Section 7.03(e), such Lien shall be subordinated to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the same extent);

(o) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13), in each case after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) any Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(f) and/or Section 7.03(r)(i);

(p) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under leases or subleases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings or any equivalent filings in respect of any leases;

(t) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(u) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property;

 

-105-


(v) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit issued for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(w) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clauses (b) and (o) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, and (B) proceeds and products thereof; and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;

(x) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(y) Liens on property of a Non-Loan Party securing Indebtedness that is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 or other obligations of such Non-Loan Party (including any Escrow);

(z) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(aa) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(m);

(bb) other Liens; provided that at the time of incurrence of the obligations secured thereby, the aggregate outstanding face amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause shall not exceed the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period;

(cc) Liens (including Liens on the Collateral) securing (i) Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(r), Section 7.03(s), Section 7.03(t), Section 7.03(w) and Section 7.03(y) and any guaranty permitted in respect of any of the foregoing, in each case, to the extent contemplated by, and subject to the limitations set forth in such provisions; provided that, to the extent such Lien is on the Collateral, the beneficiaries thereof (or an agent or trustee on their behalf) shall have become party to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof; provided, however, with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(s), such Liens shall only be on assets of a Non-Loan Party;

(dd) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, other Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by Law;

(ee) Liens on receivables and related assets arising in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(ff) [reserved];

(gg) Liens created or deemed to exist by the establishment of trusts for the purpose of satisfying government reimbursement program costs and other actions or claims pertaining to the same or related matters or other medical reimbursement programs;

(hh) Liens on property and assets used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that, such satisfaction or discharge is permitted hereunder;

(ii) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof;

(jj) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments securing Swap Agreements in the ordinary course of business submitted for clearing in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law;

 

-106-


(kk) the prior rights of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ll) Liens on Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(mm) Liens arising as a result of a Permitted Sale Leaseback or other sale-leaseback permitted by Section 7.05; and

(nn) Liens imposed by law, including securities law.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.01, if any Lien (or a portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above, the Borrower may divide and classify such Lien (or a portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later divide and reclassify any such Lien so long as the Lien (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 7.02 Investments. Make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors, managers, partners and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof or the Borrower) (provided that the proceeds of any such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period;

(c) asset purchases (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials) and the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing or development arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Investments (i) by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party, (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party, (iii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (iv) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided that the aggregate outstanding amounts pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed, when made, the greater of (I) $15,000,000 and (II) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, (v) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments constitute intercompany loans that do not exceed an aggregate amount, when made, equal to the greater of (I) $15,000,000 and (II) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period and (vi) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party organized under the laws of Canada that constitute intercompany loans in the ordinary course of business, including to fund operations and capital contributions provided that to the extent such investments under clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) constitute intercompany loans, such loans are subordinated in full to the repayment of the Obligations of such Loan Party on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

-107-


(f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted (other than, in each case, by reference to this Section 7.02) under Section 7.01, Section 7.03, Section 7.04, Section 7.05 and Section 7.06, respectively;

(g) Investments consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any Investment existing on the date hereof; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;

(h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03(g);

(i) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

(j) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) (such Subsidiary, the “Target”) (each, a “Permitted Acquisition”); provided that (i) after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such purchase or other acquisition and subject to the LCA Provisions, (A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (B) the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance with Section 6.15, (ii) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (A) the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall become Collateral and (B) any such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) shall become Guarantors, in each case in accordance with Section 6.10,(iii) such purchase or other acquisition is not “hostile”, (iv) if, upon such purchase or acquisition, the Target herein acquired will not become a Loan Party either through merger or pursuant to Section 6.10 within the time periods specified therein (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary and excluding any subsidiary so acquired that will become a Guarantor), or if such transaction is an asset purchase and such assets will not become assets of a Loan Party, then the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase or acquisition by the Loan Parties (calculated net of acquired cash and Cash Equivalents) (together with all other such purchases or acquisitions after the Closing Date) shall not exceed the greater of (A) $75,000,000 and (B) 1.5 times Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;

(k) the Transactions;

(l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practice;

(m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers from financially troubled account debtors or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(n) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Investments as valued at cost at the time each such Investment is made and including all related commitments for future Investments, in an amount not exceeding the Available Amount;

(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(p) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other such loans or advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such direct or indirect parent in accordance with Section 7.06; provided that any such loan or advance shall reduce the amount of such applicable Restricted Payment thereafter permitted under Section 7.06 by a corresponding amount (if such applicable provision of Section 7.06 contains a maximum amount);

 

-108-


(q) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a corporation or company merged into the Borrower or merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(r) Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(s) [reserved];

(t) other Investments in an aggregate amount, as valued at cost at the time each such Investment is made and including all related commitments for future Investments, not exceeding (i) the greater of (x) $17,500,000 and (y) 35% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period plus (ii) an amount equal to any unused amounts reallocated from Section 7.06(j) and Section 7.08(a)(iii) less (iii) any the aggregate amount of any Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(j) and any prepayments of Junior Debt made pursuant to Section 7.08(a)(iii);

(u) Investments (i) in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing and (ii) distributions or payments of fees and purchases of Receivables Assets in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing;

(v) Investments in JV Entities and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, as valued at cost at the time each such Investment is made and including all related commitments for future Investments, not exceeding (i) the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period;

(w) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Borrower;

(x) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided that at the time of such designation, such Investment is permitted under Section 7.02 (other than this Section 7.02(x));

(y) other Investments; provided that, at the time of such Investment, (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 5.50:1.00;

(z) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02(z) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(z) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;

(aa) non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that, after giving effect to, any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not (and will not) be materially impaired;

 

-109-


(bb) Investments in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of cash contributions made after the Closing Date to the Borrower in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower, except to the extent utilized in connection with any other transaction permitted by Section 7.06 or Section 7.08, and except to the extent such amount increases the Available Amount or constitutes a Cure Amount;

(cc) Guarantees of operating leases (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case, entered into by Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of any Guarantee by a Loan Party of obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(dd) the forgiveness or conversion to equity of any intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cancellation or forgiveness of any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower (or any Parent Entity) or a Subsidiary from any members of management of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity) or any Subsidiary, in each case permitted by Section 7.03; and

(ee) to the extent that they constitute Investments, purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials or equipment or purchases, acquisitions, licenses or leases of other assets, intellectual property, or other rights, in each case in the ordinary course of business.

To the extent an Investment is permitted to be made by a Loan Party directly in any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person who is not a Loan Party (each such person, a “Target Person”) under any provision of this Section 7.02, such Investment may be made by advance, contribution or distribution by a Loan Party to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings, and further substantially contemporaneously advanced or contributed to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower for purposes of making the relevant Investment in the Target Person without constituting an Investment for purposes of Section 7.02 (it being understood that such Investment must satisfy the requirements of, and shall count towards any thresholds in, a provision of this Section 7.02 as if made by the applicable Loan Party directly to the Target Person).

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.02, if any Investment (or a portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above, the Borrower may divide and classify such Investment (or a portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later divide and reclassify any such Investment so long as the Investment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 7.03 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;

(b) [reserved];

(c) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof (x) with an individual value not in excess of $250,000 or (y) listed on Schedule 7.03(c) and in each case of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(d) Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder (except that an Immaterial Subsidiary may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(d), guarantee Indebtedness that such Immaterial Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that, (x) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Loan Obligations, such Guarantee Obligation shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Loan Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness and (y) Guarantee Obligations made by a Loan Party with respect to Indebtedness of a Non-Loan Party must be permitted pursuant to Section 7.02;

 

-110-


(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to the subordination terms set forth in Section 3.02 of the Guaranty (but only to the extent permitted by applicable law and not giving rise to material adverse tax consequences);

(f) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets (provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within two hundred seventy (270) days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement), (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of Permitted Sale Leasebacks and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (including without limitation Attributable Indebtedness, but excluding Attributable Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (ii)) under this Section 7.03(f) does not exceed, at the time of the incurrence thereof, the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period;

(g) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts not for speculative purposes (i) entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual or anticipated exposure (other than those in respect of shares of capital stock or other equity ownership interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary), (ii) entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) entered into to hedge commodities, currencies, general economic conditions, raw materials prices, revenue streams or business performance;

(h) [reserved];

(i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Indebtedness to future, present or former directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.06(f);

(k) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other similar adjustments;

(l) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(m) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, cash pooling arrangements, purchase card and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course;

(n) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

-111-


(o) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

(p) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(q) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

(r) Indebtedness (whether secured or unsecured) (i) of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary) after the date hereof and/or any other Indebtedness otherwise assumed in connection with an acquisition or any other Investment not prohibited hereunder, to the extent in the case of this clause (i), such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or other Investment, such Indebtedness constitutes the obligations of only such newly acquired Restricted Subsidiary, any Liens securing such Indebtedness is limited to assets of such newly acquired Restricted Subsidiary, and such Indebtedness shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount, at the time of the incurrence thereof the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, (ii) assumed, acquired or incurred in connection with any acquisition or Investment not prohibited hereunder, an unlimited amount so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto (x) in the case of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the Obligations, the First Lien Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.75:1.00, (y) in the case of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations, the Secured Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.00:1.00 and (z) in the case of Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured solely by assets that are not Collateral, the Total Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.50:1.00 and (iii) incurred for any other purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, in an aggregate principal amount for clause (iii), not to exceed an unlimited amount so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto (x) in the case of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the Obligations, the First Lien Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.75:1.00, (y) in the case of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations, the Secured Leverage Ratio does not 6.00:1.00 and (z) in the case of Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured solely by assets that are not Collateral, the Total Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.50:1.00; provided that, such Indebtedness incurred under clauses (ii) and (iii) (1) shall not mature prior to the Term B Loan Maturity Date and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans), (2) any such Indebtedness of any Subsidiaries that are non-Loan Parties under the ratios specified in clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not exceed, at the time of the incurrence thereof, the greater of (X) $7,500,000 and (Y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period), (3) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, prepayment premium, call protection and prepayment or repayment terms, but in any event subject to clause (7) below and/or to the extent only applicable after the Latest Maturity Date) shall be either, taken as a whole, no more favorable to the lenders providing such Indebtedness, in their capacity as such or in the case of Indebtedness of any Subsidiaries that are non-Loan Parties, reflect market terms and conditions at the time of incurrence or issuance (as determined by Borrower in good faith), (4) any such Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral shall be subject to an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement, (5) the proceeds of any such Indebtedness shall not be netted in the calculation of the First Lien Leverage Ratio, Secured Leverage Ratio or Total Leverage Ratio referenced above, (6) except to the extent the proceeds of any Indebtedness are being used to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition (in which case Specified Event of Default would exist after giving effect thereto), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom, and (7) in the case of any such Indebtedness in the form of Qualifying Term Loans incurred in reliance on clauses (ii) (x) or (iii)(x), shall be subject to the MFN Provisions;

 

-112-


(s) Indebtedness incurred by a Non-Loan Party, and guarantees thereof by any Non-Loan Party, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at the time of the incurrence thereof, the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period;

(t) Incremental Equivalent Debt;

(u) additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at the time of the incurrence thereof, the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 30.0% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period;

(v) [reserved];

(w) (i) Indebtedness (in the form of senior secured, senior unsecured, senior subordinated, or subordinated notes or loans) incurred by the Borrower to the extent that 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are, immediately after the receipt thereof, applied solely to the prepayment of Term Loans or the replacement of Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(iii); provided that (A) if such Indebtedness is secured on a junior basis to such Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, or is unsecured, such Indebtedness shall not mature earlier than the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date with respect to the relevant Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, being refinanced, (B) such Indebtedness shall not mature prior to the Maturity Date of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, being refinanced and, as of the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Indebtedness (other than revolving loans) shall not be shorter than that of then-remaining Term Loans being refinanced, (C) no Restricted Subsidiary is a borrower or guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor which shall have previously or substantially concurrently guaranteed the Obligations, (D) such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets not securing the Obligations unless such assets substantially concurrently secure the Obligations, (E) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, call protection, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms or covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the maturity date of the Loans being refinanced) shall be either, taken as a whole, no more favorable to the lenders providing such Indebtedness, in their capacity as such or, in the case of Indebtedness of any Subsidiaries that are non-Loan Parties, be on market terms at the time of the establishment of such Indebtedness (in each case, as reasonably determined by the Borrower) (except for (x) covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the relevant Loans being refinanced or (y) to the extent any more restrictive covenant or provision is added for the benefit of (A) with respect to any such Indebtedness incurred as term B loans, such covenant or provision is also added for the benefit of each Facility remaining outstanding after the incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness or (B) with respect to any revolving facility, such covenant or provision (except to the extent only applicable after the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Facility) is also added for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent it remains outstanding after the incurrence of such Indebtedness; it being understood and agreed that in each such case, no consent of the Administrative Agent and/or any Lender shall be required in connection with adding such covenant or provision), and (G) such Indebtedness shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the amount of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, so refinanced except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid and unused commitments, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(x) Indebtedness with respect to any Permitted Receivables Financing;

(y) (Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Securities incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.17 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(z) [reserved]; and

 

-113-


(aa) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest, capitalized interest or interest otherwise payable in kind), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in the foregoing clauses of this Section 7.03.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents will be deemed to have been incurred in reliance only on the exception in clause (a) of this Section 7.03.

The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03.

SECTION 7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, amalgamate, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person (including, in each case, pursuant to a Delaware LLC Division), except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate with any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that when any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging or amalgamating with another Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be a continuing or surviving Person, as applicable, or the resulting entity shall succeed as a matter of law to all of the Obligations of such Loan Party);

(b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (ii) (A) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate, dissolve or wind up, and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary may change its legal form, in each case, if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (iii) the Borrower may change its legal form if it determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the Administrative Agent reasonably determines it is not disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then either (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.02 and Section 7.03, respectively;

(d) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge or amalgamate with any other Person; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “Successor Company”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) the Successor Company shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded (and deliver a copy of same to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent) in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Collateral Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC of the relevant states, (D) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company shall (x) continue to constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, (y) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (z) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens, in each case except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents,

 

-114-


the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Successor Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Collateral Documents, (E) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its Guaranty shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (F) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (G) if requested by the Administrative Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents and (H) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or a Lender, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have received at least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of such transaction all documentation and other information in respect of the Successor Company required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation; provided, further, that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.10;

(f) the Transactions may be consummated;

(g) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, amalgamation, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05, may be effected (other than pursuant to Section 7.05(e)); and

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets to effect the formation of any Subsidiary that is a Delaware Divided LLC, to the extent such conveyance, sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other disposition would not be prohibited hereunder.

SECTION 7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition (including any disposition of property to a Delaware Divided LLC pursuant to a Delaware LLC Division), except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory and immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial IP Rights to lapse or be abandoned in the ordinary course of business);

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);

(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party, (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02, or (iii) such Disposition shall consist of the transfer of Equity Interests in or Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary to any other Foreign Subsidiary;

 

-115-


(e) Dispositions permitted (other than by reference to this Section 7.05) by Section 7.02, Section 7.04 and Section 7.06 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;

(f) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(g) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(h) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events;

(i) Dispositions of Investments in JV Entities or non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the parties to such JV Entity or shareholders of such non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries set forth in the shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements, organizational documents or similar binding agreements relating to such JV Entity or non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

(j) Dispositions of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(k) the unwinding of any Swap Contract pursuant to its terms;

(l) Permitted Sale Leasebacks;

(m) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Dispositions not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.05 (including any Sale Leasebacks and the sale or issuance of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Disposition shall be for fair market value as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith, (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (m) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, as reasonably determined by the Borrower at the time of such Disposition, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75.0% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents on a cumulative basis for such Dispositions (provided, however, that for the purposes of this clause (m)(ii), the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the valid release of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition and (D) aggregate non-cash consideration received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for all Dispositions under this clause (m) having an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the closing of the applicable Disposition for which such non-cash consideration is received) not to exceed the greater of (x) $3,500,000 and (y) 7.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period at any time outstanding (net of any non-cash consideration converted into cash and Cash Equivalents received in respect of any such non-cash consideration) and (iii) the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary complies with the applicable provisions of Section 2.05;

(n) Dispositions not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.05 in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $3,500,000 and (y) 7.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period;

 

-116-


(o) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may surrender or waive contractual rights and leases and settle or waive contractual or litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Dispositions of assets (including Equity Interests) acquired in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or other Investments permitted hereunder, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or which Dispositions are made to obtain the approval of any applicable antitrust authority in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;

(q) any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets of comparable or greater fair market value useful to the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Borrower;

(r) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(s) Dispositions of Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(t) the Transactions may be consummated; and

(a) such Disposition is to effect the formation of any Subsidiary that is a Delaware Divided LLC and would otherwise not be prohibited hereunder.

To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take and shall take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 7.06 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

(b) (i) the Borrower may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any direct or indirect parent thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of its (or such parent’s) Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests, provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby and (ii) the Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests;

(c) Restricted Payments in respect of working capital adjustments or purchase price or other adjustments and payments and to satisfy indemnity reimbursement and other similar obligations in each case under an acquisition agreement in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment;

 

-117-


(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted (other than by reference to Section 7.06) by any provision of Section 7.02, Section 7.04, Section 7.07(e) or Section 7.07(m);

(e) repurchases of Equity Interests in the ordinary course of business in the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(f) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may, in good faith, pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of it or any direct or indirect parent thereof held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager, officer or consultant (or any Affiliates, spouses, former spouses, other immediate family members, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee, management, director or manager equity plan, employee, management, director or manager stock option plan or any other employee, management, director or manager benefit plan or any similar agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, director, manager, officer or consultant of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that such payments do not to exceed the greater of (x) $3,000,000 and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period in any calendar year; provided that any unused portion of the preceding basket for any calendar year may be carried forward to the next succeeding calendar year; provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries from members of management of the Borrower, any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(g) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower:

(i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay the consolidated, combined or similar income tax liability of such parent’s income tax group that is attributable to the income of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) no such payments shall exceed the income tax liability that would have been imposed on the Borrower and/or the applicable Subsidiaries had such entity(ies) filed on a stand-alone basis and (y) any such payments attributable to an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be limited to the amount of any cash paid by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose (any such Restricted Payments, a “Tax Distribution”);

(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay such equity holder’s operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, other overhead costs and expenses and fees (including (v) administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties, (w) trustee, directors, managers and general partner fees, (x) any judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or other costs and expenses in respect of any claim, litigation or proceeding, (y) fees and expenses (including any underwriters discounts and commissions) related to any investment or acquisition transaction (whether or not successful) and (z) payments in respect of indebtedness and equity securities of any direct or indirect holder of Equity Interests in the Borrower to the extent the proceeds are used or will be used to pay expenses or other obligations described in this Section 7.06(g)) which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors, managers or officers of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower attributable to the direct or indirect ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) and fees and expenses otherwise due and payable by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and permitted to be paid by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement;

 

-118-


(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise and excise taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) existence;

(iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) the Borrower or such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be held by or contributed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into it or a Restricted Subsidiary in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.10;

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates (other than Debt Fund Affiliates)) related to any successful or unsuccessful equity or debt offering or amendment thereof permitted or not prohibited by this Agreement;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company or partner of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) taxes related to any restricted stock units held by current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees); and

(viii) (A) costs and expenses related to an initial public offering (whether or not such initial public offering was in fact consummated) and (B) after the consummation of Qualifying IPO, Public Company Costs,

(h) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement (it being understood that a distribution pursuant to this Section 7.06(h) shall be deemed to have utilized capacity under such other provision of this Agreement);

(i) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;

(j) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom , the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make additional Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed (i) the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period minus (ii) the amount of any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(t) minus (iii) the amount of any prepayments of Junior Debt made pursuant to Section 7.08(a)(iii); provided that, at the time of any such Restricted Payment, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 4.50:1.00.

 

-119-


(k) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make additional Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that at the time of any such Restricted Payment, after giving effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 4.50:1.00;

(l) after a Qualifying IPO, (i) any Restricted Payment by the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company which are reasonable and customary and (ii) Restricted Payments not to exceed (x) 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by (or contributed to) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Qualifying IPO;

(m) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make additional Restricted Payments; provided that, at the time of such Restricted Payment, (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 3.50:1.00;

(n) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary has no independent operations or business and owns no assets other than Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(o) [reserved];

(p) payments made or expected to be made in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants and the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units; and

(q) distributions or payments of fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Receivables Assets and purchases of Receivables Assets pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.06, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify or divide such Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later divide and reclassify any Restricted Payment (or any portion thereof) so long as the Restricted Payment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception or exceptions as of the date of such reclassification. Any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(j), (k), or (m) shall be limited to a dividend, distribution or payment made in cash.

SECTION 7.07 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower with a fair market value in excess of $2,500,000, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than:

(a) transactions between or among the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(b) transactions on terms not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate;

(c) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions;

 

-120-


(d) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, manager, employee or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions;

(e) the payment of (i) advisory, consulting, refinancing, subsequent transaction and exit fees to the Sponsor in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 per annum and (ii) related indemnities and reasonable expenses; provided that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Specified Event of Default, such amounts described in clause (i) may accrue, but not be payable in cash during such period, but all such accrued amounts (plus accrued interest, if any, with respect thereto) may be payable in cash upon the cure or waiver of such Specified Event of Default;

(f) equity issuances, repurchases, redemptions, retirements or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.06;

(g) loans and other transactions by and among the Borrower and/or one or more Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under this Article VII;

(h) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements;

(i) to the extent permitted by Sections 7.06(g)(i) and (iii), payments by the Borrower (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements among the Borrower (and any such direct or indirect parent thereof) and its Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(k) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.07 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect;

(l) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and/or Investments permitted under Section 7.02 (in each case, other than by reference to this Section 7.07);

(m) customary payments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved, as applicable pursuant to requirements of law or the relevant constituent documents of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by the majority of the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith and such payments shall not exceed 1.0% of the transaction value for each such transaction;

(n) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the redesignation of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.13; provided that such transactions were not entered into in contemplation of such redesignation;

(o) any transaction with a subsidiary effected as part of a Permitted Receivables Financing, any disposition or repurchase of Receivables Assets or related assets in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing;

 

-121-


(p) the incurrence of any unsecured Indebtedness from Sponsor or Affiliates of the Borrower that has a tenor of no later than eighteen (18) months from the date of incurrence and that is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries of the Borrower;

(q) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint ventures, purchasers or sellers of goods or services or providers of employees or other labor entered into in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiary in the good faith determination of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Borrower or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(r) any issuance, sale or grant of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any parent company of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(s) any transaction in respect of which the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter addressed to the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing stating that such transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary than might be obtained at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction from a Person who is not an Affiliate.

SECTION 7.08 Prepayments, Etc., of Indebtedness.

(a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Junior Debt with an outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest, AHYDO payments and mandatory prepayments under any such Junior Debt Documents shall not be prohibited by this clause), except for (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Equity Interest or Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Refinancing), (ii) the conversion thereof to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents, (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments thereof prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed (A) the greater of (x) $12,500,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended Test Period (provided that, at the time of any payment of Junior Debt, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 4.50:1.00) plus (B) the Available Amount (provided that, at the time of any such payment, (I) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (II) with respect to any such payment made utilizing amounts specified in clause (a) of the definition of “Available Amount”, and after giving effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 4.50:1.00) and (III) with respect to any such payment made utilizing all other amounts specified in the definition of “Available Amount” (other than specified in clause (a) of the definition thereof), and after giving effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 4.50:1.00) minus (C) the amount of any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(t) using availability under clause (iii)(A), (iv) other prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments thereof prior to their scheduled maturity (provided that, at the time of such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other payments, (x) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period, on a Pro Forma Basis, would be no greater than 3.75:1.00), (v) other prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments thereof prior to their scheduled maturity as part of an applicable high yield discount obligation catch-up payment, (vi) other prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments thereof prior to their scheduled maturity in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of cash contributions made after the Closing Date to the Borrower in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower, such contributions are utilized, except to the extent utilized in connection with any other transaction permitted by Section 7.02, Section 7.03 or Section 7.06, and except to the extent such cash contributions constitutes a Cure Amount; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the Available Amount and (vii) other prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments thereof prior to their scheduled maturity with respect to intercompany Indebtedness among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.03, subject to the subordination provisions applicable thereto.

 

-122-


(b) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, taken as a whole in their capacity as such, any term or condition of any Junior Debt Documents without the consent of the Required Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and excluding any such amendment or modification that would be permitted under the definition of “Permitted Refinancing” with respect to such Junior Debt.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.08, in the event that a prepayment, redemption, purchase or other satisfaction of Junior Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify or divide such prepayment, redemption, purchase or other satisfaction of Junior Debt (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later divide and reclassify any prepayment, redemption, purchase or other satisfaction of Junior Debt (or any portion thereof) so long as the prepayment, redemption, purchase or other satisfaction of Junior Debt (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception or exceptions as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 7.09 Total Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of a Test Period to be greater than the ratio level set forth below opposite the last day of such Test Period (the “Financial Covenant”).

 

Test Period Ending

   Ratio Level  

March 31, 2019

     8.50:1.00  

June 30, 2019

     8.50:1.00  

September 30, 2019

     8.50:1.00  

December 31, 2019

     8.50:1.00  

March 31, 2020

     8.50:1.00  

June 30, 2020

     8.50:1.00  

September 30, 2020

     8.50:1.00  

December 31, 2020

     8.50:1.00  

March 31, 2021

     8.50:1.00  

June 30, 2021

     8.50:1.00  

September 30, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

December 31, 2021

     8.125:1.00  

March 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

June 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

September 30, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

December 31, 2022

     7.75:1.00  

March 31, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

June 30, 2023

     7.50:1.00  

September 30, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

December 31, 2023

     7.25:1.00  

March 31, 2024 and thereafter

     7.00:1.00  

 

-123-


SECTION 7.10 Holdings Covenants.

Holdings shall not own or acquire any material assets (other than Equity Interests of the Borrower, cash and Cash Equivalents) or engage in any business or activity other than (i) the ownership of all the outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its corporate existence and activities incidental thereto, including general and corporate overhead, provided that (x) Holdings may change its form of organization, so long as (A) it is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) its Guarantee of the Obligations and the Lien on or security interest in any Collateral held by it under the Loan Documents shall remain in effect to the same extent as immediately prior to such change and (y) Holdings may merge or amalgamate with any other Person if Holdings is the continuing or surviving corporation or if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not Holdings (any such Person, the “Successor Holding Company”), (A) the Successor Holding Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) the Successor Holding Company shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded (and deliver a copy of same to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent) in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Collateral Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Holding Company, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC of the relevant states, (D) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Holding Company (including the Equity Interests of the Borrower) shall (1) continue to constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, (2) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (3) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens, in each case except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents, the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Holding Company, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Successor Holding Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Collateral Documents and (E) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or a Lender, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have received at least three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of such transaction all documentation and other information in respect of the Successor Holding Company required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation; provided further, that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Holding Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings under this Agreement (including for purposes of the definition of a Change of Control), (iii) activities required to comply with applicable Laws, (iv) maintenance and administration of stock option and stock ownership plans and activities incidental thereto, (v) the receipt of Restricted Payments to the extent permitted by Section 7.06 and the making of Restricted Payments, (vi) to the extent not otherwise covered by the other clauses of this Section 7.10, any of the activities of Holdings referred to in Section 7.06, (vii) concurrently with any issuance of Qualified Equity Interests, the redemption, purchase or retirement of any Equity Interests of Holdings using the proceeds of, or conversion or exchange of any Equity Interests of Holdings for, such Qualified Equity Interests, (viii) the obtainment of, and the payment of any fees and expenses for, management, consulting, investment banking and advisory services to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (ix) compliance with its obligations under the Loan Documents or any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement in respect of a Permitted Refinancing in respect of any Junior Debt Documents, (x) in connection with, and following the completion of, a Qualifying IPO, activities necessary or reasonably advisable for or incidental to the initial registration and listing of Holdings common stock and the continued existence of Holdings as a public company, (xi) activities incidental to the consummation of the Transactions, including the formation of acquisition vehicle entities and intercompany loans and/or investments incidental to the Transactions, in each case consummated substantially contemporaneously with the consummated of the applicable Transactions and (xii) activities incidental to legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities.

(a) Holdings shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness except (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof), (ii) the Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in accordance with Section 7.03, (iii) Subordinated Debt or unsecured Guarantee Obligation in respect of any Subordinated Debt, provided that such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the Loan Obligations to the same extent and on the same terms as the Indebtedness so guaranteed is subordinated to the Loan Obligations and (iv) liabilities imposed by law, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and permitted business and activities (including the guarantee of obligations of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course).

 

-124-


(b) Holdings shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (other than Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(c), (d), (e), (f) and (h)) on any of the Equity Interests issued by the Borrower to Holdings except to the extent such Lien secures Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.03 and is subject to the provisions of an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 7.11 Negative Pledge. Enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which prohibits or limits the ability of (x) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Loan Obligations or under the Loan Documents or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests to a Loan Party; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(a) restrictions and conditions imposed by (A) law or (B) any Loan Document or any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement in respect of a Permitted Refinancing except to the extent any such amendment, modification or replacement expands the scope of any such restriction or condition;

(b) restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date or to any extension, renewal, amendment, modification or replacement thereof, except to the extent any such amendment, modification or replacement expands the scope of any such restriction or condition;

(c) customary restrictions and conditions arising in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05;

(d) customary provisions in leases, licenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof;

(e) restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement to the extent such restriction applies only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

(f) any restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement in effect at any time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (but not any modification or amendment expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition), provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and the restriction or condition set forth in such agreement does not apply to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(g) any restrictions or conditions in any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03 to the extent such restrictions or conditions are no more restrictive than the restrictions and conditions in the Loan Documents or, in the case of Subordinated Debt, are market terms at the time of issuance or, in the case of Indebtedness of any Non-Loan Party, are imposed solely on such Non-Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, provided that any such restrictions or conditions permit compliance with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and Section 6.10;

(h) any restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) customary provisions in shareholders agreements, joint venture agreements, organizational documents or similar binding agreements relating to any JV Entity or non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary and other similar agreements applicable to JV Entities and non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such JV Entity or non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary and the Equity Interests issued thereby;

 

-125-


(j) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements and other similar contracts otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto;

(k) restrictions imposed by any agreement governing Indebtedness entered into on or after the Closing Date and permitted under Section 7.03 that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type, so long as the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such restrictions will not adversely affect in any material respect its obligation or ability to make any payments required hereunder; and

(l) restrictions created in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect such Permitted Receivables Financing.

SECTION 7.12 Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents. Except in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 7.04, the Borrower shall not agree to any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of any of its Organization Documents, in each case in a manner that has a material adverse effect on the Lenders (taken as a whole), in the capacity as such, in each case after the Closing Date without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of Required Lenders to such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification or waiver.

SECTION 7.13 Fiscal Year. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date, and in such case only to the extent necessary to conform to the fiscal year of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) to, change its methodology of determining its fiscal year end from such methodology in effect on the Closing Date; provided that, the Borrower may, upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, change the Fiscal Year-end of the Borrower to another date reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any technical adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.

ARTICLE VIII

Events of Default and Remedies

SECTION 8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following events referred to in any of clauses (a) through (k) inclusive of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in (i) any of Section 6.03(a) or Section 6.04 (solely with respect to the Borrower), Section 6.11, or Article VII (other than Section 7.09) or (ii) Section 7.09; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default under Section 7.09 shall be deemed to have occurred until the date the financials for the relevant fiscal quarter are required to be delivered hereunder and (ii) any Event of Default under Section 7.09 shall be subject to cure pursuant to Section 8.05 (provided that, with respect to any Default or Event of Default under Section 7.09 subject to cure, during the period commencing on the date such financials are required to be delivered until the earlier of the exercise of the relevant Cure Right and the expiration of the relevant cure period, (x) the Lenders shall not be required to make any Credit Extension and (y) no action hereunder, the taking of which is subject to no Default or Event of Default having occurred or be continuing, shall be permitted); or

 

-126-


(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days (other than in the case of Section 6.01(a) and (b), which period shall be fifteen (15) days) after receipt by the Borrower of written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made and such incorrect or misleading representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact, if capable of being cured, remains so incorrect or misleading for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Borrower of written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) Cross-Default. Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than (i) with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts and (ii) any event requiring prepayment pursuant to customary asset sale provisions), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, all such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem all such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due (or requires an offer to purchase) as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; provided further that, any failure described under clause (A) or (B) above is unremedied or is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to any termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Article VIII; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

 

-127-


(i) Invalidity of Collateral Documents and any Guaranty. Any material provision of any Collateral Document or any Guaranty, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Loan Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), termination or expiration, Cash Collateralization or providing a backstop reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer with respect to all Letters of Credit and termination of the Aggregate Commitments, ceases to be in full force and effect or, in the case of any Collateral Document, ceases to create a valid and perfected first priority lien on the Collateral covered thereby (to the extent such perfection is required hereunder); or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Collateral Document or any Guaranty (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Loan Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), termination or expiration, Cash Collateralization or providing a backstop reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer with respect to all Letters of Credit and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Collateral Document or any Guaranty; except, in the case of any Collateral Document, to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; or

(j) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

(k) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan, which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and as a result of such termination the aggregate annual contributions of the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are then being terminated have been or will be increased over the amounts contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for the plan years of such Multiemployer Plans immediately preceding the plan year in which such termination occurs by an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing (subject, in the case of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(b)(ii), to the proviso thereto and the Cure Right set forth in Section 8.05), the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

 

-128-


provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Borrower, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

SECTION 8.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries. Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default has occurred under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary or at such time could, upon designation by the Borrower, become an Immaterial Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause unless the Consolidated EBITDA of such Subsidiary together with the Consolidated EBITDA of all other Subsidiaries affected by such event or circumstance referred to in such clause, shall exceed 5% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 8.04 Application of Funds. If the circumstances described in Section 2.12(g) have occurred, or after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), including in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent, subject to any Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement then in effect, in the following order:

First, to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to each Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and amounts under Secured Hedge Agreement and Cash Management Obligations) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Loan Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including, but not limited to, post-petition interest), ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal, Unreimbursed Amounts or face amounts of the Loans, L/C Borrowings and Swap Termination Value under Secured Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations and for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower.

 

-129-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) amounts received from the Borrower or any Guarantor that is not a “Eligible Contract Participant” (as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act) shall not be applied to the obligations that are Excluded Swap Obligations (it being understood, that in the event that any amount is applied to Obligations other than Excluded Swap Obligations as a result of this clause (a), to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrative Agent shall make such adjustments as it determines are appropriate to distributions pursuant to clause Fourth above from amounts received from “Eligible Contract Participants” to ensure, as nearly as possible, that the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to obligations described in clause Fourth above by the holders of any Excluded Swap Obligations are the same as the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to other obligations pursuant to clause Fourth above) and (b) Cash Management Obligations and obligations under Secured Hedge Agreement shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as applicable. Each Cash Management Bank and Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.

SECTION 8.05 Permitted Holders Right to Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01(b), in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the Financial Covenant, from the last day of the Test Period until the expiration of the fifteenth Business Day after the date on which financial statements with respect to the Test Period in which such covenant is being measured are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, any of the Permitted Holders shall have the right to make a direct or indirect equity investment in the Borrower in cash in the form of common Equity Interests (or other Qualified Equity Interests reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) (the “Cure Right”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of net cash proceeds pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right (the “Cure Amount”), the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated, giving effect to a pro forma increase to Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period in an amount equal to such Cure Amount; provided that (x) such Pro Forma Adjustment to Consolidated EBITDA shall be given solely for the purpose of determining the existence of a Default or an Event of Default under the Financial Covenant with respect to any Test Period that includes the fiscal quarter for which such Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under any Loan Document (including, without limitation, for purposes of determining pricing, mandatory prepayments and the availability or amount permitted pursuant to any covenant under Article VII) for the quarter with respect to which such Cure Right was exercised and (y) there shall be no reduction in Indebtedness in connection with any Cure Amounts for determining compliance with Section 7.09 and no Cure Amounts will reduce (or count towards) the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio or the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of any calculation thereof, in each case, for the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Cure Right was exercised.

(b) If, after the exercise of the Cure Right and the recalculations pursuant to clause (a) above, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant during such Test Period (including for purposes of Section 4.02), the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01 that had occurred shall be deemed cured; provided that (i) the Cure Right may be exercised on no more than five (5) occasions, (ii) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in respect of which no Cure Right is exercised and (iii) with respect to any exercise of the Cure Right, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, following the delivery by the Borrower of a written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to exercise the Cure Right (x) the Lenders shall not be permitted to exercise any rights then available as a result of an Event of Default under this Article VIII on the basis of a breach of the Financial Covenant so as to enable the Borrower to consummate its Cure Right as permitted under this Section 8.05 and (y) the Lenders shall not be required to make any Credit Extension and the L/C Issuers shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless and until the Borrower has received the Cure Amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the Financial Covenant.

 

-130-


ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Agents.

(a) Each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints UBS as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of, and among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and each L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall be bound by or have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions (except to the extent such rights are set forth herein, including with respect to such rights in Section 9.09).

(b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agents in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank) and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest, charge or other Lien created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) and Article X as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 9.02 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through Affiliates, agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact, such sub-agents as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent, and shall be entitled to advice of counsel, both internal and external, and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The

 

-131-


Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such Affiliates, agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact, such sub-agents, and their respective activities in connection with the syndication of credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.03 Liability of Agents. No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby, including their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for (or shall have any duty to ascertain or inquire into) any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral or the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein or that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent have been properly or sufficiently created, perfected, protected, enforced or entitled to any particular priority, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. No Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that such Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its judgment or the judgment of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such Affiliates, agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact, such sub-agents, and their respective activities in connection with the syndication of credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.04 Reliance by Agents.

(a) Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, request, consent, certificate, instrument, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

 

-132-


(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

SECTION 9.05 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, the Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.06 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide (and shall not be liable for the failure to provide) any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 9.07 Indemnification of Agents. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it in its capacity as an Agent-Related Person; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document

 

-133-


contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, if any. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Loan Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.08 Agents in their Individual Capacities. UBS and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though UBS were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of (nor any duty to accept therefor to) the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, UBS or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, UBS shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include UBS in its individual capacity.

SECTION 9.09 Successor Agents. The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which appointment of a successor agent shall require the consent of the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or (g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders; which Lender may not be a Defaulting Lender. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent and/or supplemental administrative agent, as the case may be (and the term “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor collateral agent and/or supplemental agent, as described in Section 9.01(c)), and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.04 and Section 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall, to the extent not previously discharged, be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and its agents and sub-agents in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent. Any resignation by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall also result in its resignation as an L/C Issuer.

 

-134-


SECTION 9.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.09 and Section 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and

(c) any debtor-in-possession custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuers to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders or the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Administrative Agent under Section 2.09 and Section 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuers any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuers or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

SECTION 9.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders and the L/C Issuers irrevocably agree that:

(a) any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Loan Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that have been backstopped, Cash Collateralized or as to which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer have been made) and any other obligation (including a guarantee) that is contingent in nature, (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than any other Loan Party, (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) or (d) below or (v) if the property subject to such Lien becomes Excluded Property;

(b) the Collateral Agent is authorized to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.01(i) and (o); and

 

-135-


(c) if, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Document, (i) any Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or is transferred to any Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder (any such Subsidiary Guarantor, and any Subsidiary Guarantor referred to in clause (i), a “Transferred Guarantor”), such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer or other transaction (but subject to the proviso below), be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Collateral Document and, in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of the Transferred Guarantor, the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrower shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Collateral Agent shall take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this Section 9.11 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Collateral Documents; provided, however, that the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under this Agreement if such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary of the type described in clause (l) of the definition thereof shall only be permitted if at the time such Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary of such type (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be outstanding, (2) after giving Pro Forma Effect to such release and the consummation of the transaction that causes such Person to be an Excluded Subsidiary of such type, the Borrower is deemed to have made a new Investment in such Person for purposes of Section 7.02 (as if such Person were then newly acquired) and such Investment is permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(z)) at such time and (3) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifies to the Administrative Agent compliance with preceding clauses (1) and (2).

(d) Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.11. In each case as specified in this Section 9.11, the Collateral Agent will promptly (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.11; provided that, upon the reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that the transactions giving rise to such request have been consummated in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure or similar enforcement action by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law), the Collateral Agent (or any Lender, except with respect to a “credit bid” pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law) may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities) and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled, upon instructions from the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale or disposition, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

 

-136-


SECTION 9.12 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers. None of the Lenders, the Agents, the Lead Arrangers, or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “joint lead arranger and bookrunner” or “co-arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 9.13 Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents.

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “Supplemental Administrative Agent” and, collectively, as “Supplemental Administrative Agents”).

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Section 10.04 and Section 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.14 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Law (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent may deduct or withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Loan Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative

 

-137-


Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.14. The agreements in this Section 9.14 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of this Agreement and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 9.14, include any L/C Issuer and (2) this Section 9.14 shall not limit or expand the obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor under Section 3.01 or any other provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.15 Cash Management Obligations; Secured Hedge Agreements. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any Collateral Document, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.04, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Cash Management Obligations or Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01 Amendments, Etc. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 (other than a waiver thereof without the consent of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders in connection with a Credit Extension under the Revolving Credit Facility) or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or Section 2.08, fees, prepayment premiums or other amounts without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) (i) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and (ii) the MFN Provisions or other “most favored nation” provisions and the application thereof shall not constitute a postponement or reduction of the amount of interest or other amounts;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees, prepayment premiums or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, it being understood that (x) any change to the definition of any financial ratio (including the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Secured Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Leverage Ratio) or in each case, the component definitions thereof and/or (y) any amendment, supplement, modification and/or waiver of the MFN Provisions shall, in each case of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees or other amounts payable; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

 

-138-


(d) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders,” or “Required Revolving Credit Lenders” without the written consent of each Lender;

(e) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or subordinate any Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral, in each case in any transaction or series of related transactions except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents (including any transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05), without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) release all or substantially all of the Guarantees in any transaction or series of related transactions except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents (including any transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05), without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) solely to the extent such change would alter the ratable sharing of payments, change any provision of Section 2.06(c), Section 2.13 or Section 8.04 without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Required Revolving Credit Lenders affect the rights or duties of Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to Sections 2.03 and 2.04; (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) any amendment or waiver that by its terms affects the rights or duties of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) will require only the requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders; (vi) the definition of “Letter of Credit Sublimit” may be amended or rights and privileges thereunder waived with the consent of the Borrower, each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; (vii) [reserved] and (viii) the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 to a Credit Extension under the Revolving Credit Facility after the Closing Date may only be amended or rights and privileges thereunder waived with the consent of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders and, in the case of a Credit Extension that constitutes the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans, the Revolving Credit Loans, the Incremental Term Loans, if any, and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and, if applicable, the Required Revolving Credit Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, any guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to correct or cure (x) ambiguities, errors, mistakes, omissions or defects, (y) to effect administrative changes of a technical or immaterial nature; provided, in the case of each of clauses (ii)(x) and (ii)(y), that no Required Lender has objected in writing within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof (provided, further, that, if the Required Lenders make such objection in writing, such amendment, modification or supplement shall not become effective without the consent of the Required Lenders), or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement

 

-139-


and the other Loan Documents; it being agreed that in the case of any conflict between this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control (except that in the case of any conflict between this Agreement and an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement, such Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement shall control). Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower (without the need to obtain any consent of any Lender), (i) any Loan Document may be amended to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects, (ii) any Loan Document may be amended to add terms that are favorable to the Lenders (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) and (iii) this Agreement (including the amount of amortization due and payable with respect to any Class of Term Loans) may be amended to the extent necessary to create a fungible Class of Term Loans.

SECTION 10.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.

(a) General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, to the address, facsimile number (except with respect to Antares Holdings LP as an L/C Issuer), electronic mail address or telephone number (with respect to the Borrower only) specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone or by electronic mail; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(b)), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person during the person’s normal business hours. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

-140-


(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Agent-Related Persons (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of the Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any L/C Issuer may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agents from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or their securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of the foregoing from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower other than those arising as a result of such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment).

(f) Notice to other Loan Parties. The Borrower agrees that notices to be given to any other Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be given to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.02 with the same effect as if given to such other Loan Party in accordance with the terms hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

 

-141-


SECTION 10.04 Attorney Costs and Expenses. The Borrower agrees (a) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the L/C Issuers for all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses associated with the syndication of the Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Loans and the preparation, execution and delivery, administration, amendment, modification, waiver and/or enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP (and any other counsel retained with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected indemnified persons taken as a whole and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, each L/C Issuer and the Lenders (taken as a whole) for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any workout or restructuring in respect of the Loans, all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all fees and other Attorney Costs of one primary firm and one local firm of outside counsel to the Administrative Agent). The foregoing fees, costs and expenses shall include all reasonable search, filing, recording and title insurance charges and fees related thereto, and other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid within twenty (20) Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10.05 Indemnification by the Borrower. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender, each L/C Issuer, each Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, members, controlling persons, employees, counsel, agents, advisors, and other representatives and the successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing (without duplication)(collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including reasonable Attorney Costs of one counsel for all Indemnitees and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Borrower of such conflict and thereafter retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee)) of any such Indemnitee arising out of or relating to any claim or any litigation or other proceeding (regardless of whether such Indemnitee is a party thereto and whether or not such proceedings are brought by the Borrower, its equity holders, its Affiliates, creditors or any other third person) that relates to the Transactions, including the financing contemplated hereby) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or

 

-142-


disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any of its Controlled Affiliates or Controlling Persons or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or members of any of the foregoing, in each case who are involved in the Transactions (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision), (y) a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee or one of its Controlled Affiliates or Controlling Persons (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision) or (z) disputes solely between and among such Indemnitees to the extent such disputes do not arise from any act or omission of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates (other than with respect to a claim against an Indemnitee acting in its capacity as an Agent or Lead Arranger or similar role under the Loan Documents unless such claim arose from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision)). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement and, without in any way limiting the indemnification obligations set forth above, no Indemnitee or Loan Party shall have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, managers, partners, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within twenty (20) Business Days after demand therefor; provided, however, that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial decision in a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.05. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Loan Documents, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.05 shall not apply to Taxes other than Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, etc., with respect to a non-Tax claim.

SECTION 10.06 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or any Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, debtor-in-possession, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and each L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.07 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that, except as otherwise provided herein (including without limitation as permitted under Section 7.04), neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(g) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

-143-


(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, after the Closing Date any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“Assignees”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (1) of any Term Loan to any other Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund, (2) of any Revolving Credit Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments to any other Revolving Lender or Affiliate of a Revolving Lender; provided that the assignee that is an Affiliate of such Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be of substantially the same credit quality as the assigning Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility or (3) if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to any Assignee; provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment unless the Borrower shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within fifteen (15) Business Days after a Responsible Officer having received written notice thereof;

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(C) each L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of such L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment of a Term Loan; and

(i) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in an integral multiple of $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility) or $1,000,000 (in the case of a Term Loan) unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and any documentation required by Sections 3.01(f) and (g);

(D) the Assignee shall not be a natural person or a Disqualified Lender; provided that the list of Disqualified Lenders shall be made available to the Lenders, prospective Lenders and prospective assignees upon written request but shall not otherwise be posted to the Lenders without the express written consent of the Borrower;

(E) the Assignee shall not be a Defaulting Lender; and

(F) in case of an assignment to a Sponsor Affiliated Lender, (1) after giving effect to such assignment, to all other assignments with all Sponsor Affiliated Lenders, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans and Commitments then held by all Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding

 

-144-


(determined at the time of such purchase), (2) no Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments shall be assigned to any Sponsor Affiliated Lender; provided that Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments held by a Lender that becomes a Defaulting Lender may be assigned to a Sponsor Affiliated Lender (other than Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries), (3) no proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans shall be used, directly or indirectly, to consummate such assignment, (4) any Loans assigned to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be cancelled promptly upon such assignment, (5) in the event that any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable Debtor Relief Law shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any Guarantor, each Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall acknowledge and agree that they are each “insiders” under Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any other applicable Debtor Relief Law) and, as such, the claims associated with the Loans and Commitments owned by it shall not be included in determining whether the applicable class of creditors holding such claims has voted to accept a proposed plan for purposes of Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision of any other applicable Debtor Relief Law), or, alternatively, to the extent that the foregoing designation is deemed unenforceable for any reason, each Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall vote in such proceedings in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by those Lenders who are not Sponsor Affiliated Lenders, except to the extent that any plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Sponsor Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Sponsor Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Sponsor Affiliated Lenders; provided that this clause (5) shall not apply to Affiliated Debt Funds, (6) such Sponsor Affiliated Lender will not receive information provided solely to Lenders and will not be permitted to attend or participate in (or receive any notice of) Lender meetings or conference calls and will not be entitled to challenge the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ attorney-client privilege as a result of their status as Sponsor Affiliated Lenders, (7) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any such Loans acquired by a Sponsor Affiliated Lender (other than the Borrower) may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower (whether through any of its direct or indirect parent entities or otherwise) and exchanged for debt or equity securities that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time, (8) the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by any Lenders that are Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall be excluded for all purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders, (9) Affiliated Debt Funds may not, in the aggregate, account for more than 49.9% of the amount necessary to establish that the Required Lenders have consented to an action and the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by any Affiliated Debt Funds in excess of such amount shall be excluded for all purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders, (10) the Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure of Lenders that are Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) shall be excluded for all purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Credit Lenders, (11) Affiliated Debt Funds may not, in the aggregate, account for more than 49.9% of the amount necessary to establish that the Required Revolving Credit Lenders have consented to an action and any other Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure of Affiliated Debt Funds in excess of such amount shall be excluded for all purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Credit Lenders, (12) any purchases by Sponsor Affiliated Lenders shall require that such Sponsor Affiliated Lender clearly identify itself as a Sponsor Affiliated Lender in any Assignment and Assumption executed in connection with such purchases or sales and (13) Holdings and its Subsidiaries may not purchase any Loans so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d) and receipt by the Administrative Agent from the parties to each assignment of a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and

 

-145-


Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.03, 3.04, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note (if any), the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e). For greater certainty, any assignment by a Lender pursuant to this Section 10.07 shall not in any way constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, recession, extinguishment or substitution of the existing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness so assigned shall continue to be the same obligation and not a new obligations.

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts) and L/C Borrowings owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent demonstrable error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (or its Affiliates) and any Lender (with respect to its own interests only) at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend and shall treat the Loans (and any participation made pursuant to Section 10.07(e)) as being at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is a Sponsor Affiliated Lender nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Loans or Commitments held by Sponsor Affiliated Lenders.

(e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Person, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or, so long as the identity of the Disqualified Lenders is posted to the Lenders, to Disqualified Lenders) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 10.01(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.03 and 3.04 (through the applicable Lender), subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections (including Section 3.01(e) and (f) and Sections 3.05 and 3.06), to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (it being agreed that any documentation required to be provided under Section 3.01(f) shall be provided solely to the participating Lender). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant complies with Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Any Lender that sells participations or grants a Loan to a SPC shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and the address of each Participant or SPC and the principal and interest amounts of each Participant’s or SPC’s interest in the Commitments and/or Loans (or other rights or obligations) held by it (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent demonstrable error, and the Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation interest as the owner thereof for all purposes notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. In maintaining the Participant Register, such Lender shall be acting as the non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower solely for purposes of applicable U.S. federal income tax law and undertakes no duty, responsibility or obligation to the Borrower (without limitation, in no event shall such Lender be a fiduciary of the

 

-146-


Borrower for any purpose). No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of a Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, or its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish in connection with a Tax audit that such commitment, loan, or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103(c) of the U.S. Treasury regulations or, if different, under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.03 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent such entitlement to a greater payment results from a Change in Law after the Participant became a Participant.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or similar central bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.01, 3.03 and 3.04, subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections (including Section 3.01(e) and (f) and Sections 3.05 and 3.06), to the same extent as if such SPC were a Lender, but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.01, 3.03 or 3.04) except to the extent any entitlement to greater amounts results from a Change in Law after the grant to the SPC occurred, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable and such liability shall remain with the Granting Lender, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee Obligation or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but subject to Section 9.09 with respect to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer shall have identified, in consultation with the Borrower, a successor L/C Issuer willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer, as applicable. In the event of any such

 

-147-


resignation of an L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges an duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to such L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

(k) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (if applicable, after giving effect to any proposed assignment to a Sponsor Affiliated Lender), if all Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (excluding Affiliated Debt Funds) own or would own, in the aggregate, more than 25% of the principal amount of all then outstanding Term Loans (i) in the event that a Sponsor Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) has acquired any Term Loans, the assignment of such Term Loans that would cause the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans owned by Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (other than Affiliated Debt Funds) to be in excess of 25% of the principal amount of all then outstanding Term Loans shall be null and void ab initio to the extent of the principal amount of such Term Loans that are in excess of such 25% threshold and (ii) if such threshold is exceeded solely as a result of a Lender becoming a Sponsor Affiliated Lender after it has acquired Term Loans, such Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assign sufficient Term Loans within thirty (30) days of the date such threshold is exceeded so that Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (excluding Affiliated Debt Funds) in the aggregate own less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans then outstanding; provided that in order to comply with the obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to assign Term Loans, such Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall offer to assign the relevant Term Loans to the then-current Term Lenders in addition to potential new lenders; provided, further that there shall be no obligation for such Sponsor Affiliated Lender to assign such Term Loans at a price lower than the price such Lender paid when acquiring such Term Loans. The Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon any list of Sponsor Affiliated Lenders provided by the Borrower in connection with any amendment or waiver hereunder and shall not have any responsibility for monitoring any acquisition or disposition of Term Loans by any Sponsor Affiliated Lender or liability for any losses suffered by any Person as a result of any purported assignment to or from a Sponsor Affiliated Lender.

(l) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be responsible (other than updating the list of Disqualified Lenders in accordance with the definition thereof or providing the list of Disqualified Lenders upon written request) or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders (other than updating the list of Disqualified Lenders in accordance with the definition thereof or providing the list of Disqualified Lenders upon written request). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to, or the restrictions on any exercise of rights or remedies of, any Disqualified Lender.

SECTION 10.08 Confidentiality. Each of the Agents, L/C Issuers and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information and to not use or disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, managers, administrators, partners, trustees, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, independent auditors, legal counsel and other experts or advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any Governmental Authority including any self-regulatory authority such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners; provided that, other than with respect to requests or requirements by such Governmental Authority pursuant to its oversight or supervisory function over such Agent, L/C Issuer or Lender (or their Affiliates) for purposes of this clause (b), such Agent, L/C Issuer or Lender shall (i) give the applicable Loan Party written notice prior to disclosing the information to the extent permitted by such requirement

 

-148-


(except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental or bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), (ii) cooperate with the Loan Party to obtain a protective order or similar confidential treatment (or, in the case of any requests or requirements by a Governmental Authority pursuant to its oversight or supervisory function, inform such Governmental Authority of the confidential nature of such information), and (iii) only disclose that portion of the Information as counsel for such Agent, L/C Issuer or Lender advises such Person it must disclose pursuant to such requirement; (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations, or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g) or 10.07(i), counterparty to a Swap Contract or Permitted Receivables Financing, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or (y) is or was received by any Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates from a third party that is not, to such party’s knowledge, subject to contractual or fiduciary confidentiality obligations owing to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates; (h) to any Governmental Authority or examiner regulating any Lender; (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender); (j) to the extent that such Information was already in the possession of, or independently developed by, such Agent, L/C Issuer or Lender; (k) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense; or (l) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “Information” means all information received from any Loan Party or its Affiliates or its Affiliates’ directors, managers, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or their business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent, L/C Issuer or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08, including, without limitation, information delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof.

SECTION 10.09 Setoff. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Specified Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness (in any currency) at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Loan Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Loan Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates and no L/C Issuer or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owing by such Lender or its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party that is a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC or a Domestic Foreign Holding Company. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.

 

-149-


SECTION 10.10 Counterparts. This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or other electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission.

SECTION 10.11 Integration. This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

SECTION 10.12 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Loan Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding. The provisions of Sections 10.14 and 10.15 shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Loan Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

SECTION 10.13 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.14 GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION, SERVICE OF PROCESS.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, BREACH, ENFORCEMENT OR TERMINATION HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE, SHALL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN ANY MORTGAGE, BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH, ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN (PROVIDED THAT IF NONE OF SUCH COURTS CAN AND WILL EXERCISE SUCH JURISDICTION, SUCH EXCLUSIVITY SHALL NOT APPLY), AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

 

-150-


(c) NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENT, ANY L/C ISSUER OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION (I) FOR PURPOSES OF ENFORCING A JUDGMENT, (II) IN CONNECTION WITH EXERCISING REMEDIES AGAINST THE COLLATERAL IN A JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH COLLATERAL IS LOCATED, (III) IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PENDING BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION OR (IV) TO THE EXTENT THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN THE PREVIOUS PARAGRAPH DO NOT HAVE JURISDICTION OVER SUCH LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING OR THE PARTIES OR PROPERTY SUBJECT THERETO.

SECTION 10.15 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.15 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 10.16 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender and L/C Issuer that each such Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04.

SECTION 10.17 [Reserved].

SECTION 10.18 Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 10.18 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 10.19 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the Guarantors and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the Guarantors in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

 

-151-


SECTION 10.20 Intercreditor Agreements.

(a) Each Lender (and, by its acceptance of the benefits of any Collateral Document, each other Secured Party) hereunder (a) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement and (b) authorizes and instructs the Collateral Agent to enter into any Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, as Collateral Agent and on behalf of such Lender or other Secured Party.

(b) The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders or noteholders (or any agent, trustee or other representative thereof) party to such Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement to extend credit to the Borrower and such Persons are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions.

SECTION 10.21 Obligations Absolute. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, all obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Loan Party or any other Bankruptcy Event;

(b) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto against any Loan Party;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Loan Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(d) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Loan Obligations;

(e) any exercise or non-exercise, or any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof or any Loan Document; or

(f) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Loan Parties.

SECTION 10.22 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Lead Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, nor any Lender or Lead Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lead Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Lead Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

-152-


SECTION 10.23 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

 

-153-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

KORE WIRELESS GROUP INC.,
  as the Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and L/C Issuer
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as a Lender
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


ANTARES HOLDINGS LP,
By: Antares Holdings GP Inc., its general partner
    as a Lender and L/C Issuer
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notice

If to the Administrative Agent:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

600 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Agency Group

Facsimile: +1 (203) 719-3888

Email: Agency-UBSAmericas@ubs.com

If to the L/C Issuers:

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH

600 Washington Boulevard

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Agency Group

Facsimile: +1 (203) 719-3888

Email: Agency-UBSAmericas@ubs.com

Antares Holdings LP

One Queen Street East

Suite 2500

Toronto ON M5C 2W5

Atttention: Loan Administration Office

Email: Loanadmin@antaresholdingslp.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Antares Holdings LP

280 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: David Fraser, Account Officer

Email: David.Fraser@Antares.com

If to the Borrower:

KORE Wireless Group Inc.

3700 Mansell Road, Suite 250

Alpharetta, GA 30022

Attention: Puneet Pamnani

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Ashley Gregory

Phone: (212) 446-4697

Email: ashley.gregory@kirkland.com

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 12, 2019 (this “Amendment”), among Kore Wireless Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Maple Intermediate Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (Holdings”), UBS AG, Stamford Branch (“UBS”), the other Loan Parties party hereto, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender (as defined below) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch (“UBS”), in its capacities as administrative agent collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the same meanings as specified in the Credit Agreement (as defined below), as amended by this Amendment.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower, Holdings, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies the Administrative Agent, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, that it is requesting an issuance of Incremental Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to $35,000,000 which upon funding shall be in the form of an increase to the Term B Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement (the “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans”) pursuant to a commitment by the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender to provide such Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans (the “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower intends to acquire (the “Integron Acquisition”), directly or indirectly, Integron LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Target”), pursuant to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement (the “Integron Acquisition Agreement”), attached to that certain Amended and Restated UPA Escrow Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2019, by and among the Borrower, New Maple Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“New Maple”, which is expected to have changed its legal name to Maple Holdings Inc. in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Integron Acquisition Agreement), New Integron Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Seller”), the Target and Edward M. Pagani (in such capacity, “Holders’ Representative”), proposed to be entered into by and among as the Borrower, New Maple, the Seller, the Target, the Persons identified as “Holders” therein and Holders’ Representative;

WHEREAS, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans will be used (i) to finance in part the Integron Acquisition pursuant to the Integron Acquisition Agreement and (ii) to pay certain fees and expenses associated with the Integron Acquisition, this Amendment and the transactions related thereto (collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, Holdings, the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party hereto, the Administrative Agent and UBS (the “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender”) have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement as provided for herein to effect the incurrence of Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans under the Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 2.14 thereof, utilizing clause (a) of the definition of “Incremental Cap” therein;


WHEREAS, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment shall constitute commitments under the Credit Agreement effective on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below), and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender will make the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans to the Borrower on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, UBS Securities LLC and Antares Capital LP are acting as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners under this Amendment (together, the “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers” and each an “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Lead Arranger”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises made hereunder, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Defined Terms

Section 1.1. Defined Terms. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

ARTICLE II

Incremental Term Loans

Section 2.1. Incremental Term Commitment. Subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender) of the conditions set forth in Article IV hereof, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender hereby agrees to make the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment in the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1 hereto, on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans made on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date in such amount shall be added to and constitute a part of the same Class of Term Loans as the Term B Loans existing under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment (such existing Term B Loans, the “Existing Term B Loans”).

Section 2.2. Incremental Term Loans. The Borrower confirms and agrees that it has requested an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Term B Loans through the establishment of Incremental Term Loans of the same Class of Term Loans as the Existing Term B Loans to be made pursuant to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment in an aggregate principal amount equal to $35,000,000 on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date. The initial Interest Period with respect to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans funded on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall commence on the date of the Borrowing thereof and end on the last day of the current Interest Period applicable to the Existing Term B Loans as in effect immediately prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.

Section 2.3. Agreements of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender. The Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender agrees that (i) effective on and at all times after the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender will be bound by all obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement and (ii) on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender will fund Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans in Dollars to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. The Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment shall terminate on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date following the funding of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans on such date.


Section 2.4. Fungibility of Incremental Term Loans. All Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans will, upon funding, constitute an increase in the amount of Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, constitute Term B Loans for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and, together with the Existing Term B Loans outstanding prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, be treated as one Class of Term Loans.

Section 2.5. Ticking Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender a nonrefundable fee at a rate per annum (the “Ticking Fee”) equal to, (a) commencing on September 25, 2019 until and including October 24, 2019, 50% of the interest rate margin for Eurocurrency Rate Loans (over the Eurocurrency Rate) for the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans and, (b) commencing on October 25, 2019, 100% of the interest rate margin for Eurocurrency Rate Loans (over the Eurocurrency Rate) for the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans, which Ticking Fee shall accrue on the amount of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment from the date specified above until the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date. The Ticking Fee will be earned and due and payable in full on the date of, and subject to the occurrence of, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, if the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date occurs and shall be incurred on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed.

Section 2.6. Notice. This Amendment constitutes the notice required to be delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.14(a) of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE III

Amendments

Subject to the occurrence of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date:

(a) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order:

Incremental Amendment No. 1” means Incremental Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement dated as of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, by and among the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender.

Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions precedent to effectiveness set forth in Incremental Amendment No.1 are satisfied (or waived), which date is November 12, 2019.

Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date” means the date on which the conditions precedent to funding set forth in Incremental Amendment No. 1 are satisfied (or waived) and the Incremental Amendment No.1 Incremental Term B Loans under Incremental Amendment No. 1 are funded.


Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment” means, with respect to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender, its obligations on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to make an Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof and Incremental Amendment No. 1 on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1 to Incremental Amendment No. 1 under the caption “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment”. The initial aggregate amount of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment is $35,000,000.

Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender” means any Lender with an Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment or Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans.

Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans” means the Incremental Term Loans made pursuant to Incremental Amendment No. 1 with the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment.

Integron Acquisition” has the meaning specified in Incremental Amendment No. 1.

Integron Acquisition Agreement” has the meaning specified in Incremental Amendment No. 1.”

(b) The definition of “Class” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) inserting the text “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitments, ” immediately after the text “Term B Commitments,” appearing in clause (b) thereof and (ii) adding the following text to the end thereof:

“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans funded on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall be deemed to be of the same Class of Term Loans as the Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.”

(c) The definition of “Loan Documents” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) replacing the word “and” at the end of clause (iv) thereof with a comma and (ii) inserting the text “and (vi) Incremental Amendment No. 1” immediately after the text “that is entered into” appearing in such definition.

(d) Section 2.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) The Term B Borrowings.

(i) Each Term B Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower (including by way of conversion) a single loan denominated in Dollars in a principal amount equal to such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment on the Closing Date.

(ii) The Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender agrees to make to the Borrower a single loan denominated in Dollars in a principal amount equal to its Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date. All Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans funded on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall take the form of a fungible increase to, and shall constitute the same Class of Term Loans as, the Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.


(iii) All Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date will remain outstanding on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.

(iv) Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term B Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.”

(e) Section 2.06(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence immediately after the first sentence thereof:

“The Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender’s Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a).”

(f) Section 2.07(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating clause (i) thereof in its entirety as follows:

“(i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, an aggregate principal amount equal to $788,161.21 and”

(g) Section 5.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following text to the end of the first sentence thereof:

“; provided that the proceeds of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans made on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall be used by the Borrower (i) to finance in part the Integron Acquisition pursuant to the Integron Acquisition Agreement and (ii) to pay certain fees and expenses associated with Incremental Amendment No. 1 and the Integron Acquisition”

(h) Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans made on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date to (i) finance in part the Integron Acquisition pursuant to the Integron Acquisition Agreement and (ii) pay certain fees and expenses associated with Incremental Amendment No. 1 and the Integron Acquisition.”


ARTICLE IV

Conditions to Effectiveness

Section 4.1. This Amendment shall become effective on the date (such date, the “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”) on which the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived by the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender):

(i) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received an executed counterpart (or written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include a facsimile or other electronic transmission) that such party has signed a counterpart) of this Amendment from the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender, the Borrower, Holdings and each other Loan Party party hereto.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received such (a) certificates, resolutions or other action and incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party and (b) copies of Organization Documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of (a) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York and Massachusetts counsel to the Loan Parties, (b) Driver, McAfee, Hawthorne & Diebenow, PLLC, Florida counsel to the Loan Parties and (c) Benesch, Friedlander, Coplan & Aronoff LLP, Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case dated the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(iv) The Administrative Agent and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender shall have received (x) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date all documentation and other information about the Borrower and the Guarantors as has been reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date by the Administrative Agent and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender that they reasonably determine is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act, and (y) a Beneficial Ownership Certificate in relation to the Borrower if it qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

ARTICLE V

Conditions to Funding

Section 5.1. The funding of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans shall not occur until the date (the “Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date”) on which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms herein; provided that the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall occur no later than the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender and the Borrower; provided further, that if the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall not have occurred by December 3, 2019, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Commitment shall be automatically terminated as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date:

(i) The Specified Representations of the Borrower contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all material respects (after giving effect to any qualification therein) on such respective dates.


(ii) No Specified Event of Default shall have occured and be continuing or would result from the incurrence of Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date or the use of proceeds thereof.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly completed Committed Loan Notice in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent for the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans to be borrowed on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.

(iv) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower on behalf of each Loan Party certifying that the conditions specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.1 have been satisfied.

(v) The Administrative Agent shall have received from Holdings’ chief financial officer or other officer with equivalent duties a certificate attesting to the Solvency of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) after giving effect to the Integron Acquisition and the incurrence of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(vi) The Administrative Agent and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers shall have received, in immediately available funds, payment or reimbursement of all costs, fees, out-of-pocket expenses, compensation and other amounts then due and payable in connection with this Amendment or otherwise previously agreed to in writing to be paid (including any ticking fees and reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Lead Arrangers), in each case, on or prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.

(vii) The Integron Acquisition shall be consummated pursuant to the Integron Acquisition Agreement in all material respects substantially concurrently with the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.

(i) (x) After giving effect to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans, the aggregate principal amount of any Incremental Facilities and any Incremental Equivalent Debt established on or prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date shall not exceed the Incremental Cap and (y) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer thereof certifying that such condition has been satisfied.

ARTICLE VI

Representation and Warranties

After giving effect to the amendments contained herein, each Loan Party hereby confirms that: (a) on the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Loan Party party hereto and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of each such Loan Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity; and, (b) on the Incremental


Amendment No. 1 Funding Date, (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the incurrence of the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans or the use of proceeds thereof and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, are true and correct in all material respects; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language is true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

Section 7.1. Continuing Effect; No Other Amendments or Waivers. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or waiver of or consent to any provision of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents except as expressly stated herein and shall not be construed as an amendment, waiver or consent to any action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require an amendment, waiver or consent of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders except as expressly stated herein. Except as otherwise amended hereby, the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” and an “Incremental Facility Amendment” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 7.2. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as provided in Article IV, delivery by telecopier or other electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission.

Section 7.3. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. The provisions of Sections 10.14 and 10.15 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

Section 7.4. Headings. Section headings used herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

Section 7.5. Reaffirmation. Each Loan Party hereby expressly acknowledges the terms of this Amendment and reaffirms, as of the date hereof, (i) the covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party, including, in each case, such covenants and agreements as in effect immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) its guarantee of the Obligations under the Guaranty, as applicable, and its grant of Liens on the Collateral to secure the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the amendment of the Credit Agreement pursuant to this Amendment and all other Loan Documents amended and/or executed and delivered in connection herewith shall not constitute a novation of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as in effect prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.


Section 7.6. Tax Matters. For U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes, the Borrower, the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender and the Administrative Agent agree to treat the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Loans as fungible with the Existing Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Funding Date.

Section 7.7. Effect of Amendment. On and after the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or words of like import referring the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the Notes and each of the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

[signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.

 

KORE WIRELESS GROUP INC.,

as the Borrower

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
MAPLE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS INC.,

as Holdings

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
RACO HOLDINGS, LLC,
KORE WIRELESS INC.,
POSITION LOGIC, LLC,
RACO WIRELESS LLC,
WYLESS CONNECT, LLC,

each as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Incremental Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Incremental Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

as the Incremental Amendment No. 1 Term B Lender

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Incremental Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT NO. 1 TERM B COMMITMENT

 

Incremental Amendment No. 1

Term B Lender                        

   Incremental Amendment No. 1
Term B Commitment
     Pro Rata Percentage  

UBS AG, Stamford Branch

   $ 35,000,000        100

Total

   $ 35,000,000        100

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

KORE Group Holdings, Inc.

Atlanta, Georgia

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated April 7, 2021, except for the effects of the recapitalization described in Note 1, as to which the date is December 2, 2021, relating to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Maple Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries, which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

December 2, 2021